Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2006
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F
 
     
(Mark One)
o
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    OR
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
    OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    OR
o
  SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    Date of event requiring this shall company report 
    For the transition period from          to
Commission file number 1-14418
 
SK Telecom Co., Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
SK Telecom Co., Ltd.
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
The Republic of Korea
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
11, EULJIRO 2-GA, JUNG-GU
SEOUL, KOREA
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
American Depositary Shares, each representing one-ninth of one share
  New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
of Common Stock
   
Common Stock, par value W 500 per share
  New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*
* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None
 
     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
82,276,711 shares of common stock, par value W 500 per share
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     þ  Yes     o  No
     If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.     o  Yes     þ  No
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     þ  Yes     o  No
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o
     Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.     o  Item 17     þ  Item 18
     If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     o  Yes     þ  No
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.     o  Yes     o  No
 
 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page
             
  Certain Defined Terms and Conventions used in this Report     1  
  Forward-Looking Statements     2  
    Identity of Directors, Senior Managers and Advisers     3  
      Item 1A.     Directors and Senior Management     3  
      Item 1B.     Advisers     3  
      Item 1C.     Auditors     3  
    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable     3  
    Key Information     3  
      Item 3A.     Selected Financial Data     3  
      Item 3B.     Capitalization and Indebtedness     8  
      Item 3C.     Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds     8  
      Item 3D.     Risk Factors     8  
    Information on the Company     22  
      Item 4A.     History and Development of the Company     22  
      Item 4B.     Business Overview     27  
      Item 4C.     Organizational Structure     54  
      Item 4D.     Property, Plants and Equipment     55  
    Unresolved Staff Comments     55  
    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects     56  
      Item 5A.     Operating Results     56  
      Item 5B.     Liquidity and Capital Resources     65  
      Item 5C.     Research and Development       78  
      Item 5D.     Trend Information     80  
      Item 5E.     Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements     80  
      Item 5F.     Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations     80  
    Directors, Senior Management and Employees     80  
      Item 6A.     Directors and Senior Management     80  
      Item 6B.     Compensation     83  
      Item 6C.     Board Practices     84  
      Item 6D.     Employees     87  
      Item 6E.     Share Ownership     88  
    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions     89  
      Item 7A.     Major Shareholders     89  
      Item 7B.     Related Party Transactions     91  
      Item 7C.     Interest of Experts and Counsel     92  
    Financial Information     93  
      Item 8A.     Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information     93  
      Item 8B.     Significant Changes     97  

i


Table of Contents

                 
            Page
             
    The Offer and Listing     97  
      Item 9A.     Offering and Listing Details     97  
      Item 9B.     Plan of Distribution     97  
      Item 9C.     Markets     97  
      Item 9D.     Selling Shareholders     105  
      Item 9E.     Dilution     105  
      Item 9F.     Expenses of the Issue     105  
    Additional Information     105  
      Item 10A.     Share Capital     105  
      Item 10B.     Memorandum and Articles of Association     105  
      Item 10C.     Material Contracts     118  
      Item 10D.     Exchange Controls     119  
      Item 10E.     Taxation     123  
      Item 10F.     Dividends and Paying Agents     127  
      Item 10G.     Statements by Experts     127  
      Item 10H.     Documents on Display     127  
      Item 10I.     Subsidiary Information     128  
    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     128  
    Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities     129  
    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies     129  
    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds     129  
    Controls and Procedures     129  
 Item 16.
   Reserved            
      Item 16A.     Audit Committee Financial Expert     130  
      Item 16B.     Code of Ethics     130  
      Item 16C.     Principal Accountant Fees and Service     130  
      Item 16D.     Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees     131  
      Item 16E.     Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers     131  
    Financial Statements     132  
    Financial Statements     132  
    Exhibits     133  
  EX-1.1 ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
  EX-2.1 DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
  EX-4.1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC LAW OF 1983
  EX-4.2 ENFORCEMENT DECREE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BASIC LAW
  EX-4.3 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS LAW OF 1983
  EX-4.7 KOREAN SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT
  EX-8.1 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF SK TELECOM CO., LTD.
  EX-12.1 CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
  EX-12.2 CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
  EX-13.1 CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
  EX-13.2 CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
  EX-99.1 CONSENT OF DELOITTE ANJIN LLC

ii


Table of Contents

CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS AND CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS REPORT
      All references to “Korea” contained in this report shall mean The Republic of Korea. All references to the “Government” shall mean the government of The Republic of Korea. All references to “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” shall mean SK Telecom Co., Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “SK Telecom” shall mean SK Telecom Co., Ltd., but shall not include its consolidated subsidiaries. All references to “U.S.” shall mean the United States of America. Unless otherwise indicated, from 2001 onwards, all references to our number of subscribers shall include subscribers attributable to Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc. (“Shinsegi”).
      All references to “KHz” contained in this report shall mean kilohertz, a unit of frequency denoting one thousand cycles per second, used to measure band and bandwidth. All references to “MHz” shall mean megahertz, a unit of frequency denoting one million cycles per second. All references to “GHz” shall mean gigahertz, a unit of frequency denoting one billion cycles per second. All references to “Kbps” shall mean one thousand binary digits, or bits, of information per second. All references to “Mbps” shall mean one million bits of information per second. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and the sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.
      In this report, we refer to third generation, or “3G”, technology and “3.5G” technology. Second generation, or 2G, technology was designed primarily with voice communications in mind. On the other hand, 3G and 3.5G technologies are designed to transfer both voice data and non-voice, or multimedia, data, generally at faster transmission speeds than was previously possible.
      All references to “Won”, “(Won)” or “ W ” in this report are to the currency of Korea, all references to “Dollars”, “$” or “US$” are to the currency of the United States of America and all references to “Yen” or “¥” are to the currency of Japan.
      Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information in this report is presented in accordance with Korean generally accepted accounting principles (“Korean GAAP”).
      Unless otherwise indicated, translations of Won amounts into Dollars in this report were made at the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in Won per US$1.00 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Won into Dollars were made at the noon buying rate in effect on December 31, 2005, which was Won 1,010.0 to US$1.00. On June 26, 2006, the noon buying rate was Won 959.2 to US$1.00. See “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data — Exchange Rates”.

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      This report contains “forward-looking statements”, as defined in Section 27A of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about our company and our industry. The forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Generally, these forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “considering”, “depends”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “plan”, “planning”, “planned”, “project” and similar expressions, or that certain events, actions or results “will”, “may”, “might”, “should” or “could” occur, be taken or be achieved.
      Forward-looking statements in this annual report include, but are not limited to, statements about the following:
  •  our ability to anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the wireless telecommunications industry, including new services that may be introduced, changes in consumer preferences, economic conditions and discount pricing strategies by competitors;
 
  •  our implementation of high-speed download packet access, or HSDPA, technology and wireless broadband internet, or WiBro, technology;
 
  •  our plans to spend approximately Won 1.6 trillion for capital expenditures in 2006 for a range of projects, including expansion of our upgraded, HSDPA-ready WCDMA network, as well as investments in our wireless Internet-related businesses and our expected future capital expenditures on various initiatives;
 
  •  our efforts to make significant investments to build, develop and broaden our businesses, including developing and providing wireless data, multimedia, mobile commerce and Internet services;
 
  •  our ability to comply with governmental rules and regulations, including the regulations of the Ministry of Information and Communication, or the MIC, related to telecommunications providers, rules related to our status as a “market-dominating business entity” under the Korean Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act, or the Fair Trade Act, and the effectiveness of steps we have taken to comply with such regulations;
 
  •  our ability to manage effectively our bandwidth and to implement timely and efficiently new bandwidth-efficient technologies;
 
  •  our expectations and estimates related to interconnection fees; tariffs charged by our competitors; regulatory fees; operating costs and expenditures; working capital requirements; principal repayment obligations with respect to long-term borrowings, bonds and obligations under capital leases; and research and development expenditures and other financial estimates;
 
  •  the success of our various joint ventures and investments in other telecommunications service providers; and
 
  •  the growth of the telecommunications industry in Korea and other markets in which we do business and the effect that economic, political or social conditions have on our number of subscribers, call volumes and results of operations.
      We caution you that reliance on any forward-looking statement involves risks and uncertainties, and that although we believe that the assumptions on which our forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and, as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could be incorrect. Risks and uncertainties associated with our business, include but are not limited to, risks related to changes in the regulatory environment; technology changes; potential litigation and governmental actions; changes in the competitive environment; political changes; foreign exchange currency risks; foreign ownership limitations; credit risks and other risks and uncertainties that are more fully described under the heading “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. In light of these and other uncertainties, you should not conclude that we will necessarily achieve any plans and objectives or

2


Table of Contents

projected financial results referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. We do not undertake to release the results of any revisions of these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances.
Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Item 1A. Directors and Senior Management
      Not applicable.
Item 1B. Advisers
      Not applicable.
Item 1C. Auditors
      Not applicable.
Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
      Not applicable.
Item 3. KEY INFORMATION
Item 3A. Selected Financial Data
      You should read the selected consolidated financial and operating data below in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The selected consolidated financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. Information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 for Shinsegi unless otherwise specified. Shinsegi was merged into SK Telecom in January 2002.
      Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Korean GAAP, which differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. For more detailed information you should refer to notes 30 and 31 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.
                                                   
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005
                         
    (In billions of won and millions of dollars, except per share and percentage data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
                                               
Korean GAAP:
                                               
Total Operating Revenue(1)
  W 8,371.9     W 9,324.0     W 10,272.1     W 10,570.6     W 10,721.8     US$ 10,615.6  
 
Cellular Service(1)
    8,203.0       9,156.8       10,091.8       10,297.6       10,361.9       10,259.3  
 
Paging Service(2)
    8.8                                
 
Other(3)
    160.1       167.2       180.3       273.0       359.9       356.3  
Operating Expenses
    6,047.4       6,526.4       7,167.0       8,130.9       8,051.2       7,971.5  
Operating Income
    2,324.5       2,797.6       3,105.1       2,439.7       2,670.6       2,644.2  
Income before Income Taxes and Minority Interest
    1,976.7       2,218.8       2,754.3       2,123.2       2,561.6       2,536.2  
Income before Minority Interest
    1,126.4       1,520.3       1,965.3       1,493.4       1,868.3       1,849.8  
Net Income
    1,146.0       1,487.2       1,966.1       1,491.5       1,873.0       1,854.5  
Income per Share of Common Stock(4)
    13,242       17,647       26,187       20,261       25,443       25.19  
Diluted Net Income per Share of Common Stock(4)
    13,242       17,647       26,187       20,092       25,036       24.79  
Dividends Declared per Share of Common Stock(5)
    690       1,800       5,500       10,300       9,000       8.91  
Weighted Average Number of Shares
    86,545,041       84,270,450       75,078,219       73,614,297       73,614,296       73,614,296  

3


Table of Contents

                                                 
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005
                         
    (In billions of won and millions of dollars, except per share and percentage data)
U.S. GAAP:
                                               
Total Operating Revenue
  W 8,307.1     W 9,219.7     W 10,225.1     W 10,534.6     W 10,701.4     US$ 10,595.5  
Operating Expenses
    6,235.0       6,643.4       7,044.5       8,137.6       7,847.7       7,770.0  
Operating Income
    2,072.1       2,576.3       3,180.6       2,397.0       2,853.7       2,825.5  
Net Income
    1,111.6       1,301.1       2,062.7       1,553.1       2,027.6       2,007.5  
Income per Share of Common Stock(4)
    12,844       15,440       27,475       21,097       27,543       27.27  
Diluted Net Income per Share of Common Stock(4)
    12,844       15,439       27,475       20,918       27,089       26.82  
BALANCE SHEET DATA
                                               
Korean GAAP:
                                               
Working Capital (Deficiency)(6)
  W 668.2     W (189.7 )   W (461.4 )   W 1,323.8     W 1,735.2     US$ 1,718.0  
Fixed Assets — Net
    4,174.7       4,569.4       4,641.5       4,703.9       4,663.4       4,617.2  
Total Assets
    13,326.3       14,228.7       13,818.2       14,283.4       14,704.8       14,559.2  
Long-term Liabilities(7)
    3,498.4       3,693.4       3,193.5       4,010.7       3,513.9       3,479.1  
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    6,149.3       6,231.9       6,093.8       7,205.7       8,327.5       8,245.1  
U.S. GAAP:
                                               
Working Capital (Deficiency)
    729.6       (108.2 )     (445.5 )     1,311.3       1,587.2       1,571.5  
Total Assets
    13,841.0       15,720.7       15,586.2       15,576.8       16,351.2       16,189.3  
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    5,820.1       6,356.2       7,014.7       8,237.0       9,472.4       9,378.6  
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA
                                               
Korean GAAP:
                                               
EBITDA(8)
  W 3,932.4     W 3,954.1     W 4,706.4     W 4,085.8     W 4,434.2     US$ 4,390.3  
Capital Expenditures(9)
    1,382.1       2,024.7       1,647.6       1,631.9       1,416.6       1,402.6  
R&D Expenses(10)
    153.7       253.3       300.7       336.1       321.1       317.9  
Internal R&D
    130.7       194.3       235.8       267.1       252.0       249.5  
External R&D
    23.0       59.0       64.9       69.0       69.1       68.4  
Depreciation and Amortization
    1,759.6       1,543.3       1,646.3       1,752.5       1,675.5       1,658.9  
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
    2,424.5       4,268.4       3,329.4       2,516.8       3,404.1       3,370.4  
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
    (1,973.4 )     (3,064.0 )     (1,415.1 )     (1,470.3 )     (1,938.2 )     (1,919.0 )
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
    331.2       (1,418.2 )     (2,261.0 )     (968.6 )     (1,429.0 )     (1,414.9 )
Margins (% of total sales):
                                               
EBITDA Margin(8)
    47.0 %     42.4 %     45.8 %     38.7 %     41.4 %     41.4 %
Operating Margin
    27.8       30.0       30.2       23.1       24.9       24.9  
Net Margin
    13.7       15.9       19.1       14.1       17.5       17.5  
U.S. GAAP:
                                               
EBITDA(8)
    3,859.1       3,620.7       4,679.1       3,970.4       4,412.2       4,368.5  
Capital Expenditures(9)
    1,382.1       2,024.7       1,668.0       1,656.9       1,429.3       1,415.1  
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
    2,428.3       3,606.2       3,144.3       3,228.9       3,293.8       3,261.2  
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
    (1,977.3 )     (2,892.5 )     (1,285.5 )     (1,634.1 )     (1,816.5 )     (1,798.5 )
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
    331.2       (927.5 )     (2,205.5 )     (1,514.8 )     (1,439.3 )     (1,425.1 )

4


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
                     
SELECTED OPERATING DATA
                                       
Population of Korea (millions)(11)
    47.4       47.6       47.9       48.2       48.3  
Our Wireless Penetration(12)
    32.0       36.1       38.2       39.0       40.4  
Number of Employees(13)
    5,693       6,241       6,286       7,353       6,646  
Total Sales per Employee (millions)
  W 1,470.6     W 1,494.0     W 1,634.1     W 1,437.6     W 1,613.3  
Wireless Subscribers(14)
    15,179,163       17,219,562       18,313,315       18,783,338       19,530,117  
Average Monthly Outgoing Voice Minutes per Subscriber(15)
    172       191       197       194       197  
Average Monthly Revenue per Subscriber(16)
  W 36,400     W 38,383     W 39,739     W 39,689     W 40,205  
Average Monthly Churn Rate(17)
    1.4 %     1.4 %     1.2 %     1.7 %     1.8 %
Digital Cell Sites(18)
    6,056       7,384       8,309       9,458       10,142  
 
  *    The conversion into Dollars was made at the rate of Won 1,010.0 to US$1.00. See note 2(a) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
  (1)  Includes revenues from SK Teletech Co., Ltd. of Won 702.4 billion for 2001, Won 534.0 billion for 2002, Won 612.0 billion for 2003, Won 649.8 billion for 2004 and Won 294.6 billion for 2005 from the sale of digital handsets and Won 1,339.9 billion for 2001, Won 1,043.2 billion for 2002, Won 1,017.1 billion for 2003, Won 849.4 billion for 2004 and Won 898.6 billion for 2005 of interconnection revenue. Following our sale of a 60% equity interest in SK Teletech to Pantech & Curitel in July 2005, our equity interest in the company was reduced to 29.1% (which subsequently became a 22.7% interest in Pantech following the merger of SK Teletech into Pantech in December 2005) and SK Teletech ceased to be our consolidated subsidiary. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Interconnection”.
 
  (2)  In March 2001, we transferred our paging business to Real Telecom Co., Ltd. (formerly known as INTEC Telecom Co., Ltd.) in exchange for 9.9% of Real Telecom’s newly issued shares and bonds with a principal amount of Won 9.5 billion that can be converted into an additional 7.8% interest in Real Telecom. Consequently, the results of the paging business are no longer included in our revenues after such date.
 
  (3)  For more information about our other revenue, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 4B. Business Overview”.
 
  (4)  Income per share of common stock is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share of common stock is calculated by dividing adjusted net income by adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, taking into account the dilutive effect of stock options in 2002 and issuance of convertible bonds in 2004 and 2005.
 
  (5)  On January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Korea Accounting Standards (“SKAS”) No. 6, “Events Occurring after Balance Sheet Date”. This statement requires that proposed cash dividends be reflected on the balance sheet when the appropriations are approved by shareholders which is similar to U.S. GAAP. In order to reflect this accounting change, our 2001 financial statements have been restated accordingly.
 
  (6)  Working capital means current assets minus current liabilities.
 
  (7)  Our monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are valued at the exchange rate of Won 1,326 to US$1.00 as of December 31, 2001, Won 1,200 to US$1.00 as of December 31, 2002, Won 1,198 to US$1.00 as of December 31, 2003, Won 1,044 to US$1.00 as of December 31, 2004 and Won 1,013.0 to US$1.00 as of December 31, 2005, the rates of exchange permitted under Korean GAAP as of those dates. See note 2(w) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

5


Table of Contents

  (8)  EBITDA refers to income before interest income, interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is commonly used in the telecommunications industry to analyze companies on the basis of operating performance, leverage and liquidity. Since the telecommunications business is a very capital intensive business, capital expenditures and level of debt and interest expenses may have a significant impact on net income for companies with similar operating results. Therefore, for a telecommunications company such as ourselves, we believe that EBITDA provides a useful reflection of our operating results. We use EBITDA as a measurement of operating performance because it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent basis as it removes from our operating results the impact of our capital structure, which includes interest expense from our outstanding debt, and our asset base, which includes depreciation and amortization of our property and equipment. However, EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income or any other measure of performance determined in accordance with Korean GAAP or U.S. GAAP or as an indicator of our operating performance, liquidity or cash flows generated by operating, investing and financing activities. Other companies may define EBITDA differently than we do. EBITDA under U.S. GAAP is computed using interest income, interest expense, depreciation, amortization and income taxes under U.S. GAAP which may differ from Korean GAAP for these items.
 
  (9)  Consists of investments in property, plant and equipment. Under U.S. GAAP, interest costs incurred during the period required to complete an asset or ready an asset for its intended use are capitalized based on the interest rates a company pays on its outstanding borrowings. Under Korean GAAP, beginning January 1, 2003, such interest costs are expensed as incurred. Through the end of 2002, the accounting treatment for capitalizing interest costs under Korean GAAP was consistent with that under U.S. GAAP.
(10)  Includes donations to Korean research institutes and educational organizations. See “Item 5C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.”.
 
(11)  Population estimates based on historical data published by the National Statistical Office of Korea.
 
(12)  Wireless penetration is determined by dividing our subscribers by total estimated population, as of the end of the period.
 
(13)  Includes regular employees and temporary employees. See “Item 6D. Employees”. Includes 1,332 Shinsegi employees as of December 31, 2001.
 
(14)  Wireless subscribers include those subscribers who are temporarily deactivated, including (1) subscribers who voluntarily deactivate temporarily for a period of up to three months no more than twice a year and (2) subscribers with delinquent accounts who may be involuntarily deactivated up to two months before permanent deactivation, which we determine based on various factors, including prior payment history. Wireless subscribers also include 3,311,874 Shinsegi subscribers as of December 31, 2001.
 
(15)  The average monthly outgoing voice minutes per subscriber is computed by dividing the total minutes of outgoing voice usage for the period by the monthly weighted average number of subscribers for the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period. The monthly weighted average number of subscribers is the sum of the average number of subscribers for the month, calculated by taking the simple average number of subscribers at the beginning of the month and at the end of the month, divided by the number of months in the period. Shinsegi’s subscribers and outgoing voice minutes are included from 2001.
 
(16)  The average monthly revenue per subscriber excludes interconnection revenue and is computed by dividing total initial connection fees, monthly access fees, usage charges for voice and data, international charges, value-added service fees; and interest on overdue accounts (net of telephone tax) for the period by the monthly weighted average number of subscribers for the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period. Including interconnection revenue, consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber was Won 45,441 for 2001, Won 43,958 for 2002, Won 44,546 for 2003, Won 43,542 for 2004 and Won 44,167 for 2005. For information about the average monthly revenue per subscriber of SK Telecom and Shinsegi on a stand-alone basis, see “Item 5A. Operating Results — Overview”.
 
(17)  The average monthly churn rate for a period is the number calculated by dividing the sum of voluntary and involuntary deactivations during the period by the simple average of the number of subscribers at the beginning and end of the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period. Churn

6


Table of Contents

includes subscribers who upgrade to CDMA lxRTT or CDMA 1xEV/ DO-capable handsets by terminating their service and opening a new subscriber account.

(18)  Includes 1,685 cell sites of Shinsegi as of December 31, 2001.
      As a measure of our operating performance, we believe that the most directly comparable U.S. and Korean GAAP measure to EBITDA is net income. The following table reconciles our net income under U.S. GAAP to our definition of EBITDA on a consolidated basis for the five years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
                                                 
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005
                         
    (In billions of won and millions of dollars)
Net Income
  W 1,111.6     W 1,301.1     W 2,062.7     W 1,553.1     W 2,027.6     US$ 2,007.5  
ADD: Interest income
    (101.8 )     (90.8 )     (93.9 )     (86.7 )     (62.6 )     (62.0 )
Interest expense
    274.4       396.6       387.1       291.0       226.8       224.6  
Taxes
    791.3       585.0       811.5       611.1       667.1       660.5  
Depreciation and Amortization
    1,783.6       1,428.8       1,511.7       1,601.9       1,553.3       1,537.9  
                                     
EBITDA
  W 3,859.1     W 3,620.7     W 4,679.1     W 3,970.4     W 4,412.2     US$ 4,368.5  
                                     
 
The conversion into Dollars was made at the rate of Won 1,010.0 to US$1.00. See note 2(a) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      The following table reconciles our net income under Korean GAAP to our definition of EBITDA on a consolidated basis for the five years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
                                                 
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2005
                         
    (In billions of won and millions of dollars)
Net Income
  W 1,146.0     W 1,487.2     W 1,966.1     W 1,491.5     W 1,873.0     US$ 1,854.5  
ADD: Interest income
    (97.4 )     (86.0 )     (86.5 )     (80.5 )     (61.1 )     (60.5 )
Interest expense
    273.9       311.1       391.5       303.4       253.5       251.0  
Taxes
    850.3       698.5       789.0       629.8       693.3       686.4  
Depreciation and Amortization
    1,759.6       1,543.3       1,646.3       1,741.6       1,675.5       1,658.9  
                                     
EBITDA
  W 3,932.4     W 3,954.1     W 4,706.4     W 4,085.8     W 4,434.2     US$ 4,390.3  
                                     
Exchange Rates
      The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in Won per US$1.00 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. We make no representation that the Won or Dollar amounts we refer to in this report could have been or could be converted into Dollars or Won, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all.
                                 
    At End   Average        
Year Ended December 31,   of Period   Rate(1)   High   Low
                 
2001
    1,314       1,293       1,369       1,234  
2002
    1,186       1,250       1,332       1,161  
2003
    1,192       1,193       1,262       1,146  
2004
    1,035       1,145       1,195       1,035  
2005
    1,010       1,023       1,060       997  

7


Table of Contents

                 
Past Six Months   High   Low
         
    (Won per
    US$1.00)
January 2006
    1,003       959  
February 2006
    976       962  
March 2006
    982       967  
April 2006
    970       940  
May 2006
    952       927  
June 2006 (through June 26, 2006)
    962       943  
 
(1)  The average rates for the annual periods were calculated based on the average noon buying rate on the last day of each month (or portion thereof) during the period. The average rate for the monthly periods were calculated based on the average noon buying rate of each day of the month (or portion thereof).
      On June 26, 2006, the noon buying rate was Won 959.2 to US$1.00.
Item 3B.      Capitalization and Indebtedness
      Not applicable
Item 3C.      Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
      Not applicable
Item 3D.      Risk Factors
Competition may reduce our market share and harm our results of operations and financial condition.
      We face substantial competition in the wireless telecommunications sector in Korea. We expect competition to intensify as a result of consolidation of market leaders and the development of new technologies, products and services. We expect that such trends will continue to put downward pressure on the prevailing tariffs we can charge our subscribers. Also, continued competition from the other wireless and fixed-line service providers has resulted in, and may continue to result in, a substantial level of deactivations among our subscribers. Subscriber deactivations, or churn, may significantly harm our business and results of operations. In addition, increased competition may cause our marketing expenses to increase as a percentage of sales, reflecting higher advertising expenses and other costs of new marketing activities, which may need to be introduced to attract and retain subscribers.
      Prior to April 1996, we were the only wireless telecommunications service provider in Korea. Since then, several new providers have entered the market, offering wireless voice and data services that compete directly with our own. Together, these providers had a market share of approximately 49.1%, in terms of numbers of wireless service subscribers, as of December 31, 2005. Furthermore, in 2001, the Government awarded to three companies licenses to provide high-speed third generation, or 3G, wireless telecommunications services. In Korea, this 3G license is also known as the “IMT-2000” license. IMT-2000 is the global standard for 3G wireless communications, as defined by the International Telecommunication Union, an organization established to standardize and regulate international radio and telecommunications. One of these licenses was awarded to SK Telecom’s former subsidiary, SK IMT Co., Ltd., which was merged into SK Telecom on May 1, 2003, and the other two licenses were awarded to consortia led by or associated with KT Corporation, Korea’s principal fixed-line operator and the parent of KTF, one of our principal wireless competitors, and to LG Telecom, Ltd., or LGT. In addition, our wireless voice businesses compete with Korea’s fixed-line operators, and our Wireless Internet businesses compete with providers of fixed-line data and Internet services.
      Beginning in 2000, there has been considerable consolidation in the wireless telecommunications industry resulting in the emergence of stronger competitors. In 2000, KT Corporation acquired a 47.9% interest in Hansol M.Com (formerly Hansol PCS Co., Ltd.), which was the fifth largest wireless operator in terms of numbers of wireless service subscribers at such time. Hansol M.Com subsequently changed its name to KT M.Com and

8


Table of Contents

merged into KTF in May 2001. In May 2002, the Government sold its remaining 28.4% stake in KT Corporation. KT Corporation had a 44.6% interest in KTF as of December 31, 2005. Such consolidation has created large, well-capitalized competitors with substantial financial, technical, marketing and other resources to respond to our business offerings. Future business combinations and alliances in the telecommunications industry may also create significant new competitors and could harm our business and results of operations.
      In addition, in March 2006, the MIC lifted the prohibition on the provision of handset subsidies, which had been in place since June 2000. See “Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation and any changes in government policy relating to the telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition”. This recent decision by the MIC has intensified competition among mobile service providers and increased our marketing expenses, which could, in turn, adversely affect our results of operations.
      We expect competition to intensify as a result of such consolidation and as a result of the rapid development of new technologies, products and services. Our ability to compete successfully will depend on our ability to anticipate and respond to various competitive factors affecting the industry, including new services that may be introduced, changes in consumer preferences, economic conditions and discount pricing strategies by competitors.
Inability to successfully implement or adapt our network and technology to meet the continuing technological advancements affecting the wireless industry will likely have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and business.
      The telecommunications industry has been characterized by continuous improvement and advances in technology and this trend is expected to continue. For example, we and our competitors have introduced new network technology upgrades from our basic CDMA network to a more advanced high-speed wireless telecommunications network based on CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology. Korean wireless telecommunications companies, including us, have also implemented newer technologies such as wide-band code division access, or WCDMA, which is the 3G technology implemented by us, and CDMA2000, which is the 3G technology implemented by certain of our competitors, all of which are commonly referred to as 3G technology and is also known as IMT-2000 in Korea. Our new WCDMA network is expected to support data transmission services with more advanced features at significantly higher data transmission speeds than our basic CDMA, CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks.
      We commenced provision of WCDMA services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003 and continued to expand and improve our WCDMA services in the Seoul metropolitan area in 2004. In 2005, we completed commercial development of HSDPA technology, also known as 3.5G technology. HSDPA is a new mobile telephony protocol that represents an evolution of the WCDMA standard and, among others, supports higher data capacity and allows faster data transmissions than previous WCDMA-based protocols. HSDPA upgrades to our existing WCDMA network do not require hardware upgrades and may be accomplished through software upgrades at virtually no cost. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities, including Busan and Incheon. We are continuing expansion of an upgraded, HSDPA-ready version of our WCDMA network to other metropolitan areas of Korea. By the end of 2006, we expect that HSDPA service will be available in 84 cities nationwide. The successful introduction and operation of a 3G or 3.5G network by a competitor could materially and adversely affect our existing wireless businesses as well as the returns on future investments we may make in our 3G network or our other businesses. We could be harmed if we fail to adapt to technological or other changes in the telecommunications sector in a timely manner. For a description of some of the difficulties that we are facing with respect to HSDPA, see “— HSDPA technology may require significant capital and other expenditures for implementation which we may not recoup and such technology may be difficult to integrate with our existing technology and business.”
      In March 2005, we obtained a license from the MIC to provide wireless broadband internet, or WiBro, services, which will offer high-speed and large-packet data services at competitive prices and complement our other wireless communication services, such as HSDPA. WiBro service enables wireless broadband Internet access to portable computers, mobile phones and other portable devices. We conducted pilot testing of WiBro

9


Table of Contents

service in limited areas of metropolitan Seoul in May 2006 and began commercial service to those limited areas in June 2006. In addition to a license fee of Won 17.0 billion paid to the MIC in March 2005, we are planning to spend Won 170 billion in capital expenditures in 2006 to build and expand our WiBro network, and we may spend additional amounts to expand our WiBro service in the future; however, our investment plans may change depending on the market demand for such services, competitors offering similar services and development of competing technologies. We cannot assure you, however, that there will be sufficient demand for our WiBro services as a result of competition or otherwise.
HSDPA technology may require significant capital and other expenditures for implementation which we may not recoup and such technology may be difficult to integrate with our existing technology and business.
      HSDPA, an evolution of our WCDMA standard, is a high-speed wireless communication technology that we believe will allow us to offer even more sophisticated wireless data transmission services at faster speeds than previously available on our WCDMA network. Under the terms of our WCDMA license received in 2001 from the MIC, we were required to commence provision of WCDMA services by the end of 2003. We commenced provision of our WCDMA services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003 and continued to improve our WCDMA services in the Seoul metropolitan area in 2004.
      We first deployed HSDPA technology in 2006. HSDPA is a new mobile telephony protocol that represents an evolution of the WCDMA standard and, among others, supports higher data capacity and allows faster data transmissions than previous WCDMA-based protocols. HSDPA upgrades to our existing WCDMA network do not require hardware upgrades and may be accomplished through software upgrades at virtually no cost. We are continuing expansion of an upgraded, HSDPA-ready version of our WCDMA network in other metropolitan areas of Korea. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities, including Busan and Incheon. By the end of 2006, we expect HSDPA service to be available in 84 cities nationwide. In March 2005, we developed and launched dual band/dual mode handsets, which can be used in both CDMA and WCDMA networks, to offer seamless nationwide 3G service, an important factor for a nationwide deployment of HSDPA. However, the actual scope and timing of the full nationwide roll-out of our HSDPA service will depend on various other factors, including the availability of required equipment, our ability to overcome technical problems currently affecting HSDPA performance, our assessment of the market opportunities for HSDPA technology-based services and the competitive landscape in the Korean wireless market.
      We cannot assure you that we will be able to construct a nationwide WCDMA network or provide HSDPA services in a timely, effective and cost-efficient manner. Several companies in other countries have announced delays in the roll-out of their 3G and 3.5G services as a result of technological problems and difficulties with software, equipment and handset supply. We believe that we may be vulnerable to similar problems, and if such problems are not resolved effectively as they arise, our financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, the MIC is empowered to take various measures against us ranging from the suspension of our business to the revocation of our WCDMA license if we fail to comply with the terms of our WCDMA license. We believe that we are currently in compliance with all material terms of the license. Also, even if we complete our WCDMA network on a timely basis, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient demand for our HSDPA services, as a result of competition or otherwise, to permit us to recoup or profit from our investment in the WCDMA license and network. In addition, demand for our HSDPA services will depend in part on the availability of attractive content and services. We cannot assure you that such content and services will become available in a timely manner, or at all.
      We expect that the build-out of our WCDMA network may require external financing, and we cannot assure you that such financing will be available at a cost acceptable to us, or at all. Also, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate WCDMA services into our existing businesses in a timely or cost-effective manner or that the WCDMA business will not adversely affect our existing wireless businesses, including the services currently provided on our existing networks.

10


Table of Contents

Our growth strategy calls for significant investments in new businesses and regions, including businesses and regions in which we have limited experience.
      As a part of our growth strategy, we plan to selectively seek business opportunities abroad. For example, in March 2005, we established a joint venture with EarthLink, a major Internet service provider in the United States, to provide voice and data services as a mobile virtual network operator in the United States. We also have ongoing projects in Vietnam and Mongolia. In addition, in February 2005, we established a joint venture company with China Unicom, China’s second largest mobile operator, called UNISK Information Technology Co., Ltd., to market and offer wireless Internet service in China. In addition, in June 2006, our board of directors approved plans to subscribe for up to US$1 billion of convertible bonds issued by China Unicom, convertible into 899,745,075 common shares of China Unicom, which represents an approximate 6.67% equity interest in that company. We expect the subscription to be consummated in July 2006. We will continue to seek other opportunities to expand our business abroad, particularly in Asia, as circumstances present themselves.
      In addition, we believe that we must continue to make significant investments to build, develop and broaden our existing businesses, including by developing and improving our wireless data, multimedia, mobile commerce and Internet services. We will need to respond to market and technological changes and the development of services which we may have little or no experience in providing. Entering these new businesses and regions, in which we have limited experience, may require us to make substantial investments and no assurance can be given that we will be successful in our efforts.
Due to the existing high penetration rate of wireless services in Korea, we are unlikely to maintain our subscriber growth rate, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
      According to data published by the MIC and our population estimates based on historical data published by the National Statistical Office of Korea, the penetration rate for the Korean wireless telecommunications service industry as of December 31, 2005 was approximately 79.4%, which is high compared to many industrialized countries. It is unlikely that the penetration rates for wireless telecommunications service will grow at the same pace as it has in the past given such high penetration rates. As a result of the already high penetration rates in Korea for wireless services coupled with our large market share, we expect our subscriber growth rate to decrease. Slowed growth in penetration rates without a commensurate increase in revenues through the introduction of new services and increased use of our services by existing subscribers would likely have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to acquire adequate additional spectrum or use our bandwidth efficiently to accommodate subscriber growth and subscriber usage.
      One of the principal limitations on a wireless network’s subscriber capacity is the amount of spectrum available for use by the system. We have been allocated 2 x 25 MHz of spectrum in the 800 MHz band. As a result of bandwidth constraints, our CDMA 1xRTT network is currently operating near its capacity in the Seoul metropolitan area, and although capacity constraints are not as severe on our CDMA 1xEV/ DO network, this network generally operates at high utilization rates. While we believe that we can address this issue through system upgrades and efficient allocation of bandwidth, inability to address such capacity constraints in a timely manner may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
      The growth of our wireless data businesses has increased our utilization of our bandwidth, since wireless data applications are generally more bandwidth-intensive than voice services. This trend has been offset in part by the implementation of our CDMA 1xEV/ DO network and, more recently, our WCDMA network, which use bandwidth more efficiently for voice and data traffic than our basic CDMA networks. If the current trend of increased data transmission use by our subscribers continues, our bandwidth capacity requirements are likely to increase. Growth of our wireless business will depend in part upon our ability to manage effectively our bandwidth capacity and to implement efficiently and in a timely manner new bandwidth-efficient technologies if they become available. We cannot assure you that bandwidth constraints will not adversely affect the growth of our wireless business.

11


Table of Contents

We may have to make further financing arrangements to meet our capital expenditure requirements and debt payment obligations.
      As a network-based wireless telecommunications provider, we have had in the past, and expect to continue to have, significant capital expenditure requirements, as we continue to build-out and maintain our networks. We estimate that we will spend approximately Won 1.6 trillion for capital expenditures in 2006 for a range of projects, including expansion and improvement of our wireless networks, investments in our Internet-related businesses and expansion of our WCDMA network. We currently plan to invest Won 570 billion on expansion of our WCDMA network and HSDPA service and Won 170 billion to build and expand our WiBro network in 2006. For a more detailed discussion of our capital expenditure plans and a discussion of other factors which may affect our future capital expenditures, see “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital, Resources”. At December 31, 2005, we had approximately Won 814.4 billion in contractual payment obligations due in 2006 of which almost all involve repayment of debt obligations. See “Item 5F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations”.
      We have not arranged firm financing for all of our current or future capital expenditure plans and contractual payment obligations. We have in the past obtained funds for our proposed capital expenditure and payment obligations from various sources, including our cash flow from operations as well as from financings, primarily debt and equity financings. Although we believe that we have sufficient capital resources from operations and financings to meet our capital expenditure requirements and debt payment obligations in the near term, inability to fund such capital expenditure requirements may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business. In addition, although we currently anticipate that the capital expenditure levels estimated by us will be adequate to meet our business needs, such estimates may need to be adjusted based on developments in technology and markets. No assurance can be given that we will be able to meet any such increased expenditure requirements or obtain adequate financing for such requirements, on terms acceptable to us, or at all.
Termination or impairment of our relationship with a small number of key suppliers for network equipment and for lease lines could adversely affect our results of operations.
      We purchase wireless network equipment from a small number of suppliers. We purchase our principal wireless network equipment from Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and LG Electronics Inc. To date, we have purchased substantially all of the equipment for our CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks from Samsung Electronics and substantially all of the equipment for our WCDMA network from Samsung Electronics and LG Electronics. Samsung Electronics also currently manufactures more than 40% of the wireless handsets sold to our subscribers. Although other manufacturers sell the equipment we require, sourcing such equipment from other manufacturers could result in unanticipated costs in maintenance and upkeep of the CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks or delays and additional costs in our expansion of the WCDMA network. With respect to the introduction of 3G and 3.5G services, various wireless telecommunications service providers globally have had difficulty in obtaining adequate quantities of various types of 3G and 3.5G equipment from suppliers. Inability to obtain the needed equipment for our networks in a timely manner may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
      In addition, we rely on KT Corporation and SK Networks to provide a substantial majority of our leased lines used for our wireless services. In 2005, KT Corporation and SK Networks provided approximately 16.0% and 62.0%, respectively, of our leased lines. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to obtain the necessary equipment from one or more of our suppliers. Any discontinuation or interruption in the availability of equipment from our suppliers for any reason could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Inability to lease adequate lines at commercially reasonable rates may impact the quality of the services we offer and may result in damage to our reputation and our business.
Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation and any change in government policy relating to the telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
      All of our businesses are subject to extensive government supervision and regulation. The MIC has periodically reviewed the tariffs charged by wireless operators and has, from time to time, suggested tariff

12


Table of Contents

reductions. Although these suggestions are not binding, we have in the past implemented some level of tariff reductions in response to these suggestions. After discussions with the MIC, effective January 1, 2003, we reduced our standard rate plan’s monthly access fee by Won 1,000, increased our free air time from 7 minutes to 10 minutes per month and reduced our peak usage charges from Won 21 to Won 20 per minute. After discussions with the MIC, in October 2003, we reduced our monthly charges for caller ID service from Won 2,000 to Won 1,000. In addition, after discussions with the MIC, effective September 1, 2004, we reduced our monthly basic charge by 7.1% from Won 14,000 to Won 13,000. Commencing January 1, 2006, we began to provide caller ID service to our customers free of charge.
      The Korean government plays an active role in the selection of technology to be used by telecommunications operators in Korea. The MIC has adopted the WCDMA and CDMA2000 technologies as the only standards available in Korea for implementing 3G services. The MIC may impose similar restrictions on the choice of technology used in future telecommunications services and we can give no assurance that the technologies promoted by the Government will provide the best commercial returns for us.
      Our wireless telecommunications services depend, in part, on our interconnection arrangements with domestic and international fixed-line and other wireless networks. Charges for interconnection affect our revenues and operating results. The MIC determines the basic framework for interconnection arrangements, including interconnection policies relating to interconnection rates in Korea and has changed this framework several times in the past. We cannot assure you that we will not be adversely affected by future changes in the MIC’s interconnection policies. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Interconnection — Domestic Calls”.
      In January 2003, the MIC announced its plan to implement number portability with respect to wireless telecommunications service in Korea. The number portability system allows wireless subscribers to switch wireless service operators while retaining the same mobile phone number. In accordance with the plan published by the MIC, the number portability system was adopted by SK Telecom first, starting from January 1, 2004. KTF and LGT were required to introduce number portability starting from July 1, 2004 and January 1, 2005, respectively. In addition, in order to manage the availability of phone numbers efficiently and to secure phone number resources for the new services, the MIC has required all new subscribers to be given numbers with the ‘010’ prefix starting January 2004, and it has been gradually retracting the mobile service identification numbers which had been unique to each wireless telecommunications service provider, including ‘011’ for our cellular services.
      We believe that the use of the common prefix identification system may pose a greater risk to us compared to the other wireless telecommunications providers because ‘011’ has very high brand recognition in Korea as the premium wireless telecommunications service. The MIC’s adoption of the number portability system has resulted in and could continue to result in a deterioration of our market share as a result of weakened customer loyalty, increased competition among wireless service providers and higher costs of marketing as a result of maintaining the number portability system, increased subscriber deactivations and increased churn rate, all of which had, and may continue to have, an adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Number Portability”.
      In the past, wireless telecommunications service providers provided handsets at below retail prices to attract new subscribers, offsetting a significant portion of the cost of handsets. The rapid growth in penetration rate in past years can, at least in part, be attributed to such subsidies on handsets given to new subscribers. The MIC prohibited all wireless telecommunications service providers, subject to certain exceptions stipulated in the Telecommunications Business Act, from providing any such handset subsidies beginning June 1, 2000. The MIC has, on several occasions between March 2002 and June 2006, imposed various types of sanctions and fines against us and the other wireless service providers for violating restrictions on providing handset subsidies and other activities which were deemed to be disruptive to fair competition. We paid the fines and believe that we have complied in all material respects with the other sanctions imposed by the MIC. For details on these and other government penalties, see “Item 8A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings”. Beginning on March 27, 2006 the MIC allowed mobile service providers to grant subsidies to certain qualifying subscribers who purchase new handsets. We currently provide subsidies of between Won 70,000 and Won 240,000 to subscribers meeting certain subscription requirements. As a result of the MIC’s

13


Table of Contents

recent decision to allow handset subsidies, we may face increased competition from other mobile service providers. In order to compete more effectively, we have begun providing such handset subsidies, which may increase our marketing expenses, which, in turn, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
      In December 2002, the MIC implemented a wireless Internet network co-share system that permits the wireless application protocol gateway, or WAP gateway, of a fixed-line operator to connect to a wireless network service provider’s inter-working function, or IWF, device. IWF is a device that connects a cellular network with an Internet Protocol, or IP, network while WAP gateway converts hypertext transfer protocol, or HTTP protocol, into WAP protocol. This co-share system would allow subscribers of a wireless network service provider to have access to wireless Internet content provided by a fixed-line operator. In December 2002, KT Corporation connected to our IWF but has not yet commenced service. In July 2003, the MIC approved the basic terms regarding the implementation of a network co-share system. In January 2004, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with Onse to establish a co-share system, under which we launched these services in June 2005. Currently, our subscribers can access portals provided by outside parties. In addition, the MIC has requested that a third party oversee wireless operators’ customer billing procedures with respect to third-party content providers who are seeking to provide their content directly to subscribers without going through an individual operator’s portal, as third-party content providers have experienced difficulties in the past in providing their content service directly to subscribers due to the lack of resources for billing users. We believe that such a co-share system, if widely adopted, will have the effect of giving our users access to a wide variety of content using their handsets which may in turn increase revenues attributable to our data services. However, this system could also place significant competitive pressure on the revenues and profits attributable to our NATE wireless portal.
We are subject to additional regulation as a result of our market position, which could harm our ability to compete effectively.
      The MIC’s policy is to promote competition in the Korean telecommunications markets through measures designed to prevent the dominant service provider in a telecommunications market from exercising its market power to prevent the emergence and development of viable competitors. We are currently designated by the MIC as a “market dominant service provider” in respect of our wireless telecommunications business. As such, we are subject to additional regulation to which our competitors are not subject. For example, under current government regulations, we must obtain prior approval from the MIC to change our existing rates or introduce new rates while our competitors may generally change their rates or introduce new rates at their discretion. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Rate Regulation”. As of December 31, 2005, our standard peak usage charge rate was approximately 11.1% higher than those charged by our competitors. We could also be required by the MIC to charge higher usage rates than our competitors for future services. In addition, we were required to introduce number portability earlier than our competitors, KTF and LGT. The MIC also awarded the IMT-2000 license to provide 3G services to LGT at a fee lower than our license fee and on terms generally more favorable than the terms of our license.
      In addition, when the MIC approved the merger of Shinsegi into us in January 2002, the MIC imposed certain conditions on us. The MIC periodically reviews our compliance with the conditions related to our merger with Shinsegi. On May 25, 2004, a policy advisory committee to the MIC announced the results of its review and stated that the committee believed that our market dominance may significantly restrict competition in the telecommunications market and that we had violated the conditions related to our merger with Shinsegi by providing subsidies to handset buyers. In June 2004, the MIC imposed a Won 11.9 billion fine on us and extended the post-merger monitoring period until January 2007 pursuant to the policy advisory committee’s recommendation. On May 25, 2004, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, the level of our market share at the time of the approval of our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. On July 6, 2005, we voluntarily extended such market share limitation through the end of 2007. We can give no assurance that the MIC will not take action that may have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. See “— Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation and any change in government policy relating to the telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.”

14


Table of Contents

      In addition, we qualify as a “market-dominating business entity” under the Fair Trade Act. The Fair Trade Commission of Korea, or the FTC, approved our acquisition of Shinsegi on various conditions, one of which was that SK Telecom’s and Shinsegi’s combined market share of the wireless telecommunications market, based on numbers of subscribers, be less than 50.0% as of June 30, 2001. In order to satisfy this condition, we reduced the level of our subscriber activations and adopted more stringent involuntary subscriber deactivation policies beginning in 2000 and ceased accepting new subscribers from April 1, 2001 through June 30, 2001. We complied with this requirement by reducing our market share to approximately 49.7% as of June 30, 2001. We are not currently subject to any market share limitations; however, on May 25, 2004, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, the level of our market share at the time of the approval of our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. On July 6, 2005, we voluntarily extended such market share limitation through the end of 2007. We can give no assurance that the Government will not impose restrictions on our market share in the future or that we will not undertake to voluntarily restrict our market share in the future. If we are subject to market share limitations in the future, our ability to compete effectively will be impeded.
      The FTC is also currently conducting an antitrust investigation into alleged price collusion among KTF, LGT and us. In May 2006, the FTC imposed fines of Won 660 million on KTF and us and Won 462 million on LGT for collusion in terminating optional flat-rate subscription plans. We expect the FTC to announce additional rulings on alleged collusive practices among mobile service providers. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FTC’s investigation, and there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to additional fines or other sanctions, or that the eventual outcome will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
      The additional regulation to which we are subject has affected our competitiveness in the past and may hurt our profitability and impede our ability to compete effectively against our competitors in the future.
Financial difficulties and charges of financial statement irregularities at our affiliate, SK Networks (formerly SK Global), may cause disruptions in our business.
      Charges of financial statement irregularities by certain directors and executives at SK Networks culminated in the resignation of four of our board members and executives in March 2004, although none of these resignations were related to any allegations of wrongdoing in connection with their role in our business. SK Telecom was not implicated in any of the charges against SK Networks’ management. However, continuing financial difficulties at SK Networks could result in our having to look for alternative sources for handset distribution and fixed network line needs. In February 2004, Mr. Kil Seung Son and Mr. Tae Won Chey, who both received prison terms of three years in the court of first instance and appealed to the Seoul High Court in connection with allegations of financial misconduct at SK Networks, resigned from our board of directors, along with Mr. Moon Soo Pyo, our president at the time, and Mr. Jae Won Chey, our executive vice president at the time. See “Item 6A. Directors and Senior Management — Involvement In Certain Legal Proceedings”.
      The financial future of SK Networks remains uncertain. In March 2003, the principal creditor banks of SK Networks commenced corporate restructuring procedures against SK Networks after the company announced that its financial statements understated its total debt by Won 1.1 trillion and overstated its profits by Won 1.5 trillion. These banks agreed to a temporary rollover of approximately Won 6.6 trillion of SK Networks’ debt until June 18, 2003 and subsequently decided to put SK Networks into corporate restructuring. In October 2003, SK Networks’ foreign and domestic creditors agreed to a restructuring plan which, among other things, allowed the foreign creditors to have their debts repaid at a buyout rate of 43% of the face value of the outstanding debt owed to them. In November 2003, SK Networks underwent a capital reduction and sold approximately Won 1 trillion of its assets as part of its restructuring plan, and SK Corporation approved a Won 850 billion debt-for-equity swap. SK Networks is still under the joint management of its domestic creditors in accordance with its business normalization plan.
      SK Networks also serves as a distributor of handsets manufactured by third parties to our nationwide network of dealers. SK Networks was also the exclusive distributor of all of the handsets sold by our former subsidiary, SK Teletech, prior to our sale of the company to Pantech & Curitel in July 2005. Samsung Electronics

15


Table of Contents

Co. Ltd., LG Electronics Inc., Motorola Korea, Inc. and Pantech & Curital suspended their supply handsets to SK Networks from the beginning of April 2003 for two to three weeks because of the credit risk of SK Networks. In May 2003, all suppliers resumed their supply of handsets on the condition that payment on their mobile phones be made in cash within one week of delivery. Although we believe that handset manufacturers will be able to find another distributor to replace SK Networks in the event SK Networks is no long able to distribute handsets, there may be difficulties in efficiently distributing handsets to our subscribers and other customers in the short term.
      In addition, in 2005, we leased approximately 62.0% of our fixed network lines, which connect our various cell sites and switching stations, from SK Networks. If there is a material disruption of SK Networks’ ability to maintain and operate this business due to its financial difficulties, we may need to seek alternative sources. Although we do not believe that this will have a materially adverse effect on our business, this may result in a disruption of our services in the short term.
Concerns that radio frequency emissions may be linked to various health concerns could adversely affect our business and we could be subject to litigation relating to these health concerns.
      In the past, allegations that serious health risks may result from the use of wireless telecommunications devices or other transmission equipment have adversely affected share prices of some wireless telecommunications companies in the United States. We cannot assure you that these health concerns will not adversely affect our business. Several class action and personal injury lawsuits have been filed in the United States against several wireless phone manufacturers and carriers, asserting product liability, breach of warranty and other claims relating to radio transmissions to and from wireless phones. Certain of these lawsuits have been dismissed. We could be subject to liability or incur significant costs defending lawsuits brought by our subscribers or other parties who claim to have been harmed by or as a result of our services. In addition, the actual or perceived risk of wireless telecommunications devices could have an adverse effect on us by reducing our number of subscribers or our usage per subscriber.
Our businesses may be adversely affected by developments affecting the Korean economy.
      We generate substantially all of our revenue from operations in Korea. Our future performance will depend in large part on Korea’s future economic growth. Adverse developments in Korea’s economy or in political or social conditions in Korea may have an adverse effect on our number of subscribers, call volumes and results of operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
      From early 1997 until 1999, Korea experienced a significant financial and economic downturn, from which it is widely believed the country has now recovered to a significant extent. However, the economic indicators in the past three years have shown mixed signs of recovery and uncertainty, and future recovery or growth of the economy is subject to many factors beyond our control. Events related to the terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001, recent developments in the Middle East including the war in Iraq, higher oil prices, the general weakness of the global economy and the outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, in Asia and other parts of the world have increased the uncertainty of global economic prospects and may continue to adversely affect the Korean economy. Any future deterioration of the Korean or global economy could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
      Developments that could have an adverse impact on Korea’s economy include:
  •  financial problems or lack of progress in restructuring of chaebols, or Korean conglomerates, other large troubled companies, their suppliers or the financial sector;
 
  •  loss of investor confidence arising from corporate accounting irregularities and corporate governance issues of certain chaebols;
 
  •  a slowdown in consumer spending;
 
  •  adverse changes or volatility in foreign currency reserve levels, commodity prices, exchange rates, interest rates or stock markets;

16


Table of Contents

  •  adverse developments in the economies of countries that are important export markets for Korea, such as the United States, Japan and China, or in emerging market economies in Asia or elsewhere;
 
  •  the continued emergence of the Chinese economy, to the extent its benefits (such as increased exports to China) are outweighed by its costs (such as competition in export markets or for foreign investment and the relocation of manufacturing base from Korea to China);
 
  •  social and labor unrest;
 
  •  substantial decrease in market price of the Korean real estate market;
 
  •  a decrease in tax revenues and a substantial increase in the Korean government’s expenditures for unemployment compensation and other social programs that, together, would lead to an increased government budget deficit;
 
  •  geo-political uncertainty and risk of further attacks by terrorist groups around the world;
 
  •  the recurrence of SARS or avian flu in Asia and other parts of the world;
 
  •  deterioration in economic or diplomatic relations between Korea and its trading partners or allies, including deterioration resulting from trade disputes or disagreements in foreign policy;
 
  •  political uncertainty or increasing strife among or within political parties in Korea;
 
  •  hostilities involving oil producing countries in the Middle East and any material disruption in the supply of oil or increase in the price of oil; and
 
  •  an increase in the level of tension or an outbreak of hostilities between North Korea and Korea or the United States.
Depreciation of the value of the Won against the Dollar and other major foreign currencies may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and on the prices of our common stock and the ADSs.
      Substantially all of our revenues are denominated in Won. Depreciation of the Won may materially affect our results of operations because, among other things, it causes:
  •  an increase in the amount of Won required by us to make interest and principal payments on our foreign currency-denominated debt, which accounted for approximately 9.6% of our total consolidated long-term debt, including current portion, as of December 31, 2005; and
 
  •  an increase, in Won terms, of the costs of equipment that we purchase from overseas sources which we pay for in Dollars or other foreign currencies.
      Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Won and the Dollar will affect the Dollar equivalent of the Won price of the shares of our common stock on the Stock Market Division of the Korea Exchange, on the KRX Stock Market. These fluctuations also will affect:
  •  the amounts a registered holder or beneficial owner of ADSs will receive from the ADR depositary in respect of dividends, which will be paid in Won to the ADR depositary and converted by the ADR depositary into Dollars;
 
  •  the Dollar value of the proceeds that a holder will receive upon sale in Korea of the shares; and
 
  •  the secondary market price of the ADSs.
      For historical exchange rate information, see “Item 3A. Selected Financial Data — Exchange Rate”.
Increased tensions with North Korea could have an adverse effect on us and the prices of our common stock and the ADSs.
      Relations between Korea and North Korea have been tense over most of Korea’s history. The level of tension between Korea and North Korea has fluctuated and may increase or change abruptly as a result of current and

17


Table of Contents

future events, including ongoing contacts at the highest levels of the governments of Korea and North Korea and increasing hostility between North Korea and the United States. In December 2002, North Korea removed the seals and surveillance equipment from its Yongbyon nuclear power plant and evicted inspectors from the United Nations International Atomic Energy Agency, and has reportedly resumed activity at its Yongbyon power plant. In January 2003, North Korea announced its intention to withdraw from the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, demanding that the United States sign a non-aggression pact as a condition to North Korea dismantling its nuclear program. In August 2003, representatives of Korea, the United States, North Korea, China, Japan and Russia held multilateral talks in an effort to resolve issues relating to North Korea’s nuclear weapons program. In February 2005, North Korea declared that it had developed and is in possession of nuclear weapons. In September 2005, North Korea agreed to abandon all nuclear weapons and programs, and the six participating nations signed a draft preliminary accord pursuant to which North Korea agreed to dismantle its existing nuclear weapons, abandon efforts to produce new future weapons and readmit international inspectors to its nuclear facilities. In return, the other five nations participating in the talks, China, Japan, Korea, Russia and the United States, expressed willingness to provide North Korea with energy assistance and other economic support. The six parties agreed to hold further talks in November 2005. However, one day after the joint statement was released, North Korea announced that it would not dismantle its nuclear weapons program unless the United States agreed to provide civilian nuclear reactors in return, a demand that the United States rejected. We cannot assure you that future negotiations will result in a final agreement on North Korea’s nuclear program, including critical details such as implementation and timing, or that the level of tensions between Korea and North Korea will not escalate. In addition, in recent years, there have been heightened security concerns stemming from North Korea’s nuclear weapon and long-range missile programs and increased uncertainty regarding North Korea’s actions and possible responses from the international community. Any further increase in tensions, resulting for example from a break-down in contacts, test of long-range nuclear missiles coupled with continuing nuclear programs by North Korea or an outbreak in military hostilities, could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition and could lead to a decline in the market value of our common stock and the ADSs.
If SK Corporation causes us to breach the foreign ownership limitations on shares of our common stock, we may experience a change of control.
      There is currently a 49% limit on the aggregate foreign ownership of our issued shares. Under a newly adopted amendment to the Telecommunications Business Law, which became effective on May 9, 2004, a Korean entity, such as SK Corporation, is deemed to be a foreign entity if its largest shareholder (determined by aggregating the shareholdings of such shareholder and its related parties) is a foreigner and such shareholder (together with the shareholdings of its related parties) holds 15% or more of the issued voting stock of the Korean entity. As of December 31, 2005, SK Corporation owned 17,663,127 shares of our common stock, or approximately 21.5%, of our issued shares. If SK Corporation were considered a foreign shareholder of SK Telecom, then its shareholding in SK Telecom would be included in the calculation of the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom and the aggregate foreign shareholding in SK Telecom (based on our foreign ownership level as of December 31, 2005, which we believe was 48.7%) would exceed the 49% ceiling on foreign shareholding. As of December 31, 2005, a foreign investment fund and its related parties collectively held a 5.03% stake in SK Corporation. We could breach the foreign ownership limitations if the number of shares of our common stock or ADSs owned by other foreign persons significantly increases.
      If the aggregate foreign shareholding limit in SK Telecom is exceeded, the MIC may issue a corrective order to SK Telecom, the breaching shareholder (including SK Corporation if the breach is caused by an increase in foreign ownership of SK Corporation) and the foreign investment fund and its related parties who own in the aggregate 15% or more of SK Corporation. Furthermore, if SK Corporation is considered a foreign shareholder, it may not exercise its voting rights with respect to the shares held in excess of the 49% ceiling, which may result in a change in control of us. In addition, the MIC may refuse to grant us licenses or permits necessary for entering into new telecommunications businesses until the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom is reduced to below 49%. If a corrective order is issued to us by the MIC arising from the violation of the foregoing foreign ownership limit, and we do not comply within the prescribed period under such corrective order, the MIC may (1) suspend all or part of our business, or (2) if the suspension of business is deemed to result in significant inconvenience to our customers or be detrimental to the public interest, impose a one-time administrative penalty

18


Table of Contents

of up to 3% of our sales revenues. The amendment to the Telecommunications Business Law in May 2004 also authorizes the MIC to assess monetary penalties of up to 0.3% of the purchase price of the shares for each day the corrective order is not complied with, as well as a prison term of up to one year and a penalty of Won 50 million. For a description of further actions that the MIC could take, see “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Foreign Ownership and Investment Restrictions and Requirements”.
If our convertible notes are converted by foreign holders and the conversion would cause a violation of the foreign ownership restrictions of the Telecommunications Business Law, or in certain other circumstances, we may sell common stock in order to settle the converting holders’ conversion rights in cash in lieu of delivering common stock to them, and these sales might adversely affect the market price of our common stock or ADRs.
      In May 2004, we sold US$329.5 million in zero coupon convertible notes due 2009. These convertible notes are convertible by the holders into shares of our common stock at the rate of Won 218,098 per share. These notes are held principally by foreign holders. If (1) the exercise by the holder of the conversion right would be prohibited by Korean law or we reasonably conclude that the delivery of common stock upon conversion of these notes would result in a violation of applicable Korean law or (2) we do not have a sufficient number of shares of our common stock to satisfy the conversion right, then we will pay a converting holder a cash settlement payment. In such situations, we may sell such number of treasury shares held in trust for us that corresponds to the number of shares of common stock that would have been deliverable in the absence of the 49% foreign shareholding restrictions imposed by the Telecommunications Law or other legal restrictions. The number of shares sold in these circumstances might be substantial. We cannot assure you that such sales would not adversely affect the market prices of our common stock or ADSs.
Sales of SK Telecom shares by companies in the SK Group, POSCO and/or other large shareholders may adversely affect the prices of SK Telecom’s common stock and the ADSs.
      Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the shares of our common stock or the ADSs or our ability to raise capital through an offering of our common stock.
      As of December 31, 2005, POSCO owned 3.64% of our issued common stock. POSCO has not agreed to any restrictions on its ability to dispose of our shares. See “Item 7A. Major Shareholders”. Companies in the SK Group, which collectively owned 22.79% of our issued common stock as of December 31, 2005, may sell their shares of our common stock in order to comply with the Fair Trade Act’s limits on the total investments that companies in a large business group, such as the SK Group, may hold in other domestic companies. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Competition Regulation”. We understand that SK Networks, which owned 1.32% of our shares as of December 31, 2005, has agreed with its creditors in connection with its corporate restructuring to sell certain of its assets, which may include our shares. We can make no prediction as to the timing or amount of any sales of our common stock. We cannot assure you that future sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability of shares of our common stock for future sale, will not adversely affect the market prices of the shares of our common stock or ADSs prevailing from time to time.
Korea’s new legislation allowing class action suits related to securities transactions may expose us to additional litigation risk.
      A new law enacted on January 20, 2004 allows class action suits to be brought by shareholders of companies (including us) listed on the KRX Stock Market for losses incurred in connection with purchases and sales of securities and other securities transactions arising from (i) false or inaccurate statements provided in the registration statements, prospectuses, business reports and audit reports and omission of material information in such documents; (ii) insider trading and (iii) market manipulation. This law became effective starting from January 1, 2005 with respect to companies (including us) whose total assets are equal to or greater than Won 2.0 trillion as of the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding January 1, 2005. However, in the event that certain elements of a financial statement for the fiscal year ended before January 1, 2005, were not in compliance with the then effective accounting standards, this law does not apply, if such non-compliance is cured or addressed in the financial

19


Table of Contents

statements for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2006, and such corrected information is submitted to the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Korea Exchange Inc., or the KRX, or made publicly available. This law permits 50 or more shareholders who collectively hold 0.01% of the shares of a company to bring a class action suit against, among others, the issuer and its directors and officers. It is uncertain how the courts will apply this law. Litigation can be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, and can divert management time and attention from the operation of a business. We are not aware of any basis under which such suit may be brought against us, nor are any such suits pending or threatened. Any such litigation brought against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If an investor surrenders his ADSs to withdraw the underlying shares, he may not be allowed to deposit the shares again to obtain ADSs.
      Under the deposit agreement, holders of shares of our common stock may deposit those shares with the ADR depositary’s custodian in Korea and obtain ADSs, and holders of ADSs may surrender ADSs to the ADR depositary and receive shares of our common stock. However, under the terms of the deposit agreement, as amended, the depositary bank is required to obtain our prior consent to any such deposit if, after giving effect to such deposit, the total number of shares of our common stock on deposit, which was 1,777,173 shares as of April 30, 2006, exceeds a specified maximum, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. In addition, the depositary bank or the custodian may not accept deposits of our common shares for issuance of ADSs under certain circumstances, including (1) if it has been determined by us that we should block the deposit to prevent a violation of applicable Korean laws and regulations or our articles of incorporation or (2) if a person intending to make a deposit has been identified as a holder of at least 3% of our common stock on October 7, 2002. See “Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation — Description of American Depositary Shares”. It is possible that we may not give the consent. Consequently, an investor who has surrendered his ADSs and withdrawn the underlying shares may not be allowed to deposit the shares again to obtain ADSs.
An investor in our ADSs may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for additional shares and may suffer dilution of his equity interest in us.
      The Korean Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation require us, with some exceptions, to offer shareholders the right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their existing ownership percentage whenever new shares are issued. If we offer any rights to subscribe for additional shares of our common stock or any rights of any other nature, the ADR depositary, after consultation with us, may make the rights available to an ADS holder or use reasonable efforts to dispose of the rights on behalf of the ADS holder and make the net proceeds available to the ADS holder. The ADR depositary, however, is not required to make available to an ADS holder any rights to purchase any additional shares unless it deems that doing so is lawful and feasible and:
  •  a registration statement filed by us under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is in effect with respect to those shares; or
 
  •  the offering and sale of those shares is exempt from, or is not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act.
      We are under no obligation to file any registration statement with respect to any ADSs. If a registration statement is required for an ADS holder to exercise preemptive rights but is not filed by us, the ADS holder will not be able to exercise his preemptive rights for additional shares. As a result, ADS holders may suffer dilution of their equity interest in us.
Short selling of our ADSs by purchasers of securities convertible or exchangeable into our ADSs could materially adversely affect the market price of our ADSs.
      SK Corporation, through one or more special purpose vehicles, has engaged and may in the future engage in monetization transactions relating to its ownership interest in us. These transactions have included and may include offerings of securities that are convertible or exchangeable into our ADSs. Many investors in convertible or exchangeable securities seek to hedge their exposure in the underlying equity securities at the time of acquisition of the convertible or exchangeable securities, often through short selling of the underlying equity

20


Table of Contents

securities or through similar transactions. Since a monetization transaction could involve debt securities linked to a significant number of our ADSs, we expect that a sufficient quantity of ADSs may not be immediately available for borrowing in the market to facilitate settlement of the likely volume of short selling activity that would accompany the commencement of a monetization transaction. This short selling and similar hedging activity could place significant downward pressure on the market price of our ADSs, thereby having a material adverse effect on the market value of ADSs owned by you.
After the exchange of ADSs into the underlying common shares of SK Telecom, seller or purchasers of the underlying common shares may have to pay securities transaction tax upon the transfer of the shares.
      Under Korean tax law, transfer of a company’s common shares after the exchange of ADSs into the underlying common shares of SK Telecom will be subject to securities transaction tax (including an agricultural and fishery special tax) at the rate of 0.3% of the sales price if traded on the KRX Stock Market.
      Securities transaction tax, if applicable, generally must be paid by the transferor of the shares or the person transferring rights to subscribe to such shares. When the transfer is effected through a securities settlement company, such settlement company is generally required to withhold and pay the tax to the tax authority. When such transfer is made through a securities company, such securities company is required to withhold and pay the tax. In case the sale takes place outside the KRX Stock Market, without going through a securities settlement company or a securities company, between two non-residents or between a non-resident seller and a Korean resident purchaser, the purchaser will have to withhold securities transaction tax at the rate of 0.5% of the sales price of the common shares.
      Failing to accurately report the securities transaction tax will result in a penalty of 10% of the tax amount due. The failure to pay the securities transaction tax due will result in imposition of interest at 10.95% per annum on the unpaid tax amount for the period from the day immediately following the last day of the tax payment period to the day of the issuance of the tax notice. The penalty is imposed on the party responsible for paying the securities transaction tax or, if the securities transaction tax is to be paid via withholding, the penalty is imposed on the party that has the withholding obligation. See “Item 10E. Taxation — Korean Taxation”.
A holder of our ADSs may not be able to enforce a judgment of a foreign court against us.
      We are a corporation with limited liability organized under the laws of Korea. Substantially all of our directors and officers and other persons named in this document reside in Korea, and all or a significant portion of the assets of our directors and officers and other persons named in this document and substantially all of our assets are located in Korea. As a result, it may not be possible for holders of our ADSs to effect service of process within the United States, or to enforce against them or us in the United States judgments obtained in United States courts based on the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Korea, either in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of United States courts, of civil liabilities predicated on the United States federal securities laws.
We are generally subject to Korean corporate governance and disclosure standards, which may differ from those in other countries.
      Companies in Korea, including us, are subject to corporate governance standards applicable to Korean public companies, which may differ in some respects from standards applicable in other countries, including the United States. As a reporting company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are, and in the future will be, subject to certain corporate governance standards as mandated by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, foreign private issuers, including us, are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. There may also be less publicly available information about Korean companies, such as us, than is regularly made available by public or non-public companies in other countries. Such differences in corporate governance standards and less public information could result in corporate governance practices or disclosures that are perceived as less than satisfactory by investors in certain countries.

21


Table of Contents

Item 4.      INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
Item 4A.      History and Development of the Company
      We are Korea’s leading wireless telecommunications services provider and a pioneer in the commercial development and provision of high-speed Wireless Internet services. We served approximately 19.8 million subscribers throughout Korea as of April 30, 2006, including 19.2 million subscribers who owned data-capable handsets. As of April 30, 2006, our share of the Korean wireless market was approximately 50.7%, based on the number of subscribers.
      We provide our services principally through networks using CDMA technology. In October 2000, we became the world’s first wireless operator to commercially launch CDMA 1xRTT, a CDMA-based advanced radio transmission technology for high-speed wireless data and wireless Internet services. CDMA 1xRTT allows transmission of data at speeds of up to 144 Kbps, compared to the 64 Kbps possible over our CDMA network. In addition to higher data transfer speeds, CDMA 1xRTT technology uses packet-based data transmission, which permits more efficient use of wireless spectrum and packet-based pricing of data services. As of April 30, 2006, approximately 18.9 million of our subscribers had handsets capable of accessing our CDMA 1xRTT network.
      In the first half of 2002, we launched an upgrade of our CDMA 1xRTT network in 26 cities in Korea to CDMA 1xEV/ DO. CDMA 1xEV/ DO is a more advanced CDMA-based technology which enables data to be transmitted at speeds of up to 2.4 Mbps. CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology also allows us to provide advanced wireless data services such as streaming video and audio services. CDMA 1xEV/ DO-capable handsets became available in Korea in June 2002. As of December 31, 2004, the CDMA 1xEV/ DO network upgrade was complete, with service available in 84 cities in Korea.
      In December 2000, the MIC awarded a consortium we led, the right to acquire a license to develop, construct and operate a WCDMA network using 2 X 20 MHz of spectrum in the 2 GHz band. WCDMA is a high-speed wireless communication technology that allows us to offer even more sophisticated data transmission services at speeds faster than our CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks. In March 2001, we incorporated SK IMT to hold the license and develop our WCDMA business and we, together with Shinsegi, invested Won 985.2 billion for a 61.6% interest in SK IMT. In December 2001, we disposed of 144,000 shares of SK IMT worth Won 3.9 billion. In May 2003, SK IMT merged into SK Telecom. The WCDMA license was awarded by the MIC to SK IMT in December 2000, at a total license cost to SK IMT of Won 1.3 trillion. SK IMT paid Won 650 billion of this amount in March 2001, and we are required to pay the remainder of the license cost in annual installments from 2007 through 2011. For more information, see note 2(j) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      In January 2002, we also acquired the remaining 29.6% interest in Shinsegi, the second wireless operator to introduce wireless voice services in Korea, which we did not yet own, and merged Shinsegi into SK Telecom. As a result of this merger, we have a combined 2 × 25 MHz of spectrum in the 800 MHz range.
      We commenced construction of our WCDMA network in 2003 and began provision of our WCDMA-based services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003. We continued to expand and improve our WCDMA services in the Seoul metropolitan area in 2004. In 2005, we completed commercial development of HSDPA technology, also known as 3.5G technology. HSDPA technology is a more advanced mobile telephony protocol that represents an evolution of the WCDMA standard. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities, including Busan and Incheon. We expect to complete expansion of an upgraded, HSDPA ready version of our WCDMA network to 84 cities nationwide by the end of 2006.
      In March 2004, we were assigned by the MIC, frequency for satellite DMB. In October 2004, we granted the right to use such satellite, satellite orbit and frequency to TU Media Corp., one of our affiliates, which received a license from the MIC as a satellite DMB provider on December 30, 2004. On May 1, 2005, TU Media Corp. began to provide satellite DMB services. As of April 30, 2006, TU Media had over 500,000 subscribers.
      In March 2005, we obtained a license from the MIC to provide WiBro services, which will complement our other wireless communication services, such as HSDPA. WiBro will offer wireless Internet services at competitive prices in metropolitan areas where there is a high demand for high-speed and large packet data

22


Table of Contents

services. In April 2005, we were assigned by the MIC, a 27 MHz of spectrum in the 2.3GHz (2,300 - 2,327MHz) range in connection with WiBro services. We conducted pilot testing of WiBro service in limited areas of metropolitan Seoul starting in May 2006 and began commercial service in those limited areas in June 2006. We intend to expand coverage of our WiBro service to other areas of metropolitan Seoul in 2006.
      On May 31, 2006, we had a market capitalization of approximately Won 18.6 trillion (US$19.4 billion, as translated at the noon buying rate of June 26, 2006) or approximately 2.61% of the total market capitalization on the KRX Stock Market, making us the fifth largest company listed on the KRX Stock Market based on market capitalization on that date. Our ADSs, each representing one-ninth of one share of our common stock, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange since June 27, 1996.
      We established our telecommunications business in March 1984 under the name of Korea Mobile Telecommunications Co., Ltd., under the laws of Korea. We changed our name to SK Telecom Co., Ltd., effective March 21, 1997.
      Our registered office is at 11, Euljiro 2-ga, Jung-gu, Seoul 100-999, Korea and our telephone number is 82-2 -6100-1639.
Our Business Strategy
      We believe that trends in the Korean telecommunications industry during the next decade will mirror those in the global market and that the industry will be characterized by rapid technological change, reduced regulatory barriers and increased competition. Our business strategy is to enhance shareholder value by maintaining and consolidating our leading position in the Korean market for wireless services, including voice, data and Internet services. As the Korean market continues to mature, we will continue to focus on these core businesses in order to expand and enhance the range and quality of our wireless telecommunications services. Our principal strategies are to:
  •  Enhance the technical capabilities of our wireless networks to improve data transmission rates and service quality and to enable us to offer an increased range of services, including in connection with our development of new and improved wireless technologies. We have completed expanding the geographic coverage and subscriber capacity of our existing CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks and are currently upgrading our existing WCDMA network to support HSDPA service, as well as expanding an HSPDA-ready version of our WCDMA network nationwide. In addition, we began to offer WiBro service to limited areas of metropolitan Seoul in June 2006, and intend to continue to expand our WiBro service coverage area. We believe we are a leader in the development and implementation of wireless technologies in Korea and that convergence among communications technologies, as well as between telecommunications and other industries, creates growth opportunities for incumbent telecommunications service providers, like us, whose existing infrastructure and know-how will provide a competitive advantage. We also pursue a research and development program designed to allow us to implement new wireless technologies as market opportunities arise. As a part of such program, we operate a network research and development center which is focused on wireless network design, digital cellular technologies and wireless telecommunications applications.
 
  •  Retain and capitalize on our large, high-quality wireless subscriber base. With approximately 19.8 million subscribers as of April 30, 2006, we have the largest wireless subscriber base in Korea. We focus on maintaining and expanding our high-quality subscriber base through the provision of enhanced wireless services, particularly advanced Wireless Internet-based applications, at higher speeds than previously available.
 
  •  Offer a broad range of new and innovative Wireless Internet contents and services. Through our integrated wireless and on-line portal, NATE, we plan to continue expanding the range of our Wireless Internet contents and services, with a view to increasing revenue from these services to complement our core cellular revenues. Our strategy includes the introduction of sophisticated multimedia services (such as June, a premium wireless data service that provides streaming multimedia video content through our

23


Table of Contents

  CDMA 1xEV/ DO and HSDPA technologies, as well as MelOn, our music portal service, GXG, our mobile gaming portal, and Cizle, our wireless Internet movie portal); mobile commerce services (such as Moneta, a wireless credit and payment system); community portal and mobile community portal services (such as Mobile Cyworld, which allows subscribers to access Cyworld, our on-line community portal service, using their cellular phone); and mobile finance services (such as M BANK, M-Stock and Moneta Card) that can be accessed using handsets and other devices, including personal computers, personal digital assistants and vehicle mounted terminals.
 
  •  Create new opportunities that arise from an increasingly convergent and ubiquitous era in mobile communications, including by pioneering new businesses. We seek to offer our customers a variety of innovative “convergent” services that create value and convenience for our customers. For example, we have launched new services, such as Telematics, Digital Home and mobile banking, that provide access to content and services previously available only through traditional media or requiring direct personal interface. In particular, we are focusing on new businesses that provide synergies with our existing services. For example, in May 2005, TU Media Corp., one of our affiliates, successfully launched satellite DMB service, which provides broadcasting of multimedia content by satellite to various portable and handheld devices.
 
  •  Continue to seek opportunities in overseas markets. We continue to seek opportunities into various overseas markets, particularly to Asia. In March 2005, we established a joint venture with EarthLink, Inc., the third largest Internet service provider in the United States, and, in May 2006 we launched our Mobile Virtual Network Operator, or MVNO, service, under the brand name “HELIO”, to provide wireless voice and data services across the United States. We have also been providing CDMA cellular service, under the brand name, “S-Fone”, in Vietnam since 2003 and plan to expand our network coverage to all of Vietnam. In February 2004, through the launch of a joint venture company with China Unicom, we also began extending our wireless Internet service to China. In addition, in June 2006, our board of directors approved plans to subscribe for up to US$1 billion of convertible bonds issued by China Unicom convertible into 899,745,075 common shares of China Unicom. We expect the subscription to be consummated in July 2006. In the event all of such convertible bonds are converted into common shares, our equity interest in China Unicom would be 6.67%.

Merger with Shinsegi
      In a series of transactions between December 1999 and April 2000, we acquired a 51.2% interest in the common stock of Shinsegi. In subsequent transactions between March and September 2001, we increased our interest to 70.4%. On January 13, 2002, we acquired the remaining 29.6% interest in Shinsegi and Shinsegi merged into SK Telecom.
      The attractiveness of our merger with Shinsegi derived in large measure from the synergies, growth opportunities and cost savings we hoped to achieve by integrating Shinsegi’s operations and customer base with those of SK Telecom and our plans to reallocate the spectrum used by Shinsegi to SK Telecom’s networks.
      In 2001, we began integrating Shinsegi’s operations with those of SK Telecom. In 2002, we completed the following steps to realize additional benefits from our merger with Shinsegi:
  •  Decommissioned Shinsegi’s former network and transferred Shinsegi’s subscribers to SK Telecom’s networks. We have allowed transferred subscribers to continue receiving services under their existing rate plans. However, after the merger, no new subscribers have been accepted under Shinsegi’s plans and further marketing efforts have been limited to the SK Telecom brands. Shinsegi’s subscribers do not have to purchase new handsets, are allowed to use the same mobile telephone numbers and have access to the same services as before the merger.
 
  •  Re-allocated the spectrum formerly used by Shinsegi’s network to SK Telecom’s CDMA and CDMA 1xRTT networks.
 
  •  Redeployed a portion of Shinsegi’s former network equipment to SK Telecom’s CDMA network or sold it to wireless operators outside of Korea. The remainder of Shinsegi’s network equipment was discarded and written off and we recorded an impairment loss of Won 185.8 billion in 2002.

24


Table of Contents

      We also identified and implemented other cost saving measures, such as the elimination of redundant distribution centers. Shinsegi’s business has been fully integrated into our business.
Korean Telecommunications Industry
      Until April 1996, we were the sole provider of wireless telecommunications services in Korea. Beginning in the early 1990’s, the Government began to introduce competition into the fixed-line and wireless telecommunications services markets. In the early 1990’s, the Government allowed new competitors to enter the fixed-line sector, sold a controlling stake in us to the SK Group, and granted a cellular license to our first competitor, Shinsegi. In October 1997, three additional companies, KTF, LGT, and Hansol PCS, began providing wireless services under government licenses granting them the right to provide wireless telecommunications services.
      In 2000 and 2001, the Korean wireless telecommunications market experienced significant consolidation. In January 2002, Shinsegi was merged into SK Telecom. Additionally, two of the other wireless telecommunications services operators merged. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Competition”. Thus, there are currently three providers of wireless voice telecommunications services in Korea, ourselves (including Shinsegi), KTF, which is a subsidiary of KT Corporation, and LGT. As of April 30, 2006, SK Telecom had 50.7% market share of the Korean wireless telecommunications market in terms of subscribers, while KTF and LGT had market shares of 32.2% and 17.1%, respectively.
      On December 15, 2000, the MIC awarded to two companies the right to receive a license to provide 3G services using WCDMA, an extension of the Global System for Mobile Communication standard for wireless telecommunications, which is the most widely used wireless technology globally. These rights were awarded to two consortia of companies, one led by SK Telecom’s former subsidiary, SK IMT Co., Ltd., and the other to a consortium that included KT Corporation (formerly known as Korea Telecom Corp.). SK IMT Co., Ltd. was merged into SK Telecom on May 1, 2004. The right to acquire an additional license to operate a network using CDMA2000 technology was awarded to LGT in August 2001.
      A one-way mobile number portability, or MNP, system was first implemented in the beginning of January 2004 when our subscribers were allowed to transfer to KTF and LGT. From July 2004, a two-way MNP was implemented so that KTF subscribers could transfer to SK Telecom and LGT. A three-way MNP has been in effect since January 2005 so that subscribers from each of the wireless service providers may transfer to any other wireless service provider. During 2004 and 2005, approximately 2.1 million and 2.2 million, respectively, of our subscribers transferred to our competitors. Approximately 700,000 of LGT’s subscribers in 2005 and approximately 600,000 and 1.5 million in 2004 and 2005, respectively, of KTF’s subscribers moved to our service.
      In January 2005, the government granted KT Corporation and us a license to offer a new high-speed wireless Internet service called WiBro, which will provide wireless Internet connection at speeds which are much higher than currently available. According to the MIC report entitled “Introduction and Use of WiBro Service,” published on March 11, 2005, the number of WiBro subscribers is expected to rise to more than 9 million subscribers within the next six years.
      Telecommunications industry growth in Korea has been among the most rapid in the world, with fixed-line penetration increasing from under five lines per 100 population in 1978 to 47.5 lines per 100 population as of December 31, 2005, and wireless penetration increasing from 7.0 subscribers per 100 population in 1996 to 79.4

25


Table of Contents

subscribers per 100 population as of December 31, 2005. The table below sets forth certain subscription and penetration information regarding the Korean telecommunications industry as of the dates indicated:
                                         
    As of December 31,
     
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
                     
    (In thousands, except for per population amounts)
Population of Korea(1)
    47,354       47,615       47,849       48,082       48,294  
Wireless Subscribers(2)
    29,046       32,342       33,592       36,586       38,342  
Wireless Subscribers per 100 Population
    61.3       67.9       70.2       76.1       79.4  
Telephone Lines in Service(2)
    22,725       23,490       22,877       22,871       22,920  
Telephone Lines per 100 Population
    48.0       49.3       47.8       47.6       47.5  
 
(1)  Source: National Statistical Office of Korea
(2)  Source: MIC
      The Korean telecommunications industry is one of the most developed in Asia in terms of wireless penetration, and in terms of the growth of the Wireless Internet services markets. The wireless penetration rate, which is calculated by dividing the number of wireless subscribers by the population, is 79.4% as of December 31, 2005 and the number of wireless subscribers has increased from approximately 3.2 million in 1996 to approximately 38.3 million as of December 31, 2005.
      The following graph sets forth the wireless penetration rates for countries in the Asia/ Pacific region as of December 31, 2005.
Asia/ Pacific wireless penetration rates as of December 31, 2005(1)
(GRAPH)
 
Source: Merrill Lynch Global Wireless Matrix 4Q05.
(1)  Percentages may differ depending on method selected for determining population.
      Since the introduction of short text messaging in 1998, Korea’s wireless data market has grown rapidly. Wireless Internet service in Korea has grown rapidly since its introduction in the second half of 1999. All of the Korean wireless operators have developed extensive Wireless Internet service portals. In Korea, SK Telecom launched the world’s first CDMA 1xRTT network, which enabled it to provide advanced data services, in November 2000. As of April 30, 2006, approximately 18.9 million of Korean wireless subscribers owned Internet-enabled handsets capable of accessing advanced Wireless Internet services. The table below sets forth

26


Table of Contents

certain penetration information regarding the ownership of Internet-enabled handsets by Korean wireless subscribers as of the dates indicated:
                                         
    2001   2002   2003   2004   2005
                     
    (In thousands)
Wireless Internet Enabled Handsets
    23,874       29,085       31,431       35,016       37,202  
WAP/ ME Type
    18,190       25,981       29,804       34,220       36,713  
I-SMS Type
    5,684       3,104       1,627       797       489  
Total Number of Wireless Subscribers
    29,046       32,342       33,592       36,586       38,342  
Penetration of Advanced Handsets
    82.2 %     89.9 %     93.6 %     95.7 %     97.0 %
 
Source: MIC.
      In addition to its well-developed wireless telecommunications sector, Korea has one of the largest Internet markets in the Asia/ Pacific region. According to the Korean Network Information Center (KNIC), the number of Internet subscribers in Korea increased from approximately 3.1 million at the end of 1998 to approximately 33.0 million at the end of 2005, a 40.0% compound annual growth rate. From the end of 2001 to the end of 2005, the number of broadband Internet access subscribers increased from approximately 7.8 million to approximately 12.2 million, a 11.8% annual growth rate. The table below sets forth certain information regarding Internet users and broadband subscribers as of the dates indicated:
                                         
    2001.12   2002.12   2003.12   2004.12   2005.12
                     
Number of Internet Users(1)
    24,380       26,270       29,220       31,580       33,010  
Number of Broadband Subscribers(2)
    7,806       10,405       11,172       11,921       12,191  
 
(1)  Source: Korea Network Information Center (KRNIC).
 
(2)  Source: MIC. Broadband service includes xDSL (Digital Subscriber Line), Cable Modem, Apartment LAN (Local Area Network) and Satellite.
Item 4B. Business Overview
Overview
      We are Korea’s leading wireless telecommunications services provider and a pioneer in the commercial development and provision of high-speed Wireless Internet services. We had approximately 19.8 million subscribers as of April 30, 2006 and our share of the Korean wireless market was approximately 50.7%, based on the number of subscribers. We currently provide the following core services:
  •  Cellular services  — we provide digital cellular services to our subscribers using CDMA (code division multiple access) technology, with our network covering approximately 99% of the Korean population;
 
  •  Wireless Internet services  — under our “NATE” brand name, we allow our wireless subscribers to access various websites designed for cellular use, such as access to entertainment-related contents and services and on-line financial services; and
 
  •  Digital convergence and new businesses  — we have pioneered new services that reflect the growing convergence between the telecommunications sector and other industries, including our provision of satellite DMB service, which enables satellite broadcasting to mobile devices; telematics service, which makes use of GPS technology; and our “Digital Home” service, which brings home maintenance and security into the mobile digital era.
      In addition, we provide various services outside of Korea, including in the United States, China, Vietnam and Mongolia.
      We provide our core services through our CDMA networks, including our basic CDMA network, our CDMA 1x RTT and CDMA 1x EV/ DO networks and, most recently, our WCDMA network. We also recently

27


Table of Contents

launched our WiBro service to complement our existing core networks and technologies. For more information on our backbone networks, see “— Digital Cellular Network”.
      We established our telecommunications business in March 1984 under the name of Korea Mobile Telecommunications Services Co., Ltd. We changed our name to Korea Mobile Telecommunications Co., Ltd. in 1988. We changed our name to SK Telecom Co., Ltd. effective March 21, 1997. Our registered office is at 11, Euljiro 2-ga, Jung-gu, Seoul 100-999, Korea and our telephone number is 82-2-6100-1563.
Cellular Services
      SK Telecom was the sole provider of cellular services in Korea from 1988, when we began network operations, to April 1996, when Shinsegi began operating a digital cellular system in several regions of Korea. In October 1997, three additional companies commenced providing wireless telecommunications services. As a result of consolidation in the wireless telecommunications industry in Korea since 2000, there are currently three providers of wireless telecommunications services in Korea, namely us, KTF and LGT.
      We introduced our digital cellular service using CDMA technology in the Seoul metropolitan area in January 1996 and substantially completed the geographic build-out of our network in 1998. On December 31, 1999, we terminated our analog service. Our digital network provides wireless telecommunications service to an area covering approximately 99% of the Korean population. We continue to increase the capacity of our wireless networks to keep pace with the growth of our subscriber base and increased usage of voice and wireless data services by our subscribers.
      As of April 30, 2006, approximately 18.9 million out of 19.8 million subscribers owned handsets capable of accessing our CDMA 1xRTT network. Beginning in 2002, we launched an upgrade of our CDMA 1xRTT network in 26 cities in Korea to a more advanced technology called CDMA 1xEV/ DO. CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology enables data to be transmitted to CDMA 1xEV/ DO-capable handsets, which became available in Korea in June 2002, at speeds up to 2.4 Mbps, which is 16 times faster than CDMA 1xRTT’s maximum transmission speed. CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology allows us to provide advanced wireless data services such as streaming video and audio services and also allows us to use our spectrum more efficiently. As of December 31, 2004, we had completed our CDMA 1xEV/ DO network upgrade with services available in 84 cities in Korea.
      We commenced provision of our WCDMA services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003 and continued to improve our WCDMA services in the Seoul metropolitan area in 2004. In 2005, we completed development of HSDPA technology, which represents an evolution of the WCDMA standard and, among others, supports higher data capacity and allows faster data transmissions than previous WCDMA-based protocols. HSDPA upgrades to our existing WCDMA network do not require hardware upgrades and may be accomplished through software upgrades at virtually no cost. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities, including Busan and Incheon. We expect to expand our WCDMA network and HSDPA service to 84 cities nationwide by the end of 2006. For a more complete discussion of our CDMA-based networks, see “— Digital Cellular Network” below.
      We seek to continue to strengthen our market leadership and diversify our revenue base by introducing a broad range of subscriber-oriented “value-added” services. Our most popular value-added services in 2005 included:
  •  Call Keeper service, which provides a record of missed calls in the event a subscriber’s mobile phone is engaged or switched off;
 
  •  COLORing service, which plays a “ring back” melody in lieu of a conventional dial tone when callers dial a COLORing subscriber’s mobile phone;
 
  •  Auto COLORing service, which periodically changes the default ring-back melody according to the subscriber’s music category selection; and
 
  •  Perfect Call service, which combines Call Keeper service with a new service that alerts subscribers when a dialed number that was engaged when first dialed, is no longer engaged.

28


Table of Contents

      As of December 31, 2005, 8.5 million users had subscribed to our COLORing service, 4.6 million users to our Perfect Call service and 3.5 million users to our Call Keeper service. In aggregate, revenues attributable to value-added service fees were Won 339.9 billion in 2005.
      To complement the services we provide to our subscribers in Korea, we have also entered into roaming service agreements with various foreign wireless telecommunications service providers. We provide global roaming services based on three basic technologies in part depending on which mobile phone standards are available in a particular region: CDMA, GSM and WCDMA roaming. As of May 31, 2006, we offered CDMA roaming services in 18 countries including the U.S., Japan, China, Thailand, Canada, New Zealand and Australia. Our GSM roaming services are available in 78 countries, including countries in Europe and Africa. Our WCDMA voice roaming service is currently available in Japan, Hong Kong, Singapore, Italy, France and Germany. The WCDMA voice roaming service area will be expanded to include the United Kingdom, Spain and the Netherlands in 2006. In addition, our global data roaming service is available in six countries, including China, Japan and Thailand. We have approximately 2 million global roaming service users, in aggregate, as of December 31, 2005.
Wireless Internet Services
      Our wireless Internet services represent a key and growing business area. We currently offer a wide variety of Internet content and services, in addition to providing our wireless subscribers access to the Internet. Through such wireless Internet content and service offerings, we believe we are also building greater loyalty among our subscribers. We intend to continue to build our wireless Internet services as a platform for growth, extending our portfolio of offerings and developing new content for our subscribers.
      Under our brand name “NATE”, we offer our wireless subscribers access to the Internet, where subscribers can access a wide variety of content including current news, stock quotes and other information, as well as gain access to a wide variety of services including securities trading and on-line banking services. Subscribers can purchase goods and services through their wireless devices, send and receive e-mail and gain access to various third party Internet websites configured to work with wireless technology. Subscribers access NATE using WAP technology. WAP technology allows wireless data transmission and has been adopted by over 200 major telecommunications operators worldwide. As of April 30, 2006, approximately 19.1 million, or 96.5%, of our subscribers owned WAP-enabled handsets capable of accessing our CDMA 1xRTT network.
Multimedia
      In November 2002, we introduced June, a wireless data service that provides streaming content, primarily using our CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology. Content provided through the June service includes Video on Demand, or VOD and Music on Demand, or MOD; television programs, which can be viewed real-time; and multimedia messaging. In addition, June subscribers can access the Internet through NATE, our integrated wired and wireless Internet platform. As of December 31, 2005, June had 6.7 million subscribers.
Music Portal Service
      In November 2004, we introduced a music portal service called MelOn, a new music service concept from a combined wireless and wired network. This service allows subscribers to access digital music through cellular phones on a wireless network, while paying airtime charges and monthly flat rates. This service also offers access to real-time streaming from on-line websites and digital music downloads to MP3 players and MP3 phones. In addition, the service protects the rights of music copyright holders by preventing the illegal distribution and use of digital music content through the application of Digital Right Management technology. As of December 31, 2005, we had 4.2 million subscribers to our MelOn Service. We expect demand for this service to continue to grow.
      In August 2005, we also acquired a 60% stake in YBM Seoul Records Inc., Korea’s largest music recording company in terms of records released and revenues, for Won 27.9 billion. Through our acquisition of YBM, we are able to offer customers of our MelOn service access to an expanded digital music contents pool. Also, in July and October 2005, we and certain other Korean investment companies invested an aggregate Won 40 billion to

29


Table of Contents

establish three funds to invest in the music industry and seek strategic partnerships with recording companies. As of December 31, 2005, our contribution to the funds amounted to Won 39.6 billion. Furthermore, in September, October and December 2005, we and our co-investors invested an aggregate Won 55.8 billion in four movie production funds to strengthen our ability to obtain movie contents. We had invested Won 20 billion in such movie production funds as of December 31, 2005.
Community Portal Service
      “Cyworld”, which is offered by our subsidiary, SK Communications, is one of the most popular on-line community portal services in Korea. As of December 31, 2005, our Cyworld portal service had 16.6 million subscribers. In March 2004, we launched “Mobile Cyworld”, allowing our subscribers to access the Cyworld portal community site through their cellular phones. In 2005, approximately 1.25 million subscribers accessed Mobile Cyworld service, with the average number of monthly users reaching 585,000.
Wireless Entertainment Services
      In April 2005, we launched “GXG”, a 3D mobile game portal, through which subscribers can download mobile games to their cellular phones. The games offered through our GXG portal feature advanced 3D graphics and high-speed action, which, we believe, represent a new standard of mobile gaming. In order to download and access the 3D mobile games available through our GXG portal, subscribers must own handsets equipped with a mobile gaming-specific chip. As of December 31, 2005, GXG offered 62 mobile games from leading domestic and foreign game publishers and more than 300,000 of our subscribers owned handsets equipped with a mobile gaming-specific chip.
      In November 2003, we launched “Cizle”, a wireless Internet movie portal. Cizle allows subscribers to purchase movie tickets using their cellular phones, as well as to view information about currently-playing movies. Cizle subscribers may also receive discounts on their ticket purchases.
M-Commerce
      In April 2002, we introduced Moneta, a wireless credit and payment system, which allows subscribers to make credit card payments using their cellular phones. The Moneta service is activated by installing an integrated circuit chip in the subscriber’s cellular phone which transmits transaction information to the merchant’s reader system. As of December 31, 2005, 4.3 million Moneta-enabled handsets had been sold in Korea. Moneta users do not need to manually enter their credit card number when they make payments. The system is based on an international technological standard developed by Europay, Mastercard and Visa. We receive a fee from the card issuer for each card issued and a transaction fee, based on the transaction value, for each transaction effected using the Moneta payment system. In May 2002, we entered into a technological cooperation agreement with Visa pursuant to which Visa has agreed to adopt our wireless credit and payment system as the international standard for Visa’s worldwide operations. In addition, we have established payment systems with major department stores and discount stores (such as Family Mart) and affiliated merchant stores (such as Starbucks and TGI). We are also developing other uses for mobile payment technology to provide other services, such as payment for transportation services and to serve as a means of identification.
      In October 2002, we acquired Paxnet, an on-line financial portal offering services related to securities trading. We expect to expand our services provided through Paxnet to include an array of financial services relating to insurance, real estate, personal asset management and investment trust funds.
      In August and November 2003, we launched Mobile Trading System and Stock Investment Information Service, respectively. Unlike other trading services where customers have to use stock trading programs and terminals designated by securities firms, the Mobile Trading System service provides a program that permits customers to carry out a variety of stock trading, including futures, options and ECN trading transactions.
      As of December 31, 2005, we provided chip-based mobile banking services, under the brand name “M-Bank”, in conjunction with 17 commercial banks in Korea. M-Bank offers a range of mobile banking services, allowing subscribers to conduct a variety of banking transactions, including money transfers and

30


Table of Contents

account inquiries, through their mobile phones. As of December 31, 2005, M-Bank had approximately 760,000 subscribers.
      Under our “NATE.com” brand name, we offer a portal service at our website, www.NATE.com. NATE.com includes information and content formerly offered under our Netsgo brand as well as the content and services formerly available on Lycos Korea, which our subsidiary, SK Communications Co., Ltd., acquired in 2002. NATE.com offers a wide variety of content and services, including an Internet search engine as well as access to free e-mail accounts. During the month of May 2006, approximately 25.7 million unique users visited this website.
      We offer an instant messaging service to our Nate.com and NATE users. This service, which we call “NATE-ON”, allows users to chat on-line through a variety of devices, including personal computers, wireless handsets and personal digital assistants. As of December 31, 2005, the number of NATE-ON subscribers reached approximately 10.3 million, surpassing that of MSN Messenger of Microsoft Corporation in Korea, making us the market leader in terms of number of subscribers in Korea in the instant messaging service market according to a survey conducted by an independent consulting firm. We continue to seek to introduce new wireless data services and innovations with a view to increasing revenue from these businesses.
      Under our “NATE Auction” brand name, launched in June 2006, we offer our wireless subscribers access to a real-time auction platform, where subscribers can sell or bid on items using their cellular phones. Subscribers can also upload images of the items for sale. During the bidding process, each bidder is notified through text message alerts on real-time basis whenever higher competitive bids are made. We charge successful bidders a commission of 2% of the sale price.
Digital Convergence and New Businesses
      Digital convergence is the new paradigm in telecommunications. While we acknowledge the increasing equivocation of conventional industry boundaries as a potential threat, given the entrance of non-traditional players into the mobile communications space, we also view convergence as significant growth opportunity. We believe that incumbent telecommunications service providers, like us, with existing advanced infrastructure, technical know-how and a large subscriber base, are especially well positioned to pioneer new “convergent” businesses. In recent years, we have focused on developing cross-over services that provide synergies with our existing business.
Satellite DMB
      In September 2003, we invested in a satellite-based DMB business. DMB technology allows broadcasting of multimedia content through transmission by satellite to various mobile devices. For example, DMB technology allows users to view satellite television broadcasts on portable handsets or vehicle-mounted televisions enabled to receive DMB transmission. We launched a DMB satellite in March 2004. In October 2004, we granted the right to use our satellite, satellite orbit and frequency to TU Media, an affiliate in which we held a 29.6% equity stake as of December 31, 2005. TU Media received a license from the MIC as a satellite DMB provider on December 30, 2004. In May 2005, TU Media began to provide commercial satellite DMB service, offering 7 video and 20 audio channels. Currently, TU Media offers a range of broadcast content including education, games, drama, music, news and culture over more than 37 channels, 11 video and 26 audio. As of April 30, 2006, TU Media had over 500,000 subscribers. We believe that this business will enable us to improve the breadth of services that we already offer and remain competitive in the face of increasing convergence in the telecommunications and broadcasting industries.
Telematics Service
      In February 2002, we introduced a Telematics service called NATE Drive. NATE Drive is an interactive navigation service that provides driving directions, real-time traffic updates and emergency rescue assistance through voice and graphic messaging. It combines the global positioning system, or GPS, with our cellular phone wireless network. In December 2004, we also added new services to NATE Drive, including a tourist guide and cultural information. As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 285,000 NATE Drive subscribers.

31


Table of Contents

      In April 2002, we also entered into an agreement with Renault Samsung Motors and Samsung Electronics to jointly develop a Telematics business. Pursuant to the agreement, we provide the cellular phone network and NATE Drive service, Samsung Electronics provides Telematics-enabled terminals for vehicles and Renault Samsung Motors installs the Telematics-enabled terminals in certain vehicles it sells. In February 2005, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with Renault Samsung Motors, under which we and Renault Samsung agreed to focus on improving the Telematics service platform and infrastructure.
      In December 2004, we launched Telematics service on Jeju Island and, in August 2005, were selected as the pilot Telematics service provider for Jeju Island as part of the MIC and Jeju Island’s joint effort to showcase the island as a model for Telematics service. In connection with this program, more than 80,000 tourists have used Nate Drive.
Digital Home
      In April 2004, we, along with 40 other companies, formed the SKT Digital Home Consortium, sponsored by the MIC to offer pilot service in certain metropolitan areas within Seoul and Busan by December of 2007. The consortium plans to initially offer digital home services, which allow homeowners to access, monitor and control certain electronic-based home appliances and other functions remotely through their mobile phones, to a limited test pool of households in those areas.
Global Business
Provision of Wireless Internet Platforms and Cellular Network Solutions to Foreign CDMA Network Operators
      We are seeking to expand our global business through sales of our wireless Internet platforms and cellular network solutions, as well as sales of consulting services in the field of mobile communications. In April 2002, we entered into an agreement with Pelephone Communications Ltd., an Israeli CDMA operator, to supply our NATE wireless Internet platform to Pelephone on a turnkey basis. In May 2002, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with Openwave of the United States, a wireless Internet-based communication software and application provider, to form a strategic alliance in order to carry out co-marketing of our NATE wireless Internet platform solutions in overseas markets. In December 2002, we entered into an agreement with Asia Pacific Broadband Wireless Communications (“APBW”), one of five companies licensed to offer 3G mobile services in Taiwan, to provide a wireless Internet solution on a turn-key basis. Under the agreement, APBW was granted a license to use certain of our software and wireless Internet solutions for mobile Internet access and multimedia services. We also signed a contract with TA Orange, a GSM-based mobile communications operator in Thailand, in July 2004 to provide wireless Internet platforms, including the NATE portal platform and NATE service solutions and contents. We completed the build-out of this network in June 2005. In addition, we have also been successful in sales of our other cellular network solutions, such as our color mail solution, which is a messaging service that allows subscribers to send messages containing various multimedia files such as background music, phone camera photos and videos to other handsets.
Overseas Operations
      We have been expanding our business operations in overseas markets, including the United States, China, Vietnam and Mongolia.
      United States. On March 24, 2005, we and EarthLink completed the formation of SK-EarthLink to market wireless voice and data services in the United States. In October 2005, SK EarthLink changed its name to HELIO. We have committed to invest $220 million over the next three years, of which $161.5 million has been invested as of March 31, 2006, and EarthLink has committed to invest $220 million over the next three years, of which $161.5 million has been invested as of the same date. HELIO is a non-facilities-based nationwide mobile virtual network operator (“MVNO”) offering cellular voice and data services to wireless consumers located in the United States and commercially launched its MVNO services in May 2006. HELIO taps into the previously under-served but rapidly growing wireless data, entertainment, and voice market in the United States, also leverages our expertise in developing and implementing 3G technology and other cutting-edge applications and

32


Table of Contents

EarthLink’s established sales channels, Wi-Fi experience, network data centers and billing capabilities. We and EarthLink each have a 50 percent voting and economic ownership interest in HELIO.
      Since December 2004, we have been offering our COLORing solution to Verizon Wireless, a major mobile phone service provider in the United States. As an application service provider, we receive an agreed percentage of Verizon’s COLORing service related revenues.
      China. In February 2004, we and China Unicom, the second largest telecom operator and the only CDMA service provider in China, established a joint venture company called “UNISK Information Technology Co., Ltd.” (“UNISK”), with an aggregate initial investment of approximately $6 million. We own a 49% stake of UNISK and China Unicom holds a 51% stake. UNISK offers wireless Internet service in China under a brand name that means “community of young elites” in Chinese. In June 2006, our board of directors approved plans to subscribe for up to US$1 billion of convertible bonds issued by China Unicom convertible into 899,745,075 common shares of China Unicom. We expect the subscription to be consummated in July 2006. The convertible bonds have a three-year maturity and our conversion rights with respect to such securities are exercisable commencing on the first anniversary of the issue date until seven days prior to the maturity date. In the event all of such convertible bonds are converted into common shares, our equity interest in China Unicom would be 6.67%.
      In July 2004, we acquired ViaTech, an Internet portal service and mobile contents provider in China, to enhance our wireless Internet contents and expand our service area. Through ViaTech, we offer a Chinese-language version of Cyworld to subscribers in China. ViaTech had approximately 1.3 million Cyworld subscribers as of January 31, 2006. ViaTech generated US$4.5 million in revenues in 2005.
      Vietnam. In October 2000, with an aim toward commercializing CDMA cellular service in Vietnam, we, LG Electronics and Dongah Elecomm established a joint venture company SLD Telecom PTE. In July 2003, SLD Telecom entered into a business cooperation contract with Saigon Postal Telecommunication Services Corporation to establish a joint venture company, S-Telecom, to provide cellular mobile communications services and commercial CDMA cellular service, the first of its kind in Vietnam under the brand name “S-Fone”. The “S-Fone” service is now being offered in 39 major provinces in Vietnam, including HoChiMin and Hanoi, and has been increasing its subscriber base through clear call quality, customized tariff plans and value-added services. The number of S-Fone subscribers had surpassed 370,000 as of December 2005. In November 2005, our board of directors approved an additional $280 million investment in SLD Telecom to fund expansion of our network coverage to all of Vietnam in order to meet the needs of a growing subscriber base. As of January 31, 2006, we had invested $100 million in this expansion project. As only approximately 11.8% of Vietnam’s population of approximately 83.2 million had subscribed to cellular service as of December 31, 2005, we believe that the Vietnamese mobile communication market offers significant opportunity for future growth.
      Mongolia. In July 1999, we acquired a 27.8% equity interest in Skytel, Mongolia’s second-largest cellular service provider, by providing approximately Won 1.5 billion worth of analog infrastructure. As of May 31, 2006, Skytel had approximately 100,000 subscribers. We, together with Skytel, have been providing cellular service in Mongolia since July 1999, and CDMA service since February 2001. In April 2001, we completed installation of the equipment necessary to provide WAP service. In December 2002, we increased our equity interest in Skytel to 28.6% through the subscription of newly issued common shares in return for an additional investment of approximately $500,000. As of December 31, 2005, our equity interest in Skytel was 28.6%.
      As we have in the past, we expect to continue to seek opportunities to create value utilizing our core competencies abroad. We are currently studying various opportunities overseas, particularly in Asia.
Other Products and Services
Handset Manufacturing
      Until our sale of a controlling interest in the company in July 2005, we designed, marketed and sold digital handsets through our former consolidated subsidiary, SK Teletech, under the brand name “SKY”. The handsets were principally manufactured by third parties under contracts with SK Teletech. We established SK Teletech together with Kyocera Corporation of Japan, which held a significant minority interest in SK Teletech before

33


Table of Contents

selling all of its interest in SK Teletech to us in March 2004. We increased our stake in SK Teletech to 89.1% in March 2004. On May 3, 2005, our board of directors approved the sale of 60% of the total issued and outstanding shares common stock of SK Teletech to Pantech & Curitel, a handset maker in Korea. The sale was consummated in July 2005, reducing our ownership in SK Teletech from 89.1% to 29.1%, which subsequently became a 22.7% equity interest in Pantech following the merger of SK Teletech (later renamed SKY Teletech) into Pantech in December 2005. Until such sale, all of SK Teletech’s domestic sales of digital handsets were to our affiliate, SK Networks, which distributed them principally to our network of dealers for sale to our subscribers and other consumers. Due to an FTC-imposed condition to our acquisition of Shinsegi, which remained in effect through the end of 2005, SK Teletech was unable to sell more than 1,200,000 handsets (excluding WCDMA handsets) per year to SK Telecom and its affiliates.
International Calling Services
      Through our 90.8% owned subsidiary, SK Telink Co., Ltd., we provide international telecommunications services, including direct-dial as well as pre-and post-paid card calling services, bundled services for corporate customers, voice services using Internet protocol, Web-to -phone services, and data services. SK Telink handled approximately 960 million total call minutes in 2005, which generated Won 138.7 billion in revenues. SK Telink obtained a domestic long distance telephone service business license in July 2004 and began commercial service of providing domestic long distance service in Korea in February 2005. SK Telink provides affordable international call services under the brand name “00700” and has been offering commercial long-distance telephony service since February 2005. SK Telink’s efforts are directed at continuing to reinforce its existing core businesses such as international and domestic long distance telephone service and seeking to create new sources of revenue. For example, SK Telink offers Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, service through the Internet. VoIP is an advanced technology that transmits voice data through an Internet Protocol network. SK Telink also acquired licenses to operate value-added domestic telephone service and Internet telephone service in July 2005.
      In 2000, we established SK Telink America, Inc., to extend our international telecommunications service to the United States. We closed down business operations at SK Telink America, Inc. in June 2003 because the business proved to be unprofitable. We recorded US$1.2 million in losses relating to impairment of our investment in common stock of SK Telink America, Inc. in our consolidated financial statements for 2003. We dissolved the company as of May 28, 2004.
Revenues, Rates and Facility Deposits
      Our wireless revenues are generated principally from initial connection fees, monthly access fees, usage charges for outgoing calls and wireless data, interconnection fees and access fees for value-added services. The

34


Table of Contents

following table sets forth information regarding our cellular revenues (net of taxes) and facility deposits for the periods indicated:
                         
    As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In billions of won)
Initial Connection Fees
  W 176.6     W 198.4     W 232.3  
Monthly Access Fees
    3,132.2       3,266.1       3,365.1  
Usage Charges
    3,615.1       5,300.7       5,538.8  
Interconnection Revenue
    1,017.1       849.4       898.6  
Revenue from Sales of Digital Handsets(1)
    612.0       649.8       294.6  
Other Revenue(2)
    1,538.8       33.2       32.5  
                   
Total
  W 10,091.8     W 10,297.6     W 10,361.9  
                   
Additional Facility Deposits
  W 5.0     W 31.8     W 3.4  
Refunded Facility Deposits
    7.7       44.6       11.0  
Facility Deposits at Period End
    44.2       31.4       23.8  
 
(1)  Until its sale to Pantech & Curitel in July 2005, our revenue from handset sales consisted of sales by our former subsidiary, SK Teletech.
 
(2)  Other revenue includes revenue from value-added services, including voice-activated dialing, caller ID, call forwarding, call waiting and three-way calling.
      On their initial subscription, we charge our new customers an initial connection fee for service activation. After their initial connection, we require our customers to pay a monthly access fee and usage, or airtime, charges for outgoing calls and access to wireless data services. Prior to April 1, 1999, all network service providers had mandatory subscription periods. However, since April 1, 1999, in accordance with MIC guidelines, new wireless service subscribers cannot be subjected to any mandatory subscription periods. We do not charge our customers for incoming calls, although we do receive interconnection charges from KT Corporation and other companies for calls from the fixed-line network terminating on our networks and, since 2000, interconnection revenues from other wireless network operators. See “— Interconnection”. Monthly access fees for some plans include free airtime and/or discounts for designated calling numbers.
      SK Telecom currently offers four basic types of service plans: the Standard rate plans, the TTL plans, the Ting plans and the long-term contract discount plans. We also offer Date Free plans, designed for multimedia wireless data service using CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology.
      Higher rate plans generally include a fixed monthly amount of usage time while the lower rate plans are generally usage-based. The monthly access fees for the Standard plans range from Won 11,000 to Won 22,000, and generally target the adult market segment. The monthly access fees for the TTL plans range from Won 15,000 to Won 25,000 and target young adults between the ages of 19 and 24. The monthly access fees for the Ting plans range from Won 13,500 to Won 26,000 and generally target youths between the ages of 13 and 18. We also offer five long-term discount plans, ranging from a monthly rate of Won 15,000 to Won 90,000.
      In February 2005, we simplified our 26 different types of Data Free plans into four types of flat fee based plans. The monthly access fees range from Won 3,500 to Won 26,000.
      In January 2004, we introduced discount plans for subscribers committing to long-term contracts with a duration of 18 months or 24 months based on usage levels. Subscribers with the highest usage per month (whose monthly charges are above Won 70,000) and on a two-year contract benefit from the highest level of discount.
      With the approval of the MIC, effective from January 1, 2003, we reduced our Speed011 Standard rate plan’s monthly access fee by Won 1,000, included 10 minutes of free air time per month and reduced our peak usage charges from Won 21 to Won 20 per minute. Subsequently, in October 2003, we reduced our monthly charges for caller ID service from Won 2,000 to Won 1,000. We began to provide the caller ID service to

35


Table of Contents

customers free of charge starting January 1, 2006. Also, effective September 1, 2004, we reduced our tariffs by 3.7% and reduced our monthly basic charges from Won 14,000 to Won 13,000. See “Item 5A. Operating Results — Overview”.
      For all calls made from our subscribers’ handsets in Korea to any destination in Korea, we charge usage fees based on the subscriber’s cellular rate plan (as described in the table below). The fees are the same whether the call is local or long distance. With respect to international calls placed by a subscriber, we bill the subscriber the international rate charged by the Korean international telephone service provider through which the call is routed. We remit to that provider the international charge less our usage charges. See “— Interconnection”.
      The following table summarizes some of SK Telecom’s cellular rate plans as of April 30, 2006:
                                         
            Peak Usage   Off-Peak Usage   Night-Time Usage
        Included Airtime/   Charges   Charges   Charges
    Monthly Access Fee   Discount   (Per 10 Seconds)   (Per 10 Seconds)(2)   (Per 10 Seconds)
                     
Standard
                                       
Regular
  W 13,000       10 minutes     W 20     W 13     W 10  
Slim
    12,500               19       19       19  
Family
    13,000       5 minutes       18       12       9  
Designated Number Discount
    16,000               20       20       20  
Three-Three(3)
    14,500                            
Time
    16,000       7 minutes       21       17       12  
Pink Couple
    22,000       500 minutes       20       20       20  
Silver(4)
    11,000       30 minutes       38       38       38  
i-Kids(5)
    11,000       70 minutes       20       20       20  
Welfare 160/220(6)
    16,000       Won 10,000       30       30       30  
      22,000       Won 22,000       30       30       30  
TTL Plans
                                       
Standard
    15,000               20       20       20  
SMS
    25,000               19       19       19  
Regional
    15,500       7 minutes       21       16       9  
Designated Number
    16,000               20       20       20  
Pink Couple
    22,000               20       20       20  
Couple
    16,500       150 minutes       20       20       9  
Ting Plans
                                       
Text Premium
    26,000               30       30       30  
Buddy
    15,000       70 minutes                          
Ting 500
    15,000       60 minutes       12       12       12  
Ting 100 (Normal Rate)
    13,500       60 minutes       35       18       9  
Ting 100 (Vacation Rate)
    13,500       60 minutes       24       24       9  
Ting Start
    18,000               30       30       30  
Data Free Plan (7)
    26,000                            
“Free Plans”
                                       
Free Holiday(8)
                               
Free Everyday(9)
                               
Free Plan for Calls Over 3 Minutes(10)
                               
 
  (1)  Discounts may include free text messages, ring tone downloads, coloring and NATE minutes.
 
  (2)  Excludes a 5% discount on domestic calls for customers who have subscribed to our cellular services for over 1 year; a 10% discount for customers who have subscribed to our cellular services over 2 years; a 15%

36


Table of Contents

  discount for customers who have subscribed to our cellular services over 3 years and a 20% discount for customers who have subscribed to our cellular services over 5 years.
 
  (3)  Under this plan, for the first three minutes of airtime we charge Won 20 per 10 seconds; we offer the fourth to sixth minutes free of charge; and charge Won 15 per 10 seconds for airtime thereafter.
 
  (4)  Subscribers must be 65 years old or older and each subscriber is limited to enrolling in one Silver Plan.
 
  (5)  Subscribers must be 12 years old or younger and each subscriber is limited to enrolling one i-Kid Plan.
 
  (6)  This plan is limited to mentally or physically challenged subscribers.
 
  (7)  Includes unlimited use of data service. This plan is offered from September 30, 2005 through September 30, 2006.
 
  (8)  11 hours of airtime on Sundays and public holidays, for an additional Won 10,000 per month.
 
  (9)  11 hours of airtime in excess of the average number of minutes used during the previous two months, for an additional Won 15,000 per month.

(10)  11 hours of domestic airtime for any airtime exceeding the first three minutes, for an additional Won 15,000 per month.
      We offer a variety of value-added services including voice-activated calling, voice mail, short text messaging, caller ID and call waiting. Depending on the rate plan selected by the subscriber, the monthly fee may or may not include these value-added services, except caller ID and call waiting services, which are offered free of charge to all beginning subscribers.
      We offer wireless data services to our subscribers through NATE. Subscribers using SK Telecom’s CDMA network may elect to pay a monthly fee, which includes a fixed amount of airtime or data packets, or may elect to pay on a per-use basis. Standard rates for NATE range from Won 7 to Won 15 for ten seconds of airtime. Since April 23, 2001, subscribers using our CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks are charged based on the amount of data that is transmitted to the subscriber’s handset. Subscribers using our WCDMA network are also charged based on the amount of data transmitted. The data transmitted is measured in packets of 512 bytes. We charge Won 6.5 per text packet and Won 1.3 per multimedia packet. Prior to April 23, 2001, our CDMA 1xRTT subscribers were charged time-based fees.
      We offer wireless multimedia data services through June. In February 2005, we simplified our 26 different types of Data Free plans into four types of flat fee based plans. The monthly access fees range from Won 3,500 to Won 26,000. Also, through September 30, 2006, we are offering a temporary promotional WCDMA Data Free plan, which allows up to a 50% discount on all services used by subscribers.
      We generally require new subscribers (other than some corporate and government subscribers) to pay a non-interest bearing facility deposit of Won 200,000, which we may utilize to offset a defaulting subscriber’s outstanding account balance. In lieu of paying the facility deposit, subscribers who meet the credit qualifications required by the Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company may elect to be covered under insurance provided by the Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company. We pay a Won 10,000 premium to the Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company on behalf of such subscribers. Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company reimburses us up to Won 350,000 for each insured subscriber that defaults on any payment obligations. We refund the facility deposit to any existing subscriber who had initially made a facility deposit and later elects the facility insurance option. We bill subscribers on a monthly basis and subscribers may make payment at a bank, post office, any of our regional headquarters or sales offices, or at any of our authorized dealers. As a result of the facility insurance program, we have refunded a substantial amount of facility deposits, and facility deposits decreased from Won 61.8 billion as of December 31, 2000 to Won 23.8 billion as of December 31, 2005. We do not expect to have to refund a significant amount of facility deposits in the future, because we believe that most of our subscribers who wish to be covered by the Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company have already elected to so.
      Because we have been designated by the MIC as a “market dominant service provider”, our establishment or amendment of fees, charges, and terms and conditions of service, including promotional rates and facility deposits, requires prior approval by the MIC.

37


Table of Contents

      In December 2000, with effect from September 1, 2001, the National Assembly abolished the 10.0% telephone tax previously charged to our customers as part of their monthly service charges. Since September 1, 2001, we have instead charged our customers a 10.0% value-added tax. We can offset the value-added tax we collect from our customers against value-added tax refundable to us by the Korean tax authorities. We remit taxes we collect from our customers to the Korean tax authorities. We record revenues in our financial statements net of such taxes.
Subscribers
      We had 19.8 million subscribers as of April 30, 2006, representing a market share of 50.7%, the largest market share among Korean wireless service providers. We believe that, historically, our subscriber growth has been due to many factors, including:
  •  our expansion and technical enhancement of our digital network, including with high-speed data capabilities;
 
  •  increasing consumer awareness of the benefits of wireless telecommunications;
 
  •  an effective marketing strategy;
 
  •  our focus on customer service;
 
  •  the introduction of new, value-added services, such as voicemail services, call-forwarding, caller ID, three-way calling and Wireless Internet services provided by NATE; and
 
  •  our acquisition of Shinsegi.
      The following table sets forth selected historical information about our subscriber base for the periods indicated:
                         
    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Subscribers
    18,313,153       18,783,338       19,530,117  
Subscribers Growth Rate
    6.4 %     2.6 %     4.0 %
Activations
    3,688,312       4,407,087       5,057,176  
Deactivations
    2,594,721       3,936,884       4,310,397  
Average Monthly Churn Rate(1)
    1.2 %     1.7 %     1.8 %
 
(1)  Average monthly churn rate for a period is the number calculated by dividing the sum of deactivations during the period by the simple average of the number of subscribers at the beginning and end of the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period. Churn includes subscribers who upgrade to CDMA 1xRTT or CDMA lxEV/ DO-capable handsets by terminating their service and opening a new subscriber account.
      We had 19,530,117 subscribers as of December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we had 5,057,176 activations and 4,310,397 deactivations, representing an average monthly churn rate of 1.8% during the same period. Our subscribers include those subscribers who are temporarily deactivated, including (1) subscribers who voluntarily deactivate temporarily for a period of up to three months no more than twice a year and (2) subscribers with delinquent accounts who may be involuntarily deactivated up to two months before permanent deactivation, which we determine based on various factors, including prior payment history.
      Our subscriber growth rate was adversely affected by actions we took to comply with certain requirements of the FTC regarding our acquisition of Shinsegi. The FTC approved our acquisition of Shinsegi on the condition that SK Telecom’s and Shinsegi’s combined market share of the wireless telecommunications market, based on numbers of subscribers, be less than 50.0% as of June 30, 2001. In order to satisfy this condition, we reduced the level of our subscriber activations and adopted more stringent involuntary subscriber deactivation policies beginning in 2000 and ceased accepting new subscribers from April 1, 2001 through June 30, 2001. We complied

38


Table of Contents

with this requirement by reducing our market share to approximately 49.7% as of June 30, 2001. We are not currently subject to any market share limitations; however, on May 25, 2004, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, which was the combined market share held by SK Telecom and Shinsegi at the time of the approval of SK Telecom’s merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. On July 6, 2005, we voluntarily extended such market share limitation through the end of 2007. We can give no assurances that the Government will not impose restrictions on our market share in the future. If we are subject to market share limitations in the future, our ability to compete effectively will be impeded, and our subscriber growth rate may decline.
      Prior to January 2003, Korea’s wireless telecommunications system was based on a network-specific prefix system, in which a unique prefix was assigned to all the phone numbers of a specific network operator. We were assigned the “011” prefix, and all of our subscriber’s mobile phone numbers began with “011” (former Shinsegi subscribers use the “017” prefix) and our subscribers could not change their wireless phone service to another wireless operator and keep their existing numbers. In January 2003, the MIC announced its plan to implement number portability with respect to wireless telecommunications services in Korea, which allows wireless subscribers to switch wireless service operators while retaining the same mobile phone number. However, subscribers who switch operators must purchase a new handset, as we use different frequencies than KTF and LGT. Subscribers who switch between KTF and LGT need not purchase a new handset, as KTF and LGT use the same frequencies. In accordance with the plan published by the MIC, the number portability system was adopted by SK Telecom starting from January 1, 2004. We were required to adopt the number portability system earlier than our competitors, allowing our customers to transfer their numbers to our competitors but not allowing our competitors’ customers to transfer their number to our service. KTF and LGT introduced number portability beginning July 1, 2004 and January 1, 2005, respectively. Subscribers who choose to transfer to a different wireless operator have the right to return to their original service provider without paying any penalties within 14 days of their initial transfer.
      The following table sets forth the number of subscribers of the three wireless mobile telecommunications operators who transferred from one operator to another during each month following the implementation of the number portability system:
                                                             
Period   SKT→KTF   SKT→LGT   KTF→SKT   KTF→LGT   LGT→SKT   LGT→KTF   Total
                             
2004
                                                       
 
First Quarter
    417,212       286,163                               703,375  
 
Second Quarter
    444,225       287,660                               731,885  
 
Third Quarter
    173,384       133,315       351,238       109,223                   767,160  
 
Fourth Quarter
    236,251       149,939       216,175       133,276                   735,641  
2005
                                                       
 
First Quarter
    391,386       148,486       354,672       156,394       213,179       220,322       1,484,439  
 
Second Quarter
    355,300       178,550       372,621       170,378       159,662       131,246       1,367,757  
 
Third Quarter
    395,070       170,604       392,104       154,723       161,308       128,472       1,402,281  
 
Fourth Quarter
    344,941       178,560       367,998       164,114       149,887       112,711       1,318,211  
2006
                                                       
 
January
    155,588       60,465       154,166       60,741       63,112       58,552       552,624  
 
February
    164,413       62,672       166,271       67,880       60,338       61,534       583,108  
 
March
    172,963       59,056       165,979       62,168       60,016       65,694       585,876  
 
April
    81,071       37,869       91,112       35,164       41,186       34,884       321,286  
                                           
   
Total
    3,331,804       1,753,339       2,632,336       1,114,061       908,688       813,415       10,553,643  
                                           
      In addition, in order to manage the availability of phone numbers efficiently and to secure phone number resources for the services, the MIC has begun to integrate mobile telephone identification numbers into a common prefix identification number “010” and to gradually retract the current mobile service identification numbers which had been unique to each wireless telecommunications service provider, including “011” for our cellular services, starting from 2004. All new subscribers were given the “010” prefix starting January 2004.

39


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth, based on data from the MIC, new subscribers for each major wireless cellular provider following the adoption of the “010” prefix in January 2004:
                                                   
    New Wireless Subscribers
     
    SK Telecom   KTF   LGT
             
    Number of   Percentage   Number of   Percentage   Number of   Percentage
Period   Subscribers   of Total   Subscribers   of Total   Subscribers   of Total
                         
2004
                                               
 
First Quarter
    1,210,435       41.5 %     1,060,250       36.4 %     644,709       22.1 %
 
Second Quarter
    1,276,659       44.3 %     989,318       34.4 %     613,341       21.3 %
 
Third Quarter
    547,146       39.4 %     501,154       36.1 %     341,810       24.6 %
 
Fourth Quarter
    795,359       45.9 %     552,618       31.9 %     384,825       22.2 %
2005
                                               
 
First Quarter
    739,056       42.3 %     670,187       38.3 %     338,911       19.4 %
 
Second Quarter
    713,151       46.2 %     516,628       33.4 %     314,811       20.4 %
 
Third Quarter
    707,228       43.1 %     607,024       37.0 %     328,133       20.0 %
 
Fourth Quarter
    662,731       42.1 %     528,244       33.6 %     381,800       24.3 %
2006
                                               
 
January
    245,324       43.9 %     186,804       33.5 %     126,092       22.6 %
 
February
    262,623       45.4 %     191,535       33.1 %     124,525       21.5 %
 
March
    250,407       46.0 %     171,461       31.5 %     122,587       22.5 %
 
April
    164,076       44.5 %     118,983       32.2 %     85,964       23.3 %
 
May
    196,569       43.4 %     140,814       31.1 %     115,273       25.5 %
Marketing and Service Distribution
      We market our services and provide after-sales service support to customers through 29 sales centers, 45 branch offices and a network of 1,378 authorized exclusive dealers located throughout Korea. Our dealers are connected via computer to our database and are capable of assisting customers with account information. In addition, approximately 200,000 independent retailers (principally handset dealers) assist new subscribers to complete activation formalities, including processing subscription applications and accepting facility deposits or arranging for insurance with Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company.
      Currently, authorized dealers are entitled to an initial commission for each new subscriber registered by the dealer as well as an average ongoing commission calculated as a percentage of that subscriber’s monthly access and usage charges from domestic calls for the first four years. In order to strengthen our relationships with our exclusive dealers, we offer a dealer financing plan, pursuant to which we provide to each authorized dealer an interest-free or low-interest loan of up to Won 1.5 billion with a repayment period of up to three years.
      We operate a customer information system designed to provide us with an extensive customer database. Our customer information system includes a billing system which provides us with comprehensive account information for internal purposes and enables us to efficiently respond to customer requests. In May 2000, we launched 011e-station.co.kr, a website through which SK Telecom customers can change their service plans, verify the charges accrued on their accounts, receive their bills on-line and send text messages to our other subscribers.
      When we were the only cellular service provider in Korea, we were able to maintain a low level of marketing and advertising expenses. Over the last several years, competition in the wireless telecommunications business has caused us to increase significantly our marketing and advertising expenses and, with continuing competition, we expect that such expenses will remain high. We have implemented a range of marketing measures, including more extensive promotions to attract new customers as well as to encourage loyalty of our existing subscribers and discourage migration to other service providers. In 2001, advertising expenditures as a percentage of revenues amounted to 4.1%, principally for promotion of our voice and wireless data services. Our

40


Table of Contents

marketing expenses were lowered during the first half of 2001 due to the elimination of handset subsidies and our efforts to satisfy the FTC-imposed condition that SK Telecom’s and Shinsegi’s combined market share of the wireless telecommunications market, based on numbers of subscribers, be less than 50.0% as of June 30, 2001. We complied with this requirement by reducing our market share to approximately 49.7% as of June 30, 2001, and this market share limitation no longer applies, although we voluntarily limited our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market. On July 6, 2005, we voluntarily extended such market share limitation through the end of 2007. In 2003, 2004 and 2005, advertising expenditures amounted to 3.7%, 3.3% and 2.6% of our revenues, respectively.
      In March 2004, we entered into a Won 120 billion agreement with IBM Business Consulting Services for a term of two years in connection with our efforts to improve our marketing system. IBM has been implementing a new process and application infrastructure consisting of a new customer relationship management system, as well as billing, partner relationship management and content management systems. In May 2005, we and IBM agreed to terminate the March 2004 agreement for a total aggregate payment to IBM of Won 79.7 billion for services provided through the termination date, with an understanding that another system integration company is better suited for our needs in light of the enhanced features of the new systems to cover data for our customers of newly launched services. On June 1, 2005, we entered into an agreement with SK C&C to develop our “Next Generation Marketing” project, under which SK C&C has agreed to develop and deliver infrastructure necessary to implement our Next Generation Marketing strategies, for Won 53.5 billion. The agreement will terminate on July 1, 2006.
Interconnection
      Our networks interconnect with the public switched telephone networks operated by KT Corporation, Hanaro Telecom, DACOM and Onse, as well as the networks of the other wireless telecommunications service providers in Korea. These connections enable our subscribers to make and receive calls from telephones outside our networks. Under Korean law, service providers are required to permit other service providers to interconnect to their networks. If a new service provider desires interconnection with the networks of an existing service provider but the parties are unable to reach an agreement within 90 days, the new service provider can appeal to the Korea Communications Commission, a government agency under the MIC. We estimate that approximately 37.9% in 2003, approximately 34.0% in 2004 and approximately 34.6% in 2005 of our incoming and outgoing calls originated from or were routed to the networks of KT Corporation and Hanaro Telecom or the international gateways of KT Corporation, DACOM and Onse.
      With respect to the interconnection arrangement for calls from fixed-line networks to wireless networks, for the years 2000 through 2001, fixed-line operators’ payments to wireless network service providers were calculated based on the actual imputed costs in 1998 of the leading wireless network service provider, which was us. For 2002, these payments were calculated based on each wireless operator’s actual imputed costs in 2001. This change reduced the interconnection revenue we received from each call made from a fixed-line network terminating on our network, adversely affecting our interconnection revenue compared to previous years. For 2003, pursuant to a new MIC policy, an operator’s interconnection fees were derived from that operator’s actual interconnection fees for 2001 and actual imputed costs for 2001. Interconnection charges for calls between wireless service providers, first implemented by the MIC beginning in January 2000, were also reduced beginning in January 2002 and in January 2003, affecting both our revenue and our expenses. On July 9, 2004, the MIC introduced a new method of calculating interconnection payments, based on the terminator’s long-run incremental cost in 2004 and the competitive market situation in the telecommunication service industry of Korea. The long-run incremental cost method has been adopted by other countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom and Japan. The new interconnection rates paid to each wireless network service provider are as follows:
                         
Year   SK Telecom   KTF   LGT
             
    (Won/Minute)
2003
    41.02       47.99       52.89  
2004
    31.81       47.66       58.55  
2005
    31.19       46.70       54.98  

41


Table of Contents

      The new rates had a negative impact on our operations in 2005 in the amount of approximately Won 124.9 billion, resulting in an estimated Won 49.2 billion reduction in revenue and Won 75.7 billion increase in interconnection expenses. The Won 75.7 billion increase in interconnection expenses include the increase in the land-to -mobile interconnection expenses that were paid to fixed-line service providers. In 2005, we received Won 898.6 billion in interconnection revenue and incurred Won 989.4 billion in interconnection expense. See “Item 5A. Operating Results — Overview — Revenue”.
      For 2003, our total interconnection revenues were Won 1,017.1 billion and our total interconnection expenses were Won 771.5 billion. For 2004, our total interconnection revenues were Won 849.4 billion and our total interconnection expenses were Won 913.7 billion. For 2005, our total interconnection revenues were Won 898.6 billion and our total interconnection expenses were Won 989.4 billion.
Domestic Calls
      Guidelines issued by the MIC require that all interconnection charges levied by a regulated carrier take into account (i) the actual costs to that carrier of carrying a call or (ii) imputed costs. The interconnecting parties are required to calculate the relevant imputed costs on an annual basis. In the event of a dispute regarding the imputed costs, the Korea Communications Commission is empowered to act as arbitrator.
      Wireless-to -Fixed-line. According to our interconnection arrangement with KT Corporation, for a call from our wireless network to KT Corporation’s fixed-line network, we collect the usage rate from our wireless subscriber and in turn pay KT Corporation the interconnection charges based on KT Corporation’s imputed costs.
      Fixed -line-to -Wireless. The MIC determines interconnection arrangements for calls from a fixed-line network to a wireless network. For a call initiated by a fixed-line user to one of our wireless service subscribers, the fixed-line network operator collects our usage fee from the fixed-line user and pay us an interconnection charge. Interconnection with KT Corporation accounts for substantially all of our fixed -line-to -wireless interconnection revenue and expenses.
      In April 2002, the MIC announced new interconnection arrangements effective January 1, 2002 which reduced the interconnection fees payable among Korean wireless operators by between 10.2% and 28.1%, depending upon the operators involved. For 2002, KT Corporation’s payments to network service providers were calculated based on a discount of 28.1% to our actual imputed costs for 2000. According to this calculation, KT Corporation was required to pay interconnection charges of Won 45.7 per minute (exclusive of value-added taxes). This was reduced to Won 41.0 per minute for 2003. On July 9, 2004, the MIC introduced a new method of calculating interconnection payments, based on the terminating network’s long-term incremental cost for 2004 and the competitive market situation in the telecommunication service industry of Korea. The new interconnection rates for us under the new method are Won 31.8 per minute for 2004 and Won 31.2 per minute for 2005. The MIC determines the charges and notifies the wireless operators.
      Wireless-to -Wireless. The MIC did not determine interconnection charges for calls between wireless telephone networks in Korea prior to 2000; instead, the interconnection charges were negotiated among the operators. The MIC implemented interconnection charges for such calls starting in January 2000. Under these arrangements, the operator originating the call pays an interconnection charge to the operator terminating the call. For all operators, the amount of the charge is derived from SK Telecom’s imputed cost, which was Won 45.7 per minute for 2002. This was reduced to Won 41.0 per minute for 2003 and further reduced to Won 31.8 per minute and Won 31.2 per minute for 2004 and 2005, respectively. Our revenues from the wireless-to -wireless charge Won 435.2 billion (including Won 86.6 billion for Shinsegi) in 2001, Won 350.9 billion in 2002, Won 412.2 billion in 2003, Won 426.6 billion in 2004 and Won 502.7 billion in 2005. Our expenses from these charges were Won 496.0 billion (including Won 105.5 billion for Shinsegi) in 2001, Won 482.7 billion in 2002, Won 518.2 billion in 2003, Won 644.6 billion in 2004 and Won 748.8 billion in 2005. The charges above were agreed among the parties involved and confirmed by the MIC.

42


Table of Contents

International Calls
      With respect to international calls, if a call is initiated by a wireless subscriber, we bill the wireless subscriber for the international charges of KT Corporation, DACOM or Onse, and we receive interconnection charges from such operators. If an international call is received by our subscriber, KT Corporation, DACOM or Onse pays interconnection charges to us based on our imputed costs.
International Roaming Arrangements
      To complement the services we provide to our subscribers in Korea, we have entered into roaming service agreements with various foreign wireless telecommunications service providers. We provide global roaming services based on three basic technologies, in part, depending on which mobile phone standards are available in a particular region: CDMA, GSM and WCDMA roaming. As of May 31, 2006, we offered CDMA roaming services in 18 countries including the U.S., Japan, China, Thailand, Canada, New Zealand and Australia. Our GSM roaming services are available in 78 countries, including countries in Europe and Africa. Our WCDMA voice roaming service is currently available in Japan, Hong Kong, Singapore, Italy, France and Germany. The WCDMA voice roaming service area will be expanded to include the United Kingdom, Spain and the Netherlands in 2006. In addition, our global data roaming service is available in six countries, including China, Japan and Thailand. We have approximately 2 million global roaming service users, in aggregate, as of December 31, 2005.
Digital Cellular Network
      We offer wireless voice and data telecommunications services throughout Korea using digital wireless networks. SK Telecom operates a CDMA network, which currently reaches approximately 99% of the population, a CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks, which currently reaches approximately 90% of the population, and WCDMA network. Shinsegi operated a CDMA network prior to its merger into SK Telecom that we completely decommissioned by July 2002.
CDMA Networks
      In January 1996, SK Telecom introduced a digital wireless network based on CDMA technology. This network has been the core platform for our wireless telecommunications business. CDMA technology is a continuous digital transmission technology that accommodates higher throughput than analog technology by using various coding sequences to allow concurrent transmission of voice and data signals for wireless communication. CDMA technology provides customers with a high degree of call quality and security.
      CDMA technology is currently in commercial operation in several countries including Korea, Hong Kong and the United States. A majority of the digital wireless networks currently in use around the world are based on either the European Global System for Mobile Communication standard or other time division multiple access technologies. Unlike the continuous digital transmission method of CDMA technology, these technologies break voice signals into sequential pieces of a defined length, place each piece into an information conduit at specific intervals and then reconstruct the pieces at the end of the conduit.
CDMA 1xRTT Network
      In October 2000, we began offering wireless voice and data services on our CDMA 1xRTT network. CDMA 1xRTT is an advanced CDMA-based technology which allows transmission of data at speeds of up to 144 Kbps (compared to a maximum of 64 Kbps for our CDMA networks) and constitutes what is sometimes referred to as a 2.5G network. As of December 31, 2005, our CDMA 1xRTT network covered 84 cities in Korea, or approximately 90% of the population. In areas where the CDMA 1xRTT network is currently unavailable, CDMA 1xRTT-enabled handsets are capable of accessing the CDMA network.
      Unlike our CDMA network, our CDMA 1xRTT network has been designed to be upgraded in step with advances in wireless technology. In the first half of 2002, we launched an upgrade of our CDMA 1xRTT network in 26 cities in Korea to an advanced technology called CDMA 1xEV/ DO. CDMA 1xEV/ DO is a CDMA-based

43


Table of Contents

technology, similar to CDMA 1xRTT, which enables data to be transmitted at speeds of up to 2.4 Mbps. This speed permits interactive transmission of data required for videophone services, a high-speed wireless Internet connection, as well as a multitude of multimedia services. CDMA 1xEV/ DO-capable handsets became available in Korea in June 2002. We are expanding our CDMA 1xEV/ DO network and completed the upgrades, available in 84 cities in Korea, or approximately 90% of the population, as of the end of 2004. This network permits 3G capabilities. For details of our capital expenditure plans relating to CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO, see “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
WCDMA Network
      WCDMA is a 3G-level, high capacity wireless communication system that enables us to offer a wider range of telecommunications services, including cellular voice communications, video telephony, data communications, multimedia services, wireless Internet connection, automatic roaming and satellite communications. We commenced provision of our WCDMA services based on our WCDMA network on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003. We developed and launched in March 2005 dual band/dual mode handsets, to offer seamless nationwide 3G service, an important factor for a nationwide deployment of WCDMA services. We commenced provision of our WCDMA services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003 and continued to improve our WCDMA services in 2004.
      In 2005, we introduced HSDPA technology under the brand name “3G+”, also known as 3.5G technology, which represents an evolution of the WCDMA standard and, among others, supports higher data capacity and allows faster data transmission, for example, at speeds up to three times faster than CDMA 1xEV/ DO. HSDPA upgrades to our existing WCDMA network do not require hardware upgrades and may be accomplished through software upgrades at virtually no cost. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities, including Busan and Incheon. We are continuing expansion of an upgraded, HSDPA-ready version of our WCDMA network to other metropolitan areas of Korea. By the end of 2006, we expect that HSDPA service will be available in 84 cities nationwide. For more information about our capital expenditure plans relating to WCDMA and HSDPA, see “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”, and for more information about risks relating to WCDMA and HSDPA, see “Item 3D. Risk Factors — HSDPA technology may require significant capital and other expenditures for implementation which we may not recoup and such technology may be difficult to integrate with our existing technology and business”.
WiBro
      We have also received a license from the MIC to provide wireless broadband, or WiBro services, which we believe will complement our existing networks and technologies. WiBro service enables wireless broadband access to portable computers, mobile phones and other portable devices. We conducted pilot testing of WiBro service in limited areas of metropolitan Seoul in May 2006 and began commercial service in such limited areas in June 2006. We plan to expand our WiBro service to other areas of metropolitan Seoul in 2006.
Network infrastructure
      The principal components of our wireless networks are:
  •  cell sites , which are physical locations equipped with transmitters, receivers and other equipment that communicate by radio signals with wireless handsets within range of the cell (typically a 3 to 40 kilometer radius);
 
  •  base station transceiver subsystems , which manage the radio transmission by the equipment located at one or more cell sites, including radio-channel management, message transport and hand-off of calls between cell sites;
 
  •  switching stations , which switch calls to the proper destinations; and
 
  •  leased lines, microwave links or other connections which link the switching stations, the cell sites and the public switched telephone networks of KT Corporation and Hanaro Telecom.

44


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth some basic information about our wireless networks at December 31, 2005:
                 
        Switching
    Cell Sites   Stations
         
CDMA Network (excluding CDMA lxRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO)
    4.878       55  
CDMA 1xRTT Network and CDMA 1xEV/ DO
    3.718       60  
WCDMA
    1.546       6  
WiBro(1)
           —  
 
(1)  We first launched WiBro service in May 2006.
      We purchase our principal digital wireless equipment for our CDMA networks from LG Electronics and Samsung Electronics. We have purchased from Samsung Electronics substantially all of the equipment for our CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO networks and have purchased from Samsung Electronics and LG Electronics substantially all of the equipment for our WCDMA network. Several manufacturers, including Samsung Electronics, Pantech & Curitel, LG Electronics and Motorola Korea, Inc., currently produce handsets for use on our CDMA, CDMA 1xRTT, CDMA 1xEV/ DO and WCDMA networks. We are currently considering various equipment manufacturers to determine which supplier will best match our needs.
      Under applicable Korean law, Korean fixed-line operators may not decline to provide leased line services to us without reasonable cause. We have completed installation of substantially all optical fiber lines between our switching stations. In addition, we own several microwave links in areas to serve certain sections of the network formerly owned and operated by Shinsegi. We have also installed optical fiber lines linking base stations with switching stations and other base stations. Where we have not installed optical fiber lines, we continue to use lines leased by us from SK Networks and KT Corporation. KT Corporation’s fixed charges for the leased lines are based on line capacity, length and type.
      We use a cellular network surveillance system. This system oversees the operation of cell sites and allows us to monitor our main equipment located throughout the country from one monitoring station. The automatic inspection and testing provided to the cell sites lets the system immediately rebalance to the most suitable setting, and the surveillance system provides automatic dispatch of repair teams and quick recovery in emergency situations.
Other Investments and Relationships
      We have investments in several other businesses and companies and have entered into various business arrangements with other companies. Our principal investments fall into the following categories:
Wireless Application Developers and Content Providers
      As part of our strategy to develop additional applications and content for our wireless data services, we invest in companies which develop wireless applications and provide Internet content, including content accessible by users of our wireless networks. These investments include:
  •  Information Technology and Content Providers. We hold investments in approximately 40 companies, with an aggregate book value of approximately Won 22.4 billion as of December 31, 2005. Such companies develop technology and content for use in our fixed-line and Wireless Internet businesses and help enable us to further develop of our multimedia platforms and networks.
 
  •  Joint Ventures. Pursuant to an agreement entered into on March 20, 2003, we established UNISK, a joint venture company with China Unicom in December 2003. See “— Global Business — Overseas Operations”. In September 2003, we reached a business cooperation agreement with Teliasonera for the purpose of jointly developing and commercializing new businesses, cross-licensing, partnership exchange and joint advancement into overseas markets. On September 16, 2003, we signed a memorandum of understanding with Alcatel for joint development of a Mobile Payment Service by combining our Nemo with Alcatel’s Prepayment Instant Billing System.

45


Table of Contents

  •  Mobile Broadcasting Corporation. In September 2003, we entered into an agreement with Mobile Broadcasting Corporation, or MBCO, a wireless multi-media company in Japan, for the purpose of co-owning and launching a satellite for the satellite DMB business. MBCO is a developer and provider of content and technology related to wireless multimedia services and has developed new services in satellite DMB. Under the terms of the agreement, SK Telecom is committed to fund 34.7% of the cost of launching and maintaining the operations of the satellite, which is approximately Won 96.9 billion. As of December 31, 2005, we had invested a total of Won 27.3 billion and had a 7.3% interest in MBCO. We launched the satellite in March 2004. In March 2004, the MIC assigned us a frequency for satellite DMB. In October 2004, we granted the right to use our satellite, satellite orbit and frequency to TU Media Corp., one of our affiliates, which received a license from the MIC as a satellite DMB provider on December 30, 2004. On May 1, 2005, TU Media Corp. began to provide satellite DMB services. As of April 30, 2006, TU Media had over 500,000 subscribers. See “— Multimedia”.
 
  •  Mobile Data and Digital Content Market. In order to generate new revenue from the growing mobile data and digital content market, we plan to increase our investment in the entertainment sector, particularly in music and movies. As mobile data and digital content market has become increasingly important in the growth of our business, we are seeking to secure valuable mobile data and digital contents by making equity investments in various content providers. In March 2005, we acquired 8 million shares, or 21.7% equity interest in iHQ Inc., for Won 14.46 billion, with an option to purchase 5 million additional shares from Mr. Hun-Tak Jeong, a majority shareholder of iHQ Inc. iHQ Inc. is an entertainment management firm producing films, managing entertainers and operating on-line game services. We exercised the option to purchase 5 million shares of iHQ on April 26, 2006, which purchase is expected to be consummated in July 2006. Following such purchase we will hold a 34.91% equity interest in iHQ. In August 2005, we also acquired a 60% stake in YBM Seoul Records Inc., Korea’s largest music recording company in terms of records released and revenues, for Won 27.9 billion. Through our acquisition of YBM, we are able to offer customers of our MelOn service access to an expanded digital music contents pool. Also, in July and October 2005, we and certain other Korean investment companies invested an aggregate Won 40 billion to establish three funds to invest in the music industry and seek strategic partnerships with recording companies. As of December 31, 2005, our contribution to the funds amounted to Won 39.6 billion. Furthermore, in September, October and December 2005, we and co-investors invested an aggregate Won 55.8 billion to establish four movie-production funds to strengthen our ability to obtain movie contents. We had invested Won 20 billion in the funds as of December 31, 2005. Such investments reflect our business strategy of diversification into new areas, such as media and entertainment.
Other Investments
      Our other investments include:
  •  Hanaro Telecom. As of December 31, 2005, we owned a 4.8% interest in the outstanding capital stock of Hanaro Telecom. On September 2, 2003, we purchased Won 120.0 billion of Hanaro Telecom commercial paper in order to provide Hanaro Telecom with short-term liquidity while it attempted to secure a foreign investor that would inject new capital into the company. The decision to provide liquidity support to Hanaro Telecom was made to protect the value of our stake in Hanaro Telecom. Following an investment in Hanaro Telecom by a consortium led by AIG and Newbridge, we disposed of the Hanaro Telecom commercial paper in December 2003. In May 2004, we purchased from Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 13,870,000 shares of Hanaro Telecom, representing 3.0% of the outstanding shares of Hanaro, for Won 39.3 billion as part of our strategic efforts in consideration of increasing convergence between wireless and fixed-line services. As a result of the acquisition, our equity interest in Hanaro had increased to 4.8% as of December 31, 2004, up from 1.8% as of December 31, 2003. Following Hanaro’s merger with Korea Thrunet in January 2006, we continue to hold a 4.8% equity interest in Hanaro.
 
  •  Powercomm. We currently own a 5.0% interest in Powercomm Corporation, with a book value as of December 31, 2005, of Won 77.1 billion. For more information, see note 4 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Powercomm is an operator of fixed-line networks that provides

46


Table of Contents

  wholesale fixed-line network services, such as leased lines, to telecommunications, Internet and cable television service providers in Korea. We have no current plans to either increase or decrease our investment in Powercomm.
 
  •  SKC&C. We currently own a 30.0% equity interest in SKC&C Co., Ltd., with a book value as of December 31, 2005 of Won 168.2 billion. SKC&C is an information technologies services provider. Substantially all of SKC&C’s revenue is generated from services provided to member companies of the SK Group, including us. We are party to several service contracts with SKC&C related to development and maintenance of our information technologies systems. See “Item 7B. Related Party Transactions”.

      We have from time to time engaged in discussions with several wireless telecommunications services providers including KDDI Corporation and Sprint PCS about strategic relationships of various types.
Competition
      SK Telecom was Korea’s only provider of cellular telecommunications services until April 1996, when Shinsegi began offering its CDMA service using 10 MHz of spectrum in the 800 MHz band under a license issued in 1994. In 1996, the Government issued three additional licenses to KTF, LGT and Hansol PCS to operate CDMA services, each using 10 MHz of spectrum in the 1700-1800 MHz band. Each of KTF, LGT and Hansol PCS commenced operation of its CDMA service in October 1997.
      Beginning in 2000, there has been considerable consolidation in the wireless telecommunications industry, resulting in the emergence of stronger competitors. In 2000, KT Corporation acquired 47.9% of Hansol M.Com’s outstanding shares and renamed the company KT M.Com. KT M.Com merged into KTF in May 2001. In May 2002, the Government sold its remaining 28.4% stake in KT Corporation.
      Significant advances in technology are occurring that may affect our businesses, including the roll-out or the planned roll-out by us and our competitors of advanced high-speed wireless telecommunications networks based on CDMA 1xEV/ DO technology and other technologies such as WCDMA and CDMA2000. In October 2000, we launched the world’s first CDMA 1xRTT network, which enables us to provide advanced data services. Since then one of our two principal competitors, KTF, has also launched a network using CDMA 1xRTT technology. As of December 31, 2004, our CDMA 1xEV/ DO network upgrade had been completed in 84 cities in Korea. KTF has expanded its CDMA 1xEV/ DO network to cover 75 cities in Korea as of December 31, 2005. In addition, we and our competitors also have licenses to provide 3G services using WCDMA technology (in the case of us and KTF) or CDMA2000 technology (in the case of LGT). Such networks support data transmission services with more advanced features and significantly higher data transmission rates than our principal data networks, which use CDMA 1xRTT and CDMA 1xEV/ DO technologies. We commenced provision of our W-CDMA-based services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003 and continued to improve our WCDMA services in the Seoul metropolitan area in 2004. In 2005, we completed development of HSDPA technology, also known as 3.5G. HSDPA technology, a more advanced telephony protocol that supports higher data capacity and allows faster data transmissions than previous WCDMA-based protocols. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities including Busan and Incheon. We expect to complete expansion of our WCDMA network and HSDPA service to 84 cities nationwide by the end of 2006. KTF began trial service of its 3G services in metropolitan Seoul and parts of Gyunggi Province in December 2003. We understand KTF intends to upgrade its WCDMA network to support HSDPA service to 45 cities by the end of June 2006 and 84 cities by the end 2006.
      We and certain other telecommunications service providers have also received a license from the MIC to provide wireless broadband, or WiBro services. WiBro service enables wireless broadband access to portable computers, mobile phones and other portable devices. We conducted pilot testing of WiBro service in limited areas of metropolitan Seoul in May 2006 and began commercial service in such limited areas in June 2006. We plan to expand our WiBro service to other areas of metropolitan Seoul in 2006.
      See “Item 3D, Risk Factors — Competition may reduce our market share and harm our results of operations and financial condition.”

47


Table of Contents

      As of April 30, 2006, according to the MIC, KTF and LGT had 12.6 million and 6.7 million subscribers, respectively, representing approximately 32.2% and 17.1%, respectively, of the total number of wireless subscribers in Korea on such date. As of April 30, 2006, we had 19.8 million subscribers, representing a market share of approximately 50.7%. On May 25, 2004, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, the level of our market share at the time of the approval of our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002.
      For a description of the risks associated with the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Competition may reduce our market share and harm our results of operations and financial condition.”
      Under current government regulations, as the designated market dominant service provider for wireless network services, we must obtain prior MIC approval for any change in our wireless telecommunications service rates, although our competitors may change their rates at their discretion. The MIC gave new entrants similar price advantages when DACOM started competing with KT Corporation in international long distance service in 1991 and domestic long distance service in 1996. On April 9, 2003, the MIC announced its plan to adopt a “reserved reporting” system for setting new rates as a measure to relax the stringent regulation on pricing. Under the “reserved reporting” system, we would have to report our proposed new rate plan with the MIC in order to change our rates. Unless the MIC objects to the proposed rate plan within a certain period of time, such rates would be automatically adopted. We believe that this system, if implemented, would give us greater flexibility in setting our wireless communications service rates in response to market conditions in a timely manner, but we can give no assurance that such a system will be adopted as currently contemplated, or at all, or that the rates allowed by such a system will allow us to remain profitable.
      For a description of our rates and subscription plans, see “— Revenues, Rates and Facility Deposits”. In addition, the FTC approved our acquisition of Shinsegi on two conditions. First, the FTC required that SK Telecom’s and Shinsegi’s combined market share of the wireless telecommunications market, based on numbers of subscribers, be less than 50.0% as of June 30, 2001. As a result, we reduced the level of our subscriber activations and adopted more stringent involuntary subscriber deactivation policies beginning in 2000 and ceased accepting new subscribers for three months, from April 1, 2001 through June 30, 2001. We complied with this requirement by reducing our market share to approximately 49.7% as of June 30, 2001, and this market share limitation no longer applies. On May 25, 2004, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, the level of our market share at the time of the approval of our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. On July 6, 2005, we voluntarily extended such market share limitation through the end of 2007.
      In February 1997, member governments of the World Trade Organization, or WTO, reached the WTO Agreement on Basic Telecommunications Services, which became effective in November 1997. As part of this agreement and to expedite the opening of the telecommunications market and promote competition, the Government has amended the Telecommunications Business Law several times to, among other things, increase the allowed foreign shareholding ownership threshold (up to an aggregate of 49.0%) and participation in telecommunications service providers, including us.
      While we believe that these measures will enable us to more easily take advantage of opportunities for investments in overseas telecommunications projects, they have increased and may in the future increase competition and the financial and technological resources of our competitors in the domestic market.
Law and Regulation
Overview
      Korea’s telecommunications industry is subject to comprehensive regulation by the MIC, which is responsible for information and telecommunications policies, radio and broadcasting management, postal

48


Table of Contents

services and postal finances. The MIC regulates and supervises a broad range of communications issues, including:
  •  entry into the telecommunications industry;
 
  •  scope of services provided by telecommunications service providers;
 
  •  allocation of radio spectrum;
 
  •  setting of technical standards and promotion of technical standardization;
 
  •  rates, terms and practices of telecommunications service providers;
 
  •  customer complaints;
 
  •  interconnection and revenue-sharing between telecommunications service providers;
 
  •  disputes between telecommunications service providers;
 
  •  research and development budgeting and objectives of telecommunications service providers; and
 
  •  competition among telecommunications service providers.
      Telecommunications service providers are currently classified into three categories: network service providers, value-added service providers, and specific service providers. We are classified as a network service provider because we provide telecommunications services with our own telecommunications networks and related facilities. As a network service provider, we are required to obtain a license from the MIC for each of the services we provide. Our licenses permit us to provide cellular services and third generation wireless services using WCDMA technology. Our cellular license does not provide for a fixed term and our WCDMA license is valid for 15 years starting from 1999.
      The MIC may revoke our licenses or suspend any of our businesses if we fail to comply with its rules, regulations and corrective orders, including the rules restricting beneficial ownership and control and corrective orders issued in connection with any violation of rules restricting beneficial ownership and control or any violation of the conditions of our licenses. Alternatively, in lieu of suspension of our business, the MIC may levy a monetary penalty of up to 3% of our revenues. A network services provider that wants to cease its business or dissolve must obtain MIC approval.
      The MIC has stated that its policy is to promote competition in the Korean telecommunications market through measures designed to prevent the dominant service provider in any such market from exercising its market power in such a way as to prevent the emergence and development of viable competitors. While all network service providers are subject to MIC regulation, we are subject to increased regulation because of our position as the dominant wireless telecommunications services provider in Korea.
Rate Regulation
      Most network service providers must report to the MIC the rates and contractual terms for each type of service they provide, but generally they may set rates at their discretion. However, as the dominant network services provider for specific services (based on having the largest market share in terms of number of subscribers and meeting certain revenue thresholds), we must obtain prior approval of our rates and terms of service from the MIC. In each of the years in which this requirement has been applicable, the MIC has designated us for wireless telecommunications service and KT Corporation for local telephone and Internet services, as dominant network service providers subject to this approval requirement. As a condition to its approval of SK Telecom’s merger with SK IMT, the MIC required that we submit the rates for our third generation mobile services using WCDMA technology to the MIC for approval prior to the launch of such services. The MIC’s policy is to approve rates if they are appropriate, fair and reasonable and if they are calculated in a transparent and appropriate manner. It may order changes if it deems the rates to be significantly unreasonable or against public policy.

49


Table of Contents

Interconnection
      Dominant network service providers such as ourselves that own essential infrastructure facilities or that possess a certain market share are required to provide interconnection of their telecommunications network facilities to other service providers upon request. The MIC sets and announces the standards for determining the scope, procedures, compensation and other terms and conditions of such provision, interconnection or co-use. We have entered into interconnection agreements with KT Corporation, DACOM, Onse and other network service providers permitting these entities to interconnect with our network. We expect that we will be required to enter into additional agreements with new operators as the MIC grants permits to additional telecommunications service providers.
Wireless Internet Network Co-Share
      In December 2002, the MIC implemented a wireless Internet network co-share system that permits the WAP Gateway of a fixed-line operator to connect to a wireless network service provider’s IWF (inter-working function) device. IWF is a device that connects a cellular network with an IP (Internet Protocol) network, while WAP Gateway converts HTTP protocol into WAP protocol. This co-share system would allow subscribers of a wireless network service provider to have access to wireless Internet content provided by a fixed-line operator. In December 2002, KT Corporation connected to our IWF in December 2002 but has not yet commenced service. In July 2003, the MIC approved the basic terms regarding the implementation of a network co-share system. In January 2004, we entered into a memorandum of understanding with Onse to establish a co-share system, under which we launched these services in June 2005. Currently, our subscribers can access portals provided by outside parties. In addition, the MIC has requested that a third party oversee wireless operators’ customer billing procedures with respect to third-party content providers who are seeking to provide their content directly to subscribers without going through an individual operator’s portal, as third-party content providers have experienced difficulties in providing their content service directly to subscribers due to the lack of resources for billing users. We believe that such a co-share system, if widely adopted, will have the effect of giving our users access to a wide variety of content using their handsets, which may in turn increase revenues attributable to our data services. However, this system could also place significant competitive pressure on the services available on our NATE platform.
Contributions to the Fund for Development of Information Telecommunications
      The MIC has the authority to recommend to network service providers that they provide funds for national research and development of telecommunications technology and related projects. For 2005, the MIC recommends that we contribute 0.75% of budgeted revenues (calculated pursuant to MIC guidelines that differ from our accounting practices) to the Fund for Development of Information Telecommunications operated by the MIC. Although these recommendations were not mandatory prior to 2002, we have in the past contributed the recommended amounts. Our contribution to this fund in 2001 was Won 23.0 billion (including nil for Shinsegi) based on the MIC-recommended minimum level of contribution of 1.0% of MIC-calculated revenues for 2001.
      In May 2002, the MIC announced significant changes to the government contribution system. Starting from 2002, the contributions became mandatory, and the annual contribution which was set at 1.0% of total revenues for the previous year was lowered to 0.5% (0.75% for market dominant service providers like us) of total revenues for the previous year, and will be applicable only to those network service providers who have Won 30 billion in total sales for the previous year and have recorded no net loss in the current period. Under the policy, the maximum amount of the annual contribution to be made cannot exceed 70% of the net profit for the corresponding period of each company. Our contribution to this fund in 2003, 2004 and 2005 was Won 64.9 billion, Won 69.0 billion and Won 69.1 billion, respectively, based on the new MIC requirement of 0.75% of MIC-calculated revenues.
Universal Service Obligation
      All telecommunications service providers other than value-added service providers, specific service providers and regional paging service providers or any telecommunications service providers whose net annual

50


Table of Contents

revenue is less than an amount determined by the MIC (currently set at Won 30 billion) are required to provide “universal” telecommunications services including local telephone services, local public telephone services, telecommunications services for remote islands and wireless communication services for ships and telephone services for the handicapped and low-income citizens, or contribute toward the supply of such universal services. The MIC designates universal services and the service provider who is required to provide each service. Currently, we are required to offer free subscription fee and 30% discount of our monthly fee for cellular services to the handicapped and the low-income citizens. In addition to such universal services for the handicapped and low-income citizens, we are also required to make certain monetary contributions to compensate for other service providers’ costs for the universal services. The size of a service provider’s contribution is based on its net annual revenue (calculated pursuant to MIC guidelines which differ from our accounting practices). In 2003, our contribution amount was Won 80.7 billion for our fiscal year 2002. In 2004, our contribution amount was Won 46.6 billion for our fiscal year 2003. In 2005, our contribution amount was Won 25.5 billion for our fiscal year 2004. As a wireless telecommunications services provider, we are not considered a provider of universal telecommunications services and do not receive funds for providing universal service. Other network service providers that do provide universal services make all or a portion of their “contribution” in the form of expenses related to the universal services they provide.
Frequency Allocation
      The MIC has the discretion to allocate and adjust the frequency band for each type of service. Upon allocation of new frequency bands or adjustment of frequency bands, the MIC is required to give a public notice. The MIC also regulates the frequency to be used by each radio station, including our base stations, by the terms of its approval for each radio station. All of our frequency allocations are for an indefinite term. We pay fees to the MIC for our frequency usage which are determined based upon our number of subscribers, frequency usage by our networks and other factors. For 2003, 2004 and 2005 the fee amounted to Won 129.5 billion, Won 143.0 billion and Won 156.1 billion, respectively.
      In addition, we have paid Won 650 billion of the Won 1.3 trillion cost of the WCDMA license in March 2001. We are required to pay the remainder of the license cost in annual installments for a five-year period from 2007 through 2011. For more information, see note 2(i) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
Competition Regulation
      The Korea Communications Commission is charged with ensuring that network service providers engage in fair competition and has broad powers to carry out this goal. If a network service provider is found to be in violation of the fair competition requirement, the Korea Communications Commission may take corrective measures it deems necessary, including, but not limited to, prohibiting further violations, requiring amendments to the articles of incorporation or to service contracts with customers, and requiring the execution or performance of, or amendments to, interconnection agreements with other network service providers.
      In addition, we qualify as a market-dominating business entity under the Fair Trade Act. Accordingly, we are prohibited from engaging in any act of abuse, such as unreasonably determining, maintaining or altering service rates, unreasonably controlling the rendering of services, unreasonably interfering with business activities of other business entities, hindering unfairly the entry of newcomers or substantially restricting competition to the detriment of the interests of consumers.
      Under the Fair Trade Act, a company that is a member of a large business group as designated by the FTC, such as ourselves, as a company in the SK Group, is generally required to limit its total investments in other domestic companies to 25% of its non-consolidated net assets. Investment in companies engaging in similar business is not included in calculating the 25% limit. Depending on the time frame in which such a company acquired shares in excess of the 25% ceiling, the FTC may issue corrective orders requiring, for example, the disposition of the shares held in excess of the 25% ceiling or imposing limitations on the voting rights for such shares and/or monetary sanctions. SK Telecom’s total investments in other domestic companies (excluding

51


Table of Contents

investments in Hanaro Telecom, Powercomm, SK Telink, Enterprise Networks and Real Telecom, companies engaging in similar business) amounted to Won 794.3 billion as of March 31, 2006.
Number Portability
      Previously, Korea’s wireless telecommunications system was based on a network-specific prefix system in which a unique prefix was assigned to all the phone numbers of a network operator. We were assigned the “011” prefix, and all of our subscriber’s mobile phone numbers began with “011” (former Shinsegi subscribers use the “017” prefix). Our subscribers could not change their wireless phone service to another wireless operator and keep their existing numbers. In January 2003, the MIC announced its plan to implement number portability with respect to wireless telecommunications services in Korea. The number portability system allows wireless subscribers to switch wireless service operators while retaining the same mobile phone number. However, subscribers who switch operators must purchase a new handset, as we use a different frequency than KTF and LGT. In accordance with the plan published by the MIC, the number portability system was adopted by SK Telecom starting from January 1, 2004. KTF and LGT introduced number portability beginning on July 1, 2004 and January 1, 2005, respectively. For details of the number of subscribers who transferred to the services of our competitors following the implementation of the number portability system, see “— Subscribers”.
      In addition, in order to manage the availability of phone numbers efficiently and to secure phone number resources for the new services, the MIC has begun to integrate mobile telephone identification numbers into a common prefix identification number “010” and to gradually retract the current mobile service identification numbers which had been unique to each wireless telecommunications service provider, including “011” for our cellular services, starting from January 1, 2004. All new subscribers have been given the “010” prefix starting January 2004. For details of the number of new subscribers for each of the major wireless cellular providers following the adoption of the “010” prefix January 2004, see “— Subscribers”.
      For risks relating to number portability, see “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation and any change in government policy relating to the telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.”
Contribution to 114 Directory Service
      The MIC has been negotiating with network service providers on sharing the cost of providing 114 directory services through KT Corporation. Prior to 1998, this cost was shared among service providers through the NTS (Nontraffic Sensitive) Participation Program. The NTS Participation Program included both the Universal Service Provider Program and contributions for 114 directory services before it came to a halt due to disagreements between network service providers and the MIC. The MIC has determined SK Telecom’s share of such costs for the period between 1998 and 2001 to be Won 40.6 billion and Won 18.3 billion for the period between 2002 and 2004, based on the number of calls made to the 114 directory service through its network. We paid the entire amount in April 2006. Contributions for the 114 directory service for 2005 have not been determined yet.
Foreign Ownership and Investment Restrictions and Requirements
      Because we are a network service provider, foreign governments, individuals, and entities (including Korean entities that are deemed foreigners, as discussed below) are prohibited from owning more than 49% of our voting stock. Effective from May 9, 2004, Korean entities where a foreign government or a foreigner (together with any of its related parties) (i) is the largest shareholder and (ii) owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock are deemed foreigners. If this 49% ownership limitation is violated, certain of our foreign shareholders will not be permitted to exercise voting rights in excess of the limitation and the MIC may require other corrective action.
      As of December 31, 2005, SK Corporation owned 17,663,127 shares of our common stock, or approximately 21.47% of our issued shares. As of December 31, 2005, a foreign investment fund and its related parties collectively held a 5.03% stake in SK Corporation. Effective from May 9, 2004, if the foreign investment fund and its related parties increase their shareholdings in SK Corporation to 15% or more and such foreign investment fund and its related parties collectively constitute the largest shareholder of SK Corporation, SK Corporation will be considered a foreign shareholder of SK Telecom, and its shareholding in SK Telecom would be included in the

52


Table of Contents

calculation of the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom. If SK Corporation’s shareholding in SK Telecom is included in the calculation of the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom, then the aggregate foreign shareholding in SK Telecom, assuming the foreign ownership level as of December 31, 2005 (which we believe was 48.74%), would reach 70.21%, exceeding the 49% ceiling on foreign shareholding.
      If the aggregate foreign shareholding limit in SK Telecom is exceeded, the MIC may issue a corrective order to SK Telecom, the breaching shareholder (including SK Corporation if the breach is caused by an increase in foreign ownership of SK Corporation) and the foreign investment fund and its related parties who own in the aggregate 15% or more of SK Corporation. Furthermore, SK Corporation may not exercise its voting rights with respect to the shares held in excess of the 49% ceiling, which may result in a change in control of us. In addition, the MIC may refuse to grant us licenses or permits necessary for entering into new telecommunications businesses until the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom is reduced to below 49%. If a corrective order is issued to us by the MIC arising from the violation of the foregoing foreign ownership limit, and we do not comply within the prescribed period under such corrective order, the MIC may (1) suspend all or part of our business, or (2) if the suspension of business is deemed to result in significant inconvenience to our customers or be detrimental to the public interest, impose a one-time administrative penalty of up to 3% of our sales revenues. Additionally, an amendment to the Telecommunications Business Law in May 2004 also authorizes the MIC to assess monetary penalties of up to 0.3% of the purchase price of the shares for each day the corrective order is not complied with, as well as a prison term of up to one year and a penalty of Won 50 million. See “Item 3D. Risk Factors — If SK Corporation causes us to breach the foreign ownership limitations on shares of our common stock, we may experience a change of control.”
      We are required under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Act to file a report with a designated foreign exchange bank or with the Ministry of Finance and Economy, or the MOFE, in connection with any issue of foreign currency denominated securities by us in foreign countries. Issuances of US$30 million or less require the filing of a report with a designated foreign exchange bank, and issuances that are over US$30 million require the filing of a report with the MOFE.
      A newly adopted amendment to the Telecommunications Business Law effective from May 9, 2004 provides for the creation of a Public Interest Review Committee under the MIC to review investments in or changes in the control of network services providers. The following events would be subject to review by the Public Interest Review Committee: (i) the acquisition by an entity (and its related parties) of 15% or more of the equity of a network services provider, (ii) a change in the largest shareholder of a network services provider, (iii) agreements by a network service provider or its shareholders with foreign governments or parties regarding important business matters of such network services provider, such as the appointment of officers and directors and transfer of businesses and (iv) a change in the entity that actually controls a network services provider. If the Public Interest Review Committee determines that any of the foregoing transactions or events would be detrimental to the public interest, then the MIC may issue orders to stop the transaction, amend any agreements, suspend voting rights, or divest the shares of the relevant network services provider. Additionally, effective from May 9, 2004, if a dominant network services provider (which would currently include us and KT Corporation), together with its specially related persons (as defined under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act) holds more than 5% of the equity of another dominant network services provider, the voting rights on the shares held in excess of the 5% limit may not be exercised.
Handset Subsidy Payments
      Until March 26, 2006, telecommunications service providers had been prohibited from providing handset subsidies to attract new subscribers under the Telecommunications Business Act. Pursuant to an amendment to the Telecommunications Business Act, which came into effect on March 27, 2006, the prohibition on handset subsidies will continue until March 26, 2008, subject to the following exceptions: (i) a telecommunications service provider may provide subsidies to subscribers who have maintained their subscription with the same telecommunications service provider for at least 18 months, provided that no separate subsidy is provided to the same subscriber for two years thereafter; or (ii) a telecommunications service provider that has provided a particular telecommunications service for less than six years may provide subsidies to subscribers of such service. Accordingly, we may provide handset subsidies to our subscribers who have been using our services

53


Table of Contents

uninterruptedly for at least 18 months, or to our subscribers who are subscribing to our HSDPA or WiBro services. The Telecommunications Business Act requires any telecommunications service provider seeking to provide handset subsidies to report to the MIC the qualifying criteria and range of subsidy payments no later than 30 days prior to the effective date of the applicable subsidy payment. Also, the Telecommunications Business Act requires the telecommunications service providers to include information regarding proposed subsidies in their subscriber agreements. Under the amended Telecommunications Business Act, fines for violators are calculated based on only the sales amount directly related to the illegal subsidies, instead of the total sales amount, as had been the case prior to the amendment. However, violators may face higher fines because dominant telecommunications services providers and repeat offenders will be charged with fines calculated with a multiplier under the amendment.
Patents and Licensed Technology
      Access to the latest relevant technology is critical to our ability to offer the most advanced wireless services and to design and manufacture competitive products. In addition to active internal and external research and development efforts as described in “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Research and Development”, our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our products. We own numerous patents and trademarks worldwide, and have applications for patents pending in many countries, including Korea, Japan, China, the United States, and Europe. Our patents are mainly related to CDMA technology and wireless Internet applications. We also acquired a number of patents related to WCDMA technology.
      We also license a number of patented processes and trademarks under cross-licensing, technical assistance and other agreements. The most important agreement is with Qualcomm Inc. and relates mainly to CDMA applications technology. This agreement generally grants us a non-exclusive license to manufacture handsets in return for royalty payment or a sub-license to manufacture and sell certain products both in Korea and overseas during a fixed, but usually renewable term. We consider our technical assistance and licensing agreements to be important to our business and believe that we will be able to renew this agreement on commercially reasonable terms that will not adversely affect our ability to use the relevant technologies.
      We are not currently involved in any material litigation regarding patent infringement.
Organizational Structure
      We are a member of the SK Group, based on the definition of “group” under the Fair Trade Act of Korea. As of December 31, 2005, SK Group members owned in aggregate 22.79% of the shares of our issued common stock as of December 31, 2005. The SK Group is a diversified group of companies incorporated in Korea with interests in, among other things, telecommunications, trading, energy, chemicals, engineering and leisure industries. Until mid-1994, our largest shareholder was KT Corporation (formerly known as Korea Telecom Corp.), Korea’s principal fixed-line operator and the parent of KTF, one of our principal wireless competitors.
Significant Subsidiaries
      For information regarding our subsidiaries, see note 2(b) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Item 4C. Organizational Structure
      These matters are discussed under Item 4B. where relevant.

54


Table of Contents

Item 4D. Property, Plants And Equipment
      The following table sets forth certain information concerning our principal properties as of December 31, 2005:
             
        Approximate Area
Location   Primary Use   in Square Feet
         
Seoul Metropolitan Area
  Corporate Headquarters     988,455  
    Regional Headquarters     1,095,992  
    Customer Service Centers     384,223  
    Training Centers     397,574  
    Central Research and Development Center     482,725  
    Others     547,061  
Busan
  Regional Headquarters     363,272  
    Others     237,056  
Daegu
  Regional Headquarters     153,573  
    Others     317,440  
Cholla and Jeju Provinces
  Regional Headquarters     265,595  
    Others     359,784  
Choongchung Province
  Regional Headquarters     459,240  
    Others     481,978  
Others
  Seoul National University Research Center     108,530  
    KAIST SUPEX Management Center     10,817  
    Ewha University SK Telecom Center     7,117  
      In December 2004, we constructed a new building with an area of approximately 82,624 square feet, in which we have full ownership, for use as our corporate headquarters. We relocated our corporate offices into the new building in January 2005. In addition, we own or lease various locations for cell sites and switching equipment. We do not anticipate that we will need a significant number of new cell sites in connection with the expansion of our CDMA networks which is planned for 2005, and we expect to lease or acquire new sites as needed. We do expect that we will need new cell sites in constructing our WCDMA network. Our current plan is to share sites with our existing network, and therefore, we do not at this time expect to have to obtain a significant number of new cell site locations. We do not anticipate that we will encounter material difficulties in meeting our future needs for any existing or prospective leased space for our cell sites. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Cellular Services”.
      In October 2004, we purchased certain land and building (including incidental movables) of SK Life Insurance Co., Ltd. accounting for 589,625 square feet for Won 30 billion in order to secure stable training facilities to enhance expertise and leadership of SK Telecom’s employees as required by its campaign of new value management.
      We maintain a range of insurance policies to cover our assets and employees, including our directors and officers. We are insured against business interruption, fire, lightening, flooding, theft, vandalism, public liability and certain other risks that may affect our assets and employees. We believe that the types and amounts of our insurance are in accordance with general business practices in Korea.
Item 4.A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
      We do not have any unresolved comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission staff regarding our periodic reports under the Exchange Act of 1934.

55


Table of Contents

Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
      You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto which appear elsewhere in this annual report. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with Korean GAAP, which differs in some respects from U.S. GAAP. Notes 30 and 31 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements provide a description of the significant differences between Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP as they relate to us and provide a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of our net income and shareholders’ equity for fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 2005. In addition, you should read carefully the section titled “— Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Judgments” as well as note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements which provide summaries of certain critical accounting policies that require our management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments relating to matters which are highly uncertain and that may have a material impact on our financial conditions and results of operations.
Item 5A. Operating Results
Overview
Revenue
      We earn revenue principally from initial connection fees and monthly access fees; usage charges and value-added service fees paid by subscribers to our wireless services; interconnection fees paid to us by other telecommunications operators for use of our network by their customers and subscribers; and until our sale of a controlling interest in the company in July 2005, sales of wireless handsets by our former consolidated subsidiary, SK Teletech. The amount of our revenue depends principally upon the number of our wireless subscribers, the rates we charge for our services, subscriber usage of our services and the terms of our interconnection with other telecommunications operators. Government regulation also affects our revenues.
      The following table sets forth certain revenue information about our operations during the periods indicated:
                                                   
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
        Percentage       Percentage       Percentage
        of Total       of Total       of Total
    Revenue   Revenue   Revenue   Revenue   Revenue   Revenue
                         
    (In billions of won, except percentages)
Cellular Revenue:
                                               
 
Wireless Services(1)
  W 8,462.7       82.4     W 8,798.4       83.2     W 9,168.7       85.5  
 
Interconnection
    1,017.1       9.9       849.4       8.0       898.6       8.4  
 
Digital Handset Sales(2)
    612.0       5.9       649.8       6.2       294.6       2.7  
                                     
 
Total Cellular Revenue
    10,091.8       98.2       10,297.6       97.4       10,361.9       96.6  
                                     
Other Revenue:
                                               
 
International Calling Service(3)
    97.4       1.0       126.3       1.2       138.7       1.3  
 
Portal Service(4)
    42.0       0.4       85.0       0.8       126.9       1.2  
 
Miscellaneous
    40.9       0.4       61.7       0.6       94.3       0.9  
                                     
 
Total Other Revenue:
    180.3       1.8       273.0       2.6       359.9       3.4  
                                     
Total Operating Revenue:
  W 10,272.1       100.0     W 10,570.6       100.0     W 10,721.8       100.0  
                                     
 
Total Operating Revenue Growth
    10.2 %             2.9 %             1.4 %        
 
(1)  Wireless services revenue includes initial connection fees, monthly access fees, usage charges, international charges, wireless Internet service fees, value-added-service fees and interest on overdue subscriber accounts (net of telephone tax).

56


Table of Contents

(2)  Until July 2005, we consolidated revenues derived from sales of digital handsets made through our former subsidiary, SK Teletech. In July 2005, we sold 4,542,000 shares of SK Teletech owned by us to Pantech & Curitel, Inc., a Korean mobile handset manufacturer, reducing our equity interest in SK Teletech from 89.1% to 29.1%, which became a 22.7% equity interest in Pantech following the merger of SK Teletech (renamed SKY Teletech following our sale of the company to Pantech & Curitel) into Pantech in December 2005.
 
(3)  Provided by SK Telink Co.
 
(4)  Portal service revenue attributable to SK Communications Co., Ltd. and, since 2003, SK Communications and Paxnet Co., Ltd., and since 2005, SK Communications, Paxnet Co., Ltd. and U-Land Company Limited.
      We have had a dominant market share position in terms of subscribers throughout our history and we continue to be the market leader in terms of number of subscribers. Our wireless subscriber base has continued to increase over the years, growing from approximately 10.1 million subscribers at the end of 1999 to approximately 14.5 million subscribers (including approximately 3.5 million Shinsegi subscribers), 15.2 million subscribers (including approximately 3.3 million Shinsegi subscribers), 17.2 million subscribers, 18.3 million subscribers, 18.8 million subscribers and 19.5 million subscribers at the end of 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
      As a condition to its approval of our acquisition of Shinsegi, the FTC required that SK Telecom’s and Shinsegi’s combined market share of the wireless telecommunications market, based on numbers of subscribers, be less than 50% as of June 30, 2001. As a result, we reduced the level of our subscriber activations and adopted more stringent involuntary subscriber deactivation policies beginning in 2000 and ceased accepting new subscribers for three months, from April 1, 2001 through June 30, 2001. We complied with this requirement by reducing our market share to approximately 49.7% as of June 30, 2001. On May 25, 2004, a policy advisory committee to the MIC announced the results of its review and stated that the committee believed that our market dominance may significantly restrict competition in the telecommunications market and that we have violated a merger condition related to our acquisition of Shinsegi by providing subsidies to handset buyers. On the same day, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, which was the level of our market share at the time of the approval of our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. On June 7, 2004, the MIC fined us Won 11.9 billion and extended our post-merger monitoring period until January 2007 pursuant to the policy advisory committee’s recommendation. On July 6, 2005, we voluntarily extended such market share limitation through the end of 2007. As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 19.5 million subscribers, representing a market share of approximately 50.9%.
      Prior to June 2000, wireless telecommunications service providers provided handsets at below retail prices to attract new subscribers, offsetting a significant portion of the cost of handsets. The MIC prohibited all wireless telecommunications service providers, subject to certain exceptions stipulated in the Telecommunications Business Act, from providing handset subsidies beginning June 1, 2000. In February 2004, the MIC imposed upon us a fine of Won 21.7 billion with respect to incentive payments that were deemed by the MIC to constitute improper handset subsidies and thereby disrupt fair competition. We paid the fine in March 2004. In February 2004, KTF and KT Corporation were also fined Won 7.5 billion and Won 4.1 billion, respectively, in respect of such incentive payments. On March 21, 2005, the MIC ordered us, KTF and LGT, to pay fines of Won 1.4 billion, Won 360 million and Won 230 million, respectively, for changing calling plans and adding value-added services to the subscribers without obtaining express consents of such subscribers. We paid such fine in April 2005 and September 2005. In May 2005, the MIC ordered us to pay a fine of Won 23.1 billion and Won 9.3 billion, respectively, with respect to our payment of improper handset subsidies. In May 2005, LGT and KTF were also fined Won 2.7 billion and Won 1.1 billion, respectively, and in September 2005, KTF was fined Won 5.3 billion, in respect of such subsidy payments. We were fined more heavily than KTF and LGT as the MIC found that our efforts to take corrective measures were not sufficient and that such incentive payments were a violation of a merger condition related to our acquisition of Shinsegi in January 2002. Beginning in March 2006, the MIC lifted the prohibition on the provision of handset subsidies. In June 2006, the MIC ordered us, LGT, KTF and KT to pay fines of Won 42.6 billion, Won 15.0 billion, Won 12.0 billion and Won 0.4 billion, respectively, with respect to payments of improper handset subsidies. We plan to pay such fines in July 2006.

57


Table of Contents

      Prior to January 2003, Korea’s wireless telecommunications system was based on a network-specific prefix system in which a unique prefix was assigned to all the phone numbers of a specific network operator. We were assigned the “011” prefix, and all of our subscriber’s mobile phone numbers began with “011” (former Shinsegi subscribers use the “017” prefix) and our subscribers could not change their wireless phone service to another wireless operator and keep their existing numbers. In January 2003, the MIC announced its plan to implement number portability with respect to wireless telecommunications services in Korea, which allows wireless subscribers to switch wireless service operators while retaining the same mobile phone number. However, subscribers who switch operators must purchase a new handset, as each operator utilizes a different frequency. In accordance with the plan published by the MIC, the number portability system was adopted by SK Telecom starting from January 1, 2004. We were required to adopt the number portability system earlier than our competitors, allowing our customers to transfer their numbers to our competitors but not allowing our competitors’ customers to transfer their number to our service. KTF and LGT introduced number portability beginning July 1, 2004 and January 1, 2005, respectively. Subscribers who choose to transfer to a different wireless operator have the right to return to their original service providers without paying any penalties within 14 days of their initial transfer.
      In addition, in order to manage the availability of phone numbers efficiently and to secure phone number resources for the new services, the MIC integrate mobile telephone identification numbers into a common prefix identification number “010” and to gradually retract the current mobile service identification numbers which had been unique to each wireless telecommunications service provider, including “011” for our cellular services, starting from January 1, 2004. All new subscribers have been given the “010” prefix starting January 2004. For details of the number of new subscribers for each of the major wireless cellular providers following the adoption of the “010” prefix beginning January 2004, see “Item 4B. Business Overview — Subscribers”.
      We believe that the adoption of the common prefix identification system has had, and may continue to have, a greater negative effect on us than on other wireless telecommunications providers because “011” has a very high brand recognition in Korea as the premium wireless telecommunications service. Adoption of the number portability system could also result in a deterioration of our market share as a result of weakened customer loyalty, increased competition among wireless service providers and higher costs as a result of maintaining the number portability system, increased subscriber deactivations, increased churn rate and higher marketing costs. For 2005, our churn rate has ranged from 1.7% to 2.3%, with an average churn rate of 1.8% for 2005, compared to an average churn rate of 1.7% in 2004. We cannot assure you that our churn rates will not increase in the future. See “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation and any change in government policy relating to the telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.” In February 2004, the MIC imposed a total fine of Won 2.0 billion on us in connection with our marketing efforts related to the number portability system. For details, see “Item 8A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings — MIC Proceedings”.
      For cellular services, we charge initial connection fees, monthly access fees, usage charges, wireless Internet service fees and monthly charges for value-added services. Under current regulations, we must obtain prior MIC approval of the terms on which we may offer our services, including all rates and fees charged for these services. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Rate Regulation” and “Item 3D. Risk Factors — We are subject to additional regulation as a result of our market position, which could harm our ability to compete effectively”. Generally, the rates we charge for our services have been declining. After discussions with the MIC, effective January 1, 2003, we reduced our Standard rate plan’s monthly access fee by Won 1,000, included 10 minutes of free air time per month and reduced our peak usage charges from Won 21 to Won 20 per minute. After discussions with the MIC, in October 2003, we reduced our monthly charges for caller ID service from Won 2,000 to Won 1,000. Since January 2006, we have provided caller ID service to our subscribers free of charge to heighten customer satisfaction. As of December 31, 2005, our standard peak usage rate was approximately 11.1% higher than those charged by our competitors. We can give no assurance that these rate changes will not negatively affect our results of operations. For more information about the rates we charge, see “Item 4B. Business Overview — Revenues, Rates and Facility Deposits”.

58


Table of Contents

      Our wireless telecommunications services depend, in part, on our interconnection arrangements with domestic and international fixed-line and other wireless networks. Charges for interconnection affect our revenues and operating results. The MIC determines the basic framework for interconnection arrangements in Korea and has changed this framework several times in the past. We cannot assure you that we will not be adversely affected by future changes in the MIC’s interconnection policies. Under our interconnection agreements, we are required to make payments in respect of calls which originate from our networks and terminate in the networks of other Korean telecommunications operators, and the other operators are required to make payments to us in respect of calls which originate in their networks and terminate in our network. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Interconnection”. With respect to the interconnection arrangement for calls from fixed-line networks to wireless networks, for 2003, pursuant to a new MIC policy, an operator’s interconnection fees are derived from that operator’s actual interconnection fees for 2001 and actual imputed costs for 2001. The MIC also implemented interconnection charges for calls between wireless network service providers beginning in January 2000, affecting both our revenue and our expenses. These charges were reduced beginning in January 2003. On July 9, 2004, the MIC introduced a new method of calculating interconnection payments, based on the terminator’s long-run incremental cost in 2004 and the competitive market situation in the telecommunication service industry of Korea. The long-run incremental cost method has been adopted by other countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom and Japan. The new rates had a negative impact on our operations in 2005 in the amount of approximately Won 124.9 billion, resulting in an estimated Won 49.2 billion reduction in revenue and Won 75.7 billion increase in interconnection expenses. The Won 75.7 billion increase in interconnection expenses include the increase in the land-to -mobile interconnection expenses that were paid to fixed-line service providers. In 2005, we received Won 898.6 billion in interconnection revenue and incurred Won 989.4 billion in interconnection expense. For more information about our interconnection revenue and expenses, see “Item 4B. Business Overview — Interconnection”.
      The following table sets forth selected information concerning our wireless telecommunications network during the periods indicated:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Outgoing Voice Minutes (In Thousands):(1)
    42,175,874       43,184,944       45,241,348  
Average Monthly Outgoing Voice Minutes Per Subscriber:(2)
    197       194       197  
Average Monthly Revenue Per Subscriber:(3)(4)
  W 39,739     W 39,689     W 40,205  
 
(1)  Does not include minutes of incoming calls or minutes of use relating the use of short text messaging and data services.
 
(2)  The average monthly outgoing voice minutes per subscriber is computed by dividing the total minutes of outgoing voice usage for the period by the monthly weighted average number of subscribers for the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period. The monthly weighted average number of subscribers is the sum of the average number of subscribers for the months calculated by taking the simple average number of subscribers at the beginning of the month and at the end of the month, divided by the number of months in the period.
 
(3)  The average monthly revenue per subscriber excludes interconnection revenue and is computed by dividing total initial connection fees, monthly access fees, usage charges for voice and data, international charges, value-added service fees and interest on overdue subscriber accounts (net of telephone tax) for the period by the monthly weighted average number of subscribers for the period and dividing the quotient by the number of months in the period.
 
(4)  Including interconnection revenue, consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber was Won 44,546 for 2003, Won 43,542 for 2004 and Won 44,167 for 2005.
      Our average monthly outgoing minutes of voice traffic increased by 2.4% in 2004 and 4.8% in 2005. We believe that this trend principally reflects generally lower overall tariff levels and increased use of wireless telecommunications as a substitute for fixed-line communications. Due to the existing high penetration rate of

59


Table of Contents

wireless services in Korea, as well as subscribers’ increasing use of data communications, including short text messaging, or SMS, in place of conventional voice communications, we expect the rate of increase to slow in the near future.
      Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber decreased by 0.13% to Won 39,689 in 2004 compared to Won 39,739 in 2003. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber increased by 1.3% to Won 40,205 in 2005 compared to Won 39,689 in 2004. These changes reflect the net effect of several offsetting trends, including increases in wireless Internet sales and value-added services sales, partially offset by the tariff reduction on monthly fees beginning in September 2004.
      Operating Expenses and Operating Margins. Our operating expenses consist principally of depreciation, commissions paid to authorized dealers, network interconnection and leased line expenses, advertising expenses, labor costs and, until July 2005, the cost of manufacturing handsets. Operating income represented 30.2% of operating revenue in 2003, 23.1% in 2004 and 24.9% in 2005. The decrease in our operating margin in 2004 was primarily due to an increase in our marketing expenses and interconnection charges we paid. In 2005, our operating margin increased, primarily due to decreases in cost of goods sold and, to a lesser extent, decreases in advertising expenses and depreciation and amortization. We cannot assure you that our operating margin will not decrease in future periods.
      Industry Consolidation. Beginning in 2000, there has been considerable consolidation in the wireless telecommunications industry resulting in the emergence of stronger competitors. In July 2000, KT Corporation acquired a 47.9% interest in KT M.Com and merged KT M.Com into KTF in May 2001. In May 2002, the Government sold its remaining 28.4% stake in KT Corporation. Such consolidations have created large, well-capitalized competitors with substantial financial, technical, marketing and other resources to respond to our business offerings. See “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Competition may reduce our market share and harm our results of operations and financial condition.”.
      On May 1, 2003, we merged with SK IMT, in accordance with a resolution of our board of directors on December 20, 2002 and the approval of shareholders of SK IMT on February 21, 2003. The exchange ratio of common stock between us and SK IMT was 0.11276 share of our common stock with a par value of Won 500 shares to 1 share of common stock of SK IMT with a par value of Won 5,000. Using such exchange ratio, we distributed 126,276 shares of new issued common stock to minority shareholders of SK IMT and we cancelled all shares of SK IMT owned by us and SK IMT upon the merger. The assets and liabilities transferred from SK IMT were accounted for at the carrying amounts of SK IMT. The SK IMT merger resulted in an increase in our cash and cash equivalents by Won 328.9 billion and had no impact on our liabilities. Until the date of the merger, SK IMT was not generating any revenue.
      On May 23, 2002, we acquired a 9.6% equity interest (29,808,333 shares of common stock) in KT Corporation for Won 1,609 billion. Pursuant to the terms of an agreement between us and KT Corporation dated November 14, 2002, we sold all of our shares of KT Corporation. Under the terms of the agreement, we exchanged the 29,808,333 shares of KT Corporation’s common stock for 8,266,923 shares of our common stock that KT Corporation owned and settled the difference in the price in cash on December 30, 2002 and January 10, 2003. The exchange was made at Won 50,900 per share of KT Corporation’s common stock and Won 224,000 per share of our common stock. As a result of the stock swap transaction, we no longer own any interest in KT Corporation.
      On September 2, 2003, we purchased Won 120.0 billion of Hanaro Telecom commercial paper in order to provide Hanaro Telecom with short-term liquidity while it attempted to secure a foreign investor that would inject new capital into the company. The decision to provide liquidity support to Hanaro Telecom was made to protect the value of our stake in Hanaro Telecom, as we held a 1.8% stake in Hanaro Telecom as of December 31, 2003. Following an investment in Hanaro Telecom by a consortium led by AIG and Newbridge, we disposed of the Hanaro Telecom commercial paper in December 2003. In May 2004, we purchased from Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. 13,870,000 shares of Hanaro Telecom, representing 3.0% of the outstanding shares of Hanaro for Won 39.3 billion as part of our strategic efforts in consideration of increasing convergence between wireless and fixed-line services. As a result of the acquisition, our equity interest in Hanaro increased to 4.8% as of

60


Table of Contents

December 31, 2004. Following Hanaro’s merger with Korea Thrunet in January 2006, we continue to hold a 4.8% equity interest in Hanaro.
Operating Results
      The following table sets forth selected income statement data, including data expressed as a percentage of operating revenue, for the periods indicated:
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In billions of won, except percentage data)
Operating Revenue
  W 10,272.1       100.00 %   W 10,570.6       100.00 %   W 10,721.8       100.00 %
Operating Expenses
    7,167.0       69.77       8,130.9       76.92       8,051.2       75.09  
                                     
Operating Income
    3,105.1       30.23       2,439.7       23.08       2,670.6       24.91  
Other Income
    261.4       2.54       199.4       1.89       392.6       3.66  
Other Expenses
    612.2       5.96       516.0       4.88       501.6       4.68  
                                     
Income Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest
    2,754.3       26.81       2,123.1       20.09       2,561.6       23.89  
Income Taxes
    789.0       7.68       629.7       5.96       693.3       6.47  
Minority Interest
    0.8       0.01       (1.9 )     (0.02 )     4.7       0.04  
                                     
Net Income
  W 1,966.1       19.14 %   W 1,491.5       14.10 %   W 1,873.0       17.47 %
                                     
Depreciation and Amortization(1)
  W 1,510.5       14.70 %   W 1,607.5       15.20 %   W 1,546.3       14.42 %
 
(1)  Excludes the depreciation and amortization allocated to internal research and development costs of Won 135.8 billion, Won 134.1 billion and Won 126.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
2005 Compared to 2004
      Operating Revenue. Our operating revenue increased by 1.4% to Won 10,721.8 billion from Won 10,570.6 billion in 2004, principally due to a 0.6% increase in our cellular revenue to Won 10,361.9 billion in 2005 from Won 10,297.6 billion in 2004, a 49.3% increase in portal service revenues to Won 126.9 billion in 2005 from Won 85.0 billion in 2004 and, to a lesser extent, a 9.8% increase in international call service revenues to Won 138.7 billion in 2005 from Won 126.3 billion in 2004.
      The increase in our cellular revenue was principally due to an increase in our wireless services revenue and, to a lesser extent, an increase in our interconnection revenue, which increase was offset, in part, by a decrease in revenue attributable to handset sales. Wireless services revenue increased 4.2% to Won 9,168.7 billion in 2005 from Won 8,798.4 billion in 2004, as a result of a 3.7% increase in the number of our wireless subscribers to approximately 19.5 million subscribers as of December 31, 2005 from approximately 18.8 million subscribers as of December 31, 2004, as well as a slight increase in our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber (excluding interconnection revenue) from Won 39,689 in 2004 to Won 40,205 in 2005. Such increase was principally due to increases in average monthly revenue per subscriber from wireless Internet services and, to a lesser extent, increases in average revenue per subscriber from value-added services and sign-up fees, which were partially offset by a decrease in monthly fee and call charges. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber from wireless Internet services sales increased by 30.6% to Won 10,689 in 2005 from Won 8,182 in 2004, primarily due to increased purchases of our contents products and increased subscriptions to our new rate plans. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber from value-added services such as international roaming services, caller ID, Auto COLORing and Perfect Call service and other sales increased by 10.0% to Won 1,753 in 2005 from Won 1,594 in 2004. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber from sign-up fees increased 13.5% to Won 1,010 in 2005 from Won 890 in 2004. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber increased by 1.4% to Won 44,167 in 2005 from Won 43,542 in 2004. Our consolidated

61


Table of Contents

average monthly revenue per subscriber from monthly fee and call charges decreased by 7.8% to Won 26,754 in 2005 from Won 29,023 in 2004.
      Portal service revenues increased to Won 126.9 billion in 2005 from Won 85.0 billion in 2004, primarily due to increased use by our subscribers of our wireless Internet contents services, such as NATE and Cyworld.
      International call service revenues increased to Won 138.7 billion in 2005 from Won 126.3 billion in 2004 as a result of general increases in traffic volume.
      Interconnection revenue also increased to Won 898.6 billion in 2005 from Won 849.4 billion in 2004. The increase was primarily due to an increase in mobile-to -mobile interconnection traffic volume, which was partially offset by a slight decrease in mobile-to -land traffic volume. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Interconnection”.
      Such increases in wireless Internet service revenue, value-added services revenue, portal service revenue, international call service revenue and interconnection revenue were partly offset by a decrease in revenue attributable to sales of digital handsets by 54.7% to Won 294.6 billion in 2005 from Won 649.8 billion in 2004, primarily as a result of our sale in July 2005, of shares representing 60% of the issued and outstanding common shares of SK Teletech, our former consolidated subsidiary, to Pantech & Curitel.
      Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses in 2005 decreased by 1.0% to Won 8,051.2 billion in 2005 from Won 8,130.9 billion in 2004, primarily due to decreases in cost of goods sold, advertising expenses, depreciation and amortization and research and development expenses, which more than offset increases in provision for bad debts, network interconnection costs, commissions paid and leased line expenses.
      Cost of goods sold decreased by 49.8% to Won 240.7 billion in 2005 from Won 479.3 billion in 2004, primarily due to the decrease in handset sales attributable to the sale of our controlling interest in SK Teletech and its exclusion, as discussed above, from consolidation beginning in July 2005.
      Advertising expenses decreased by 20.8% to Won 279.4 billion in 2005 from Won 352.9 billion in 2004. As the negative impact of the introduction of number portability decreased, we were able to shift our marketing efforts away from mitigating the effects of number portability, and plan and execute more cost-effective marketing activities. Also in 2005, we continued to shift our marketing strategy away from mass advertising toward a more targeted campaign focused on attracting and retaining high-end, high-volume user customers, which also reduced marketing costs.
      Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased 3.8% to Won 1,546.3 billion in 2005 from Won 1,607.5 billion in 2004. The decrease in depreciation and amortization expenses was primarily due to a decline in capital expenditures in 2005 compared to 2004.
      Research and development expenses decreased 5.7% to Won 252.0 billion in 2005 from Won 267.1 billion in 2004, as a result of a decrease in our internal research and development expenses in 2005, primarily attributable to the exclusion of SK Teletech from consolidation beginning July 1, 2005. Prior to SK Teletech’s elimination from consolidation, SK Teletech’s research and development expenses accounted for approximately 18.7% of our consolidated internal research and development expenses.
      Network interconnection expenses increased by 8.3% to Won 989.4 billion in 2005 from Won 913.7 billion in 2004, primarily due to the interconnection rate adjustments beginning in September 2004, an increase in the level of interconnection fees that we paid to other operators for calls using their networks due to increased traffic volume. Mobile-to -mobile interconnection expenses increased by 16.2% to Won 748.8 billion in 2005 from Won 644.6 billion in 2004, primarily due to higher traffic volume. Mobile-to -land interconnection expenses decreased by 14.5% to Won 183.2 billion in 2005 compared to Won 214.2 billion in 2004.
      Commissions paid, including to our authorized dealers, increased by 1.7% to Won 2,859.6 billion in 2005 from Won 2,812.3 billion in 2004, primarily due to our continued efforts to retain existing subscribers and to acquire new subscribers, as well as increases in non-marketing related commissions paid to our Internet content providers, in line with increased wireless Internet usage. Such increases were partially offset by slight decreases in marketing related monthly commissions paid due to our more efficient marketing strategy.

62


Table of Contents

      Leased line expenses increased by 8.5% to Won 407.0 billion in 2005 compared to Won 375.2 billion in 2004, primarily due to an increase in the number of leased lines to accommodate our increasing subscriber base and data traffic volume, as well as to enhance overall call quality.
      Operating Income. Our operating income increased by 9.5% to Won 2,670.6 billion in 2005 from Won 2,439.7 billion in 2004, increased while operating expenses decreased, as discussed above.
      Other Income. Other income consists primarily of interest income, dividend income and commission income, as well as gains on disposal of consolidated subsidiaries and gains on disposal of investment assets. Other income increased by 96.9% to Won 392.6 billion in 2005 from Won 199.4 billion in 2004, primarily due to gains on the sale of a 60% equity interest in SK Teletech, our former consolidated subsidiary, to Pantech & Curitel in July 2005 of Won 178.7 billion and, to a lesser extent, gain on disposal of investment assets and increased equity earnings of affiliates primarily attributable to earnings of SK C&C Co., Ltd. Such increase was offset, in part, by decreases in interest income and foreign exchange and translation gains primarily reflecting the slower pace of appreciation of the Won against the Dollar, in which a significant portion of our debt is denominated in 2005 as compared to such pace in 2004.
      Other Expenses. Other expenses primarily include interest and discount expenses, donations and equity losses of affiliates. Other expenses decreased by 2.8% to Won 501.6 billion in 2005 from Won 516.0 billion in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in interest and discounts, loss on impairment of long-term investment securities, loss on transactions and valuation of currency forward and swap transactions and loss on disposal and impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets. Such decreases were offset, in part, by increases in donations and equity in losses of affiliates. As a percentage of operating revenue, other expenses slightly decreased to 4.7% in 2005 from 4.9% in 2004.
      Income Tax. Provision for income taxes increased by 10.1% to Won 693.3 billion in 2005 from Won 629.7 billion in 2004. Our effective tax rate in 2005 decreased to 27.1% from an effective tax rate of 29.7% in 2004, mainly due to a decrease in the statutory tax rate to 27.5% from 29.7%, effective January 1, 2005. See note 18 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      Net Income. Principally as a result of the factors discussed above, our net income increased by 25.6% to Won 1,873.0 billion in 2005 from Won 1,491.5 billion in 2004. Net income as a percentage of operating revenues was 17.5% in 2005 compared to 14.1% in 2004.
2004 Compared to 2003
      Operating Revenue. Our operating revenue increased by 2.9% to Won 10,570.6 billion in 2004 from Won 10,272.1 billion in 2003 principally due to a 2.0% increase in our cellular revenue to Won 10,297.6 billion in 2004 from Won 10,091.8 billion in 2003 and to a lesser extent due to a 102.4% increase in portal service revenues to Won 85.0 billion in 2004 from Won 42.0 billion in 2003 and a 29.7% increase in international call service revenues to Won 126.3 billion in 2004 from Won 97.4 billion in 2003.
      The increase in our cellular revenue was principally due to an increase in our wireless services revenue and to a lesser extent due to an increase in revenue attributable to sales of digital handsets, which increases were offset in part by a decrease in interconnection revenue. Wireless services revenue increased 4.0% to Won 8,798.4 billion in 2004 from Won 8,462.7 billion in 2003 as a result of a 2.7% increase in the number of our wireless subscribers to approximately 18.8 million subscribers as of December 31, 2004 from approximately 18.3 million subscribers as of December 31, 2003, which was partially offset by a slight decrease in our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber (excluding interconnection revenue) from Won 39,739 in 2003 to Won 39,689 in 2004. Such decrease was principally due to decreases in average monthly revenue per subscriber from call charges and value-added services, which was mostly offset by an increase in average monthly revenue per subscriber from wireless Internet services. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber from monthly fee and call charges decreased by 5.6% to Won 29,023 for the year ended December 31, 2004 from Won 30,748 in the corresponding period in 2003. The decrease was primarily due to the reduction in monthly fee effective September 1, 2004. Our consolidated average monthly revenue per subscriber from wireless Internet services sales increased by 32.5% to Won 8,182 in 2004 from Won 6,177 in 2003. Our consolidated

63


Table of Contents

average monthly revenue per subscriber from value-added services such as caller ID services and ring tone service and other sales decreased by 19.8% to Won 1,594 in 2004 from Won 1,988 in 2003.
      Value-added services and other sales decreased by 16.4% to Won 355.2 billion in 2004 from Won 424.8 billion in 2003 primarily due to a decrease in caller ID rates from Won 2,000 to Won 1,000 that took effect in October 2003. Wireless Internet services sales increased by 38.1% to Won 1,823.4 billion in 2004 (representing 17.7% of our cellular revenue) from Won 1,320.1 billion in 2003, primarily due to the increased number of subscribers who use wireless Internet-enabled handsets.
      Revenues attributable to sales of digital handsets increased by 6.2% to Won 649.8 billion in 2004 from Won 612.0 billion in 2003 as a result of an increase in volume of handsets sold and a higher portion of sales of high-end digital handsets, which generally are sold at higher retail prices.
      Such increases in wireless service revenue and revenues attributable to sales of digital handsets were partially offset by a 16.5% decrease in interconnection revenue to Won 849.4 billion in 2004 from Won 1,017.1 billion in 2003. The decrease was due in part to the new adjusted interconnection rates announced by the MIC on July 9, 2004, which were applied retroactively beginning January 1, 2004, which was partially offset by an increase in the NATE service revenue and the phone mail service revenue. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Interconnection”.
      Our international calling service revenues increased as a result of increases in traffic volume and our portal service revenues increased as a result of increased use by our subscribers of our wireless Internet contents services, such as NATE and Cyworld.
      Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses in 2004 increased by 13.4% to Won 8,130.9 billion compared to Won 7,167.0 billion in 2003 primarily due to increases in commissions paid, network interconnection expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses, labor costs, leased line expenses, and miscellaneous operating expenses, which more than offset decreases in cost of goods sold and advertising expenses.
      Commissions paid, including to our authorized dealers, increased by 21.5% to Won 2,812.3 billion in 2004 compared to Won 2,314.6 billion in 2003, primarily due our efforts to retain existing subscribers and to acquire new subscribers. Commissions paid also increased due to our efforts to counter the effects of number portability. In addition, commissions paid to our Internet content providers increased as the wireless Internet usage increased.
      Network interconnection expenses increased by 18.4% to Won 913.7 billion in 2004 compared to Won 771.6 billion in 2003, primarily due to an increase in interconnection rates and an increase in the level of interconnection fees that we must pay to other operators for calls using their networks. Mobile-to -mobile interconnection expenses increased by 22.7% to Won 644.6 billion in 2004, compared to Won 525.4 billion in 2003 primarily due to increased interconnection rates. Mobile-to -land interconnection expenses increased by 0.6% to Won 214.2 billion in 2004, compared to Won 212.9 billion in 2003.
      Depreciation and amortization expenses increased by 6.4% to Won 1,607.5 billion in 2004 compared to Won 1,510.5 billion in 2003. The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses was primarily due to the continued expansion of our CDMA 1xRTT and 1xEV/ DO networks.
      Labor costs increased by 14.1% to Won 464.8 billion in 2004 compared to Won 407.2 billion in 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in performance bonuses and an increase in salaries due to improving business performance over the period.
      Leased line expenses increased by 22.4% to Won 375.2 billion in 2004 compared to Won 306.5 billion in 2003 primarily due to an increase in the number of leased lines to handle higher call volumes.
      Miscellaneous operating expenses increased by 22.4% to Won 1,125.2 billion in 2004 compared to Won 919.3 billion in 2003 primarily due to increases in taxes and other dues and rent expenses.
      Cost of goods sold decreased by 14.5% to Won 479.3 billion in 2004 compared to Won 560.9 billion in 2003. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in sales of wireless Internet solutions (including software, hardware and service) following the completion of our obligation to provide wireless Internet solutions to Asia Pacific Broadband Wireless Communications (APBW) at the end of 2003.

64


Table of Contents

      Advertising expenses decreased by 6.2% to Won 352.9 billion in 2004 compared to Won 376.4 billion in 2003, as we changed our focus from a mass advertising campaign to a marketing strategy focused on certain high end, high volume user customers in order to mitigate the negative impact of number portability on our subscriber base.
      Operating Income. Our operating income decreased by 21.4% to Won 2,439.7 billion in 2004 from Won 3,105.1 billion in 2003 because the increase in our operating expenses was greater than the increase in our operating revenue.
      Other Income. Other income consists primarily of interest income, dividend income, commission income and foreign exchange and translation gains. Other income decreased by 23.7% to Won 199.4 billion in 2004 compared to Won 261.4 billion in 2003, primarily due to decreases in commissions and to a lesser extent due to decreases in interest income and dividend income. Such decrease was offset in part by an increase in foreign exchange and translation gains due to the depreciation of the US Dollar against the Won.
      Other Expenses. Other expenses include interest and discount expenses, donations, loss in impairment of long-term investment securities and loss on disposal of property, equipment and intangible assets and loss on translation and valuation of currency swap. Other expenses decreased by 15.7% to Won 516.0 billion in 2004, compared to Won 612.2 billion in 2003. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in interest and discounts and loss on disposal of investment assets and to a lesser extent due to decreases in donations, foreign exchange and translation losses and loss on disposal and valuation of trading securities. Such decreases were offset in part by increases in loss on impairment of long-term investment securities and loss on translation and valuation of currency swaps and equity in losses of affiliates. As a percentage of operating revenue, other expenses decreased to 4.9% in 2004 from 6.0% in 2003.
      Income Tax. Provision for income taxes decreased by 20.2% to Won 629.7 billion in 2004 from Won 789.0 billion in 2003. Our effective tax rate in 2004 increased to 29.7% from an effective tax rate of 28.7% in 2003. See note 18 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      Net Income. Principally as a result of the factors discussed above, our net income decreased by 24.1% to Won 1,491.5 billion in 2004 from Won 1,966.1 billion in 2003. Net income as a percentage of operating revenues was 14.1% in 2004 as compared to 19.1% in 2003.
Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
      We had a working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) deficit of Won 461.4 billion as of December 31, 2003, a working capital surplus of Won 1,323.8 billion as of December 31, 2004 and a working capital surplus of Won 1,735.2 billion as of December 31, 2005.
      We had cash, cash equivalents, short-term financial instruments and trading securities of Won 1,365.1 billion as of December 31, 2003, 1,038.1 billion as of December 31, 2004 and Won 1,262.5 billion as of December 31, 2005. We had outstanding short-term borrowings of Won 786.1 billion as of December 31, 2003, Won 425.5 billion as of December 31, 2004 and Won 1.0 billion as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we had availability under unused credit lines of approximately Won 835.3 billion.
      Management believes all the above-mentioned sources provide adequate liquidity to SK Telecom to meet its operation needs in the foreseeable future.
      Operating cash flow and debt financing have been our principal sources of liquidity. Cash and cash equivalents increased by Won 7.8 billion to Won 378.4 billion in 2005 from Won 370.6 billion in 2004.

65


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Analysis
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,   Change
         
    2003   2004   2005   2003 to 2004   2004 to 2005
                     
    (In billions of won, except percentages)
Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities
  W 3,329.4     W 2,516.8     W 3,404.1     W (812.6 )     (24.4 )%   W 887.3       35.3 %
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    (1,415.1 )     (1,470.3 )     (1,938.2 )     (55.2 )     (3.9 )     (467.9 )     (31.8 )
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
    (2,261.0 )     (968.6 )     (1,429.0 )     1,292.4       57.2       (460.4 )     (47.5 )
Net Cash Flow due to Changes in Consolidated Subsidiaries
    0.1       (24.8 )     (29.1 )     (24.9 )     (249.0 )     (4.3 )     (17.3 )
                                           
Equivalents
  W (346.6 )   W 53.1     W 7.8     W 399.7       115.3     W (45.3 )     (85.3 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
    664.1       317.5       370.6       (346.6 )     (52.2 )     53.1       16.7  
                                           
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period
  W 317.5     W 370.6     W 378.4     W 53.1       16.7 %   W 7.8       2.1 %
                                           
      Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities. Net cash flow provided by operations was Won 3,329.4 billion in 2003, Won 2,516.8 billion in 2004 and Won 3,404.1 billion in 2005. Depreciation and amortization were Won 1,649.9 billion in 2003, Won 1,752.5 billion in 2004 and Won 1,675.5 billion in 2005.
      On May 2, 2003, September 4, 2003 and December 15, 2003, we sold Won 577.3 billion, Won 549.3 billion and Won 498.4 billion of accounts receivable resulting from our mobile phone dealer financing plan to Nate Third Special Purpose Company, Nate Fourth Special Purpose Company and Nate Fifth Special Purpose Company, respectively, in asset-backed securitization transactions and recorded a loss on disposal of accounts receivable-other of Won 10.8 billion, Won 12.9 billion and Won 9.9 billion, respectively. Such special purpose companies have all been liquidated.
      Net Cash from Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was Won 1,415.1 billion in 2003, Won 1,470.3 billion in 2004 and Won 1,938.2 billion in 2005. Cash inflows from investing activities were Won 1,126.0 billion in 2003, Won 649.0 billion in 2004 and Won 666.1 billion in 2005. The primary contributor to such inflows in 2003 related to proceeds from the sale of long-term investment securities which resulted from sales of our shares and convertible bonds of KT Corporation, while cash inflow from investing activities in 2004 and 2005, respectively, related to a decrease in trading securities of Won 240.2 billion and proceeds from the sale of consolidated subsidiaries of Won 291.0 billion in 2005. Cash outflows for investing activities were Won 2,541.1 billion in 2003, Won 2,119.3 billion in 2004 and Won 2,604.3 billion in 2005. The primary contributors to the overall cash outflows for investing activities were expenditures related to the acquisition of property and equipment, which were Won 1,647.6 billion in 2003, Won 1,631.9 billion in 2004, and Won 1,416.6 billion in 2005, all generally relating to expenditures in connection with the maintenance and build-out of our wireless network, including upgrades to and expansion of our WCDMA network, acquisition of long-term investment securities, which were Won 437.1 billion in 2003, Won 54.1 billion in 2004 and Won 319.1 billion in 2005 and acquisition of equity securities accounted for using the equity method, which were Won 7.2 billion in 2003, Won 21.1 billion in 2004 and Won 231.8 billion in 2005.
      Net Cash from Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was Won 2,261.0 billion in 2003, Won 968.6 billion in 2004 and Won 1,429.0 billion in 2005. Cash inflows from financing activities were primarily driven by issuances of bonds payable, which provided cash of Won 688.7 billion in 2003, Won 1,205.7 billion in 2004 and Won 193.7 billion in 2005. Cash outflows for financing activities included payment of short-term borrowings, payments of current portion of long-term debt and payment of dividends, among other items. Payment of short-term borrowings were Won 12.1 billion in 2003, Won 359.1 billion in 2004 and Won 376.9 billion in 2005. Payments of current portion of long-term debt were Won 939.2 billion in 2003, Won 1,370.6 billion in 2004 and Won 500.0 billion in 2005. Payment of dividends were Won 151.7 billion in 2003, Won 478.3 billion in 2004 and Won 758.2 billion in 2005. Also, as a result of the issuance of convertible

66


Table of Contents

bonds in 2004 by us in the amount of Won 385.9 billion, net increase in treasury stock was Won 2 million in 2004 compared to Won 1,379.3 billion in 2003. We recorded no net increase in treasury stock in 2005.
      As of December 31, 2003, we had total long-term debt (excluding current portion and facility deposits) outstanding of Won 2,263.5 billion. Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2003 included bonds in the amount of Won 2,261.9 billion and bank and institutional borrowings in the amount of Won 1.6 billion. We had long-term facility deposits of Won 44.2 billion as of December 31, 2003. As of December 31, 2004, we had total long-term debt (excluding current portion and facility deposits) outstanding of Won 2,891.8 billion and we did not have any bank or institutional borrowings. We had facility deposits of Won 31.4 billion as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2005, we had total long-term debt (excluding current portion and facility deposits) outstanding of Won 2,314.4 billion, which included bonds in the amount of Won 2,314.2 billion and bank and institutional borrowings in the amount of Won 0.2 billion. We had long-term facility deposits of Won 23.8 billion as of December 31, 2005. For a description of our long-term liabilities, see notes 9, 10 and 11 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      As of December 31, 2005, substantially all of our foreign currency-denominated long-term debt, which amounted to approximately 9.6% of our total outstanding long-term debt, including current portion as of such date, was denominated in Dollars. Appreciation of the Won against the Dollar will result in net foreign exchange and translation gains. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will also affect our liquidity because of the effect of such changes on the amount of funds required for us to make interest and principal payments on our foreign currency-denominated debt.
      We issued Won-denominated bonds with a principal amount of Won 300.0 billion, Won 150.0 billion and Won 250.0 billion in March, August and November 2003, respectively. These bonds mature in March 2008, August 2006 and November 2006, respectively, and have an annual interest rate of 5.0%. In March, May and December 2004, we issued Won-denominated bonds with a principal amount of Won 150.0 billion, Won 150.0 billion and Won 200 billion, respectively. These bonds will mature in April 2009, May 2009 and December 2011, respectively, and have an annual interest rates of 5.0%, 5.0% and 3.0%, respectively. The proceeds of the Won-denominated note offering in March, May and December 2004 were used for our operations. In March 2005, we issued Won-denominated bonds with a principal amount of Won 200.0 billion. These bonds will mature in March 2010 and have an annual interest rate of 4.0%. The proceeds of these bonds were primarily used for repayment of maturing long-term debt. See note 9 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      In April 2004, we issued notes in the principal amount of US$300,000,000 with a maturity of seven years and an interest rate of 4.25%. The proceeds from the offering in April 2004 were used to pay maturing debt.
      In late May 2004, we issued zero coupon convertible notes with a maturity of five years in the principal amount of US$329,450,000, with an initial conversion price of Won 235,625 per share of our common stock, subject to certain redemption rights. In connection with the issuance of the zero coupon convertible notes, we deposited 1,645,000 shares of our common stock with Korea Securities Depository to be reserved and used to satisfy the note holders’ conversion rights. On March 11, 2005, our shareholders approved a cash dividend of Won 9,300 per common share at the general shareholders’ meeting. On March 14, 2005, we filed a report with the Financial Supervisory Service to disclose that we adjusted the conversion price of the convertible notes issued in late May 2004 in the principal amount of US$329,450,000 from Won 235,625 to Won 226,566 and made an additional deposit of our common stock accordingly, so that the total number of shares of common stock deposited with Korea Securities Depository to satisfy the note holders’ conversion rights increased from 1,644,978 to 1,710,750. On July 29, 2005, our board of directors resolved to recommend an interim cash dividend of Won 1,000 per common share. On August 1, 2005, we filed a report with the Financial Supervisory Service to disclose that we adjusted the conversion price from Won 226,566 to Won 225,518 and made an additional deposit of our common stock accordingly, so that the total number of shares of common stock deposited increased from 1,710,750 to 1,718,700. On March 10, 2006, our shareholders approved a cash dividend of Won 8,000 per common share. On March 13, 2006, we filed a report with the Financial Supervisory Service to disclose that we adjusted the conversion price from Won 225,518 to Won 218,098 and made an additional deposit of our common stock accordingly, so that the total number of shares of common stock deposited increased from 1,718,700 to 1,777,173.

67


Table of Contents

      We also have long-term liabilities in respect of facility deposits received from subscribers, which stood at Won 44.2 billion at December 31, 2003, Won 31.4 billion at December 31, 2004 and Won 23.8 billion at December 31 2005. These non-interest bearing deposits are collected from some subscribers when they initiate service and returned (less unpaid amounts due from the subscriber for our services) when the subscriber’s service is deactivated. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Revenues, Rates and Facility Deposits”.
Capital Requirements and Resources
      The following table sets forth our actual capital expenditures for 2003, 2004 and 2005:
                           
    Year Ended (Ending) December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In billions of won)
CDMA (95A/B, 1xRTT and EV-DO) Network3
  W 737     W 728     W 376  
WCDMA Network
    204       220       575  
WiBro(1)
                 
Others(2)
    707       684       466  
                   
 
Total(3)
  W 1,648     W 1,632     W 1,417  
                   
 
(1)  We commenced WiBro service in May 2006.
 
(2)  Includes investments in infrastructure consisting of equipment necessary for the provision of data services and marketing.
 
(3)  Also, see note 7 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      We set our capital expenditure budget for an upcoming year on an annual basis. Our actual capital expenditures in 2003 were Won 1,647.6 billion, primarily for the expansion and upgrading of our CDMA 1xRTT network, for our initial investment in the satellite-based digital multimedia broadcasting (“DMB”) business and for the development and introduction of wireless data services. Our actual capital expenditures in 2004 were Won 1,631.9 billion. Our actual capital expenditures in 2005 were Won 1,416.6 billion, primarily related to investment in our WCDMA network. Of such amount, we spent approximately Won 574.5 billion on capital expenditures related to expansion of our WCDMA network and development of HSDPA services, Won 375.8 billion related to general upkeep of our CDMA 1xRTT and CMDA EV/ DO networks and Won 466.3 billion on other capital expenditures and projects. We are required to pay the remainder of the cost of our WCDMA license in annual installments for a five-year period from 2007 through 2011. For more information, see note 2(i) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
      We estimate that we will spend approximately Won 1.6 trillion for capital expenditures in 2006 for a range of projects, including primarily for the expansion and improvement of our WCDMA network build out of our WiBro network and investments in our wireless Internet-related businesses. We may also make additional capital expenditure investments as opportunities arise. In addition, we may increase, reduce or suspend our planned capital expenditures for 2006 or change the timing and area of our capital expenditure spending from the estimates reflected in the table above in response to market conditions or for other reasons.
      We currently plan to spend up to Won 570 billion in 2006 on capital expenditures related to expansion of our WCDMA network and provision of HSDPA service. We commenced provision of our WCDMA services on a limited basis in Seoul at the end of 2003 and continued to improve our WCDMA services in the Seoul metropolitan area in 2004. In 2005, we completed development of HSDPA technology, which represents an evolution of the WCDMA standard and, among others, supports higher data capacity and allows faster data transmissions than previous WCDMA-based protocols. HSDPA upgrades to our existing WCDMA network do not require hardware upgrades and may be accomplished through software upgrades at virtually no cost. By May 2006, we had expanded HSDPA service to 25 cities, including Busan and Incheon. We expect to expand our WCDMA network and HSDPA service to 84 cities nationwide by the end of 2006. Our actual capital expenditures for the construction of the WCDMA network will depend upon many factors, including network

68


Table of Contents

roll-out, whether WCDMA-based technology is widely implemented worldwide (which could lower the cost of network equipment) and other factors.
      In March 2005, we obtained a license from the MIC to provide WiBro services. We conducted pilot testing of WiBro service in limited areas of metropolitan Seoul in May 2006 and began commercial service to those limited areas in June 2006. In addition to a license fee of Won 117.0 billion paid to the MIC in March 2005, we are planning to spend approximately Won 170 billion in capital expenditures in 2006 to build and expand our WiBro network, and we may spend additional amounts to expand our WiBro service in the future. However, our investment plans may change depending on the market demand for such services, competitors offering similar services and development of competing technologies.
      In September 2003, we entered into an agreement with Mobile Broadcasting Corporation for the purposes of co-owning and launching a satellite for the satellite DMB business. Under the terms of the agreement, SK Telecom is committed to fund 34.7% of the cost of launching and maintaining the operations of the satellite. The total cost is expected to be approximately Won 92.0 billion, of which SK Telecom’s committed amount is approximately Won 31.9 billion. We launched the satellite in March 2004. In March 2004, we were assigned by the MIC frequency for satellite DMB. In October 2004, we granted the right to use our satellite, satellite orbit and frequency to TU Media Corp., one of our affiliates, which received a license from the MIC as a satellite DMB provider on December 30, 2004. In May 2005, TU Media Corp. began to provide satellite DMB services and had surpassed 500,000 subscribers by April 2006.
      On March 24, 2005, EarthLink and we completed the formation of HELIO, LLC. (formerly named SK-EarthLink LLC.), a Delaware limited liability company, to provide wireless voice and data services in the United States. We, via SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary in the United States, and EarthLink plan to each invest $220 million in HELIO from 2005 to 2007. The joint-venture is a non-facilities-based nationwide mobile virtual network operator (“MVNO”) offering cellular voice and data services to U.S. consumers. HELIO commercially launched its MVNO service in May 2006. HELIO expects to enter into a previously under-served, but rapidly growing wireless data, entertainment, and voice market and will leverage our expertise in developing and implementing 3G technology and other cutting-edge applications and EarthLink’s established sales channels, Wi-Fi experience, network data centers and billing capabilities. We and EarthLink each have a 50 percent voting and economic ownership interest in HELIO. As of March 31, 2006 we and EarthLink had each invested $161.5 million in HELIO.
      In July 2005, we sold a 60% equity interest in SK Teletech to Pantech & Curitel, reducing our equity interest in the company from 89.1% to 29.1% and recording a Won 178.7 billion gain. Effective December 1, 2005, SK Teletech (which was renamed SKY Teletech following our sale to Pantech & Curitel) was merged into Pantech and our equity interest in Pantech became 22.7%.
      We have been providing CDMA cellular service in Vietnam since 2003 through our overseas subsidiary, SLD Telecom PTE Ltd. In November 2005, our board of directors approved an additional US$280 million investment to expand our network coverage to all of Vietnam. As of January 31, 2006, we had invested US$100 million in this expansion project through the acquisition of 100 million additional shares of SLD Telecom PTE’s unissued common stock for such amount.
      In May 2002, the Government sold its remaining 28.4% stake in KT Corporation. By participating in this privatization, we acquired 9.6% of KT Corporation’s common stock and Won 332.0 billion aggregate principal amount of exchangeable bonds issued by KT Corporation exchangeable at our option for 1.8% of KT Corporation’s common stock. We purchased 29,808,333 shares of common stock of KT Corporation for Won 1.6 trillion and bonds exchangeable into 5,589,666 shares of such common stock for Won 332.0 billion. We funded our investment in shares and bonds of KT Corporation in May 2002 with Won 901.7 billion of cash and by incurring Won 1,040.0 billion of short-term debt. On July 16, 2002, we sold all of the exchangeable bonds of KT Corporation which we owned to several Korean institutional investors for an aggregate sale price of Won 340.3 billion. We used the proceeds of the sale to repay our short-term debt and for general corporate purposes. We exchanged 29,808,333 shares of KT Corporation’s common stock at Won 50,900 per share for 8,266,923 shares of our common stock at Won 224,000 per share and settled the difference of Won 334.5 billion between the aggregate sale and purchase prices in cash on December 30, 2002 and January 10, 2003, under a

69


Table of Contents

mutual agreement on stock exchange between us and KT Corporation dated November 14, 2002. Related to these stock exchanges, a loss on exchange of investments in 15,454,659 shares of KT Corporation for 4,457,635 shares of our common stock on December 31, 2002, amounting to Won 47.9 billion, was recorded as a loss on disposal of investments during the year ended December 31, 2002. An impairment loss amounting to Won 44.5 billion, which was related to the investments in 14,353,674 shares of KT Corporation’s common stock as of December 31, 2002, was also recorded during the year ended December 31, 2002. All impairment loss in respect of this transaction was recorded in 2002. 4,457,635 shares were subsequently cancelled and 3,809,288 shares were designated as treasury stock for use in future mergers and acquisitions transactions and strategic alliances or for other corporate purposes to be determined by us. As a result of the share swap, all cross-shareholdings between KT Corporation and us have been completely eliminated.
      On July 22, 2003, we acquired 2,481,310 shares of POSCO common stock held by SK Corporation at a price of Won 134,000 per share in accordance with a resolution of our board of directors dated July 22, 2003. We elected to purchase the shares for strategic reasons in order to address the potentially negative impact on the price of our shares of common stock available for sale in the marketplace arising from POSCO’s ownership of our shares. As of December 31, 2005, POSCO owned 3.64% of our shares.
      From time to time, we may make other investments in telecommunications or other businesses, in Korea or abroad, where we perceive attractive opportunities for investment. From time to time, we may also dispose of existing investments when we believe that doing so would be in our best interest.
      As of December 31, 2005, our principal repayment obligations with respect to long-term borrowings, bonds and obligations under capital leases outstanding were as follows for the periods indicated:
         
Year Ending December 31,   Total
     
    (In billions of won)
2006
  W 814.4  
2007
    708.6  
2008
    301.7  
After 2008
    1,389.8  
      Our research and development expenses have been influenced by the MIC, which makes annual recommendations concerning the level of our research and development spending. Our research and development expenses (including donations to research institutes and educational organizations) equaled 2.9% in 2003, 3.2% in 2004 and 3.0% in 2005, respectively, of operating revenue. See “Item 5C. Research and Development”.
      We anticipate that capital expenditures, repayment of outstanding debt and research and development expenditures will represent our most significant use of funds in 2006 and thereafter. To fund our scheduled debt repayment and planned capital expenditures over the next several years, we intend to rely primarily on funds provided by operations, as well as bank and institutional borrowings, and offerings of debt or equity in the domestic or international markets. We believe that these sources will be sufficient to fund our planned capital expenditures for 2006. Our ability to rely on these alternatives could be affected by the liquidity of the Korean financial markets or by government policies regarding Won and foreign currency borrowings and the issuance of equity and debt. Our failure to make needed expenditures would adversely affect our ability to sustain subscriber growth and provide quality services and, consequently, our results of operations.
      No commercial bank in Korea may extend credit (including loans, guarantees and purchase of bonds) in excess of 20% of its shareholders’ equity to any one borrower. In addition, no commercial bank in Korea may extend credit exceeding 25% of the bank’s shareholders’ equity to any one borrower and to any person with whom the borrower shares a credit risk.
      We generally collect refundable, non-interest bearing deposits from our customers as a condition to activating their service. Subject to the approval of the MIC, we set the amounts to be collected for deposits for cellular services. Effective February 1, 1996, we generally require cellular subscribers to pay a facility deposit of Won 200,000. These deposits were an important source of interest-free capital for us and historically funded a substantial portion of our capital expenditures. Since 1997, we have been offering existing and new cellular

70


Table of Contents

subscribers the option of obtaining facility insurance from the Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company, instead of paying the facility deposit. In order to obtain this facility insurance, subscribers must meet Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company’s credit requirements and pay a Won 10,000 premium for three years of coverage. After three years, we pay the cost of such insurance on the subscriber’s behalf. For each defaulting insured subscriber, Seoul Guarantee Insurance Company reimburses us up to Won 350,000. We refund the facility deposit to any existing subscriber who elects to have facility insurance. As a result of the facility insurance program, we have refunded a substantial amount of facility deposits, and facility deposits decreased from Won 44.2 billion as of December 31, 2003 to Won 31.4 billion as of December 31, 2004 and Won 23.8 billion as of December 31, 2005. We do not expect to have a significant amount of facility deposits available for capital expenditures in the future.
      On August 11, 2003, we concluded a stock buyback program which we commenced on June 30, 2003. We acquired a total of 2,544,600 shares of our outstanding common stock, all of which were cancelled on August 20, 2003. The total purchase price for the stock buyback was Won 525.2 billion (or an average of approximately Won 206,388 per share), with the price per share ranging from Won 192,000 (on July 24, 2003) to Won 216,000 (on July 15 and16, 2003). As a result of the stock buyback and subsequent cancellation of shares, the total number of our outstanding common stock declined from 82,993,404 as of December 31, 2001 to 73,614,308 as of December 31, 2003. On February 20, 2004, we additionally acquired fractional shares totaling 12 shares for Won 2 million, which resulted from the merger of SK IMT Co., Ltd. into SK Telecom in May 2003.
      In October 2001, in accordance with the approval of our board of directors, we established trust funds with four Korean banks with a total funding of Won 1.3 trillion for the purpose of acquiring our shares at market prices plus or minus five percent. Each of the trust funds has an initial term of three years but is terminable at our option six months after the establishment of the trust fund and at the end of each succeeding six-month period thereafter. While held by the trust funds, our shares are not entitled to voting rights or dividends. Upon termination of the trust funds, we are required to resell the shares acquired by the trust funds. On November 6, 2001, these funds purchased an aggregate of 2,674,580 of our shares of common stock, or approximately 3.0% of our issued shares, from KT Corporation. On January 31, 2002, these funds purchased from SK Networks an aggregate of 1,367,180 shares of our common stock, or approximately 1.5% of our issued shares. In December 2003, we terminated trust funds in the amount of Won 318 billion. In October 2004, we extended trust funds with a balance of Won 982 billion, for another three years.
      The total accrued and unpaid retirement and severance benefits for all of our employees as of December 31, 2005 of Won 71.3 billion was reflected in our consolidated financial statements as a liability, which is net of deposits with insurance companies totaling Won 191.4 billion to fund a portion of the employees’ severance indemnities. See “Item 6D. Employees” and note 2(o) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      Dividends declared on our common stock amounted to Won 404.9 billion, Won 758.2 billion and Won 662.5 billion, respectively, in 2003, 2004 and 2005. In 2004, we amended our articles of incorporation to permit payment of interim dividends in accordance with relevant laws. On July 29, 2005, our board of directors approved the interim dividend rate of Won 1,000 per common share for the first half of fiscal year 2005. The shareholders who are registered in our shareholders registry as of July 30, 2005 were entitled to receive the interim dividend. The interim dividend was paid in August 2005. The total amount of the interim dividend paid was Won 73.6 billion. At the ordinary shareholder’s meeting in March, 10, 2006, our shareholders approved a cash dividend of Won 8,000 per common share (excluding interim dividend). The cash dividend was paid in March 2006. The overall dividend payout ratio with respect to dividends to be paid for 2006 is currently expected to be up to 40% of net income from 2006.
      Substantially all of our revenue and operating expenses are denominated in Won. We generally pay for imported capital equipment in Dollars.
      We did not have any outstanding swap or derivative transactions as of December 31, 2005 other than fixed-to-fixed currency swap agreements entered into in the first quarter of 2004 to reduce our foreign currency exposure with respect to our issuance of US$300 million notes on April 1, 2004 and a fixed-to -fixed cross currency swap contract with Credit Suisse First Boston International to hedge the foreign currency risk of Dollar denominated convertible bonds with face amounts of US$329.5 million issued on May 27, 2004. See note 26 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

71


Table of Contents

      For a discussion of debt securities and convertible notes we have issued in connection with our financing activities, see “— Cash Flow Analysis” above.
      We may consider in the future entering into additional currency swap agreements, currency forward contracts transactions and other arrangements solely for hedging purposes.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
      The following summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2005, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
                                           
    Payments Due by Period (1)
     
        Less Than       After
    Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   4-5 Years   5 Years
                     
    (In billions of won)
Bonds
                                       
 
Principal
  W 3,189.8     W 800.0     W 1,000.0     W 885.9     W 503.9  
 
Interest
    334.0       132.0       136.0       54.0       12.0  
Long-term borrowings
    0.2       0.1       0.1       0.0          
Capital lease obligations
    24.5       14.3       10.2              
Operating leases
                               
Purchase obligations
    53.5       53.5                      
Facility deposits
    38.7       14.9                   23.8  
Derivatives
    73.0                   13.0       60.0  
Investment commitment to HELIO
    99.3       79.5       19.8              
Other long-term payables(2)
                                       
 
Principal
    650.0             200.0       280.0       170.0  
 
Interest
    138.4       32.0       60.0       38.0       8.4  
                               
Total contractual cash obligations(3)
  W 4,601.4     W 1,126.3     W 1,426.1     W 1,270.9     W 778.1  
                               
 
(1)  We are contractually obligated to make severance payments to eligible employees we have employed for more than one year, upon termination of their employment, regardless of whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary. Accruals for severance indemnities are recorded based on the amount we would be required to pay in the event the employment of all our employees were to terminate at the balance date. However, we have not yet estimated cash flows for future periods. Accordingly, payments due in connection with severance indemnities have been excluded from this table.
 
(2)  Related to acquisition of IMT license. See note 2(j) of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(3)  This amount does not include our future investments in the CDMA market in Vietnam, which we expect to make through our overseas subsidiary SLD Telecom PTE. Ltd. under a business cooperation contract with Saigon Post & Telecommunication Service Corporation. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Other Investments and Relationships” and “— Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates And Judgments — Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”.
      See note 22 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for details related to our other commitments and contingencies.
Inflation
      We do not consider that inflation in Korea has had a material impact on our results of operations in recent years. According to data published by The Bank of Korea, annual inflation in Korea was 3.6% in 2003, 3.0% in 2004 and 2.7% in 2005.

72


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP Reconciliation
      Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Korean GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a discussion of significant differences between Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP, see notes 30 and 31 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.
      Our net income in 2003 under U.S. GAAP is higher than under Korean GAAP by Won 96.6 billion, primarily due to reversal of goodwill amortization under U.S. GAAP and the differing treatment of loss on impairment of investment securities and capitalization under U.S. GAAP of foreign exchange loss and interest expense related to tangible assets, which were offset in part by difference in treatment of non-refundable activation fees, intangible assets and deferred income taxes. Our net income in 2004 under U.S. GAAP is higher than under Korean GAAP by Won 61.6 billion, primarily due to reversal of goodwill amortization under U.S. GAAP, the differing treatment of loss on impairment of investment securities and the tax effect of the reconciling items which were partially offset by the differing treatment of loss on valuation of currency swap and nonrefundable activation fees. Our net income in 2005 under U.S. GAAP is higher than under Korean GAAP by Won 154.6 billion, primarily due to reversal of goodwill amortization under U.S. GAAP, deferred income tax adjustments due to the difference in accounting principles and the differing treatment of loss on valuation of currency swap, partially offset by the differing treatment of nonrefundable activation fees and intangible assets.
      Our shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2003 under U.S. GAAP is higher than under Korean GAAP by Won 920.8 billion primarily due to increases from differing treatment of intangible assets, reversal of goodwill amortization and tax effect of the reconciling items, partially offset by decreases from the differing treatment of nonrefundable activation fees and minority interest of equity in consolidated affiliates. Our shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2004 under U.S. GAAP is higher than under Korean GAAP by Won 1,031.3 billion primarily due to the same reasons as in 2003: increases from the differing treatment of intangible assets, reversal of goodwill amortization and tax effect of the reconciling items, partially offset by decreases from the differing treatment of nonrefundable activation fees and minority interest of equity in consolidated affiliates. Our shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 under U.S. GAAP is higher than under Korean GAAP by Won 1,144.9 billion primarily due to the same reasons as in 2003 and 2004: increases from the differing treatment of intangible assets, reversal of goodwill amortization and tax effect of the reconciling items, partially offset by decreases from the differing treatment of nonrefundable activation fees and minority interest of equity in consolidated affiliates.
New Accounting Pronouncements under U.S. GAAP
      In March 2004, the EITF supplemented EITF Issue No.  03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” EITF Issue No.  03-1 provides guidance for evaluating whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired and requires disclosures about unrealized losses on investments in debt and equity securities. In September 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position EITF Issue  03-1 -1, “Effective Date of Paragraphs 10-20 of EITF Issue  03-1,” which deferred the effective date of the recognition and measurement provisions of the consensus until further guidance is issued.
      In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” SFAS No. 151 clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material. The Statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. Management does not expect this statement will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payments” (“SFAS 123R”). This statement eliminates the option to apply the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” to stock compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, SFAS 123R requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-data fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award (usually the vesting period). SFAS 123R applies to all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date. SFAS 123R will be effective for

73


Table of Contents

our fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. Management does not expect that adoption of this statement will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Non-monetary Assets — an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29” (“SFAS 153”), which amends Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Non-monetary Transactions” to eliminate the exception for non-monetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 is effective for non-monetary assets exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Management does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
      In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” (“SFAS 154”) which replaces Accounting Principles Board Opinions No. 20 “Accounting Changes” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 28.” SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes retrospective application, to the extent practicable, as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005 and is required to be adopted by us in 2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of SFAS 154 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition but does not expect it to have a material impact.
      In June 2005, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) of the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights.” EITF Issue No. 04-5 provides that the general partner(s) is presumed to control the limited partnership, unless the limited partners possess either substantive participating rights or the substantive ability to dissolve the limited partnership or otherwise remove the general partner(s) without cause (“kick-out rights”). Kick-out rights are substantive if they can be exercised by a simple majority of the limited partners voting interests. The guidance applies to general partners of all new limited partnerships formed and for existing limited partnerships for which the partnership agreements are modified after June 29, 2005, and to general partners in all other limited partnerships no later than the beginning of the first reporting period in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Management does not expect adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments,” revising the recognition and measurement provisions of EITF Issue No.  03-1. This FSP clarified and reaffirmed existing guidance as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. Certain disclosures about unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments are required under FSP No. FAS 115-1. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. As the FSP reaffirms existing guidance, management does not expect this FSP to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140,” (“SFAS 155”) that permits fair value remeasurement of certain hybrid financial instruments, clarifies the scope of SFAS No. 133 regarding interest-only and principal-only strips, and provides further guidance on certain issues regarding beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, concentrations of credit risk and qualifying special purpose entities. SFAS 155 is effective for all instruments acquired or issued as of the first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006 and may be applied to certain other financial instruments held prior to the adoption date. Earlier adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year providing the entity has not yet issued financial statements. Management does not expect the adoption of SFAS 155 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140.” (“SFAS 156”). SFAS 156 requires that an entity separately recognize

74


Table of Contents

a servicing asset or a servicing liability when it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset under a servicing contract in certain situations. Such servicing assets or servicing liabilities are required to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS 156 also allows an entity to choose one of two methods when subsequently measuring its servicing assets and servicing liabilities: (1) the amortization method or (2) the fair value measurement method. The amortization method existed under SFAS No. 140 and remains unchanged in (1) allowing entities to amortize their servicing assets or servicing liabilities in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or net servicing loss and (2) requiring the assessment of those servicing assets or servicing liabilities for impairment or increased obligation based on fair value at each reporting date. The fair value measurement method allows entities to measure their servicing assets or servicing liabilities at fair value each reporting date and report changes in fair value in earnings in the period the change occurs. SFAS 156 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. Management does not expect the adoption of this SFAS 156 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.
Significant Changes in Korean GAAP
      On January 1, 2003, we and our subsidiaries adopted SKAS No. 2 through No. 9, except for SKAS No. 6, which was early adopted in 2002. As a result, we reclassified the accounts relating to securities as explained in note 2(g) of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended 2003, 2004 and 2005, and changed the accounting policy for capitalization of interest and other financing costs to charge such interest expense and other financing cost to current operations as incurred as explained in notes 2(i) and 2(j) to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. If financing costs had been capitalized, our consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 would have increased by Won 32.3 billion (net of income tax effect of Won 13.6 billion). In addition, in accordance with the application of SKAS No. 3, “Intangible Assets”, effective from January 1, 2003 organization costs which were recorded in intangible assets through 2002, are charged to expenses as incurred and the cumulative effect of this accounting change was charged to beginning retained earnings as of January 1, 2003.
      On January 1, 2004, we adopted SKAS No. 10, No. 12 and No. 13. Such adoptions of new SKAS did not have an effect on our consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2004 or our consolidated ordinary income and net income for the year ended December 31, 2004.
      On January 1, 2005, we and our subsidiaries adopted SKAS No. 15 through No. 17. The adoption of such accounting standards did not have an effect on our consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2005, except as follows:
  •  Through 2004, when our equity interests in the equity method investees were diluted as a result of the equity method investees’ direct sales of their unissued shares to third parties, the changes in the our proportionate equity of investees were accounted for as capital transactions. Effective January 1, 2005, such transactions are accounted for as income statement treatment, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 15, “Investments: Equity Method”. As a result of adopting SKAS No. 15, net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by Won 6.3 billion (net of tax effect of Won 2.4 billion).
 
  •  Through 2004, tax effects of temporary differences related to capital surplus or capital adjustments were excluded in determining the deferred tax assets or liabilities. Effective January 1, 2005, such tax effects of temporary differences are included in determining the deferred tax assets or liabilities, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 16 “Income Taxes”. Accordingly, adjustments made directly to capital surplus or capital adjustments, which result in temporary differences, are recorded net of related tax effects. In addition, effective January 1, 2005, deferred income tax assets and liabilities which were presented on the balance sheet as a single non-current net number through 2004, are separated into current and non-current portions. As a result of adopting SKAS No. 16, total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2005 increased by Won 67.6 billion and Won 97.8 billion, respectively, and total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005 decreased by Won 30.2 billion, which was directly reflected in capital surplus or capital adjustments. See note 18 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

75


Table of Contents

  •  Through 2004, provisions were recorded at nominal value. Effective January 1, 2005, provisions are recorded at the present value when the effect of the time value of money is material, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 17 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”. SKAS No. 17 is prospectively applied and as a result of adopting such accounting standard, total liabilities as of December 31, 2005 decreased by Won 7.4 billion and ordinary income and net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by Won 5.4 billion. See note 25 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
      Such newly adopted accounting standards are prospectively applied as allowed by SKAS No. 15 through No. 17. As a result, our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and our consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were not adjusted to reflect the effect of adoption of SKAS No. 15 through No. 17.
      As SKAS No. 11 is not effective until the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 and SKAS No. 14 is related to exceptions to accounting for small and medium-sized entities, they do not apply to us.
Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates And Judgments
      Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Korean GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates and judgments including those related to revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventories, useful lives of property and equipment, investments, employee stock option compensation plans and income taxes. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We also provide a summary of significant differences between accounting principles followed by us and our subsidiaries and U.S. GAAP. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity:
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts
      An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided based on a review of the status of individual receivable accounts at the end of the year. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that result from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We base our allowances on the likelihood of recoverability of accounts receivable based on past experience and taking into account current collection trends that are expected to continue. If economic or specific industry trends worsen beyond our estimates, we increase our allowances for doubtful accounts by recording additional expenses.
Inventories
      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the moving average method, or market value. Inventories consist of supplies for wireless telecommunications facilities, handsets and raw materials for handsets.
Estimated Useful Lives
      We estimate the useful lives of long-lived assets in order to determine the amount of depreciation and amortization expense to be recorded during any reporting period. The useful lives are estimated at the time the asset is acquired and are based on historical experience with similar assets as well as taking into account anticipated technological or other changes. If technological changes were to occur more rapidly than anticipated or in a different form than anticipated, the useful lives assigned to these assets may need to be shortened, resulting in the recognition of increased depreciation and amortization expense in future periods.

76


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-lived Assets Including the WCDMA Frequency Usage Right
      Long-lived assets generally consist of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not recoverable. In addition, we evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment each year as part of our annual forecasting process. An impairment loss would be considered when estimated undiscounted future net cash flow expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
      Our intangible assets include the WCDMA frequency usage right, which has a contractual life of 15 years and is amortized from the date commercial service is initiated through the end of its contractual life, which is December 15, 2015. We started to amortize this frequency usage right on December 1, 2003. Because WCDMA presents risks and challenges to our business, any or all of which, if realized or not properly addressed, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, we review the WCDMA frequency usage right for impairment on an annual basis. In connection with our review, we utilize the estimated long-term revenue and cash flow forecasts. The use of different assumptions within our cash flow model could result in different amounts for the WCDMA frequency usage right. The results of our review using the testing method described above did not indicate any need to impair the WCDMA frequency usage right for 2005.
Impairment of Investment Securities
      When the declines in fair value of individual available-for-sale and held-to -maturity securities below their acquisition cost are other than temporary and there is objective evidence of impairment, the carrying value of the securities is adjusted to their fair value with the resulting valuation loss charged to current operations.
      As part of this review, the investee’s operating results, net asset value and future performance forecasts as well as general market conditions are taken into consideration. If we believe, based on this review, that the market value of an equity security or a debt security may realistically be expected to recover, the loss will continue to be classified as temporary. If economies or specific industry trends worsen beyond our estimates, valuation losses previously determined to be recoverable may need to be charged as an impairment loss in current operations.
      Significant management judgment is involved in the evaluation of declines in value of individual investments. The estimates and assumptions used by management to evaluate declines in value can be impacted by many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings capacity and near-term prospects in which we have invested and, for publicly-traded securities, the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than cost. The evaluation of these investments is also subject to the overall condition of the economy and its impact on the capital markets.
Employee Stock Option Compensation Plan
      We adopted the fair value based method of accounting for the employee stock option compensation plan. The plan was established, effective as of March 17, 2000, to reward the performance of management who have contributed, or have the ability to contribute, significantly to our company. Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period. For stock options, fair value is determined using an option-pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, expected dividends and the current risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option. However, as permitted under Korean GAAP, we exclude the volatility factor in estimating the value of our stock options, which results in measurement at minimum value. The total compensation cost of an option estimated at the grant date is not subsequently adjusted for changes in the price of the underlying stock or its volatility, the life of the option, dividends on the stock, or the risk-free interest rate.

77


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
      We are required to estimate the amount of tax payable or refundable for the current year and the deferred income tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been reflected in our financial statements or tax returns. This process requires management to make assessments regarding the timing and probability of the tax impact. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or unpredicted results from the final determination of each year’s liability by taxing authorities.
      We believe that the accounting estimate related to establishing tax valuation allowances is a “critical accounting estimate” because (i) it requires management to make assessments about the timing of future events, including the probability of expected future taxable income and available tax planning opportunities, and (ii) the impact that changes in actual performance versus these estimates could have on the realization of tax benefits as reported in our results of operations could be material. Management’s assumptions require significant judgment because actual performance has fluctuated in the past and may continue to do so.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
      We have sold certain receivables in 2002 and 2003 in five separate transactions described under “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Liquidity” to Nate First Special Purpose Company, Nate Second Special Purpose Company, Nate Third Special Purpose Company, Nate Fourth Special Purpose Company and Nate Fifth Special Purpose Company in asset-backed securitization transactions. Under Korean GAAP, we accounted for these transactions as sales of the receivables to the special purpose companies. See note 4 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to consolidate these entities as these entities do not meet the qualifications for a qualifying special purpose entity. See “— U.S. GAAP Reconciliation” and note 30 of our notes to consolidated financial statements.
      SLD Telecom, our overseas subsidiary, entered into a business cooperation contract with Saigon Post & Telecommunication Services Corporation to establish cellular mobile communication services and provide CDMA service throughout Vietnam. In accordance with this contract, in the event that the cash inflow for the business is insufficient to cover the cash outflow necessary to cover the joint expenditure of the business (“cash shortfall”), SLD Telecom and Saigon Post & Telecommunication Services Corporation will contribute the necessary funds to the business and bear additional cash shortfalls according to their gross profit sharing ratios at that time. With respect to our involvement in the business, our maximum exposure to loss was approximately Won 54.6 billion as of December 31, 2005.
      In March 2005, we and EarthLink, an Internet service provider in the U.S. established HELIO (formerly named SK-Earthlink), a joint venture company, to provide wireless voice and data services across the U.S. We have committed to invest $220 million over the next three years, of which $161.5 million has been invested as of March 31, 2006, and EarthLink has committed to invest $220 million over the next three years, of which $161.5 million had been invested as of the same date.
Item 5C.      Research and Development
Overview
      In conformity with the MIC’s guidance, we have maintained a high level of spending on research and development activity. Prior to 1996, the majority of our research and development expense consisted of MIC-directed donations to several Korean research institutes and educational organizations. More recently, we have sharply increased our spending for our internal research activity, resulting in such amounts exceeding our spending on external research. We believe that we must maintain a substantial in-house technology capability to achieve our strategic goals.

78


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth our annual research and development expenses:
                           
    As of and for the Year Ended
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    (In billions of won)
Internal R&D Expenses
  W 235.8     W 267.1     W 252.0  
External R&D Expenses
    64.9       69.0       69.1  
                   
 
Total R&D Expenses
  W 300.7     W 336.1     W 321.1  
                   
      The MIC has the statutory power to recommend levels of spending by telecommunications service providers on research and development activity and the allocation of expenditures between internal and external research. In practice, the MIC has issued guidelines regarding the amount and allocation of research spending. In its May 1995 guidelines, the MIC recommended that that we observe the following minimum levels of total research and development spending (set as a percentage of budgeted revenue and calculated according to MIC guidelines which differ from our accounting treatment of such expenses): 9.0% from 1995 through 1997; 9.5% for 1998; and 10.0% for 1999 through 2001. With respect to the level of contribution specifically for external research and development, in July 1998, the MIC reduced the recommended minimum level of contribution to the MIC-run Fund for Development of Information and Telecommunications from 2.0% to 1.5%. In 2001, the recommended minimum level of contribution was further reduced to 1.0%. In 2002, the contribution became mandatory, and the required minimum level of contribution was further reduced to 0.75%. In 2003, 2004 and 2005, the required minimum level of contribution was 0.75%, the same as 2002. We are not obligated to make donations to any other external research institutes.
Internal Research and Development
      The main focus of our internal research and development activity is the development of 3G and 3.5G technologies and services and value-added technologies and services for our CDMA network, such as wireless data communications, as well as development of new technologies that reflect the growing convergence between telecommunications and other industries. We spent approximately Won 252.0 billion on internal research and development in 2005.
      Our internal research and development activity is centered at a research center with state-of -the-art facilities and equipment established in January 1999 in Bundang-gu, Sungnam-si, Kyunggi-do, Korea. As of December 31, 2005, our research center housed 552 research engineers (including both full time and temporary research engineers). Their work focuses on planning of cell sites, network management, digital wireless technologies, multimedia, information processing and other wireless telecommunications areas. Although the technology is at its very early stages, our research center includes a team that is helping to develop what is known as 4G wireless technology, which if successfully completed is expected to enable wireless data transmissions at speeds of up to 155 Mbps, which would be faster than the current WCDMA technology.
      Each business unit has its own research team that can concentrate on specific short-term research needs. Such research teams permit our research center to concentrate on long-term, technology-intensive research projects. We aim to establish strategic alliances with selected domestic and foreign companies with a view to exchanging or jointly developing technologies, products and services.
External Research and Development
      In addition to conducting research in our own facilities, we have been a major financial supporter of other Korean research institutes, and we have helped coordinate the Government’s effort to commercialize the CDMA digital technology. We do not independently own intellectual property rights in the technologies or products developed by any external research institute.

79


Table of Contents

Item 5D. Trend Information
      These matters are discussed under Item 5A. and Item 5B. above where relevant.
Item 5E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
      These matters are discussed under Item 5B. above where relevant.
Item 5F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
      These matters are discussed under Item 5B. above where relevant.
Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
Item 6A. Directors and Senior Management
      Our board of directors has ultimate responsibility for the management of our affairs. Under our articles of incorporation, our board is to consist of at least three but no more than twelve directors, more than a half of whom must be independent non-executive directors. We currently have a total of eleven directors, seven of whom are independent non-executive directors. We elect our directors at a general meeting of shareholders with the approval of at least a majority of those shares present or represented at such meeting. Such majority must represent at least one-fourth of our total issued and outstanding shares with voting rights.
      As required under relevant Korean laws and our articles of incorporation, we have a committee for recommendation of independent non-executive directors within the board of directors, the Recommendation Committee. Independent non-executive directors are appointed from among those candidates recommended by the Recommendation Committee.
      The term of offices for directors is until the close of the third annual general shareholders meeting convened after he or she commences his or her term. Our directors may serve consecutive terms. Our shareholders may remove them from office by a resolution at a general meeting of shareholders adopted by the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting shares present or represented at the meeting, and such affirmative votes also represent at least one-third of our total voting shares then issued and outstanding.
      Representative directors are directors elected by the board of directors with the statutory power to represent our company.

80


Table of Contents

      The following are the names and positions of our standing and non-standing directors. The business address of all of our directors is the address of our registered office at 11, Euljiro 2-ga, Jung-gu, Seoul 100-999, Korea.
      Standing directors are our full-time employees and executive officers, and they also comprise the senior management, or the key personnel who manage us. Their names, dates of birth and positions at our company and other positions are set forth below:
                                 
                    Other Principal    
        Director   Expiration       Directorships and    
Name   Date of Birth   Since   of Term   Position   Positions   Business Experience
                         
Jung Nam Cho
  Nov. 20, 1941     1995       2007     Vice-Chairman and Representative Director       President & COO, SK Telecom
Shin Bae Kim
  Oct. 15, 1954     2002       2008     CEO and Representative Director   Chairman, Korea Association of RFID/USN   Head of Strategic Planning Group, Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc.; Director, SK Telecom; Senior Vice President, SK Telecom; Director, KORMS
Bang Hyung Lee
  Aug. 20, 1955     2005       2008     Executive Vice- President, Chief Marketing Officer and Head of Business Center       Head of Internet Business Group, SK Telecom; Head of Marketing Group, SK Telecom; Senior Accountant, Deloitte Haskin & Sells, USA
Sung Min Ha
  Mar. 24, 1957     2004       2007     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   Representative Director, SK Capital   Head of Strategic Planning Group, SK Telecom; Director, SK Telink; Auditor, SK C&C; Chairman and Representative Director, SLD Telecom; Auditor, SK Teletech

81


Table of Contents

      Our current non-standing directors are as set forth below:
                                     
                    Other Principal    
        Director   Expiration       Directorships and    
Name   Date of Birth   Since   of Term   Position   Positions   Business Experience
                         
Dae Sik Kim
    Jan. 11, 1955       2005       2008     Independent Non- executive Director   Professor, Hanyang University; Committee Member, MOFE Advisory Committee on Financial Development   University of Pennsylvania, MBA (1981), Ph.D. (1987)
Yong Woon Kim
    Oct. 4, 1943       2003       2006     Independent Non- executive Director   Non-Standing Auditor, Pohang University of Science and Technology   Senior Executive Vice President (Legal Department, Seoul Office, Investment and Finance) and Director, POSCO; Standing Advisor, POSCO Research Institute
Dae Kyu Byun
    Mar. 8, 1960       2005       2008     Independent Non- executive Director   CEO & Representative Director, Humax Co., Ltd.; Head Vice-President, Korea Venture Business Association   Director, the Federation of Korea Information Industries; Representative Director, Guin Co.; Co-founder, Venture Leaders Club
Seung Taik Yang
    Oct. 24, 1939       2005       2008     Independent Non- executive Director   President, Tong- Myung University of Information Technology   Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, Ph.D.; 7th Minister, Ministry of Information and Communication
Jae Seung Yoon
    Nov. 9, 1962       2002       2008     Independent Non- executive Director   CEO & Representative Director; Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.; Vice-president, Insung Information Co., Ltd.   Public Prosecutor, The Seoul/Busan District Public Prosecutors’ Office; Auditor and Vice President, Daewoong Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
Sang C. Lee
    Jan. 24, 1941       1999       2008     Independent Non- executive Director   IT Consultant   Chairman, Communication Network Interface, Inc.; Chairman and CEO, Spectron Corp.; President, Scovill Fasteners, Inc.; Director of Organization, ITT Worldwide Corp.; Vice President, ITT Asia Pacific Corp.
Hyun Chin Lim
    Apr. 26, 1949       2006       2009     Independent Non- executive Director   Dean, Seoul National University, Professor, Central Officials Training Institute; Chairman, Korea Association of Sociology   Professor, Seoul National University

82


Table of Contents

Involvement In Certain Legal Proceedings
      In February 2004, certain members of our board of directors and executive officers resigned following a finding of accounting misconduct at SK Networks and the resulting movement to improve corporate governance in companies in the SK Group. The resignations were tendered by Mr. Tae Won Chey, former non-standing director of SK Telecom and chairman and CEO of SK Corporation, Mr. Kil Seung Son, former Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Representative Director of SK Telecom and representative director of SK Networks and non-standing director of SK Corporation, Mr. Jae Won Chey, executive vice president of SK Telecom at the time and Mr. Moon Soo Pyo, president of SK Telecom at the time. None of these resignations were related to any allegations of wrongdoing in connection with their role in our business, and SK Telecom was not implicated in any of the charges against SK Network’s management. For details of the charges against Mr. Tae Won Chey and Mr. Kil Seung Son, see “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Financial difficulties and charges of financial statement irregularities at our affiliate, SK Networks (formerly SK Global), may cause disruptions in our business.”
Item 6B. Compensation
      The aggregate of the remuneration paid and in-kind benefits granted to the directors (both standing directors, who also serve as our executive officers, and non-standing directors) during the year ended December 31, 2005 totaled approximately Won 3.9 billion.
      Remuneration for the directors is determined by shareholder resolutions. Severance allowances for directors are determined by the board of directors in accordance with our regulation on severance allowances for officers, which was adopted by shareholder resolutions. The regulation provides for monthly salary, performance bonus, severance payment and fringe benefits. The amount of performance bonuses is independently decided by a resolution of the board of directors.
      In March 2001 and 2002, pursuant to resolutions of the shareholders, and in accordance with our articles of incorporation, certain of our directors and officers were granted options to purchase our common shares. In 2001 and 2002, 42 and 70 officers, respectively, were granted options to purchase 43,820 and 65,730 common shares. The exercise price for the shares are Won 211,000 and Won 267,000, respectively, for 2001 and 2002. Each stock option agreement also provides for adjustments to the amount and exercise price of the shares in cases where the share price may become diluted as a result of issuance of new shares, stock dividends or mergers. The officers may exercise their options during a two-year period starting from March 2004 for shares granted in 2001. No officer exercised his option to purchase for shares granted in 2002. The board of directors may, by resolution, cancel any director’s or officer’s stock options under certain circumstances. Since 2003, none of our directors and officers have been granted options to purchase our common shares.

83


Table of Contents

      The following table shows the share allotment for the directors under our 2001 and 2002 stock option program. There has been no stock option program since 2003.
                                       
        Number of    
        Shares Allotted   Number of
            Options
Name   Position   2003   2004   2005   Exercised
                     
Jung Nam Cho
  Director     0       0       0       0  
Shin Bae Kim
  Director     0       0       0       0  
Bang Hyung Lee
  Director     0       0       0       0  
Sung Min Ha
  Director     0       0       0       0  
Dae Sik Kim
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Yong Woon Kim
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Dae Kyu Byun
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Seung Taik Yang
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Jae Seung Yoon
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Sang C. Lee
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Hyun Chin Lim
  Independent Non-executive Director     0       0       0       0  
Other Officers
        0       0       0       0  
                             
 
Total
        0       0       0       0  
                             
Item 6C. Board Practices
Termination of Directors, Services
      Directors are given a retirement and severance payment upon termination of employment in accordance with our internal regulations on severance payments. Upon retirement, directors who have made significant contributions to our company during their term may be appointed to serve either as an advisor to us or as an officer of an affiliate company.
Audit Committee
      Under relevant Korean laws and our articles of incorporation, we are required to have an audit committee under the board of directors. The committee is composed of at least three members, two-thirds of whom must be independent non-executive directors independent with respect to applicable rules. The members of the audit committee are appointed annually by a resolution of the board of directors. They are required to:
  •  examine the agenda for the general meeting of shareholders;
 
  •  examine financial statements and other reports to be submitted by the board of directors to the general meeting of shareholders;
 
  •  review the administration by the board of directors of our affairs; and
 
  •  examine the operations and asset status of us and our subsidiaries.
      In addition, the audit committee must appoint independent certified public accountants to examine our financial statements. An audit and review by certified public accountants of our financial statements is required for the purposes of a securities report. Listed companies must provide such report on an annual, semi-annual and quarterly basis to the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the KRX Stock Market.
      Our audit committee is composed of three independent non-executive directors: Dae Sik Kim, Yong Woon Kim and Hyun Chin Lim, each of whom must be financially literate and independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange as applicable. The board of directors has determined that Dae Sik Kim is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert”.

84


Table of Contents

Independent Non-executive Director Nomination Committee
      This committee is devoted to recommending independent non-executive directors for the board of directors. The objective of the committee is to help promote fairness and transparency in the nomination of candidates for these positions. The board of directors decides from time to time who will comprise the members of this committee.
Capex Review Committee
      This committee is responsible for reviewing our business plan (including the budget). It also examines major capital expenditure revisions, and routinely monitors capital expenditure decisions that have already been executed. The board of directors decides from time to time who will comprise the members of this committee.
Compensation Review Committee
      This committee oversees our overall compensation scheme for the Chief Executive Officer and directors. The committee consists of three independent non-executive directors and is in charge of reviewing the criteria for and levels of directors’ compensation packages and benefits. The board of directors decides from time to time who will comprise the members of this committee. We do not have an independent internal remuneration committee. Remuneration for the directors and officers is determined by shareholder resolutions. Severance allowances for directors are determined by the board of directors in accordance with our internal regulation on remuneration of officers, which was also adopted by shareholder resolutions and provides for monthly salary, performance bonus, severance payment and fringe benefits. The amount of performance bonuses is independently decided by a resolution of the board of directors in accordance with internal regulations. The regulation on payment of remuneration to company officers also provides for a special contribution bonus upon retirement, in addition to the basic severance package, for any officer or director who during his or her term of service makes special contributions to the company. We may also reimburse our independent non-executive directors for expenses they incurred in performance of their services. See “Item 6B. Compensation”. We are currently receiving consulting services on creating a remuneration committee under the Board of Directors.
Global Committee
      This committee is a temporary committee consisting of four directors, established on July 29, 2005 for a period of one year to establish and advise on our core global strategies and business areas.

85


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Governance Practices
      Pursuant to the rules of the New York Stock Exchange applicable to foreign private issuers like us that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are required to disclose significant differences between the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance standards and those that we follow under Korean law. The following is a summary of such significant differences.
     
NYSE Corporate Governance Standards   SK Telecom Corporate Governance Practice
     
Director Independence
   
Listed companies must have a majority of independent directors.   Of the 11 members of our board of directors, 7 are independent directors.
Executive Session
   
Listed companies must hold meetings solely attended by non-management directors to more effectively check and balance management directors.   Our Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of three independent directors, holds meetings whenever there are matters related to management directors, and such meetings are generally held once every month.
Nomination/ Corporate Governance Committee
   
Listed companies must have a nomination/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors.   Although we do not have a separate nomination/ corporate governance committee, we maintain an Independent Director Recommendation Committee composed of independent directors and management directors.
     
NYSE Corporate Governance Standards   SK Telecom Corporate Governance Practice
     
Audit Committee
   
Listed companies must have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.   We maintain an Audit Committee comprised solely of three independent directors.
Audit Committee Additional Requirements
   
Listed companies must have an audit committee that is composed of more than three directors.   Our Audit Committee has three independent directors.
Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plan    
Listed companies must allow its shareholders to exercise their voting rights with respect to any material revision to the company’s equity compensation plan.   We currently have two equity compensation plans: a stock option plan for officers and directors and employee stock ownership plan for employees (“ESOP”). We manage such compensation plans in compliance with the applicable laws and our articles of incorporation, provided that, under certain limited circumstances, the grant of stock options or matters relating to ESOP are not subject to shareholders’ approval under Korean law.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
   
Listed companies must adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines.   Although we do not maintain separate corporate governance guidelines, we are in compliance with the Korean Commercial Law in connection with such matters, including the governance of the board of directors.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
   
Listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers.   We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all of our directors, officers and employees, and such code is also available on our website at www.sktelecom.com.

86


Table of Contents

Item 6D. Employees
      The following table sets forth the numbers of our regular employees, temporary employees and total employees as of the dates indicated:
                         
    Regular   Temporary    
    Employees   Employees   Total
             
December 31, 2003
    5,447       1,474       6,921  
December 31, 2004
    6,421       932       7,353  
December 31, 2005
    5,727       919       6,646  
      The number of our regular employees decreased in 2005 due to our divestiture of SK Teletech.
      The following table sets forth numbers of our regular employees and temporary employees by categories of activity as of December 31, 2005:
                                                   
                    New    
    Marketing   Production   Research   Support   Business   Total
                         
Regular Employees
    1,613       1,880       552       1,011       691       5,727  
Temporary Employees
    669       148       6       80       16       919  
                                     
 
Total
    2,282       2,028       558       1,091       687       6,646  
                                     
      As of December 31, 2005, we had a company union comprised of 5,727 regular employees. We have never experienced a work stoppage of a serious nature. Every two years, the union and management negotiate and enter into a new collective bargaining agreement that has a two-year duration, which is focused on employee benefits and welfare, except for employee wages, which are separately negotiated on an annual basis. Our wage negotiations completed on May 24, 2004 resulted in an average wage rate increase of 3.0% for 2005 from 2004. We plan to begin wage discussions with the Company’s union for 2006 in June 2006.
      Since April 1999, we have been required to contribute an amount equal to 4.5% of employee wages toward a national pension plan. Employees are eligible to participate in an employee stock ownership association. We are not required to, and we do not, make any contributions to the employee stock ownership association, although through the Employee Welfare Fund we subsidize the employee stock ownership association by providing low interest rate loans to employees desiring to purchase our stock through the plan in the case of a capitalization by the association. As of December 31, 2005, the employee stock ownership association owned approximately 0.36% of our issued common stock.
      We are required to pay a severance amount to eligible employees who voluntarily or involuntarily cease working for us, including through retirement. This severance amount is based upon the employee’s length of service with us and the employee’s salary level at the time of severance. As of December 31, 2005, the accrued and unpaid retirement and severance benefits of Won 256.3 billion for all of our employees are reflected in our non-consolidated financial statements as a liability, of which a total of Won 187.1 billion was funded. Under Korean laws and regulations, we are prevented from involuntarily terminating a full-time employee except under certain limited circumstances. In September 2002, we entered into an employment stabilization agreement with the union. Among other things, this agreement provides for a one-year guarantee of the same wage level in the event that we reorganize a department into a separate entity or we outsource an employee to a separate entity where the wage is lower. If the new entity is a subsidiary of which we own at least a 50% stake, employment is guaranteed for three years.
      Under the Korean Intra-Company Labor Welfare Fund Law, we may also contribute up to 5% of our annual earnings before tax for employee welfare. We contributed 3% of our revenues annually for years prior to 2002. Beginning in 2003, we have decided to negotiate an exact amount each year as necessary. In 2003 and 2004, we did not negotiate contribution amounts for year 2002 and 2003, respectively. We negotiated the contribution amount for 2004 in the latter half of 2005, which amounts to 0.93% of our annual earnings before tax, or Won 23.8 billion.
      We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

87


Table of Contents

Item 6E. Share Ownership
      The following table sets forth the share ownership by our standing and non-standing directors as of April 30, 2006:
                                         
            Percentage        
        Number   of Total   Special    
        of Shares   Shares   Voting    
Name   Position   Owned   Outstanding   Rights   Options
                     
Standing Directors :
                                       
Jung Nam Cho
    Vice-Chairman and Representative       0       0       None       6,150  
      Director                                  
Shin Bae Kim
    CEO and Representative Director       1,270       *       None       1,650  
Bang Hyung Lee
    Executive Vice-President       1,630       *       None       1,620  
Sung Min Ha
    Chief Financial Officer       738       *       None       690  
Non-Standing Directors :
                                       
Dae Sik Kim
    Independent Non-executive Director       0       0       None       1,000  
Yong Woon Kim
    Independent Non-executive Director       0       0       None       0  
Dae Kyu Byun
    Independent Non-executive Director       50       *       None       1,000  
Seung Taik Yang
    Independent Non-executive Director       0       0       None       0  
Jae Seung Yoon
    Independent Non-executive Director       200       *       None       1,000  
Sang C. Lee
    Independent Non-executive Director       0       0       None       1,000  
Hyun Chin Lim
    Independent Non-executive Director       0       0       None       0  
 
Less than 1.0%

88


Table of Contents

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Item 7A. Major Shareholders
      As of December 31, 2005, approximately 51.3% of our issued shares were held in Korea by approximately 20,000 shareholders. The following table sets forth certain information as of the close of our shareholders’ registry on December 31, 2005 with respect to any person known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of the shares of our common stock and with respect to the total amount of such shares owned by our employees and our officers and directors, as a group:
                           
        Percentage   Percentage
        Total   Total
    Number of   Shares   Shares
Shareholder/Category   Shares   Issued   Outstanding
             
Domestic Shareholders
                       
 
SK Group(1)
    18,748,459       22.79 %     25.47 %
 
POSCO
    2,991,496       3.64       4.06  
 
Employees(2)
    297,246       0.36       0.40  
 
Treasury shares(3)
    8,662,415       10.53       N/A  
 
Officers and Directors
    4,688       0.01       0.01  
 
Other Domestic Shareholders
    11,466,681       13.93       15.58  
Foreign Shareholders
    40,105,726       48.74       54.48  
                   
 
Total Issued Shares
    82,276,711       100.00 %     100.00 %
                   
 
(1)  The SK Group’s ownership interest consists of the following as of December 31, 2005:
                         
        Percentage   Percentage
        Total   Total
    Number of   Shares   Shares
SK Group Member   Shares   Issued   Outstanding
             
SK Corporation
    17,663,127       21.47 %     24.00 %
SK Securities Co., Ltd. 
    7       0.00       0.00  
SK Networks
    1,085,325       1.32       1.47  
                   
      18,748,459       22.79 %     25.47 %
                   
(1)  The SK Group is a group of affiliated entities. As of December 31, 2005, the ownership interests among the SK Group included, among others:
  •  SK Corporation owned: 21.47% of SK Telecom Co., Ltd., 40.97% of SK Networks, 46.22% of SKC and 72.13% of SK Shipping Co., Ltd.
 
  •  SK Networks owned 1.32% of SK Telecom Co., Ltd., 17.71% of SK Shipping, 15% of SK Computer & Communications Co., Ltd., and 22.71% of SK Securities Co., Ltd.
 
  •  SK Chemicals owned 0.83% of SK Corporation and 39.40% of SK Engineering and Construction.
 
  •  SKC owned 6.2% of SK Chemicals, 10.16% of SK Shipping Co., Ltd. and 12.41% of SK Securities Co., Ltd.
 
  •  SK Shipping Co., Ltd. owned 30.94% of SK Engineering and Construction.
 
  •  SK Computer & Communications Co., Ltd. owned 11.16% of SK Corporation.
 
  •  We owned 30.0% of SK Computer & Communications Co., Ltd.
(2)  Represents shares owned by our employee stock ownership association. See “Item 6D. Employees”.

89


Table of Contents

(3)  Treasury shares do not have any voting rights; includes 1,777,173 treasury shares that were deposited with Korea Securities Depository to be reserved and used to satisfy the conversion rights of the holders of US$329.5 million in zero coupon convertible notes that were sold in May 2004.
      The following table sets forth significant changes in the percentage ownership held by our major shareholders during the past three years:
                         
    As of December 31,
     
Shareholder   2003   2004   2005
             
    (As a percentage of total
    issued shares)(1)
SK Group
    24.60 %     24.03 %     22.79 %
SK Corporation
    21.47       21.47       21.47  
SK Networks(2)
    3.06       2.55       1.32  
POSCO(3)
    4.98       4.98       3.64  
 
(1)  Includes 8,662,403, 8,662,415 and 8,662,415 shares held in treasury as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
 
(2)  SK Networks sold 418,000 shares in January 2004 and currently owns 1,085,325 shares.
 
(3)  POSCO acquired these shares in connection with our acquisition of a 27.7% equity interest in Shinsegi.
      Other than companies in the SK Group and POSCO, no other persons or entities known by us to be acting in concert, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, own in excess of 5.0% of our total shares outstanding or exercise control or could exercise control over our business.
      On April 30, 2006, SK Corporation held 21.47% of our shares of common stock. For a description of our foreign ownership limitation, see “Item 3D. Risk Factors — If SK Corporation causes us to breach the foreign ownership limitations on shares of our common stock, we may experience a change of control.” and “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Foreign Ownership and Investment Restrictions and Requirements”. As a result of significant financial difficulties and prosecutors’ discovery of alleged fraudulent accounting practices at SK Networks, SK Networks sold 418,000 of the shares it owns in SK Telecom in January 2004. In December 2005, SK Networks disposed of additional shares of our common stock. As a result of such sale, SK Networks currently owns 1.32% of our shares. In the event that either SK Corporation or SK Networks announces plans of a sale of our shares, we expect to be able to discuss the details of such sale with them in advance and will endeavor to minimize any adverse effects on our share prices as a result of such sale.
      There is currently a 49% limit on the aggregate foreign ownership of our issued shares. As of December 31, 2005, SK Corporation owns 17,663,127 shares of our common stock, or approximately 21.47%, of our issued shares. As of December 31, 2005, a foreign investment fund and its related parties collectively held a 5.03% stake in SK Corporation. Under a newly adopted amendment to the Telecommunications Business Law, which became effective on May 9, 2004, a Korean entity, such as SK Corporation, is deemed to be a foreign entity if its largest shareholder (determined by aggregating the shareholdings of such shareholder and its related parties) is a foreigner and such shareholder (together with the shareholdings of its related parties) holds 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Korean entity. Thus, effective from May 9, 2004, if the foreign investment fund and its related parties increased their shareholdings in SK Corporation to 15% or more and such foreign investment fund and its related parties collectively constituted the largest shareholder of SK Corporation, SK Corporation would have been considered a foreign shareholder of SK Telecom, and its shareholding in SK Telecom would have been included in the calculation of the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom.
      If SK Corporation’s shareholding in SK Telecom were included in the calculation of the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom, then the aggregate foreign shareholding in SK Telecom assuming foreign ownership level as of December 31, 2005 (which we believe was 48.74%), would have reached 70.21%, exceeding the 49% ceiling on foreign shareholding. If the aggregate foreign shareholding limit in SK Telecom is exceeded, the MIC may issue a corrective order to SK Telecom, the breaching shareholder (including SK Corporation if the breach is caused by an increase in foreign ownership of SK Corporation) and any foreign investment fund and its related

90


Table of Contents

parties who may own in the aggregate 15% or more of SK Corporation. Furthermore, SK Corporation may not exercise its voting rights with respect to the shares held in excess of the 49% ceiling, which may result in a change in control of us. In addition, the MIC may refuse to grant us licenses or permits necessary for entering into new telecommunications businesses until the aggregate foreign shareholding of SK Telecom is reduced to below 49%.
      If a corrective order is issued to us by the MIC arising from the violation of the foregoing foreign ownership limit, and we do not comply within the prescribed period under such corrective order, the MIC may (1) suspend all or part of our business, or (2) if the suspension of business is deemed to result in significant inconvenience to our customers or be detrimental to the public interest, impose a one-time administrative penalty of up to 3% of our sales revenues. The amendment to the Telecommunications Business Law in May 2004 also authorizes the MIC to assess monetary penalties of up to 0.3% of the purchase price of the shares for each day the corrective order is not complied with, as well as a prison term of up to one year and a penalty of Won 50 million. See “Item 3D. Risk Factors — If SK Corporation causes us to breach the foreign ownership limitations on shares of our common stock, we may experience a change of control.” and “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Foreign Ownership and Investment Restrictions and Requirements”.
      On August 11, 2003 we concluded a stock buyback program which we had commenced on June 30, 2003. We acquired a total of 2,544,600 shares of our then-outstanding common stock, all of which were cancelled on August 20, 2003. The total purchase price for the stock buyback was Won 525.2 billion (or an average of approximately Won 206,388 per share), with the price per share ranging from Won 192,000 (on July 24, 2003) to Won 216,000 (on July 15 and 16, 2003). As a result of the stock buyback and subsequent cancellation of shares, the total number of our outstanding common stock declined from 82,993,404 as of December 31, 2001 to 73,614,308 as of December 31, 2003. On February 20, 2004, we additionally acquired fractional shares totaling 12 shares for Won 12 million, which resulted from the merger of SK IMT Co., Ltd. into SK Telecom in May 2003. As of April 30, 2006, the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding was 73,614,296.
      Other than as disclosed herein, there are no other arrangements, to the best of our knowledge, which would result in a material change in the control of us. Our major shareholders do not have different voting rights.
Item 7B. Related Party Transactions
SK Networks
      We are a party to several contracts with SK Networks, including a series of sale and purchase agreements pursuant to which we and our former subsidiary, SK Teletech, sell handsets to SK Networks. The aggregate sales to SK Networks pursuant to these contracts were Won 481.2 billion in 2003, Won 581.6 billion in 2004 and Won 279.2 billion in the first half of 2005 until our divestiture of SK Teletech.
      If SK Networks is required to sell off its leased line business, this may result in a disruption of the service provided to us. However, we currently believe that it is not likely that its creditors will require SK Networks to sell this business unit. In 2005, KT Corporation and SK Networks provided approximately 16% and 62%, respectively, of our leased lines.
      SK Networks also serves as our distributor of handsets to a network of dealers. Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., LG Electronics Inc, Motorola Korea, Inc. and Pantech & Curitel suspended their supply of handsets to SK Networks on April 7, 2003. In May 2003, all suppliers resumed their supply of handsets on the condition that payment on their mobile phones be made in cash within one week of delivery. Previously, SK Networks issued three-month promissory notes for payment to handset suppliers.
      As of December 31, 2005, we had Won 1.8 billion of accounts receivables from SK Network. As of the same date, we had Won 22.2 billion of accounts payable to SK Networks, mainly consisting of leased line charges and commissions to dealers owned by SK Networks. For more information on SK Networks, see “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Financial difficulties and charges of financial statement irregularities at our affiliate, SK Networks (formerly SK Global), may cause disruption in our business.”

91


Table of Contents

Other Related Parties
      We are party to several contracts with SK Engineering and Construction related to the construction of our new headquarters. The construction of our new headquarters was completed at the end of 2004. The total paid to SK Engineering & Construction Co., Ltd., for the demolition of buildings on the site on which our new headquarters was constructed and the construction of our new headquarters was Won 209 billion.
      On July 22, 2003, we acquired 2,481,310 shares of POSCO common stock held by SK Corporation at a price of Won 134,000 per share in accordance with a resolution of our board of directors dated July 22, 2003. We decided to purchase the shares for strategic reasons in order to address overhang concerns arising from POSCO’s ownership of our shares. As of December 31, 2005, POSCO owned 3.64% of our shares.
      We are party to an agreement with SKC&C pursuant to which SKC&C provides us with information technology services. This agreement will expire on December 31, 2009 but may be terminated by us at any time without cause on six months’ prior notice. The agreement provides that the parties will agree annually on the specific services to be provided and the monthly fees to be paid by us. We also enter into agreements with SKC&C from time to time for specific information technology-related projects. The aggregate fees we paid to SKC&C for information technology services amounted to Won 284.3 billion for 2003, Won 295.6 billion for 2004 and Won 322.9 billion for 2005. We also purchase various information technology-related equipment from SKC&C from time to time. The total amount of such purchases was Won 182.8 billion for 2003, Won 130.2 billion for 2004 and Won 249.6 billion for 2005.
      We are part of the SK Group of affiliated companies. See “Item 7A. Major Shareholders” As disclosed in note 24 of our consolidated financial statements, we had related party transactions with a number of affiliated companies of the SK Group during the year ended December 31, 2005. In October 2003, the FTC ordered us to pay a fine of Won 5.1 billion in connection with our payment of advertisements on behalf of certain companies in the SK Group. We paid the fine in December 2003.
      In September 1994, we provided DSS Mobile Communications, Ltd., a guarantee of a loan from Sumitomo Bank in the amount of US$18,118,863. We paid the loan obligation of DSS Mobile Communications, Ltd. to Sumitomo Bank in 2001 and have a claim against DSS Mobile Communications, Ltd. for such payment.
      All other loans were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and did not involve more than the normal risks of non-collection or present other unfavorable features.
      In September 2005, we sold all of our shares of Cowon Systems, Inc. (“Cowon”) in the public market for Won 2.6 billion. Prior to such disposition, our equity interest in Cowon was 6.2%.
      In October 2005, we invested Won 25.6 billion to acquire an additional 5,122,266 shares of common stock of TU Media to increase our equity interest to 29.6%.
      We have been providing CDMA cellular service in Vietnam since 2003 through our overseas subsidiary, SLD Telecom PTE Ltd. In November 2005, our board of directors approved an additional US$280 million investment to expand our network coverage to all Vietnam. As of January 31, 2006, we had invested US$100 million in this expansion project through the acquisition of 100 million additional shares of SLD Telecom PTE’s unissued common stock for such amount.
Item 7C. Interest of Experts and Counsel
      Not applicable

92


Table of Contents

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 8A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
      See “Item 18. Financial Statements” and pages F-1 through F-82.
Legal Proceedings
FTC Proceedings
      In October 2003, the FTC ordered us, SK Corporation and SKC&C to pay fines of Won 1.0 billion, Won 0.9 billion and Won 0.9 billion, respectively, in connection with loans extended to SK Life. FTC charged that the interest on the loans was below market-price. We paid the fine in December 2003. The Seoul High Court, an appellate court, also found in favor of the FTC, but we have filed an appeal at the Supreme Court of Korea, as we believe that the interest on the loans was not below the interest rates customarily charged in the market. The appeal is currently pending.
      In October 2003, the FTC ordered us to pay a fine of Won 4.1 billion in connection with our payment of advertisements on behalf of certain companies in the SK Group. We paid the fine in December 2003.
      In March 2004, the FTC ordered us to pay a fine of Won 228 million for certain allegedly misleading advertisements made by us with respect to our competition and the nature of our services, which we paid in full in May 2004. LGT and KTF were also fined in connection with related offenses.
      In May 2006, the FTC ordered us to pay a fine of Won 660 million for price collusion with KTF and LGT. The FTC charged that we, along with KTF and LGT, engaged in unfair business practices in 2004 by agreeing to discontinue flat-rate services. KTF and LGT were also fined Won 660 million and Won 462 million, respectively. We expect the FTC to announce additional rulings on alleged collusion among mobile service providers. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the investigation.
MIC Proceedings
      On March 26, 2003, we were ordered by the MIC to pay a fine of Won 300 million and to make public announcements in four major newspapers for violating certain provisions of the Telecommunications Business Act by not entering into written contracts with and checking personal identification of subscribers for subscription of pre-paid wireless handsets, which is required to prevent handsets from being used for criminal purposes. KTF and LGT were also fined Won 200 million and Won 120 million, respectively, for the same violations. We made such payment and such public announcements in April 2003.
      In February 2004, the MIC imposed a total fine of Won 2.0 billion on us in connection with our marketing efforts related to the number portability system that was adopted by us in January 2004. The fine was imposed in response to (i) the adoption of a voice recording identifying our network upon connection of each outgoing call made on our network without the consent of our subscribers and (ii) “reverse-marketing” calls made between January 1, 2004 and January 9, 2004 informing our subscribers of benefits that they would lose by switching to another operator. We were ordered to make public announcements of these violations in major newspapers in Korea. In February 2004, the MIC also imposed fines of Won 250 million and Won 150 million on KTF and LGT, respectively, for their failure to accept cancellations of service by certain of their subscribers. We made such payment in March 2004.
      In February 2004, the MIC imposed upon us a fine of Won 21.7 billion with respect to other incentive payments that were deemed by the MIC to constitute improper handset subsidies and thereby disrupt fair competition. We paid the fine in March 2004. In February 2004, KTF and KT Corporation were also fined Won 7.5 billion and Won 4.1 billion, respectively, in respect of such incentive payments. We filed an appeal, but the MIC upheld the fine in April 2004.
      In April 2004, the MIC ordered us, KTF, KT Corporation and LGT, to pay fines of Won 650 million, Won 170 million, Won 20 million and Won 100 million, respectively, for failing to establish sufficient safeguards against the execution of telecommunications service contracts by users using false names. We were found to have

93


Table of Contents

conveyed payment delinquency information to credit rating companies without confirming that the names on the service contracts belonged to the actual users of our services. We, along with KTF, KT Corporation and LGT, were ordered to publish the violations in newspapers. We complied with such order and made such payment.
      In addition, when the MIC approved the merger of Shinsegi into us in January 2002, the MIC imposed certain conditions on us. The MIC periodically reviews our compliance with the conditions related to our merger with Shinsegi. On May 25, 2004, a policy advisory committee to the MIC announced the results of its review and stated that the committee believed that our market dominance may significantly restrict competition in the telecommunications market and that we have violated the conditions related to our merger with Shinsegi by providing subsidies to handset buyers. In June 2004, the MIC imposed a Won 11.9 billion fine on us and extended the post-merger monitoring period until January 2007 pursuant to the policy advisory committee’s recommendation. On May 25, 2004, we voluntarily undertook to limit our market share through the end of 2005 to 52.3% of the wireless telecommunications market, the level of our market share at the time of the approval of our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. We can give no assurance that the MIC will not take action that may have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. See “Item 3D. Risk Factors — Our businesses are subject to extensive government regulation and any change in government policy relating to the telecommunications industry could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.”.
      On June 7, 2004, the MIC prohibited us from acquiring new subscribers for a period of 40 days beginning on August 20, 2004. The MIC also prohibited other telecommunications companies from acquiring new subscribers for periods ranging from 20 to 30 days. KTF was issued a 30-day suspension beginning on July 21, 2004; LGT was issued a 30-day suspension beginning on June 21, 2004; and KT Corporation was issued a 20-day suspension beginning on July 21, 2004. These suspensions resulted from MIC’s determination that we violated the ban on providing subsidies to handset purchasers. During the suspensions, each company was able to continue regular business activities, including replacement of handsets, changes in user names, changes in mobile phone numbers and changes in tariff plans applicable to the existing subscribers.
      On December 29, 2004, the MIC ordered us, KTF and LGT to pay fines of Won 7.5 billion, Won 2 billion and Won 600 million, respectively, with respect to our payment of improper handset subsidies. We were more heavily fined than the other two companies as the FTC found that our efforts to remedy such violations were not sufficient and that our payment of such subsidies was in violation of the conditions related to our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002. We made such payment in January 2005.
      On March 21, 2005, the MIC ordered us, KTF and LGT to pay fines of Won 1.4 billion, Won 360 million and Won 230 million, respectively, for changing calling plans and adding value-added services to the subscribers without obtaining express consents of such subscribers. We paid such fine in April 2005.
      In May 2005 and September 2005, the MIC ordered us to pay fines of Won 23.1 billion and Won 9.3 billion, respectively, with respect to our payment of improper handset subsidies. In May 2005, LGT and KTF were also fined Won 2.7 billion and Won 1.1 billion, respectively, and in September 2005, KTF was fined Won 5.3 billion, in respect of improper subsidy payments. We were more heavily fined than the other two companies as the FTC found that our efforts to remedy such violations were not sufficient and that our payment of such subsidies was in violation of the conditions related to our merger with Shinsegi in January 2002.
      In October 2005, the MIC ordered us to pay fines of Won 1.5 billion, alleging that we have denied our competitors equal access to our wireless Internet network. We paid such fines in November 2005.
      In November 2005, the MIC ordered us to pay fines of Won 540 million, alleging that our wireless Internet NATE service menu was overly complex. KTF and LGT were also fined Won 140 million and Won 90 million on the same grounds. We paid such fines in December 2005.
      In March 2006 and April 2006, the MIC ordered us to pay fines of Won 13.8 billion and Won 7.8 billion, respectively, with respect to our payment of improper handset subsidies. In March 2006 and April 2006, KTF and LGT were also fined Won 3.7 billion and Won 1.5 billion and Won 2.1 billion and Won 700 million, respectively, in respect of improper subsidy payments. We paid Won 13.8 billion in March 2006 and Won 7.8 billion in May 2006.

94


Table of Contents

      In May 2006, the MIC ordered us to pay fines of Won 1.1 billion, alleging that we had improperly solicited subscribers to our value-added services. KTF and LGT were also fined Won 290 million and Won 130 million, respectively on the same grounds. We paid such fines in June 2006.
      In June 2006, the MIC ordered us, LGT, KTF and KT to pay fines of Won 42.6 billion, Won 15.0 billion, Won 12.0 billion and Won 0.4 billion, respectively, with respect to payments of improper handset subsidies. We plan to pay such fines in July 2006.
Multinet Litigation
      In October 2002, Korea Multinet Inc. (“Multinet”) filed a lawsuit against the MIC in the Seoul Administrative Court to revoke the MIC’s registration with the International Telecommunication Union for the frequency spectrum necessary for DMB businesses. Multinet had been previously granted the right to use this frequency by the MIC, but their right had been granted on the condition that Multinet would renounce its right to use the frequency upon implementation of a DMB business (to the extent necessary for the operation of our DMB business) and that Multinet would comply with any directive of the MIC to reallocate the frequency. The Seoul Administrative Court ruled in favor of the MIC in December 2002. Multinet filed an appeal with the Seoul High Court, but the Seoul High Court ruled in favor of the MIC in June 2004. Multinet again appealed the case and the case is now pending in the Supreme Court of Korea.
      In March 2004, the MIC released a public notice announcing its allotments of frequency for satellite DMB. In accordance with such announcement, we were assigned a frequency and a license to run a DMB business as a network service operator. In June 2004, Multinet filed a lawsuit against the MIC in the Seoul Administrative Court demanding revocation of the public notice. In September 2004, Multinet also filed a lawsuit against the MIC in the Seoul Administrative Court seeking revocation of our assigned satellite DMB frequency to us, as well as revocation of our satellite DMB business license. In July 2005, these two lawsuits were consolidated by the Seoul Administrative Court and are currently pending in the court of first instance.
      In November 2004, in connection with the above lawsuits, Multinet sought injunctive relief in the Seoul Administrative Court to suspend the MIC’s allocation of satellite DMB frequency and granting of the satellite DMB business license to us. The court of first instance ruled against Multinet, which decision was upheld in the appellate court following Multinet’s appeal. In June 2005, the Supreme Court upheld the prior rulings against Multinet.
Coloring Litigation
      In November 2002, in connection with certain technology we use to provide our coloring service, Mr. Park Won-Seop filed a lawsuit against us in the Seoul Central District Court. In the lawsuit, Mr. Park alleged that our coloring service infringed upon his patent rights. While the lawsuit is currently pending before the Seoul Central District Court, we sought an administrative action to nullify Mr. Park’s patent rights in the Intellectual Property Tribunal. The Tribunal upheld the nullification of Mr. Park’s patent rights. Mr. Park withdrew his appeal before the Patent Court in January 2006, and the case has been abandoned.
GNI Enterprise Litigation
      On October 18, 2002, GNI Enterprise Inc. filed a lawsuit against SK Communications, our subsidiary, asserting that Lycos Korea, which was subsequently merged into SK Communications in December 2002, had illegally terminated a license agreement granting GNI Enterprise the right to use the Lycos brand name in Korea. The court of first instance ruled against GNI, which decision was upheld in the appellate court following GNI’s appeal. The case is currently pending before the Supreme Court. In addition, in a lawsuit filed on November 15, 2002, GNI asserted that the merger of Netsgo Co., Ltd. into SK Communications was invalid. On January 11, 2004, GNI withdrew its claims and the suit was terminated.
      Except as described above, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are involved in any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to claims which may have, or have had during the twelve months preceding the date hereof, a significant effect on our financial position or the financial position of our subsidiaries taken as a

95


Table of Contents

whole, and, so far as we are aware, no such litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings are pending or threatened.
Dividends
      Annual dividends, if any, on our outstanding shares must be approved at the annual general meeting of shareholders. This meeting is generally held in March of the following year, and the annual dividend is generally paid shortly after the meeting. Since our shareholders have discretion to declare annual dividends, we cannot give any assurance as to the amount of dividends per share or that any dividends will be declared at all. Interim dividends, if any, can be approved by a resolution of our board of directors. Once declared, dividends must be claimed within five years, after which the right to receive the dividends is extinguished.
      We pay cash dividends to the ADR depositary in Won. Under the terms of the deposit agreement, cash dividends received by the ADR depositary generally are to be converted by the ADR depositary into Dollars and distributed to the holders of the ADSs, less withholding tax, other governmental charges and the ADR depositary’s fees and expenses. The ADR depositary’s designated bank in Korea must approve this conversion and remittance of cash dividends. See “Item 10D. Exchange Controls — Korean Foreign Exchange Controls and Securities Regulations” and “Item 10E. Taxation — Korean Taxation”.
      The following table sets forth the dividend per share, the aggregate total amount of dividends, as well as the number of outstanding shares entitled to dividends to the shareholders of record on December 31 of the years indicated. The dividends set out for each of the years below were paid in the immediately following year.
                         
            Number of Shares
    Dividend   Total Amount of   Entitled to
Year Ended December 31,   per Share   Dividends   Dividend
             
    (In won)(1)   (In billions of won)    
1997
  W 90     W 5.6       62,169,720  
1998
    118       7.6       64,258,670  
1999
    185       15.4       83,284,110  
2000
    540       48.1       89,079,034  
2001
    690       57.3       82,993,404  
2002
    1,800       151.7       84,299,698  
2003
    5,500       404.9       73,614,308  
2004
    10,300       758.2       73,614,296  
2005
    9,000       662.5       73,614,296  
 
(1)  Dividend per share and amount of shares entitled to dividend have been adjusted to give effect to the 10-for-1 stock split of our common shares which became effective on April 21, 2000.
      We distribute dividends to our shareholders in proportion to the number of shares owned by each shareholder. The common shares represented by the ADSs have the same dividend rights as other outstanding common shares.
      Holders of non-voting shares are entitled to receive dividends in priority to the holders of common shares. The dividend on the non-voting shares is between 9.0% and 25.0% of the par value as determined by the board of directors at the time of their issuance. If the dividends for common shares exceed the dividends for non-voting shares, the holders of non-voting shares will be entitled to participate in the distribution of such excess amount with the holders of common shares. If the amount available for dividends is less than the aggregate amount of the minimum required dividend, holders of non-voting shares will be entitled to receive such accumulated unpaid dividend from dividends payable in the next fiscal year before holders of common shares. There are no non-voting shares issued or outstanding.
      Under the Korean Commercial Code, we may pay an annual dividend only out of the excess of our net assets, on a non-consolidated basis, over the sum of (1) our stated capital and (2) the total amount of our capital surplus reserve and legal reserve accumulated up to the end of the relevant dividend period. In addition, we may

96


Table of Contents

not pay an annual dividend unless we have set aside as a legal reserve an amount equal to at least 10% of the cash portion of the annual dividend or until we have accumulated a legal reserve of not less than one-half of our stated capital. As a KRX Stock Market-listed company, we are also required under the relevant laws and regulations to set aside in reserve a certain amount each fiscal year until the ratio of our own capital to total assets is at least 30%. We may not use our legal reserve to pay cash dividends but may transfer amounts from our legal reserve to capital stock or use our legal reserve to reduce an accumulated deficit.
      In addition, the Korean Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation provide that, in addition to annual dividends, we may pay interim dividends once during each fiscal year. Unlike annual dividends, the decision to pay interim dividends can be made by a resolution of the board of directors and is not subject to shareholder approval. Any interim dividends must be paid in cash to the shareholders of record as of June 30 of the relevant fiscal year. In August 2005, we distributed such interim dividends at Won 1,000 per share to our shareholders for a total amount of Won 73.6 billion.
      Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, the total amount of interim dividends payable in a fiscal year shall not be more than the net assets on the balance sheet of the immediately preceding fiscal year, after deducting (1) a company’s capital in the immediately preceding fiscal year, (2) the aggregate amount of its capital reserves and legal reserves accumulated up to the immediately preceding fiscal year, (3) the amount of earnings for dividend payments confirmed at the general shareholders’ meeting with respect to the immediately preceding fiscal year and (4) the amount of legal reserve that should be set aside for the current fiscal year following the interim dividend payment. Furthermore, the rate of interim dividends for non-voting shares must be the same as that for our common shares.
      Our obligation to pay interim dividends expires if no claims to such dividends are made for a period of five years from the payment date.
Item 8B. Significant Changes
      Not applicable
Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
Item 9A. Offering and Listing Details
      These matters are described under Item 9C below where relevant.
Item 9B.      Plan of Distribution
      Not applicable
Item 9C.      Markets
      The principal trading market for our common stock is the KRX Stock Market. As of December 31, 2005, 73,614,296 shares of our common stock were outstanding.
      The ADSs are traded on the New York Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. The ADSs have been issued by the ADR depositary and are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SKM”. Each ADS represents one-ninth of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2005, ADSs representing 22,491,046 shares of our common stock were outstanding.

97


Table of Contents

Shares of Common Stock
      The following table sets forth the high, low and closing prices and the average daily trading volume of the shares of common stock on the KRX Stock Market since January 1, 2001:
                                     
    Prices(1)
     
        Average Daily
        Trading Volume
Calendar Year   High(1)   Low(1)   Close   (Number of Shares)
                 
        (Won per share)        
2001
    295,000       165,000       268,000       242,254  
 
First Quarter
    293,500       182,000       183,000       253,393  
 
Second Quarter
    235,500       165,000       191,500       312,070  
 
Third Quarter
    233,000       184,500       208,000       154,785  
 
Fourth Quarter
    295,000       220,000       268,000       250,676  
2002
    299,000       209,500       229,000       261,482  
 
First Quarter
    299,000       242,000       290,000       263,168  
 
Second Quarter
    292,000       239,000       269,500       227,115  
 
Third Quarter
    279,500       209,500       237,000       241,154  
 
Fourth Quarter
    252,500       220,000       229,000       314,019  
2003
    235,000       142,000       199,000       327,689  
 
First Quarter
    235,000       142,000       153,000       497,115  
 
Second Quarter
    210,000       157,500       204,000       298,346  
 
Third Quarter
    216,000       183,000       184,000       267,821  
 
Fourth Quarter
    212,500       185,000       199,000       247,332  
2004
    238,500       154,500       197,000       179,712  
 
First Quarter
    238,500       207,500       214,500       243,681  
 
Second Quarter
    213,000       179,000       190,000       188,095  
 
Third Quarter
    186,000       154,500       175,500       137,559  
 
Fourth Quarter
    205,000       174,500       197,000       151,903  
2005
    216,500       163,500       181,000       187,053  
 
First Quarter
    200,500       171,000       171,000       203,869  
 
Second Quarter
    192,500       163,500       182,000       137,021  
 
Third Quarter
    216,500       178,500       202,500       156,019  
 
Fourth Quarter
    209,500       181,000       181,000       249,550  
2006 (through June 26)
    237,500       176,000       201,000       197,780  
 
First Quarter
    204,500       176,000       192,500       177,491  
   
January
    192,000       176,000       192,000       221,563  
   
February
    204,500       189,500       202,500       201,075  
   
March
    203,000       187,500       192,500       113,984  
 
Second Quarter (through June 26)
    237,500       188,500       201,000       220,204  
   
April
    222,500       188,500       221,500       262,914  
   
May
    237,000       207,500       225,500       182,659  
   
June (through June 26)
    234,000       193,000       201,000       214,127  
 
Source: KRX
(1)  Both high and low prices are based on the daily closing prices for the period.

98


Table of Contents

American Depositary Shares
      The following table sets forth the high, low and closing prices and the average daily trading volume of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange since January 1, 2001:
                                     
    Prices(1)
     
        Average Daily
        Trading Volume
Calendar Year   High(1)   Low(1)   Close   (Number of Shares)
                 
        (US$ per ADS)       (Number of ADSs)
2001
    28.94       13.50       21.62       710,410  
 
First Quarter
    28.94       15.18       15.18       743,602  
 
Second Quarter
    21.05       13.50       16.90       817,532  
 
Third Quarter
    20.21       16.15       18.44       655,302  
 
Fourth Quarter
    25.29       18.26       21.62       623,611  
2002
    26.75       19.25       21.35       684,421  
 
First Quarter
    24.70       20.30       24.60       488,958  
 
Second Quarter
    26.75       20.20       24.40       555,865  
 
Third Quarter
    26.36       19.25       21.23       963,578  
 
Fourth Quarter
    22.81       19.30       21.35       717,859  
2003
    21.85       12.83       18.65       743,316  
 
First Quarter
    21.85       12.83       13.62       971,259  
 
Second Quarter
    19.40       14.07       18.86       723,959  
 
Third Quarter
    20.83       17.71       17.84       724,406  
 
Fourth Quarter
    19.90       17.46       18.65       564,023  
2004
    25.01       17.28       22.25       911,823  
 
First Quarter
    25.01       19.43       21.30       1,331,177  
 
Second Quarter
    21.83       19.15       20.99       832,175  
 
Third Quarter
    20.76       17.28       19.45       768,117  
 
Fourth Quarter
    23.10       19.30       22.25       727,683  
2005
    23.14       18.96       20.29       882,342  
 
First Quarter
    22.19       19.41       19.72       798,390  
 
Second Quarter
    21.84       18.96       20.40       618,870  
 
Third Quarter
    23.14       20.06       21.84       1,071,227  
 
Fourth Quarter
    21.95       19.74       20.29       1,039,398  
2006 (through June 26)
    27.70       20.62       22.54       983,033  
 
First Quarter
    24.56       20.62       23.59       952,819  
   
January
    23.23       20.62       23.23       1,123,040  
   
February
    24.51       23.06       24.15       1,096,226  
   
March
    24.56       23.00       23.59       686,335  
 
Second Quarter (through June 26)
    27.70       22.54       22.54       1,015,329  
   
April
    26.70       23.31       26.70       874,747  
   
May
    27.70       24.91       26.10       1,073,577  
   
June (through June 26)
    26.75       22.54       22.54       1,097,071  
 
Source: New York Stock Exchange
(1)  Both high and low prices are based on the daily closing prices for the period.

99


Table of Contents

The Korean Securities Market
The Korea Exchange Inc.
      With the enactment of the Korea Stock and Futures Exchange Act, which came into effect on January 27, 2005, the three existing spot and futures exchanges (which were the Korea Stock Exchange, Korean Futures Exchange, and KOSDAQ) and KOSDAQ Committee, a sub-organization of Korea Securities Dealers Association, were merged and integrated into the Korea Exchange, Inc. (the “KRX”) as a joint stock company. There are three different markets run by the KRX: the KRX Stock Market, the KRX KOSDAQ Market, and the Futures Market (the “KRX Futures Market”). The KRX has two trading floors located in Seoul, one for the KRX Stock Market and one for the KRX KOSDAQ Market, and one trading floor in Busan for the KRX Futures Market. Currently, the KRX is the only stock exchange in Korea and is run by membership, having most of Korean securities companies and some Korean branches of foreign securities companies as its members.
      As of May 31, 2006, the aggregate market value of equity securities listed on the KRX Stock Market was approximately Won 642.4 trillion. The average daily trading volume of equity securities for 2005 was approximately 467.5 million shares with an average transaction value of Won 3,157.0 billion and for the period from January 1, 2006 through May 31, 2006 was approximately 356.3 million shares with an average transaction value of Won 4,275.0 billion.
      The KRX has the power in some circumstances to suspend trading in the shares of a given company or to de-list a security. The KRX also restricts share price movements. All listed companies are required to file accounting reports annually, semi-annually and quarterly and to release immediately all information that may affect trading in a security.
      The Government has in the past exerted, and continues to exert, substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector business community which can have the intention or effect of depressing or boosting the market. In the past, the Government has informally both encouraged and restricted the declaration and payment of dividends, induced mergers to reduce what it considers excess capacity in a particular industry and induced private companies to offer publicly their securities.
      The KRX publishes the Korea Composite Stock Price Index, or KOSPI, every ten seconds, which is an index of all equity securities listed on the KRX Stock Market. On January 1, 1983, the method of computing KOSPI was changed from the Dow Jones method to the aggregate value method. In the new method, the market capitalizations of all listed companies are aggregated, subject to certain adjustments, and this aggregate is expressed as a percentage of the aggregate market capitalization of all listed companies as of the base date, January 4, 1980.

100


Table of Contents

      Movements in KOSPI are set out in the following table together with the associated dividend yields and price to earnings ratios:
                                                 
                    Period Average
                     
                        Price
                    Dividend   Earnings
Year   Opening   High   Low   Closing   Yield(1)(%)   Ratio(2)
                         
1980
    100.00       119.36       100.00       106.87       20.9       2.6  
1981
    97.95       165.95       93.14       131.37       13.2       3.1  
1982
    123.60       134.49       106.00       127.31       10.5       3.4  
1983
    122.52       134.46       115.59       121.21       6.9       3.8  
1984
    116.73       142.46       114.37       142.46       5.1       4.5  
1985
    139.53       163.37       131.40       163.37       5.3       5.2  
1986
    161.40       279.67       153.85       272.61       4.3       7.6  
1987
    264.82       525.11       264.82       525.11       2.6       10.9  
1988
    532.04       922.56       527.89       907.20       2.4       11.2  
1989
    919.61       1,007.77       844.75       909.72       2.0       13.9  
1990
    908.59       928.77       566.27       696.11       2.2       12.8  
1991
    679.75       763.10       586.51       610.92       2.6       11.2  
1992
    624.23       691.48       459.07       678.44       2.2       10.9  
1993
    697.41       874.10       605.93       866.18       1.6       12.7  
1994
    879.32       1,138.75       860.47       1,027.37       1.2       16.2  
1995
    1,013.57       1,016.77       847.09       882.94       1.2       16.4  
1996
    888.85       986.84       651.22       651.22       1.3       17.8  
1997
    653.79       792.29       350.68       376.31       1.5       17.0  
1998
    385.49       579.86       280.00       562.46       1.9       10.8  
1999
    587.57       1,028.07       498.42       1,028.07       1.1       13.5  
2000
    1,059.04       1,059.04       500.60       504.62       2.1       12.9  
2001
    520.95       704.50       468.76       693.70       1.7       16.4  
2002
    724.95       937.61       584.04       829.44       1.6       15.2  
2003
    635.17       822.16       515.24       810.71       2.0       11.8  
2004
    821.26       936.06       719.59       895.92       2.0       13.8  
2005
    893.71       1,379.37       870.84       1,379.37       1.8       10.6  
2006 (though June 26)
    1,383.32       1,469.70       1,192.09       1,238.05       N/A       N/A  
 
Source: KRX
(1)  Dividend yields are based on daily figures. Before 1983, dividend yields were calculated at the end of each month. Dividend yields after January 3, 1984 include cash dividends only.
 
(2)  The price to earnings ratio is based on figures for companies that record a profit in the preceding year.
 
(3)  Starting in April 2000, dividend yield and price earnings ratio of KOSPI 200, an index of 200 equity securities listed on the KRX Stock Market. Starting in April 2000, excludes classified companies, companies which did not submit annual reports to the KRX, and companies which received disqualified opinion from external auditors.
      Shares are quoted “ex-dividend” on the first trading day of the relevant company’s accounting period. Since the calendar year is the accounting period for the majority of listed companies, this may account for the drop in KOSPI between its closing level at the end of one calendar year and its opening level at the beginning of the following calendar year.

101


Table of Contents

      With certain exceptions, principally to take account of a share being quoted “ex-dividend” and “ex-rights”, permitted upward and downward movements in share prices of any category of shares on any day are limited under the rules of the KRX to 15.0% of the previous day’s closing price of the shares, rounded down as set out below:
         
    Rounded Down
Previous Day’s Closing Price W   to  W
     
Less than 5,000
  W 5  
5,000 to less than 10,000
    10  
10,000 to less than 50,000
    50  
50,000 to less than 100,000
    100  
100,000 to less than 500,000
    500  
500,000 or more
    1,000  
      As a consequence, if a particular closing price is the same as the price set by the fluctuation limit, the closing price may not reflect the price at which persons would have been prepared, or would be prepared to continue, if so permitted, to buy and sell shares. Orders are executed on an auction system with priority rules to deal with competing bids and offers.
      Due to a recent deregulation of restrictions on brokerage commission rates, the brokerage commission rate on equity securities transactions may be determined by the parties, subject to commission schedules being filed with the KRX by the securities companies. In addition, a securities transaction tax of 0.15% of the sales price will generally be imposed on the transfer of shares or certain securities representing rights to subscribe for shares. A special agricultural and fishery tax of 0.15% of the sales prices will also be imposed on transfer of these shares and securities on the KRX Stock Market. See “Item 10E. Taxation — Korean Taxation”.

102


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth the number of companies listed on the KRX Stock Market, the corresponding total market capitalization and the average daily trading volume at the end of the periods indicated:
                                                 
    Market Capitalization    
    on the Last Day of Each Period   Average Trading Volume & Value
         
    Number of        
    Listed   (Millions of   (Thousands of   Thousands of   (Millions of   (Thousands of
Year   Companies   Won)   Dollars)(1)   Shares   Won)   Dollars)(1)
                         
1980
    352     W 2,526,553     US $ 3,828,691       5,654     W 3,897     US $ 5,905  
1981
    343       2,959,057       4,224,207       10,565       8,708       12,433  
1982
    334       3,000,494       4,407,711       9,704       6,667       8,904  
1983
    328       3,489,654       4,386,743       9,325       5,941       7,468  
1984
    336       5,148,460       6,222,456       14,847       10,642       12,862  
1985
    342       6,570,404       7,380,818       18,925       12,315       13,834  
1986
    355       11,994,233       13,924,115       31,755       32,870       38,159  
1987
    389       26,172,174       33,033,162       20,353       70,185       88,584  
1988
    502       64,543,685       94,348,318       10,367       198,364       289,963  
1989
    626       95,476,774       140,489,660       11,757       280,967       414,431  
1990
    669       79,019,676       110,301,055       10,866       183,692       256,500  
1991
    686       73,117,833       96,182,364       14,022       214,263       281,850  
1992
    688       84,711,982       107,502,515       24,028       308,246       391,175  
1993
    693       112,665,260       139,419,948       35,130       574,048       676,954  
1994
    699       151,217,231       191,729,721       36,862       776,257       984,223  
1995
    721       141,151,399       182,201,367       26,130       487,762       629,614  
1996
    760       117,369,988       139,031,021       26,571       486,834       575,733  
1997
    776       70,988,897       50,161,742       41,525       555,759       392,707  
1998
    748       137,798,451       114,090,455       97,716       660,429       471,432  
1999
    725       349,503,966       305,137,040       278,551       3,481,620       3,039,654  
2000
    704       188,041,490       150,162,898       306,163       2,602,211       2,078,028  
2001
    689       225,850,076       194,784,979       473,241       1,997,420       1,520,685  
2002
    683       258,680,756       218,167,122       851,242       3,041,592       2,414,362  
2003
    684       355,362,626       297,960,530       542,010       2,216,636       1,858,580  
2004
    683       412,588,138       427,069,982       372,894       2,232,108       2,310,455  
2005
    702       655,074,595       648,588,707       467,629       3,157,662       3,126,398  
2006 (through June 26)
    717       604,501,659       598,516,494       336,721       4,105,713       4,065,062  
 
Source: KRX
(1)  Converted at the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in Won per US$1.00 as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
      The Korean securities markets are principally regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the Korean Securities and Exchange Act. The Korean Securities and Exchange Act was amended fundamentally numerous times in recent years to broaden the scope and improve the effectiveness of official supervision of the securities markets. As amended, the law imposes restrictions on insider trading and price manipulation, requires specified information to be made available by listed companies to investors and establishes rules regarding margin trading, proxy solicitation, takeover bids, acquisition of treasury shares and reporting requirements for shareholders holding substantial interests.

103


Table of Contents

Further Opening of the Korean Securities Market
      A stock index futures market was opened on May 3, 1996 and a stock index option market was opened on July 7, 1997, in each case at the Korea Stock Exchange. Remittance and repatriation of funds in connection with investment in stock index futures and options are subject to regulations similar to those that govern remittance and repatriation in the context of foreign investment in Korean stocks.
      In addition, the Korea Stock Exchange opened new option markets for stocks of seven companies including our shares of common stock and common stock of six other companies on January 28, 2002. Foreigners will be permitted to invest in such options for individual stocks subject to certain procedural requirements.
      Starting from May 1, 1996, foreign investors were permitted to invest in warrants representing the right to subscribe for shares of a company listed on the Korea Stock Exchange or registered on the KOSDAQ, subject to certain investment limitations. A foreign investor may not acquire such warrants with respect to shares of a class of a company for which the ceiling on aggregate investment by foreigners has been reached or exceeded.
      As of December 30, 1997, foreign investors were permitted to invest in all types of corporate bonds, bonds issued by national or local governments and bonds issued in accordance with certain special laws without being subject to any aggregate or individual investment ceiling. The Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea sets forth procedural requirements for such investments. The Government announced on February 8, 1998 its plans for the liberalization of the money market with respect to investment in money market instruments by foreigners in 1998. According to the plan, foreigners have been permitted to invest in money market instruments issued by corporations, including commercial paper, starting February 16, 1998 with no restrictions as to the amount. Starting May 25, 1998, foreigners have been permitted to invest in certificates of deposit and repurchase agreements.
      Currently, foreigners are permitted to invest in securities including shares of all Korean companies which are not listed on the KRX Stock Market nor the KRX KOSDAQ Market and in bonds which are not listed.
Protection of Customer’s Interest in Case of Insolvency of Securities Companies
      Under Korean law, the relationship between a customer and a securities company in connection with a securities sell or buy order is deemed to be consignment and the securities acquired by a consignment agent (i.e., the securities company) through such sell or buy order are regarded as belonging to the customer in so far as the customer and the consignment agent’s creditors are concerned. Therefore, in the event of a bankruptcy or reorganization procedure involving a securities company, the customer of the securities company is entitled to the proceeds of the securities sold by the securities company.
      When a customer places a sell order with a securities company which is not a member of the KRX and this securities company places a sell order with another securities company which is a member of the KRX, the customer is still entitled to the proceeds of the securities sold received by the non-member company from the member company regardless of the bankruptcy or reorganization of the non-member company.
      Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, the KRX is obliged to indemnify any loss or damage incurred by a counterparty as a result of a breach by its members. If a securities company which is a member of the KRX breaches its obligation in connection with a buy order, the KRX is obliged to pay the purchase price on behalf of the breaching member.
      When a customer places a buy order with a non-member company and the non-member company places a buy order with a member company, the customer has the legal right to the securities received by the non-member company from the member company because the purchased securities are regarded as belonging to the customer in so far as the customer and the non-member company’s creditors are concerned.
      As the cash deposited with a securities company is regarded as belonging to the securities company, which is liable to return the same at the request of its customer, the customer cannot take back deposited cash from the securities company if a bankruptcy or reorganization procedure is instituted against the securities company and, therefore, can suffer from loss or damage as a result. However, the Depositor Protection Act provides that Korea Deposit Insurance Corporation will, upon the request of the investors, pay investors up to Won 50 million per

104


Table of Contents

investor in case of the securities company’s bankruptcy, liquidation, cancellation of securities business license or other insolvency events. Pursuant to the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, as amended, subject to certain exceptions, securities companies are required to deposit the cash received from its customers with the Korea Securities Finance Corporation, a special entity established pursuant to the Korean Securities and Exchange Act. Set-off or attachment of cash deposits by securities companies is prohibited. The premiums related to this insurance under the Depositor Protection Act are paid by securities companies.
Item 9D. Selling Shareholders
      Not applicable
Item 9E. Dilution
      Not applicable
Item 9F. Expenses of the Issue
      Not applicable
Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Item 10A. Share Capital
      Not applicable
Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Association
Description of Capital Stock
      This section provides information relating to our capital stock, including brief summaries of material provisions of our articles of incorporation, the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, the Korean Commercial Code and related laws of Korea, all as currently in effect. The following summaries are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our articles of incorporation and the applicable provisions of the Korean Securities and Exchange Act and the Korean Commercial Code. We have filed or incorporated by reference copies of our articles of incorporation and these laws as exhibits to our most recently filed annual report.
General
      The name of our company is SK Telecom Co., Ltd. We are registered under the laws of Korea under the commercial registry number of 110111-0371346. As specified in Article 2 (Objectives) of our articles of incorporation, the company’s objectives are the rational management of the telecommunications business, development of telecommunications technology, and contribution to public welfare and convenience. In order to achieve these objectives, we are engaged in the following:
  •  information and communication business;
 
  •  sale and lease of subscriber handsets;
 
  •  new media business;
 
  •  advertising business;
 
  •  mail order business;
 
  •  business of leasing available and real estate property;
 
  •  research and technology development relating to the first four items above;
 
  •  overseas and import/export business relating to the first four items above;
 
  •  manufacture and distribution business relating to the first four items above;

105


Table of Contents

  •  tourism; and
 
  •  any business or undertaking incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objectives stated above.
      Currently, our authorized share capital is 220,000,000 shares, which consists of shares of common stock, par value Won 500 per share, and shares of non-voting stock, par value Won 500 per share (common shares and non-voting shares together are referred to as “shares”). Under our articles of incorporation, we are authorized to issue up to 5,500,000 non-voting preferred shares. As of December 31, 2005, 82,276,711 common shares were issued, of which 8,662,415 shares were held by us in treasury. We have never issued any non-voting preferred shares. All of the issued and outstanding common shares are fully-paid and non-assessable and are in registered form. We issue share certificates in denominations of 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1,000 and 10,000 shares.
Board of Directors
      Meetings of the board of directors are convened by the representative director as he or she deems necessary or upon the request of three or more directors. The board of directors determines all important matters relating to our business. In addition, the prior approval of the majority of the independent non-executive directors is required for certain matters, which include:
  •  investment by us or any of our subsidiaries in a foreign company or equity or other overseas assets in an amount equal to 5.0% or more of our shareholders’ equity under our most recent balance sheet; and
 
  •  contribution of capital, loans or guarantees, acquisition of our subsidiaries’ assets or similar transactions with our affiliated companies in excess of Won 10 billion through one or a series of transactions.
      Resolutions of the board are adopted in the presence of a majority of the directors in office and by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present. No director who has an interest in a matter for resolution may exercise his or her vote upon such matter.
      There are no specific shareholding requirements for director’s qualification. Directors are elected at a general meeting of shareholders if the approval of a majority vote of the shareholders present at such meeting is obtained, and such majority also represents at least one-fourth of the total number of shares outstanding. Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, unless stated otherwise in the articles of incorporation, holders of an aggregate of 1% or more of the outstanding shares with voting rights may request cumulative voting in any election for two or more directors. Our articles of incorporation permit cumulative voting starting from the ordinary general meeting of shareholders in 2003.
      The term of office for directors shall be until the close of the third annual general shareholders’ meeting convened after he or she commences his or her term. Our directors may serve consecutive terms and our shareholders may remove them from office at any time by a special resolution adopted at a general meeting of shareholders.
Dividends
      We distribute dividends to our shareholders in proportion to the number of shares owned by each shareholder. The common shares represented by the ADSs have the same dividend rights as other outstanding common shares.
      Holders of non-voting shares are entitled to receive dividends in priority to the holders of common shares. The dividend on the non-voting shares is between 9.0% and 25.0% of the par value as determined by the board of directors at the time of their issuance. If the dividends for common shares exceed the dividends for non-voting shares, the holders of non-voting shares will be entitled to participate in the distribution of such excess amount with the holders of common shares. If the amount available for dividends is less than the aggregate amount of the minimum required dividend, holders of non-voting shares will be entitled to receive such accumulated unpaid dividend from dividends payable in the next fiscal year before holders of common shares. There are no non-voting shares issued or outstanding.

106


Table of Contents

      We declare dividends annually at the annual general meeting of shareholders which is generally held within three months after the end of the fiscal year. We pay the annual dividend shortly after the annual general meeting to the shareholders of record or registered pledges as of the end of the preceding fiscal year. We may distribute the annual dividend in cash or in shares. However, a dividend of shares must be distributed at par value. If the market price of the shares is less than their par value, dividends in shares may not exceed one-half of the annual dividend. Our obligation to pay dividend expires if no claim to dividend is made for five years from the payment date.
      Under the Korean Commercial Code, we may pay an annual dividend only out of the excess of our net assets, on a non-consolidated basis, over the sum of (1) our stated capital and (2) the total amount of our capital surplus reserve and legal reserve accumulated up to the end of the relevant dividend period. In addition, we may not pay an annual dividend unless we have set aside as legal reserve an amount equal to at least 10.0% of the cash portion of the annual dividend or until we have accumulated a legal reserve of not less than one-half of our stated capital. As a KRX Stock Market-listed company, we are also required under the relevant laws and regulations to set aside in reserve a certain amount each fiscal year until the ratio of our own capital to total assets is at least 30%. We may not use legal reserve to pay cash dividends but may transfer amounts from legal reserve to capital stock or use legal reserve to reduce an accumulated deficit.
      In addition, the Korean Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation provide that, in addition to annual dividends, we may pay interim dividends once during each fiscal year. Unlike annual dividends, the decision to pay interim dividends can be made by a resolution of the board of directors and is not subject to shareholder approval. Any interim dividends must be paid in cash to the shareholders of record as of June 30 of the relevant fiscal year. In August 2005, we distributed such interim dividends at Won 1,000 per share to our shareholders for a total amount of Won 73.6 billion.
      Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, the total amount of interim dividends payable in a fiscal year shall not be more than the net assets on the balance sheet of the immediately preceding fiscal year, after deducting (1) a company’s capital in the immediately preceding fiscal year, (2) the aggregate amount of its capital reserves and legal reserves accumulated up to the immediately preceding fiscal year, (3) the amount of earnings for dividend payments confirmed at the general shareholders’ meeting with respect to the immediately preceding fiscal year and (4) the amount of legal reserve that should be set aside for the current fiscal year following the interim dividend payment. Furthermore, the rate of interim dividends for non-voting shares must be the same as that for our common shares.
      Our obligation to pay interim dividends expires if no claims to such dividends are made for a period of five years from the payment date.
Distribution of Free Shares
      In addition to paying dividends in shares out of our retained or current earnings, we may also distribute to our shareholders an amount transferred from our capital surplus or legal reserve to our stated capital in the form of free shares. We must distribute such free shares to all our shareholders in proportion to their existing shareholdings.
Preemptive Rights and Issuance of Additional Shares
      We may at times issue authorized but unissued shares, unless otherwise provided in the Korean Commercial Code, on terms determined by our board of directors. All our shareholders are generally entitled to subscribe to any newly-issued shares in proportion to their existing shareholdings. We must offer new shares on uniform terms to all shareholders who have preemptive rights and are listed on our shareholders’ registry as of the relevant record date. We must give public notice of the preemptive rights regarding new shares and their transferability at least two weeks before the relevant record date. Our board of directors may determine how to distribute shares for which preemptive rights have not been exercised or where fractions of shares occur.
      Under the Korean Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation, we may issue new shares pursuant to a board resolution to persons other than existing shareholders only if (1) the new shares are issued for the purpose

107


Table of Contents

of issuing depositary receipts in accordance with the relevant regulations or through an offering to public investors and (2) the purpose of such issuance is deemed necessary by us to achieve a business purpose, including, but not limited to, the introduction of new technology or the improvement of our financial condition. Under our articles of incorporation, only our board of directors is authorized to set the terms and conditions with respect to such issuance of new shares.
      In addition, under our articles of incorporation, we may issue convertible bonds or bonds with warrants, each up to an aggregate principal amount of Won 400 billion, to persons other than existing shareholders, where such issuance is deemed necessary by us to achieve a business purpose, including, but not limited to, the introduction of new technology or the improvement of our financial condition.
      Members of our employee stock ownership association, whether or not they are our shareholders, generally have a preemptive right to subscribe for up to 20.0% of the shares publicly offered pursuant to the Korean Securities and Exchange Act. This right is exercisable only to the extent that the total number of shares so acquired and held by members of our employee stock ownership association does not exceed 20.0% of the sum of the number of shares then outstanding and the number of newly-issued shares. As of December 31, 2005, approximately 0.36% of the issued shares were held by members of our employee stock ownership association.
General Meeting of Shareholders
      We generally hold the annual general meeting of shareholders within three months after the end of each fiscal year. Subject to a board resolution or court approval, we may hold an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders:
  •  as necessary;
 
  •  at the request of holders of an aggregate of 3.0% or more of our outstanding common shares;
 
  •  at the request of shareholders holding an aggregate of 3.0% or more of our outstanding shares for at least six months; or
 
  •  at the request of our audit committee.
      Holders of non-voting shares may request a general meeting of shareholders only after the non-voting shares become entitled to vote or “enfranchised,” as described under “— Voting Rights” below.
      We must give shareholders written notice setting out the date, place and agenda of the meeting at least two weeks before the date of the general meeting of shareholders. However, for holders of less than 1.0% of the total number of issued and outstanding voting shares, we may give notice by placing at least two public notices in at least two daily newspapers at least two weeks in advance of the meeting. Currently, we use The Korea Economic Daily News and Mail Business Newspaper, both published in Seoul, for this purpose. Shareholders who are not on the shareholders’ registry as of the record date are not entitled to receive notice of the general meeting of shareholders or attend or vote at the meeting. Holders of non-voting shares, unless enfranchised, are not entitled to receive notice of or vote at general meetings of shareholders.
      Our general meetings of shareholders have historically been held in or near Seoul.
Voting Rights
      Holders of our common shares are entitled to one vote for each common share, except that voting rights of common shares held by us (including treasury shares and shares held by bank trust funds controlled by us), or by a corporate shareholder that is more than 10.0% owned by us either directly or indirectly, may not be exercised. Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, unless stated otherwise in the articles of incorporation, holders of an aggregate of 1% or more of the outstanding shares with voting rights may request cumulative voting in any election for two or more directors. Our articles of incorporation have permitted cumulative voting since our annual shareholders meeting in March 2003. Cumulative voting provides each shareholder with multiple voting rights corresponding to the number of directors to be appointed in a particular election allows each shareholder to exercise all his or her voting rights cumulatively to elect a director.

108


Table of Contents

      Our shareholders may adopt resolutions at a general meeting by an affirmative majority vote of the voting shares present or represented at the meeting if the proportion of affirmative votes also represent at least one-fourth of our total voting shares then issued and outstanding. However, under the Korean Commercial Code and our articles of incorporation, the following matters, among others, require approval by the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting shares present or represented at a meeting, and such affirmative votes also represent at least one-third of our total voting shares then issued and outstanding:
  •  amending our articles of incorporation;
 
  •  removing a director;
 
  •  effecting any dissolution, merger or consolidation of us;
 
  •  transferring the whole or any significant part of our business;
 
  •  effecting our acquisition of all of the business of any other company or a part of the business of any other company having a material effect on our business;
 
  •  reducing our capital; or
 
  •  issuing any new shares at a price lower than their par value.
      In general, holders of non-voting shares are not entitled to vote on any resolution or receive notice of any general meeting of shareholders.
      However, in the case of amendments to our articles of incorporation, or any merger or consolidation of us, or in some other cases which affect the rights or interests of the non-voting shares, approval of the holders of non-voting shares is required. We may obtain the approval by a resolution of holders of at least two-thirds of the non-voting shares present or represented at a class meeting of the holders of non-voting shares, where the affirmative votes also represent at least one-third of our total issued and outstanding non-voting shares. In addition, if we are unable to pay dividends on non-voting shares as provided in our articles of incorporation, the holders of non-voting shares will become enfranchised and will be entitled to exercise voting rights beginning at the next general meeting of shareholders to be held after the declaration of non-payment of dividends is made until such dividends are paid. The holders of enfranchised non-voting shares have the same rights as holders of common shares to request, receive notice of, attend and vote at a general meeting of shareholders.
      Shareholders may exercise their voting rights by proxy. A shareholder may give proxies only to another shareholder, except that a corporate shareholder may give proxies to its officers or employees.
      Holders of ADRs exercise their voting rights through the ADR depositary, an agent of which is the record holder of the underlying common shares. Subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement, ADR holders are entitled to instruct the ADR depositary how to vote the common shares underlying their ADSs.
Rights of Dissenting Shareholders
      In some limited circumstances, including the transfer of all or a significant part of our business or our merger or consolidation with another company (with certain exceptions), dissenting shareholders have the right to require us to purchase their shares. To exercise this right, shareholders, including holders of non-voting shares, must submit to us a written notice of their intention to dissent before the general meeting of shareholders. Then, within 20 days after the relevant resolution is passed at a meeting, the dissenting shareholders must request us in writing to purchase their shares. We are obligated to purchase the shares of such dissenting shareholders within one month after the expiration of the 20-day period. The purchase price for the shares is required to be determined through negotiation between the dissenting shareholders and us. If we cannot agree on a price through negotiation, the purchase price will be the average of (1) the weighted average of the daily share prices on the KRX Stock Market for the two-month period before the date of the adoption of the relevant board resolution, (2) the weighted average of the daily share price on the KRX Stock Market for the one month period before the date of the adoption of the relevant resolution and (3) the weighted average of the daily share price on the KRX Stock Market for the one week period before such date of the adoption of the relevant resolution. However, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea may adjust this price if we or shareholders collectively holding

109


Table of Contents

30.0% or more of the total number of the shares held by dissenting shareholders do not accept the purchase price. Holders of ADSs will not be able to exercise dissenter’s rights unless they have withdrawn the underlying common stock and become our direct shareholders.
Registry of Shareholders and Record Dates
      Our transfer agent, Kookmin Bank, maintains the registry of our shareholders at its office in Seoul, Korea. It records and registers transfers of shares on the registry of shareholders upon presentation of the share certificates.
      The record date for annual dividends is December 31. For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to annual dividends, the registry of shareholders is closed for the period from January 1 to January 31 of the following year. Further, for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to some other rights pertaining to the shares, we may, on at least two weeks’ public notice, set a record date and/or close the register of shareholders for not more than three months. The trading of shares and the delivery of share certificates may continue while the register of shareholders is closed.
Annual Report
      At least one week before the annual general meeting of shareholders, we must make our annual reports and audited non-consolidated financial statements available for inspection at our principal office and at all of our branch offices. In addition, copies of annual reports, the audited non-consolidated financial statements and any resolutions adopted at the general meeting of shareholders will be available to our shareholders.
      Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, we must file with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the KRX (1) an annual securities report within 90 days after the end of our fiscal year, (2) a half-year report within 45 days after the end of the first six months of our fiscal year, and (3) quarterly reports within 45 days after the end of the third month and the ninth month of our fiscal year. Copies of these reports are or will be available for public inspection at the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the KRX.
Transfer of Shares
      Under the Korean Commercial Code, the transfer of shares is effected by the delivery of share certificates. However, to assert shareholders’ rights against us, the transferee must have his or her name, seal and address registered on our registry of shareholders, maintained by our transfer agent. A non-Korean shareholder may file a sample signature in place of a seal, unless he or she is a citizen of a country with a sealing system similar to that of Korea. In addition, a non-resident shareholder must appoint an agent in Korea authorized to receive notices on his or her behalf and file his or her mailing address in Korea. These requirements do not apply to holders of ADSs.
      Under current Korean regulations, Korean securities companies and banks, including licensed branches of non-Korean securities companies and banks, asset management companies, futures trade companies, internationally recognized foreign custodians and the Korea Securities Depository may act as agents and provide related services for foreign shareholders. Certain foreign exchange controls and securities regulations apply to the transfer of shares by non-residents or non-Koreans. See “Item 10D. Exchange Controls — Korean Foreign Exchange Controls and Securities Regulations”.
      Our transfer agent is Kookmin Bank, located at 24-3, Yoido-dong, Yongdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea.
Restrictions Applicable to Shares
      Pursuant to the Telecommunications Business Law, the maximum aggregate foreign shareholding in us is limited to 49.0%. See “Item 4B. Business Overview — Law and Regulation — Foreign Ownership and Investment Restrictions and Requirements”. In addition, certain foreign exchange controls and securities regulations apply to the acquisition of securities by non-residents or non-Koreans. See “Item 10D. Exchange Controls — Korean Foreign Exchange Controls and Securities Regulations”.

110


Table of Contents

Acquisition of Shares by Us
      Under the Korean Commercial Code, we may not acquire our own shares except in limited circumstances, such as a reduction in capital. However, we may acquire our own shares under the relevant provisions of the Korean Securities and Exchange Act. In such cases, we may acquire shares through purchases on the KRX Stock Market or through a tender-offer after filing the required report with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the KRX. We may also acquire interests in our own shares through agreements with trust companies and asset management companies after filing a report with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the KRX. The aggregate purchase price for the shares may not exceed the total amount available for distribution of dividends, subject to certain procedural requirements.
      Under the Korean Commercial Code, except in the case of a reduction in capital, we must resell or transfer any shares we acquire to a third party within a reasonable time. In general, corporate entities in which we own more than 50% equity interest may not acquire our shares. Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, we are subject to certain selling restrictions for the shares we acquire. In the case of a reduction in capital, we must immediately cancel the shares we acquire. On October 26, 2001, in accordance with the approval of our board of directors, we announced plans to establish trust funds with four Korean banks with a total funding of Won 1.3 trillion for the purpose of acquiring our shares at market prices or within a range of five percent of market prices. For more details on the trust funds, see “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
Liquidation Rights
      In the event of our liquidation, assets remaining after payment of all debts, liquidation expenses and taxes will be distributed among shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings. Holders of non-voting shares have no preference in liquidation. Holders of debt securities have no preference over other creditors in the event of liquidation.
Description of American Depositary Shares
      The following is a summary of the deposit agreement dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by amendment no. 1 dated as of March 15, 1999, amendment no. 2 dated as of April 24, 2000 and amendment no. 3 dated as of July 24, 2002, among us, Citibank, N.A., as ADR depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners of ADSs. The deposit agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York. Because it is a summary, this description does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the ADR. The deposit agreement has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form  F-3 (File No.  333-91304) filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Copies of the deposit agreement are available for inspection at the principal New York office of the ADR depositary, currently located at 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10013, United States of America, and at the principal London office of the ADR depositary, currently located at Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, E14 5LB, England.
American Depositary Receipts
      The ADR depositary will execute and deliver the ADRs evidencing the ADSs. Each ADR evidences a specified number of ADSs, each ADS representing one-ninth of one share of our common stock to be deposited with the ADR depositary’s custodian in Seoul, or the Custodian. The Custodian is Korea Securities Depository, located at 1328 Paeksok-Dong, Ilsan-Ku, Koyang, 411-770, Kyunggi-Do, Seoul, 150-884, Korea. Korea Securities Depository is also the institution authorized under applicable law to effect book-entry transfers of our common shares, known as the “Custodian”. An ADR may represent any number of ADSs. We and the ADR depositary will treat only persons in whose names ADRs are registered on the books of the registrar as holders of ADRs.

111


Table of Contents

Deposit and Withdrawal of Shares of Common Stock
      Notwithstanding the provisions described below, under the terms of the deposit agreement, as supplemented by a side letter dated as of October 1, 2002, the deposit of shares and issuance of ADSs may only be made if the total number of shares represented by ADRs after such deposit does not exceed a specified maximum, 13,598,544 shares as of October 1, 2002. This limit will be adjusted in certain circumstances, including (1) increases upon the cancellation of existing ADRs (up to a maximum of 5,605,839 shares), (2) increases upon future offerings of ADSs by us or our shareholders, (3) increases upon issuances of ADSs upon the exchange of outstanding exchangeable bonds issued by Momenta (Cayman) (a special purpose vehicle incorporated in the Cayman Islands, which sold bonds exchangeable initially into such ADSs, see “Item 6E. Share Ownership”), (4) increases for rights offerings and (5) adjustments for share reclassifications. The limit also may be decreased in certain circumstances, including in connection with purchases of ADSs by Momenta (Cayman) in accordance with the terms of its exchangeable bonds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ADR depositary and the custodian may not accept deposits of shares of common stock for issuance of ADSs (other than in the case of an exercise of the exchange rights of the exchangeable bonds issued by Momenta (Cayman)) (i) if it has been notified by us in writing that we block deposits to prevent a violation of applicable Korean laws or regulations or a violation of our articles of incorporation or (ii) from a person intending to make a deposit that identifies itself to the depositary and that has been identified in writing by us as a holder of at least 3% of our shares of common stock on October 7, 2002.
      The shares of common stock underlying the ADSs are delivered to the ADR depositary’s custodian in book-entry form. Accordingly, no share certificates will be issued for them, and the ADR depositary will hold the shares of common stock through the book-entry settlement system of the Custodian. The delivery of the shares of common stock pursuant to the deposit agreement will take place through the facilities of the Custodian in accordance with its applicable settlement procedures. The ADR depositary will execute and deliver ADRs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence of rights to receive shares of common stock with the Custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the ADR depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you designate and will deliver an ADR or ADRs for those ADSs to the persons you designate. The ADR depositary and the ADR depositary’s custodian will refuse to accept shares of common stock for deposit whenever we restrict transfer of shares of common stock to comply with ownership restrictions under applicable law or our articles of incorporation or whenever the deposit would cause the total number of shares of common stock deposited to exceed a level we determine from time to time. We may instruct the ADR depositary to take certain actions with respect to a holder of ADSs who holds in excess of the ownership limitation set forth in the deposit agreement, including the mandatory sale or disposition of the shares represented by the ADSs in excess of such ownership limitations if, and to the extent, permitted by applicable law.
      You may surrender your ADRs to the ADR depositary to withdraw the underlying shares of our common stock. Upon payment of the fees and any governmental charges and taxes provided in the deposit agreement, and subject to applicable laws and regulations of Korea and our articles of incorporation, you will be entitled to physical delivery or electronic delivery to an account in Korea or, if permissible under applicable Korean law, outside the United States, of the shares of common stock evidenced by the ADRs and any other property at the time represented by ADRs you surrendered. If you surrender an ADR evidencing a number of ADSs not evenly divisible by nine, the ADR depositary will deliver the appropriate whole number of shares of common stock represented by the surrendered ADSs and will execute and deliver to you a new ADR evidencing ADSs representing any remaining fractional shares of common stock.
      If you request withdrawal of shares of common stock, you must deliver to the ADR depositary a written order directing the ADR depositary to cause the shares of common stock being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon the written order of the person designated in your order, subject to applicable Korean laws and the provisions of the deposit agreement.
      Under the provisions of the deposit agreement, the ADR depositary may not lend shares of common stock or ADSs. However, subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement and limitations established by the ADR depositary, the ADR depositary may execute and deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying shares of

112


Table of Contents

common stock. This is called a pre-release of the ADS. The ADR depositary may also deliver shares of common stock upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the cancellation occurs before the termination of the pre-release). The ADR depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following circumstances:
  •  before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to the ADR depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares of common stock or ADSs to be deposited and show evidence of the ownership to the ADR depositary’s satisfaction;
 
  •  before or at the time of such pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must agree in writing that he will hold the shares of common stock or ADSs in trust for the ADR depositary until their delivery to the ADR depositary or custodian, reflect on his records the ADR depositary as owner of such shares of common stock or ADSs and deliver such shares of common stock upon the ADR depositary’s request;
 
  •  the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or U.S. government securities;
 
  •  the ADR depositary must be able to terminate the pre-release on not more than five business day’s notice; and
 
  •  the pre-release is subject to further indemnities and credit regulations as the ADR depositary deems appropriate.
      The ADR depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection with the pre-release, such as earnings on the collateral.
      If you want to withdraw the shares of common stock from the depositary facility, you must register your identity with the Financial Supervisory Service of Korea before you acquire the shares of common stock unless you intend to sell the shares of common stock within three months. See “Item 10D. Exchange Controls — Korean Foreign Exchange Controls and Securities Regulations — Restrictions Applicable to Shares”.
Dividends, Other Distributions and Rights
      If the ADR depositary can, in its judgment and pursuant to applicable law, convert Won (or any other foreign currency) into Dollars on a reasonable basis and transfer the resulting Dollars to the United States, the ADR depositary will as promptly as practicable convert all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by it on the deposited shares of common stock into Dollars and distribute the Dollars to you in proportion to the number of ADSs representing shares of common stock held by you, after deduction of the fees and expenses of the ADR depositary. If the ADR depositary determines that in its judgment any currency other than Dollars it receives from us cannot be converted and distributed on a reasonable basis, the ADR depositary may distribute the currency it receives to the extent permitted under applicable law or hold the currency for your account if you are entitled to receive the distribution. The ADR depositary will not be liable for any interest. Before making a distribution, the ADR depositary will deduct any withholding taxes that must be paid.
      In the event that the ADR depositary or the ADR depositary’s custodian receives any distribution upon any deposited shares of common stock in property or securities (other than shares of common stock, non-voting shares or rights to receive shares of common stock or non-voting shares), the ADR depositary will distribute the property or securities to you in proportion to your holdings in any manner that the ADR depositary deems, after consultation with us, equitable and practicable. If the ADR depositary determines that any distribution of property or securities (other than shares of common stock, non-voting shares or rights to receive shares of common stock or non-voting shares) cannot be made proportionally, or if for any other reason the ADR depositary deems the distribution not to be feasible, the ADR depositary may, after consultation with us, dispose of all or a portion of the property or securities in such amounts and in such manner, including by public or private sale, as the ADR depositary deems equitable or practicable. The ADR depositary will distribute to you the net proceeds of any such sale, or the balance of the property or securities, after the deduction of the fees and expenses of the ADR depositary.
      If a distribution by us consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, our shares of common stock, the ADR depositary may, with our approval, and will, if we request, deposit the shares of common stock and either

113


Table of Contents

(1) distribute to you, in proportion to your holdings, additional ADSs representing those shares of common stock, or (2) reflect on the records of the ADR depositary the increase in the aggregate number of ADSs representing those number of shares of common stock, in both cases, after the deduction of the fees and expenses of the ADR depositary. If the ADR depositary deems that such distribution for any reason is not feasible, the ADR depositary may adopt, after consultation with us, any method as it may deem equitable and practicable, including by public or private sale of all or part of the shares of common stock received. The ADR depositary will distribute to you the net proceeds of any such sale in the same way as it does with cash. The ADR depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. If the ADR depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, then each outstanding ADS will also represent the new shares so distributed.
      If a distribution by us consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, non-voting shares, the ADR depositary will deposit the non-voting shares under a non-voting shares deposit agreement to be entered into among us, the ADR depositary and all holders and beneficial owners of depositary shares. The ADR depositary will deliver to you, in proportion to your holdings of ADSs, depositary shares issued under the non-voting shares deposit agreement representing the number of non-voting shares received as such dividend or distribution. If the ADR depositary deems such distribution for any reason is not feasible, the ADR depositary may adopt, after consultation with us, any method as it may deem equitable and practicable, including by public or private sale of all or part of the nonvoting shares received. The ADR depositary will distribute to you the net proceeds of any such sale in the same way as it does with cash. The ADR depositary will only distribute whole depositary shares. We are not obligated to list depositary shares representing non-voting shares on any exchange.
      If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares of common stock or any other rights, the ADR depositary may make these rights available to you. The ADR depositary must first determine whether it is lawful and feasible to do so. If the ADR depositary determines that it is not lawful or feasible to make these rights available to you, then upon our request, the ADR depositary will sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it would do with cash. The ADR depositary may allow these rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for these rights.
      If we issue any rights with respect to non-voting shares, the securities issuable upon any exercise of such rights by holders or beneficial owners will be depositary shares representing those non-voting shares issued under the provisions of a non-voting share deposit agreement.
      If a registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act is required with respect to the securities to which any rights relate in order for us to offer the rights to you and to sell the securities represented by these rights, the ADR depositary will not offer such rights to you until such a registration is in effect, or unless the offering and sale of such securities and such rights to you are exempt from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act or any required filing, report, approval or consent has been submitted, obtained or granted. We or the ADR depositary will not be obligated to register the rights or securities under the U.S. Securities Act or to submit, obtain or request any filing, report, approval or consent.
      The ADR depositary may not be able to convert any currency or to sell or dispose of any distributed or offered property or rights in a timely manner or at a specified price, or at all.
Record Dates
      The ADR depositary will fix a record date, after consultation with us, in each of the following situations:
  •  any cash dividend or other cash distribution becomes payable;
 
  •  any distribution other than cash is made;
 
  •  rights are issued with respect to deposited shares of common stock;
 
  •  the ADR depositary causes a change in the number of shares of common stock that are represented by each ADS; or
 
  •  the ADR depositary receives notice of any shareholders’ meeting.

114


Table of Contents

      The record date will, to the extent practicable, be as near as the record date fixed by us for the shares of common stock. The record date will determine (1) the ADR holders who are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or rights, or the net proceeds of the sale of the rights; or (2) the ADR holders who are entitled to receive notices or exercise rights.
Voting of the Underlying Shares of Common Stock
      We will give the ADR depositary a notice of any meeting or solicitation of shareholder proxies immediately after we finalize the form and substance of such notice but not less than 14 days before the meeting. As soon as practicable after it receives our notice, the ADR depositary will fix a record date, and upon our written request, the ADR depositary will mail to you a notice that will contain the following:
  •  the information contained in our notice to the ADR depositary including an English translation, or, if requested by us, a summary of the information provided by us;
 
  •  a statement that the ADR holders as of the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled to instruct the ADR depositary as to how to exercise their voting rights for the number of shares of deposited shares of common stock, subject to the provisions of applicable Korean law and our articles of incorporation, which provisions, if any, will be summarized in the notice to the extent that they are material; and
 
  •  a statement as to the manner in which the ADR holders may give their instructions.
      Upon your written request received on or before the date set by the ADR depositary for this purpose, the ADR depositary will endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the deposited shares of common stock in accordance with the instructions set forth in your written requests. The ADR depositary may not itself exercise any voting discretion over any deposited shares of common stock. You may only exercise the voting rights in respect of 9 ADSs or multiples of 9 ADSs. ADR holders may not be entitled to give instruction to vote the shares represented by the ADSs if, and to the extent, the total number of shares represented by the ADSs of an ADR holder exceeds the limit set under applicable law. We can give no assurance to you, however, that we will notify the ADR depositary sufficiently in advance of the scheduled date of a meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies to enable the ADR depositary to make a timely mailing of notices to you, or that you will receive the notices sufficiently in advance of a meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies to give instructions to the ADR depositary.
Inspection of Transfer Books
      The ADR depositary will keep books at its principal New York office, which is currently located at 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10013, for the registration and transfer of ADRs. You may inspect the books of the ADR depositary as long as the inspection is not for the purpose of communicating with holders in the interest of a business or object other than our business or a matter related to the deposit agreement or the ADRs.
Reports and Notices
      On or before the first date on which we give notice, by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of shareholders, or of any adjourned meeting of shareholders, or of the taking of any action in respect of any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights in respect of the shares of common stock, we will transmit to the Custodian and the ADR depositary sufficient copies of the notice in English in the form given or to be given to shareholders. We will furnish to the ADR depositary English language versions of any reports, notices and other communications that we generally transmit to holders of our common stock, including our annual reports, with annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with Korean GAAP and, if prepared pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, a reconciliation of net earnings for the year and stockholders’ equity to U.S. GAAP, and unaudited non-consolidated semiannual financial statements prepared in conformity with Korean GAAP. The ADR depositary will arrange for the prompt mailing of copies of these documents, or, if we request, a summary of any such notice provided by us to you or, at our request, make

115


Table of Contents

notices, reports (other than the annual reports and semiannual financial statements) and other communications available to you on a basis similar to that for the holders of our common stock or on such other basis as we may advise the ADR depositary according to any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange requirement.
      Notices to you under the deposit agreement will be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by mail or cable, telex or facsimile transmission, confirmed by letter, addressed to you at your address as it appears on the transfer books of the ADR depositary or at such other address as you have notified the ADR depositary.
      In addition, the ADR depositary will make available for inspection by holders at its principal New York office and its principal London office any notices, reports or communications, including any proxy soliciting materials, received from us that we generally transmit to the holders of our common stock or other deposited securities, including the ADR depositary. The ADR depositary will also send to you copies of reports and communications we will provide as provided in the deposit agreement.
Changes Affecting Deposited Shares of Common Stock
      In case of a change in the par value, or a split-up, consolidation or any other reclassification of shares of our common stock or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of assets affecting us, any securities received by the ADR depositary or the Custodian in exchange for, in conversion of or in respect of deposited shares of our common stock will be treated as new deposited shares of common stock under the deposit agreement. In that case, ADSs will, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement and applicable laws and regulations, including any registration requirements under the U.S. Securities Act, represent the right to receive the new deposited shares of common stock, unless additional ADRs are issued, as in the case of a stock dividend, or unless the ADR depositary calls for the surrender of outstanding ADRs to be exchanged for new ADRs.
Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement
      We may agree with the ADR depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. If the amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or certain expenses of the ADR depositary, or prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders, it will only become effective 30 days after the ADR depositary notifies you of the amendment. If you continue to hold your ADSs at the time an amendment becomes effective, you will be considered to have agreed to the amendment and to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended. Except as otherwise required by any mandatory provisions of applicable law, no amendment may impair your right to surrender your ADSs and to receive the underlying deposited securities.
      The ADR depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so with 90 days’ prior written notice. The ADR depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the ADR depositary has notified us at least 90 days in advance that it would like to resign and we have not appointed a new depositary. In both cases, the ADR depositary must notify you at least 30 days before the termination date.
      If any ADRs remain outstanding after the date of termination, the ADR depositary will stop performing any further acts under the deposit agreement, except:
  •  to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to the deposited shares of common stock;
 
  •  to sell property and rights and the conversion of deposited shares of common stock into cash as provided in the deposit agreement; and
 
  •  to deliver deposited shares of common stock, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect to the deposited shares of common stock and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property represented by those ADSs in exchange for surrendered ADRs.
      At any time after the expiration of six months from the date of termination, the ADR depositary may sell any remaining deposited shares of common stock and hold uninvested the net proceeds in an unsegregated account, together with any other cash or property then held, without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the holders of ADSs that have not been surrendered by then.

116


Table of Contents

Charges of ADR Depositary
      The fees and expenses of the ADR depositary as agreed between us and the ADR depositary include:
  •  taxes and other governmental charges;
 
  •  registration fees applicable to transfers of shares of common stock on our shareholders’ register, or that of any entity acting as registrar for the shares, to the name of the ADR depositary or its nominee, or the Custodian or its nominee, when making deposits or withdrawals under the deposit agreement;
 
  •  cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses that are expressly provided in the deposit agreement;
 
  •  expenses incurred by the ADR depositary in the conversion of foreign currency into Dollars under the deposit agreement;
 
  •  a fee of up to US$5.00 per 100 ADSs, or portion thereof, for execution and delivery of ADSs and the surrender of ADRs under the deposit agreement; and
 
  •  a fee of up to US$0.02 per ADS held for cash distributions, a sale or exercise of rights or the taking of any other corporate action involving distributions to shareholders.
General
      Neither we nor the ADR depositary will be liable to you if prevented or delayed by law, governmental authority, any provision of our articles of incorporation or any circumstances beyond our or its control in performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement. The deposit agreement provides that the ADR depositary will hold the shares of common stock for your sole benefit. Our obligations and those of the ADR depositary under the deposit agreement are expressly limited to performing, in good faith and without negligence, our and its respective duties specified in the deposit agreement.
      The ADSs are transferable on the books of the ADR depositary; provided, however, that the ADR depositary may, after consultation with us, close the transfer books at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties. As a condition precedent to the execution and delivery of any ADSs, registration of transfer, split-up, combination of any ADR or surrender of any ADS for the purpose of withdrawal of deposited shares of common stock, the ADR depositary or the Custodian may require payment from the depositor of the shares of common stock or a holder of ADSs of a sum sufficient to reimburse the ADR depositary for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee and payment of any applicable fees payable by the holders of ADSs.
      Any person depositing shares of common stock, any holder of an ADS or any beneficial owner may be required from time to time to file with the ADR depositary or the Custodian a proof of citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, payment of applicable Korean or other taxes or governmental charges, or legal or beneficial ownership and the nature of their interest, to provide information relating to the registration on our shareholders’ register (or our appointed agent for the transfer and registration of shares of common stock) of the shares of common stock presented for deposit or other information, to execute certificates and to make representations and warranties as we or the ADR depositary may deem necessary or proper or to enable us or the ADR depositary to perform our and its obligations under the deposit agreement. The ADR depositary may withhold the execution or delivery or registration of transfer of all or part of any ADR or the distribution or sale of any dividend or other distribution of rights or of the proceeds from their sale or the delivery of any shares deposited under the deposit agreement and any other securities, property and cash received by the ADR depositary or the Custodian until the proof or other information is filed or the certificates are executed or the representations and warranties are made. The ADR depositary shall provide us, unless otherwise instructed by us, in a timely manner, with copies of any these proofs and certificates and these written representations and warranties.
      The delivery and surrender of ADSs and transfer of ADSs generally may be suspended during any period when our or the ADR depositary’s transfer books are closed or, if that action is deemed necessary or advisable by us or the ADR depositary, at any time or from time to time in accordance with the deposit agreement. We may

117


Table of Contents

restrict, in a manner as we deem appropriate, transfers of shares of common stock where the transfers may result in ownership of shares of common stock in excess of limits under applicable law. Except as described in “Deposit and Withdrawal of Shares of Common Stock” above, notwithstanding any other provision of the deposit agreement, the surrender of outstanding ADRs and withdrawal of Deposited Securities (as defined in the deposit agreement) represented by the ADRs may be suspended, but only as required in connection with (1) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the ADR depositary or the issuer of any Deposited Securities (or the appointed agent or agents for such issuer for the transfer and registration of such Deposited Securities) in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends, (2) payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, or (3) compliance with any United States or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities.
Governing Law
      The deposit agreement and the ADRs will be interpreted under, and all rights under the deposit agreement or the ADRs are governed by, the laws of the State of New York.
      We have irrevocably submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of New York State or United States Federal Courts located in New York City and waived any objection to legal actions or proceedings in these courts whether on the ground of venue or on the ground that the proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.
      This submission was made for the benefit of the ADR depositary and the holders and shall not limit the right of any of them to take legal actions or proceedings in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of legal actions or proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of legal actions or proceedings in any other jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not), to the extent permitted under applicable law.
Information Relating to the ADR Depositary
      Citibank, N.A. has been appointed as ADR depositary pursuant to the deposit agreement. Citibank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citicorp, a Delaware corporation whose principal office is located in New York, New York, which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. Citibank is a global financial services organization serving individuals, businesses, governments and financial institutions in approximately 100 countries around the world.
      Citibank was originally organized on June 16, 1812, and now is a national banking association organized under the National Bank Act of 1864 of the United States of America. Citibank is primarily regulated by the United States Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Its principal office is at 399 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.
      The consolidated balance sheets of Citibank are set forth in Citicorp’s Annual Reports on Form  10-K and in Citicorp’s quarterly financial reviews and Forms  10-Q. Citicorp’s Annual Reports on Form  10-K and quarterly financial reviews and Forms  10-Q are filed periodically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.
      Citibank’s Articles of Association and By-laws, each as currently in effect, together with Citicorp’s most recent annual and quarterly reports will be available for inspection at the Depositary Receipt office of Citibank, N.A., 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10013.
Item 10C.      Material Contracts
      We have not entered into any material contracts since January 1, 2003, other than in the ordinary course of our business. For information regarding our agreements and transactions with entities affiliated with the SK Group see “Item 6E. Share Ownership”. For a description of certain agreements entered into during the past three years related to our capital commitments and obligations, see “Item 5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Requirements and Resources”.

118


Table of Contents

Item 10D.      Exchange Controls
Korean Foreign Exchange Controls and Securities Regulations
General
      The Foreign Exchange Transaction Act and the Presidential Decree and regulations under that Act and Decree, collectively referred to as the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws, regulate investment in Korean securities by non-residents and issuance of securities outside Korea by Korean companies. Under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws, non-residents may invest in Korean securities only to the extent specifically allowed by these laws. The Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea has also adopted, pursuant to its authority under the Securities and Exchange Act, regulations that restrict investment by foreigners in Korean securities and regulate issuance of securities outside Korea by Korean companies.
      Subject to certain limitations, the MOFE has authority to take the following actions under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws:
  •  if the Government deems it necessary on account of war, armed conflict, natural disaster or grave and sudden and significant changes in domestic or foreign economic circumstances or similar events or circumstances, the MOFE may temporarily suspend performance under any or all foreign exchange transactions, in whole or in part, to which the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws apply (including suspension of payment and receipt of foreign exchange) or impose an obligation to deposit, safe-keep or
 
  •  sell any means of payment to The Bank of Korea or certain other governmental agencies or financial institutions; and
 
  •  if the Government concludes that the international balance of payments and international financial markets are experiencing or are likely to experience significant disruption or that the movement of capital between Korea and other countries are likely to adversely affect the Won, exchange rate or other macroeconomic policies, the MOFE may take action to require any person who intends to effect or effects a capital transaction to deposit all or a portion of the means of payment acquired in such transactions with The Bank of Korea or certain other governmental agencies or financial institutions.
Government Review of Issuances of ADSs
      In order for us to issue ADSs in excess of US$30 million, we are required to submit a report to the MOFE with respect to the issuance of the ADSs prior to and after such issuance. The MOFE may at its discretion direct us to take necessary measures to avoid exchange rate fluctuation in connection with its acceptance of report of the issuance of the ADSs.
  •  Under current Korean laws and regulations, the depositary is required to obtain our prior consent for any proposed deposit of common shares if the number of shares to be deposited in such proposed deposit exceeds the number of common shares initially deposited by us for the issuance of ADSs (including deposits in connection with the initial and all subsequent offerings of ADSs and stock dividends or other distributions related to the ADSs).
 
  •  We can give no assurance that we would grant our consent, if our consent is required. In addition to such restrictions under Korean laws and regulations, there are also restrictions on the deposits of our common shares for issuance of ADSs. See “Item 10B. Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation — Description of American Depositary Shares”. Therefore, a holder of ADRs who surrenders ADRs and withdraws shares may not be permitted subsequently to deposit those shares and obtain ADRs.
Reporting Requirements for Holders of Substantial Interests
      Under the Korean Securities and Exchange Act, any person whose direct or beneficial ownership of shares with voting rights, whether in the form of shares or ADSs, certificates representing the rights to subscribe for shares and equity-related debt securities including convertible bonds and bonds with warrants (collectively referred to as “Equity Securities”), together with the Equity Securities beneficially owned by certain related

119


Table of Contents

persons or by any person acting in concert with the person, accounts for 5.0% or more of the total outstanding Equity Securities is required to report the status and purpose (in terms of whether the purpose of shareholding is to affect control over management of the issuer) of the holdings to the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and the KRX within five business days after reaching the 5.0% ownership interest threshold. In addition, any change (i) in the ownership interest subsequent to the report which equals or exceeds 1.0% of the total outstanding Equity Securities, or (ii) in the shareholding purpose is required to be reported to the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea and KRX within five business days from the date of the change. However, reporting deadline of such reporting requirement is extended to institutional investors who hold shares for purposes other than management control by the tenth day of the month immediately following the month of share acquisition or change in their shareholding. Those who reported the purpose of shareholding is to affect control over management of the issuer are prohibited from exercising their voting rights and acquiring additional shares for five days subsequent to the report under the recently amended Korean Securities and Exchange Act.
      Violation of these reporting requirements may subject a person to criminal sanctions such as fines or imprisonment and may result in a loss of voting rights with respect to the ownership of unreported Equity Securities exceeding 5.0%. Furthermore, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea may issue an order to dispose of such non-reported Equity Securities.
      In addition to the reporting requirements described above, any person whose direct or beneficial ownership of our common shares accounts for 10% or more of the total issued and outstanding shares with voting rights (a “major shareholder”) must report the status of his/her shareholding to the Securities and Futures Commission and the KRX by the tenth day of the calendar month immediately following the month in which any changes in shareholding have occurred. Violations of these reporting requirements may subject a person to criminal sanctions, such as fines or imprisonment.
      Under the Financial Supervisory Commission Regulations newly amended on March 2005, (i) if a company listed on the Stock Market (the “KRX Stock Market”) or a company listed on the KOSDAQ Market (the “KRX KOSDAQ Market”) has reported material matters regarding management which have not been disclosed to KRX to a foreign exchange pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign exchange is located, then it must submit a Korean translation of the material matters regarding management that have been reported to the foreign exchange to the FSC and KRX, and (ii) if a KRX Stock Market-listed company or KRX KOSDAQ Market-listed company has submitted business reports or similar documents to a foreign exchange, then it must submit a Korean summary thereof to the FSC and KRX.
Restrictions Applicable to ADSs
      No Korean governmental approval is necessary for the sale and purchase of ADSs in the secondary market outside Korea or for the withdrawal of shares underlying ADSs and the delivery of shares in Korea in connection with the withdrawal, provided that a foreigner who intends to acquire the shares must obtain an investment registration card from the Financial Supervisory Service, as described below. The acquisition of the shares by a foreigner must be reported by the foreigner or his standing proxy in Korea immediately to the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service.
      Persons who have acquired shares as a result of the withdrawal of shares underlying the ADSs may exercise their preemptive rights for new shares, participate in free distributions and receive dividends on shares without any further governmental approval.
Restrictions Applicable to Shares
      As a result of amendments to the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws and the regulations of Financial Supervisory Commission of Korea, together referred to as the Investment Rules, adopted in connection with the stock market opening from January 1992 and after that date, foreigners may invest, with limited exceptions and subject to procedural requirements, in all shares of Korean companies, whether listed on the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market, unless prohibited by specific laws. Foreign investors may trade shares listed on the

120


Table of Contents

KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market only through the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market, except in limited circumstances, including, among others:
  •  odd-lot trading of shares;
 
  •  acquisition of shares by a foreign company as a result of a merger;
 
  •  acquisition or disposal of shares in connection with a tender offer;
 
  •  acquisition of shares by exercise of warrant, conversion right under convertible bonds, exchange right under exchangeable bonds or withdrawal right under depositary receipts issued outside of Korea by a Korean company (“Converted Shares”);
 
  •  acquisition of shares through exercise of rights under securities issued outside of Korea;
 
  •  acquisition of shares as a result of inheritance, donation, bequest or exercise of shareholders’ rights, including preemptive rights or rights to participate in free distributions and receive dividends;
 
  •  over-the -counter transactions between foreigners of a class of shares for which the ceiling on aggregate acquisition by foreigners, as explained below, has been reached or exceeded; and
 
  •  acquisition of shares by direct investment under the Foreign Investment Promotion Law.
      For over-the -counter transactions of shares between foreigners outside the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market for shares with respect to which the limit on aggregate foreign ownership has been reached or exceeded, a securities company licensed in Korea must act as an intermediary. Odd-lot trading of shares outside the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market must involve a licensed securities company in Korea as the other party. Foreign investors are prohibited from engaging in margin transactions through borrowing shares from securities companies with respect to shares which are subject to a foreign ownership limit.
      The Investment Rules require a foreign investor who wishes to invest in shares for the first time on the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market (including Converted Shares) and shares being publicly offered for initial listing on the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market to register its identity with the Financial Supervisory Service prior to making any such investment; however, the registration requirement does not apply to foreign investors who acquire Converted Shares with the intention of selling such Converted Shares within three months from the date of acquisition of the Converted Shares or who acquire the shares in an over-the -counter transaction or dispose of shares where such acquisition or disposal is deemed to be a foreign direct investment pursuant to the Foreign Investment Promotion Law. Upon registration, the Financial Supervisory Service will issue to the foreign investor an investment registration card which must be presented each time the foreign investor opens a brokerage account with a securities company or financial institution in Korea. Foreigners eligible to obtain an investment registration card include foreign nationals who are individuals residing in Korea for six months or longer, foreign governments, foreign municipal authorities, foreign public institutions, international financial institutions or similar international organizations, corporations incorporated under foreign laws and any person in any additional category designated by decree of the MOFE. All Korean offices of a foreign corporation as a group are treated as a separate foreigner from the offices of the corporation outside Korea for the purpose of investment registration. However, a foreign corporation or depositary issuing depositary receipts may obtain one or more investment registration cards in its name in certain circumstances as described in the relevant regulations.
      Upon a foreign investor’s purchase of shares through the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market, no separate report by the investor is required because the investment registration card system is designed to control and oversee foreign investment through a computer system. However, where a foreign investor acquires or sells shares outside the KRX Stock Market and the KRX KOSDAQ Market, such acquisition or sale of shares must be reported by the foreign investor or his standing proxy to the Governor at the time of each such acquisition or sale; provided, however, that a foreign investor must ensure that any acquisition or sale by it of shares outside the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market in the case of trades in connection with a tender offer, odd-lot trading of shares or trades of a class of shares for which the aggregate foreign ownership limit has been reached or exceeded, is reported to the Governor by the securities company engaged to facilitate such transaction. In the event a foreign investor desires to acquire or sell shares outside the KRX Stock Market or

121


Table of Contents

the KRX KOSDAQ Market and the circumstances in connection with such sale or acquisition do not fall within the exceptions made for certain limited circumstances described above, then the foreign investor must obtain the prior approval of the Governor. In addition, in the event a foreign investor acquires or sells shares outside the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market, a prior report to the Bank of Korea may also be required in certain circumstances. A foreign investor must appoint one or more standing proxies from among the Korea Securities Depository, foreign exchange banks, including domestic branches of foreign banks, securities companies, including domestic branches of foreign securities companies, asset management companies, futures trading companies and internationally recognized custodians which will act as a standing proxy to exercise shareholders’ rights, or perform any matters related to the foregoing activities if the foreign investor does not perform these activities himself. However, a foreign investor may be exempted from complying with these standing proxy rules with the approval of the Governor in cases deemed inevitable by reason of conflict between laws of Korea and the home country of the foreign investor.
      Certificates evidencing shares of Korean companies must be kept in custody with an eligible custodian in Korea. Only foreign exchange banks, including domestic branches of foreign banks, securities companies, including domestic branches of foreign securities companies, the Korea Securities Depository, asset management companies, futures trading companies and internationally recognized custodians are eligible to act as a custodian of shares for a non-resident or foreign investor. A foreign investor must ensure that his custodian deposits its shares with the Korea Securities Depository. However, a foreign investor may be exempted from complying with this deposit requirement with the approval of the Governor in circumstances where compliance with that requirement is made impracticable, including cases where compliance would contravene the laws of the home country of such foreign investor.
      Under the Investment Rules, with certain exceptions, foreign investors may acquire shares of a Korean company without being subject to any foreign investment ceiling. As one such exception, designated public corporations are subject to a 40.0% ceiling on the acquisition of shares by foreigners in the aggregate. Designated public corporations may set a ceiling on the acquisition of shares by a single person within 3.0% of the total number of shares in their articles of incorporation. Currently, Korea Electric Power Corporation is the only designated public corporation which has set such a ceiling. Furthermore, an investment by a foreign investor of not less than 10.0% of the outstanding shares with voting rights of a Korean company is defined as a direct foreign investment under the Foreign Investment Promotion Law, which is, in general, subject to the report to, and acceptance by, the Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Energy of Korea, which delegates its authority to foreign exchange banks or the Korea Trade-Investment Promotion Agency under the relevant regulations. The acquisition of our shares by a foreign investor is also subject to the restrictions prescribed in the Telecommunications Business Law. The Telecommunications Business Law generally limits the maximum aggregate foreign shareholdings in us to 49.0% of the outstanding shares. A foreigner who has acquired shares in excess of such restriction described above may not exercise its voting rights with respect to the shares exceeding such limitations, and may be subject to corrective orders.
      Under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Laws, a foreign investor who intends to make a portfolio investment in shares of a Korean company listed on the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market must designate a foreign exchange bank at which he must open a foreign currency account and a Won account exclusively for stock investments. No approval is required for remittance into Korea and deposit of foreign currency funds in the foreign currency account. Foreign currency funds may be transferred from the foreign currency account at the time required to place a deposit for, or settle the purchase price of, a stock purchase transaction to a Won account opened at a securities company. Funds in the foreign currency account may be remitted abroad without any governmental approval.
      Dividends on shares are paid in Won. No governmental approval is required for foreign investors to receive dividends on, or the Won proceeds of the sale of, any such shares to be paid, received and retained in Korea. Dividends paid on, and the Won proceeds of the sale of, any such shares held by a non-resident of Korea must be deposited either in a Won account with the investor’s securities company or the investor’s Won account. Funds in the investor’s Won account may be transferred to his foreign currency account or withdrawn for local living expenses, provided that any withdrawal of local living expenses in excess of a certain amount is reported to the tax authorities by the foreign exchange bank at which the Won account is maintained. Funds in the investor’s

122


Table of Contents

Won account may also be used for future investment in shares or for payment of the subscription price of new shares obtained through the exercise of preemptive rights.
      Securities companies and asset management companies are allowed to open foreign currency accounts with foreign exchange banks exclusively for accommodating foreign investors’ stock investments in Korea. Through these accounts, these securities companies and asset management companies may enter into foreign exchange transactions on a limited basis, such as conversion of foreign currency funds and Won funds, either as a counterparty to or on behalf of foreign investors, without the investors having to open their own accounts with foreign exchange banks.
Item 10E.      Taxation
United States Taxation
      This summary describes certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences for a U.S. holder (as defined below) of acquiring, owning, and disposing of common shares or ADSs. This summary applies to you only if you hold the common shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. This summary does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, such as:
  •  a dealer in securities or currencies;
 
  •  a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to -market method of accounting for securities holdings;
 
  •  a bank;
 
  •  a life insurance company;
 
  •  a tax-exempt organization;
 
  •  a person that holds common shares or ADSs that are a hedge or that are hedged against interest rate or currency risks;
 
  •  a person that holds common shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes;
 
  •  a person whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar; or
 
  •  a person that owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of any class of our stock.
      This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder, and published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
      Please consult your own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of purchasing, owning, and disposing of common shares or ADSs in your particular circumstances.
      For purposes of this summary, you are a “U.S. holder” if you are the beneficial owner of a common share or an ADS and are:
  •  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a U.S. domestic corporation; or
 
  •  otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis with respect to income from the common share or ADS.
      In general, if you are the beneficial owner of ADSs, you will be treated as the beneficial owner of the common shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and no gain or loss will be recognized if you exchange an ADS for the common share represented by that ADS.

123


Table of Contents

Dividends
      The gross amount of cash dividends that you receive (prior to deduction of Korean taxes) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign source dividend income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Dividends paid in Won will be included in your income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of your receipt of the dividend, in the case of common shares, or the depositary’s receipt, in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If such a dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income.
      Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual prior to January 1, 2011 with respect to the ADSs will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 15% if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on the ADSs will be treated as qualified dividends if (i) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and (ii) the Company was not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and is not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and will qualify as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States so long as they are so listed. Based on the Company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, the Company believes that it was not treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2004 or 2005 taxable year. In addition, based on the Company’s audited financial statements and its current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, the sources and nature of its income, and relevant market and shareholder data, the Company does not anticipate becoming a PFIC for its 2006 taxable year.
      Distributions of additional shares in respect of common shares or ADSs that are made as part of a pro-rata distribution to all of our stockholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Sale or Other Disposition
      For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss you realize on a sale or other disposition of common shares or ADSs generally will be treated as U.S. source capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the common shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. Your ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. holder generally is subject to taxation at reduced rates.
Foreign Tax Credit Considerations
      You should consult your own tax advisers to determine whether you are subject to any special rules that limit your ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits, including the possible adverse impact of failing to take advantage of benefits under the income tax treaty between the United States and Korea. If no such rules apply, you may claim a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability for Korean taxes withheld from dividends on the common shares or ADSs, so long as you have owned the common shares or ADSs (and not entered into specified kinds of hedging transactions) for at least a 16-day period that includes the ex-dividend date. Instead of claiming a credit, you may, if you so elect, deduct such Korean taxes in computing your taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law. Korean taxes withheld from a distribution of additional shares that is not subject to U.S. tax may be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as imposed on “general limitation” income. Such treatment could affect your ability to utilize any available foreign tax credit in respect of such taxes.
      Any Korean securities transaction tax or agriculture and fishery special surtax that you pay will not be creditable for foreign tax credit purposes.
      Foreign tax credits will not be allowed for withholding taxes imposed in respect of certain short-term or hedged positions in securities and may not be allowed in respect of arrangements in which a U.S. holder’s expected economic profit is insubstantial.

124


Table of Contents

      The calculation of foreign tax credits and, in the case of a U.S. holder that elects to deduct foreign taxes, the availability of deductions involve the application of complex rules that depend on a U.S. holder’s particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the creditability or deductibility of such taxes.
U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Rules
      Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder (i) is a corporation or other exempt recipient and demonstrates this when required or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Holders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, such a holder may be required to provide a certification of its non-U.S.  status in connection with payments received within the United States or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary.
Korean Taxation
      The following summary of Korean tax considerations applies to you so long as you are not:
  •  a resident of Korea;
 
  •  a corporation organized under Korean law; or
 
  •  engaged in a trade or business in Korea through a permanent establishment or a fixed base to which the relevant income is attributable or with which the relevant income is effectively connected.
Dividends on the Shares or ADSs
      We will deduct Korean withholding tax from dividends paid to you at a rate of 27.5% (including resident surtax). If you are a qualified resident in a country that has entered into a tax treaty with Korea, you may qualify for a reduced rate of Korean withholding tax. For example, if you are a qualified resident of the United States for purposes of the income tax treaty between the United States and Korea, and you are the “beneficial owner” of a dividend, generally, a reduced withholding tax at the rate of 16.5%, will apply. However, in the event the recipient is a corporation (the “recipient corporation”), a withholding tax rate of 11.0% will apply, provided that (i) during any part of the taxable year of the company making the dividend payment (the “paying corporation”) that precedes the dividend payment date, and during the entirety of the prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the paying corporation was owned by the recipient corporation, and (ii) not more than 25% of the gross income of the paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consisted of interest or dividends (other than interest derived from the operation of a banking, insurance, or financing business and dividends or interest received from subsidiary corporation, 50% or more of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of which is owned by the paying corporation at the time such dividends or interest is received).
      In order to obtain the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate under the treaty, you must submit to us, prior to the dividend payment date, such evidence of residence as may be required by the Korean tax authorities. Evidence of residence may be submitted to us through the ADR depositary. Excess taxes withheld are generally not recoverable, even if you subsequently produce evidence that you were entitled to have tax withheld at a lower rate.
      If we distribute to you shares representing a transfer of certain capital reserves or asset revaluation reserves into paid-in capital, that distribution may be regarded as dividend and, as such, subject to Korean withholding tax.
Taxation of Capital Gains
      You may be exempt from Korean taxation on capital gains from the shares, if you have owned, together with certain related parties, less than 25.0% of our total issued and outstanding shares at any time during the year of sale and the five calendar years before the year of sale, and the sale is made through the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market. As for the ADSs, according to a ruling issued by Korean taxation authorities, capital gains earned by a non-resident holder from the transfer of ADSs outside Korea are not subject to Korean taxation,

125


Table of Contents

irrespective of whether or not such holder has a permanent establishment in Korea. Under the Tax Benefit Limitation Law, capital gains earned by a non-resident holder (whether or not such holder has a permanent establishment in Korea) from the transfer outside Korea of securities issued outside Korea by a Korean company, which are denominated in foreign currency or satisfy certain criteria established by the Ministry of Finance and Economy are exempt from Korean taxation. The Korean tax authorities have issued a tax ruling confirming that receipts (which would include the ADSs) are deemed to be securities issued outside Korea by the issuer of the underlying stock. Further, capital gains earned by a non-resident from the transfer of stocks issued by a Korean company are also exempt from Korean taxation, if listed or registered and sold through an overseas securities exchange having functional similarity to the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market under the Korean Securities and Futures Exchange Act.
      If you are subject to tax on capital gains with respect to the sale of ADSs, or of shares which you acquired as a result of a withdrawal, your gain will be calculated based on your cost of acquiring the ADSs representing such shares, although there are no specific Korean tax provisions or rulings on this issue. In the absence of the application of a tax treaty which exempts or reduces the rate of tax on capital gains, the amount of Korean tax imposed on your capital gains will be the lesser of 11.0% (including resident surtax) of the gross realization proceeds or, subject to production of satisfactory evidence of acquisition cost and transfer expenses of the ADSs, 27.5% of the net capital gains. Under the Korea-United States Tax Treaty, a U.S. resident is generally exempt from Korean taxation on gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Shares or ADSs, subject to certain exceptions.
      If you sell your shares or ADSs, the purchaser or, in the case of the sale of shares on the KRX Stock Market or through a licensed securities company in Korea, the licensed securities company, is required to withhold Korean tax from the sales price in an amount equal to 11.0% of the gross realization proceeds and to make payment of such amounts to the Korean tax authority, unless you establish your entitlement to an exemption or lower rate of taxation under an applicable tax treaty or produce satisfactory evidence of your acquisition and transfer costs for the ADSs. To obtain the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you must submit to the purchaser or the securities company (or through the ADR depositary), as the case may be, prior to or at the time of payment, such evidence of your tax residence as the Korean tax authorities may require in support of your claim for treaty protection. In addition, Korean tax law requires a non-resident seller to submit to the relevant tax office (through the payer of the income, subject to certain exceptions) an application for exemption by the 9th day of the month following the month in which the first payment date falls, with a certificate of tax residence of the seller issued by a competent authority of the seller’s residence country, to obtain the benefit of a tax treaty exemption available under applicable tax treaties. However, this requirement will not apply to exemptions under Korean tax law. Excess taxes withheld are generally not recoverable even if you subsequently produce evidence that you were entitled to have taxes withheld at a lower rate.
Inheritance Tax And Gift Tax
      If you die while holding an ADS or transfer an ADS as a gift, it is unclear whether you will be treated as the owner of the shares underlying the ADSs for Korean inheritance and gift tax purposes. If you are treated as the owner of the shares, the heir or the donee (or in certain circumstances, you as the donor) will be subject to Korean inheritance or gift tax presently at the rate of 10.0% to 50.0%.
      If you die while holding a share or donate a share, the heir or donee (or in certain circumstances, you as the donor) will be subject to Korean inheritance or gift tax at the same rate as indicated above.
Securities Transaction Tax
      You will not pay a securities transaction tax on your transfer of ADSs. If you transfer shares, you will be subject to a securities transaction tax at the rate of 0.15% and an agricultural and fishery special tax at the rate of 0.15% of the sale price of the share when traded on the KRX Stock Market. If you transfer shares through the KRX KOSDAQ Market, you will be subject to a securities transaction tax at the rate of 0.3% of the sales price of the shares. If your transfer is not made on the KRX Stock Market or the KRX KOSDAQ Market, subject to

126


Table of Contents

certain exceptions, you will be subject to a securities transaction tax at the rate of 0.5% and will not be subject to an agricultural and fishery special tax.
      According to a tax ruling issued by the Korean tax authorities, foreign shareholders will not be subject to a securities transaction tax upon the deposit of underlying shares and receipt of depositary shares or upon the surrender of depositary shares and withdrawal of originally deposited underlying shares. Moreover, to date, the imposition of securities transaction tax has not been enforced on the transfers of ADSs. However, the Ministry of Finance and Economy recently issued a ruling on February 25, 2004 to the Korean National Tax Service, holding that depositary shares fall under the meaning of share certificates that are subject to the securities transaction tax. In the ruling, the Ministry of Finance and Economy treats the transfers of depositary shares the same as the transfer of the underlying Korean shares. Under Korean tax laws, transfers of depositary shares listed or registered on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ National Market, or other foreign exchanges designated by the Ministry of Finance and Economy (which are the (i) Tokyo Stock Exchange, (ii) London Stock Exchange, (iii) Deutsche Stock Exchange, and a stock exchange with functions similar to (i), (ii) or (iii) above, on which trading is done by standardized procedure as set forth in the Enforcement Regulation of the Korean Securities and Exchange Act) will be exempted from the securities transaction tax.
      Securities transaction tax, if applicable, must be paid in principle by the transferor of the shares or the rights to subscribe to such shares. When the transfer is effected through a securities settlement company, the settlement company is generally required to withhold and pay the tax to the tax authority. When the transfer is made through a securities company, the securities company is required to withhold and pay the tax. Where the transfer is effected by a non-resident without a permanent establishment in Korea, other than through a securities settlement company or a securities company, the transferee is required to withhold the securities transaction tax.
      Failing to report (or under-report) the securities transaction tax will result in a penalty of 10% of the tax amount due. The failure to pay the securities transaction tax due will result in imposition of interest at 10.95% per annum on the unpaid tax amount for the period from the day immediately following the last day of tax payment period to the day of issuance of tax notice. The penalty is imposed on the party responsible for paying the securities transaction tax or, if the securities transaction tax is to be withheld, the penalty is imposed on the party that has the withholding obligation.
Item 10F.      Dividends and Paying Agents
      Not applicable
Item 10G.      Statements by Experts
      Not applicable
Item 10H.      Documents on Display
      We file reports, including annual reports on Form  20-F, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC that apply to foreign private issuers. You may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Any filings we make electronically will be available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s Website at http://www.sec.gov.
      Documents filed with annual reports and documents filed or submitted to the SEC are also available for inspection at our principal business office during normal business hours. Our principal business office is located at 11, Euljiro 2-ga, Jung-gu, Seoul 100-999, Korea.

127


Table of Contents

Item 10I.      Subsidiary Information
      Not applicable
Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Exchange Rate and Interest Rate Risks
      We are exposed to foreign exchange rate and interest rate risk primarily associated with underlying liabilities. In the first quarter of 2004, we entered into fixed-to-fixed currency swap agreements and currency forward contracts with three banks to reduce our foreign currency exposure with respect to our issuance of US$300 million notes on April 1, 2004. In addition, we have entered into a currency swap contract with a bank to hedge the foreign currency risk of Dollar denominated convertible bonds with face amount of US$329.5 million issued on May 27, 2004. See note 26 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We may consider in the future entering into other such transactions solely for hedging purposes.
      The following discussion and tables, which constitute “forward looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties, summarize our market-sensitive financial instruments including fair value, maturity and contract terms. These tables address market risk only and do not present other risks which we face in the normal course of business, including country risk, credit risk and legal risk.
Exchange Rate Risk
      Korea is our main market and, therefore, substantially all of our cash flow is denominated in Won. We are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to foreign currency denominated liabilities. These liabilities relate primarily to foreign currency denominated debt, all in Dollars and Yen. A 10% change in the exchange rate between the Won and all foreign currencies would result in a change in net liabilities (total monetary liabilities minus total monetary assets) of approximately 3.69% or Won 23.7 billion as of December 31, 2005.
Interest Rate Risk
      We are also subject to market risk exposure arising from changing interest rates. The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values, maturity and contract terms of our exchange rate and interest sensitive short-term and long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2005:
                                                                     
    Maturities
     
    2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   Thereafter   Total   Fair Value
                                 
    (In billions of won, except for percentage data)
Local currency:
                                                               
Fixed rate
  W 795.2     W 692.0     W 297.9     W 297.8     W 194.6     W 189.3     W 2,466.7     W 2,509.5  
Average weighted rate(1)
    5.53 %     5.57 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     4.00 %     3.00 %                
Variable rate
                                                   
Average weighted rate(1)
                                               
                                                 
Sub-total
  W 795.2     W 692.0     W 297.9     W 297.8     W 194.6     W 189.3     W 2,466.7     W 2,509.5  
                                                 
Foreign currency:
                                                               
Fixed rate
                      341.7             301.0       642.7       647.5  
Average weighted rate(1)
                      0.00 %           4.25 %                
Variable rate
    1.1       0.1                               1.2       1.2  
Average weighted rate(1)
    3.34 %     3.39 %     3.39 %     3.39 %                            
                                                 
 
Sub-total
  W 1.1     W 0.1     W     W 341.7     W     W 301.0     W 643.9     W 648.7  
                                                 
   
Total
  W 796.3     W 692.1     W 297.9     W 639.5     W 194.6     W 490.3     W 3,110.6     W 3,158.2  
                                                 
 
(1)  Weighted average rates of the portfolio at the period end.

128


Table of Contents

      A 1.0% change in interest rates would result in a change of approximately 2.24% in the fair value of our liabilities resulting in a Won 70.7 billion change in their value as of December 31, 2005 and a Won 12.1 million annualized change in interest expenses.
Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
      Not applicable.
Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
      None.
Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
      None.
Item 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
      We have evaluated, with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon our evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms, and that it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure .
      As a company with ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Act and the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission require foreign private issuers such as us to assess and report on internal controls over financial reporting on an annual basis, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. We are in the process of evaluating the requirements of Section 404 and are making preparations to comply with such requirements when they become applicable to us.
      Subsequent to the issuance of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we determined that (a) the cash inflows related to dividends considered to be returns on investments were incorrectly classified as cash flows from investing activities as opposed to cash flows from operating activities and (b) cash flows related to trading securities were incorrectly classified as cash flows from investing activities as opposed to cash flows from operating activities in our statement of cash flows. As a result, U.S. GAAP reconciliation of consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 has been revised from amounts previously reported. Notwithstanding such revision to our U.S. GAAP reconciliation of consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we believe that our disclosure of controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005 were effective in the manner described in the second preceding paragraph. In order to prevent future errors in classification, we will implement measures to improve our U.S. GAAP reconciliation procedures as part of our preparations to comply with the requirements of Section 404.
      There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during 2005 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

129


Table of Contents

Item 16A.      Audit Committee Financial Expert
      The board of directors has determined that Dae Sik Kim is an “audit committee financial expert” and “independent” as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Item 6C. Board Practices — Audit Committee” for additional information regarding our Audit Committee.
Item 16B.      Code of Ethics
Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
      We have a code of ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, senior accounting officers and employees. We also have internal control and disclosure policy designed to promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in all of our reports and publicly filed documents. A copy of the Company’s code of ethics is attached to this annual report as Exhibit 11.1.
Item 16C.      Principal Accountant Fees and Services
      The table sets forth the fees we paid to our independent registered public accounting firm: Deloitte Anjin LLC (formerly “Deloitte HanaAnjin LLC” or “Deloitte & Touche LLC (Hana)”) for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively:
                   
    Years Ended
    December 31,
     
    2005   2004
         
    (In millions of won)
Audit
  W 838.9     W 841.3  
Audit Related
  W 86.7     W 127.7  
Tax
  W 139.4     W 110.1  
All Other Fees
  W 900.0     W 2,418.0  
 
Total
  W 1,965.0     W 3,497.1  
      “Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees billed by Deloitte Anjin LLC in 2005 and 2004, respectively, for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements, reviews of interim financial statements and attestation services that are provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.
      “Audit-Related Fees” are fees charged by Deloitte Anjin LLC in 2005 and 2004, respectively, for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees”. This category comprises fees billed for advisory services associated with our financial reporting.
      “Tax Fees” are fees for professional services rendered by Deloitte Anjin LLC in 2005 and 2004, respectively, for tax compliance, tax advice on actual or contemplated transactions.
      Fees disclosed under the category “All Other Fees” are fees for professional services rendered by Deloitte Anjin LLC in 2005 and 2004, respectively, primarily for business consulting.
Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services Provided by Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
      Our audit committee pre-approves all audit services to be provided by Deloitte Anjin LLC, our independent registered public accounting firm. Our audit committee’s policy regarding the pre-approval of non-audit services to be provided to us by our independent auditors is that all such services shall be pre-approved by the Audit Committee. Non-audit services that are prohibited to be provided to us by our independent auditors under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and applicable law may not be pre-approved. In addition, prior to the granting of any pre-approval, our audit committee must be satisfied that the performance of the services in question will not compromise the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm.

130


Table of Contents

      Our audit committee did not pre-approve any non-audit services under the de minimis exception of Rule  2-01 (c)(7)(i)(C) of Regulation  S-X as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Item 16D.      Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
      Not applicable.
Item 16E.      Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
      On August 11, 2003, we concluded a stock buyback program which we commenced on June 30, 2003. We acquired a total of 2,544,600 shares of our outstanding common stock, all of which were cancelled on August 20, 2003. The total purchase price for the stock buyback was Won 525.2 billion (or an average of approximately Won 206,388 per share), with the price per share ranging from Won 192,000 (on July 24, 2003) to Won 216,000 (on July 15-16, 2003). As a result of the stock buyback and subsequent cancellation of shares, the total number of our outstanding common stock declined from 82,993,404 as of December 31, 2001 to 73,614,308 as of December 31, 2003. On February 20, 2004, we additionally acquired fractional shares totaling 12 shares for Won 2 million, which resulted from the merger of SK IMT Co., Ltd. into SK Telecom in May 2003. As of April 30, 2006, the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding was 73,614,296. In 2006, we intend to purchase up to Won 200 billion of our common shares pursuant to open market purchases.
      Set forth in the following table is information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the issuer or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule  10b-18(a)(3) of the Exchange Act) of our common shares.
                                   
            Total Number of    
            Shares Purchased   Maximum Number of
    Total Number of   Average   as Part of Publicly   Shares That May yet
    Shares   Price Paid   Announced Plans or   be Purchased Under
Period   Purchased   per Share   Program   the Plans or Program
                 
2004
                               
January
        W              
February
    12     W 173,500              
March
        W              
April
        W              
May
        W              
June
        W              
July
        W              
August
        W              
September
        W              
October
        W              
November
        W              
December
        W              
 
Total
    12     W 173,500              
      We exchanged 29,808,333 shares of KT Corporation’s common stock at Won 50,900 per share for 8,266,923 shares of our common stock at Won 224,000 per share and settled the difference of Won 334.5 billion between the aggregate sale and purchase prices in cash on December 30, 2002 and January 10, 2003, under a mutual agreement on stock exchange between us and KT Corporation dated November 14, 2002. Of the 8,266,923 shares of our common stock exchanged, 4,457,635 shares of our common stock were subsequently cancelled and 3,809,288 shares were designated as treasury stock for use in future mergers and acquisitions transactions and strategic alliances or for other corporate purposes to be determined by us. As a result of the share swap, all cross-shareholdings between KT Corporation and us have been completely eliminated.
      In late May 2004, we sold US$329.5 million in zero coupon convertible notes due 2009. These convertible notes are convertible by the holders into shares of our common stock at the rate of Won 218,098 per share as of May 31, 2006. In connection with the issuance of the zero coupon convertible notes, we deposited

131


Table of Contents

1,645,000 shares of our common stock with Korea Securities Depository to be reserved and used to satisfy the note holders’ conversion rights. This will be deemed as the repurchase of treasury stock and cancellation thereof for the purposes of Korean law. On March 11, 2005 our shareholders approved a cash dividend of Won 9,300 per common share at the general shareholders’ meeting. On March 14, 2005, we filed a report with the Financial Supervisory Service to disclose that we adjusted the conversion price of the convertible notes issued in late May 2004 in the principal amount of US$329,450,000 from Won 235,625 to Won 226,566 and made an additional deposit of our common stock accordingly, so that the total number of shares of common stock deposited with Korea Securities Depository to satisfy the note holders’ conversion rights increased from 1,644,978 to 1,710,750. On July 29, 2005, our board of directors resolved to recommend an interim cash dividend of Won 1,000 per common share. On August 1, 2005, we filed a report with the Financial Supervisory Service to disclose that we adjusted the conversion price from Won 226,566 to Won 225,518 and made an additional deposit of our common stock accordingly, so that the total number of shares of common stock deposited increased from 1,710,750 to 1,718,700. On March 10, 2006, our shareholders approved a cash dividend of Won 8,000 per common share. On March 13, 2006, we filed a report with the Financial Supervisory Service to disclose that we adjusted the conversion price from Won 225,518 to Won 218,098 and made an additional deposit of our common stock accordingly, so that the total number of shares of common stock deposited increased from 1,718,700 to 1,777,173.
Item 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      Not applicable.
Item 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
      F-3
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005
      F-4
Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
      F-6
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
      F-8
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
      F-10
Notes to consolidated financial statements
      F-14

132


Table of Contents

Item 19.      EXHIBITS
         
Number   Description
     
  1 .1   Memorandum and Articles of Association
  2 .1   Deposit Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 15, 1999, Amendment No. 2 dated as of April 24, 2000 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of July 24, 2002, entered into among SK Telecom Co., Ltd., Citibank, N.A., as Depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares
  4 .1   Telecommunications Basic Law of 1983, as amended (English translation)
  4 .2   Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Basic Law, as amended (English translation)
  4 .3   Telecommunications Business Law of 1983, as amended (English translation)
  4 .4   Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Business Law (English translation)***
  4 .5   Korean Commercial Code (together with English translation)*
  4 .6   Amendment to Korean Commercial Code dated December 29, 2001 (together with English translation)**
  4 .7   Korean Securities and Exchange Act, as amended (English translation)
  8 .1   List of Subsidiaries of SK Telecom Co., Ltd.
  11 .1   Code of Ethics of SK Telecom Co., Ltd.***
  12 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  12 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  13 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  13 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  99 .1   Consent of Deloitte Anjin LLC
 
     
*
  Filed previously as exhibits to our Form 20-F filed on June 30, 2000.
**
  Filed previously as exhibits to our Form 20-F filed on June 28, 2002.
***
  Filed previously as exhibits to our Form 20-F filed on May 31, 2005.

133


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
  F-3
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2005
  F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
  F-6
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
  F-8
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
  F-10
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  F-14

F-1


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005 AND
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
SK Telecom Co., Ltd.
Seoul, Republic of Korea
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SK Telecom Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended (all expressed in Korean won). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SK Telecom Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea.
      Our audits also comprehended the translation of the Korean won amounts into U.S. dollar amounts and, in our opinion, such translation has been made in conformity with the basis stated in Note 2(a) to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Such U.S. dollar amounts are presented solely for the convenience of readers outside of the Republic of Korea.
      As discussed in Note 2(y) to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, in 2005 the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes to conform to Statement of Korean Accounting Standards No. 16.
      Accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United states of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 30 and 31 to the consolidated financial statements.
May 19, 2006
/s/ Deloitte Anjin LLC
Seoul, Republic of Korea

F-3


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
                                     
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
    (In millions of Korean won)   (In thousands of
        U.S. dollars
        (Note 2(a)))
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 2 and 13)
  W 317,488     W 370,630     W 378,426     $ 374,679  
 
Short-term financial instruments (Notes 13, 21 and 22)
    154,922       12,730       106,592       105,537  
 
Trading securities (Notes 2 and 4)
    893,217       654,779       777,472       769,774  
 
Current portion of long-term investment securities (Notes 2 and 4)
    85,861       3,709       1       1  
 
Accounts receivable — trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W 65,327 million, W 71,090 million and W 133,499 million at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively (Notes 2,13 and 24)
    1,579,153       1,720,201       1,684,119       1,667,445  
 
Short-term loans, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W 516 million, W 564 million and W 1,350 million at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively (Notes 2 and 6)
    48,849       55,355       65,539       64,890  
 
Accounts receivable — other, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W 16,768 million, W 15,622 million and W 17,526 million at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively (Notes 2, 13 and 24)
    867,120       1,406,553       1,369,691       1,356,130  
 
Inventories, net (Notes 2, 3, 23 and 24)
    31,516       52,321       7,784       7,707  
 
Prepaid expenses
    68,256       84,933       104,124       103,093  
 
Current deferred income tax assets (Notes 2 and 18)
                66,117       65,462  
 
Accrued income and other
    23,143       29,482       38,715       38,331  
                         
   
Total Current Assets
    4,069,525       4,390,693       4,598,580       4,553,049  
                         
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
                               
 
Property and equipment, net (Notes 2, 7, 12, 22, 23 and 24)
    4,641,547       4,703,922       4,663,369       4,617,197  
 
Intangible assets, net (Notes 2 and 8)
    3,674,944       3,522,903       3,452,889       3,418,702  
 
Long-term investment securities (Notes 2 and 4)
    879,193       948,101       1,220,208       1,208,127  
 
Equity securities accounted for using the equity method (Notes 2 and 5)
    183,709       304,028       471,879       467,207  
 
Long-term bank deposits (Note 21)
    352       10,351       1,479       1,464  
 
Long-term loans, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of W 19,552 million, W 19,273 million and W 19,130 million at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively (Notes 2 and 6)
    40,819       30,442       18,430       18,248  
 
Guarantee deposits (Notes 13 and 24)
    270,255       289,015       168,559       166,890  
 
Non-current deferred income tax assets (Notes 2 and 18)
                1,495       1,480  
 
Other
    57,873       83,903       107,884       106,816  
                         
   
Total Non-Current Assets
    9,748,692       9,892,665       10,106,192       10,006,131  
                         
TOTAL ASSETS
  W 13,818,217     W 14,283,358     W 14,704,772     $ 14,559,180  
                         

F-4


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
                                     
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
    (In millions of Korean won)   (In thousands of
        U.S. dollars
        (Note 2(a)))
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                               
 
Accounts payable (Notes 13, 22 and 24)
  W 1,317,162     W 1,205,682     W 1,047,779     $ 1,037,405  
 
Short-term borrowings (Notes 13 and 22)
    786,096       425,496       972       962  
 
Income taxes payable
    402,559       273,495       370,822       367,150  
 
Accrued expenses (Notes 2, 13 and 25)
    420,995       394,354       364,830       361,218  
 
Dividend payable
    88       263       298       295  
 
Withholdings
    184,304       196,534       216,622       214,477  
 
Current portion of long-term debt, net (Notes 9, 10 and 12)
    1,364,264       498,278       809,573       801,557  
 
Current portion of subscription deposits (Note 11)
    12,881       13,405       14,875       14,728  
 
Current deferred income tax liabilities (Notes 2 and 18)
                44       44  
 
Other
    42,561       59,386       37,558       37,187  
                         
   
Total Current Liabilities
    4,530,910       3,066,893       2,863,373       2,835,023  
                         
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
                               
 
Bonds payable, net (Notes 2 and 9)
    2,261,868       2,891,843       2,314,208       2,291,295  
 
Long-term borrowings (Notes 10 and 22)
    1,633             155       153  
 
Subscription deposits (Note 11)
    44,197       31,440       23,770       23,535  
 
Long-term payables — other, net of present value discount of W 85,881 million, W 72,663 million and W 58,413 million at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively (Note 2)
    564,119       577,337       591,587       585,730  
 
Obligations under capital leases (Notes 2, 12 and 13)
                10,204       10,103  
 
Accrued severance indemnities, net (Note 2)
    67,824       80,984       71,284       70,578  
 
Non-current deferred income tax liabilities (Notes 2 and 18)
    226,029       306,052       401,156       397,184  
 
Long-term currency swap (Notes 2 and 26)
          96,743       73,450       72,723  
 
Guarantee deposits received and other (Notes 22 and 24)
    27,790       26,322       28,045       27,767  
                         
   
Total Long-Term Liabilities
    3,193,460       4,010,721       3,513,859       3,479,068  
                         
   
Total Liabilities
    7,724,370       7,077,614       6,377,232       6,314,091  
                         
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 22)
                               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
                               
 
Capital stock (Notes 1 and 14)
    44,639       44,639       44,639       44,197  
 
Capital surplus (Note 14)
    2,911,556       2,968,301       2,954,840       2,925,584  
 
Retained earnings (Note 15)
    5,139,911       6,152,898       7,267,649       7,195,692  
 
Capital adjustments:
                               
   
Treasury stock (Note 16)
    (2,047,103 )     (2,047,105 )     (2,047,105 )     (2,026,837 )
   
Unrealized profit (loss) on valuation of long-term investment securities, net (Notes 2 and 4)
    (160,622 )     (92,975 )     (42,093 )     (41,676 )
   
Equity in capital adjustment of affiliates, net (Notes 2 and 5)
    42,581       134,376       61,368       60,760  
   
Loss on valuation of currency swap, net (Notes 2 and 26)
          (49,452 )     (14,177 )     (14,037 )
   
Stock options (Notes 2 and 17)
    3,741       4,833       3,480       3,446  
   
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment (Note 2)
    3,159       (7,969 )     (9,988 )     (9,889 )
 
Minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries (Note 2)
    155,985       98,198       108,927       107,849  
                         
   
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    6,093,847       7,205,744       8,327,540       8,245,089  
                         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  W 13,818,217     W 14,283,358     W 14,704,772     $ 14,559,180  
                         
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                   
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (In thousands of
        U.S. dollars, except
    (In millions of Korean won,   for income per share
    except for income per share)   (Note 2(a)))
OPERATING REVENUE (Notes 2, 24 and 28)
  W 10,272,081     W 10,570,615     W 10,721,820     $ 10,615,663  
OPERATING EXPENSES (Notes 2, 22 and 24)
                               
 
Labor cost
    (407,243 )     (464,778 )     (464,764 )     (460,162 )
 
Commissions paid
    (2,314,558 )     (2,812,318 )     (2,859,638 )     (2,831,325 )
 
Depreciation and amortization (Notes 7 and 8)
    (1,510,545 )     (1,607,478 )     (1,546,285 )     (1,530,975 )
 
Network interconnection (Note 28)
    (771,553 )     (913,688 )     (989,417 )     (979,621 )
 
Leased line
    (306,527 )     (375,227 )     (407,043 )     (403,013 )
 
Advertising
    (376,424 )     (352,877 )     (279,390 )     (276,624 )
 
Research and development (Note 2)
    (235,551 )     (267,107 )     (252,046 )     (249,550 )
 
Rent
    (144,509 )     (178,310 )     (190,134 )     (188,251 )
 
Frequency usage
    (129,525 )     (143,047 )     (156,098 )     (154,552 )
 
Repair
    (96,464 )     (112,094 )     (131,719 )     (130,415 )
 
Provision for bad debts
    (22,378 )     (29,181 )     (112,792 )     (111,675 )
 
Cost of goods sold
    (560,859 )     (479,257 )     (240,746 )     (238,362 )
 
Other
    (290,838 )     (395,504 )     (421,132 )     (416,964 )
                         
 
Sub-total
    (7,166,974 )     (8,130,866 )     (8,051,204 )     (7,971,489 )
                         
OPERATING INCOME
    3,105,107       2,439,749       2,670,616       2,644,174  
                         
OTHER INCOME:
                               
 
Interest income (Note 4)
    86,485       80,459       61,143       60,538  
 
Dividends
    25,923       23,843       26,515       26,252  
 
Commissions
    80,180       26,891       32,738       32,414  
 
Equity in earnings of affiliates (Notes 2 and 5)
                20,949       20,742  
 
Foreign exchange and translation gains (Note 2)
    6,131       20,559       4,167       4,126  
 
Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts
    1,555       759       450       446  
 
Gain on disposal and valuation of trading securities (Note 2)
    188       2,548       1       1  
 
Gain on disposal of investment assets (Notes 4 and 5)
    1,259       2,004       24,613       24,369  
 
Gain on disposal of consolidated subsidiary (Note 5)
                178,689       176,920  
 
Gain on disposal of property, equipment and intangible assets
    2,750       2,067       4,693       4,647  
 
Gain on transactions and valuation of currency forward and swap (Notes 2 and 26)
          2,850       2,578       2,552  
 
Other
    56,973       37,439       36,016       35,659  
                         
 
Sub-total
    261,444       199,419       392,552       388,666  
                         

F-6


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME — (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                   
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (In thousands of
        U.S. dollars, except
    (In millions of Korean won,   for income per share
    except for income per share)   (Note 2(a)))
OTHER EXPENSES:
                               
 
Interest and discounts
    (391,482 )     (303,410 )     (253,472 )     (250,962 )
 
Donations
    (91,487 )     (89,232 )     (145,325 )     (143,886 )
 
Equity in losses of affiliates (Notes 2 and 5)
    (6,975 )     (11,954 )     (71,825 )     (71,114 )
 
Foreign exchange and translation losses (Note 2)
    (10,230 )     (9,074 )     (4,178 )     (4,137 )
 
Loss on disposal and valuation of trading securities (Note 2)
    (3,974 )     (232 )     (16 )     (16 )
 
Loss on disposal of investment assets
    (45,403 )     (1,539 )     (4,017 )     (3,977 )
 
Loss on disposal and impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets (Note 2)
    (13,784 )     (19,208 )     (6,783 )     (6,716 )
 
Loss on impairment of long-term investment securities (Notes 2 and 4)
    (5,749 )     (33,654 )     (3,422 )     (3,388 )
 
Loss on transactions and valuation of currency forward and swap (Notes 2 and 26)
          (15,818 )            
 
Other
    (43,131 )     (31,872 )     (12,564 )     (12,440 )
                         
 
Sub-total
    (612,215 )     (515,993 )     (501,602 )     (496,636 )
                         
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTEREST
    2,754,336       2,123,175       2,561,566       2,536,204  
INCOME TAXES (Notes 2 and 18)
    (789,059 )     (629,761 )     (693,259 )     (686,395 )
                         
INCOME BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST
    1,965,277       1,493,414       1,868,307       1,849,809  
MINORITY INTEREST IN NET LOSS (GAIN) OF CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
    823       (1,935 )     4,671       4,625  
                         
NET INCOME
  W 1,966,100     W 1,491,479     W 1,872,978     $ 1,854,434  
                         
NET INCOME PER SHARE (Notes 2 and 19) (In Korean won and U.S. dollars)
  W 26,187     W 20,261     W 25,443     $ 25.19  
                         
DILUTED NET INCOME PER SHARE (Notes 2 and 19) (In Korean won and U.S. dollars)
  W 26,187     W 20,092     W 25,036     $ 24.79  
                         
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                                   
                        Total
    Common   Capital   Retained   Capital   Minority   Shareholders’
    Stock   Surplus   Earnings   Adjustments   Interest   Equity
                         
    (In millions of Korean won)
Balance, January 1, 2003
  W 44,576   W 2,884,382     W 4,873,205     W (2,295,770 )   W 725,507     W 6,231,900  
 
Net income
                1,966,100             (823 )     1,965,277  
 
Acquisition of treasury stock (Note 16)
                      (1,379,337 )           (1,379,337 )
 
Retirement of treasury stock (Note 16)
                (1,545,281 )     1,524,683             (20,598 )
 
Cash dividends paid (Note 20)
                (151,739 )                 (151,739 )
 
Excess unallocated purchase price (Note 14)
          (230 )                       (230 )
 
Issuance of common stock for the merger with SK IMT Co., Ltd. (Note 14)
    63       31,809                         31,872  
 
Gain on disposal of investments in common stock of subsidiary
          58                         58  
 
Equity in beginning retained earnings change of affiliates (Notes 2 and 5)
                (33 )                 (33 )
 
Cumulative effect of an accounting change (Note 2)
                (2,341 )           (515 )     (2,856 )
 
Unrealized loss on valuation of long-term investment securities (Notes 2 and 4)
                      (56,505 )           (56,505 )
 
Equity in capital surplus and capital adjustment changes of affiliates (Note 2)
          (4,463 )           47,752             43,289  
 
Stock compensation plans (Notes 2 and 17)
                      1,289             1,289  
 
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment (Note 2)
                      (356 )           (356 )
 
Decrease in minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries
                            (568,184 )     (568,184 )
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2003
  W 44,639   W 2,911,556     W 5,139,911     W (2,158,244 )   W 155,985     W 6,093,847  
                                     
 
Net income
                1,491,479             1,935       1,493,414  
 
Cash dividends paid (Note 20)
                (404,878 )                 (404,878 )
 
Interim cash dividends paid (Note 20)
                (73,614 )                 (73,614 )
 
Excess unallocated purchase price (Note 14)
          (77 )                       (77 )
 
Consideration for conversion rights (Notes 2 and 14)
          67,279                         67,279  
 
Acquisition of treasury stock (Note 16)
                      (2 )           (2 )
 
Equity in capital surplus and capital adjustment changes of affiliates (Note 2)
          (10,457 )           91,795             81,338  
 
Unrealized gain on valuation of long-term investment securities (Notes 2 and 4)
                      67,647             67,647  
 
Loss on valuation of currency swap (Note 2)
                      (49,452 )           (49,452 )
 
Stock compensation plans (Notes 2 and 17)
                      1,092             1,092  
 
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment (Note 2)
                      (11,128 )           (11,128 )
 
Decrease in minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries
                            (59,722 )     (59,722 )
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2004
  W 44,639   W 2,968,301     W 6,152,898     W (2,058,292 )   W 98,198     W 7,205,744  
                                     

F-8


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY — (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                                   
                        Total
    Common   Capital   Retained   Capital   Minority   Shareholders’
    Stock   Surplus   Earnings   Adjustments   Interest   Equity
                         
    (In millions of Korean won)
Balance, January 1, 2005
  W 44,639   W 2,968,301     W 6,152,898     W (2,058,292 )   W 98,198     W 7,205,744  
 
Net income
                1,872,978             (4,671 )     1,868,307  
 
Cash dividends paid (Note 20)
                (684,613 )                 (684,613 )
 
Interim cash dividends paid (Note 20)
                (73,614 )                 (73,614 )
 
Deferred tax effect of temporary differences related to conversion rights (Note 14)
          (18,502 )                       (18,502 )
 
Transfer of stock option from capital adjustments to capital surplus (Notes 14 and 17)
          1,533             (1,533 )            
 
Equity in capital surplus and capital adjustment changes of affiliates (Notes 2 and 5)
          3,508             (73,008 )           (69,500 )
 
Unrealized gain on valuation of long-term investment securities (Notes 2 and 4)
                      50,882             50,882  
 
Gain on valuation of currency swap (Note 2)
                      35,276             35,276  
 
Stock compensation plans (Notes 2 and 17)
                      180             180  
 
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment (Note 2)
                      (2,020 )           (2,020 )
 
Decrease in minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries
                            15,400       15,400  
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2005
  W 44,639   W 2,954,840     W 7,267,649     W (2,048,515 )   W 108,927     W 8,327,540  
                                     
    (In thousands of U.S. dollars) (Note 2(a))
Balance, January 1, 2005
  $ 44,197       $ 2,938,912       $ 6,091,978       $ (2,037,913 )     $   97,226       $ 7,134,400  
 
Net income
                1,854,434             (4,625 )     1,849,809  
 
Cash dividends paid
                (677,835 )                 (677,835 )
 
Interim cash dividends paid
                (72,885 )                 (72,885 )
 
Deferred tax effect of temporary differences related to conversion rights
          (18,319 )                       (18,319 )
 
Transfer of stock option from capital adjustments to capital surplus
          1,518             (1,518 )            
 
Equity in capital surplus and capital adjustment changes of affiliates
          3,473             (72,285 )           (68,812 )
 
Unrealized gain on valuation of long-term investment securities
                      50,378             50,378  
 
Gain on valuation of currency swap
                      34,927             34,927  
 
Stock compensation plans
                      178             178  
 
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment
                      (2,000 )           (2,000 )
 
Decrease in minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries
                            15,248       15,248  
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ 44,197       $ 2,925,584       $ 7,195,692       $ (2,028,233 )     $ 107,849       $  8,245,089  
                                     
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-9


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                     
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (In thousands
        of U.S. dollars
    (In millions of Korean won)   (Note 2(a)))
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                               
 
Net income
  W 1,966,100     W 1,491,479     W 1,872,978     $ 1,854,434  
                         
 
Expenses not involving cash payments:
                               
   
Depreciation and amortization
    1,649,902       1,752,530       1,675,528       1,658,939  
   
Provision for severance indemnities
    65,375       58,151       47,073       46,607  
   
Provision for bad debts
    23,304       43,144       115,731       114,585  
   
Foreign currency translation loss
    2,546       2,179       981       971  
   
Loss on disposal and valuation of trading securities
    3,974       232       16       16  
   
Loss on disposal and impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets
    13,784       19,208       6,783       6,716  
   
Loss on impairment of long-term investment securities
    5,749       33,654       3,422       3,388  
   
Loss on disposal of investment assets
    45,403       1,539       4,017       3,977  
   
Loss on transaction and valuation of currency forward and swap
          15,818              
   
Equity in losses of affiliates
    6,975       11,954       71,825       71,114  
   
Minority interest in net gain of consolidated subsidiaries
          1,935              
   
Amortization of discounts on bonds and other
    73,655       46,274       51,846       51,333  
                         
   
Sub-total
    1,890,667       1,986,618       1,977,222       1,957,646  
                         
 
Income not involving cash receipts:
                               
   
Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,555 )     (759 )     (450 )     (446 )
   
Foreign currency translation gain
    (668 )     (3,367 )     (658 )     (651 )
   
Gain on disposal and valuation of trading securities
    (188 )     (2,548 )     (1 )     (1 )
   
Gain on disposal of investment assets
    (1,555 )     (2,004 )     (24,613 )     (24,369 )
   
Gain on disposal of consolidated subsidiary
                (178,689 )     (176,920 )
   
Gain on disposal of property, equipment and intangible assets
    (2,750 )     (2,067 )     (4,693 )     (4,647 )
   
Gain on transactions and valuation of currency forward and swap
          (2,850 )     (2,578 )     (2,552 )
   
Equity in earnings of affiliates
                (20,949 )     (20,742 )
   
Minority interest in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries
    (823 )           (4,671 )     (4,625 )
   
Other
    (12,491 )     (12,129 )     (3,769 )     (3,731 )
                         
   
Sub-total
    (20,030 )     (25,724 )     (241,071 )     (238,684 )
                         

F-10


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                   
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (In thousands
        of U.S. dollars
    (In millions of Korean won)   (Note 2(a)))
Changes in assets and liabilities related to operating activities:
                               
 
Accounts receivable — trade
    (159,160 )     (170,891 )     (210,957 )     (208,868 )
 
Accounts receivable — other
    (48,789 )     (552,343 )     22,284       22,063  
 
Inventories
    (4,056 )     (20,982 )     8,297       8,215  
 
Other current assets
    (30,417 )     (5,549 )     (15,922 )     (15,764 )
 
Accounts payable
    (396,700 )     (90,977 )     (34,441 )     (34,100 )
 
Income taxes payable
    (11,597 )     (125,430 )     88,477       87,601  
 
Accrued expenses
    24,385       (26,622 )     (12,944 )     (12,816 )
 
Other current liabilities
    45,776       25,188       (1,009 )     (999 )
 
Deferred income taxes
    120,879       78,356       7,640       7,564  
 
Severance indemnity payments
    (24,516 )     (27,582 )     (24,365 )     (24,124 )
 
Dividends received from affiliates
    621       755       785       777  
 
Deposits for group severance indemnities and other deposits
    (24,727 )     (19,489 )     (32,869 )     (32,543 )
 
Transfer of accrued severance indemnities from affiliates and related companies
    955                    
                         
 
Sub-total
    (507,346 )     (935,566 )     (205,024 )     (202,994 )
                         
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
    3,329,391       2,516,807       3,404,105       3,370,402  
                         

F-11


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                   
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (In thousands
        of U.S. dollars
    (In millions of Korean won)   (Note 2(a)))
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                               
 
Decrease (increase) in short-term financial instruments
  W 95,123     W 90,034     W (75,261 )   $ (74,516 )
 
Decrease (increase) in trading securities
    (137,618 )     240,204       (122,710 )     (121,495 )
 
Decrease in short-term loans
    51,612       89,447       60,530       59,931  
 
Decrease in long-term bank deposits
          50,006       2       2  
 
Proceeds from sale of current portion of long-term investment securities
    70,267       85,861       53,608       53,077  
 
Proceeds from sale of long-term investment securities
    762,896       17,658       40,889       40,484  
 
Proceeds from sale of equity securities accounted for using the equity method
    2,889       268       7,539       7,464  
 
Proceeds from sale of consolidated subsidiary
                290,966       288,085  
 
Decrease in long-term loans
    9,980       4,746       57       56  
 
Decrease in guarantee deposits
    67,410       22,096       142,131       140,724  
 
Decrease in other non-current assets
    50,758       36,287       36,110       35,753  
 
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
    12,828       10,116       34,179       33,841  
 
Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets
    2,248       2,291       107       106  
 
Increase in long-term loans
    (60,145 )     (56,428 )     (59,008 )     (58,424 )
 
Increase in long-term bank deposits
    (350 )     (60,005 )     (1,140 )     (1,129 )
 
Acquisition of long-term investment securities
    (437,076 )     (54,132 )     (319,061 )     (315,902 )
 
Acquisition of equity securities accounted for using the equity method
    (7,158 )     (21,086 )     (231,793 )     (229,498 )
 
Increase in long-term loans
    (15,578 )     (35,291 )     (5,766 )     (5,709 )
 
Increase in guarantee deposits
    (88,223 )     (40,957 )     (75,295 )     (74,550 )
 
Increase in other non-current assets
    (54,090 )     (82,843 )     (86,803 )     (85,943 )
 
Acquisition of property and equipment
    (1,647,639 )     (1,631,941 )     (1,416,622 )     (1,402,596 )
 
Acquisition of intangible assets
    (56,745 )     (72,376 )     (199,494 )     (197,519 )
 
Acquisition of minority interest
    (36,442 )     (64,247 )     (11,352 )     (11,240 )
                         
 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    (1,415,053 )     (1,470,292 )     (1,938,187 )     (1,918,998 )
                         

F-12


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
                                   
    2003   2004   2005   2005
                 
                (In thousands
        of U.S. dollars
    (In millions of Korean won)   (Note 2(a)))
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                               
 
Increase in short-term borrowings
  W 108,669     W     W     $  
 
Issuance of bonds payable
    688,737       1,205,727       193,683       191,765  
 
Increase in long-term borrowings
    13,532                    
 
Payment of short-term borrowings
    (12,087 )     (359,133 )     (376,929 )     (373,197 )
 
Payment of current portion of long-term debt
    (939,176 )     (1,370,611 )     (500,033 )     (495,082 )
 
Repayment of bonds payable
          (5,068 )            
 
Payment of dividends
    (151,739 )     (478,318 )     (758,192 )     (750,685 )
 
Decrease in facility deposits
    (2,654 )     (12,757 )     (7,670 )     (7,594 )
 
Transaction of currency forward and swap
          2,821              
 
Net increase in treasury stock
    (1,379,337 )     (2 )            
 
Increase in minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries
    22,278       45,065       21,243       21,033  
 
Other
    (609,262 )     3,706       (1,140 )     (1,129 )
                         
 
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
    (2,261,039 )     (968,570 )     (1,429,038 )     (1,414,889 )
                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS DUE TO CHANGES IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
    72       (24,803 )     (29,084 )     (28,796 )
                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (346,629 )     53,142       7,796       7,719  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR
    664,117       317,488       370,630       366,960  
                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR
  W 317,488     W 370,630     W 378,426     $ 374,679  
                         
Cash paid for interest (net of amounts capitalized)
  W 328,890     W 264,224     W 203,259     $ 201,247  
                         
Cash paid for income taxes
  W 675,122     W 679,262     W 588,296     $ 582,471  
                         
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-13


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2004 AND 2005
1. GENERAL
      SK Telecom Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in March 1984 under the laws of Korea to engage in providing cellular telephone communication services in the Republic of Korea. The Company mainly provides wireless telecommunications in the Republic of Korea and recently acquired foreign wireless telecommunications operators in Vietnam, Mongolia, and the United States of America. The Company’s common shares and depositary receipts (DRs) are listed on the Korea Stock Exchange and the New York and London Stock Exchanges, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s total issued shares are held by the following:
                 
        Percentage of
    Number of   Total Shares
    Shares   Issued (%)
         
SK Group
    18,748,459       22.79  
POSCO
    2,991,496       3.64  
Institutional investors and other minority shareholders
    51,874,341       63.04  
Treasury stock
    8,662,415       10.53  
                 
      82,276,711       100.00  
                 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
      The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Korean Financial Accounting Standards and Statements of Korean Accounting Standards (“SKAS”) No. 1 through No. 17 (except for No. 11 and No. 14). As SKAS No. 11 is not effective until the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 and SKAS No. 14 is related to exceptions to accounting for small and medium-sized entities, they do not apply to the Company. Significant accounting policies followed in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements are summarized as follows.
a. Basis of Presentation
      The official accounting records of the Company are expressed in Korean won and are maintained in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the Republic of Korea. The accounting principles and reporting practices followed by the Company and generally accepted in Korea (“Korean GAAP”) may differ in certain respects from accounting principles and reporting practices generally accepted in other countries and jurisdictions. To conform more closely to presentations customary in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been condensed, restructured and translated into English. The conversion into U.S. dollars was made at the rate of W1,010.00 to US$1, the Noon Buying Rate in the City of New York for cable transfers in Korean won as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the last business day of the year ended December 31, 2005. Such conversion into U.S. dollars should not be construed as representations that the Korean won amounts could be converted into U.S. dollars at the above or any other rate. Certain supplementary information included in the statutory Korean language consolidated financial statements, not required for a fair presentation of the Company and its subsidiaries’ financial position or results of operations, is not presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
b. Principles of Consolidation
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the following controlled subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. Controlled subsidiaries include (a) majority-owned entities by the Company or its controlled subsidiary and (b) other entities where the Company or its controlled subsidiary

F-14


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
owns more than 30% of total outstanding common stock and is the largest shareholder. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
                                     
            Ownership Percentage (%)
    Year of        
Subsidiary   Establishment   Primary Business   2003   2004   2005
                     
SK Teletech Co., Ltd. 
                61.66       89.13        
SK Capital Co., Ltd. 
    1995    
Finance
    100.00       100.00       100.00  
SK Telink Co., Ltd. 
    1998     Telecommunication services     90.77       90.77       90.77  
SK Communications Co., Ltd. 
    1999     Internet website services     92.69       93.44       92.37  
SK Wyverns Baseball Club Co., Ltd. 
    2000     Business related sports     99.99       99.99       99.99  
Centurion IT Investment Association
    2001     Investment association     37.50       37.50       37.50  
Global Credit & information Corp. 
    1998     Credit and collection services     50.00       50.00       50.00  
PAXNet Co., Ltd. 
    1999     Internet website services     67.10       67.10       67.10  
Seoul Records, Inc. 
    1982     Release of music disc                 60.00  
SK Telecom International Inc. 
    1995     Internet website services     100.00       100.00       100.00  
SLD Telecom PTE Ltd. 
    2000     Telecommunication services     53.80       55.10       55.10  
SK Telecom China Co., Ltd. 
    2002     Telecommunication services     100.00       100.00       100.00  
TU Media Corp. 
    2003     Digital multi media
  broadcasting service
    100.00       28.50       29.60  
U-Land Company Limited
    2004     Telecommunication services           100.00       100.00  
SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc. 
    2005     Telecommunication services                 100.00  
The First Music Investment Fund of SK-PVC
    2005     Investment association                 99.00  
The Second Music Investment Fund of SK-PVC
    2005     Investment association                 99.00  
SK-KTB Music Investment Fund
    2005     Investment association                 99.00  
IMM Cinema Fund
    2005     Investment association                 48.39  
      Effective January 1, 2004, TU Media Corp. that was included in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 is excluded from the consolidation as the Company’s equity interest in TU Media Corp. decreased from 100% to 46.1%, effective January 1, 2004 and to 28.5%, effective May 21, 2004. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s equity interest in TU Media corp. is 29.6%.
      Effective January 1, 2004, SK Telecom China., Ltd. is included in the consolidation of the accompanying financial statements as its total assets at the beginning of the fiscal year were more than W 7 billion, in accordance with Korean GAAP.
      Effective July 1, 2005, SK Teletech Co., Ltd. that had been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 is excluded from the consolidation as the Company sold 60% equity interest in SK Teletech Co., Ltd. to Curitel Communications, Inc. in July 2005. Effective December 1, 2005, SK Teletech Co., Ltd. was merged into Pantech Co., Ltd. and the Company’s equity interest in Pantech Co., Ltd. became 22.7%.

F-15


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      In August 2005, the Company purchased a 60.0% equity interest in Seoul Records, Inc. and included it in the consolidation of the accompanying financial statements from the date of acquisition.
      Effective January 1, 2005, U-Land Company Limited is included in the consolidation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements as its total assets at the beginning of the fiscal year were more than W 7 billion, in accordance with Korean GAAP.
c. Use of Estimates
      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Korea and the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
d. Cash and Cash Equivalents
      Cash and cash equivalents are cash in banks and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase, which are readily convertible without significant transaction cost on risk or changes in interest rates.
e. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
      An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided based on the estimated collectibility of individual accounts and historical bad debt experience.
      Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable — trade for 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Beginning balance
  W 60,542     W 65,327     W 71,090  
Write-offs
    (17,593 )     (23,418 )     (49,181 )
                   
      42,949       41,909       21,909  
Provision for bad debt
    22,378       29,181       112,792  
Decrease from changes in consolidated subsidiaries
                (1,202 )
                   
End of year
  W 65,327     W 71,090     W 133,499  
                   
f. Inventories
      Inventories, which consist mainly of replacement units for wireless telecommunication facilities, handsets, raw material for handsets, supplies for sales promotion and music CDs, are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost determined using the moving average method. During the year, perpetual inventory systems are used to value inventories, which are adjusted to physical inventory counts performed at the end of the year. When the market value of inventories is less than the acquisition cost, carrying amount is reduced to the market value and any difference is charged to current operations as operating expenses. A valuation loss of W 639 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2005 (nil for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004).

F-16


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
g. Securities (excluding securities accounted for using the equity method of accounting)
      Debt and equity securities are initially recorded at their acquisition costs (fair value of considerations paid) including incidental cost incurred in connection with acquisition of the related securities and classified into trading, available-for-sale and held-to -maturity securities depending on the acquisition purpose and nature.
      Trading securities are stated at fair value with gains or losses on valuation reflected in current operations.
      Securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on valuation of available-for-sale securities are included in capital adjustments and the unrealized gains or losses are reflected in net income when the securities are sold or if an impairment is other than temporary as discussed below. Equity securities are stated at acquisition cost if fair value cannot be reliably measured. If the declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their acquisition or amortized cost are other than temporary and there is objective evidence of impairment, write-downs of the individual securities are recorded to reduce the carrying value to their fair value. The related write-downs are recorded in current operations as a loss on impairment of investment securities.
      Held-to -maturity securities are presented at acquisition cost after premiums or discounts for debt securities are amortized or accreted, respectively. The Company and its subsidiaries recognize write-downs resulting from the other-than-temporary declines in the fair value below its book value on the balance sheet date if there is objective evidence of impairment. The related write-downs are recorded in current operations as a loss on impairment of investment securities.
      Trading securities are presented in the current asset section of the balance sheet, and available-for-sales and held-to -maturity securities are presented in the current asset section of the balance sheet if their maturities are within one year; otherwise such securities are recorded in the non-current section of the balance sheet.
h. Investment Securities with 20% or More Ownership Interest
      Investment securities of affiliated companies, in which the Company has a 20% or more ownership interest and/or the ability to exercise significant influence, are carried using the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company’s initial investment is recorded at cost and the carrying value is subsequently increased or decreased to reflect the Company’s portion of shareholders’ equity of the investee. Differences between the purchase cost and net asset value of the investee are amortized over 5 to 20 years using the straight-line method. When applying the equity method of accounting, unrealized intercompany gains and losses are eliminated.
i. Property and Equipment
      Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major renewals and betterments, which prolong the useful life or enhance the value of assets, are capitalized; expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
      Depreciation is computed using the declining balance method (except for buildings and structures acquired on or after January 1, 1995 which are depreciated using straight-line method) over the estimated useful lives (3 – 30 years) of the related assets.
      Interest expenses and other financing charges for borrowings related to the manufacture or construction of property and equipment are charged to current operations as incurred.
j. Intangible Assets
      Intangible assets are stated at cost less amortization computed using the straight-line method over 2 to 20 years.

F-17


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      With its application for a license to provide IMT services, the Company has a commitment to pay W 1,300,000 million to the Ministry of Information Communication (“MIC”). SK IMT Co., Ltd., which was merged into the Company on May 1, 2003, paid W 650,000 million in March 2001 and the Company is required to pay the remainder over 10 years with an annual interest rate equal to the 3-year -maturity government bond rate minus 0.75% (3.58% as of December 31, 2005). The future payment obligations are W 90,000 million in 2007, W 110,000 million in 2008, W 130,000 million in 2009, W 150,000 million in 2010 and W 170,000 million in 2011. On December 4, 2001, SK IMT Co., Ltd. received the IMT license from the MIC, and recorded the total license cost as an intangible asset. Amortization of the IMT license commenced when the Company started its commercial IMT 2000 service in December 2003, using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the IMT license which expires in December 2016. The Company determined the IMT license has a finite life, considering that renewal cost is expected to be substantial.
      The Company capitalizes the cost of internal-use software which has a useful life in excess of one year. Capitalized internal-use software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over 5 years and are recorded in intangible assets.
k. Convertible Bonds
      The proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds are allocated between the conversion rights and the debt issued; the portion allocable to the conversion rights is accounted for as capital surplus with a corresponding conversion right adjustment which is deducted from the related bonds. Such conversion right adjustment is amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the redemption period of the convertible bonds. The portion allocable to the conversion rights is measured by deducting the present value of the debt at time of issuance from the gross proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds, with the present value of the debt being computed by discounting the expected future cash flows (including call premium, if any) using the effective interest rate applied to ordinary or straight debt of the Company at the issue date.
l. Discounts on Bonds
      Discounts on bonds are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the redemption period of the bonds.
m. Valuation of Long-Term Payables
      Long-term payables resulting from long-term installment transactions are stated at the present value of the expected future cash flows. Imputed interest amounts are recorded in present value discount accounts which are deducted directly from the related nominal payable balances. Such imputed interest is included in operations using the effective interest rate method over the redemption period.
n. Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
      The Company and its subsidiaries recognize a provision when i) it has a present obligation as a result of a past event, ii) it is probable that a disbursement of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation, and iii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation (see Note 25).
      The Company and its subsidiaries do not recognize the following contingent obligations as liabilities;
  —  Possible obligations related to past events, for which the existence of a liability can only be confirmed upon occurrence of uncertain future event or events outside the control of the Company and certain subsidiaries.

F-18


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
  —  Present obligations arising out of past events or transactions, for which i) a disbursement of economic resources to fulfill such obligations is not probable or ii) a disbursement of economic resources is probable, but the related amount cannot be reasonably estimated.
      In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries do not recognize potential assets related to past events or transactions, for which the existence of an asset or future benefit can only be confirmed upon occurrence of uncertain future event or events outside the control of the Company and its subsidiaries.
o. Accrued Severance Indemnities
      In accordance with the policies of the Company and its subsidiaries, all employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive severance indemnities, based on length of service and rate of pay, upon termination of their employment. Accruals for severance indemnities are recorded to approximate the amount required to be paid if all employees were to terminate at the balance sheet date.
      The Company and certain subsidiaries have deposits with insurance companies to fund the portion of the employees’ severance indemnities which is in excess of the tax deductible amount allowed under the Corporate Income Tax Law, in order to take advantage of the additional tax deductibility for such funding. Such funding of severance indemnities in outside insurance companies, where the beneficiaries are their employees, totaling W 144,861 million, W 164,643 million and W 191,354 million as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, were deducted from accrued severance indemnities in accordance with Korean GAAP.
      In accordance with the Korean National Pension Fund Law, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries transferred a portion of its accrued severance indemnities to the National Pension Fund through March 1999. Such transfers, amounting to W 6,229 million, W 5,687 million and W 5,217 million as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, are deducted from accrued severance indemnities.
      Changes in accrued severance indemnities for 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                           
    2003   2004   2005
             
Beginning net balance
  W 48,519     W 67,824     W 80,984  
Provision
    65,375       58,151       47,073  
Payments to employees
    (24,516 )     (27,582 )     (24,365 )
Transfer from affiliated and related companies
    955              
Net increase due to the changes in consolidated subsidiaries
    2,395       2,372       594  
Deposits for severance indemnities
    (24,904 )     (19,781 )     (33,002 )
                   
Ending net balance
  W 67,824     W 80,984     W 71,284  
                   
Ending balance:
                       
 
Accrued severance indemnities
  W 218,914     W 251,314     W 267,855  
 
Deposits with insurance companies
    (144,861 )     (164,643 )     (191,354 )
 
Transfer to the National Pension Fund
    (6,229 )     (5,687 )     (5,217 )
                   
 
Net balance
  W 67,824     W 80,984     W 71,284  
                   

F-19


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      In addition, the Company and certain subsidiaries expect to pay the following future benefits for the next 10 years to their employees upon their normal retirement age as follows (in millions of Korean won):
           
Year ending December 31,    
     
2006
  W 248,710 (note)
2007
    9  
2008
    629  
2009
    400  
2010
    808  
2011Y2015
    10,661  
         
 
Total
  W 261,217  
         
 
(note)  The future benefits in 2006 include early settlement of retirement benefit of W 243,847 million which is paid in April 2006, in accordance with a resolution of the Company’s a joint labor-management conference dated March 16, 2006. These amounts do not include additional bonuses for early settlement and voluntary early retirement amounting to W 125,890 million and W 14,705 million, respectively, which is paid in April 2006.
      The above amounts were determined based on the employees’ current salary rates and the number of service years that will be accumulated upon their retirement date. These amounts do not include amounts that might be paid to employees that will cease working with the Company before their normal retirement age.
p. Accounting for Leases
      Lease agreements that include a bargain purchase option, result in the transfer of ownership at the end of the lease term, have a lease term equal to 75% or more of the estimated economic life of the leased property or where the present value of minimum lease payments equals or exceeds 90% of the fair value of the leased property, are accounted for as capital leases. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases.
      Assets and liabilities related to capital leases are recorded as property and equipment and obligations under capital leases, respectively, and the related interest is calculated using the effective interest rate method and charged to expense. For operating leases, the future minimum lease payments are expensed ratably over the lease term while contingent rentals are expensed as incurred.
q. Research and Development Costs
      The Company and its subsidiaries charge substantially all research and development costs to expense as incurred. The Company and its subsidiaries incurred internal research and development costs of W 235,551 million, W 267,107 million and W 252,046 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and external research and development costs of W 64,893 million, W 69,016 million and W 69,140 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
r. Derivative Instruments
      The Company records rights and obligations arising from derivative instruments as assets and liabilities, which are stated at fair value. The gains and losses that result from the change in the fair value of derivative instruments are reported in current earnings. However, for derivative instruments designated as hedging the exposure of variable cash flows, the effective portion of the gains or losses on the hedging instruments are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and credited/ charged to operations at the time the

F-20


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
hedged transactions affect earnings, and the ineffective portions of the gains or losses is credited/ charged immediately to operations.
s. Revenue Recognition
      The revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries are principally derived from telecommunication service revenue including data services, and telephone sales. Telecommunication service consists of fixed monthly charges, usage-related charges and non-refundable activation fees. Fixed monthly charges are recognized in the period earned. Usage-related charges are recognized at the time services are rendered. Non-refundable activation fees and costs are recognized when the activation service was performed.
      The Company’s subsidiaries also sell telephones to customers and telephone sales are recognized at the time products are delivered.
t. Income Taxes
      Income tax expense is determined by adding or deducting the total income tax and surtaxes to be paid for the current period and the changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
      Deferred tax is recognized on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profits. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences with some exceptions and deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the assets to be recovered. Effective January 1, 2005 deferred income tax assets and liabilities, which were presented on the balance sheet as a single non-current net amount through 2004, are classified into current and non-current based on the classification of related assets or liabilities for financial reporting purposes.
u. Net Income Per Share and Dilutive Net Income Per Share
      Net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share of common stock is calculated by dividing adjusted net income by adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, taking into account the dilutive effect of stock options in 2002 and issuance of convertible bonds in 2004 and 2005.
v. Foreign-Based Operations’ Translation Adjustment
      In translating the foreign currency financial statements of the Company’s overseas subsidiaries into Korean won, the Company presents the translation gain or loss as a foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment in the capital adjustment section of the balance sheet. The translation gain or loss arises from the application of different exchange rates; the year-end rate for balance sheet items except shareholders’ equity, the historical rate for shareholders’ equity and the daily average rate for statement of income items.
w. Accounting for Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
      The Company and its domestic subsidiaries maintain their accounts in Korean won. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in Korean won based on the prevailing rate of exchange at the dates of transactions. As allowed under Korean GAAP, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at the Base Rates announced by Seoul Money Brokerage Services, Ltd. on the balance sheet dates, which, for U.S. dollars, were W 1,197=US$1, W 1,043=US$1 and W 1,013=US$1 at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The resulting gains and losses arising from the translation or settlement of such assets and liabilities are included in current operations.

F-21


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
x. Accounting for Employee Stock Option Compensation Plan
      The Company adopted the fair value based method of accounting for its employee stock option compensation plan (see Note 17). Under the fair value based method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period. For stock options, fair value is determined using an option-pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock, expected dividends and the current risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option. However, as permitted under Korean GAAP, the Company excludes the volatility factor in estimating the value of its stock options granted before December 31, 2003, which results in measurement at minimum value. The total compensation cost of an option estimated at the grant date is not subsequently adjusted for changes in the price of the underlying stock or its volatility, the actual life of the option, dividends on the stock, or the risk-free interest rate.
y. Adoption of New Statements of Korea Accounting Standards (“SKAS”)
      On January 1, 2004, the Company and its subsidiaries adopted SKAS No. 10, No. 12 and No. 13. Such adoptions of new SKAS did not have an effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 or consolidated ordinary income and net income of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2004.
      On January 1, 2005, the Company and its subsidiaries adopted SKAS No. 15 through No. 17. The adoption of such accounting standards did not have an effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 or consolidated ordinary income and net income of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2005 except as follows:
  —  Through 2004, when the Company’s equity interests in the equity method investees were diluted as a result of the equity method investees’ direct sales of their unissued shares to third parties, the changes in the Company’s proportionate equity of investees were accounted for as capital transactions. Effective January 1, 2005, such transactions are accounted for as income statement treatment, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 15, “Investments: Equity Method”. As a result of adopting SKAS No. 15, net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by W 6,262 million (net of tax effect of W 2,375 million).
 
  —  Through 2004, tax effects of temporary differences related to capital surplus or capital adjustments were excluded in determining the deferred tax assets or liabilities. Effective January 1, 2005, such tax effects of temporary differences are included in determining the deferred tax assets or liabilities, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 16 “Income Taxes”. Accordingly, adjustments made directly to capital surplus or capital adjustments, which result in temporary differences, are recorded net of related tax effects. In addition, effective January 1, 2005, deferred income tax assets and liabilities which were presented on the balance sheet as a single non-current net number through 2004, are separated into current and non-current portions. As a result of adopting SKAS No. 16, total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2005 increased by W 67,612 million and W 97,768 million, respectively, and total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2005 decreased by W 30,156 million, which was directly reflected in capital surplus or capital adjustments (see Note 18).
 
  —  Through 2004, provisions were recorded at nominal value. Effective January 1, 2005, provisions are recorded at the present value when the effect of the time value of money is material, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 17 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”. SKAS No. 17 is prospectively applied and as a result of adopting such accounting standard, total liabilities as of December 31, 2005 decreased by W 7,415 million and ordinary income and net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased by W 5,376 million (see Note 25).
      Such newly adopted accounting standards are prospectively applied as allowed by SKAS No. 15 through No. 17. As a result, the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated

F-22


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, which are comparatively presented herein, were not adjusted to reflect the effect of adoption of SKAS No. 15 through No. 17.
z. Reclassifications
      Certain reclassifications have been made in prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform to classifications used in the current year. Such reclassifications did not have an effect on the previously reported financial position as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and ordinary income and net income for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.
3. INVENTORIES
      Inventories as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and 2005 consist of the following (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Merchandise
  W 494     W 164     W 863  
Finished goods
    11,319       19,286       766  
Semi-finished goods
    4,216       7,019        
Raw materials
    7,442       14,791       493  
Supplies
    8,045       11,061       6,301  
                   
Total
    31,516       52,321       8,423  
Less allowance for valuation loss
                (639 )
                   
Net
  W 31,516     W 52,321     W 7,784  
                   
4. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
a. Trading Securities
      Trading securities as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                         
    Acquisition Cost   Fair Value at   Carrying Amount
    at December 31,   December 31,    
    2005   2005   2003   2004   2005
                     
Stocks
  W 11     W 12     W     W 368     W 12  
Public bonds
                18,499              
Corporate bonds
                4,383              
Beneficiary certificates
    777,460       777,460       870,335       654,411       777,460  
                               
Total
  W 777,471     W 777,472     W 893,217     W 654,779     W 777,472  
                               

F-23


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
b. Long-term Investment Securities
      Long-term investment securities at of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Available-for-sale equity securities
  W 824,392     W 896,508     W 923,821  
Available-for-sale debt securities
    14,315       5,158       296,273  
Held-to-maturity securities
    126,347       50,144       115  
                   
Total
    965,054       951,810       1,220,209  
Less current portion
    (85,861 )     (3,709 )     (1 )
                   
Long-term portion
  W 879,193     W 948,101     W 1,220,208  
                   

F-24


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
b-(1). Available-for-sale Equity Securities
      Available-for-sale equity securities as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, except for share data):
                                                           
        Ownership   Acquisition        
        Percentage (%)   Cost at   Fair Value   Carrying Amount
    Number of   at Dec. 31,   Dec. 31,   at Dec. 31,    
    Shares   2005   2005   2005   2003   2004   2005
                             
(Investments in listed companies)
                                                       
Digital Chosunilbo Co., Ltd. 
    2,890,630       7.8     W 5,781     W   5,796   W 2,847     W 2,023     W 5,796  
hanarotelecom incorporated
    22,090,000       4.8       121,677       56,440       26,838       71,019       56,440  
KRTnet Corporation (formerly Korea Radio Wave Basestation Management)
    234,150       4.4       1,171       2,646       2,669       2,178       2,646  
POSCO
    2,481,310       2.9       332,662       501,225       404,454       464,005       501,225  
INNOTG Co., Ltd. 
    59,473       0.4       1,695       83             152       83  
HB Entertainment Co., Ltd. 
    752,692       3.8       2,258       2,408                   2,408  
SK SECURITIES CO., Ltd. 
                      (note a )     1,877       2,418        
SINJISOFT Corporation
                      (note a )           590        
Cowon System, Inc. 
                      (note a )           1,600        
                                           
 
sub-total
                    465,244               438,685       543,985       568,598  
                                           
(Investments in non-listed companies)
                                                       
Powercomm Co., Ltd. (note b)
    7,500,000       5.0       240,243       77,130       68,407       71,565       77,130  
Japan MBCO
    54,000       7.3       27,332       (note d )     42,517       27,332       27,332  
Real Telecom Co., Ltd. 
    398,722       8.3       5,981       (note c )     5,981              
Enterprise Networks Co., Ltd. 
    423,244       4.0       14,438       (note c )     14,438              
Mirae Asset Life Insurance Co., Ltd. (formerly SK Life Insurance Co., Ltd.)
                      (note a )     14,890       14,890        
Eonex Technologies Inc. 
    144,000       14.1       3,600       (note d )     4,593       4,593       4,593  
WideThan Co., Ltd. 
                      (note e )     3,188       3,188        
The Korea Economic Daily
    2,792,759       13.8       13,964       (note d )     2,077       2,077       13,964  
Other
                    121,290       (notes d and f )     33,210       32,472       32,212  
                                           
 
sub-total
                    426,848               189,301       156,117       155,231  
                                           
(Investments in funds)
                                                       
Korea IT Fund
                            (note d )     190,000       190,000       190,000  
Others
                            (notes d and g )     6,406       6,406       9,992  
                                           
 
sub-total
                                    196,406       196,406       199,992  
                                           
Total
                                  W 824,392     W 896,508     W 923,821  
                                           
 
(note a)   The investments in common stock of SK Securities Co., Ltd., SINJISOFT Corporation, Cowon Systems, Inc. and Mirae Asset Life Insurance Co., Ltd. were all sold for the year ended December 31, 2005.
(note b)  The Company recorded its investments in common stock of Powercomm Co., Ltd. at its fair value, which was estimated by an outside professional valuation company using the present value of expected future cash flow, and the unrealized loss on valuation of investments amounting to W 171,836 million, W 168,678 million and W 163,113 million as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, were recorded as a capital adjustment.

F-25


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(note c)   Due to the impairment of the Company’s investments in common stock of Real Telecom Co., Ltd. and Enterprise Networks Co., Ltd., the Company recorded impairment losses of W 20,419 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
(note d)   As a reasonable estimate of fair value could not be made, the investment is stated at acquisition cost. The investments in common stock of Eonex Technologies Inc. was reclassified to available-for-sale securities from equity securities accounted for using the equity method during 2003, as the Company’s ownership in such investees decreased to less than 20% and the Company lost significant influence. Such securities were transferred to available-for-sale securities at the carrying amount valued using the equity method of accounting prior to the reclassification.
(note e)   The investment in common stock of WiderThan Co., Ltd. was reclassified to equity securities accounted for using the equity method during 2005. Although the Company’s ownership in WiderThan Co., Ltd. is less than 20%, the Company exercises significant influence on the selection of directors and the investee has significant transactions with the Company.
(note f)   Due to the impairment of their investments in common stock of CCK Van, Biznet Tech, Hanse Telecom, Cybird Korea and Venture Korea in 2003, Mobilewelcom Co., Ltd., CXP Inc., LoveHunt Inc. and others in 2004 and TeleMerc.com, Fibernett Co., Ltd. and others in 2005, the Company and certain subsidiaries recorded impairment losses of W 5,749 million, W 2,580 million and W 3,057 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
(note g)  Due to the impairment of their investments in cinema projects, the Company and certain subsidiaries recorded impairment losses of W 235 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
b-(2). Available-for-sale Debt Securities
      Available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                         
        Acquisition    
        Cost at   Carrying Amount
        December 31,    
    Maturity   2005   2003   2004   2005
                     
Public bonds
    (note a )   W 1,599     W 971     W 1,328     W 1,599  
Currency stabilization bonds
    (note b )     294,891                   294,674  
Convertible bonds of Real Telecom Co., Ltd. (note c)
    March 2004       10,655       9,514              
Convertible bonds of Eonex Technologies, Inc. (note d)
    January 2005             3,600       3,600        
Other
                  230       230        
                               
Total
                    14,315       5,158       296,273  
Less current portion of available-for-sale debt securities
                    (9,514 )     (3,700 )      
                               
Long-term available-for-sale debt securities
                  W 4,801     W 1,458     W 296,273  
                               
      The Interest income incurred from available-for-sale debt securities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were W 735 million, W 391 million and W 914 million, respectively.

F-26


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(note a)    The maturities of public bonds as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
Maturity   2003   2004   2005
             
Within five years
  W 857     W 904     W 1,238  
Within ten years
    114       424       361  
                   
    W 971     W 1,328     W 1,599  
                   
(note b)    The maturities of currency stabilization bonds as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
Maturity   2003   2004   2005
             
Within five years
  W     W     W 294,674  
(note c)    The convertible bonds of Real Telecom Co., Ltd. with a principal amount of W 10,655 million can be converted into 371,018 shares of common stock of Real Telecom Co., Ltd. at W 28,721 per share over the period from September 29, 2004 to March 28, 2007. Due to the impairment in such bonds, the Company recorded an impairment loss of W 10,655 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
(note d)  The convertible bonds of Eonex Technologies, Inc. were all settled in cash during the year ended December 31, 2005.
b-(3). Held-to -maturity Securities
      Held-to -maturity securities as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                         
        Acquisition    
        Cost at   Carrying Amount
        December 31,    
    Maturity   2005   2003   2004   2005
                     
Public bonds
    (note a )   W 115     W     W 144     W 115  
Subordinated bonds of Mirae Asset Life Insurance Co., Ltd. (formerly SK Life Insurance Co., Ltd.)
    (note b )           50,000       50,000        
Subordinated bonds of Nate Third Special Purpose Company
    May 2004             27,464              
Subordinated bonds of Nate Fourth Special Purpose Company
    September 2004             25,393              
Subordinated bonds of Nate Fifth Special Purpose Company
    December 2004             23,490              
                               
Total
                    126,347       50,144       115  
Less current portion of held-to-maturity securities
                    (76,347 )     (9 )     (1 )
                               
Long-term held-to-maturity securities
                  W 50,000     W 50,135     W 114  
                               
      The Interest income incurred from held-to -maturity securities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were W 6,504 million, W 15,692 million and W 3,755 million, respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(note a)  The maturities of public bonds as of December 31, 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
         
Maturity   2005
     
Within one year
  W 1  
Within five years
    82  
Within ten years
    32  
       
    W 115  
       
(note b)  The Subordinated bonds of Mirae Asset Life Insurance Co., Ltd. (formerly SK Life Insurance Co., Ltd.) were all early repaid during 2005.
      On May 2, 2003, September 4, 2003 and December 15, 2003, the Company sold W 577,253 million, W 549,256 million and W 498,426 million, respectively, of accounts receivable resulting from its mobile phone dealer financing plan to Nate Third Special Purpose Company, Nate Fourth Special Purpose Company and Nate Fifth Special Purpose Company, respectively, in asset-backed securitization transactions. In the course of these transactions, the Company acquired subordinate bonds issued by such special purpose companies, in order to supplement the creditworthiness of bonds issued by them. All such subordinated bonds were repaid in 2004.
b-(4). Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Valuation on Long-term Investment Securities
      The changes in unrealized gains (losses) on valuation on long-term investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
     
    Beginning   Increase/   Transferred to   Ending
    Balance   (Decrease)   Realized Gain (Loss)   Balance
                 
Digital Chosunilbo Co., Ltd. 
  W (3,353 )   W 419     W     W (2,934 )
hanarotelecom incorporated
    (101,788 )     46,320             (55,468 )
KRTnet Corporation
    1,522       (24 )           1,498  
POSCO
          71,792             71,792  
Powercomm Co., Ltd. 
          (171,836 )           (171,836 )
SK Securities Co., Ltd. 
    (498 )     (3,176 )           (3,674 )
                         
Total
  W (104,117 )   W (56,505 )   W     W (160,622 )
                         

F-28


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Beginning   Increase/   Transferred to   Ending
    Balance   (Decrease)   Realized Gain (Loss)   Balance
                 
Digital Chosunilbo Co., Ltd. 
  W (2,934 )   W (824 )   W     W (3,758 )
hanarotelecom incorporated
    (55,468 )     4,811             (50,657 )
KRTnet Corporation
    1,498       (491 )           1,007  
POSCO
    71,792       59,551             131,343  
INNOTG Co., Ltd. 
          (1,543 )           (1,543 )
SINJISOFT Corporation
          460             460  
Powercomm Co., Ltd. 
    (171,836 )     3,158             (168,678 )
Eonex Technologies Inc. 
          2,011             2,011  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
          (27 )           (27 )
SK Securities Co., Ltd. 
    (3,674 )     541             (3,133 )
                         
Total
  W (160,622 )   W 67,647     W     W (92,975 )
                         
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
     
        Transferred   Minority Interest in    
    Beginning   Increase/   to Realized   Equity of Consolidated   Tax Effect   Ending
    Balance   (Decrease)   Gain (Loss)   Subsidiaries   (Note)   Balance
                         
Digital Chosunilbo Co., Ltd. 
  W (3,758 )   W 3,772     W     W     W (4 )   W 10  
hanarotelecom incorporated
    (50,657 )     (14,580 )                 17,940       (47,297 )
KRTnet Corporation
    1,007       468                   (406 )     1,069  
POSCO
    131,343       37,220                   (46,355 )     122,208  
INNOTG Co., Ltd. 
    (1,543 )     (68 )                 443       (1,168 )
HB Entertainment Co., Ltd. 
          150             (94 )     (15 )     41  
SK Securities Co., Ltd. 
    (3,133 )     3,610       (477 )                  
SINJISOFT Corporation
    460             (460 )                  
Cowon Systems, Inc. 
          585       (585 )                  
Powercomm Co., Ltd. 
    (168,678 )     5,565                   44,856       (118,257 )
Eonex Technologies Inc. 
    2,011                         (553 )     1,458  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
    (27 )     27                          
Currency stabilization bonds
          (217 )                 60       (157 )
                                     
Total
  W (92,975 )   W 36,532     W (1,522 )   W (94 )   W 15,966     W (42,093 )
                                     
 
(note)  Represents adjustments to reflect the tax effect of temporary differences directly charged or credited to unrealized gains (losses) on valuation of long-term investment securities, which are capital adjustment items, in accordance with SKAS No. 16 “Income Taxes”, which is effective January 1, 2005.

F-29


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
5. EQUITY SECURITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD
      Equity securities accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, except for share data):
                                                         
    Number of   Ownership   Acquisition   Net Asset    
    Shares at   Percentage (%)   Cost at   Value at   Carrying Amount
    December 31,   at December 31,   December 31,   December 31,    
    2005   2005   2005   2005   2003   2004   2005
                             
Pantech Co., Ltd.
(formerly SK Teletech Co., Ltd.)
    25,570,306       22.7     W 26,309     W 54,939   (note a)   W     W     W 55,732  
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
    300,000       30.0       19,071       163,374       92,844       201,484       168,244  
STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. 
    1,600,000       21.9       8,000       8,379       7,086       7,477       8,379  
TU Media Corp. 
    12,922,266       29.6       64,611       31,350   (note b)           34,592       32,343  
VCASH Co., Ltd. 
                       (note c)     1,048              
Aircross Co., Ltd. 
    600,000       38.1       300       966  (note  d)     300       940       966  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
    2,000,000       10.1       1,000       11,503   (note e)     3,188             11,503  
IHQ, Inc. 
    8,000,000       21.6       14,440       8,488   (note f)                 14,755  
Harex Info Tech, Inc. 
    225,000       21.2       3,375       1,128   (note g)           3,375       2,530  
Skytel Co., Ltd. 
    1,756,000       28.6       2,159       4,786       3,401       3,713       4,786  
SK China Company Ltd. 
    28,160       20.7       3,195       1,571       1,683       830       485  
HELIO, LLC
    50,000,000       50.0       163,600       102,272   (note h)                 102,272  
SK USA, Inc. 
    49       49.0       3,184       3,279   (note d)     3,184       3,056       3,279  
SKT-QC Wireless Development Fund
                              5,901       5,146        
SKT-HP Ventures, LLC
            50.0       6,415       5,290       5,960       5,281       5,290  
CDMA Mobile Phone Center
    40,286,825       50.0       75,680       40,810       49,444       25,117       40,810  
SK Mobile
                                  1,151        
Cyworld Japan Co., Ltd. 
    500,000       100.0       4,466       3,252   (note i)                 726  
Etoos Group Inc. 
    3,036,353       20.5       3,095       1,005                   2,586  
Other investments in affiliates
                    17,709          (note j)     9,670       11,866       17,193  
                                           
Total
                  W 416,609             W 183,709     W 304,028     W 471,879  
                                           
 
(note a) 60% equity interest in SK Teletech Co., Ltd. were sold to Curitel Communications, Inc. and the Company recorded a gain of W 178,689 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. As the Company’s ownership in SK Teletech Co., Ltd. decreased from 89.1% to 29.1%, SK Teletech Co., Ltd. was excluded from the consolidation, effective July 1, 2005. And, the investments in common stock of SK Teletech Co., Ltd. were accounted for using the equity method of accounting for the six months ended December 31, 2005. In addition, effective December 1, 2005, SK Teletech Co., Ltd was merged into Pantech Co., Ltd. and the Company’s ownership interest decreased from 29.1% to 22.7%. The difference between the Company’s portion of the merged company’s equity and the carrying amount at the date of merger of W 269 million was recorded as a loss on disposal of investment assets.
 
(note b) As the Company’s ownership in TU Media Corp. decreased from 100% to 28.5% in 2004, TU Media Corp. was excluded from the consolidation, effective January 1, 2004. And, the investments in common stock of TU Media Corp. are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
 
(note c) The investments in common stock of VCASH Co., Ltd. were sold to Korea Railway Transportation Promotion Foundation in 2004.

F-30


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(note d) Effective January 1, 2004, the Company recorded its investments in Aircross Co., Ltd. and SK USA, Inc. using the equity method of accounting as changes in the Company’s portion of such investees’ equity amounts resulting from applying the equity method of accounting is material.
 
(note e) Effective January 1, 2005, the investment in common stock of WiderThan Co., Ltd. was reclassified to equity securities accounted for using the equity method. Although the Company’s ownership in WiderThan Co., Ltd. is less than 20%, the Company exercises significant influences on the selection of directors and the investee has significant transactions with the Company.
 
(note f) In February 2005, the Company acquired 8,000,000 shares of IHQ, Inc., an entertainment management company, for W 1,805 per share with an option to purchase an additional 5,000,000 shares at the previously agreed upon price during the period from March 15, 2006 to April 30, 2006, in order to secure high-quality content for the Company’s wireless internet services.
 
(note g) Effective January 1, 2005, the Company recorded its investments in Harex Info Tech, Inc. using the equity method of accounting as changes in the Company’s portion of such investees’ equity amounts resulting from applying the equity method of accounting is material.
 
(note h) In the first quarter of 2005, the Company incorporated SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc. with an initial investment of US$83 million in order to invest in and manage HELIO, LLC, a joint venture company in the Untied States of America, which was established in order to provide wireless telecommunication services in the United States of America (see Note 29. (b)).
 
(note i) Even though the Company and its subsidiary’s ownership interest is 100%, Cyworld Japan Co., Ltd. is excluded from the consolidation and accounted for using the equity method as its total assets at the beginning of the fiscal year were less than W 7 billion, in accordance with Korean GAAP.
 
(note j) As allowed under Korean GAAP, investments in equity securities of SK Telecom Europe Limited and certain others were not accounted for using the equity method of accounting, as changes in the Company’s portion of shareholders’ equity of such investees were not expected to be material.
      Details of changes in investments in affiliates accounted for using the equity method for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                                                     
        For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
         
            Equity in    
            Equity in   Equity in   Capital Surplus    
        Beginning       Earnings   Retained   and Capital   Dividend   Other   Ending
        Balance   Acquisition   (Losses)   Earning   Adjustments   Received   Decrease   Balance
                                     
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
      W 39,687     W     W 7,962     W     W 45,795     W (600 )   W     W 92,844  
STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. 
  (note a)     6,884             44       (3 )     161                   7,086  
Eonex Technologies, Inc. 
  (note b)     4,615             (22 )                       (4,593 )      
VCASH Co., Ltd. 
  (note a)     2,232             (1,353 )     (30 )     199                   1,048  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
        1,750             1,465             (27 )                 3,188  
Skytel Co., Ltd. 
        2,576             694             152       (21 )           3,401  
SK China Co., Ltd. 
        3,482             (1,864 )           65                   1,683  
SK-QC Wireless Development Fund
        5,993             (79 )           (13 )                 5,901  
SKT-HP Ventures, LLC
        5,990             17             (47 )                 5,960  
CDMA Mobile Phone Center
  (note c)     63,354             (13,839 )                       (71 )     49,444  
                                                     
        W 136,563     W     W (6,975 )   W (33 )   W 46,285     W (621 )   W (4,664 )   W 170,555  
                                                     
 
(note a) Effective January 1, 2003, the Company’s investees including STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. and VCASH Co., Ltd., adopted SKAS No. 3, “Intangible Assets”. This statement requires that organization cost be

F-31


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
charged to expenses as incurred and the unamortized organization costs at January 1, 2003 be offset against the beginning retained earnings. To reflect the Company’s portion of the decrease in the beginning retained earnings of the investees, the Company reduced its beginning retained earnings of 2003.
 
(note b) Investments in common stock of Eonex Technologies, Inc. were reclassified to available-for-sale securities as the Company’s ownership in Eonex Technologies, Inc. decreased to 16.1% from 22.5% during the first quarter of 2003.
 
(note c) The other decrease in investments in equity securities of CDMA Mobile Phone Center represents a translation loss incurred from translating the foreign currency financial statements of SLD Telecom PTE Ltd., an overseas subsidiary of the Company, which makes investments in CDMA Mobile Phone Center, into Korean won.
                                                             
        For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
         
            Equity in    
            Equity in   Capital Surplus    
        Beginning       Earnings   and Capital   Dividend   Other   Ending
        Balance   Acquisition   (Losses)   Adjustments   Received   Decrease   Balance
                                 
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
      W 92,844     W     W 13,322     W 95,918     W (600 )   W     W 201,484  
STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. 
        7,086             (123 )     514                   7,477  
TU Media Corp. 
        38,681             (4,213 )     124                   34,592  
VCASH Co., Ltd. 
        1,048             (657 )                 (391 )      
Aircross Co., Ltd. 
  (note a)     300             659       (19 )                 940  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
  (note b)     3,188                               (3,188 )      
Skytel Co., Ltd. 
        3,401             1,070       (603 )     (155 )           3,713  
SK China Co., Ltd. 
        1,683             (595 )     (258 )                 830  
SK USA, Inc. 
  (note a)     3,184             168       (296 )                 3,056  
SK-QC Wireless Development Fund
        5,901             4       (759 )                 5,146  
SKT-HP Ventures, LLC
        5,960             62       (741 )                 5,281  
CDMA Mobile Phone Center
  (note c)     49,444       5,979       (21,651 )                 (8,655 )     25,117  
                                               
        W 212,720     W 5,979     W (11,954 )   W 93,880     W (755 )   W (12,234 )   W 287,636  
                                               
 
(note a) As their total assets at the beginning of 2004 were over W 7 billion, effective January 1, 2004, investments in equity securities of SK USA, Inc. and Aircross Co., Ltd. are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
 
(note b) As the Company’s ownership in WiderThan Co., Ltd. decreased to 14.3% form 20% in 2004, investments in common stock of WiderThan Co., Ltd. are reclassified to available-for-sale securities in 2004.
 
(note c) SLD Telecom PTE Ltd. (“SLD”), an oversea subsidiary of the Company, accounted for the in-kind contribution of network equipment to CDMA Mobile Phone Center as an increase in the investment securities and the reimbursement in the amount equal to depreciation of such network equipment in accordance with the Business Co-Operation Contract between SLD and Saigon Post and Telecommunication Service Corp., a Vietnamese counterparty, was accounted for as a decrease in the investment. During the year ended December 31, 2004, SLD got such reimbursement of W 4,046 million from CDMA Mobile Phone Center and decreased the investment in CDMA Mobile Phone Center by the same amount. In addition, translation loss of W 4,609 million incurred from translating the foreign currency financial statement of SLD Telecom PTE Ltd. into Korean won was accounted for as a decrease in the investment in CDMA Mobile Phone Center.

F-32


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                                             
        For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
         
            Equity in    
            Capital    
            Equity in   Surplus and       Other    
        Beginning       Earnings   Capital   Dividend   Increase   Ending
        Balance   Acquisition   (Losses)   Adjustments   Received   (Decrease)   Balance
                                 
Pantech Co., Ltd. 
  (note a)   W     W     W 93     W (183 )   W     W 55,822     W 55,732  
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
  (note b)     201,484             18,102       (50,742 )     (600 )           168,244  
STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. 
  (note c)     7,477             (779 )     317             1,364       8,379  
TU Media Corp. 
        34,592       25,611       (27,852 )     (8 )                 32,343  
Aircross Co., Ltd. 
        940             26                         966  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
  (note d)                 868       7             10,628       11,503  
IHQ, Inc. 
  (note c)           14,440       (197 )     410             102       14,755  
Harex Info Tech, Inc. 
  (note e)     3,375             (845 )                       2,530  
Skytel Co., Ltd. 
  (note b)     3,713             1,377       (120 )     (184 )           4,786  
SK China Company Ltd. 
        830             (295 )     (50 )                 485  
HELIO, LLC
  (note f)           123,586       (21,550 )                 236       102,272  
SK USA, Inc. 
        3,056             316       (93 )                 3,279  
SKT-QC Wireless Development Fund
  (note g)     5,146                               (5,146 )      
SKT-HP Ventures, LLC
        5,281             167       (158 )                 5,290  
CDMA Mobile Phone Center
  (note h)     25,116       33,950       (13,376 )                 (4,880 )     40,810  
SK Mobile
  (note i)     1,151       14,213       (2,566 )     (22 )           (12,776 )      
Cyworld Japan Co., Ltd. 
              4,466       (3,867 )     127                   726  
Etoos Group Inc. 
              3,095       (498 )     (11 )                 2,586  
                                               
        W 292,161     W 219,361     W (50,876 )   W (50,526 )   W (784 )   W 45,350     W 454,686  
                                               
 
(note a) The other increase in investments in equity securities of Pantech Co., Ltd. is net of the carrying amount of the investment in equity securities of SK Teletech Co., Ltd. amounting to W 56,091 million reclassified to equity securities accounted for using the equity method as a result of the decrease in the Company’s ownership in SK Teletech Co., Ltd. to less than 50% and the dilution of the Company’s equity portion of W 269 million as a result of the merger between Pantech Co., Ltd. and SK Teletech Co., Ltd.
 
(note b) The Company received dividends from SK C&C Co., Ltd. and Skytel Co., Ltd. and the corresponding amount was deducted from its equity method securities.
 
(note c) The other increases in investments in equity securities of STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. and IHQ, Inc. represent gains on disposal of investments in equity securities resulting from the dilution of the Company’s ownership as a result of the fact that investees sold its unissued shares to third parties directly.
 
(note d) The other increase in investments in equity securities of WiderThan Co., Ltd. represents the carrying amount of the investment in equity securities of WiderThan Co., Ltd. amounting to W 3,188 million reclassified to equity securities accounted for using the equity method from available-for-sale securities and gains on disposal of investments in equity method investee of W 7,440 million resulting from the dilution of the Company’s ownership as a result of the fact that investees sold its unissued shares to third parties directly.
 
(note e) Effective January 1, 2005, the Company recorded its investments in Harex Info Tech, Inc. using the equity method of accounting as changes in the Company’s portion of such investees’ equity amounts resulting from applying the equity method of accounting is material.

F-33


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(note f) The increase in investments in equity securities of HELIO, LLC represents a translation gain incurred from translating the financial statements of SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc. denominated in foreign currency, which makes investments in HELIO, LLC, into Korean won.
 
(note g) Investment was fully liquidated due to dissolution of SKT-QC Wireless Development Fund during the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(note h) During the year ended December 31, 2005, SLD got the reimbursement of W 3,956 million from CDMA Mobile Phone Center and decreased the investment in CDMA Mobile Phone Center by the same amount. In addition, translation loss of W 924 million incurred from translating the foreign currency financial statement of SLD Telecom PTE Ltd. into Korean won was accounted for as a decrease in the investment in CDMA Mobile Phone Center.
 
(note i) Effective January 1, 2005, SK Mobile became an equity method investee of SK Teletech Co., Ltd., a former subsidiary of the Company as changes in SK Teletech Co., Ltd.’s portion of such investee’s equity amounts resulting from applying the equity method of accounting was material. Effective July 1, 2005, the investment in equity securities of SK Teletech Co., Ltd. was reclassified to equity securities accounted for using the equity method, which resulted in the exclusion of SK Mobile from equity securities accounted for using the equity method.
      Details of changes in the differences between the acquisition cost and net asset value of equity method investees at the acquisition date for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Increase   Amortization   Balance
                 
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
  W 6,088     W     W (406 )   W 5,682  
                         
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Increase   Amortization   Balance
                 
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
  W 5,682     W     W (406 )   W 5,276  
                         
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Increase   Amortization   Balance
                 
Pantech Co., Ltd. 
  W     W 820     W (27 )   W 793  
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
    5,276             (406 )     4,870  
TU Media Corp. 
          1,045       (52 )     993  
IHQ, Inc. 
          7,377       (1,110 )     6,267  
Harex Info Tech, Inc. 
          1,752       (350 )     1,402  
Etoos Group Inc. 
          1,914       (333 )     1,581  
                         
Total
  W 5,276     W 12,908     W (2,278 )   W 15,906  
                         

F-34


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Details of changes in unrealized intercompany gains incurred from sales of assets for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 are as follows and there was no unrealized intercompany gain for the year ended December 31, 2003 (in millions of Korean won):
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Increase   Decrease   Balance
                 
SK China Company Ltd. 
  W     W 1,086     W     W 1,086  
                         
                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Increase   Decrease   Balance
                 
SK China Company Ltd. 
  W 1,086     W     W     W 1,086  
Cyworld Japan Co., Ltd. 
          2,569       (43 )     2,526  
                         
Total
  W 1,086     W 2,569     W (43 )   W 3,612  
                         
      Details of market price of the equity securities of the listed equity method investees as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, except for market price per share):
                         
    Market Price        
    per Share (in   Shares Owned   Market
    Korean Won)   by the Company   Price
             
Pantech Co., Ltd. 
  W 5,900       25,570,306     W 150,865  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
    15,408       2,000,000       30,816  
IHQ, Inc. 
    9,220       8,000,000       73,760  
      The condensed financial information of the investees as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                 
        Total       Net Income
    Total Assets   Liabilities   Revenue   (Loss)
                 
Pantech Co., Ltd. 
  W 843,996     W 604,118     W 655,089     W (21,745 )
SK C&C Co., Ltd. 
    1,544,980       1,000,400       1,002,668       61,693  
STIC Ventures Co., Ltd. 
    57,040       18,755       11,845       (3,347 )
TU Media Corp. 
    393,945       287,966       21,550       (96,487 )
Aircross Co., Ltd. 
    12,178       9,642       15,240       69  
WiderThan Co., Ltd. 
    155,388       37,773       78,467       4,052  
IHQ, Inc. 
    65,487       24,661       50,123       6,235  
Harex Info Tech, Inc. 
    5,977       648       1,173       (2,337 )
Skytel Co., Ltd. 
    23,812       6,387       13,580       4,824  
SK China Company Ltd. 
    8,121       536       1,849       (1,423 )
HELIO, LLC
    225,322       20,733       24,812       (43,100 )
SK USA, Inc. 
    8,387       1,695       8,139       646  
SKT-HP Ventures, LLC
    10,584       5       342       333  
CDMA Mobile Phone Center
    110,468       28,847       27,359       (26,750 )
Cyworld Japan Co., Ltd. 
    4,689       1,914       9       (1,594 )
Etoos Group Inc. 
    14,814       9,898       14,042       (5,739 )

F-35


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
6.   LOANS TO EMPLOYEES
      Short-term and long-term loans to employees as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Loans to employees’ stock ownership association
  W 33,788     W 22,546     W 14,586  
Loans to employees for housing and other (3 - 4%)
    8,587       8,859       4,799  
                   
    W 42,375     W 31,405     W 19,385  
                   
7.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
      Property and equipment as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                             
    Useful            
    Lives            
    (Years)   2003   2004   2005
                 
Land
      W 449,377     W 466,459     W 466,562  
Buildings and structures
  15, 30     1,081,134       1,445,593       1,484,360  
Machinery
  3-6     8,440,624       9,584,526       10,510,486  
Vehicles
  3-4     19,741       21,710       21,680  
Other
  3-4     794,495       791,829       825,133  
Construction in progress
        323,490       138,002       264,309  
                       
Total
        11,108,861       12,448,119       13,572,530  
Less accumulated depreciation
        (6,467,314 )     (7,744,197 )     (8,909,161 )
                       
Property and equipment, net
      W 4,641,547     W 4,703,922     W 4,663,369  
                       
      The government’s declared standard value of land owned as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are W 396,103 million, W 404,385 million and W 419,698 million, respectively.
      Details of changes in property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                                   
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Acquisition   Disposal   Transfer   Depreciation   Balance
                         
Land
  W 439,915     W 6,381     W (4,793 )   W 7,874     W     W 449,377  
Buildings and structures
    778,832       9,393       (4,599 )     100,341       (40,166 )     843,801  
Machinery
    2,475,663       125,332       (4,996 )     1,360,240       (1,285,271 )     2,670,968  
Vehicles
    6,353       1,012       (123 )     63       (3,137 )     4,168  
Other
    515,722       861,333       (4,329 )     (916,464 )     (106,519 )     349,743  
Construction in progress
    352,932       644,188             (673,630 )           323,490  
                                     
 
Total
  W 4,569,417     W 1,647,639     W (18,840 )   W (121,576 )   W (1,435,093 )   W 4,641,547  
                                     

F-36


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                                   
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Acquisition   Disposal   Transfer   Depreciation   Balance
                         
Land
  W 449,377     W 3,395     W (2,684 )   W 16,372     W     W 466,460  
Buildings and structures
    843,801       7,239       (7,849 )     366,296       (42,945 )     1,166,542  
Machinery
    2,670,968       108,238       (8,098 )     1,143,335       (1,271,336 )     2,643,107  
Vehicles
    4,168       3,744       (425 )     674       (3,370 )     4,791  
Other
    349,743       740,752       (5,481 )     (697,135 )     (102,859 )     285,020  
Construction in progress
    323,490       768,573       (756 )     (953,305 )           138,002  
                                     
 
Total
  W 4,641,547     W 1,631,941     W (25,293 )   W (123,763 )   W (1,420,510 )   W 4,703,922  
                                     
                                                   
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Acquisition   Disposal   Transfer   Depreciation   Balance
                         
Land
  W 466,460     W 723     W (4,698 )   W 4,077     W     W 466,562  
Buildings and structures
    1,166,542       12,581       (8,095 )     35,472       (55,406 )     1,151,094  
Machinery
    2,643,107       54,681       (18,990 )     983,489       (1,182,664 )     2,479,623  
Vehicles
    4,791       1,620       (250 )     (232 )     (2,530 )     3,399  
Other
    285,020       766,708       (3,741 )     (657,328 )     (92,277 )     298,382  
Construction in progress
    138,002       580,309             (454,002 )           264,309  
                                     
 
Total
  W 4,703,922     W 1,416,622     W (35,774 )   W (88,524 )   W (1,332,877 )   W 4,663,369  
                                     
8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
      Intangible assets as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                                 
    Acquisition   Accumulated   Accumulated    
    Cost at   Amortization at   Impairment at   Carrying Amounts
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,    
    2005   2005   2005   2003   2004   2005
                         
Goodwill
  W 2,409,303     W (540,301 )   W (70 )   W 2,129,980     W 1,994,339     W 1,868,932  
Frequency use rights
    1,384,433       (200,141 )           1,251,278       1,163,319       1,184,292  
Software development costs
    230,439       (163,947 )     (501 )     137,810       105,955       65,991  
Other
    623,545       (288,445 )     (1,426 )     155,876       259,290       333,674  
                                     
    W 4,647,720     W (1,192,834 )   W (1,997 )   W 3,674,944     W 3,522,903     W 3,452,889  
                                     

F-37


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Details of changes in intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Acquisition   Disposal   Transfer   Amortization   Balance
                         
Goodwill
  W 2,255,868     W 9,374     W     W (111 )   W (135,151 )   W 2,129,980  
Software development costs
    91,337       26,665             56,512       (36,704 )     137,810  
Frequency use rights
    1,259,253                         (7,975 )     1,251,278  
Other
    114,777       28,982       (7,275 )     54,371       (34,979 )     155,876  
                                     
    W 3,721,235     W 65,021     W (7,275 )   W 110,772     W (214,809 )   W 3,674,944  
                                     
                                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Acquisition   Disposal   Transfer   Amortization   Impairment   Balance
                             
Goodwill
  W 2,129,980     W 647     W     W     W (136,288 )   W     W 1,994,339  
Software development costs
    137,810       6,235       (3,349 )     10,545       (45,244 )     (42 )     105,955  
Frequency use rights
    1,251,278                   7,800       (95,759 )           1,163,319  
Other
    155,876       65,494       (865 )     93,514       (54,729 )           259,290  
                                           
    W 3,674,944     W 72,376     W (4,214 )   W 111,859     W (332,020 )   W (42 )   W 3,522,903  
                                           
                                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
     
    Beginning       Ending
    Balance   Acquisition   Disposal   Transfer   Amortization   Impairment   Balance
                             
Goodwill
  W 1,994,339     W     W     W 9,223     W (134,630 )   W     W 1,868,932  
Frequency use rights
    1,163,319       117,380                   (96,407 )           1,184,292  
Software development costs
    105,955       1,472                   (41,436 )           65,991  
Other
    259,290       80,642       (342 )     64,522       (70,178 )     (260 )     333,674  
                                           
    W 3,522,903     W 199,494     W (342 )   W 73,745     W (342,651 )   W (260 )   W 3,452,889  
                                           
      The book value and residual useful lives of major intangible assets as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                     
    Amount   Description   Residual Useful Lives
             
Goodwill
  W 1,820,884    
Goodwill related to acquisition of Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc.
    14 years and 3  months  
IMT license
    1,059,871    
Frequency use rights relating to WCDMA Service
    (note a
WiBro license
    117,000    
WiBro Service
    (note b
DMB license
    7,421    
DMB Service
    10 years and 6  months  
Software development costs
    65,991    
Software for business use
    1-5 years  
 
(note a)  Amortization of the IMT license commenced when the Company started its commercial IMT 2000 service in December 2003, using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life (13 years) of the IMT license which expires in December 2016.
 
(note b)  The Company purchased the WiBro license from MIC on March 20, 2005. The license period is seven years from that date. Amortization of the WiBro license will be on a straight line basis over the remaining useful life from the commencement date of the Company’s commercial WiBro services.

F-38


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
9.     BONDS PAYABLE
      Bonds payable as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won and thousands of U.S. dollars):
                                             
    Maturity   Annual Interest            
    Year   Rate (%)   2003   2004   2005
                     
Domestic general bonds
    2004       5.0-7.0     W 1,120,000     W     W  
   
     ”
    2005       6.0       500,000       500,000        
   
     ”
    2006       5.0-6.0       800,000       800,000       800,000  
   
     ”
    2007       5.0-6.0       700,000       700,000       700,000  
   
     ”
    2008       5.0       300,000       300,000       300,000  
   
     ”
    2009       5.0             300,000       300,000  
   
     ”
    2010       4.0                   200,000  
   
     ”
    2011       3.0             200,000       200,000  
Dollar denominated bonds
                                       
 
(US$200,078)
    2004       7.75       239,653              
 
(US$300,000)
    2011       4.25             313,140       303,900  
Convertible bonds (US$329,450)
    2009                   385,885       385,885  
Bonds with stock purchase
warrants (US$4,000)
    2006       6M Libor-0.3       4,791              
                               
                      3,664,444       3,499,025       3,189,785  
Less discounts on bonds
                    (47,553 )     (51,467 )     (40,016 )
Less conversion right adjustments
                          (82,245 )     (65,218 )
Add long-term accrued interest
                    491       24,808       24,808  
                               
Net
                    3,617,382       3,390,121       3,109,359  
Less portion due within one year
                    (1,355,514 )     (498,278 )     (795,151 )
                               
Long-term portion
                  W 2,261,868     W 2,891,843     W 2,314,208  
                               
      All of the above bonds will be paid in full at maturities.
      The bonds with stock purchase warrants were issued on December 11, 2001 by PAXNet Co., Ltd., in which the Company purchased a 67.1% interest in December 2002. The stock purchase warrants are detachable and the bonds are unsecured oversea public bonds. These bonds were in full redeemed for cash at the option of the bondholders in 2004, at 114.79% of the principal amount. The stock purchase warrants, however, are still effective and may be exercised at any time after 3 months from the issuance date and up to 1 month before the original maturity date of the bonds. As of December 31, 2005, the exercise price per common stock of PAXNet Co., Ltd. is W 5,000.
      On May 27, 2004, the Company issued zero coupon convertible bonds with a maturity of five years in the principal amount of US$329,450,000 for US$324,923,469, with an initial conversion price of W 235,625 per share of the Company’s common stock which was greater than market value at the date of issuance and do not change, except under antidilution protection, subject to certain redemption rights. Subsequently, the initial conversion price was changed to W 225,518 per share in accordance with antidilution protection. The Company may redeem their principal amount after 3 years from the issuance date if the market price exceeds 130% of the conversion price during a predetermined period. On the other hand, the bond holders may redeem their notes at 103.81% of the principal amount on May 27, 2007 (3 years from the issuance date). The conversion right may be exercised during the period from July 7, 2004 to May 13, 2009 and the number of common shares to be converted

F-39


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
as of December 31, 2005 is 1,718,700 shares. Conversion of notes to common shares may be prohibited under the Telecommunications Law or other legal restrictions which restrains foreign governments, individuals and entities from owning more than 49% of the Company’s voting stock, if this 49% ownership limitation is violated due to the exercise of conversion rights. In this case, the Company will pay a bond holder a cash settlement determined at the average price of one day after a holder exercises its conversion right or the weighted average price for the following five business days. The Company intends to sell treasury shares held in trust by the Company that corresponds to the number of shares of common stock that would have been delivered in the absence of the 49% foreign shareholding restrictions. The Company entered into an agreement with Credit Suisse First Boston International to reduce the effect of fluctuation with respect to cash settlement payments that may be more or less than the proceeds from sales of treasury shares held in trust. Unless either previously redeemed or converted, the notes are redeemable at 106.43% of the principal amount at maturity.
10.     LONG-TERM BORROWINGS
      Long-term borrowings denominated in foreign currency as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, thousands of U.S. dollars and thousands of Japanese yen):
                                         
    Final                
    Maturity   Annual Interest Rate            
Lender   Year   (%)   2003   2004   2005
                     
Korea Development Bank
    2004       3M Libor + 3.45       US$4,478       US$—       US$—  
Woori Bank
    2005       Floating rate + 0.2       4,089              
Fine Bank
    2008       3.50~3.90       ¥—       ¥—       ¥14,802  
Fine Bank
    2009       3.11                   12,800  
                               
Total in foreign currency
                    US$8,567       US$—       US$—  
                      ¥—       ¥—       ¥27,602  
                               
Equivalent in Korean won
                  W 10,262     W     W 237  
Less portion due within one year
                    (8,629 )           (82 )
                               
Long-term portion
                  W 1,633     W     W 155  
                               
11. SUBSCRIPTION DEPOSITS
      The Company receives facility guarantee deposits from customers of cellular services at the subscription date. The Company has no obligation to pay interest on these deposits and returns all amounts to subscribers upon termination of the subscription contract.
      Long-term subscription guarantee deposits by service type held as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, except deposit per subscriber amounts):
                                 
    Deposit per            
Service type   Subscriber   2003   2004   2005
                 
Cellular
  W 200,000     W 44,197     W 31,440     W 23,770  
      The Company offers existing and new cellular subscribers the option of obtaining credit insurance from Seoul Guarantee Insurance company (“SGIC”) in lieu of the facility deposit. Existing subscribers who elect this option are refunded their subscription deposits. As a result of this arrangement, the balance of facility guarantee deposits has been decreasing.

F-40


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
12. LEASES
      The Company and its subsidiaries leases certain machinery and equipment under capital leases. The Company and its subsidiaries have an option to acquire the leased machinery and equipment, free of charge, upon termination of the lease period. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were W 250 million, W 37 million and nil, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, all capital leases were terminated and the Company acquired the related leased machinery free of charge.
      In addition, in 2005 the Company acquired certain computer equipment and software from SK C&C Co., Ltd. and succeeded certain capital lease agreements between SK C&C Co., Ltd. and HP Financial Service. The acquisition cost of such leased computer equipment and software is W 24,543 million. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was W 871 million. The Company’s minimum future lease payments as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    Annual Lease        
    Payments   Interest   Principal
             
2006
  W 15,328     W 989     W 14,339  
2007
    8,846       352       8,494  
2008
    1,734       24       1,710  
                   
Total
  W 25,908     W 1,365       24,543  
                   
Less portion due within one year
                    (14,339 )
                   
Capital lease liabilities
                  W 10,204  
                   
      The Company and its subsidiaries leased certain machinery and equipment under an operating lease and the related lease expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 were W 1,774 million and W 261 million, respectively. All the operating leases were terminated in 2004.
13. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES
      The details of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies (except for bonds payable and long-term borrowings denominated in foreign currencies described in Notes 9 and 10) as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, thousands of U.S. dollars, thousands of HK dollars, thousands of Japanese yen, thousands of Singaporean dollars, thousands of Euros, thousands of Great Britain pounds, thousands of Swiss francs, thousands of Chinese yuan, thousands of Vietnam dongs, thousands of Canadian dollars and thousands of Australian dollars):
                                                 
    Foreign Currencies   Korean Won Equivalent
         
    2003   2004   2005   2003   2004   2005
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
    US$24,407       US$4,875       US$11,826     W 29,234     W 5,088     W 11,980  
      ¥8       ¥6                          
      EUR17             EUR3       26             3  
      GBP5                   10              
                  VND902,819                   58  
                  SG$30                   18  
Short-term financial instruments
    US$31,492                   37,721              
Accounts receivable — trade
    US$8,627       US$19,284       US$31,334       10,333       20,129       31,741  
      SG$743                   522              
                  EUR248                   298  

F-41


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                                 
    Foreign Currencies   Korean Won Equivalent
         
    2003   2004   2005   2003   2004   2005
                         
Accounts receivable — other
    US$12,844       US$2,989       US$3,364       15,385       3,120       3,408  
                  VND6,173,479                   394  
Guarantee deposits
    US$193       US$142             232       149        
      ¥16,337       ¥15,756       ¥16,156       183       159       139  
                                     
Total assets
                          W 93,646     W 28,645     W 48,039  
                                     
Accounts payable — trade
    S$15,432       US$17,406       US$28,360     W 18,485     W 18,169     W 28,728  
      ¥555,277       ¥26,240             6,217       266        
Short-term borrowings
    US$26,853       US$19,392             32,164       20,241        
      ¥2,255,431       ¥438,499             25,252       4,438        
      EUR 7       EUR 207             10       294        
            GBP260                   522        
Accounts payable — other
    US$35,759       US$13,539       US$15,737       42,832       14,132       15,942  
      ¥20,606       ¥60,678       ¥8,498       231       614       73  
      HK$267       HK$217       HK$254       41       29       33  
      CNY140       CNY1             20              
      GBP304       GBP 118       GBP453       648       237       791  
      SG$5       SG$5       SG$22       3       3       13  
      EUR10       EUR348       EUR504       15       495       604  
      AU$1                   1              
      CHF4             CHF19       4             15  
                  CAD2                   2  
                  VND11,823,640                   755  
Accrued expenses
    US$71       US$84             86       88        
      ¥1,300                   15              
      EUR 23                   1              
Obligation under capital leases including current portion
    US$101                   121              
                                     
Total liabilities
                          W 126,146     W 59,528     W 46,956  
                                     
14. CAPITAL STOCK AND CAPITAL SURPLUS
      The Company’s outstanding capital stock consists entirely of common stock with a par value of W 500. The number of authorized, issued and outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows:
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Authorized shares
    220,000,000       220,000,000       220,000,000  
Issued shares
    82,276,711       82,276,711       82,276,711  
Outstanding shares, net of treasury stock
    73,614,308       73,614,296       73,614,296  
      The number of authorized shares of preferred stock as of December 31, 2005 is 5,500,000 shares, none of which is outstanding as of December 31, 2005.

F-42


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Significant changes in common stock and capital surplus in 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won, except for share data):
                           
    Number of       Capital
    Shares Issued   Common Stock   Surplus
             
At January 1, 2003
    89,152,670     W 44,576     W 2,884,382  
 
Excess unallocated purchase price (note a)
                (230 )
 
Retirement of treasury stock (note b)
    (7,002,235 )            
 
Issuance of common stock for the merger with SK IMT Co., Ltd. (note c)
    126,276       63       31,809  
 
Gain on disposal of investments In common stock of subsidiary
                58  
 
Equity in capital surplus changes of affiliates
                (4,463 )
                   
At December 31, 2003
    82,276,711       44,639       2,911,556  
 
Excess unallocated purchase price (note a)
                (77 )
 
Considerations for conversion right (note d)
                67,279  
 
Equity in capital surplus changes of affiliates
                (10,457 )
                   
At December 31, 2004
    82,276,711       44,639       2,968,301  
 
Deferred tax effect of temporary difference related to conversion rights (note e)
                (18,502 )
 
Transfer of stock option from capital adjustment (note f)
                1,533  
 
Equity in capital surplus changes of affiliates
                3,508  
                   
At December 31, 2005
    82,276,711     W 44,639     W 2,954,840  
                   
 
(note a) During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company paid W 230 million and W 77 million, respectively, to certain former shareholders of Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc. in accordance with the ruling of the court and deducted it from capital surplus in accordance with Korean GAAP.
 
(note b) The Company retired 4,457,635 shares and 2,544,600 shares of treasury stock on January 3, 2003 and August 20, 2003, respectively, and reduced unappropriated retained earnings in accordance with the Korean Commercial Laws.
 
(note c) The excess of acquired net assets over the par value of W 63 million for the issuance of 126,276 shares of new common stock to minority shareholders of SK IMT Co., Ltd. upon the merger dated May 1, 2003, was added to capital surplus in accordance with Korean GAAP.
 
(note d) The Company issued zero coupon convertible bonds in the principal amount of US$329,450,000 at US$324,923,469 with an initial conversion price of W 235,625 per share of the Company’s common stock on May 27, 2004 and the considerations for conversion right of W 67,279 million was added to capital surplus in accordance with Korean GAAP (see Note 2(j)).
 
(note e) The tax effect of temporary difference related to consideration for conversion rights was deducted directly from related components of stockholders’ equity, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 16 for the year ended December 31, 2005 (see Note 2(x)).
 
(note f) During the year ended December 31, 2005, the exercisable period for the stock options representing 17,800 shares, of which recognized compensation costs was W 1,533 million, expired and the related stock options of W 1,533 million in capital adjustments were transferred to capital surplus in accordance with Korean GAAP.

F-43


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
15. RETAINED EARNINGS
      Retained earnings as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Appropriated
  W 4,743,822     W 4,733,936     W 5,470,701  
Unappropriated
    396,089       1,418,962       1,796,948  
                   
    W 5,139,911     W 6,152,898     W 7,267,649  
                   
      The details of appropriated retained earnings as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Legal reserve
  W 22,288     W 22,320     W 22,320  
Reserve for improvement of financial structure
    33,000       33,000       33,000  
Reserve for loss on disposal of treasury stock
    221,197       477,182       477,182  
Reserve for research and manpower development
    559,198       776,296       822,061  
Reserve for business expansion
    3,908,139       3,425,138       4,116,138  
                   
    W 4,743,822     W 4,733,936     W 5,470,701  
                   
a. Legal Reserve
      The Korean Commercial Code requires the Company to appropriate as a legal reserve at least 10% of cash dividends for each accounting period until the reserve equals 50% of outstanding capital stock. The legal reserve may not be utilized for cash dividends, but may only be used to offset a future deficit, if any, or may be transferred to capital stock.
b. Reserve for Improvement of Financial Structure
      The Financial Control Regulation for listed companies in Korea requires that at least 10% of net income (net of accumulated deficit), and an amount equal to net gains (net of related income taxes, if any) on the disposal of property and equipment be appropriated as a reserve for improvement of financial structure until the ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets reaches 30%. The reserve for improvement of financial structure may not be utilized for cash dividends, but may only be used to offset a future deficit, if any, or may be transferred to capital stock.
c. Reserves for Loss on Disposal of Treasury Stock and Research and Manpower Development
      Reserves for loss on disposal of treasury stock and research and manpower development were appropriated in order to recognize certain tax deductible benefits through the early recognition of future expenditures. These reserves will be unappropriated from appropriated retained earnings in accordance with the relevant tax laws. Such unappropriation will be included in taxable income in the year of unappropriation.
d. Reserve for Business Expansion
      The reserve for business expansion is voluntary and was approved by the board of directors and shareholders.

F-44


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
16. TREASURY STOCK
      Upon the issuances of stock dividends and new common stock and the merger with Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc. and SK IMT Co., Ltd., the Company acquired fractional shares totaling 77,958 shares for W 6,108 million through 2003. In addition, the Company acquired 7,452,810 shares of treasury stock in the market or through the trust funds for W 1,771,507 million through 2003 in order to stabilize the market price of its stock.
      Under the Mutual Agreement on Stock Exchange between the Company and KT Corporation, on December 30, 2002 and January 10, 2003, the Company acquired 8,266,923 shares of the Company’s common stock from KT Corporation for W 1,853,643 million.
      On January 13, 2002, the Company merged with Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc. and distributed 2,677,653 shares of treasury stock to minority shareholders of Shinsegi Telecomm, Inc., of which the cost was W 584,646 million.
      On January 6, 2003, the Company retired 4,457,635 shares of treasury stock that were purchased from KT Corporation as mentioned above in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors dated December 26, 2002 and reduced unappropriated retained earnings by W 1,008,882 million including the tax effect of W 9,373 million, in accordance with the Korean Commercial Laws.
      On June 30, 2003, in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors dated June 24, 2003, the Company announced a stock repurchase program to acquire 2,544,600 shares of common stock in the market in order to enhance stockholders’ interest and to stabilize the stock price. Pursuant to the program, the Company acquired a total of 2,544,600 shares of Company’s outstanding common stock for W 525,174 million during the period from June 30, 2003 to August 11, 2003 and retired such treasury shares on August 20, 2003, which reduced the unappropriated retained earnings by W 537,138 million including the tax effect of W 11,964 million, in accordance with Korean Commercial Laws.
      On February 20, 2004, the Company additionally acquired fractional shares totaling 12 shares for W 2 million which resulted from the merger with SK IMT Co., Ltd.
17. STOCK OPTIONS
      On March 17, 2000, March 16, 2001 and March 8, 2002, in accordance with the approval of its stockholders or its board of directors, the Company granted stock options to its management, representing 17,800 shares at an exercise price of W 424,000 per share, 43,820 shares at an exercise price of W 211,000 per share and 65,730 shares at an exercise price of W 267,000 per share. The stock options will become exercisable after three years from the date of grant and shall be exercisable for two years from the first exercisable date. Upon exercise of stock options, the Company will issue its common stock. If the employee leaves the Company within three years after the grant of stock options, such employee forfeits the unvested stock options awarded. During the year ended December 31, 2004, stock options representing 530 shares, of which total compensation cost was W 3 million, were forfeited.
      The value of stock options granted is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, without considering the volatility factor in estimating the value of its stock options, as permitted under Korean GAAP. The following assumptions are used to estimate the fair value of options granted in 2000, 2001 and 2002; risk-free interest rate of 9.1% for 2000, 5.9% for 2001 and 6.2% for 2002; expected life of three years for 2000, 2001 and 2002; expected dividend of W 500 per share for 2000, 2001 and 2002. Under these assumptions, total compensation cost, the recognized compensation cost (included in labor cost) for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the compensation cost to be recognized for the following period after December 31, 2005

F-45


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
and the outstanding balance of stock option in capital adjustment as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                                                 
        Recognized        
    Total   Compensation Cost   Compensation   Stock Option in Capital Adjustment
    Compensation       Cost to be    
Grant Date   Cost   2003   2004   2005   Recognized   2003   2004   2005
                                 
March 17, 2000 (note a)
  W 1,533     W 128     W     W     W     W 1,533     W 1,533     W  
March 16, 2001
    234       79       10                   224       234       234  
March 8, 2002
    3,246       1,082       1,082       180             1,984       3,066       3,246  
                                                 
    W 5,013     W 1,289     W 1,092     W 180     W     W 3,741     W 4,833     W 3,480  
                                                 
 
(note a)  During the year ended December 31, 2005, the exercisable period for stock options representing 17,800 shares, for which the Company had recognized compensation cost of W 1,533 million, expired and the related stock options of W 1,533 million in capital adjustments were transferred to capital surplus.
      The pro forma net income and net income per common share, if the Company had not excluded the volatility factor (expected volatility of 66.8% for options granted in 2000, 67.5% for options granted in 2001 and 63.0% for options granted in 2002) in estimating the value of its stock options, for years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows:
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Pro forma ordinary income (in millions of Korean won)
  W 2,751,221     W 2,121,238     W 2,561,268  
Pro forma ordinary income per common shares
    26,145       20,234       25,439  
Pro forma net income (in millions of Korean won)
    1,962,986       1,489,542       1,872,680  
Pro forma net income per common shares
    26,145       20,234       25,439  
18. INCOME TAXES
      Income tax expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 consist of the following (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Currently
  W 668,180     W 551,405     W 685,541  
Changes in net deferred tax liabilities
    120,879       78,356       7,718  
                   
Income tax expenses
  W 789,059     W 629,761     W 693,259  
                   

F-46


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The difference between income taxes computed using the statutory corporate income tax rates and the recorded income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is attributable to the following (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Income taxes at statutory income tax rate of 27% in 2003 and 2004 and 25% in 2005
  W 743,671     W 573,257     W 640,391  
Resident surtax payable
    74,367       57,326       64,039  
Tax credit for investments, technology and human resource development and others
    (83,826 )     (89,080 )     (100,160 )
Special surtax for agriculture and fishery industries and other
    13,685       13,736       18,838  
Goodwill amortization not deductible for tax purpose
    38,213       35,382       35,382  
Undistributed earnings (unrecognized deficit) of subsidiaries
    (5,909 )     11,011       4,846  
Effect of the change in income tax rate (note a)
    (20,204 )            
Other permanent differences
    15,327       28,581       12,973  
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance
    13,735       (452 )     16,950  
                   
Recorded income taxes
  W 789,059     W 629,761     W 693,259  
                   
Effective tax rate
    28.65 %     29.66 %     27.06 %
                   
 
(note a)  Pursuant to a revision in the Korean Corporate Income Tax Law during 2003, statutory corporate income tax rate including resident surtax is changed from 29.5% to 27.5%, effective January 1, 2005. Such change in statutory corporate income tax rate resulted in a decrease in deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2003 by W 20,204 million.

F-47


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The tax effects of each type of temporary difference that gave rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                           
    2003   2004   2005
             
Current (note a):
                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  W     W     W 39,334  
Write-off of doubtful accounts
                9,239  
Accrued interest income
                (1,229 )
Net operating loss carryforwards
                17  
Tax credit carryforwards
                89  
Other
                18,623  
                   
Net deferred tax assets — current
                66,073  
                   
Non-Current (note a):
                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    22,039       19,649        
Write-off doubtful accounts
    9,587       9,764        
Accrued interest income
    (2,026 )     (2,463 )      
Trading securities
    1       (561 )      
Depreciation
    3,712       (40,220 )     (47,472 )
Loss on impairment of investment securities
    30,757       32,851       32,959  
Loss on disposition of properties
          11,480        
Foreign currency translation loss
    774              
Equity in losses of affiliates
    (6,593 )     (12,671 )     (10,244 )
Unrecognized deficit (undistributed earnings) of subsidiaries
    (3,364 )     (9,434 )     13,732  
Tax free reserve for research and manpower development
    (182,518 )     (195,103 )     (211,208 )
Tax free reserve for loss on disposal of treasury stock
    (130,373 )     (130,372 )     (130,372 )
Loss on valuation of foreign currency swap
                3,642  
Loss on valuation of derivatives (capital adjustment)
                5,377  
Considerations for conversion right
                (18,502 )
Equity in Capital Adjustments of Affiliates
                (21,967 )
Net operating loss carryforwards
    29,575       25,371       24,108  
Tax credit carryforwards
    1,162       5,003        
Other
    39,693       18,510       15,091  
                   
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (187,574 )     (268,196 )     (344,856 )
Valuation allowance for:
                       
 
Depreciation
          (5,321 )     (6,022 )
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
    (29,575 )     (24,980 )     (23,523 )
 
Other
    (8,880 )     (7,555 )     (25,260 )
                   
Net deferred tax assets liabilities — non-current
  W (226,029 )   W (306,052 )   W (399,661 )
                   
 
(note a)  Effective January 1, 2005, deferred income tax assets and liabilities which were presented on the balance sheet as a single non-current net number through 2004, are separated into current and non-current portions, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 16 “Income Taxes”. Such newly adopted accounting

F-48


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
standards are prospectively applied as allowed by SKAS No. 16. As a result, the deferred income tax liabilities at December 31, 2003 and 2004 were not separated into current and non-current portions to reflect the effect of such new adoption of SKAS No. 16.
      The net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards of the Company’s certain subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 will expire as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                 
    Net Operating Loss   Tax Credit
Year Ending December 31,   Carryforwards   Carryforwards
         
2006
  W 62     W 89  
2007
    2,302        
2008
    14,520        
2009
    52,892        
2010
    19,542        
             
Total
  W 89,318     W 89  
             
      Deferred tax assets (liabilities) added to (deducted from) capital surplus or capital adjustments as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
           
Considerations for conversion right
  W (18,502 )
Unrealized loss on valuation of long-term investment securities
    15,966  
Equity in capital adjustment of affiliates, net
    (24,119 )
Loss on valuation of currency swap
    5,377  
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustment
    2  
       
 
Total
  W (21,276 )
       
19. INCOME PER SHARE
      Net income and ordinary income per share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are computed as follows (in millions of Korean won, except for share data):
Net income and ordinary income per share
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Net income
  W 1,966,100     W 1,491,479     W 1,872,978  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    75,078,219       73,614,297       73,614,296  
                   
Net income per share
  W 26,187     W 20,261     W 25,443  
                   

F-49


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for 2003, 2004 and 2005 is calculated as follows:
                               
            Weighted   Weighted
        Number of   Number of   Number of
    Date   Shares   Days   Shares
                 
For 2003:
                           
 
At January 1, 2003
      89,152,670       365/365       89,152,670  
 
Treasury stock, at the beginning
      (9,310,607 )     365/365       (9,310,607 )
 
Purchase of treasury stock
  Jan. 10     (3,809,288 )     356/365       (3,715,360 )
 
Purchase of fractional shares
  Feb. 3     (52 )     332/365       (47 )
 
Purchase of fractional shares
  May 1     (91 )     233/365       (58 )
 
Issuance of common stock
  May 1     126,276       233/365       80,609  
 
Treasury stock
  (note a)     (2,544,600 )           (1,128,988 )
                       
 
Total
        73,614,308               75,078,219  
                       
For 2004:
                           
 
At January 1, 2004
      82,276,711       366/366       82,276,711  
 
Treasury stock, at the beginning
      (8,662,403 )     366/366       (8,662,403 )
 
Purchase of fractional shares
  Feb. 20     (12 )     316/366       (11 )
                       
 
Total
        73,614,296               73,614,297  
                       
For 2005:
                           
 
At January 1, 2005
      82,276,711       365/365       82,276,711  
 
Treasury stock, at the beginning
      (8,662,415 )     365/365       (8,662,415 )
                       
 
Total
        73,614,296               73,614,296  
                       
 
(note a)  Such treasury stock was acquired or disposed of on several different dates in 2003, and the weighted number of shares was calculated according to each transaction date.
      Diluted net income and ordinary income per share amounts for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are computed as follows (in millions of Korean won except for share data):
Diluted net income and ordinary income per share
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Adjusted net income
  W 1,966,100     W 1,498,797     W 1,886,033  
Adjusted weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    75,078,219       74,596,777       75,332,996  
                   
Diluted net income per share
  W 26,187     W 20,092     W 25,036  
                   

F-50


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The numerator and denominator of basic and diluted income per share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows:
Diluted net income and ordinary income per share
                           
        Average Weighted   Per-share
    Net Income   Number of Shares   Amount
             
    (In millions of       (In Korean Won)
    Korean Won)        
For 2003
                       
 
Basic net income per share
  W 1,966,100       75,078,219     W 26,187  
 
Effect of stock option (note a)
                   
                   
 
Diluted net income per share
  W 1,966,100       75,078,219     W 26,187  
                   
For 2004
                       
 
Basic net income per share
  W 1,491,479       73,614,297     W 20,261  
                   
 
Effect of stock option (note a)
                   
 
Effect of convertible bonds (note b)
    7,318       982,480          
                   
 
Diluted net income per share
  W 1,498,797       74,596,777     W 20,092  
                   
For 2005
                       
 
Basic net income per share
  W 1,872,978       73,614,296     W 25,443  
                   
 
Effect of stock option (note a)
                   
 
Effect of convertible bonds (note b)
    13,055       1,718,700          
                   
 
Diluted net income per share
  W 1,886,033       75,332,996     W 25,036  
                   
 
(note a)  In the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the assumed exercise of stock options was not reflected in diluted earnings per share because the exercise of stock options would not dilute the earnings per share.
 
(note b)  The effect of convertible bonds are increase in net income related to interest expense that would not have incurred, and increase in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding related to common shares that would have been issued, assuming the conversion of convertible bonds issued on May 27, 2004 (see Note 9).

F-51


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
20.     DIVIDEND DISCLOSURE
      Details of dividends which were declared for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won except for share data):
                                     
Fiscal       Number of   Face   Dividend    
Year   Dividend Type   Shares Outstanding   Value   Ratio   Dividends
                     
2003
  Cash dividends     73,614,308     W 500       1,100%     W 404,878  
                             
2004
  Cash dividends (interim)     73,614,308     W 500       200%     W 73,614  
    Cash dividends (year-end)     73,614,296     W 500       1,860%     W 684,613  
                             
    Total                           W 758,227  
                             
2005
  Cash dividends (interim)     73,614,296     W 500       200%     W 73,614  
    Cash dividends (year-end)     73,614,296     W 500       1,600%     W 588,915  
                             
    Total                           W 662,529  
                             
      Dividends payout ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won and %):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Dividends
  W 404,878     W 758,227     W 662,529  
Net income
    1,966,100       1,491,479       1,872,978  
                   
Dividends payout ratio
    20.59 %     50.84 %     35.37 %
                   
      Dividends yield ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in Korean won and %):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Dividend per share
  W 5,500     W 10,300     W 9,000  
Stock price at the year-end
    199,000       197,000       181,000  
                   
Dividends yield ratio
    2.76 %     5.23 %     4.97 %
                   
21.     RESTRICTED DEPOSITS
      a. At December 31, 2005, the Company and its subsidiaries have guarantee deposits restricted for their checking accounts totaling W 43 million, and deposits totaling W 10,000 million from which the interest incurred is restricted for use for the interest of the public until August 10, 2006 (due date).
      b. The Company entered into a contract to sell the investment in common stock of KPMS Corporation, which was held by the Company and accounted for as available-for-sale securities, with First Data Corporation. Some portion of proceeds from sales of such investment totaling W 1,137 million is kept in escrow accounts in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, which is restricted for use until November 16, 2007 (final settlement date) and recorded as long-term bank deposits.
22.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
      a. The Company and its subsidiaries have credit lines with several local banks that provide for borrowings of up to W 323,000 million. At December 31, 2005, the borrowings under these credit lines were nill and the net availability under these credit lines was W 323,000 million. In addition, Seoul Records, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, has credit lines with Kiup Bank related to opening the letter of credit up to US$750,000.

F-52


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      b. At December 31, 2005, certain short-term financial instruments amounting to W 7,384 million are secured for payment guarantee of short-term borrowing, accounts payable and other.
      c. PAXNet Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, has guaranteed the repayment of borrowings for Finger Co., Ltd., which is a related company. The outstanding balance of such guarantees as of December 31, 2005 approximated W 332 million.
      d. Seoul Records, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, has provided Kiup Bank with its lands, buildings and machineries of which the carrying amount at December 31, 2005 is totaling W 4,118 million as a collateral for its foreign currency long-term borrowings. In addition, Seoul Record, Inc. has provided Universal Music Ltd. with a note amounting to W 292 million as a collateral for its leasehold key money received from Universal Music Ltd.
      e. SK Communications Co., Ltd., which is the Company’s subsidiary, had entered into a license agreement with Lycos Intangibles, LLC to use technology and pay royalties related to the Lycos License and TRIPOD for two years from August 14, 2002. In accordance with this agreement, SK Communications Co., Ltd. paid US$2,313,098 in royalty fees for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The license agreement expired on August 13, 2004. SK Communications Co., Ltd. entered into a new e-mail service and license agreement with Lycos Intangible, LLC to pay royalties totaling US$700,000 for two years from August 14, 2004 for the exclusive right to offer e-mail services to existing e-mail users who have Lycos e-mail accounts in the Republic of Korea. In accordance with this new agreement, SK Communications Corp. paid US$400,000 in advance on August 14, 2004 and the rest of royalties of US$300,000 is recorded as accounts payable as of December 31, 2005.
      f. On October 18, 2002 and November 15, 2002, GNI Enterprise Inc. filed lawsuits against SK Communications Co., Ltd., which is the Company’s subsidiary. In the lawsuit filed on October 18, 2002, GNI Enterprise Inc. asserted that the contract for usage of Lycos brand between GNI Enterprise Inc. and SK Communications Co., Ltd. was effective. A judgment in the first trial and the second trial was made in favor of SK Communications Co., Ltd.; however, GNI Enterprise Inc. appealed the judgment and the appeal is in process. In addition, Synnara Music Co., Ltd. and others filed a lawsuit against Seoul Records, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, to claim damages totaling W 760 million. A judgement is in process. The ultimate outcome of the above lawsuit cannot presently be determined. SK Communications Co., Ltd. and Seoul Records, Inc. believe that any liability that may be subject to thereunder will not be material.
      g. Under the Service Agreement dated on November 17, 2005 between SK Telecom International Inc. (“SKTI”), a subsidiary of the Company, and HELIO, LLC (“HELIO”), of which SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, has 50% ownership interest, SKTI has been retained to provide a minimum of level of qualified employees (each, an “Employee” and collectively, the “Employees”), and for the first four years of this Agreement, if any Employee’s employment with HELIO ceases or is terminated for any reason, then, upon HELIO’S written request, SKTI is obligated to replace the employee of like-level and experience at no cost to, and full discretion of, HELIO. In consideration of such services, HELIO granted the time-based warrant to purchase up to 1,995,000 shares of HELIO’S stock at a vesting rate of 25% per year over next four years, at a purchase price of $1.71 per share and the performance-based warrant to purchase up to 1,800,000 shares at a purchase price of $1.71 per share, which are earned upon HELIO reaching certain scheduled performance milestones, to SKTI.
      h. SLD Telecom, a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a business cooperation contract with Saigon Post & Telecommunication Services Corporation to establish cellular mobile communication services and provide CDMA service throughout Vietnam. In accordance with this contract, in the event that the cash inflow for the business is insufficient to cover the cash outflow necessary to cover the joint expenditure of the business (“cash shortfall”), SLD Telecom and Saigon Post & Telecommunication Services Corporation will contribute the necessary funds to the business and bear additional cash shortfalls according to their gross profit sharing ratios at

F-53


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
the time. With respect to the Company’s involvement in the business, the maximum exposure to loss was approximately Won 54.6 billion as of December 31, 2005.
23.     INSURANCE
      At December 31, 2005, certain of the Company and its subsidiaries’ assets are insured with local insurance companies as follows (in million of Korean won and thousands of U.S. dollars):
                         
Asset   Risk   Book Value   Coverage
             
Inventories and property and
                    US$68,000  
equipment
    Fire and comprehensive liability     W 3,754,241     W 7,395,950  
                   
24.     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATED COMPANIES
      Significant related party transactions and balances with affiliated companies as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                           
Description   2003   2004   2005
             
Transactions
                       
SK Engineering & Construction Co., Ltd.:
                       
 
Construction (note a)
    324,260       419,871       257,823  
 
Commissions paid and other expense
    7,662       6,148       6,593  
 
Commission income and other income
    776       1,348       2,580  
SK Networks (formerly known as SK Global):
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    3,853       3,144       7,220  
 
Purchases of inventory
                2,800  
 
Commissions paid, leased line and other expense
    214,101       411,053       432,967  
 
Sales of handsets and other income
    491,978       1,177,249       279,197  
SK Corporation:
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    3,831       4,071       1,302  
 
Commissions paid and other expense
    35,612       55,921       48,266  
 
Commission income and other income
    5,370       8,826       9,243  
SK Telesys:
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    188,111       188,822       294,829  
 
Commissions paid and other expenses
    1,717       3,102       7,410  
 
Commission income and other income
    385       879       575  
SKC:
                       
 
Purchases of inventories
    204,694       899,260       219,767  
 
Disposal of inventories and other
    18              
 
Commissions paid and other expenses
    3,120       2,192       13,316  
 
Commission income and other income
    747       584       32  
Innoace:
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    35,225       23,776       13,652  
 
Commissions paid and other expenses
    314       4,337       2,109  
 
Commission income and other income
    8,969       296       218  

F-54


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                           
Description   2003   2004   2005
             
WiderThan Co., Ltd.:
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    22,643       3,780       13,248  
 
Commissions paid and other expenses
    49,939       82,380       98,211  
 
Commission income and other income
    665       2,216       2,277  
SK C&C Co., Ltd.:
                       
 
Purchases of property and equipment
    182,774       130,243       249,633  
 
Commissions paid and other expenses (note b)
    284,319       295,562       322,856  
 
Commission income and other income
    8,200       7,918       7,853  
Balances
                       
SK Engineering & Construction Co., Ltd.:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    92       76       97  
 
Accounts payable
    63,442       135,213       21,326  
 
Guarantee deposits received
    90       408       942  
SK Networks (formerly known as SK Global):
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    107,782       216,412       1,787  
 
Guarantee deposits
    113       113       113  
 
Accounts payable
    63,641       20,047       22,237  
 
Guarantee deposits received
    719       955       2,700  
SK Corporation:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    1,571       4,843       1,643  
 
Guarantee deposits (note c)
    103,720       103,720       37,703  
 
Accounts payable
    2,911       20,165       6,914  
 
Guarantee deposits received
    10,194       10,194       6,174  
SK Telesys:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    50       53       3  
 
Accounts payable
    33,904       51,954       65,819  
SKC:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    53,680       15,549        
 
Guarantee deposits
          10,266        
 
Accounts payable
    93,383       115,839        
Innoace:
                       
 
Accounts payable
    25,640       15,199       6,100  
 
Guarantee deposits received
    1,069       2,138       2,138  
Widerthan Co., Ltd.:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    30       102       61  
 
Accounts payable
    9,762       9,847       17,398  
SK C&C Co., Ltd.:
                       
 
Accounts receivable
    245       480       91  
 
Accounts payable
    72,715       77,871       174,884  
 
Guarantee deposits received
    346       346       346  

F-55


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(note a)  The Company is a party to several contracts with SK Engineering and Construction Co., Ltd. related to the construction of its new corporate headquarters in Ulchiro 2-ga, Chongro-gu, Seoul. Construction of its new headquarters was completed at the end of 2004. The total payment to SK Engineering & Construction Co., Ltd. for the demolition of existing buildings on the site and construction of the new building was W 209 billion.
 
(note b)  The Company and certain subsidiaries are party to an agreement with SK C&C Co., Ltd., pursuant to which SK C&C Co., Ltd. provides them with information technology services, dated as of December 28, 1998 and amended as of November 1, 1999. This agreement will expire on December 31, 2009, but may be terminated by the Company and certain subsidiaries without cause on a six months notice. The agreement provides that the parties will agree annually on the specific services to be provided and the monthly fees to be paid by the Company and certain subsidiaries. The Company and certain subsidiaries also enter into agreements with SK C&C Co., Ltd. from time to time for specific information technology-related projects.
 
(note c)  On December 19, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with SK Corporation for the sale and leaseback of the Company’s head office with the lease period from December 19, 2000 to March 31, 2004. Under the lease agreement, in January 2001 the Company deposited refundable leasehold key money of W 80,113 million and, as a result there will be no rent payment for the remaining lease period. On January 30, 2003, the Company prolonged the lease term to February 28, 2005 and deposited additional refundable leasehold key money of W 20,027 million. In addition, in December 2003, the Company deposited additional refundable leasehold key money of W 3,580 million. When such lease agreement was terminated in February 2005, the Company collected all leasehold key money of W 103,720 million. Under another lease agreement with SK Corporation, the Company deposited refundable leasehold key money of W 768 million in 2005. And SK Communications Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, has entered into an agreement with SK Corporation Co., Ltd. for the lease of its head office with the lease period from January 13, 2005 to January 31, 2007 and deposited refundable leasehold key money of W 36,935 million. As a result, the refundable leasehold key money to SK Corporation as of December 31, 2005 totaled W 37,703 million.
25.     PROVISION FOR MILEAGE POINTS
      The Company, for its marketing purposes, grant certain mileage points (“Rainbow Points”) to its subscribers based on their usage of the Company’s services. Rainbow Points provision was provided based on the historical usage experience and the Company’s marketing policy. Such provision as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 totaled W 103,679 million, W 61,596 million and W 52,172 million, respectively, and was recorded as accrued expenses.
      Details of change in the provisions for such mileage points for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Beginning balance
  W 86,139     W 103,679     W 61,596  
Present value discount (note a)
                (7,415 )
Increase
    32,145       34,283       7,265  
Decrease
    (14,605 )     (76,366 )     (9,274 )
                   
Ending Balance
  W 103,679     W 61,596     W 52,172  
                   
 
(note a)  Effective January 1, 2005, pursuant to adoption of SKAS No. 17 (see Note 2(m)), Rainbow Points provision is recorded at the present value, which was recorded at nominal value through 2004.

F-56


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
26.     DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
      The Company has entered into a foreign currency forward contract and a fixed-to -fixed cross currency swap contract with Citi Bank, BNP Paribas and Credit Suisse First Boston International to hedge the foreign currency risk of US dollar denominated bonds with face amounts totaling US$300,000,000 at annual fixed interest rate of 4.25% issued on April 1, 2004. The foreign currency forward contract was settled in 2004 and as of December 31, 2005, in connection with unsettled foreign currency swap contract to which the cash flow hedge accounting is applied, an accumulated loss on valuation of derivatives amounting to W 14,177 million (excluding tax effect totaling W 5,377 million and foreign exchange translation gain arising from US dollar denominated bonds totaling W 40,652 million) was accounted for as a capital adjustment.
      In addition, the Company has entered into a fixed-to -fixed cross currency swap contract with Credit Suisse First Boston International to hedge foreign currency risk of US dollar denominated convertible bonds with face amounts of US$329,450,000 issued on May 27, 2004. In connection with unsettled fixed-to -fixed cross currency swap contract to which the cash flow hedge accounting is not applied, a loss on valuation of currency swap of W 15,789 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and a gain on valuation of currency swap of W 2,545 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 were charged to current operations. As of December 31, 2005, fair values of above derivatives totaling W 73,450 million are recorded in long-term liabilities.
      Details of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2005 are as follows (in thousands of US dollars and millions of Korean won):
                                         
                Fair Value
                 
                Designated    
            Duration of   as Cash   Not    
Type   Hedged Item   Face Amount   Contract   Flow Hedge   Designated   Total
                         
Fix-to-fixed cross currency swap
  US dollar denominated bonds   US$ 300,000     March 23, 2004- April 1, 2011   W 60,206     W     W 60,206  
Fix-to-fixed cross currency swap
  US dollar denominated convertible bond   US$ 100,000     May 27, 2004- May 27, 2009           13,244       13,244  
                                 
                    W 60,206     W 13,244     W 73,450  
                                 
      The above derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge mature within 63 months from December 31, 2005 at the longest; and the expected portion of capital adjustments as of December 31, 2005, related to loss on valuation of currency swap, to be recorded in earnings within the next 12 months amounts to W 6,146 million.
27. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
a. Merger with SK IMT Co., Ltd.
      On May 1, 2003, the Company merged with SK IMT Co., Ltd., which was a consolidated subsidiary when it merged into the Company, in accordance with a resolution of the Company’s board of directors on December 20, 2002 and the approval of shareholders of SK IMT Co., Ltd. on February 21, 2003. The shareholders of SK IMT Co., Ltd. were entitled to exercise dissenter’s right under Korean law. Shareholders holding 22,078,770 shares (or 36.8% of SK IMT Co., Ltd.’s issued and outstanding shares) exercised such right, and SK IMT Co., Ltd. repurchased the shares of these dissenting shareholders at a purchase price of W 27,400 per share, totaling W 604,958 million, before the completion of the merger with the Company. The exchange ratio of common stock between the Company and SK IMT Co., Ltd. was 0.11276 share of the Company’s common stock with a par value of W 500 to 1 share of common stock of SK IMT Co., Ltd. with a par value of W 5,000. Using such exchange ratio, the Company distributed 126,276 shares of new issued common stock to minority shareholders of SK IMT Co., Ltd. and the Company retired all shares of SK IMT Co., Ltd. owned by the Company and SK IMT

F-57


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Co., Ltd. upon the merger. The excess of acquired net assets over the par value ( W 63 million) for the distribution of 126,276 shares of newly issued common stock to minority shareholders of SK IMT Co., Ltd. upon on the merger dated May 1, 2003, amounting to W 31,809 million, was recorded as an increase in capital surplus in accordance with Korean GAAP.
b. Merger with Cyworld Co., Ltd.
      On August 1, 2003, SK Communications Co., Ltd., the Company’s subsidiary, merged with Cyworld Co., Ltd. in order to start a personalized website business and strengthen the competitive power in the internet portal service market, in accordance with the approval of stockholders of SK Communications Co., Ltd. dated on June 16, 2003. The exchange ratio of common stock between SK Communications Co., Ltd. (par value: W 500) and Cyworld Co., Ltd. (par value: W 5,000) was 55.04697 to 1. Using such exchange ratio, SK Communications Corp. issued 12,770,877 shares of new common stock.
      The merger with Cyworld Co., Ltd. was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, and generated a goodwill of W 9,374 million as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                   
Fair value of net assets merged
          W 152  
Merger cost
               
 
Fair value of common stock issued
  W 8,429          
 
Direct costs related to the merger (note)
    1,097       9,526  
             
Goodwill
          W 9,374  
             
 
(note)  The direct costs related to the merger are the liquidation income tax of W 1,067 million paid for Cyworld Co., Ltd., and service fees of W 30 million related to the merger.
      In addition, SK Communications Co., Ltd. amortizes the goodwill using the straight-line method over five years, and goodwill amortization for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was W 781 million, W 1,875 million and W 1,875 million, respectively.
      The condensed balance sheets of Cyworld Co., Ltd. as of August 1, 2003 and December 31, 2002 and condensed statements of operations for the seven months ended July 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                   
    Aug. 1, 2003   Dec. 31, 2002
         
(Condensed balance sheets)
               
 
Current assets
  W 1,200     W 129  
 
Non-current assets
    615       1,175  
             
 
Total assets
  W 1,815     W 1,304  
             
 
Current liabilities
  W 1,586     W 850  
 
Long-term liabilities
    77       432  
             
 
Total liabilities
    1,663       1,282  
 
Common stock
    1,160       1,160  
 
Capital surplus
    4,208       4,208  
 
Deficit
    (5,216 )     (5,346 )
             
 
Total equity
    152       22  
             
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  W 1,815     W 1,304  
             

F-58


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                   
    Period from    
    Jan. 1, 2003 to   Year Ended
    Jul. 31, 2003   Dec. 31, 2002
         
(Condensed statements of operations)
               
 
Operating revenue
  W 1,930     W 1,823  
 
Operating expenses
    (2,244 )     (2,694 )
             
 
Operating loss
    (314 )     (871 )
 
Other income
    606       37  
 
Other expenses
    (163 )     (721 )
             
 
Net income (loss)
  W 129     W (1,555 )
             
c. Acquisition of Seoul Records, Inc.
      In order to produce and distribute music product and secure larger content pool, the Company acquired a 60% equity interest in Seoul Record, Inc.’s common stock on August 11, 2005 in accordance with a resolution of the Company’s board of directors dated May 27, 2005.
      The acquisition of a 60% equity interest in Seoul Records, Inc.’s common stock is summarized as follows:
         
    In Millions of
    Korean Won
     
Fair value of net assets acquired
  W 23,796  
Goodwill
    4,078  
       
Acquisition cost
  W 27,874  
       
      The Company amortizes the goodwill using the straight-line method over five years, and goodwill amortization for the year ended December 31, 2005 was W 408 million.
28. NETWORK INTERCONNECTION CHARGES
      The Company’s networks interconnect with the public switched telephone networks operated by KT Corporation and hanarotelecom incorporated and, through their networks, with the international gateways of KT Corporation, DACOM and Onse, as well as the networks of the other wireless telecommunications service providers in Korea. These connections enable the Company’s subscribers to make and receive calls from telephones outside the Company’s networks. Under Korean law, service providers are required to permit other service providers to interconnect to their networks for purposes of offering other services. If the new service provider desires interconnection and the incumbent service provider is unable to reach an agreement within 90 days, the new service provider can appeal to the Korean Communications Commission, a government agency under the MIC.
      For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, such interconnection revenues amounted to W 1,017.1 billion, W 849.4 billion and W 898.6 billion, respectively, while aggregate interconnection expenses amounted to W 771.5 billion, W 913.7 billion and W 989.4 billion, respectively.
29. SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
a. Acquisition of WiBro License
      The Company, together with KT Corporation and hanarotelecom incorporated, acquired a license for WiBro, a portable internet service which is scheduled to start commercial operations in June 2006, as a result of the decision of the Committee of Information and Communication Policy dated January 20, 2005. With regard to this

F-59


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
service, the Company paid W 117 billion and received the WiBro license from the Ministry of Information and Technology in March 2005, which was recorded as an intangible asset.
b. Establishment of HELIO, LLC., a Joint Venture Company in the U.S.
      In accordance with the resolution of the Company’s board of directors dated January 26, 2005, the Company and EarthLink, Inc., an internet service provider in the United States of America, agreed to establish ‘HELIO, LLC.’, a joint venture company, in the United States of America in February 2005 in order to provide wireless telecommunication service across the United States of America. The Company, via SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary in the United States of America, will invest US$220 million for a 50% equity interest in the joint venture company from 2005 through 2007. HELIO, LLC. will launch cellular voice and data services extensively across the United States of America during the second quarter of 2006 by renting networks from network operators throughout the United States of America also known as partial mobile virtual network operator (MVNO) system.
      In addition, in order to revitalize the cellular voice and data services in United States of America, the Company, via SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary in the United States of America, made an additional investment of US$39.5 million in an equity interest of HELIO, LLC. on March 1, 2006.
c. Acquisition of and Merger with Etoos Group Inc.
      In order to improve the competitive power in the domestic internet service portal and educational service market, SK Communications Co., Ltd., a Company’s subsidiary, acquired 20.46% equity interest of Etoos Group Inc. during 2005.
      In addition, on March 1, 2006, SK Communications Co., Ltd. merged with Etoos Group Inc. in order to maximize synergy effects through enhanced management efficiency and strengthened competitive power in the internet portal and educational service market, in accordance with the approval of stockholders of SK Communications Co., Ltd. dated on January 2, 2006 and issued 464,738 shares of new common stock to former shareholder of Etoos Group Inc.
d. Additional Acquisition of SLD Telecom PTE Ltd.
      On January 27, 2006, the Company acquired 100 million shares of SLD Telecom PTE Ltd.’s unissued common stock for US$100 million in order to revitalize the telecommunication services in Vietnam. As a result, the Company’s ownership increased from 55.1% to 73.3%.
e. Handset Subsidies to Long-term Mobile Subscribers
      Effective March 27, 2006, the Telecommunication Law of Korea was revised to allow wireless carriers to provide handset subsidies to customers who have maintained their wireless account with the same carrier for 18 months or longer. The Company commenced its handset subsidy program on the effective date of the revised Telecommunication Law and included a clause in the service contract which allows the Company to change the terms of its subsidy program, including the Company’s ability to terminate the program at any time after a thirty day notice to its customers.
f. Request for the conversion of the convertible bond and the delivery of the treasury stock
      At the request of bond holders, US$310,000 and US$2,000,000 of convertible bonds issued in May, 2004 were converted into 1,672 and 10,788 shares of treasury stock on April 20, 2006 and April 26, 2006, respectively, at the conversion price of W 218,098 (standard foreign currency ratio of W 1,176.50 for US$1 based on the related indenture).

F-60


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
g. Resolution to acquire equity interest in IHQ, Inc.
      In accordance with the resolution of the Company’s board of directors dated April 26, 2006, the Company decided to purchase additional 5,000,000 shares in IHQ, Inc.’s common stock by exercising stock option at the exercise price of W 5,740.49 on June 6, 2006 in order to strengthen the Company’s communication service and platform business. As a result, the Company’s ownership in IHQ, Inc. will increase from 21.6% to 34.9%.
h. Fine for improper payment of handset subsidies.
      On March 6, 2006 and April 18, 2006, the Communication Commission of the Republic of Korea fined the Company W  13.8 billion and W  7.8 billion, respectively, for improper payment of handset subsidies.
30. RECONCILIATION TO UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
      The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Korea (“Korean GAAP”), which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The significant differences are described below. Other differences do not have a significant effect on either consolidated net income or shareholders’ equity.
a. Deferred Income Taxes (see Note 2)
      Under U.S. GAAP, deferred tax assets and liabilities are separated into their current and non-current portions based on the classification of related assets or liability for financial reporting purposes. Under Korean GAAP, through 2004, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are presented on the balance sheet as a single non-current net number. Effective January 1, 2005, Korean GAAP was revised to classify deferred income tax assets and liabilities into current and non-current portion in a similar manner of U.S. GAAP.
      In addition, U.S. GAAP does not allow recognition of deferred tax assets on the difference between the tax bases and financial statement bases of investments in subsidiaries unless it is apparent that the difference will reverse in the foreseeable future which has generally been interpreted to be one year. Under Korean GAAP, through 2004, there was no such specific provision for the recognition of deferred income tax assets on the difference between the tax bases and financial statement bases of investments in subsidiaries. However, effective January 1, 2005, the Korean GAAP was revised to recognize deferred income tax assets only when it is apparent that the difference will reverse in the foreseeable future in a similar manner of U.S. GAAP. Such deferred tax assets totaling W 27,030 million and W 30,857 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, had been recognized for Korean GAAP purposes.
b. Deferred Charges (see Note 2)
      Korean GAAP requires that bond issuance costs be deducted from proceeds of bonds and certain development costs be recorded as intangible assets. Under U.S. GAAP, bond issuance costs are capitalized as deferred assets and amortized over the redemption period of the related obligation and research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred.
c. Leases
      Through 1998, leases whose present value of minimum lease payments exceed 90% of the fair value of the leased equipment were not capitalized under Korean GAAP, but are capitalized under U.S. GAAP. Therefore, with respect to lease contracts entered into prior to January 1, 1999, certain adjustments for equipment, obligations under capital leases, interest on capital leases and depreciation are required.

F-61


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
d. Marketable Securities and Investments Securities (see Note 2)
      Through 2002, under Korean GAAP, debt and equity securities were classified into marketable securities and investment securities. Effective January 1, 2003, Korean GAAP was revised to classify investment in securities into three separate categories; trading securities, available-for-sales securities and held-to -maturity securities in a similar manner of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 (SFAS No. 115), “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”, described below. The valuation method for each category is similar to SFAS No. 115; however, the accounting treatment for impairment of investment securities and recoveries under Korean GAAP differ from those under U.S. GAAP as described in Note 30(e).
      Under U.S. GAAP, SFAS No. 115 requires that equity securities with readily determinable fair values and all debt securities be classified into three categories and accounted for as follows:
  •  Debt securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to -maturity securities and reported at amortized cost.
 
  •  Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in income.
 
  •  Debt and equity securities not classified as either held-to -maturity securities or trading securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from income and reported in other comprehensive income.
      Gross proceeds from the sale of such securities were W 945,854 million, W 343,723 million and W 71,308 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Gross realized gains for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were W 2,122 million, W 1,342 million and W 5,638 million, respectively. Gross realized losses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were W 614 million, W 517 million and W 37 million, respectively.
      Information with respect to trading securities at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                   
        Gross   Gross    
    Cost   Unrealized   Unrealized    
    (Amortized Cost)   Gains   Losses   Fair Value
                 
At December 31, 2003:
                               
 
Debt securities
  W 895,401     W     W (2,184 )   W 893,217  
                         
At December 31, 2004:
                               
 
Equity securities
  W 450     W     W (82 )   W 368  
 
Debt securities
    652,372       2,039             654,411  
                         
 
Total
  W 652,822     W 2,039     W (82 )   W 654,779  
                         
At December 31, 2005:
                               
 
Equity securities
  W 11     W 1     W     W 12  
 
Debt securities
    777,460                   777,460  
                         
 
Total
  W 777,471     W 1     W     W 777,472  
                         

F-62


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Information with respect to long-term investment securities including the current portion affected by SFAS No. 115 at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                           
        Gross   Gross        
    Cost (amortized   unrealized   unrealized   Impairment    
    cost)   gains   losses   losses   Fair value
                     
At December 31, 2003:
                                       
 
Equity securities
  W 427,472     W 73,290     W (6,608 )   W (55,469 )   W 438,685  
 
Debt securities
    64,315                         64,315  
                               
    W 491,787     W 73,290     W (6,608 )   W (55,469 )   W 503,000  
                               
At December 31, 2004:
                                       
 
Equity securities
  W 470,266     W 137,621     W     W (63,902 )   W 543,985  
 
Debt securities
    65,957                   (10,655 )     55,302  
                               
    W 536,223     W 137,621     W     W (74,557 )   W 599,287  
                               
At December 31, 2005:
                                       
 
Equity securities
  W 465,244     W 173,960     W (9,768 )   W (60,838 )   W 568,598  
 
Debt securities
    307,490             (217 )     (10,885 )     296,388  
                               
    W 772,734     W 173,960     W (9,985 )   W (71,723 )   W 864,986  
                               
      Gross unrealized losses of W 6,608 million and W 9,985 million at December 31, 2003 and 2005, respectively, for which impairment has not been recognized, have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months.
      The aggregate carrying amount of the Company’s cost method investments totaled W 353,168 million at December 31, 2005. Investments with an aggregate cost of W 85,994 million were not evaluated for impairment because (a) the Company did not estimate the fair value of those investments in accordance with paragraphs 14 and 15 of Statement 107 and (b) the Company did not identify any events or changes in circumstances that may have had a significant adverse effect on the fair value of those investments. The Company estimated that the fair value exceeded the cost of investments (that is, the investments were not impaired) for the remaining W 267,174 million of cost method investments.
e. Impairment of Investment Securities and Recoveries
      Under U.S. GAAP, if the decline in fair value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the individual securities is written down to fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is included in current earnings. Other than temporary impairment is determined based on evidence-based judgment about a recovery of fair value up to (or beyond) the cost of investment by considering the severity and duration of the impairment in relation to the forecasted recovery of fair value. Under Korean GAAP, if the collectible value from the securities is less than acquisition costs with objective evidence of impairment such as bankruptcy of investees, an impairment loss is recognized. In addition, the duration of the impairment in relation to the forecasted recovery of fair value is not considered for Korean GAAP purposes. Due to such differences, for U.S. GAAP purposes, losses on impairment of investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 increased by W 21,716 million, W 8,434 million and W 68 million, respectively, when compared to those under Korean GAAP. And, as certain available-for-sale securities for which the impairment losses had been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2004 for U.S. GAAP purposes, but not for Korean GAAP purposes, were sold in 2003 and 2005, some portion of losses of disposal of such available-for-sale securities that were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2005 for Korean GAAP purposes, amounting to

F-63


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
W 46,443 million and W 3,133 million in 2003 and 2005, respectively, were reversed respectively, for U.S. GAAP purposes.
      Under Korean GAAP, the subsequent recoveries of impaired available-for-sale securities and held-to -maturity securities result in an increase of their carrying amount up to the original acquisition cost, and the recovery gains are reported in current operations up to the previously recognized impairment loss as reversal of loss on impairment of investment securities. Under U.S. GAAP, the subsequent increase in carrying amount of the impaired and written down held-to -maturity securities is not allowed. The subsequent increase in fair value of available-for-sale securities is reported in other comprehensive income.
f. Comprehensive Income
      Under Korean GAAP, there is no requirement to present comprehensive income. Under U.S. GAAP, comprehensive income and its components must be presented in the financial statements. Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period except those resulting from investments by, or distributions to, owners, including certain items not included in the current results of operations.
g. Business Combinations and Intangible Assets
      Effective July 1, 2001, U.S. GAAP requires the use of the purchase method of accounting for all business combinations. In addition, for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2001, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful life shall not be amortized; however, they are subject to impairment tests on an annual basis and at any other time if events occur or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill or other intangible assets may not be recoverable.
      Circumstances that could trigger an impairment test include but are not limited to: a significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated competition; loss of key personnel; the likelihood that a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed; results of testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.
      To test impairment of goodwill, the fair value of a reporting unit which includes goodwill is compared with its carrying amount of a reporting unit, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill is compared with the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in current operations. The Company believes there is no impairment of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The Company does not have any intangible assets with indefinite lives as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. Intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives.
      Under Korean GAAP, business combinations involving other than commonly controlled entities are accounted for as either a purchase or a pooling of interests, depending on the specific circumstances. However, in the case of the Company, no business combinations have been accounted for using the pooling of interest method under Korean GAAP. In a purchase combination, the difference between the purchase consideration and the fair value of the net assets acquired is accounted for as goodwill or as negative goodwill. Goodwill and all other intangible assets are amortized over its estimated economic life, generally not to exceed 20 years.
h. Determination of Acquisition Cost of Equity Interest in Subsidiary
      Under U.S. GAAP, when a parent company acquires an equity interest in a subsidiary in exchange for newly issued common stock of the parent company, the acquisition cost of the equity interest in a subsidiary is determined at the market price of the parent company’s common stock for a reasonable period before and after the date the terms of the acquisition are agreed to and announced. Under Korean GAAP, the acquisition cost is determined at the closing market price of the parent company’s common stock when the common stock is

F-64


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
actually issued. In addition, there are certain other differences in the methods of allocating cost to assets acquired. Due to such differences, for U.S. GAAP purposes, the shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 increased by W 64,052 million, W 44,455 million and W 28,358 million, respectively, when compared to those under Korean GAAP.
i. Additional Equity Investment in Subsidiaries
      Under Korean GAAP, when additional interest is acquired after acquiring a majority interest in a subsidiary, the differences between the Company’s acquisition cost of the additional interest and the corresponding carrying amount of the acquired additional interest in a subsidiary is presented as an adjustment to capital surplus. Under U.S. GAAP, the cost of an additional interest would be allocated based on the fair value of net assets at the time the additional interest is acquired, with the excess allocated to goodwill. Due to such differences, for U.S. GAAP purposes, the shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 increased by W 955,865 million, W 965,102 million and W 965,351 million, respectively, when compared to those under Korean GAAP.
j. Capitalization of Foreign Exchange Losses (or Gains) and Interest Expenses
      Through 2002, under Korean GAAP, interest expenses and foreign exchange losses (or foreign exchange gains) incurred on debt used to finance the construction of property, plant and equipment were capitalized (or offset against property additions). Effective January 1, 2003, Korean GAAP was revised to allow a company to charge reflect such interest expense and foreign exchange losses (or foreign exchange gains) to current operations. For Korean GAAP purposes, the Company adopted the accounting policy not to capitalize such financing costs prospectively. Under U.S. GAAP, interest expenses incurred on debt used to finance the construction of property, plant and equipment are capitalized, while related foreign exchange losses (or gains) are charged to current operations as incurred.
      Through 2002, under Korean GAAP, interest expense incurred on debt used to finance the purchase of intangible assets was capitalized until the asset was put in use. For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Company charges such interest to current operations as incurred. Effective January 1, 2003, Korean GAAP was revised to allow a company to charge such interest expense to current operations as incurred. For Korean GAAP purposes, the Company adopted the accounting policy not to capitalize such interest expense. And this accounting change has been applied prospectively.
k. Nonrefundable Activation Fees
      For U.S. GAAP purposes, the Company defers nonrefundable activation revenues and costs and amortizes them over the expected term of the customer relationship, which ranges from 52 months to 89 months.
      Under Korean GAAP, there is no specific provision for the recognition of such activation fees and the Company recognizes these revenues and costs when the activation service is performed.
l. Gain or Loss on Disposal of Subsidiary’s Stock
      Under Korean GAAP, gains or losses on disposal of investments in common stock of subsidiaries are not recognized in the consolidated income statements but included in capital surplus, until such subsidiary has been excluded as a majority-owned subsidiary. Under U.S.GAAP, such gains or losses on disposal of the investments in common stock of subsidiary are recognized in the income statement at the time of disposal of such investments.
m. Employee Stock Option Compensation Plan
      For Korean and U.S. GAAP purposes, the Company charges to expense the value of stock options granted. Korean GAAP permits all entities to exclude the volatility factor in estimating the value of their stock options

F-65


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
granted prior to December 31, 2003, which results in measurement at minimum value. Under U.S. GAAP, public entities are not permitted to exclude the volatility factor in estimating the value of their stock options. We accounted for employee stock option compensation under FAS 123 for U.S. GAAP purposes.
      The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2000, 2001 and 2002 was W 210,000 per share, W 120,070 per share and W 48,724 per share, respectively.
n. Loans Receivable for Stock Issued to Employee
      U.S. GAAP requires that notes received for capital stock be reported as a reduction of stockholder’s’ equity, while Korean GAAP allows for recording such receivables as an asset.
o. Discount on Leasehold Deposits
      Under U.S. GAAP, when cash and other rights are exchanged for notes, notes (receivables or payables that represent contractual rights to receive money or contractual obligations to pay money on fixed or determinable dates, whether or not there is a stated provision for interest) should be stated at their present value and the difference between the face amount and the present value should be deducted from or added to the face amount of the note as a discount or premium and amortized over the term using effective interest method. Thus, leasehold key money deposits are stated at their present value. Under Korean GAAP, the leasehold key money deposits are stated at their face amounts.
p. Asset Securitization Transactions
      Under U.S. GAAP, a transfer of financial assets in an asset securitization is accounted for as a sale only if all three of the following conditions are met;
  •  The transferred assets have been isolated from the transferor and put beyond the reach of the transferor, or any consolidated affiliated of the transferor, and their creditors even in the event of bankruptcy or receivership of the transferor or any consolidated affiliate.
 
  •  The transferee is a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”) and each holder of its beneficial interests (including both debt and equity securities) has the right to pledge, or the right to exchange its interests. If the issuing vehicle is not a QSPE, then sale accounting is only permitted if the issuing vehicle itself has the right to pledge or the right to exchange the transferred assets.
 
  •  The transferor does not effectively maintain control over the transferred assets either through;
        (a) an agreement that calls for the transferor to repurchase the transferred assets (or to buy back securities of a QSPE held by third-party investors) before their maturity or
 
        (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the SPE or QSPE to return specific assets; other than through a cleanup call.
      In addition, under U.S. GAAP, unless a transferee is a QSPE, a transferee with nominal capital investment and credit enhancement provided by transferor is generally consolidated into the transferor.
      However, under Korea GAAP, when a transfer of financial assets in an asset securitization is conducted in accordance with the Korean Asset Securitization Act, such transfer is generally accounted for as a sale of financial assets and the securitization vehicle is generally not consolidated into the transferor.
q. Considerations for Conversion Right
      Under Korean GAAP, the proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds are allocated between the conversion rights and the debt issued; the portion allocable to the conversion rights is accounted for as capital surplus, with

F-66


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
corresponding conversion right adjustment being deducted from related bonds. Such conversion right adjustment is amortized into interest expenses over the period of convertible bonds. Under U.S. GAAP, convertible bonds are analyzed to evaluate whether conversion option are bifurcated and valued. If an embedded conversion option in convertible bond is net cash settled upon the occurrence of an event which is outside of an entity’s control, it generally requires bifurcation under US GAAP. Moreover, the change of the fair value of such embedded conversion option is included in current earnings. The fair value of embedded conversion option which is related US dollar denominated convertible bonds with face amounts of US$329,450,000 issued on May 27, 2004 and requires bifurcation under U.S. GAAP, at December 31, 2004 and 2005 is W 66,835 million and W 52,685 million, respectively.
r. Currency Swap
      Under Korean GAAP, when all critical terms of the hedging instrument and the hedged item are the same, a hedging relationship is considered to be highly effective without formally assessing hedge effectiveness. Under US GAAP, unless conditions to qualify for the shortcut method as described in SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended, are met, a formal hedge effectiveness should be assessed to qualify for a hedge accounting at inception of the hedge. The Company’s cross currency swap, which qualified as a cash flow hedge under Korean GAAP, did not qualify for the shortcut method under US GAAP and was recorded as non-hedge.
s. Foreign Currency Translation
      Under U.S. GAAP, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the actual prevailing rates of exchange on the balance sheet dates. However, as described in Note 2(v), monetary assets and liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries denominated in foreign currency are translated at the Base Rates announced by Seoul Money Brokerage Services, Ltd. on the balance sheet dates, as allowed under Korean GAAP. Accordingly, the resulting differences in the calculated foreign currency translation gain and loss amounts are considered as a U.S. GAAP adjustment.
t. Sale of Stock by Equity Method Investee
      Through 2004, under Korean GAAP, when the Company’s equity interests in the equity method investees were diluted as a result of the equity method investees’ direct sales of their unissued shares to third parties, the changes in the Company’s proportionate equity of investees was accounted for as capital transactions. Effective January 1, 2005, Korean GAAPP was revised to account for such transactions as income statement treatment. Under U.S. GAAP, such transaction can be accounted for either as income statement treatments or as capital transactions. For U.S. GAAP purpose, the Company adopted the accounting policy to account for such transaction as capital transactions.
u. Subscription Payable
      Under Korean GAAP, when the Company subscribes new capital stocks, it is not allowed to record any unpaid subscription as investment in equity of investee until cash is contributed to the investee, without exception. Under U.S. GAAP, if the cash is contributed subsequent to the balance sheet date, but prior to the issuance of the financial statements, it is appropriate to classify it as investments and a subscription payable, respectively. SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, paid the related cash contribution to HELIO, LLC on March 1, 2006. Due to such differences, for U.S. GAAP purposes, the total assets and total liabilities as of December 31, 2005 increased by W 40,014 million, respectively, when compared to those under Korean GAAP. However, such differences do not have an effect on either consolidated net income or shareholders’ equity.

F-67


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
v. Equity Instrument to Be Received in Conjunction with Providing Services
      For the Korean GAAP purpose, the Company measures the fair value of equity investments (such as stock warrants) to be received in conjunction with providing services in the future at the date of the agreement or the grant date. Such equity instruments are recorded as assets and liabilities at fair value to present the equity instruments received and the related obligations to provide services. In addition, the fair value of such equity investments is remeasured at each year-end and related service income is recognized over the service period based on the revised fair value of the equity investments. Under U.S. GAAP, the service income recognition method is similar to Korean GAAP; however when the equity instruments do not include a disincentive for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make performance probable, such equity instruments are not measured nor recorded as assets and liabilities until the date when the performance necessary to earn the equity instruments is complete. Due to such differences, the total assets and liabilities under the U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2005 decreased by W 2,055 million, when compared to those under the Korean GAAP. However, such differences do not have an effect on either consolidated net income or shareholder’s equity.
w. Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
      Under U.S. GAAP, if a business enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity, which is defined by FASB Interpretation No. 46 Revised (“FIN 46R”), the assets, liabilities and results of the activities of the variable interest entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements with those of the business enterprise. Under the Korean GAAP, there is no specific provision for the accounting treatment of variable interest entities.
      As a result of such difference, CDMA Mobile Phone Center (which is a joint-venture with 50% owned by SLD Telecom PTE Ltd., a subsidiary of the Company, and recorded as equity method investment under Korean GAAP) was included in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 under U.S. GAAP. CDMA Mobile Phone Center is a wireless telecommunications service provider in Vietnam.
x. Remeasurement of Stock Option
      Under the Korean GAAP, the remeasurement of stock option is required when the related stock becomes publicly listed. Under the U.S. GAAP, such remeasurement is not allowed. In 2005, a certain equity method investee of the Company became publicly listed and the value of related outstanding stock options granted to its employees was remeasured for Korean GAAP purposes.
y. Presentation of Minority Interest as a Component of Shareholders’ Equity
      Korean GAAP requires the classification of minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries as a component of shareholders’ equity. Under U.S. GAAP, minority interest in equity of consolidated subsidiaries is presented separately from shareholders’ equity.
z. Consolidated Subsidiary
      Under Korean GAAP, as explained in Note 2(b) to the consolidated financial statements, investments in subsidiaries and substantially controlled entities are consolidated, except for companies with total assets as of the prior year end of less than W  7 billion. Generally, substantial control is deemed to exist when the investor is the largest shareholder and owns more than 30 percent of total outstanding voting stock. However, U.S. GAAP generally requires that all majority-owned subsidiaries be consolidated and that any entity of which the Company owns twenty to fifty percent of total outstanding voting stock not be consolidated; rather that entity should be accounted for under the equity method. The Company’s consolidated financial statements did not reflect an adjustment in the U.S. GAAP reconciliation for this difference in accounting as the impact is immaterial.

F-68


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following reconciles net income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 under Korean GAAP as reported in the consolidated financial statements to the net income and shareholders’ equity amounts determined under U.S. GAAP, giving effect to adjustments for the differences listed above (in millions of Won, except for per share amounts):
                           
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Net income based on Korean GAAP
  W 1,966,100     W 1,491,479     W 1,872,978  
Adjustments:
                       
 
Deferred income tax adjustments due to difference in accounting principles
    (7,342 )     (3,827 )     30,857  
 
Tax effect of the reconciling items
    (15,036 )     22,515       (4,717 )
 
Deferred charges
    2,660       (60 )     (2,037 )
 
Capital leases
    (906 )     1,534       (925 )
 
Intangible assets
    (22,303 )     (18,546 )     (16,046 )
 
Reversal of amortization of goodwill
    135,557       136,694       137,389  
 
Capitalization of foreign exchange losses and interest expenses related to tangible assets
    21,617       24,454       3,231  
 
Capitalization of interest expenses related to purchases of intangible assets
    427       5,285       5,272  
 
Nonrefundable activation fees
    (46,962 )     (36,048 )     (34,681 )
 
Loss (gain) on disposal of subsidiary shares
    58              
 
Stock option compensation plan
    (3,114 )     (1,938 )     49  
 
Loss on sale of accounts receivable and other in asset securitization
    7,437       (14,476 )      
 
Loss on impairment of investment securities
    24,727       (8,434 )     3,065  
 
Loss on valuation of currency swap
          (49,452 )     29,898  
 
Discount on leasehold deposits
    (286 )     422       230  
 
Considerations for conversion right
          1,016       14,044  
 
Foreign currency translation
          2,458       (2,458 )
 
Recovery of impaired investment securities
    115              
 
Sales of stock by the equity method investee
                (8,637 )
 
Consolidation of variable interest entity
                38  
                   
Net income based on U.S. GAAP
  W 2,062,749     W 1,553,076     W 2,027,550  
                   
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    75,078,219       73,614,297       73,614,296  
                   
Earnings per share based on U.S. GAAP:
                       
 
Basic earnings per share
  W 27,475     W 21,097     W 27,543  
                   
 
Diluted earnings per share
  W 27,475     W 20,918     W 27,089  
                   

F-69


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                           
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Shareholders’ equity based on Korean GAAP Adjustments:
  W 6,093,847     W 7,205,744     W 8,327,540  
 
Deferred income tax adjustments due to difference In accounting principles
    (45,317 )     (70,067 )      
 
Tax effect of the reconciling items
    136,517       159,032       101,130  
 
Deferred charges
    60             (2,037 )
 
Capital leases
    239       1,773       847  
 
Intangible assets
    1,019,951       1,009,591       993,547  
 
Reversal of amortization of goodwill
    273,598       410,292       547,681  
 
Capitalization of foreign exchange losses and interest expenses related to tangible assets
    19,842       44,294       47,522  
 
Capitalization of interest expenses related to purchase of intangible assets
    (68,945 )     (63,660 )     (58,388 )
 
Nonrefundable activation fees
    (239,174 )     (275,222 )     (309,903 )
 
Loans receivable for stock issued to employees’ investor association
    (33,788 )     (22,546 )     (14,586 )
 
Minority interest in equity of consolidated affiliates
    (155,985 )     (98,198 )     (108,927 )
 
Loss on sale of accounts receivable and other in asset securitization
    14,476              
 
Discount on leasehold deposits
    (653 )     (231 )      
 
Considerations for conversion right
          (66,263 )     (52,220 )
 
Foreign currency translation
          2,458        
 
Consolidation of variable interest entity
                228  
                   
Shareholders’ equity based on U.S. GAAP
  W 7,014,668     W 8,236,997     W 9,472,434  
                   

F-70


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Changes in shareholders’ equity based on U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                           
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Balance, beginning of the year
  W 6,356,176     W 7,014,668     W 8,236,997  
 
Net income for the year
    2,062,749       1,553,076       2,027,550  
 
Dividends
    (151,739 )     (478,492 )     (758,227 )
 
Issuance of common stock
    31,053              
 
Unrealized gains on valuation of securities, net of tax
    50,033       55,156       23,042  
 
Equity in capital surplus, retained earnings and capital adjustments of affiliates (note a)
    50,166       89,448       (63,370 )
 
Retirement of treasury stock
    (20,598 )            
 
Treasury stock transactions
    (1,379,337 )     (2 )      
 
Foreign-based operations’ translation adjustments
    (356 )     (11,128 )     (1,792 )
 
Stock compensation plan
    4,403       3,030       274  
 
Decrease in loans receivable for stock issued to employees’ investor association
    12,118       11,241       7,960  
                   
Balance, end of the year
  W 7,014,668     W 8,236,997     W 9,472,434  
                   
 
(note a)  This line item consists of the adjustments to the carrying amount of equity method investments based on the Company’s proportionate pickup in affiliates using the equity method of accounting, which are directly adjusted to stockholders’ equity of affiliates, such as unrealized gains or losses on valuation of available-for-sale securities, foreign-based operations’ translation adjustments in affiliates and stock transactions by affiliates.

F-71


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      A reconciliation of the significant balance sheet accounts except for the above listed shareholders’ equity items to the amounts determined under U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                             
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Current assets:
                       
 
As reported
  W 4,069,525     W 4,390,693     W 4,598,580  
 
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
                       
   
— loans receivable for stock issued to employees investor association
          (4,123 )     (3,249 )
   
— deferred tax adjustments due to difference in accounting principles
    73,500       51,344        
   
— tax effect of the reconciling items
    (8,297 )     25,234       31,381  
   
— discount on leasehold deposits
    5,777       1,119        
   
— asset securitization transactions
    478,298              
   
— consolidation of variable interest entity
                (4,889 )
                   
 
Current assets based on U.S. GAAP
    4,618,823       4,464,267       4,621,823  
                   
Non-current assets:
                       
 
As reported
    9,748,692       9,892,665       10,106,192  
 
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
                       
   
— loans receivable for stock issued to employees’ investor association
    (33,788 )     (18,423 )     (11,337 )
   
— intangible assets
    1,015,801       1,004,774       988,729  
   
— reverse of amortization of goodwill
    273,598       410,292       547,681  
   
— discount on leasehold deposits
    (6,430 )     (1,349 )      
   
— recovery of impaired investment securities
    34       34       34  
   
— nonrefundable activation fees
    9,129       9,129       8,571  
   
— capital lease
    3,301       1,773       847  
   
— capitalization of foreign exchange losses and interest expense related to tangible assets
    19,842       44,294       47,522  
   
— capitalization of interest expenses related to purchase of intangible assets
    (68,945 )     (63,660 )     (58,388 )
   
— deferred charges
    6,154       12,969       7,933  
   
— subscription payable
                40,014  
   
— equity instrument to be received in conjunction with providing services
                (2,055 )
   
— consolidation of variable interest entity
                53,626  
 
Non-current assets based on U.S. GAAP
    10,967,388       11,292,498       11,729,369  
                   
Total assets based on U.S. GAAP
  W 15,586,211     W 15,756,765     W 16,351,192  
                   

F-72


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                             
    December, 31
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Current liabilities:
                       
 
As reported
  W 4,530,910     W 3,066,893     W 2,863,373  
 
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
                       
   
— deferred charges
    31              
   
— nonrefundable activation fees
    68,665       86,082       114,111  
   
— asset securitization transactions
    463,822              
   
— acquisition cost of equity interest in subsidiary
    886              
   
— foreign currency translation
          (26 )      
   
— subscription payable
                40,014  
   
— equity instrument to be received in conjunction with providing services
                (525 )
   
— consolidation of variable interest entity
                17,671  
                   
 
Current liabilities based on U.S. GAAP
    5,064,314       3,152,949       3,034,644  
                   
Long-term liabilities:
                       
 
As reported
    3,193,460       4,010,721       3,513,859  
 
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
                       
   
— deferred charges
    5,844       12,969       9,970  
   
— nonrefundable activation fees
    179,638       198,269       204,363  
   
— capital leases
    3,062              
   
— deferred tax adjustments due to difference in accounting principles
    118,837       123,911        
   
— tax effect of the reconciling items
    (149,597 )     (141,080 )     (74,532 )
   
— considerations for conversion right
          66,263       52,220  
   
— foreign currency translation
          (2,432 )      
   
— equity instrument to be received in conjunction with providing services
                (1,530 )
   
— consolidation of variable interest entity
                631  
                   
 
Long-term liabilities based on U.S. GAAP
    3,351,244       4,268,621       3,704,981  
                   
Total liabilities based on U.S. GAAP
  W 8,415,558     W 7,421,570     W 6,739,625  
                   
Minority interests:
                       
 
As reported
  W 155,985     W 98,198     W 108,927  
 
U.S. GAAP adjustments:
                       
   
— consolidation of variable interest entity
                30,206  
                   
Total minority interests based on U.S. GAAP
  W 155,985     W 98,198     W 139,133  
                   

F-73


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following table reconciles cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 under Korean GAAP, as reported in the consolidated financial statements to cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 under U.S. GAAP (in millions of Korean won):
                           
    2003   2004   2005
             
Cash flows from operating activities based on Korean GAAP
  W 3,329,391     W 2,516,807     W 3,404,105  
Adjustments:
                       
 
Asset securitization transactions
    (47,496 )     469,883        
 
Trading security cash flows
    (137,618 )     240,204       (122,710 )
 
Consolidation of variable interest entity
                12,444  
                   
Cash flows from operating activities based on US GAAP
  W 3,144,277     W 3,226,894     W 3,293,839  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities based on Korean GAAP
  W (1,415,053 )   W (1,470,292 )   W (1,938,187 )
Adjustments:
                       
 
Asset securitization transactions
    (8,080 )     76,347        
 
Trading security cash flows
    137,618       (240,204 )     122,710  
 
Consolidation of variable interest entity
                (1,004 )
                   
Cash flows from investing activities based on US GAAP
  W (1,285,515 )   W (1,634,149 )   W (1,816,481 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities based on Korean GAAP
  W (2,261,039 )   W (968,570 )   W (1,429,038 )
Adjustments:
                       
 
Asset securitization transactions
    55,576       (546,230 )      
 
Consolidation of variable interest entity
                (10,243 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities based on US GAAP
  W (2,205,463 )   W (1,514,800 )   W (1,439,281 )
                   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year based on Korean GAAP
  W 317,488     W 370,630     W 378,426  
Adjustments:
                       
 
Consolidation of variable interest entity
                1,197  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year based on US GAAP
  W 317,488     W 370,630     W 379,623  
                   
      Subsequent to the issuance of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, we determined that a) the cash inflows related to dividends considered to be returns on investments were incorrectly classified as cash flows from investing activities as opposed to cash flows from operating activities and b) cash flows related to trading securities were incorrectly classified as cash flows from investing activities as opposed to cash flows from operating activities in our statement of cash flows. As a result, US GAAP reconciliation of consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 has been revised from amounts previously reported.

F-74


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following shows the effect of the revisions to the cash flow reconciliation table for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 (in millions of Korea won):
                 
    2003   2004
         
Cash flows from operating activities based on US GAAP, as previously reported
  W 3,281,274     W 2,985,935  
Revision related to returns on equity securities-dividends
    621       755  
Revision related to trading security cash flows
    (137,618 )     240,204  
             
Cash flows from operating activities based on US GAAP, as revised
  W 3,144,277     W 3,226,894  
             
Cash flows from investing activities based on US GAAP, as previously reported
  W (1,422,512 )   W (1,393,190 )
Revision related to returns on equity securities-dividends
    (621 )     (755 )
Revision related to trading security cash flows
    137,618       (240,204 )
             
Cash flows from investing activities based on US GAAP, as revised
  W (1,285,515 )   W (1,634,149 )
             
31. ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES REQUIRED BY U.S. GAAP
a. Income Taxes
      Income tax expense under U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Currently payable
  W 668,180     W 551,405     W 685,541  
Deferred
    143,257       59,669       (18,422 )
                   
    W 811,437     W 611,074     W 667,119  
                   
      The difference between the actual income tax expense and the tax expense computed by applying the statutory Korean corporate income tax rates to income before taxes for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is attributable to the following (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Income taxes at statutory income tax rate of 27% in 2003 and 2004 and 25% in 2005
  W 776,030     W 584,843     W 670,776  
Resident surtax payable
    77,603       58,484       67,078  
Tax credit for investments, technology, human resource development and others
    (83,826 )     (89,080 )     (100,160 )
Special surtax for agriculture and fishery industries and other
    13,685       13,736       18,850  
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (5,909 )     11,011       4,846  
Effect of change in income tax rate
    (7,943 )            
Other permanent differences
    20,719       28,705       19,637  
Change in valuation allowance
    21,078       3,375       (13,908 )
                   
Recorded income taxes
  W 808,892     W 611,074     W 667,119  
                   
Effective tax rate
    28.23 %     28.21 %     24.86 %
                   

F-75


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The tax effects of temporary differences that resulted in the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 computed under U.S. GAAP, and a description of the financial statement items that created these differences are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                           
    December 31,
     
    2003   2004   2005
             
Current:
                       
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  W 22,039     W 19,649     W 39,334  
 
Write-off of doubtful accounts
    9,587       9,764       9,239  
 
Marketable trading securities
    1       (561 )      
 
Accrued income
    (2,026 )     (2,463 )     (1,229 )
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
                17  
 
Tax credit carryforwards
                89  
 
Accrued expenses and other
    35,622       50,189       50,004  
                   
      65,223       76,578       97,454  
                   
Non-current:
                       
 
Depreciation
    3,935       (34,371 )     (58,745 )
 
Loss on disposition of properties
          11,480        
 
Loss on impairment and valuation of investment securities (note)
    74,928       58,419       32,959  
 
Foreign exchange losses
    774              
 
Equity in losses (earnings) of affiliates
    (6,593 )     (12,671 )     (7,471 )
 
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (3,364 )     (9,434 )     13,732  
 
Tax free reserve for technology development
    (182,518 )     (195,103 )     (211,208 )
 
Tax free reserve for loss on disposal of treasury stock
    (130,373 )     (130,372 )     (130,372 )
 
Tax credit carryforwards
    1,162       5,003        
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
          25,371       24,108  
 
Deferred charges and other
    46,780       (7,205 )     11,867  
                   
      (195,269 )     (288,883 )     (325,130 )
                   
Total deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  W (130,046 )   W (212,305 )   W (227,676 )
                   
 
(note)  Unrealized gain on valuation of investment securities as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 were recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax effect of W 18,287 million, W 39,210 million and W 48,019 million, respectively.

F-76


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
b.     Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 for which it is practicable to estimate that value:
      Cash and Cash Equivalents, Accounts Receivable (trade and other), Short-Term Loans, Accounts Payable and Short-term Borrowings
      The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.
      Trading Securities and Long-term Investment Securities
      For investments in non-listed companies’ stock, a reasonable estimate of fair value could not be made without incurring excessive costs. Additional information pertinent to these investments is provided in Note 4. The fair value of investments in listed companies’ stock, public bonds, and other marketable securities are estimated based on quoted market prices for those or similar investments.
      Long-Term Bank Deposits
      The carrying amount approximates fair value as such long-term bank deposits bear interest rates currently available for similar deposits.
      Long-Term Loans
      The fair value of long-term loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current interest rate of time deposits with similar maturities.
      Bonds Payable, Bonds with Stock Warrant, Convertible Bonds, Long-Term Borrowings, Long-Term Payable — Other and Obligation under Capital Leases
      The fair value of these liabilities is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current interest rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities.

F-77


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 (in millions of Korean won):
                                                     
    2003   2004   2005
             
    Carrying       Carrying       Carrying    
    Amount       Amount       Amount    
    (Note a)   Fair Value   (Note a)   Fair Value   (Note a)   Fair Value
                         
Financial assets:
                                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term financial instruments
  W 472,410     W 472,410     W 383,360     W 383,360     W 486,215     W 486,215  
 
Trading securities
    893,217       893,217       654,779       654,779       777,472       777,472  
 
Accounts receivable (trade and other)
    3,000,918       3,000,918       3,126,754       3,126,754       3,038,936       3,038,936  
 
Short-term loans
    41,933       41,933       51,232       51,232       62,290       62,290  
 
Investment securities:
                                               
   
Listed equity and debts
    503,000       503,000       599,287       599,287       864,986       864,986  
   
Non- listed equity (note b)
    385,707       N/A       352,523       N/A       353,168       N/A  
 
Long-term bank deposits
    352       352       10,351       10,351       1,479       1,479  
 
Long-term loans
    13,947       10,460       12,019       9,014       7,093       5,320  
                                     
    W 5,311,484             W 5,190,305             W 5,591,639          
                                     
Financial liabilities:
                                               
 
Accounts payable
  W 1,317,162     W 1,317,162     W 1,205,682     W 1,205,682     W 1,094,855     W 1,094,855  
 
Short-term borrowings
    1,236,197       1,236,197       425,496       425,496       4,614       4,614  
 
Bonds payable, long-term borrowings, convertible bonds, long-term payables — other and obligation under capital leases, including current portion
    4,201,707       4,283,402       4,044,258       4,211,926       3,763,135       3,825,813  
                                     
    W 6,755,066             W 9,234,563             W 4,862,604          
                                     
 
(note a) These carrying amounts represent the amounts determined under U.S. GAAP.
(note b)  Investments in non — listed equity include the investments in the common stock of Powercomm Co., Ltd. (“Powercomm”). Korea Electric Power Corp. (“KEPCO”), the parent company of Powercomm, sold to Dacom Corporation 45.5% interest in Powercomm at W 12,000 per share in 2002. Based on this transaction, the fair value of the Company’s investments in the common stock of Powercomm was determinable and the impairment loss on the investment of W 150,243 million was recognized in 2002. The fair value of common stock of Powercomm as of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was estimated by an outside professional valuation company using the present value of expected future cash flows; and the additional impairment loss of W 21,593 million was recognized in 2003. As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, unrealized gain on valuation of investment in Powercomm of W 3,158 million and W 8,723 million have been recorded as other comprehensive income, respectively.

F-78


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
c.     Comprehensive Income
      Comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                             
    2003   2004   2005
             
Net income
  W 2,062,749     W 1,553,076     W 2,027,550  
                   
Other comprehensive income:
                       
 
Available-for-sale securities
                       
   
Unrealized gain on investment securities
    93,738       67,645       34,915  
   
Less impact of realized losses(gains)
    (24,727 )     8,434       (3,065 )
   
Tax effect
    (18,978 )     (20,923 )     (8,808 )
                   
 
Net change from available-for-sale securities
    50,033       55,156       23,042  
 
Foreign-based operations translation adjustments
    (356 )     (11,128 )     (1,792 )
                   
Total other comprehensive income
    49,677       44,028       21,250  
                   
Comprehensive income
  W 2,112,426     W 1,597,104     W 2,048,800  
                   
d.     Goodwill and other intangible assets
      On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, however, they will be subject to periodic impairment tests as prescribed by the statement and intangible assets that do not have indefinite lives are amortized over their useful lives. The following tables present the additional disclosures required by this statement.
Goodwill
      Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill under U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                           
    2003   2004   2005
             
Beginning of period
  W 3,400,110     W 3,400,155     W 3,408,989  
 
Goodwill reclassifications to other intangibles assets
    (16,437 )            
 
Goodwill acquired during the period
    16,482       8,834       9,223  
 
Goodwill impairment losses
                 
                   
Ending of period
  W 3,400,155     W 3,408,989     W 3,418,212  
                   

F-79


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Other Intangible Assets
      The major components and average useful lives of other acquired intangible assets under U.S. GAAP are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                                                   
    December 31, 2003   December 31, 2004   December 31, 2005
             
                Accumulated
    Gross       Gross       Gross   Amortization
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   and
    Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Impairment
                         
Amortized intangible assets:
                                               
 
IMT license (13 years)
  W 1,188,547     W (7,548 )   W 1,188,547     W (98,183 )   W 1,188,547     W (188,193 )
 
Customer lists (4 years)
    99,783       (64,088 )     99,783       (83,686 )     99,783       (99,783 )
 
Other (2 to 20 years)
    552,279       (258,802 )     718,291       (354,021 )     1,036,165       (455,505 )
                                     
Total
  W 1,840,609     W (330,438 )   W 2,066,621     W (535,890 )   W 2,324,495     W (743,481 )
                                     
      Intangible asset amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 was W 103,914 million, W 209,991 million and W 221,275 million respectively. It is estimated to be W 233,361 million, W 225,199 million, W 207,741 million, W 175,964 million and W 148,388 million for the years ending December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, primarily related to the IMT license, customer lists and other.
e.     Other SK Group Companies
      As described in Note 1, the Company is one of the SK Group affiliated companies, based on the definition of “group” under the Fair Trade Act of Korea. In early March 2003, the Prosecutor’s Office of the Republic of Korea filed charges against several SK Group executives for alleged accounting irregularities at SK Networks Co., Ltd. (“SK Networks”, formerly SK Global Co., Ltd.), and other alleged illegal transactions among certain SK Group affiliated companies. As a result of these charges, there are several legal actions against certain SK Group affiliated companies. On March 19, 2003, SK Networks was classified as a “financially distressed company” in accordance with the Corporate Restructuring Promotion Law of the Republic of Korea. Subsequent to this classification, there has been a restructuring, including cash buy-out of certain debt at less than face value and a management change, among the creditors of SK Networks and certain of its affiliates. In addition, SK Networks retired all common shares which SK Corporation owned and, on October 27, 2003, SK Corporation purchased new common shares of SK Networks in the amount of approximately $718.5 million, which have a certain disposal restriction. As of December 31, 2005 and for the year then ended, the Company and its subsidiaries had certain related party balances or transactions with SK Networks as disclosed in Note 24. Management of the Company believes that those legal matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries’ financial position, operating results, or liquidity.
f. Operating Revenue
      Operating revenue under U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 are as follows (in millions of Korean won):
                         
    2003   2004   2005
             
Wireless services
  W 8,401,021     W 8,762,376     W 9,148,363  
Interconnection
    1,017,056       849,407       898,621  
Digital handset sales
    611,981       649,809       294,557  
Other
    180,306       272,974       359,911  
                   
Total operating revenue
  W 10,210,364     W 10,534,566     W 10,701,452  
                   

F-80


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
g. Segment
      The Company has one reportable segment, cellular telephone communication service and all goodwill has been allocated to this segment.
h. New Accounting Pronouncements
      In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” SFAS No. 151 clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted material. The Statement is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal year beginning after June 15, 2005. Management does not expect this statement will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payments” (SFAS 123R). This statement eliminates the option to apply the intrinsic value measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” to stock compensation awards issued to employees. Rather, SFAS 123R requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award (usually the vesting period). SFAS 123R applies to all awards granted after the required effective date and to awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date. SFAS 123R will be effective from January 1, 2006. Management does not expect that adoption of this statement will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets — an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29” (“SFAS 153”), which amends Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions” to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 is effective for nonmonetary assets exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Management does not anticipate that the adoption of this statement will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
      In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140.” SFAS No. 156 requires that an entity separately recognize a servicing asset or a servicing liability when it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset under a servicing contract in certain situations. Such servicing assets or servicing liabilities are required to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156 also allows an entity to choose one of two methods when subsequently measuring its servicing assets and servicing liabilities: (1) the amortization method or (2) the fair value measurement method. The amortization method existed under SFAS No. 140 and remains unchanged in (1) allowing entities to amortize their servicing assets or servicing liabilities in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or net servicing loss and (2) requiring the assessment of those servicing assets or servicing liabilities for impairment or increased obligation based on fair value at each reporting date. The fair value measurement method allows entities to measure their servicing assets or servicing liabilities at fair value each reporting date and report changes in fair value in earnings in the period the change occurs. The Statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption of this Statement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140,” that permits fair value remeasurement of certain hybrid financial instruments, clarifies the scope of SFAS No. 133 regarding interest-only and principal-only

F-81


Table of Contents

SK TELECOM CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
strips, and provides further guidance on certain issues regarding beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, concentrations of credit risk and qualifying special purpose entities. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all instruments acquired or issued as of the first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006 and may be applied to certain other financial instruments held prior to the adoption date. Earlier adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year providing the entity has not yet issued financial statements. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 155 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In March 2004, the EITF supplemented EITF Issue No.  03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” EITF Issue No.  03-1 provides guidance for evaluating whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired and requires disclosures about unrealized losses on investments in debt and equity securities. In September 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position EITF Issue  03-1 -1, “Effective Date of Paragraphs 10-20 of EITF Issue  03-1,” which deferred the effective date of the recognition and measurement provisions of the consensus until further guidance is issued.
      In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments,” revising the recognition and measurement provisions of EITF Issue No.  03-1. This FSP clarified and reaffirmed existing guidance as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. Certain disclosures about unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments are required under FSP No. FAS 115-1. The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. As the FSP reaffirms existing guidance, the Company does not expect this FSP to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In June 2005, the EITF of the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights.” EITF Issue No. 04-5 provides that the general partner(s) is presumed to control the limited partnership, unless the limited partners possess either substantive participating rights or the substantive ability to dissolve the limited partnership or otherwise remove the general partner(s) without cause (“kick-out rights”). Kick-out rights are substantive if they can be exercised by a simple majority of the limited partners voting interests. The guidance applies to general partners of all new limited partnerships formed and for existing limited partnerships for which the partnership agreements are modified after June 29, 2005, and to general partners in all other limited partnerships no later than the beginning of the first reporting period in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, operating results or cash flows.
      In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections — a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3.” SFAS No. 154 generally requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of all voluntary changes in accounting principle and changes required when a new pronouncement does not include specific transition provisions. This Statement applies to the Company beginning January 1, 2006.

F-82


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form  20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
  SK TELECOM CO., LTD.
  (Registrant)
 
  /s/ Shin Bae Kim
 
 
  (Signature)
 
  Shin Bae Kim
  Chief Executive Officer and
  Representative Director
  (Name/ Title)
Date: June 30, 2006


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
         
Number   Description
     
  1 .1   Memorandum and Articles of Association
  2 .1   Deposit Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of March 15, 1999, Amendment No. 2 dated as of April 24, 2000 and Amendment No. 3 dated as of July 24, 2002, entered into among SK Telecom Co., Ltd., Citibank, N.A., as Depositary, and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of American Depositary Shares
  4 .1   Telecommunications Basic Law of 1983, as amended (English translation)
  4 .2   Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Basic Law, as amended (English translation)
  4 .3   Telecommunications Business Law of 1983, as amended (English translation)
  4 .4   Enforcement Decree of the Telecommunications Business Law (English translation)***
  4 .5   Korean Commercial Code (together with English translation)*
  4 .6   Amendment to Korean Commercial Code dated December 29, 2001 (together with English translation)**
  4 .7   Korean Securities and Exchange Act, as amended (English translation)
  8 .1   List of Subsidiaries of SK Telecom Co., Ltd.
  11 .1   Code of Ethics of SK Telecom Co., Ltd.***
  12 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  12 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  13 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  13 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  99 .1   Consent of Deloitte Anjin LLC
 
     
*
  Filed previously as exhibits to our Form 20-F filed on June 30, 2000.
**
  Filed previously as exhibits to our Form 20-F filed on June 28, 2002.
***
  Filed previously as exhibits to our Form 20-F filed on May 31, 2005.
 

Exhibit 1.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
SK TELECOM CO., LTD.

 


 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
Adopted on March 26, 1984
Amended on
         
 
  February 18, 1986   July 7, 1994
 
  May 12, 1988   March 15, 1996
 
  September 13, 1988   March 21, 1997
 
  December 2, 1988   March 27, 1998
 
  August 14, 1989   March 20, 1999
 
  March 15, 1991   March 17, 2000
 
  March 20, 1992   March 16, 2001
 
      March 12, 2004
 
      March 11, 2005
 
      March 10, 2006
CHAPTER I. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1. Corporate Name
The name of the Company shall be “SK Telecom Chusik Hoesa” (hereafter “Company”), which shall be written in English as “SK Telecom Co., Ltd.” (amended on March 21, 1997).
Article 2. Objectives
  (1)   The objectives of the Company are as follows: rational management of the telecommunications business, development of the telecommunications technology and contribution to public welfare and convenience (amended on March 20, 1992).
 
  (2)   In order to achieve the above objectives, the Company carries on the following businesses:
  1.   Information and communication business (amended on March 12, 2004);
 
  2.   sales and leases business of subscriber handsets;
 
  3.   new media business;
 
  4.   advertising business;
 
  5.   mail order sales business;
 
  6.   chattel and/or real estate leasing business;
 
  7.   research and technology development relating to Items 1 through 4;
 
  8.   overseas and import/export business relating to Items 1 through 4;
 
  9.   manufacturing and distribution business relating to Items 1 through 4;

 


 

 -3-
  10.   Tourism (established on March 10, 2006); and
 
  11.   any business or undertaking incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects above.
  (3)   To accomplish the above businesses effectively, parts of the businesses could be delegated in accordance with resolutions of the Board of Directors (established on August 14, 1989).
Article 3. Head Office and Other Offices
The Company shall have its head office in Seoul and may establish sub-organizations in the place as required by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article 4. Method of Public Notice
Public notices by the Company shall be given by publication in “Hankuk Kyungje Shinmoon”, a daily newspaper published in Seoul (amended on July 7, 1994).
CHAPTER II. SHARES
Article 5. Total Number of Shares to be Issued
The total number of shares to be issued by the Company shall be two hundred twenty Million (220,000,000) shares (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 6. Par Value of a Share
The par value of a share issued by the Company shall be five hundred (500) Won per share (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 7. Classes and Types of Shares
The classes of shares to be issued by the Company shall be common shares and preferred shares, both of which shall be in registered form. Share certificates to be issued by the Company shall be in eight denominations of one (1), five (5), ten (10), fifty (50), one hundred (100), five hundred (500), one thousand (1,000) and ten thousand (10,000) shares (amended on August 14, 1989).

 


 

 -4-
Article 8. Number and Characteristics of Preferred Shares
  (1)   The preferred shares to be issued by the Company shall be of non-voting right, and the number thereof shall be Five Million Five Hundred Thousand (5,500,000) shares (amended on March 21, 1997).
 
  (2)   The dividend on the preferred shares shall be an amount not less than 9% and not more than 25% of par value, as determined by the Board of Directors at the time of issuance of the relevant shares (amended on March 21, 1997).
 
  (3)   In case the dividend ratio of the common shares exceeds that of the preferred shares, the Shareholder of the preferred shares shall be allotted at the dividend ratio of the common shares (established on March 21, 1997).
 
  (4)   If any dividends on preferred shares cannot be paid from the profits of the fiscal year concerned, then the holders of such preferred shares shall have the right of preference to receive accumulated dividends unpaid for such year at the time of distribution of dividends on preferred shares for the succeeding fiscal year (amended on March 21, 1997).
 
  (5)   If a resolution not to pay dividends on preferred shares is adopted, then the preferred shares shall be deemed to have voting rights from the time of the General Meeting of Shareholders following the General Meeting at which such resolution not to pay dividends on preferred shares is adopted to the time of the end of the General Meeting of the Shareholders at which a resolution to pay dividends on such preferred shares is adopted (established on August 14, 1989).
 
  (6)   In case the Company issues new shares by paid-in capital increase or non-paid-in capital increase, then the new shares issued with respect to the preferred shares shall be common shares in the case of paid-in capital increase and shall be the shares of same type in the case of non-paid-in capital increase (established on March 21, 1997).
 
  (7)   The existing period of the preferred shares shall be for ten (10) years from the date of issuance, and the preferred shares shall be converted into common shares upon the expiry thereof; provided, that if the holders of the preferred shares do not receive the dividends entitled to them before the expiry date, then the existing period shall be extended until such holders receive the dividends entitled to them in full. In this case, Article 10-2 shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of the dividends on the new shares issued upon conversion (established on March 21, 1997).
      Article 9. No Issuance of Shares Certificates

 


 

 -5-
Pursuant to a Shareholder’s request, the Company may not issue share certificates for all or part of the shares owned by such Shareholder.
Article 10. Preemptive Right
  (1)   The Company’s Shareholders shall have the preemptive right to subscribe to new shares in proportion to their respective shareholdings. However, in the case of abandonment or loss of the preemptive right of the Shareholders to subscribe for new shares, or if fractional shares remain at the time of allocation of new shares, such shares shall be disposed of by a resolution of the Board of Directors (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (2)   Notwithstanding Paragraph (1) above, if the Company issues new shares by public offering or depositary receipts in accordance with the Overseas Securities Issuance Regulation, or issues new shares to increase the Company’s capital through public offerings, the decision on preemptive right and other conditions on issuance of new shares are determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors (amended on March 20, 1989).
Article 10-2. Base Date for Calculation of Dividends for New Shares
When the Company issues new shares by paid-in capital increase, non-paid-in capital increase or stock dividend, with respect to the distribution of dividends on the new shares, the new shares shall be deemed to have been issued at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the new shares are issued (established on March 15, 1996).
Article 10-3. Stock Option
  (1)   The Company may grant the Stock Options up to the limit as permitted by relevant laws and regulations to its officers and employees or officers and employees of an affiliated company as defined in relevant laws and regulations (in this Article referred to as ‘Officers and Employees’) by a special resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders. Provided that, the Company may grant Officers and Employees the stock option by a resolution of the Board of Directors up to the limit as permitted by relevant laws and regulations (amended on March 8, 2002).
 
  (2)   Officers and Employers who may be granted Stock Options shall be such person who has contributed to profit maximization or technical innovation of the Company or is capable of such contribution; provided, that a person who is prohibited from being granted Stock Options by relevant laws and regulations shall be excluded from the foregoing (amended on March 8, 2002).

 


 

 -6-
  1.   (deleted on March 8, 2002).
 
  2.   (deleted on March 8, 2002).
 
  3.   (deleted on March 8, 2002).
  (3)   The shares to be delivered upon exercise of Stock Option shall be common shares in registered form (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (4)   The number of officers and employees to be granted with Stock Option shall not exceed 50% of the total number of officers and employees. The Stock Option that can be granted to each person shall not exceed 1/5000 of total issued and outstanding shares (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (5)   (deleted on March 17, 2000)
 
  (6)   The Stock Option may be exercised by the date set at the General Meeting of Shareholders or by the Board of Directors within a period of seven (7) years commencing from the date when the relevant officer or employee is entitled to exercise such Stock Option (amended on March 16, 2001).
 
  (7)   The Stock Option may be canceled by the resolution of Board of Directors if any of the following occurs (amended on March 17, 2000):
  1.   When the relevant officer or employee voluntarily retires or resign from the Company within three (3) years from the date of grant of Stock Option (amended on March 17, 2000);
 
  2.   When the relevant officer or employee causes loss to the Company due to his/her gross negligence or willful misconduct (amended on March 17, 2000); or
 
  3.   When there occurs any other conditions for cancellation of Stock Option specified in the Stock Option agreement (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 10-4. Redemption of Shares
  (1)   Shares may be redeemed with profits to be distributed to Shareholders by a resolution at the Board of Directors in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.(established on March 16, 2001).
 
  (2)   Details of cancellation of shares with profits including the type and numbers of shares to be cancelled, total acquisition amount, period and method of

 


 

 -7-
      acquisition, etc. shall be determined by the resolution of the Board of Directors in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.(established on March 16, 2001).
Article 11. Issuance at Current Market Price
  (1)   All or a part of new shares to be issued by the Company may be issued at the then-current market price, in which case the price of new shares shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors (established on August 14, 1989).
 
  (2)   In case of Paragraph (1), notwithstanding the provisions of Article 10, the Board of Directors may offer publicly or cause a person who has subscribed for new shares to underwrite new shares to be issued at the then-current market price in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Securities and Exchange Act (established on August 14, 1989).
Article 12. Transfer Agent
  (1)   The company shall designate a transfer agent (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (2)   The transfer agent, the location where its services are to be rendered and the scope of its duties shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall be publicly announced (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (3)   The Company shall keep the Register of Shareholders, or a duplicate thereof, at the location where the transfer agent performs its duties. The transfer agent shall handle the activities of making entries in the Registry of Shareholders, registering the creation and cancellation of pledges over shares, issuing share certificates, receiving reports and other related business (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (4)   The procedures for the activities referred to in Paragraph (3) above will comply with the Regulation on the Securities Transfer Agency Business of the Transfer Agent (amended March 15, 1996).
Article 13. Report of Name, Address and Seal or Signature of Shareholders, etc.
  (1)   Shareholders and registered pledgees shall report their names, addresses and seals or signatures to the transfer agent referred to in Article 12 (amended on March 15, 1996).
 
  (2)   Shareholders and registered pledgees who reside in a foreign country shall

 


 

 -8-
      appoint and report the place where, and an agent to whom, notices will be given in Korea (amended on August 14, 1989).
  (3)   The same shall apply to changes in any matters referred to in Paragraphs (l) and (2) above (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (4)   The Company shall not be responsible for any loss or damage attributable to the failure to comply with the above Paragraphs.
Article 14. Suspension of Alteration of Register of Shareholders
  (1)   The Company shall suspend entries of a change of Shareholders in the Register of Shareholders, registering the creation and cancellation of pledges over shares, indication of trust assets and cancellation thereof with respect to shares, for a period beginning on January 1 of each fiscal year and ending on January 31 of such year (amended on March 16, 2001).
 
  (2)   The Company shall cause the Shareholders whose names appear in the Register of Shareholders on the last day of each fiscal year to exercise the rights as Shareholders at the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders (amended on March 16, 2001).
 
  (3)   If necessary for convening of an Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders or any other cause, the Company may set a record date or suspend entries of a change of Shareholders for not more than three (3) months pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and upon at least two week prior public notice. The Board of Directors may, when deemed necessary, both suspend the entries of a change of Shareholders and set a record date (established on August 14, 1989).
CHAPTER III. BONDS
Article 15. Issuance of Convertible Bonds
  (1)   The Company may issue convertible bonds to persons other than the Shareholders of the Company to the extent that the aggregate par value of the bonds shall not exceed Four Hundred Billion (400,000,000,000) Won (amended on March 15, 1996).
 
  (2)   The convertible bonds referred to in Paragraph (1) may be issued with conversion rights to a part of the bonds by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 


 

-9-
  (3)   Upon conversion, from the aggregate par value of convertible bonds, common shares may be issued up to Three Hundred Billion (300,000,000,000) Won and preferred shares may be issued up to One Hundred Billion (100,000,000,000) Won, and the conversion price, which shall not be less than the par value of each share, shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors at the time of issuance of the convertible bonds (amended on March 15, 1996).
 
  (4)   The period during which conversion rights may be exercised shall commence on one (1) month after the issuance date of the relevant convertible bonds and end on the date immediately preceding the redemption date thereof. However, the Board of Directors may adjust the conversion right period within the above period by a resolution.
 
  (5)   With respect to the distribution of dividends or interest on the shares issued upon conversion of the convertible bonds described in Paragraph (1), the convertible bonds shall be deemed to have been converted into shares at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the relevant conversion rights are exercised (amended on March 15, 1996).
Article 16. Issuance of Bonds with Warrants
  (1)   The Company may issue bonds with warrants to persons other than the Shareholders of the Company to the extent that the aggregate par value of the bonds shall not exceed Four Hundred Billion (400,000,000,000) Won (amended on March 15, 1996).
 
  (2)   The aggregate value of new shares which may be subscribed for by the holders of the bonds with warrants shall be determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the amount of such new shares shall not exceed the aggregate par value of the bonds with warrants.
 
  (3)   Upon exercising preemptive rights, from the aggregate par amount of bonds with warrants, common shares may be issued up to Three Hundred Billion (300,000,000,000) Won and preferred shares may be issued up to One Hundred Billion (100,000,000,000) Won, and the issue price, which shall not be less than the par value of each share, shall be determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors at the time of issuance of the bonds with warrants (amended on March 15, 1996).
 
  (4)   The period during which preemptive rights may be exercised shall commence on one (1) month after the issuance date of the relevant bonds with warrants and end on the date immediately preceding the redemption date thereof. However, the Board of Directors may adjust the exercise period within the above period by a resolution.

 


 

-10-
  (5)   With respect to the distribution of dividends or interest of Shareholders who exercise the preemptive rights described in Paragraph (1), shares shall be deemed to have been issued at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the subscription price therefor are fully paid (amended on March 15, 1996).
Article 17. Applicable Provisions regarding Issuance of Bonds
The provisions of Articles 12 and 13 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the issuance of bonds (amended on March 15, 1996).
CHAPTER IV. GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
Article 18. Types of General Meeting
  (1)   General Meetings of the Shareholders of the Company shall be of two types: Ordinary and Extraordinary.
 
  (2)   The Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders shall be convened within three (3) months after the end of each fiscal year and Extraordinary General Meetings of Shareholders shall be convened at any time if necessary (amended on July 7, 1994).
Article 19. Convening of General Meeting
  (1)   Except as otherwise provided by the relevant laws and regulations, General Meetings of Shareholders shall be convened by the Representative Director in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (2)   In the absence of the Representative Director, the provision of Article 35, Paragraph (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis (amended on August 14, 1989).
Article 20. Notice and Public Notice of Convening of General Meeting
  (1)   In convening a General Meeting of Shareholders, a written or digital notice thereof setting forth the time, date, place and agenda of the Meeting, shall be sent to each Shareholder at least two (2) weeks prior to the date of the Meeting (amended on March 8, 2002).

 


 

-11-
  (2)   The written or digital notice of convening General Meeting of Shareholders to Shareholders holding not more than one (1) percent of the total number of shares with voting rights issued and outstanding shall be replaced by public notices given respectively at least twice in “Hankuk Kyungje Shinmoon” and “Maeil Kyungje Shinmoon” published in Seoul, two (2) weeks prior to the Meeting. Public notice of a Meeting shall include the statement that a General Meeting will be held and the agenda of the Meeting (amended on March 8, 2002).
Article 21. Place of General Meeting
General Meetings of Shareholders shall be held at the place where the head office of the Company is located but may be held at a near-by place if necessary (amended on August 14, 1989).
Article 22. Chairman of General Meeting
The Chairman of the General Meeting of Shareholders shall be the Representative Director. In the absence of the Representative Director, the other Directors shall preside at the Meeting in the order previously determined by the Board of Directors (amended on July 7, 1994).
Article 23. Maintenance of Order by Chairman
  (1)   The chairman of a General Meeting of Shareholders may order any person who intentionally speaks or behaves obstructively or who disturb the proceedings of the Meeting to stop or retract a speech or to leave the place of Meeting, and such person shall comply with his/her order (established on August 14, 1989).
 
  (2)   The Chairman of a General Meeting of Shareholders may restrict time and number of speeches by a Shareholder as deemed necessary for the purpose of smooth proceeding (established on March 27, 1998).
Article 24. Voting Rights of Shareholders
Every Shareholder shall have one (1) vote per share registered by his own name.
Article 25. Limitation to Voting Rights of Cross-Held Shares

 


 

-12-
If the Company, its parent company and its subsidiary, or its subsidiary holds shares exceeding ten (10) percent of the total number of shares issued and outstanding of another company, the shares of the Company held by such other company shall not have voting rights (amended on August 14, 1989).
Article 26. Disunitary Exercise of Voting Rights
  (1)   If a Shareholder who holds two (2) or more shares with voting rights wishes to exercise them in disunity, such Shareholder shall notify the Company in writing of his intention and reason for disunitary voting at least three (3) days prior to the Meeting (amended on August 14, 1989).
 
  (2)   The Company may reject an exercise of vote in disunity by a Shareholder except in the event that he/she has accepted a trust of shares or he/she holds the shares on behalf of another person (amended on August 14, 1989).
Article 27. Exercise of Voting Rights by Proxy
(1) Shareholders may exercise their voting rights by proxy.
(2) The proxy shall be a Shareholder of the Company and must present documents evidencing his power of representation prior to the opening of the General Meeting of Shareholders; provided, however, the proxy for a corporate Shareholder must be an employee of such corporation authorized by the corporation’s representative (established on July 7, 1994).
Article 28. Matters for Resolution (deleted on July 7, 1994)
Article 29. Method of Resolution of General Meeting of Shareholders
All resolutions of General Meetings of Shareholders, except as otherwise provided by the relevant laws and regulations, shall be adopted by affirmative votes of the majority of the voting rights of Shareholders present thereat and at least one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares issued and outstanding (amended on March 15, 1996).
Article 30. Minutes of General Meeting of Shareholders
The substance of the course and proceedings of a General Meeting of Shareholders and the results thereof shall be recorded in minutes on which the names and seals of the chairman and the Directors present at the Meeting shall be affixed or which shall

 


 

-13-
be signed by such persons, and shall be kept at the head office and branches of the Company (amended on March 15, 1996).
CHAPTER V. DIRECTORS (amended on March 17, 2000)
Article 31. Number of Directors
  (1)   The Company shall have a minimum of three (3) but not more than twelve (12) Directors, and more than a half of Directors shall be outside Directors (amended on March 11, 2005).
 
  (2)   (deleted on March 17, 2000)
Article 32. Appointment of Directors
  (1)   The Directors shall be elected at a General Meeting of Shareholders (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (2)   The Directors shall be appointed at a General Meeting of Shareholders by affirmative votes of the majority of the voting rights of Shareholders present and such majority also represents at least one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares issued and outstanding (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (3)   For appointment of Directors, the cumulative voting system pursuant to Article 382-2 of the Commercial Act shall not be applied (established on March 20, 1999).
 
  (4)   (deleted on July 7, 1994)
 
  (5)   The Directors shall consist of standing Director(s), non-standing Director(s) and outside Director(s) who do(es) not participate in general operation of the Company (established on March 27, 1998).
 
  (6)   (deleted on March 17, 2000)
Article 32-2. Committee for Recommendation of Outside Director
  (1)   The Company shall have the committee for recommendation of Outside Director (the “Recommendation Committee”) at the Board of Directors.
 
  (2)   An outside Director shall be appointed from among those candidates who

 


 

-14-
      were recommended by the Recommendation Committee.
 
  (3)   The Recommendation Committee shall consist of two (2) or more Directors and a half or more of such Directors shall be composed of outside Directors already appointed.
 
  (4)   All matters necessary for the constitution and operation of the Recommendation Committee shall be decided separately by the Board of Directors (established on March 17, 2000).
Article 32-3. Qualification of Director
  (1)   A person who falls under any of the following items shall not be a Director of the Company, and a Director who falls under any of the following items after his/her appointment shall be dismissed (amended on March 17, 2000):
  1.   Person who controls a company having competitive relationship with the Company, as specified in the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Law (hereinafter, the “FTL”) or any person relating to such a person (amended on March 17, 2000);
 
  2.   Person who is, or has been within last two (2) years, an officer or an employee of a company having competitive relationship with the Company, or a company which belongs to the same enterprise group as such competitor under the FTL (amended on March 17, 2000); or
 
  3.   Person who is, or has been within last two (2) years, an officer or an employee of a corporation which is the largest Shareholder or the 2nd largest Shareholder of a company having competitive relationship with the Company, or a company which belongs to the same enterprise group as such corporation under the FTL (amended on March 17, 2000).
  (2)   The outside Director of the Company shall be such person who has expert knowledge in management, economy, accounting, law or relevant technology, or substantial experience in such areas, and who may contribute to the development of the Company and protection of interests of the Shareholders. A person who falls under any of causes for disqualification as specified in the Securities Exchange Act, Korean Commercial Act, or other relevant laws and regulations, shall not become an outside Director of the Company (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (3)   If an outside Director who falls under any of causes for disqualification in any of items specified in Paragraph (1) above or in the Paragraph (2) above, he/she shall be dismissed from his/her office when there occurs any of such causes.

 


 

-15-
      In such case, any vacancy in the office of the outside Director shall be filled at the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders following the occurrence of such causes for disqualification (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 33. Term of office of Directors
The term of office of the Directors (including Representative Director) shall be until the close of the 3 rd Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders convened after he/she office.(amended on March 16, 2001).
Article 34. Appointment of Directors in case of Vacancy
  (1)   If a Director falls under one of the following items, his/her position is deemed to be vacant (amended on March 17, 2000):
  1.   When dead;
 
  2.   When adjudicated insolvent;
 
  3.   When declared incapacitated person or quasi- incapacitated person; and
 
  4.   When sentenced to a punishment heavier than imprisonment without prison labor.
  (2)   Any vacancy in the office of Director shall be filled by a resolution of an Extraordinary General Meeting of Shareholders. However, if the number of Directors required by these Articles of Incorporation or applicable laws are met and there is no difficulty in the administration of business, a appointment may be withheld temporarily or postponed until the next following Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (3)   The terms of office of a Director appointed to fill a vacancy or increase the number of Directors shall commence on the date of taking office (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 35. Duties of Directors
  (1)   The Company shall appoint more than one (1) representative Directors among Directors by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The Representative Director shall represent the Company and manage all affairs of the Company (amended July 7, 1994).
 
  (2)   The Directors shall assist the Representative Director and shall carry out their respective responsibilities as determined by the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Representative Director, they shall perform his duty in the order

 


 

-16-
      determined by the provisions of the Board of Directors (amended July 7, 1994).
Article 35-2. Reporting Duty of Directors
A Director shall immediately report to the Audit Committee when such a Director finds matters which could materially cause damage to the Company (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 35-3. Duties of Directors to be faithful
The Directors shall faithfully perform their respective duties for the benefits of the Company (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 36. Duties of Auditors (deleted on March 17, 2000)
Article 37. Auditors’ Records (deleted on March 17, 2000)
Article 38. Disqualification of Directors and Auditors (deleted on July 7, 1994)
Article 39. Assurance of Employee’s Employment
The Company shall assure its employees’ employment with the Company except for discharge or removal pursuant to the Company’s Rules of Employment (amended on July 7, 1994).
Article 40. Restriction on the Representation Right of the Representative Director (deleted on July 7, 1994)
Article 41. Agent
Representative Director may appoint agents among employees of the Company to be delegated rights with respect to the Company’s business, including any litigation involving the Company except otherwise prohibited by any laws or regulation, or the Articles of Incorporation (amended on July 7, 1994).
Article 42. Consultant

 


 

-17-
Representative Director may have consultants or advisory institutions to refer important matters on business administration (amended on July 7, 1994).
CHAPTER VI. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Article 43. Constitution of the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of Directors. The Board of Directors shall resolve all important matters relating to the execution of business (amended on July 7, 1994).
Article 44. Convening of the Board of Directors’ Meeting
  (1)   Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be convened by the Representative Director as he deems necessary or upon the request of more than three (3) Directors (amended on July 7, 1994).
 
  (2)   A Director who does not have the right to convene the Meeting of Board of Directors may demand to convene the Meeting of Board of Directors to a Director with a right to convene the Meeting. If a Director with such a right rejects to the demand without reasonable cause, other Director may convene the Meeting of Board of Directors (established on March 8, 2002).
 
  (3)   In convening a Meeting of the Board of Directors, a notice thereof setting forth agenda of the Meeting shall be given to each Director two (2) days prior to the date of the Meeting (amended on March 8, 2002).
 
  (3)   The procedure of Paragraph (3) may be dispensed with upon the consent of all Directors (amended on March 8, 2002).
Article 45. Resolutions of the Board of Directors
  (1)   Resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be adopted by the presence of a majority of the Directors in office and by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present.
 
  (2)   No Director who has an interest in a matter for resolution may exercise his or her vote upon such matter.

 


 

-18-
Article 45-2. Matters Subject to Prior Approval of Majority of the Outside Directors
Notwithstanding the provisions to the contrary in the Articles of Incorporation, the Company shall obtain approval from the majority of the outside Directors in order to effect the following acts (established on March 27, 1998):
  1.   Acquisition by the Company of, or causing its subsidiary to acquire, such stock or equity of a foreign company or corporation or other overseas assets, equivalent to 5% or more of its capital under the most recent balance sheet; or
 
  2.   Contribution of capital to, providing loan or guarantee to, acquisition of assets of, or any similar transaction with, the affiliated companies of the Company (as defined in the FTL) equivalent to 10 billion Won or more through single or more transactions.
Article 46. Function (deleted on July 7, 1994)
Article 46-2. Internal Trading
The Board of Directors shall establish and amend the regulations for internal trading in order to insure the fairness of transactions with affiliated companies (as defined in the FTL) of the Company (established on March 27, 1998).
Article 47. Management
Matters necessary for management of the Board of Directors shall be determined by the provisions of the Board of Directors.
Article 47-2. Auditors’ Council (deleted on March 17, 2000)
Article 47-3. Audit Committee (established on March 17, 2000)
  (1)   The Company shall have the Audit Committee in the Board of Directors.
(2) The Audit Committee shall consist of three (3) or more directors and two-thirds (2/3) or more of the committee members shall be composed of outside Directors.
(3) All matters necessary for the constitution and operation of the Audit Committee shall be decided separately at the Board of Directors.

 


 

-19-
Article 48. Minutes of the Meeting of the Board of Directors
All agenda of the Board of Directors, the substance of the proceedings of the Board and the result thereof, name(s) of Director(s) who raise(s) an objection to the Board resolution and the reason therefor, shall be recorded in the minutes on which the names and seals of the Chairman and all Directors present shall be affixed or which shall be signed by such persons, and shall be kept at the head office (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 49. Remuneration and Severance Allowance of Directors
  (1)   Remuneration for the Directors shall be determined by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (2)   Severance allowances for Directors shall be handled in accordance with the Regulation on Remuneration for Officers as adopted by a resolution of the General Meeting of Shareholders (amended on March 17, 2000).
Article 49-2. Treatment for Outside Directors
The Company may pay to outside Directors the expense incurred during the performance of their duties (amended on March 17, 2000).
CHAPTER VII. ACCOUNTING
Article 50. Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the Company shall commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year (amended on August 14, 1988).
Article 51. Safe (deleted on July 7, 1994)
Article 52. Preparation and Preservation of Financial Statements and Business Report
  (1)   The Representative Director of the Company shall prepare the following documents, supplementary documents thereto and the business report for obtaining the audit of the Audit Committee six (6) weeks prior to the day set for the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders, for audit by the Audit

 


 

-20-
      Committee, and the Representative Director shall submit the following documents and the business report to the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders (amended on March 17, 2000).
  1.   Balance sheet;
 
  2.   Profit and loss statement; and
 
  3.   Statement of appropriation of earned surplus or statement of disposition of deficit
  (2)   The Audit Committee shall submit the audit report on the documents described in Paragraph (1) above to the Representative Director within four (4) weeks from the day of receipt thereof (amended on March 17, 2000).
 
  (3)   The Representative Director shall keep the documents described in Items of Paragraph (1) above, together with the business report, and the audit report at the head office of the Company for five (5) years and certified copies of all of such documents at the branches of the Company for three (3) years beginning from one (1) week prior to the day of the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders (established on August 14, 1989).
 
  (4)   The Representative Director shall give public notice of the balance sheet and the independent auditors’ opinion immediately after the documents described in Items of Paragraph (1) above have been approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders (established on August 14, 1989).
Article 53. Disposition of Surplus
The Company shall dispose of the earned surplus which is unappropriated as of the end of each fiscal year according to the following method (amended on March 21, 1997).
  1.   Earned surplus Reserves (required to be more than one-tenth of cash dividends paid for the pertinent fiscal year)
 
  2.   Other Statutory reserves;
 
  3.   Dividends;
 
  4.   Discretionary reserves;
 
  5.   Bonus for officers;
 
  6.   Other appropriation of retained earnings; and
 
  7.   Earned surplus carried forward to next fiscal year.
Article 54. Dividends
  (1)   Dividends may be paid in cash or shares (amended on July 7, 1994).

 


 

-21-
  (2)   In the case of stock dividends, the classes and types of new shares to be allotted may be determined by resolution of the General Meetings of Shareholders if the Company has issued different classes and types of shares (established on March 15, 1996).
 
  (3)   Dividends under Paragraph (1) shall be paid to the Shareholders or pledgees who are registered in the Register of Shareholders as of the end of each fiscal year (established on August 14, 1989).
 
  (4)   If there is no claim for the payment of dividends for five (5) years from the date when the allotment starts, the right to claim dividends in Paragraph (1) shall be deemed to be waived and the dividend shall be deemed to be the earning of the Company (amended on August 14, 1989).
Article 54-2. Interim Dividends
  (1)   The Company may pay dividends in cash to the Shareholders registered in the Register of Shareholders as of June 30, by resolution of the Board of Directors, one time during each fiscal year (established on March 12, 2004).
 
  (2)   All other matters relevant to the Interim Dividends under Paragraph (1), including the limitation amount of the Interim Dividends and/or the payment time of the Interim Dividends, shall comply with the relevant laws and regulations, including Securities and Exchange Act (established on March 12, 2004).
 
  (3)   In case of the payment of the Interim Dividends, the rate of the Interim Dividends to common shares shall also apply to the Interim Dividends to preferred shares under Article 8 (established on March 12, 2004).
 
  (4)   The provisions of Article 10 Paragraph (2) and Article 54 Paragraph (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Article (established on March 12, 2004).
VIII. SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
Article 55. Duty of Keeping Secret
  (1)   The employees, or the former employees of the Company shall not disclose or embezzle secrets which are obtained on his duty (amended on March 27, 1998).

 


 

-22-
  (2)   If any officer or any person who was the officer of the Company discloses or misappropriates the information concerning the management of the Company, he/she shall be liable for the loss incurred to the Company (established on March 27, 1998).
Addendum (as of August 14, 1989)
Article 1. Date of Enforcement
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of August 14, 1989.
Article 2. Provisions of the Company
The provisions needed for the undertaking and management of the Company’s business shall be determined and enforced by the Board of Directors.
Article 3. Matters Not Specified in These Articles of Incorporation
Matters not specified in these Articles of Incorporation shall comply with resolutions of the General Meeting of Shareholders, the Commercial Act and other laws or regulations.
Addendum (as of March 15, 1991)
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 15, 1991.
Addendum (as of March 20, 1992)
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 20, 1992.
Addendum (as of July 7, 1994)
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of July 7, 1994.

 


 

-23-
Addendum (as of March 15, 1996)
Article 1. Date of Enforcement
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 15, 1996. However, the amended Articles of 10-2, 13, 17, 29,30, 32, 33, 35-2, 36, 37, 48 and 54 shall take effect as of October 1, 1996.
Article 2. Interim Measures for Terms of Office of Auditors
The terms of office of auditors who are holding office of the Company when these Articles of Incorporation become effective, shall be determined by the previous Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
Addendum (as of March 21, 1997)
Article 1. Date of Enforcement
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 21, 1997.
Addendum (as of March 27, 1998)
Article 1. Effective Date
These Articles of Incorporation shall become effective from March 27, 1998.
Article 2. Interim Measures for appointing outside Director
Notwithstanding the amended provision of Article 31 Paragraph (1), the Company may appoint at most three (3) outside Director(s).
Addendum (as of March 20, 1999)
Article 1. Effective Date
These Articles of Incorporation shall become effective from March 20, 1999.

 


 

-24-
Article 2. Issuance of New Shares
The Company shall issue 160,210 common shares by June 17, 1999.
Article 3. Manner to Issue New Shares
At the time of issuance of new shares under Article 2 of the Addendum, the Company shall, notwithstanding the provision of Article 10, paragraph (1) of the text, allocate all of such new shares to the stockholders, except foreigners who are restricted from the acquisition of securities beyond a certain limit according to Article 6, Item 3 of the Telecommunication Business Act, in proportion to stocks which the stockholder owns. Provided, however that the issue price and manner of subscription shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article 4. Transient Provision
The provision of Article 32, paragraph (3) of the text shall be effective to the date immediately preceding the date set for the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders in 2003 (amended on March 17, 2000).
Addendum (as of March 17, 2000)
Article 1 . Date of Effectiveness
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 17, 2000. However, the amended Article 31 shall take effect from the date of convening the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders following the close of the 2000 business year.
Article 2. Allocation of New Shares to a Third Party
Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 10, Paragraph (1) of the text, the Company may allocate 579,492 new shares (on the basis of 5,000 Won as par value of a share) to Pohang Iron & Steel Co., Ltd., once or more within year 2000 by a resolution of the Board of Directors in the manner of the issuance of new shares to a third party.
Addendum (as of March 16, 2001)
      Article 1 . Date of Effectiveness

 


 

-25-
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 16, 2001.
Article 2 . Transient Provision
Article 33 shall also be applied to the Directors who have been elected prior to the effective date of these Articles of Incorporation.
Addendum (as of March 12, 2004)
Article 1 . Date of Effectiveness
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 12, 2004.
Addendum (as of March 11, 2005)
Article 1. Date of Effectiveness
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 11, 2005.
Addendum (as of March 10, 2006)
Article 1. Date of Effectiveness
These Articles of Incorporation shall take effect as of March 10, 2006.

 

 

Exhibit 2.1
KOREA MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORP.
AND
CITIBANK, N.A.,
As Depositary
AND
HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
 
Deposit Agreement
 
Dated as of May 31, 1996

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
           
SECTION 1.01.
  American Depositary Shares; ADSs     1  
SECTION 1.02.
  Beneficial Owner     1  
SECTION 1.03.
  Commission     1  
SECTION 1.04.
  Company     1  
SECTION 1.05.
  CSD     2  
SECTION 1.06.
  Custodian     2  
SECTION 1.07.
  Deliver; Deposit; Surrender; Transfer; Withdraw     2  
SECTION 1.08.
  Deposit Agreement     2  
SECTION 1.09.
  Depositary     2  
SECTION 1.10.
  Deposited Securities     2  
SECTION 1.11.
  Dollars     2  
SECTION 1.12.
  Holder     2  
SECTION 1.13.
  Korea     2  
SECTION 1.14.
  Non-Voting Stock     2  
SECTION 1.15.
  NYSE     3  
SECTION 1.16.
  Principal London Office     3  
SECTION 1.17.
  Principal New York Office     3  
SECTION 1.18.
  Receipts; ADRs     3  
SECTION 1.19.
  Registrar     3  
SECTION 1.20.
  Securities Act of 1933     3  
SECTION 1.21.
  Securities Exchange Act of 1934     3  
SECTION 1.22.
  Shares     3  
SECTION 1.23.
  United States     4  
SECTION 1.24
  Won     4  
ARTICLE II
BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM, FORM OF RECEIPTS,
DEPOSIT OF SHARES, EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS
 
           
SECTION 2.01.
  Form and Transferability of Receipts     4  
SECTION 2.02.
  Deposit of Shares     5  
SECTION 2.03.
  Execution and Delivery of Receipts     6  
SECTION 2.04.
  Transfer of Receipts; Combination and Split-up of Receipts     6  
SECTION 2.05.
  Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities     7  
SECTION 2.06.
  Limitations on Execution and Delivery, Transfer, Etc. of Receipts; Suspension of Delivery, Transfer, Etc.     8  
SECTION 2.07.
  Lost Receipts, Etc.     9  
SECTION 2.08.
  Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts     9  

i


 

             
        Page  
SECTION 2.09.
  Maintenance of Records     9  
 
           
ARTICLE III
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF HOLDERS
 
           
SECTION 3.01.
  Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information     9  
SECTION 3.02.
  Liability of Holders and Beneficial Owners for Taxes and Other Charges     9  
SECTION 3.03.
  Representations and Warranties on Deposit, Transfer and Surrender and Withdrawal of Shares or Receipts     10  
SECTION 3.04.
  Disclosure of Beneficial Ownership     10  
SECTION 3.05.
  Ownership Restrictions     10  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
RIGHTS RELATING TO THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES;
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITARY
 
           
SECTION 4.01.
  Power of Attorney     11  
SECTION 4.02.
  Cash Distributions; Withholding of Taxes and other Governmental Charges     11  
SECTION 4.03.
  Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares, Non-Voting Stock or Rights     11  
SECTION 4.04.
  Distributions in Shares     12  
SECTION 4.05.
  Distribution of Non-Voting Stock     13  
SECTION 4.06.
  Rights     13  
SECTION 4.07.
  Conversion of Foreign Currency     14  
SECTION 4.08.
  Fixing of Record Date     15  
SECTION 4.09.
  Voting of Deposited Securities     15  
SECTION 4.10.
  Changes Affecting Deposited Securities     16  
SECTION 4.11.
  Transmittal by the Depositary of Company Notices, Reports and Communications     17  
SECTION 4.12.
  Withholding     17  
SECTION 4.13.
  Available Information     18  
 
           
ARTICLE V
THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIAN AND THE COMPANY
 
           
SECTION 5.01.
  Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary     18  
SECTION 5.02.
  Lists of Receipt Holders     19  
SECTION 5.03.
  Obligations of the Depositary, the Custodian and the Company     19  
SECTION 5.04.
  Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company     19  
SECTION 5.05.
  Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary     20  
SECTION 5.06.
  Charges of Depositary     20  

ii


 

             
        Page  
SECTION 5.07.
  The Custodian     21  
SECTION 5.08.
  Notices and Reports     22  
SECTION 5.09.
  Issuance of Additional Shares, Etc.     23  
SECTION 5.10.
  Indemnification     24  
SECTION 5.11.
  Certain Rights of the Depositary; Limitations     25  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
           
SECTION 6.01.
  Amendment     26  
SECTION 6.02.
  Termination     26  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
 
           
SECTION 7.01.
  Counterparts     27  
SECTION 7.02.
  No Third Party Beneficiaries     27  
SECTION 7.03.
  Severability     27  
SECTION 7.04.
  Holders and Beneficial Owners as Parties; Binding Effect     27  
SECTION 7.05.
  Notices     28  
SECTION 7.06.
  Governing Law     28  
SECTION 7.07.
  Prohibition of Assignment     29  
SECTION 7.08.
  Compliance with United States Securities Laws     29  
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF FACE OF RECEIPT
                 
    Introductory Paragraph   A-l
 
  (1)   The Deposit Agreement   A-l
 
  (2)   Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities   A-2
 
  (3)   Transfers, Split-ups and Combinations   A-3
 
  (4)   Liability of Holder for Taxes and Other Charges   A-4
 
  (5)   Warranties by Depositor   A-4
 
  (6)   Additional Warranties   ?
 
  (7)   Charges of Depositary   A-4
 
  (8)   Title to Receipts   A-5
 
  (9)   Validity of Receipt   A-5
 
  (10)   Disclosure of Beneficial Ownership and Ownership Restrictions   A-5
 
  (11)   Available Information   A-6
    Signature of Depositary   A-6
    Address of Principal Office   A-6

iii


 

FORM OF REVERSE OF RECEIPT — Summary of Certain
Additional Provisions of the Deposit Agreement
                 
 
    (12 )   Dividends and Distributions; Rights   A-7
 
    (13 )   Record Dates   A- 10
 
    (14 )   Voting of Deposited Securities   A-10
 
  (15 )   Changes Affecting Deposited Securities   A- 11
 
    (16 )   Reports; Inspection of Transfer Books   A- 11
 
    (17 )   Withholding   A-12
 
    (18 )   Liability of the Company and Depositary   A-12
 
    (19 )   Certain Rights of the Depositary; Limitations   A-12
 
    (20 )   Resignation and Removal of Depositary; Substitution of Custodian   A-14
 
    (21 )   Amendment of Deposit Agreement and Receipts   A-14
 
    (22 )   Termination of Deposit Agreement   A-14
 
    (23 )   Governing Law   A-15
 
    (24 )   Power of Attorney   A-15
EXHIBIT B
     
Charges of the Depositary
  B-l

iv


 

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
          DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 31, 1996 (the “Deposit Agreement”) among KOREA MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORP., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Company”), CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America (the “Depositary”), and all Holders and Beneficial Owners (each as hereinafter defined) from time to time of the American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder.
W I T N E S S E T H :
          WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the deposit of Shares (as hereinafter defined) from time to time with the Depositary or with the Custodian (as hereinafter defined), as agent of the Depositary for the purposes set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the creation of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares so deposited and for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares;
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises the parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
          The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated, apply to the respective terms used in this Deposit Agreement:
          SECTION 1.01. American Depositary Shares; ADSs . The terms “American Depositary Shares” and “ADSs” shall mean the rights evidenced by the Receipts issued hereunder and the interests in the Deposited Securities represented thereby. Each American Depositary Share shall represent one-ninetieth of a Share, until there shall occur a distribution upon Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.04 or a change in Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.10 with respect to which additional ADSs are not created, and thereafter American Depositary Shares shall represent the Shares or other Deposited Securities specified in such Sections.
          SECTION 1.02. Beneficial Owner . The term “Beneficial Owner” shall mean any person owning any beneficial interest in a Receipt issued hereunder but who is not the Holder of such Receipt.
          SECTION 1.03. Commission . The term “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any successor governmental agency in the United Slates.
          SECTION 1.04. Company . The term “Company” shall mean Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Korea,

 


 

having its principal office at 267, 5-ka, Namdaemun-ro, Jung-ku, Seoul, Korea, and its successors.
          SECTION 1.05. CSD. The term “CSD” shall mean any institution authorized under the applicable law to effect book-entry transfers of securities of Korean corporations, which may include Korea Securities Depository.
          SECTION 1.06. Custodian. The term “Custodian” shall mean, as of the date hereof. Korea Securities Depository, as agent of the Depositary for the purposes of this Deposit Agreement, and any other firm or corporation which may be appointed by the Depositary pursuant to the terms of Section 5.07, as substitute custodian or as additional custodian hereunder, as the context shall require, and the term “Custodian’ shall mean all of them, collectively.
          SECTION 1.07. Deliver; Deposit; Surrender; Transfer; Withdraw. The terms “deliver”, “deposit”, “surrender”, “transfer” or “withdraw”, or their respective noun form, (including to or by the Custodian) when used with respect to Shares shall refer, where the context requires, to (i) a book-entry or entries or an electronic transfer or transfers in or to an account or accounts maintained by a CSD or (ii) the physical transfer of certificates representing Shares.
          SECTION 1.08. Deposit Agreement. The term “Deposit Agreement” shall mean this instrument as it may from time to time be amended in accordance with the terms hereof and all instruments supplemental hereto.
          SECTION 1.09. Depositary. The term “Depositary” shall mean Citibank, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, and any successor as depositary hereunder.
          SECTION 1.10. Deposited Securities. The term “Deposited Securities” as of any time shall mean Shares at such time deposited under this Deposit Agreement and any and all other securities, property and cash received by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect thereof and at such time held hereunder, subject in the case of cash to the provisions of Section 4.07.
          SECTION 1.11. Dollars. The term “dollars” shall mean United States dollars.
          SECTION 1.12. Holder. The term “Holder” shall mean the person, from time to time, in whose name a Receipt is registered on the books of the Registrar maintained for such purpose.
          SECTION 1.13. Korea. The term “Korea” shall mean The Republic of Korea.
          SECTION 1.14. Non-Voting Stock. The term “Non-Voting Stock” shall mean any shares of the non-voting capital stock, par value 5,000 Won per share, of the Company and shall include evidence of rights to receive such shares; provided , however, that, if there shall occur any change in par value, a split-up or consolidation or any other reclassification or, upon

2


 

the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.10. an exchange or conversion in respect of the Non-Voting Stock of the Company, the term “Non-Voting Stock” shall thereafter represent the successor securities resulting from such change in par value, split-up or consolidation or such other reclassification or such exchange or conversion.
          SECTION 1.15. NYSE . The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
          SECTION 1.16. Principal London Office . The term “Principal London Office,” when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the principal office of the Depositary in London, England, which, at the date of this Deposit Agreement, is located at P.O. Box 199. Cottons Centre. Hays Lane, London SE1 2QT, England.
          SECTION 1.17. Principal New York Office . The term “Principal New York Office,” when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the principal office of the Depositary in The City of New York at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which, at the date of this Deposit Agreement, is located at 111 Wall Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10043.
          SECTION 1.18. Receipts; ADRs . The term “Receipts” or “ADRs” shall mean the American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder evidencing American Depositary Shares, as such American Depositary Receipts may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement. A Receipt or ADR may evidence any number of American Depositary Shares.
          SECTION 1.19. Registrar . The term “Registrar” shall mean the Depositary or any bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan. The City of New York, which shall be appointed by the Depositary to register Receipts and transfers of Receipts as herein provided, and shall include any co-registrar appointed by the Depositary for such purposes.
          SECTION 1.20. Securities Act of 1933 . The term “Securities Act of 1933” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.
          SECTION 1.21. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . The term “Securities Exchange Act of 1934” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as from time to time amended.
          SECTION 1.22. Shares . The term “Shares” shall mean any shares of the common stock, par value 5,000 Won per share, of the Company and shall include evidence of rights to receive such shares; provided , however, that, if there shall occur any change in per value, a split-up or consolidation or any other reclassification or, upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.10. an exchange or conversion in respect of the Shares of the Company, the term “Shares” shall thereafter represent the successor securities resulting from such change in par value, split-up or consolidation or such other reclassification or such exchange or conversion.

3


 

          SECTION 1.23. United States . The term “United States” shall have the meaning assigned to it under Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933.
          SECTION 1.24 Won . The term “Won” shall mean Korean Won.
ARTICLE II
BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM, FORM OF RECEIPTS,
DEPOSIT OF SHARES, EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF RECEIPTS
          SECTION 2.01. Form and Transferability of Receipts . Subject to the requirements of the NYSE or any applicable rule or regulation of any other securities exchange or market upon which the ADSs may be listed or traded, the Receipts shall be engraved, printed or lithographed on steel-engraved borders or in such other form as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Depositary, and shall be substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit A annexed to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as hereinafter provided.
          Receipts shall be executed and dated by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary; provided , however , that such signature may be a facsimile if the Receipts are countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or Registrar and dated by such signatory. No Receipt shall be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless such Receipt shall have been executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer or by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Registrar, and such execution of any Receipt by manual signature shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Receipt has been duly executed and delivered hereunder. The Registrar shall maintain books in which each Receipt so executed and delivered as hereinafter provided and the transfer of each such Receipt shall be registered. Receipts bearing the facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary, who was at any time a proper officer of the Depositary, shall bind the Depositary, notwithstanding the fact that such officer has ceased to hold such office prior to the execution of such Receipts.
          The ADRs shall bear a CUSIP number or numbers different from the CUSIP number or numbers that may be assigned to any depositary shares subsequently issued pursuant to any other arrangement with the Depositary which are not ADSs issued hereunder.
          Subject to any limitations set forth in a Receipt or in this Deposit Agreement, when such Receipt is properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, title to such Receipt (and to each ADS evidenced thereby) shall be transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of a negotiable instrument under the laws of the State of New York; provided , however , that the Company and the Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may deem and treat the Holder of a ADR as the absolute owner thereof for any purpose, including but not limited to the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in this Deposit

4


 

Agreement, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any holder of a Receipt unless such holder is the Holder thereof.
          SECTION 2.02. Deposit of Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable laws and regulations of Korea, the Depositary shall cause the Custodian to accept Shares for deposit from or on behalf of any person (in the case of the Company or any of its affiliates, subject to Section 6.09 hereof) when such deposit is made by (i) physical delivery of Shares to the Custodian, accompanied by any appropriate instrument or instruments of transfer or endorsement, in form satisfactory to such Custodian, (ii) electronic transfer, of Shares to the account of the Custodian maintained for that purpose or (iii) delivery to the Custodian of evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that irrevocable instructions have been given to cause such Shares to be transferred to such account, in any such case accompanied by delivery to the Depositary or the Custodian, as the case may be, of a written order from or on behalf of such person directing the Depositary to execute and deliver a Receipt or Receipts for the number of ADSs representing the Shares so deposited and any payments required under this Deposit Agreement. As a condition of accepting Shares for deposit, the Depositary may require that the person making such deposit furnish (1) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary (which may be an opinion of counsel) that any necessary approval has been granted by the governmental agency or agencies in Korea, if any, including those which are then performing the function of the regulation of currency exchange and (2) an agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to the Depositary, which provides for the prompt transfer to the Depositary of any dividend or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property which any person in whose name the Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in respect of any such deposited Shares, or, in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity as shall be satisfactory to the Depositary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no outstanding Shares shall be accepted for deposit hereunder unless (i) the Securities and Exchange Commission of Korea shall have approved, and the Company shall have consented to, such deposit or (ii) the Company shall have notified the Depositary that the approval or consent required under clause (i) above is no longer required under Korean laws and regulations.
          Each of the Depositary and the Custodian shall refuse to accept Shares for deposit whenever it has been notified, as hereafter provided, that the Company has restricted transfer of such Shares to comply with the ownership restrictions referred to in Section 3.05, that such deposit would result in any violation of applicable laws, or that such deposit would cause the total number of Shares deposited to exceed a level from time to time determined by the Company. The Company shall notify the Depositary and the Custodian in writing with respect to any such restrictions on transfer of its Shares for deposit hereunder.
          At the request, risk and expense of any holder of Shares, and for the account of such holder, the Depositary may receive Shares to be deposited or evidence that Shares have been transferred electronically or through book-entry or that irrevocable instructions have been given to cause the transfer of such Shares to the account of the Custodian, together with the other orders, instruments and evidence herein specified, for the purpose of forwarding such orders, instruments and evidence to the Custodian hereunder.

5


 

          Upon each delivery to a Custodian of Shares (or other Deposited Securities pursuant to Section 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06 or 4.10) to be deposited hereunder together with the other documents above specified, such Custodian shall, as soon as transfer and recordation can be accomplished, transfer and record the Shares being deposited in the name of the Depositary or, subject to applicable law, its nominee on the shareholders’ register or the books of the CSD, if applicable. Deposited Securities shall be held by the Depositary or by a Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary, or at such other place or places as the Depositary shall determine, subject to the applicable laws of Korea.
          SECTION 2.03. Execution and Delivery of Receipts . Upon receipt by a Custodian of a deposit pursuant to Section 2.02 hereunder and a proper acknowledgment or other evidence (i) from the Company (or the appointed agent of the Company for transfer and registration of Shares), satisfactory to the Depositary that any Deposited Securities are properly recorded upon the shareholders’ register of the Company (or such agent) maintained for that purpose in the name of the Depositary or (ii) where such deposit is made by entry in the books of a CSD, from such CSD that any Deposited Securities have been recorded upon the books of such CSD in the name of the Depositary, together with the other documents required as above specified, such Custodian shall notify the Depositary of such deposit and recordation and the person or persons to whom or upon whose written order a Receipt or Receipts arc deliverable in respect thereof and the class and number of American Depositary Shares to be evidenced thereby. Such notification shall be made by letter or, at the request and risk and expense of the person making the deposit, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission.
          Upon receiving such notice from such Custodian, the Depositary or its agent, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall execute and deliver at its Principal London Office or its Principal New York Office to or upon the order of the person or persons named in the notice delivered to the Depositary a Receipt or Receipts registered in the name or names requested in such notice and evidencing in the aggregate the number and class of American Depositary Shares to which such person is entitled, but only upon payment to the Depositary of the fee of the Depositary and all taxes and governmental charges and fees payable in connection with such deposit and the transfer of the deposited Shares.
          SECTION 2.04. Transfer of Receipts; Combination and Split-up of Receipts . The Registrar, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any Receipt, shall, without unreasonable delay, register transfers of any such Receipt on its transfer books, upon any surrender of such Receipt by the Holder thereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (including signature guarantees in accordance with standard industry practice) and duly stamped as may be required by any applicable law; provided however that the Registrar shall refuse to register any transfer of a ADR if such registration would cause the total number of Shares represented by ADSs evidenced by ADRs held by any Holder to exceed the number of shares as determined by the Company in order to comply with the ownership restrictions referred to in Section 3.05 and notified in writing, from time to time, to the Registrar. Thereupon the Depositary shall execute a new Receipt or Receipts and deliver the same to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.

6


 

          The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts in the name of the same Holder for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same class and aggregate number of ADSs as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered. In connection with any split-up or combination pursuant to this paragraph, the Depositary shall not be obligated to obtain any certification or endorsement otherwise required by the terms of this Deposit Agreement.
          SECTION 2.05. Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities . Upon surrender at the Principal London Office or Principal New York Office of the Depositary of a Receipt for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Receipt, and upon payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender and cancellation of Receipts (as set forth on Exhibit B hereto) and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such surrender, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the ownership restrictions referred to in Section 3.05 and applicable laws and regulations of Korea, the Holder of such Receipt shall be entitled to physical delivery, to him or upon his order, or to electronic delivery or book-entry transfer to an account in Korea or, if permissible under applicable Korean law, outside the United States designated by such Holder, of the Deposited Securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Receipt or constituting such beneficial interest, as the case may be; provided, however, that such withdrawals are not permitted until 15 days after the issuance of the ADSs issued under this Deposit Agreement in the case of ADSs issued in respect of newly issued Shares. Physical delivery of such Deposited Securities may be made by the delivery of certificates to an agent in Korea of such Holder or, if permissible under applicable Korean law, to such Holder or as ordered by him. Physical or electronic delivery or book-entry transfer of Deposited Securities shall be made, as hereinafter provided, without unreasonable delay. The Depositary shall confirm the surrender of a Receipt or the receipt of instructions regarding withdrawal of Deposited Securities to the person surrendering a Receipt or so giving written instructions.
          A Receipt surrendered or written instructions received for such purposes may be required by the Depositary to be properly endorsed or accompanied by properly executed instruments of transfer. The person requesting withdrawal of Deposited Securities shall deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in such order subject to applicable Korean laws and regulations. Upon the receipt of complete written instructions, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to deliver at the principal office of such Custodian, subject to Sections 2.06, 3.01 and 3.02 and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in such written instructions, the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Receipt or constituting such beneficial interest, except that the Depositary may make delivery to such person or persons at the Principal New York Office or Principal London Office of the Depositary of any such Deposited Securities which are in the form of cash.
          At the request, risk and expense of any Holder so surrendering a Receipt or submitting such written instructions for delivery, and for the account of such Holder, and

7


 

provided that payment of any applicable tax or other governmental charge shall have been made in accordance with Section 3.02, the Depositary shall, if permitted by applicable Korean law, direct the Custodian to forward a certificate or certificates and other proper documents of title, if any, for, the Deposited Securities represented by such ADSs for delivery at the Principal New York Office or Principal London Office of the Depositary. Such direction shall be given by letter or, at the request, risk and expense of such Holder, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission. The Depositary shall not accept for surrender a Receipt evidencing fewer than ninety American Depositary Shares. In the case of surrender of a Receipt evidencing a number of American Depositary Shares not evenly divisible by ninety, the Depositary shall cause ownership of the appropriate whole number of Shares to be recorded in the name of the holder surrendering such Receipt, and shall issue and deliver to the person surrendering such Receipt a new Receipt evidencing ADSs representing any remaining fractional Share.
          SECTION 2.06. Limitations on Execution and Delivery, Transfer, Etc. of Receipts; Suspension of Delivery, Transfer, Etc . As a condition precedent to the execution and delivery, registration of transfer, split-up, combination or surrender of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary or the Custodian may require payment from the presenter of a Receipt or the depositor of Shares, payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as herein provided, and may, but is not obligated to, require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature appearing on any form, certification or other document delivered to the Depositary in connection with this Deposit Agreement, including but not limited to, in the case of Receipts, a signature guarantee in accordance with industry practice, and may also require compliance with any laws or governmental regulations relating to depositary receipts in general or to the withdrawal of Deposited Securities.
          The delivery of Receipts against deposits of Shares generally or of particular Shares may be suspended or withheld, or the registration of transfer of Receipts in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer generally may be suspended during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary, the shareholders’ register of the Company (or the appointed agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares) or the books of the CSD are closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Company, the Depositary or the CSD, in good faith, at any time or from time to time. The surrender of outstanding Receipts and withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented thereby may be suspended, but only as required in connection with (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the issuer of any Deposited Securities (or the appointed agent or agents for such issuer for the transfer and registration of such Deposited Securities) in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends, (ii) payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, or (iii) compliance with any United States or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the Receipts or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 prior to being offered and sold publicly in the United States unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares.

8


 

          SECTION 2.07. Lost Receipts, Etc . In case any Receipt shall be mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Depositary shall execute and deliver a new Receipt of like tenor and registered in the same name, in exchange and substitution for such mutilated Receipt upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and in substitution for such destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt, upon the filing by the Holder thereof with the Depositary of (a) a request for such exchange, Execution and delivery before the Depositary has notice that the Receipt has been acquired by bona fide purchaser and (b) a sufficient indemnity bond, and upon satisfying any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.
          SECTION 2.08. Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts . All Receipts physically surrendered to the Depositary shall be cancelled by the Depositary. Cancelled Receipts shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. The Depositary is authorized to destroy Receipts so cancelled.
          SECTION 2.09. Maintenance of Records . The Depositary agrees to maintain records of all Receipts surrendered and Deposited Securities withdrawn under Section 2.05, of Substitute Receipts delivered under Section 2.07 and of Receipts cancelled or destroyed under Section 2.08, in keeping with procedures ordinarily followed by stock transfer agents located in The City of New York.
ARTICLE III
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF HOLDERS
          SECTION 3.01. Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information . Any person Depositing Shares, any Holder or any Beneficial Owner may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship, residence, taxpayer status, exchange control approval, payment of applicable Korean or Other taxes or governmental charges, or legal or beneficial ownership and the nature of such interest, to provide information relating to the registration on the shareholders’ register of the Company (or the appointed agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares) or the books of the CSD of the Shares presented for deposit or other information, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties as the Depositary or the Company may deem necessary or proper or to enable the Depositary or the Company to perform its obligations hereunder. The Depositary may withhold the execution or delivery or registration of transfer of all or part of any Receipt or the distribution or sale of any dividend or other distribution of rights or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until such proof or other information is filed or such certificates are executed or such representations and warranties are made. The Depositary shall provide the Company, unless otherwise instructed by the Company, in a timely manner, with copies of any such proofs and certificates and such written representations and warranties provided as aforesaid.
          SECTION 3.02. Liability of Holders and Beneficial Owners for Taxes and Other Charges . If any Korean or other tax or governmental charge shall become payable with respect to any Receipt or any Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by any Receipt, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Holder of such Receipt to the Depositary and any Beneficial Owner of such Receipt shall be liable to the Holder therefor. The

9


 

Depositary may refuse, and the Company shall be under no obligation, to effect any registration of transfer of all or part of such Receipt or to execute and deliver any new Receipt or Receipts or to permit any deposit or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions, or may sell for the account of the Holder thereof any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Receipt, and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge, the Holder and the Beneficial Owners of such Receipt remaining liable for any deficiency.
          SECTION 3.03. Representations and Warranties on Deposit, Transfer and Surrender and Withdrawal of Shares or Receipts . Each person depositing Shares under this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that (i) such Shares and each certificate therefor are validly issued, outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, (ii) any preemptive or similar rights with respect thereto have been exercised or validly waived, (iii) the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do and (iv) such Shares are not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and the issuance of Receipts or adjustments in the Depositary’s records in respect thereof.
          SECTION 3.04. Disclosure of Beneficial Ownership . The Company may from time to time request Holders or former Holders to provide information as to the capacity in which they hold or held Receipts and regarding the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such Receipts and the nature of such interest and various other matters. Each such Holder agrees to provide any such information reasonably requested by the Company or the Depositary pursuant to this Section whether or not still a Holder at the time of such request. The Depositary agrees to use its reasonable efforts to comply with written instructions received from the Company requesting that the Depositary forward any such requests to such Holders and to the last known address, if any, of such former Holders and to forward to the Company any responses to such requests received by the Depositary, and to use its reasonable efforts, at the Company’s request and expense, to assist the Company in obtaining such information with respect to the ADSs evidenced by a ADR, provided that nothing herein shall be interpreted as obligating the Depositary to provide or obtain any such information not provided to the Depositary by such Holders or former Holders.
          SECTION 3.05. Ownership Restrictions . The Company may restrict transfers of the Shares where such transfer might result in ownership of Shares exceeding the limits under applicable law. The Company may also restrict, in such manner as it deems appropriate, transfers of ADSs where such transfer would result in the total number of Shares represented by the ADSs beneficially owned by a single holder to exceed four (4) percent of the aggregate number of Shares of the Company then issued and outstanding or any other limits under applicable law with respect to which the Company may, from time to time, notify the Depositary. The Company, may, in its sole discretion, instruct the Depositary to take action with respect to the beneficial ownership of any Holder or Beneficial Owner, who holds ADSs in excess of the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence, including but not limited to a

10


 

mandatory sale or disposition on behalf and for the account of a Holder or Beneficial Owner of the Shares represented by the ADSs held by such Holder or Beneficial Owner, in excess of such limitations, if and to the extent such disposition is permitted by applicable law. Nothing herein shall be interpreted as obligating the Depositary to ensure compliance with the ownership restrictions described in this Section 3.05.
ARTICLE IV
RIGHTS RELATING TO THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES;
CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITARY
          SECTION 4.01. Power of Attorney . Each Holder, upon acceptance of a Receipt issued in accordance with the terms hereof or any beneficial interest therein, thereby appoints the Depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all steps or action provided for or contemplated herein with respect to the Deposited Securities, including but not limited to those set forth in Article IV, and to take such further steps or action as the Depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Deposit Agreement.
          SECTION 4.02. Cash Distributions; Withholding of Taxes and other Governmental Charges . Whenever the Custodian shall receive any cash dividend or other cash distribution by the Company on any Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall cause the Custodian, subject to applicable Korean laws and regulations and the provisions of Section 4.07, to convert as promptly as practicable such dividend or distribution into dollars and remit the amount thus received to the Depositary which shall promptly distribute such amount to the Holders entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary; provided , however , that to the event that the Company, the Custodian or the Depositary shall be required to withhold and does withhold from any cash dividend or other cash distribution in respect of any Deposited Securities an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Holders in respect of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly. The Depositary shall distribute only such amount, however, as can be distributed without attributing to any Holder a fraction of one cent, and any balance not so distributable shall be held by the Depositary (without liability for interest thereon) and shall be added to and become part of the next sum received by the Depositary for distribution to Holders then outstanding. The Company or its agent or the Depositary or its agent, as appropriate, will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency in Korea or any other relevant jurisdiction all amounts withheld and owing to such authority or agency. The Depositary will forward to the Company or its agent such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company or its agent to file necessary reports with governmental authorities or agencies.
          SECTION 4.03. Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares, Non-Voting Stock or Rights . Whenever the Custodian shall receive any distribution other than cash, Shares, Non-Voting Stock or rights upon any Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall cause the securities or property received by the Custodian to be distributed to the Holders entitled thereto, as of a

11


 

record date fixed pursuant to Section 4.08 hereof, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Stares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, in any manner that the Depositary may deem, after consultation with the Company, equitable and practicable for accomplishing such distribution subject to any applicable laws or regulations of Korea; provided , however , that if in the opinion of the Depositary it cannot cause such securities or property to be distributed or such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Holders entitled thereto, or if for any other reason (including any requirement that the Company, the Custodian or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that such securities must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Holders) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including the sale (at public or private sale) of the securities or property thus received, or any pan thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto as in the case of a distribution received in cash, provided that any unsold balance of such securities or property shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto subject to any applicable laws or regulations of Korea, if such distribution is feasible without withholding for or on account of any taxes or other governmental charges and without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, in accordance with such equitable and practicable method as the Depositary shall have adopted.
          SECTION 4.04. Distributions in Shares . If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval, and shall, if the Company shall so request, cause such Shares to be deposited pursuant to this Deposit Agreement and either (i) distribute to the Holders of outstanding Receipts entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing Deposited Securities held by them respectively, additional Receipts for an aggregate number of ADSs representing the number of Shares received as such dividend or free distribution, or (ii) reflect on the records of the Depositary such increase in the aggregate the number of ADSs representing the number of Shares so received, in either case, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary. If for any reason (including any requirement that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that such Shares must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Holders) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including the sale (at public or private sale) of the Shares thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto as in the case of a distribution received in cash. In lieu of issuing Receipts for fractional American Depositary Shares in any such case, the Depositary shall sell the number of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds in dollars. To the extent that new ADSs representing such Shares are not created and such Shares are not sold or otherwise distributed in accordance with this Section, each ADS shall thenceforth also represent such additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby.

12


 

          SECTION 4.05. Distribution of Non-Voting Stock . If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in Non-Voting Stock, the Depositary shall cause such Non-Voting Stock to be deposited under a Non - Voting Stock Deposit Agreement (the “Non-Voting Stock Deposit Agreement”) which may be entered into among the Company, the Depositary and all holders and beneficial owners from time to time of global depositary receipts issued thereunder and shall cause the depositary shares issuable in respect of such deposit to be distributed to the Holders entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively; provided , however , that if for any reason (including any requirement that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that such Non-Voting Stock must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Holders) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including the sale (at public or private sale) of the Non-Voting Stock thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto as in the case of a distribution received in cash. In lieu of issuing receipts for fractional depositary shares representing such Non-Voting Stock in any such case, the Depositary shall sell the number of shares of such Non-Voting Stock represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds in dollars, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.02. The Company will not be obliged to list depositary shares representing Non-Voting Stock on any exchange.
          SECTION 4.06. Rights . In the event that the Company shall offer or cause to be offered to the holders of any Deposited Securities any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or any rights of any other nature, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, shall have discretion as to the procedure to be followed in making such rights available to the Holders entitled thereto, subject to Section 5.09, or in disposing of such rights on behalf of such Holders and distributing the net proceeds in dollars to such Holders or, if by the terms of such rights offering or by reason of applicable law, the Depositary may neither make such rights available to such Holders nor dispose of such rights and distribute the net proceeds to such Holders, then the Depositary shall allow the rights to lapse; provided , however , that the Depositary shall, if requested in writing by the Company, take action as follows:
     (i) if at the time of the offering of any rights the Depositary determines that it is lawful and feasible to make such rights available to all or certain Holders by means of warrants or otherwise, the Depositary shall, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary, distribute warrants or other instruments therefor in such form as it may determine to such Holders entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, or employ such other method as it may deem feasible in order to facilitate the exercise, sale or transfer of rights by such Holders or the sale or resale of securities obtainable upon exercise of such rights by such Holders; or
     (ii) if at the time of the offering of any rights the Depositary determines that it is not lawful or not feasible to make such rights available to certain Holders by means of warrants or otherwise, or if the rights represented by such warrants or such other

13


 

instruments are not exercised and appear to be about to lapse, the Depositary shall use its reasonable efforts to sell such rights or such warrants or other instruments at public or private sales, at such place or places and upon such terms as it may deem proper, and, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary, allocate the net proceeds of such sales for the account of the Holders otherwise entitled to such rights, warrants or other instruments upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among such Holders because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any Receipt or Receipts, or otherwise.
          Subject to the foregoing, in the event that the Company issues any rights with respect to Non-Voting Stock, the securities issuable upon any exercise, whether by subscription or otherwise, of such rights by Holders or Beneficial Owners shall be depositary shares representing such Non-Voting Stock issued pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Non-Voting Stock Deposit Agreement.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.06, if registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable law of the rights or the securities to which any rights relate, or any filing, report, approval or consent of any third party is required in order for the Company to offer such rights to Holders or Beneficial Owners and to sell the securities represented by such rights, the Depositary will not offer such rights to the Holders unless and until a registration statement is in effect, or unless the offering and sale of such securities to the Holders are exempt from or not subject to the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or such filing, report, approval or consent has been submitted, obtained or granted, as the case may be. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation to register such rights or such securities under the Securities Act of 1933 or to submit, obtain or request, as the case may be, of such filing, report approval or consent.
          SECTION 4.07. Conversion of Foreign Currency . Whenever the Depositary shall receive foreign currency other than dollars (in this Section 4.07, hereinafter referred to as foreign currency), by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can, in the judgment of the Depositary and pursuant to applicable law, be converted on a reasonable basis into dollars distributable to the Holders entitled thereto and the resulting dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary shall promptly convert or cause to be converted, by sale or in any other manner that it may determine, such foreign currency into dollars, and such dollars (less any reasonable and customary expenses incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of the foreign currency) shall be distributed to the Holders entitled thereto or, if the Depositary shall have distributed any warrants or other instruments which entitle the holders thereof to such dollars, then to the holders of such warrants and/or instruments upon surrender thereof for cancellation. Such distribution shall be made upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Holders on account of any application of exchange restrictions or otherwise.
          If such conversion with regard to a particular Holder or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary

14


 

shall file such application for approval or license, if any, as it may deem desirable, in good faith.
          If at any time the Depositary shall determine that in its judgment any foreign Currency received by the Depositary is not convertible on a reasonable basis into dollars distributable to the Holders entitled thereto, or if any approval or license of any government or authority or agency thereof which is required for such conversion is denied or in the good faith opinion of the Depositary, is not obtainable, or if any such approval or license is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may distribute, pursuant to applicable law, the foreign currency (or an appropriate document evidencing the right to receive such foreign currency) received by the Depositary to, or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency (without liability for interest) for the respective accounts of, the Holders entitled to receive the same.
          If any such conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some Holders entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make such conversion and distribution in dollars to the extent permissible to the Holders for whom such conversion and distribution is practicable and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold such balance for the account of, the Holders for whom such conversion and distribution is not practicable.
          SECTION 4.08. Fixing of Record Date . Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable or any distribution other than cash shall be made, or whenever rights shall be issued, with respect to any Deposited Securities, or whenever, for any reason, the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each ADS or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix a record date after consultation with the Company (which shall be as near as practicable to the corresponding record date for Shares set by the Company) for the determination of the Holders who shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights, or the net proceeds of the sale thereof, or to receive notice of such meeting or to exercise the rights of Holders with respect to such changed number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.02 through 4.07 and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Holders on such record date shall be entitled to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to such dividend or other distribution or such rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof, to exercise the rights of Holders hereunder with respect to such changed number of Shares in proportion to the number of ADSs held by them respectively.
          SECTION 4.09. Voting of Deposited Securities . As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, such notice to be provided by the Company to the Depositary immediately upon finalization by the Company of the form and substance of such notice, and in no event less than fourteen calendar days prior to the date of such meeting (in accordance with Section 5.08 hereof), the Depositary shall, if requested in writing by the Company and as soon as practicable thereafter, fix a record date for determining the Holders entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights as provided in Section 4.08. The Company shall provide to the Depositary sufficient copies, as the

15


 

Depositary may reasonably request, of notices of the Company’s shareholders’ meeting, the agenda therefor as well as the English translations thereof, which the Depositary shall mail to Holders as soon as practicable after receipt of the same by the Depositary, together with: (a) a statement that the Holders of record at the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provisions of Korean law and of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company (which provisions, if any, shall be summarized in pertinent part), to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the number of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by their respective ADSs evidenced by their respective Receipts and (b) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given.
     Upon the written request of a Holder of ADSs evidenced by a Receipt on such record date received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under applicable law and the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, to vote or cause the Custodian to vote the Shares represented by ADSs evidenced by such ADRs in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Depositary shall not attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the Shares other than in accordance with such instructions. ADSs for which no specific voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder shall not be voted. Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall, under any circumstances exercise any discretion as to voting and neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote the Shares or other Deposited Securities of such Series represented by ADSs except pursuant to and in accordance with such written instructions from Holders.
     Subject to the applicable laws or rules of any securities exchange on which the Deposited Securities are listed or traded, at least three (3) days prior to the date of such meeting, the Depositary shall deliver to the Company copies of all instructions received from Holders of Receipts, if any, in accordance with which the Depositary will vote, or cause to be voted, the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs at such meeting. A Holder of ADRs shall not be entitled to give any instructions with respect to voting rights associated with ADSs evidenced by ADRs held by such Holder if and to the extent the total number of Shares represented by ADSs beneficially owned by such Holder or Beneficial Owner exceeds four (4) percent of the total number of Shares outstanding, or any other limit under applicable law with respect to which the Company may, from time to tune, notify the Depositary. The Company and the Depositary may take any and all action necessary or desirable to enforce the restrictions on the exercise of voting rights set forth in the preceding sentence. Voting rights, if any, may be exercised only in respect of ninety ADSs, or multiples thereof.
     The Company acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of Section 5.10 herein shall apply to any liability or expense of the Depositary which may arise out of or in connection with any action of the Depositary or the Custodian in voting pursuant to this Section 4.09.
     SECTION 4.10. Changes Affecting Deposited Securities . Upon any change in par value, split-up, consolidation or any other rectification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or sale of assets by the Company, any securities which shall be received by the Depositary or the Custodian in

16


 

exchange for or in conversion of or in respect of Deposited Securities shall be treated as new Deposited Securities, and the ADSs shall, subject to the terms of this Deposit Agreement and applicable laws, including any applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, thenceforth represent the new Deposited Securities so received, unless additional or new ADSs are created pursuant to the following sentence. In any such case the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval and pursuant to applicable law, and shall, at the Company’s request and pursuant to applicable law, and subject to Section 5.09 herein, create new or additional ADSs representing such new Deposited Securities and execute and deliver additional Receipts evidencing as in the case of a stock dividend on the Shares, and may call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing such new Deposited Securities.
     Immediately upon the occurrence of any such change, conversion or exchange covered by this Section in respect of the Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall give notice thereof in writing, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders.
     SECTION 4.11. Transmittal by the Depositary of Company Notices. Reports and Communications . The Depositary shall make available for inspection by Holders at its Principal New York Office and Principal London Office and at the office of each Custodian copies of this Deposit Agreement, any notices, reports or communications, including any proxy soliciting materials, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary or a Custodian or the nominee of either, as the holder of the Deposited Securities, and (b) made generally available to the holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company. The Depositary shall also send to Holders copies of such notices, reports and communications when furnished by the Company to the Depositary pursuant to Section 5.08.
     SECTION 4.12. Withholding . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement, in the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares, Non-Voting Stock or rights to subscribe therefor or other securities) is subject to any tax or governmental charges which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares, Non-Voting Stock and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes or governmental charges, including by public or private sale, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes or governmental charges to the Holders entitled thereto in proportion to the number of ADSs held by them respectively and the Depositary shall, if feasible without withholding for or on account of taxes or other governmental charges, without registration of such Shares or other securities under the Securities Act of 1933 and otherwise in compliance with applicable law, distribute any unsold balance of such property in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
     The Depositary will forward to the Company or its agent such information from its records as the Company may reasonably request to enable the Company or its agent to file necessary reports with governmental agencies, and the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company or its agents may file such reports as are necessary to obtain benefits under applicable tax treaties for the Holders.

17


 

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement, before making any distribution or other payment on any Deposited Securities, the Company shall make such deductions (if any) which, by the laws of Korea, the Company is required to make in respect of any income, capital gains or other taxes and the Company may also deduct the amount of any tax or governmental charges payable by the Company or for which the Company might be made liable in respect of such distribution or other payment or any document signed in connection therewith. In making such deductions, neither the Company nor the Depositary shall have any obligation to any Holder to apply a rate under any treaty or other arrangement between Korea and the country within which such Holder is resident unless such Holder has timely provided to the Company evidence of the residency of such Holder that is accepted by the relevant tax authorities of Korea. The Holder shall indemnify the Depositary, the Company, the Custodian and any of their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to penalties or interest arising out of any reduced rate of withholding, at source, or other tax benefit obtained for such Holder pursuant to this Section.
     SECTION 4.13. Available Information . The Company files periodic reports with the Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
ARTICLE V
THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIAN AND THE COMPANY
     SECTION 5.01. Maintenance of Office and Transfer Books by the Depositary . Until termination of this Deposit Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Depositary shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, facilities for the execution and delivery, registration, registration of transfers and surrender of Receipts in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.
     The Depositary shall keep books at its Principal New York Office for the registration of Receipts and transfers of Receipts which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by Holders and the Company, provided that such inspection shall not to the Depositary’s knowledge be for the purpose of communicating with Holders in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the Receipts.
     Upon notice to the Company, the Depositary may close the transfer books, at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder.
     If any Receipts or the ADSs evidenced thereby are listed on one or more stock exchanges or automated quotation systems in the United States, the Depositary shall act as Registrar or, with the approval of the Company, appoint a Registrar or one or more co-registrars for registration of such Receipts in accordance with any requirements of such exchange or exchanges or system or systems. Such Registrar or co-registrars may be removed and a substitute or substitutes appointed by the Depositary upon notice to the Company.

18


 

     SECTION 5.02. Lists of Receipt Holders . Promptly upon request by the Company, the Depositary shall furnish to it a list, as of a recent date, of the names, addresses and holdings of ADSs by all persons in whose names Receipts are registered on the books of the Depositary. Any other records maintained by the Depositary, the Registrar, any co-registrar or any co-transfer agent under this Deposit Agreement shall be made available to the Company upon reasonable request.
     SECTION 5.03. Obligations of the Depositary, the Custodian and the Company . The Company assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to Holders or Beneficial Owners, except that it agrees to act in good faith and without negligence in the performance of its obligations set forth in this Deposit Agreement.
     The Depositary assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to Holders or Beneficial Owners of Receipts (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities), except that it agrees to act in good faith and without negligence in the performance of its duties set forth in this Deposit Agreement.
     The Depositary and the Company undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Deposit Agreement against the Depositary or the Company.
     Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the Receipts, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense and liability be furnished as often as may be required, and no Custodian shall be under any obligation whatsoever with respect to such proceedings, the responsibility of the Custodian being solely to the Depositary.
     Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder or Beneficial Owner, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. Each of the Depositary, its agents and the Company may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
     SECTION 5.04. Prevention or Delay in Performance by the Depositary or the Company . Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall incur any liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner if, by reason of any provision of any present or future law of the United States, Korea or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any other governmental authority, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, the Depositary or the Company shall be prevented, delayed or forbidden from, or subject to any civil or criminal liability on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of this Deposit Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed; nor shall the Depositary or the

19


 

Company incur any liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner or by reason of any non-performance or delay, caused as aforesaid, in performance of any act or thing which by the terms of this Deposit Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Deposit Agreement. Where, by the terms of a distribution pursuant to Section 4.02, 4.03, 4.04 or 4.05 of this Deposit Agreement or a distribution and offering pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.10 of this Deposit Agreement, or because of applicable law, such distribution or offering may not be made available to Holders, and the Depositary may not dispose of such distribution or offering on behalf of such Holders and make the net proceeds available to such Holders, then the Depositary may not make such distribution or offering, and may allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.
     SECTION 5.05. Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary . The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by 60 days’ prior written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.
     The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 60 days’ prior written notice of such removal, which shall become effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.
     In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its best efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further act or deed, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor; but such predecessor, nevertheless, upon payment of all sums due it and on the written request of the Company, shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder, shall duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title and interest in the Deposited Securities to such successor and shall deliver to such successor a list of the Holders and such other books and records maintained by such predecessor with respect to its function as Depositary hereunder. Any such successor depositary shall at its own cost promptly mail notice of its appointment to all Holders.
     Any corporation into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.
     SECTION 5.06. Charges of Depositary . The expenses, fees or charges of the Depositary and the Registrar, if any, shall be paid by the Company only as provided herein Persons depositing Shares or the Holders, as applicable, agree to pay (1) the fees of the Depositary for the delivery of ADSs pursuant to Section 2.03, the surrender of Receipts for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities pursuant to Section 2.05 and the distribution of dividends and sale or exercise of rights or other corporate action involving distribution to holders

20


 

of Shares, each as provided in Exhibit B hereto, (2) taxes and other governmental charges, (3) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the shareholders’ register of the Company and accordingly applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary on the making of deposits pursuant to Section 2.02 or the withdrawal of Deposited Securities pursuant to Section 2.05, (4) such cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses as are expressly provided in this Deposit Agreement to be at the expense of persons depositing Shares or Holders and (5) such reasonable expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.07.
     Any other charges and expenses of the Depositary hereunder and the Registrar (other than the charges and expenses of the Custodian or any other agent of the Depositary) will be paid by the Company after consultation and agreement and in accordance with agreements in writing entered into between the Depositary and the Company as to the amount and nature of such charges and expenses. Such charges may at any time and from time to time be changed by agreement between the Company and the Depositary. Unless otherwise agreed, the Depositary shall present its statement for such expenses and fees or charges to the Company once every three months. The charges and expenses of the Custodian or any other agent of the Depositary are for the sole account of the Depositary.
     The right of the Depositary to receive payment of fees, charges and expenses as provided in this Section 5.06 shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and, as to any Depositary, the resignation or removal of such Depositary pursuant to Section 5.05.
     SECTION 5.07. The Custodian . The Depositary, after consultation with the Company, shall from time to time appoint one or more agents to act for it as Custodian hereunder. The Depositary has initially appointed Korea Securities Depository as custodian and agent of the Depositary for the purpose of this Deposit Agreement. The Custodian in acting hereunder shall be subject at all times and in all respects to the direction of the Depositary and shall be responsible solely to it. If the Depositary receives a notice of the resignation of the Custodian and upon effectiveness of such resignation there would be no Custodian acting hereunder, the Depositary shall, promptly after receiving such notice and after consultation with the Company, appoint a substitute custodian which shall thereafter be the Custodian hereunder. Such resignation of the Custodian shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor custodian and its acceptance of such appointment. The Depositary, after consultation with the Company, when it reasonably appears to be in the best interest of the Holders to do so, may appoint a substitute or an additional custodian, which shall thereafter be a Custodian hereunder. Immediately upon any change of Custodian or appointment of additional Custodians, the Depositary shall at its own expense give notice thereof in writing to all Holders.
     Upon the appointment of any successor depositary hereunder, any Custodian then acting hereunder shall forthwith become, without any further act or writing, the agent hereunder of such successor depositary and the appointment of such successor depositary shall in no way impair the authority of each Custodian hereunder; but the successor depositary so appointed shall, nevertheless, on the written request of any Custodian, execute and deliver to such

21


 

Custodian all such instruments as may be proper to give to such Custodian full and complete power and authority as agent hereunder of such successor depositary.
     SECTION 5.08. Notices and Reports . On or before the first dale on which the Company gives notice, by publication or otherwise, of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, or of any adjourned meeting of such holders, or of the taking of any action in respect of any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights in respect of Deposited Securities, the Company agrees to transmit to the Custodian and the Depositary a copy of the notice thereof in the English language but otherwise in the form given or to be given to holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities; provided , however , with respect to any meeting in which the holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities are entitled to exercise voting right, the Company agrees to transmit to the Depositary a copy of the notice thereof immediately upon finalization by the Company of the form and substance of such notice, and in no event less than fourteen days prior to the date of such meeting.
     The Company shall furnish to the Depositary (i) annual reports in English (to the extent required by applicable regulations of the Commission), which will include a review of operations, and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles of Korea (“Korean GAAP”), with a reconciliation of net income and shareholders’ equity to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, if prepared pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, within 180 days after the end of the fiscal year, (ii) an English translation of its unaudited non-consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with Korean GAAP for the first six months of the fiscal year (to the extent required by applicable regulations of the Commission) within 90 days after the end of first six months of the fiscal year, (iii) English versions of all other reports (other than the Company’s annual report to shareholders and semiannual or any other periodic interim report to shareholders) and communications (to the extent required by applicable regulations of the Commission) that are made generally available to holders of Shares of the Company and (iv) such quantities as the Depositary may reasonably request of the notices and summaries referred to in preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).
     The Depositary shall arrange at the Company’s expense for prompt mailing to all Holders of copies of all such notices, summaries, reports and communications that are furnished to it by the Company for distribution to Holders, The Depositary may, but shall not be required to, at the Company’s expense, obtain English translations or adequate English summaries of any notices, reports or communications which are not famished to the Depositary in English text.
     The Depositary shall also furnish to the Company and the Commission semi annually, beginning on or before six months after the effective date of any registration statement filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the Receipts, the following information in tabular form:
     (1) The number of ADSs evidenced by Receipts issued during the period covered by the report;

22


 

     (2) The number of ADSs evidenced by Receipts retired during the period covered by the report;
     (3) The total amount of ADSs evidenced by Receipts remaining outstanding at the end of the six-month period; and
     (4) The total number of Holders at the end of the six-month period.

The Depositary shall also furnish to the Commission and the Company the name of each dealer known to the Depositary depositing Shares against issuance of Receipts during the period covered by the report. The Company shall furnish the Depositary with the names of each such dealer known to the Company, and the Depositary shall include such names in its report to the Commission.
     The Depositary will make available for inspection by Holders at its Principal New York Office and its Principal London Office and at the office of each Custodian copies of the Deposit Agreement and any notices, reports or communications, including any proxy soliciting materials, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary or Custodian or the nominee of either, as the holder of the Shares, and (b) made generally available to the holders of Shares by the Company.
     Additionally, the Company agrees that if, and so long as, the ADSs are listed on the NYSE and/or the Official List of The London Stock Exchange Limited (the “London Stock Exchange”) and if, and so long as, required by the rules or regulations of the NYSE and/or the London Stock Exchange, the Company will publish all notices to holders of Shares in such manner as required by the NYSE and/or the London Stock Exchange.
     SECTION 5.09. Issuance of Additional Shares, Etc . In the event of any issuance of additional Shares or of other securities (including rights and convertible or exchangeable securities) as a dividend or distribution with respect to Deposited Securities or any future issuance to Holders for cash of such additional securities, the Depositary shall not distribute any such additional securities to the Holders unless the Depositary shall have received, if it shall so require after consultation with the Company, a written opinion from counsel in the United States, which counsel shall be satisfactory to the Depositary and the Company, at the cost of the Company, stating whether or not the circumstances of such issuance are such as to make it necessary for a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to be in effect prior to malting such dividend or distribution available to the Holders entitled thereto and, if in the opinion of such counsel a Registration Statement is required, stating that there is a Registration Statement in effect which will cover such issuance.
     In the event of any issuance by the Company of (a) additional Shares, (b) rights, preferences or privileges to subscribe for Shares, (c) securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or (d) rights, preferences or privileges to subscribe for securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares (in each event other than as a dividend or distribution, or issuance for cash to Holders, in each such case as set forth above), such issuance shall be effected by the Company in a manner so as not to violate the Securities Act of 1933. If the Company determines that an issuance of such securities is required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933,

23


 

the Company will register such issuance to the extent necessary, alter the terms of the issuance to avoid the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 or direct the Depositary or the Custodian to lake specific measures with respect to the acceptance for deposit of Shares to prevent such issuance from being made in violation of the registration requirements of such Act. The Company shall have no obligation to register any such issuance under the Securities Act of 1933.
     The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlled by the Company will at any time deposit any Shares, either upon original issuance or upon a sale of Shares previously issued and reacquired by the Company or by any company under its control, unless such transaction is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or is not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 as confirmed by an opinion of United States counsel.
     SECTION 5.10. Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary and each Custodian and their respective officers, directors and employees against, and hold each of them harmless from, any liability or expense which may arise in connection with the offer, issuance, sale, resale, withdrawal or transfer of ADSs or Shares or which may arise out of acts performed or omitted, including but not limited to any delivery by the Depositary on behalf of the Company of information regarding the Company, in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and of the Receipts, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, in any such case, (i) by either the Depositary or any Custodian, except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith of either of them, or (ii) by the Company, except to the extent that such liability or expense arises out of information relating to the Depositary or to the Custodian, as the case may be, furnished in a signed writing to the Company by the Depositary expressly for use in any document relating to the ADSs.
     The Depositary agrees to indemnify the Company and its officers, directors arid employees and hold each of them harmless from any liability or expense which may arise out of acts performed or omitted by the Depositary due to the negligence or bad faith of the Depositary. With respect to any liability or expense of the Company, its officers, directors or employees arising out of acts negligently performed or omitted to be performed by the Custodian, the Depositary agrees to assign to the Company, to the extent of such liability or expense, such chose in action in respect of such negligent performance or non-performance as the Depositary may have against the Custodian pursuant to the terms of the Custodian Agreement.
     Any person seeking indemnification hereunder (an “indemnified person”) shall notify the person from whom it is seeking indemnification (the “indemnifying person”) of the commencement of any indemnifiable action or claim promptly after such indemnified person becomes aware of such commencement and shall consult in good faith with the indemnifying person as to the conduct of the defense of such action or claim, which defense shall be reasonable under the circumstances. No indemnified person shall compromise or settle any action or claim without the consent of the indemnifying person.

24


 

     The obligations set forth in this Section 5.10 shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and the succession or substitution of any person indemnified hereby.
     SECTION 5.11. Certain Rights of the Depositary; Limitations . Subject to the further terms and provisions of this Section 5.11 and Section 3.05 and applicable Korean law, the Depositary, its affiliates and their agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADSs. The Depositary may cause the issuance of ADSs against evidence of rights to receive Shares from the Company, or any custodian, registrar, transfer agent, clearing agency or other entity involved in ownership or transaction records in respect of the Shares. Such evidence of rights shall consist of written blanket or specific guarantees of ownership of Shares furnished on behalf of the bolder thereof. In its capacity as Depositary, the Depositary shall not lend Shares or ADSs; provided , however , that to the extent permitted by Korean law, the Depositary reserves the right to (i) cause the issuance of ADSs prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.02 and (ii) deliver Shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of ADSs pursuant to Section 2.05, including ADSs which were issued under (i) above but for which Shares may not have been received (each such transaction being referred to as a “Pre-Release”); further provided , however , that the Depositary shall not issue ADSs prior to the receipt of Shares in the case of the deposit of Shares by the Company in connection with an offering of ADSs or pursuant to Sections 4.04 or 4.06, unless requested by the Company and to the extent permitted by applicable Korean law. The Depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of Shares under (i) above and receive Shares in lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such transaction shall be (a) subject to (x) a written representation by the person or entity (the “Applicant”) to whom ADSs or Shares are delivered that, at the time the Depositary causes the issuance of such ADSs or delivers such Shares, the Applicant or its customer owns the Shares or ADSs to be delivered to the Depositary, or (y) such evidence of ownership of Shares or ADSs as the Depositary deems appropriate, (b) subject to a written agreement by the Applicant that it will hold such Shares or ADSs in trust for the Depositary until their delivery to the Depositary or custodian, reflect on its records the Depositary as owner of such Shares or ADSs and deliver such Shares upon the Depositary’s request, (c) at all times fully collateralized (marked to market daily) with cash, United States government securities, or other collateral of comparable safety and liquidity, (d) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five (5) business days notice, and (e) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The Depositary intends that the number of ADSs issued under (i) above and outstanding at any time generally will not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the ADSs then outstanding with respect to which Shares are on deposit with the Depositary; provided , however , that the Depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as the Depositary reasonably deems appropriate. The Depositary will also set limits with respect to the number of ADSs and Shares involved in transactions to be effected pursuant to this Section 5.11 with any one person on a case-by-case basis as it deems appropriate.
     Collateral provided by an Applicant for ADSs or Shares, but not the earnings thereon, shall be held for the benefit of the Holders (other than the Applicant). The Depositary may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing, including without limitation earnings on the collateral.

25


 

     The Depositary understands and agrees that Pre-Release transactions may be engaged only in a manner that would not, under the applicable law existing on the date of such Pre-Release, cause any U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of ADRs to differ from those that would have occurred had there been no Pre-Release. The Depositary agrees to execute and deliver ADRs and deliver Shares in Pre-Release transactions only pursuant to Pre- Release agreements that contain provisions whereby the Applicant to whom the Pre-Release is made agrees in a manner enforceable against the Applicant directly by the Company (i) that at the time of Pre-Release, the Applicant shall either be or represent the beneficial owner of the number of Shares or ADRs, as the case may be, that are the subject of the Pre-Release, (ii) to indicate the Depositary as owner of the Shares or ADRs, as applicable, on its records, to hold such Shares or ADRs in trust for the Depositary until such Shares or ADRs are delivered to the Depositary or the Custodian and to deliver to the Depositary or the Custodian the Shares or ADRs that are the subject of the Pre-Release, (iii) to indemnify the Depositary, its Custodian and the Company for all damages, costs and expenses arising out of any Pre-Release requested by the applicant, and (iv) to submit to the jurisdiction of New York courts. The Depositary agrees to cease engaging in Pre-Release transactions on request of the Company to do so.
     The Depositary shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its officers, directors and employees (in addition to the Depositary’s obligations under Section 5.10 herein) from and against any loss, liability, tax or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred in defending the Company or other indemnified party against any of the foregoing) incurred as a result of a breach by the Depositary of its undertakings in this Section 5.11. The Company will have no liability to the Depositary or any Holder or Beneficial Owner for any loss, liability, tax or expense that may arise as a result of any Pre-Release described in this Section 5.11, except in the case of any Pre-Release requested in writing by the Company or due to the bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct of the Company.
ARTICLE VI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     SECTION 6.01. Amendment . The form of the Receipts and any provisions of this Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable. Any amendment which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges), or which shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Holders shall not, however, become effective as to outstanding Receipts until the expiration of 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Holders of outstanding Receipts. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner at the time any amendment so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such Receipt or to own any beneficial interest therein, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Holder to surrender such Receipt and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.
     SECTION 6.02. Termination . The Depositary shall at any time at the direction of the Company, upon 90 days’ prior written notice from the Company, terminate this Deposit

26


 

Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Holders of all Receipts then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination. The Depositary may likewise terminate this Deposit Agreement if at any time 90 days after the Depositary shall have delivered to the Company a written notice of its election to resign and a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.05. If any Receipts shall remain outstanding after the date of termination, the Depositary thereafter shall discontinue the registration of transfers of Receipts, shall suspend the distribution of dividends to the Holders thereof, shall not accept deposits of Shares (and shall instruct each Custodian to act accordingly), and shall not give any further notices or perform any further acts under this Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary shall continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities, shall sell property and rights and convert Deposited Securities into cash as provided in this Deposit Agreement, and shall continue to deliver Deposited Securities, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, in exchange for Receipts surrendered to the Depositary. At any time after the expiration of six months from the date of termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held hereunder and may thereafter hold the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Holders which have not theretofore been surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash. Upon the termination of this Deposit Agreement, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.06 and 5.10 hereof.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 7.01. Counterparts . This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     SECTION 7.02. No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person, except as expressly provided in Section 4.13 with respect to the right to receive upon request certain information with respect to the Company.
     SECTION 7.03. Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or in the Receipts should be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or therein shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.
     SECTION 7.04. Holders and Beneficial Owners as Parties; Binding Effect . The Holders and the Beneficial Owners from time to time shall be parties to this Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof and of any Receipt by acceptance thereof or any beneficial interest therein.

27


 

     SECTION 7.05. Notices . Any and all notices to be given to the Company shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, or sent by air courier, or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter personally delivered or sent by air courier, addressed to Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp., 267, 5-ka, Namdaemun-ro, Jung-ku, Seoul, Korea; Attention: Director of Finance Department (facsimile number: (822) 3709-0699), or to any other address which the Company may specify in writing. Any and all notices to be given to the Depositary shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, or sent by air courier, or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter personally delivered or sent by air courier, addressed to Citibank, N.A., 111 Wall Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10043, Attention: ADR Department (telex number: ITT: 420392; RCA: 235530; facsimile number: (212) 825-5398), or to any other address which the Depositary may specify in writing.
     Any and all notices to be given to any Holder shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, or sent by mail (if domestic, first class, if overseas, first class airmail) or air courier, or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission confirmed by letter sent by mail or air courier, addressed to such Holder at the address of such Holder as it appears on the transfer books for Receipts of the Depositary, or, if such Holder shall have filed with the Depositary a written request that notices intended for such Holder be mailed to some other address, at the address specified in such request.
     Delivery of a notice sent by mail or air courier shall be deemed to be effective three days (in the case of domestic mail or air courier) or seven days (in the case of overseas mail) after dispatch, and any notice sent by cable, telex or facsimile transmission as provided in this Section shall be deemed to be effective 24 hours after dispatch. The Depositary or the Company may, however, act upon any cable, telex or facsimile transmission received by it from the other or from any Holder, notwithstanding that such cable, telex or facsimile transmission shall not subsequently be confirmed by letter as aforesaid.
     SECTION 7.06. Governing Law . This Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted under, and all rights hereunder and thereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. The Company and the Depositary agree that New York State or federal courts located in The City of New York shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or proceeding and to settle any dispute between them that may arise out of or in connection with this Deposit Agreement and, for such purposes, each irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waives any objection to legal actions or proceedings in such courts whether on the ground of venue or on the ground that the proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company irrevocably designates and appoints KMT International Inc, New York Representative Office, which has an office at 110 East 55th Street, New York, New York 10022, U.S.A., as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Deposit Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which may be instituted in any federal or state court in The City of New York, and agrees that service of process upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to

28


 

take any and all actions as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect.
     SECTION 7.07. Prohibition of Assignment . The Depositary may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder, except as otherwise provided herein or with the prior written consent of the Company.
     SECTION 7.08. Compliance with United States Securities Laws . Notwithstanding anything in this Deposit Agreement to the contrary, the Company and the Depositary each agrees that it will not exercise any rights it has under this Deposit Agreement to prevent the withdrawal or delivery of Deposited Securities in a manner which would violate the United States securities laws, including, but not limited to, Section I.A.(I) of the General Instructions to the Form F-6 Registration Statement, as amended from time to time, under the Securities Act of 1933.

29


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KOREA MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORP. and CITIBANK, N.A. have duly executed this agreement as of the day and year first above set forth and all Holders and Beneficial Owners of Receipts shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of Receipts issued in accordance with the terms hereof or upon acquisition of any beneficial interest in such Receipts.
         
  KOREA MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sung Ho Song    
    Name:   Sung Ho Song    
    Title:   General Manager   
 
  CITIBANK, N.A.
 
 
  By:   /s/ S.T. Yang  
    Name:   S.T. Yang  
    Title:   Vice President  

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
Number                     
     CUSIP Number                     
     
 
  AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES (EACH AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARE REPRESENTING ONE-NINETIETH OF A SHARE)
(FORM OF FACE OF ADR)
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT
FOR
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
representing
DEPOSITED SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,
PAR VALUE 5,000 WON PER SHARE OF
KOREA MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CORP.
(Incorporated under the laws of The Republic of Korea with limited liability)
     CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, as Depositary (the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that                                           is the owner of that number of American Depositary Shares indicated on the records of the Depositary, representing deposited shares of the common stock, par value 5,000 Won per share, or evidence of rights to receive such shares (“Shares”), of Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Company”). At the date of the Deposit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), each American Depositary Share represents one-ninetieth of a Share deposited under the Deposit Agreement with the Custodian, which at the date of execution of the Deposit Agreement is Korea Securities Depository. The number of Shares represented by each ADS is subject to change as provided in Article IV of the Deposit Agreement.
     (1)  The Deposit Agreement . This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue (herein called “ADRs” or “Receipts”), all issued and to be issued upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 (the “Deposit Agreement”), among the Company, the Depositary and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of Receipts issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting a Receipt or acquiring any beneficial interest therein agrees to become a party thereto and becomes bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Deposit Agreement sets forth the rights of Holders and Beneficial Owners and the rights and duties of the Depositary in respect of the Shares deposited thereunder and any and all other securities, property and cash from time to time received in respect of such Shares and held thereunder (such Shares, other securities, property and cash are herein called “Deposited Securities”). Copies of the Deposit Agreement are on file at the Principal New York Office and Principal London Office of the Depositary and at the principal

A-1


 

office of the Custodian. The statements made on the face and the reverse of this Receipt are summaries of certain provisions of the Deposit Agreement and are qualified by and subject to the detailed provisions of the Deposit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Terms defined in the Deposit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the same defined meanings set forth in the Deposit Agreement.
     (2)  Surrender of Receipts and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities . Upon surrender at the Principal London Office or Principal New York Office of the Depositary of this Receipt for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by this Receipt, and upon payment of the fee of the Depositary provided in paragraph (7) of this Receipt, and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such surrender, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the ownership restrictions referred to in Section 3.05 of the Deposit Agreement and applicable laws and regulations of Korea, the Holder hereof is entitled to physical delivery, to him or upon his order, or to electronic delivery or book entry transfer to an account in Korea or, if permissible under applicable Korean law, outside the United States designated by such Holder, of the Deposited Securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by this Receipt or constituting such beneficial interest, as the case may be; provided , however , that such withdrawals are not permitted until 15 days after the issuance of the ADSs issued under the Deposit Agreement in the case of ADSs issued in respect of newly issued Shares. Physical delivery of such Deposited Securities may be made by the delivery of certificates to an agent in Korea of such Holder or, if permissible under applicable Korean law, to such Holder or as ordered by him. Physical or electronic delivery or book-entry transfer of Deposited Securities will be made without unreasonable delay. The Depositary shall confirm to the person surrendering a Receipt or so giving written instructions the surrender of a Receipt or the receipt of instructions regarding withdrawal of Deposited Securities.
     A Receipt surrendered or written instructions received for such purposes may be required by the Depositary to be properly endorsed or accompanied by properly executed instruments of transfer. The person requesting withdrawal of Deposited Securities shall deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in such order subject to applicable Korean laws and regulations.
     Upon the receipt of complete written instructions, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to deliver at the principal office of such Custodian, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in such written instructions, the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Receipt or constituting such beneficial interest, except that the Depositary may make delivery to such person or persons at the Principal New York Office or Principal London Office of the Depositary of any such Deposited Securities which are to the form of cash.
     At the request, risk and expense of any Holder so surrendering a Receipt or submitting such written instructions for delivery, and for the account of such Holder, and provided that payment of any applicable tax or other governmental charge shall have been made in accordance with Section 3.02 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall, if permitted

A-2


 

by applicable Korean law, direct the Custodian to forward a certificate or certificates and other proper documents of title, if any, for the Deposited Securities represented by such ADSs for delivery at the Principal New York Office or Principal London Office of the Depositary. Such direction shall be given by letter or, at the request, risk and expense of such Holder, by cable, telex or facsimile transmission. The Depositary shall not accept for surrender a Receipt evidencing fewer than ninety American Depositary Shares. In the case of surrender of a Receipt evidencing a number of American Depositary Shares not evenly divisible by ninety, the Depositary shall cause ownership of the appropriate whole number of Shares to be recorded in the name of the holder surrendering such Receipt, and shall issue and deliver to the person surrendering such Receipt a new Receipt evidencing ADSs representing any remaining fractional Share.
     (3)  Transfers, Split-ups and Combinations . Subject to the limitations stated herein and in the Deposit Agreement, this Receipt is transferable on the books of the Registrar by the Holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Receipt properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (including signature guarantees in accordance with standard industry practice and duly stamped as may be required by any applicable law); provided , however , that the Registrar shall refuse to register any transfer of an ADR if such registration would cause the total number of Shares represented by ADSs evidenced by ADRs held by any Holder to exceed the number of shares as determined by the Company in order to comply with the ownership restrictions referred to in Section 3.05 of the Deposit Agreement and notified in writing, from time to time, to the Registrar. This Receipt may be split into other Receipts or may be combined with other Receipts into one Receipt, representing the same class and aggregate number of ADSs and registered in the name of the same Holder as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered. As a condition precedent to the execution and delivery, registration of transfer, split-up, combination or surrender of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary or the Custodian may require from the presenter of a Receipt or the depositor of Shares a payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto and payment of any applicable fees as provided in paragraph (7) of this Receipt, and may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature appearing on any form, certification or other document delivered to the Depositary in connection with the Deposit Agreement, including but not limited to a signature guarantee in accordance with industry practice, and may also require compliance with any laws or governmental regulations relating to depositary receipts in general or to the withdrawal of Deposited Securities.
     (4)  Certain Limitations . The Depositary may refuse to execute and to deliver Receipts, register the transfer of any Receipt, or make any distribution of, or related to, Deposited Securities until it has received such proof of citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, payment of applicable Korean or other taxes or governmental charges, legal or beneficial ownership or other information as it or the Company may deem necessary or proper. The delivery of Receipts against deposits of Shares generally or of particular Shares may be suspended or withheld, or the registration of transfer of Receipts in particular instances may be refused, or the registration of transfer generally may be suspended, during any period when the transfer books of the Depositary, the shareholders’ register of the Company (or the appointed

A-3


 

agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of shares) or books of the CSD are closed, or if any such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the Company, the Depositary or the CSD, in good faith, at any time or from time to time in accordance with the Deposit Agreement; provided , however , the surrender of outstanding Receipts and withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented thereby may be suspended, but only as required in connection with (i) temporary delays caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or the issuer of any Deposited Securities (or the appointed agent or agents for such issuer for the transfer and registration of such Deposited Securities) in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends, (ii) payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, or (iii) compliance with any United States or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the Receipts or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the Deposit Agreement any Shares required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 prior to being offered and sold publicly in the United States unless a registration statement is in effect as to such Shares.
     (5)  Liability of Holders and Beneficial Owners For Taxes and Other Charges . If any Korean or other tax or other governmental charge shall become payable with respect hereto or to any Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Holder hereof to the Depositary and shall be payable by Beneficial Owners to the Holder. The Depositary may refuse, and the Company shall be under no obligation, to effect any registration of transfer of all or any part of this Receipt or to execute and deliver any new Receipt or Receipts or to permit any deposit or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions, or may sell for the account of the Holder hereof any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby, and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge, the Holder and the Beneficial Owners hereof remaining liable for any deficiency.
     (6)  Warranties by Depositor . Each person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that (i) such Snares and each certificate therefor are validly issued, outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, (ii) any preemptive or similar rights with respect thereto have been exercised or validly waived, (iii) the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do, and (iv) such Shares arc not, and the ADSs issuable upon such deposit will not be, “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act of 1933. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit of Shares and issuance of Receipts or adjustments in the Depositary’s records in respect thereof.
     (7)  Charges of Depositary . The Depositary will not charge the party to whom ADSs are delivered against deposits. The Depositary will charge the party surrendering ADSs for delivery of Deposited Securities up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) surrendered. The Depositary will charge the party to whom any cash distribution, or for whom the sale or exercise of rights or other corporate action involving distributions to shareholders, is made with respect to ADSs up to $0.02 per ADS held plus the expenses of the Depositary on a per-ADS basis. The Company will pay the expenses of the Depositary and any Registrar only as specified in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary will pay any other charges and expenses of the

A-4


 

Depositary and the Registrar. Holders of Receipts shall pay (i) taxes and other governmental charges, (ii) share transfer registration fees on deposits of Shares, (iii) such cable, telex, facsimile transmission and delivery expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement to be at the expense of persons depositing Shares or Holders of Receipts and (iv) such reasonable expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency into United States dollars.
     All such charges may be changed by agreement between the Depositary and the Company at any time and from time to time, subject to the Deposit Agreement. The right of the Depositary to receive payment of fees, charges and expenses shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and, as to any Depositary, the resignation or removal of such Depositary pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Deposit Agreement.
     (8)  Title to Receipts . Subject to the limitations set forth herein or in the Deposit Agreement, it is a condition of this Receipt, and every successive Holder hereof by accepting or holding the same consents and agrees, that when properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer (including signature guarantees in accordance with standard industry practice), and upon compliance with the restrictions on registration of transfer set forth in the legend appearing above on this Receipt, title to this Receipt (and to each ADS evidenced hereby) is transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of a negotiable instrument under the laws of the State of New York; provided , however , that the Company and the Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may deem and treat the Holder of this Receipt as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose, including, without limitation, the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in the Deposit Agreement and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any holder hereof unless such holder is the Holder hereof.
     (9)  Validity of Receipt . This Receipt shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless this Receipt shall have been executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer; provided , however , that such signature may be a facsimile if this Receipt is countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar.
     (10)  Disclosure of Beneficial Ownership and Ownership Restrictions . The Company may from time to time request Holders or former Holders to provide information as to the capacity in which they hold or held Receipts and regarding the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such Receipts and the nature of such interest and various other matters. Each such Holder agrees to provide any such information reasonably requested by the Company or the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement whether or not still a Holder at the time of such request. The Company may restrict, in such manner as it deems appropriate, transfers of ADSs where such transfer would result in the total number of Shares represented by the ADSs beneficially owned by a single holder to exceed four (4) percent of the aggregate number of Shares of the Company then issued and outstanding or any other limits under applicable law with respect to which the Company may, from time to time, notify the Depositary. The Company, may, in its sole discretion, instruct the Depositary to take action

A-5


 

with respect to the beneficial ownership of any Holder or Beneficial Owner, who holds ADSs in excess of the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence, including but not limited to a mandatory sale or disposition on behalf and for the account of a Holder or Beneficial Owner of the Shares represented by the ADSs held by such Holder or Beneficial Owner, in excess of such limitations, if and to the extent such disposition is permitted by applicable law. Nothing herein or in the Deposit Agreement shall be interpreted as obligating the Depositary to ensure compliance with the ownership restrictions described herein or in Section 3.05 of the Deposit Agreement.
          (11) Available Information . The Company files periodic reports with the Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Dated:
             
    CITIBANK, N.A.,    
 
           
       as Depositary    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
         Vice President    
          The address of the Principal New York Office of the Depositary is 111 Wall Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10043.

A-6


 

(FORM OF REVERSE OF RECEIPT)
SUMMARY OF CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
          (12) Dividends and Distributions; Rights . Whenever the Custodian or the Depositary receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on the Deposited Securities or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a foreign currency, can in the judgment of the Depositary and pursuant to applicable law, be converted on a reasonable basis into United States dollars distributable to the Holders entitled thereto and, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, convert or cause to be converted as promptly as practicable such foreign currency into United States dollars and will distribute promptly the amount thus received and any other dollars received by the Custodian or Depositary in respect of Deposited Securities (less any reasonable expenses incurred by the Depositary in converting such foreign currency) to the Holders entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary; provided , however , that the amount distributed will be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by the Company, the Depositary or the Custodian in respect of taxes or other governmental charges. If in the judgment of the Depositary amounts received in foreign currency may not be converted on a reasonable basis into United States dollars distributable to the Holders entitled thereto, or may not be so convertible for all of the Holders entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make such conversion, if any, and distribution in United States dollars to the extent permissible to the Holders entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received and not so convertible by the Depositary to, or hold such balance (without liability for Interest) for the account of, the Holders entitled to receive the same.
          Whenever the Custodian receives any distribution other than cash, Shares, Non-Voting Stock or rights upon any Deposited Securities, the Depositary will, after consultation with the Company cause the securities or property received by the Custodian to be distributed to the Holders entitled thereto, as of a record date fixed pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Deposit Agreement, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, in any manner that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable for accomplishing such distribution subject to any applicable laws or regulations of Korea. If in the opinion of the Depositary any distribution other than cash, Shares, Non-Voting Stock or rights upon any Deposited Securities cannot be made proportionately among the Holders entitled thereto, or if for any other reason the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, may adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including the sale (at public or private sale) of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and the

A-7


 

net proceeds of any such sale will be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto subject to any applicable laws or regulations of Korea as in the case of a distribution received in cash.
          If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may with the Company’s approval and pursuant to applicable law, and will, if the Company so requests, deposit such Shares under the Deposit Agreement and either (i) distribute to the Holders of outstanding Receipts entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing Deposited Securities held by them respectively, additional Receipts for an aggregate number of ADSs representing the number of Shares received as such dividend or free distribution or (ii) reflect on the records of the Depositary such increase in the aggregate number of ADSs representing the number of Shares so received, in either case after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary. If the Depositary deems such distribution for any reason (including any requirement that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that such Shares must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Holders) not to be feasible, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, may adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including the sale (at public or private sale) of the Shares thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale will be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto as in the case of a distribution received in cash. In lieu of issuing Receipts for fractional ADSs in any such case, the Depositary will sell the number of Shares represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds in dollars. To the extent that new ADSs representing such Shares are not created and such Shares are not sold or otherwise distributed, each ADS will thenceforth also represent such additional Shares distributed upon the Deposited Securities represented thereby. The Company will not be obliged to list depositary shares representing Non-Voting Stock on any exchange.
          If any distribution upon any Deposited Securities consists of a dividend in Non-Voting Stock, the Depositary shall cause such Non-Voting Stock to be deposited under a Non-Voting Stock Deposit Agreement (the “Non-Voting Stock Deposit Agreement”) which may be entered into among the Company, the Depositary and all holders and beneficial owners from time to time of global depositary receipts issued thereunder and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Non-Voting Stock Deposit Agreement, will cause the depositary shares issuable in respect of such deposit to be distributed to the Holders entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively: provided , however , that if for any reason (including any requirement that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that such Non-Voting Stock must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Holders) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be feasible, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, may adopt such method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including the sale (at public or private sale) of the Non-Voting Stock thus received, or any part thereof, and the net proceeds of any such sale shall be distributed by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto as in the case of a distribution received in cash. In lieu of issuing receipts for fractional depositary shares representing such Non-Voting Stock in any such case, the Depositary shall sell the number of shares of such Non-

A-8


 

Voting Stock represented by the aggregate of such fractions and distribute the net proceeds in dollars, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4,02 of the Deposit Agreement.
          In the event that the Company shall offer or cause to be offered to the holders of any Deposited Securities any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or any rights of any other nature, the Depositary, after consultation with the Company, will have discretion as to the procedure to be followed in making such rights available to the Holders entitled thereto, subject to Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement, or in disposing of such rights on behalf of such Holders and distributing the net proceeds in dollars to such Holders or, if by the terms of such rights offering or by reason of applicable law, the Depositary may neither make such rights available to such Holders nor dispose of such rights and distribute the net proceeds to such Holders, then the Depositary shall allow the rights to lapse; provided , however , that the Depositary will, if requested in writing by the Company, either (a) make such rights available to all or certain Holders or Beneficial Owners by means of warrants or otherwise, if lawful and feasible, after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary, or (b) if making such rights available to certain Holders or Beneficial Owners is not lawful or not feasible, or if the rights represented by such warrants or other instruments are not exercised and appear to be about to lapse, make reasonable efforts to sell such rights or warrants or other instruments at public or private sales, at such place or places and upon such terms as the Depositary may deem proper, and after deduction or upon payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary, allocate the net proceeds of such sales for the account of the Holders otherwise entitled thereto upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among such Holders because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any Receipt or Receipts, or otherwise.
          Subject to the foregoing, in the event that the Company issues any rights with respect to Non-Voting Stock, the securities issuable upon any exercise, whether by subscription or otherwise, of such rights by Holders or Beneficial Owners shall be depositary shares representing such Non-Voting Stock issued pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Non-Voting Stock Deposit Agreement.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.06 of the Deposit Agreement, if registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other applicable law of the rights or the securities to which any rights relate, or any filing, report, approval or consent of any third party is required in order for the Company to offer such rights to Holders or Beneficial Owners and to sell the securities represented by such rights, the Depositary will not offer such rights to the Holders unless and until a registration statement is in effect, or unless the offering and sale of such securities to the Holders are exempt from or not subject to the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or such filing, report, approval or consent has been submitted, obtained or granted, as the case may be. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation to register such rights or such securities under the Securities Act of 1933 or to submit, obtain or request, as the case may be, of such filing, report, approval or consent.

A-9


 

          (13) Record Dates . Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable or any distribution other than cash shall be made, or whenever rights shall be issued, with respect to any Deposited Securities, or whenever, for any reason, the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each ADS, or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary will fix a record date after consultation with the Company (which shall be as near as practicable to the corresponding record date for Shares set by the Company) for the determination of the Holders who will be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights, or the net proceeds of the sale thereof, or to receive notice of such meeting or to exercise the rights of Holders with respect to such changed number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, the Holders on such record date shall be entitled to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to such dividend or other distribution or such rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof, to exercise the rights of Holders hereunder with respect to such changed number of Shares in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.
          (14) Voting of Deposited Securities . As soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, such notice to be provided by the Company to the Depositary immediately upon finalization by the Company of the form and substance of such notice, and in no event less than fourteen calendar days prior to the date of such meeting (in accordance with Section 5.08 of the Deposit Agreement), the Depositary shall, if requested in writing by the Company and as soon as practicable thereafter, fix a record date for determining the Holders entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights as provided in Section 4.08 of the Deposit Agreement. The Company shall provide to the Depositary sufficient copies, as the Depositary may reasonably request, of notices of the Company’s shareholders’ meeting, the agenda therefor as well as the English translations thereof, which the Depositary shall mail to Holders as soon as practicable after receipt of the same by the Depositary, together with: (a) a statement that the Holders of record at the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provisions of Korean law and of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company (which provisions, if any, shall be summarized in pertinent part), to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the number of Shares or other Deposited Securities represented by their respective ADSs evidenced by their respective Receipts and (b) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given.
          Upon the written request of a Holder of ADSs evidenced by a Receipt on such record date received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar as practicable and permitted under applicable law and the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, to vote or cause the Custodian to vote the Shares represented by ADSs evidenced by such ADRs in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Depositary shall not attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the Shares other than in accordance with such instructions. ADSs for which no specific voting instructions are received by the Depositary from the Holder shall not be voted. Neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall, under any circumstances exercise any discretion as to voting and neither the Depositary nor the Custodian shall vote or attempt to exercise the

A-10


 

right to vote the Shares or other Deposited Securities of such Series represented by ADSs except pursuant to and in accordance with such written instructions from Holders.
          Subject to the applicable laws or rules of any securities exchange on which the Deposited Securities are listed or traded, at least three (3) days prior to the date of such meeting, the Depositary shall deliver to the Company copies of all instructions received from Holders of Receipts, if any, in accordance with which the Depositary will vote, or cause to be voted, the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs at such meeting. A Holder of ADRs shall not be entitled to give any instructions with respect to voting rights associated with ADSs evidenced by ADRs held by such Holder if and to the extent the total number of Shares represented by ADSs beneficially owned by such Holder or Beneficial Owner exceeds four (4) percent of the total number of Shares outstanding, or any other limit under applicable law with respect to which the Company may, from time to time, notify the Depositary. The Company and the Depositary may take any and all action necessary or desirable to enforce the restrictions on the exercise of voting rights set forth in the preceding sentence. Voting rights, if any, may be exercised only in respect of ninety ADSs, or multiples thereof.
          The Company acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of Section 5.10 of the Deposit Agreement will apply to any liability or expense of the Depositary which may arise out of or in connection with any action of the Depositary or the Custodian in voting pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Deposit Agreement.
          (15) Changes Affecting Deposited Securities . Upon any change in par value, split-up, consolidation or any other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or sale of assets by the Company, any securities which will be received by the Depositary or the Custodian in exchange for or in conversion of or in respect of Deposited Securities will be treated as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement, and the ADSs will, subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement and applicable laws, including any applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, thenceforth represent the new Deposited Securities so received, unless additional or new ADSs are created pursuant to the following sentence. In any such case the Depositary may, with the Company’s approval and pursuant to applicable law, and will, if the Company so requests and pursuant to applicable law, and subject to Section 5.09 of the Deposit Agreement, create new or additional ADSs representing such new Deposited Securities and execute and deliver additional Receipts evidencing as in the case of a stock dividend on the Shares, and may call for the surrender of. outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing such new Deposited Securities. Immediately upon the occurrence of any such change, conversion or exchange covered by Section 4.10 of the Deposit Agreement in respect of the Deposited Securities, the Depositary will give notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, in writing to all Holders.
          (16) Reports: Inspection of Transfer Books . The Depositary will make available for inspection by Holders at its Principal New York Office and Principal London Office and at the office of each Custodian copies of the Deposit Agreement, any notices, reports or communications, including any proxy soliciting materials, received from the Company which

A-11


 

are both (a) received by the Depositary or a Custodian or the nominee of either, as the holder of the Deposited Securities, and (b) made generally available to the holders of such Deposited Securities by the Company. The Depositary will also send to Holders copies of such notices, reports and communications when furnished by the Company to the Depositary as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary will keep books at its Principal New York Office for the registration of Receipts and their transfer which at all reasonable times will be open for inspection by Holders and the Company, provided that such inspection shall not to the Depositary’s knowledge be for the purpose of communicating with Holders in the interest of a business or object other than the business of the Company or a matter related to the Deposit Agreement or the Receipts, Upon notice to the Company, the Depositary may close the transfer books, at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by it in connection with the performance of its duties under the Deposit Agreement.
          (17) Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement, in the event that the Depositary determines that any distribution in property (including Shares or rights to subscribe therefor or other securities) is subject to any tax or governmental charges which the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes or governmental charges, including by public or private sale, and the Depositary will distribute the net proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes or governmental charges to the Holders entitled thereto in proportion to the number of ADSs held by them respectively.
          (18) Liability of the Company and Depositary . Neither the Depositary nor the Company will incur any liability to any Holder or Beneficial Owner, if by reason of any provision of any present or future law of the United States, Korea or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any other governmental authority, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control, the Depositary or the Company shall be prevented, delayed or forbidden from, or subject to any civil or criminal liability on account of, doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement it is provided shall be done or performed. Neither the Company nor the Depositary assumes any obligation or shall be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to Holders or Beneficial Owners, except that each of them agrees to act in good faith and without negligence in the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary and the Company undertake to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Deposit Agreement against the Depositary or the Company. Neither the Depositary nor the Company will be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the Receipts, which in its opinion may involve it in expense and liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense and liability be furnished as often as may be required, and no Custodian will be under any obligation whatsoever with respect to such proceedings, the responsibility of the Custodian being solely to the Depositary. Neither the Depositary nor the Company will be liable for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person

A-12


 

presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder or Beneficial Owner, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. Each of the Depositary, its agents and the Company may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice. request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
          (19) Certain Rights of the Depositary: Limitations . Subject to the further terms and provisions of Sections 5.11 and 3.05 of the Deposit Agreement and applicable Korean law, the Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADSs. The Depositary, may cause the issuance of ADSs against evidence of rights to receive Shares from the Company, or any custodian, registrar, transfer agent, clearing agency or other entity involved in ownership or transaction records in respect of the Shares. Such evidence of rights shall consist of written blanket or specific guarantees of ownership of Shares furnished on behalf of the holder thereof. In its capacity as Depositary, the Depositary shall not lend Shares or ADSs; provided , however , that to the extent permitted by Korean law, the Depositary reserves the right to (i) cause the issuance of ADSs prior to the receipt of Shares pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement and (ii) deliver Shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of ADSs pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Deposit Agreement, including ADSs which were issued under (i) above but for which Shares may not have been received (each such transaction being referred to as a “Pre-Release”); further provided , however, that the Depositary shall not issue ADSs prior to the receipt of Shares in the case of the deposit of Shares by the Company in connection with an offering of ADSs or pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, unless requested by the Company and to the extent permitted by applicable Korean law. The Depositary may receive ADSs in lieu of Shares under (i) above and receive Shares in lieu of ADSs under (ii) above. Each such transaction shall be (a) subject to (x) a written representation by the person or entity (the “Applicant”) to whom ADSs or Shares are delivered that, at the time the Depositary causes the issuance of such ADSs or delivers such Shares, the Applicant or its customer owns the Shares or ADSs to be delivered to the Depositary, or (y) such evidence of ownership of Shares or ADSs as the Depositary deems appropriate, (b) subject to a written agreement by the Applicant that it will hold such Shares or ADSs in trust for the Depositary until their delivery to the Depositary or custodian, reflect on its records the Depositary as owner of such Shares or ADSs and deliver such Shares upon the Depositary’s request, (c) at all times fully collateralized (marked to market daily) with cash, United States government securities, or other collateral of comparable safety and liquidity, (d) terminable by the Depositary on not more than five (5) business days notice, and (e) subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The Depositary intends that the number of ADSs issued under (i) above and outstanding at any time generally will not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the ADSs then outstanding with respect to which Shares are on deposit with the Depositary; provided , however , that the Depositary reserves the right to change or disregard such limit from time to time as the Depositary reasonably deems appropriate. The Depositary will also set limits with respect to the number of ADSs and Shares involved in transactions to be effected pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Deposit Agreement with any one person on a case-by-case basis as it deems appropriate.
          Collateral provided by an Applicant for ADSs or Shares, but not the earnings thereon, shall be held for the benefit of the Holder. The Depositary may retain for its own

A-13


 

account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing, including without limitation earnings on the collateral.
          The Company will have no liability to the Depositary or any Holder or Beneficial Owner for any loss, liability, tax or expense that may arise as a result of any Pre-Release described in Section 5.11 of the Deposit Agreement, except in the case of any Pre-Release requested in writing by the Company or due to the bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct of the Company.
          (20) Resignation and Removal of Depositary: Substitution of Custodian . The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement by 60 days’ prior written notice of its election to do so delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 60 days’ prior written notice of such removal, which shall become effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, when it reasonably appears to be in the best interest of the Holders to do so, appoint a substitute or an additional custodian and the term “Custodian” shall also refer to such substitute or additional custodian.
          (21) Amendment of Deposit Agreement and Receipts . This Receipt and the Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by Agreement between the Company and the Depositary. Any amendment which shall impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes or other governmental charges), or which shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Holders shall not, however, become effective as to outstanding Receipts until the expiration of 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Holders of outstanding Receipts. Every Holder and Beneficial Owner at the time any amendment so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold any Receipt or to own any beneficial interest herein, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Holder to surrender such Receipt and receive therefor the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.
          (22) Termination of Deposit Agreement . The Depositary will at any time at the direction of the Company, upon 90 days’ prior written notice from the Company, terminate the Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to the Holders of all Receipts then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination. The Depositary may likewise terminate the Deposit Agreement if at any time 90 days after the Depositary shall have delivered to the Company a written notice of its election to resign and a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and accepted its appointment. If any Receipts shall remain outstanding after the date of termination, the Depositary thereafter will discontinue the registration of transfers of Receipts, will suspend the distribution of dividends to the holders thereof, will not accept deposits of Shares (and will instruct each Custodian to act accordingly) and will not give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement, except that the Depositary will continue to collect dividends and other distributions pertaining

A-14


 

to Deposited Securities, will sell property and rights and convert Deposited Securities into cash, and will continue to deliver Deposited Securities, together with any dividends or other distributions received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or other property, in exchange for Receipts surrendered to the Depositary. At any time after the expiration of six months from the date of termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under the Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Holders not theretofore surrendered. Thereafter the Depositary will be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement, except to account for such net proceeds and other cash.
          (23) Governing Law . The Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted under, and all rights hereunder and thereunder shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
          (24) Power of Attorney . Each Holder, upon acceptance of this Receipt hereby appoints the Depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to take any and all steps or action provided for or contemplated herein with respect to the Deposited Securities, including but not limited to those set forth in Article IV of the Deposit Agreement, and to take such further steps or action as the Depositary in its reasonable discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Deposit Agreement.

A-15


 

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
     
 
   
(Please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee)
 
(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)
the within American Depositary Receipt and all rights and interests represented thereby, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
     
     
attorney to transfer the same on the books of the within named Depositary, with full power of substitution in the premises.
                 
Dated:
          Signature    
 
               
           
NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Receipt in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. If the endorsement be executed by an attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, the person executing the endorsement must give his full title in such capacity and proper evidence of authority to act in such capacity, if not on file with the Depositary, must be forwarded with this Receipt.
            All endorsements or assignments of Receipts must be guaranteed by a member of a Medallion Signature Program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc.

A-16


 

EXHIBIT B
CHARGES OF THE DEPOSITARY
             
    Service   Rate   Fees Payable By
(1)
  Receipt of deposits and delivery of ADSs   Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)   Party receiving ADSs*
 
           
(2)
  Delivery of Deposited Securities against surrender of ADSs   Up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)   Party surrendering ADSs
 
           
(3)
  Cash distribution or other distributions; sale or exercise of rights; or other corporate action involving distributions to shareholders (including any distribution in the form of Shares, Non-Voting Capital Stock or delivery of ADSs upon exercise of rights)   Up to $0.02 per ADS held   Party to whom distribution, or for whom sale or exercise of rights, is made
 
*   The Depositary agrees to waive such fee as would have been payable by the Company in the case of (i) an offering of ADSs by the Company or (ii) any distribution of Shares or any rights to subscribe for additional Shares.

B-1


 

Execution Copy
 
SK TELECOM CO., LTD.
(previously known as “Korea
Mobile Telecommunications Corp.”)
AND
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Depositary,
AND
ALL HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES EVIDENCED BY
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
ISSUED HEREUNDER
 

Amendment No. 1
to
Deposit Agreement
 
Dated as of March 15, 1999
 

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
     AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of March 15, 1999 (the “Amendment”), by and among SK Telecom Co., Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea and previously known as “Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp.” (the “Company”), CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America (the “Depositary”), and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder.
WITNESSETH THAT:
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Depositary entered into that certain Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996 (the “Deposit Agreement”), for the creation of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares (as defined in the Deposited Agreement) deposited from time to time and for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Receipts in respect of the American Depositary Shares; and
          WHEREAS, the Company has changed its name from “Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp.” to “SK Telecom Co., Ltd.” and desires to amend the Deposit Agreement to reflect such change; and
          WHEREAS, the Korean securities regulations have been modified to eliminate the requirement to obtain the approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission of Korea prior to accepting Shares for deposit; and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Deposit Agreement, the Company and the Depositary deem it necessary and desirable to amend the Deposit Agreement and the form of Receipt annexed thereto as Exhibit A for the purposes set forth herein.

 


 

          NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Depositary hereby agree to amend the Deposit Agreement as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
     SECTION 1.01. Definitions . Unless otherwise specified in this Amendment, all capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Deposit Agreement.
     SECTION 1.02. Effective Date . The term “Effective Date” shall mean the date set forth above and as of which this Amendment shall become effective.
ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
     SECTION 2.01. Deposit Agreement . All references in the Deposit Agreement to the terms “Deposit Agreement” shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to the Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by this Amendment and as further amended from time to time.
     SECTION 2.02. Change of Name . All references made in the Deposit Agreement to “Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp.” shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to “SK Telecom Co., Ltd.”
     SECTION 2.03. Change of Laws and Regulations . The last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement is hereby amended, as of the Effective Date,

2


 

by deleting such sentence in its entirety and inserting the following sentence in its stead:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing, no outstanding Shares shall be accepted for deposit hereunder unless (i) the Company shall have consented to such deposit, or (ii) the Company shall have notified the Depositary that the consent required under clause (i) above is no longer required under Korean laws and regulations.”
ARTICLE III
AMENDMENTS TO THE FORM OF RECEIPT
     SECTION 3.01. Receipt Amendment . The first sentence of paragraph (1) of the form of Receipt attached as Exhibit A to the Deposit Agreement and of each of the Receipts issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date is hereby amended, as of the Effective Date, by deleting such sentence in its entirety and inserting the following in its stead;
“This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue (herein called “ADRs” or “Receipts”), all issued and to be issued upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended from time to time (as so amended, the “Deposit Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Depositary and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of Receipts issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting a Receipt or acquiring any beneficial interest therein agrees to become a party thereto and becomes bound by all the terms and provisions thereof.”
     SECTION 3.02. Change of Name . All references to “Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp.” made in the form of Receipt attached as Exhibit A to the Deposit Agreement and in each of the Receipts issued and outstanding under the Deposit Agreement shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to “SK Telecom Co., Ltd.”

3


 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Depositary and the Holders and Beneficial Owners, that:
     (a) This Amendment and the Deposit Agreement at the time of execution and delivery by the Company, will be and have been, respectively, duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and
     (b) In order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Amendment or of the Deposit Agreement as amended hereby in Korea, neither of such agreements needs to be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in Korea, nor does any stamp or similar tax needs be paid in Korea on or in respect of such agreements; and
     (c) All of the information provided to the Depositary by the Company in connection with this Amendment is true, accurate and correct.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
     SECTION 5.01. New Receipts . From and after the Effective Date, the Depositary [ILLEGIBLE] arrange to have new Receipts printed or the existing Receipts amended that reflect the changes to the form of Receipt effected by this Amendment. All Receipts issued hereunder after the Effective Date, once such new Receipts are available, whether upon the deposit of Shares or other Deposited Securities or upon the transfer, combination or split-up of existing Receipts, shall [ILLEGIBLE] substantially in the form of the specimen Receipt attached as Exhibit A hereto. However, Receipts issued prior or subsequent to the date hereof, which do not reflect the changes to the

4


 

form of Receipt effected hereby, do not need to be called in for exchange and may remain outstanding until such time as the Holders thereof choose to surrender such Receipts to the Depositary for any reason under the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary is authorized and directed to take any and all actions deemed necessary to effectuate the foregoing.
     SECTION 5.02. Notice of Amendment to Holders . As notice of the change of the Company’s name has been sent to the Holders of Receipt prior to the date hereof, the Depositary is directed not to send notice of this Amendment to the Holders.
     SECTION 5.03. Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Depositary (and any and all of its directors, employees and officers) for any and all liabilities it or they may incur as a result of the terms of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith of the Depositary (and any and all of its directors, employees and officers).
     The Depositary agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company (and any and all of its directors, employees and officers) for any and all liabilities, it or they may incur arising out of acts performed or omitted by the Depositary negligently or in bad faith.

5


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Depositary have caused this Amendment to be executed by representatives thereunto duly authorized as of the date set forth above.
             
    SK TELECOM CO., LTD.    
 
           
 
  By:  /s/ S.H. Song
 
   
 
  Name:   S.H.SONG    
 
  Title:   General Manager    
 
           
    CITIBANK, N.A., as Depositary    
 
           
 
  BY:  /s/ S. T. Yang
 
 
 
           
 
  Name:   S. T. YANG    
 
  Title:   Vice President    

6


 

SK TELECOM CO. LTD.
AND
CITIBANK, N.A.,
As Depositary
AND
HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS
FROM TIME TO TIME OF
AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
 
Amendment No. 2
to
Deposit Agreement
Dated as of April 24, 2000

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
           AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT, is made as of April 24, 2000 (the “Amendment”), by and among SK TELECOM CO. LTD., a Corporation organized and existing under the Laws of the Republic of Korea (formerly known as “Korea Mobile Telecommunications Corp.”) (the “Company”), CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America and acting solely as depositary (the “Depositary”), and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued under the Deposit Agreement as defined below.
WITNESSETH THAT
           WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into that certain Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Deposit Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1999 (as so amended, the “Deposit Agreement”), for the creation of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing the Shares (as defined in the Deposit Agreement) so deposited and for the execution and delivery of such ADRs evidencing such ADSs;
           WHEREAS, the Company has changed its par value from Won 5,000 per Share (as defined in the Deposit Agreement) to Won 500 per Share and desires to amend the Deposit Agreement to reflect such change;
           WHEREAS, the Company has changed the ratio of Shares to ADSs from one-ninetieth (1/90) of a Share to one (1) ADS to one-ninth (1/9) of a Share to one (1) ADS, and desires to amend the Deposit Agreement to reflect such change; and
           WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Deposit Agreement, the Company and the Depositary deem it necessary and desirable to amend the Deposit Agreement and the form of ADR annexed thereto as Exhibit A for the purposes set forth herein;
           NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Depositary hereby agree to amend the Deposit Agreement as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
           SECTION 1.01. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Deposit Agreement.
ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
           SECTION 2.01. Deposit Agreement . All references in the Deposit Agreement to the terms “Deposit Agreement” shall, as of the Effective Date (as herein defined), refer to the Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No.l, dated as of March 15, 1999 as further amended by this Amendment.
           SECTION 2.02. Change of Par Value . All references made in the Deposit Agreement to a par value of “Won 5,000” shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to a par value of “Won 500.”
           SECTION 2.03. Change of Ratio . All references made in the Deposit Agreement to each American Depositary Share representing one-ninetieth (1/90) of a Share shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to each American Depositary Share representing one-ninth (1/9) of a Share.
ARTICLE III
AMENDMENTS TO THE FORM OF ADR
           SECTION 3.01. Change of par value . Al1 references to the Shares par value of “Won 5,000” made in the ADRs issued and outstanding shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to a par value of “Won 500”.
           SECTION 3.02. Change of ratio . All references to each American Depositary Share representing one-ninetieth (1/90) of a Share made in the ADRs issued and outstanding shall, as of the Effective Date, refer to each American Depositary Share representing one-ninth (1/9) of a Share.

 


 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
           SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Depositary and the Holders, that:
(a) This Amendment, when executed and delivered by the Company, and the Deposit Agreement and all other documentation executed and delivered by the Company in connection therewith, will be and have been, respectively, duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and
(b) In order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Amendment or the Deposit Agreement as amended hereby, and any other document furnished hereunder or thereunder in the Republic of Korea, neither of such agreements need to be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the Republic of Korea, nor does any stamp or similar tax need to be paid in the Republic of Korea on or in respect of such agreements; and
(c) All of the information provided to the Depositary by the Company in connection with this Amendment is true, accurate and correct.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
           SECTION 5.01. Effective Date . This Amendment is dated as of the date set forth above and shall be effective as of such date (the “Effective Date”).
           SECTION 5.02. New ADRs . From and after the Effective Date, the Depositary shall arrange to have new ADRs printed or amended that reflect the changes to the form of ADR effected by this Amendment. All ADRs issued hereunder after the Effective Date, once such new ADRs are available, whether upon the deposit of Shares or other Deposited Securities or upon the transfer, combination or split-up of existing ADRs, shall be substantially in the form of the specimen ADR attached as Exhibit A hereto. However, ADRs issued prior or subsequent to the date hereof, which do not reflect the changes to the form of ADR effected hereby, do not need to be called in for exchange and may remain outstanding until such time as the Holders thereof choose to surrender them for any reason under the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary is authorized and directed to take any and all actions deemed necessary to effect the foregoing.
           SECTION 5.03. Notice of Amendment to Holders . The Depositary is hereby directed to send notices informing the Holders (i) of the terms of this Amendment, (ii) or the Effective Date of this

 


 

Amendment and (iii) that the Holders shall be given the opportunity, but that it is unnecessary, to surrender outstanding ADRs.
           SECTION 5.04. Indemnification . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Depositary (and any and all of its directors, employees and officers) for any and all liability it or they may incur as a result of the terms of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein.
           SECTION 5.05. Ratification . Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms, covenants and conditions of the Deposit Agreement as originally executed shall remain in full force and effect.
           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Depositary have caused this Amendment to be executed by representatives thereunto duly authorized as of the date set forth above.
             
    SK TELECOM CO. LTD.    
 
           
 
  By:    
 
   
    Name:    
    Title: Senior Vice President    
 
           
    CITIBANK, N.A., as Depositary    
 
           
 
  By:    
 
   
    Name:    
    Title: Vice President    

 


 

SK TELECOM CO., LTD.
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Depositary
and
All HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS FROM
TIME TO TIME OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
 
Amendment No. 3
to
Deposit Agreement
Dated as of July 24, 2002

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
           AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT, is made as of July 24, 2002 (the “Amendment”), by and among SK TELECOM CO., LTD., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of The Republic of Korea (the “Company”), CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States of America and acting solely as depositary (the “Depositary”), and all Holders and Beneficial Owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued under the Deposit Agreement.
WITNESSETH THAT
           WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into that certain Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 15, 1999, and as further amended by Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 24, 2000 (as so amended, the “Deposit Agreement”), for the creation of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing the Shares (as defined in the Deposit Agreement) so deposited and for the execution and delivery of such ADRs evidencing such ADSs;
           WHEREAS, the Company has changed its agent for service of process and desires to amend the Deposit Agreement to reflect such change; and
           WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Deposit Agreement, the Company and the Depositary deem it necessary and desirable to amend the Deposit Agreement and the form of ADR annexed thereto as Exhibit A for the purposes set forth herein;
           NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Depositary hereby agree to amend the Deposit Agreement as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
           SECTION 1.01. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Deposit Agreement.

 


 

ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO DEPOSIT AGREEMENT
           SECTION 2.01. Deposit Agreement . All references in the Deposit Agreement to the term “Deposit Agreement” shall, as of the Effective Date (as herein defined), refer to the Deposit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 15, 1999, and by Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 24, 2000, and as further amended by this Amendment.
           SECTION 2.02. Change of Agent for Service of Process . All references made in the Deposit Agreement to KMT International Inc., New York Representative Office, which has an office at 110 East 55 th Street, New York, New York 10022, U.S.A., named as authorized agent for service of process for the Company under Section 7.6 of the Deposit Agreement shall, as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 5.01 hereto), refer to Gary R. Whitaker, SK USA, Inc., which has an office at 400 Kelby Street, 17 th Floor, Fort Lee, New Jersey 07024, U.S.A., and such other person as the Company may designate in writing to the Depositary from time to time.
ARTICLE III
FORM OF ADR
           SECTION 3.01. Form of ADR . From and after the Effective Date, the Form of ADR shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
           SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Depositary and the Holders, that:
(a) This Amendment, when executed and delivered by the Company, and the Deposit Agreement and all other documentation executed and delivered by the Company in connection therewith, will be and have been, respectively, duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and

 


 

(b) In order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Amendment or the Deposit Agreement as amended hereby, and any other document furnished hereunder or thereunder in the Republic of Korea, neither of such agreements need to be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the Republic of Korea, nor does any stamp or similar tax need to be paid in the Republic of Korea on or in respect of such agreements; and
(c) All of the information provided to the Depositary by the Company in connection with this Amendment is true, accurate and correct.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
           SECTION 5.01. Effective Date. This Amendment is dated as of the date set forth above and shall be effective as of such date (the “Effective Date”).
           SECTION 5.02. Notice of Amendment to Holders. The Depositary is hereby directed to send notices informing the Holders of (i) the terms of this Amendment, (ii) the Effective Date of this Amendment and (iii) that the Holders shall be given the opportunity, but that it is unnecessary, to surrender outstanding ADRs.
           SECTION 5.03. Ratification. Except as expressly amended hereby, the terms, covenants and conditions of the Deposit Agreement as originally executed shall remain in full force and effect.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Depositary have caused this Amendment to be executed by representatives thereunto duly authorized as of the date set forth above.
             
    SK TELECOM CO., LTD.    
 
           
 
  By: /s/ Sung Hae Cho
 
   
    Name: Sung Hae Cho    
    Title: VP    
 
           
    CITIBANK, N.A., as Depositary    
 
           
 
  By:   Un Suk Ko    
 
   
 
   
    Name:  Un Suk Ko    
    Title: Vice President    

 

 

Exhibit 4.1
         
Wholly amended By
  1991 · 8 ·10   Act No. 4393
Amended By        
  1992 ·12 · 8   Act No. 4528
Amended By        
  1993 · 3 · 6   Act No. 4541
Amended By        
  1995 · 1 · 5   Act No. 4905
Amended By        
  1996 ·12 ·30   Act No. 5219
Amended By        
  1997 · 8 ·28   Act No. 5385
Amended By        
  1997 · 8 ·28   Act No. 5386
Amended By        
  1997 ·12 ·13   Act No. 5453
Amended By        
  1997 ·12 ·13   Act No. 5454
Amended By        
  1999 · 1 ·29   Act No. 5733
Amended By        
  2000 · 1 ·28   Act No. 6231
Amended By        
  2001 · 1 ·16   Act No. 6360
Amended By        
  2002 · 1 ·14   Act No. 6602
Amended By        
  2002 · 2 · 4   Act No. 6656
Amended By        
  2002 ·12 ·26   Act No. 6823
Amended By        
  2004 · 3 ·11   Act No. 7188
Amended By        
  2004 · 3 ·22   Act No. 7210
Amended By
  2005 ·12 ·30   Act No. 7810

 


 

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1 (Purpose)
The purpose of this Act is to contribute to the enhancement of the public welfare by managing telecommunications efficiently and stimulating the development of telecommunications by providing basic matters on telecommunications.
Article 2 (Definitions)
The definitions of the terms as used in this Act shall be as follows:
1. The term “telecommunications” means transmission or reception of code, words, sound or image through wired, wireless, optic, and other electro-magnetic processes;
2. The term “telecommunications facilities and equipment” means machinery, appliances, lines for telecommunications, and other facilities necessary for telecommunications;
3. The term “telecommunications line facilities and equipment” means the facilities and equipment which constitute communications channels between sending and receiving points for telecommunications among the telecommunications facilities and equipment, and the transmission and line facilities and equipment, with the exchange facilities installed as one body of the transmission and line facilities, and all facilities attached thereto;

 


 

4. The term “telecommunications business facilities and equipment” means the telecommunications facilities and equipment to be provided for telecommunications businesses;
5. The term “private telecommunications facilities and equipment” means the telecommunications facilities and equipment other than the telecommunications business facilities and equipment, installed by an individual to be used for his own telecommunications;
6. The term “telecommunications equipments” means apparatus, machinery, parts or line equipments, etc. used by the telecommunications facilities and equipment;
7. The term “telecommunications service” means services that mediate a third party’s communication through the telecommunications facilities and equipment or to provide the telecommunications facilities and equipment for the third party’s telecommunications; and
8. The term “telecommunications business” means a business that provides telecommunications services.
Article 3 (Supervision of Telecommunications)
The matters concerning telecommunications shall be governed by the Minister of Information and Communication, except the ones stipulated specifically by this Act or other Acts. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 4 (Government Policies)
The Minister of Information and Communication shall devise basic and comprehensive government policies concerning telecommunications to attain the purpose of this Act. <Amended by

 


 

Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 5 (Establishment of Basic Telecommunications Plans)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall establish and publicly notify basic telecommunications plans (hereinafter referred to as the “basic plan”) for smooth development of telecommunications and the promotion of the information society. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The following matters shall be included in the basic plan of paragraph (1):
1. Matters concerning utilization efficiency of telecommunications;
2. Matters concerning maintenance of telecommunications order;
3. Matters concerning telecommunications business;
4. Matters concerning telecommunications facilities and equipment;
5. Matters concerning promotion of telecommunications technology (including technology about telecommunications construction; hereinafter the same shall apply); and
6. Other basic matters concerning telecommunications.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall consult in advance with the heads of administrative agencies concerned, when establishing the basic plan for the matters of paragraph (2) 4 and 5 of this Article. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 6 (Annual Report)

 


 

The Government shall present an annual report on the policy and trend about telecommunications developments to the National Assembly prior to the opening of the regular session.
Article 7 (Classification of Telecommunications Business Operator)
The telecommunications business operator shall be classified as the key communications business operator, the special communications business operator and the value-added communications business operator pursuant to the Telecommunications Business Act . <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995]
CHAPTER II PROMOTION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY
Article 8 (Establishment and Execution of Enforcement Plan for Technology Development)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall establish and execute enforcement plans for the development of telecommunications technology as stipulated in Article 5 (2) 5. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The following matters shall be included in the enforcement plans of the above paragraph (1):
1. Matters concerning the research and development of telecommunications technology;

 


 

2. Matters concerning the training and the supply and demand of telecommunications technicians;
3. Matters concerning the adoption of new telecommunications technologies and modes;
4. Matters concerning the standardization of telecommunications technologies;
5. Matters concerning promotion of telecommunications technology research institutes and organizations;
6. Matters concerning the international cooperation of telecommunications technology; and
7. Other matters concerning the development of telecommunications technology.
Article 9 (Management of Technical Information on Telecommunications)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall devise measures necessary for the systematic and comprehensive management and the popularization of technical information on telecommunications for the promotion of telecommunications technology. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may give advance notices of new technology concerning telecommunications for harmonious telecommunications development. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 10 (Promotion of Research Institutes, etc.)

 


 

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall guide and promote telecommunications research institutes and organizations for the development of telecommunications. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Government may give financial aid to the institutes and organizations under the above paragraph (1).
(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(4) The scope of the institutes and organizations under above paragraph (1), the ways for guidance and promotion thereof and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 11 (Designation of Research Projects, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may select research projects concerning telecommunications technology and designate researchers, when necessary for research and development of telecommunications technology. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) Matters necessary for selection of research projects, designation of researchers and support for the research expenses, etc., under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 12 (Imposition of Research and Development Contributions)
(1) For the promotion of telecommunications technology, the Minister of Information and Communication may require each of the following

 


 

persons to invest the amount as prescribed by the Presidential Decree within the 1/100 of annual turnover to the business for the Information and Communications Promotion Fund in accordance with the provisions of Article 33 of the Framework Act on Informatization, unless each of the following persons are subject to the imposition of receiving frequency allotment charges pursuant to the provision of Article 11 of the Radio Waves Act;
  1.   Key communications business operators pursuant to the provision of Article 5 of the Telecommunications Business Act;
 
  2.   Specific communications business operator pursuant to the provisions of Article 19 of the Telecommunications Business Act; and
 
  3.   Any other persons prescribed by the Presidential Decree as persons liable to pay research and development contributions .
(2) Any and all necessary matters with respect to the calculation standard and proceeding for the contributions pursuant to the paragraph (1), such as persons liable to pay, payment ratio, the upper limit of the payment, etc., shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may exempt persons determined by the Presidential Decree as persons for whom an imposition of obligation under paragraph (1) is deemed inadequate in view of the persons’ business scale and ability to make such payment, from the imposition of obligation under paragraph (1).
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where a person liable to pay the contributions under paragraph (1) fails to do so within the payment deadline, impose and collect an additional due prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where a person fails to pay the contributions under paragraph (1) and an

 


 

additional due under paragraph (4) within the fixed period, collect them according to the example of a disposition taken to collect the national taxes in arrears.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 7810, Dec. 30, 2005]
Article 13 (Technical Guidance)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall provide technical guidance for technical standardization, technical training, supply of technical information or cooperation with international organizations, etc., to a manufacturer of telecommunications equipments and materials (hereinafter referred to as the “manufacturer of telecommunications equipments and materials”) or a constructor of information and telecommunications works under the Information and Communications Work Business Act, when necessary for an accurate application of telecommunications modes and standards, etc., of telecommunications equipments and materials from their manufacturing stage and for securing quality of telecommunications works. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5386, Aug. 28, 1997>
(2) The subjects, contents and other necessary matters of technical guidance under paragraph (1) above shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Articles 14 and 15
Deleted. <by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 15-2
Deleted. <by Act No. 5733, Jan. 29, 1999>

 


 

CHAPTER III TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1 Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment for Business
Article 16 (Maintenance and Repair of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)
The telecommunications business operator shall maintain and repair his telecommunications facilities and equipment so as to have them compatible with technical criteria as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, for a stable supply of his telecommunications services. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 17 (Installation Report of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, and Approval thereon, etc.)
(1) Any key communications business operator shall, where he intends to install or alter major telecommunications facilities and equipment, file in advance a report thereon with the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: Provided, That with respect to any telecommunications facilities and equipment which are first installed under a new telecommunications technology mode, an approval shall be obtained from the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

 


 

<Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(2) The scope of major telecommunications facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 18 (Joint Installation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)
(1) The key communications business operator may jointly construct and use the telecommunications facilities and equipment with other key communications business operators. In this case, the key communications business operator shall make in advance a consultation with another key communications business operator. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where a key communications business operator makes a consultation under paragraph (1), investigate and provide the required information, under the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to effectively perform the investigation of data under paragraph (2), have a specialized institution in the field of telecommunications perform the relevant investigation under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs, advise the key

 


 

communications business operator under paragraph (1) to jointly construct the telecommunications facilities and equipment, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
1. Where the consultation under paragraph (1) has not been achieved, and where there exists a request from the relevant key communications business operator; and
2. Where deemed necessary for promoting the public interests.
(5) Where it is necessary to use the land or structures, etc. owned by the State, local government, government-invested institution, or other key telecommunications business operator for a joint installation of telecommunications facilities and equipment, and where an agreement is not reached on it, the key communications business operator may ask the Minister of Information and Communication for his cooperation in the use of the relevant land or structures, etc.
(6) The Minister of Information and Communication may, upon receipt of a request for his cooperation under paragraph (5), ask the head of the State agency, local government or government-invested institution or other key communications business operator to comply with a consultation on the use of the relevant land or structures, etc. with the key communications business operator who has asked for a cooperation under paragraph (5). In this case, the State agency, local government, or the head of government-invested institution or other key communications business operator shall comply with a consultation with the key telecommunications business operator unless there exist any justifiable causes. <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]

 


 

Article 19
Deleted. <by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
SECTION 2 Private Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment
      Article 20 (Installation of Private Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)
(1) A person who intends to install private telecommunications facilities and equipment shall report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. The same shall also apply in case where he intends to alter the important matters as determined by the Presidential Decree from among the reported matters. <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), the private telecommunications facilities and equipment with wireless modes, the military telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc., which are specially stipulated by other statutes, shall be governed by such statutes.
(3) A person who has made a report or a modified report on the installation of private telecommunications facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall obtain, upon completion of an installation work or a modifying work, a confirmation by the Minister of Information and Communication, prior to their use, under the conditions as stipulated by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

 


 

(4) Any private telecommunications facilities and equipment prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication may, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), be installed without filing any report. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 21 (Restriction on Use Beyond Its Purpose)
(1) Any person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment shall not mediate a third party’s communications with the facilities, nor operate the facilities against the installation purpose: Provided, That this shall not apply to cases of special provisions in other statutes or of uses falling under any of the following subparagraphs, within the limits not against the installation purposes: <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
1. In case of use for maintaining public peace or providing emergency rescue mission by the person engaged in police or accident rescue works;
2. In case of use, prescribed by the Minister of Information and Communication, between the person who installed private telecommunications facilities and equipment and the one specially related with him for the purpose of work; and
3. Deleted. <by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(2) Any person who has installed his private telecommunications facilities and equipment may provide telecommunications facilities and equipment including line tracks, line equipments, etc., to the key communication business operator, pursuant to the Presidential Decree.

 


 

(3) The provisions of Articles 33-5 , 34-6 (excluding paragraph (5)), and 35 of the Telecommunications Business Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the above paragraph (2) concerning the supply of facilities and equipment. <Amended by Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(4) Deleted. <by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
Article 22 (Securing of telecommunications in Case of Emergency)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the person who installed private telecommunications facilities and equipment to provide telecommunications services or other important communication services, or to interconnect the private facilities and equipment in question with other telecommunications facilities and equipment, when war, natural disaster or other national emergency situation corresponding to such happens or is likely to happen. This shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provisions concerning telecommunications services under the Telecommunications Business Act . <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may make the key telecommunications business operator deal with such services, when deemed necessary of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The expenses necessary for performing the services or for interconnection of the facilities of paragraph (1) shall be borne by the Government: Provided, That when the private telecommunications facilities and equipment are provided for telecommunications services, then the key communications business operator provided with the facilities, shall bear such expenses.

 


 

Article 23 (Orders for Correction, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when any person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment violates this Act or the orders under this Act, order him to make a correction thereof with fixing a specified period. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when any person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment falls under any of the following subparagraphs, order him to suspend the relevant uses with fixing a period of not more than one year: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
1. Where he fails to execute an order under paragraph (1);
2. Where he uses the private telecommunications facilities and equipment without obtaining a confirmation in contravention of Article 20 (3); and
3. Where he intermediates other’s communications or operates the private telecommunications facilities and equipment in a manner contrary to the installation purposes, in contravention of Article 21 (1).
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where deemed that any private telecommunications facilities and equipment impede other’s telecommunications or likely undermine other’s telecommunications facilities and equipment, order the person who has installed the relevant facilities and equipment to suspend a use of them or to renovate or repair them, or take other measures. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

 


 

Article 24 (Imposition of Penalty Surcharge)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in issuing an order to suspend a use of any private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 23 (2), and where a suspension of the relevant use is likely to cause any serious inconveniences to users of telecommunications services which are rendered by using such private telecommunications facilities and equipment, or to undermine other public interests, impose a penalty surcharge of not exceeding 1 billion won in lieu of such order to suspend the relevant use.
(2) Classifications of the violating acts subject to the imposition of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the amount of penalty surcharge as determined by the relevant levels and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where any person liable for the payment of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) fails to pay such penalty surcharge by a payment term, collect it according to the example of a disposition on the national taxes in arrears.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]
SECTION 3 Technical Standards, etc. for Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment
Article 25 (Technical Standards)

 


 

(1) A person who installs and operates the telecommunications facilities and equipment shall keep such facilities and equipment compatible with the technical standards as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) In case of the installation of telecommunications facilities and equipment as determined and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication or of the expansion of installed facilities and equipment, the key communication business operator and the special communications business operator shall test whether the relevant telecommunications facilities and equipment conform with the technical standards under paragraph (1) above, prior to commencing a provision of telecommunications services, and record and manage the results thereof. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(3) The installation and conservation of telecommunications facilities and equipment shall be executed according to the design documents.
(4) Matters necessary for making the design documents under paragraph (3) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(5) In order to verify whether the telecommunications facilities and equipment are installed and operated in conformity with the technical standards, the Minister of Information and Communication may have public officials belonging to him investigate or test the facilities of the person who installs and operates the telecommunications facilities and equipment in any of the following cases. <This Article Newly Inserted on Dec. 30, 1996>
1. In case of devising of policy measures for the telecommunications facilities;

 


 

2. In case of preventing any national emergency situations;
3. In case of preventing any accident or disaster or in case such accident or disaster happens; and
4. In case where exclusive impediment to communications is likely to happen due to defects in the telecommunications facilities.
(6) In case the investigation or tests under the provision of paragraph (5) above are conducted, a person who installs and operates the telecommunications facilities and equipment shall be notified of plans for such investigation or tests including the date and time, reasons for and content of such investigation and tests seven days prior to the actual investigation or test date. Provided, this shall not apply to an urgent matter or in case where it is deemed that the purposes of such investigation or tests are to be interfered due to destruction of evidence etc, if a prior notice is given. <This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7810, Dec. 30, 2005>
(7) The public official who conducts the investigation or test under paragraph (5) shall carry a certificate indicating his authority, and present it to the person concerned, and further shall present documents indicating name, access time, purpose of access, etc., when access to the telecommunications facilities for investigation or test to the person concerned. <This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 7810, Dec. 30, 2005>
Article 26 (Management Rules)
(1) The key communications business operator shall set forth the management rules for communications facilities and equipment and manage them, in order to provide a stable telecommunications service. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) Matters to be explicitly stipulated in the management rules under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec.

 


 

30, 1996>
Article 27 (Correction Order for Violations of Technical Standards)
When the installed telecommunications facilities and equipment have come not to conform with the technical standards under Article 25 , the Minister of Information and Communication may issue an order to make a correction thereto or take other necessary measures. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 28 (Adoption of New Telecommunications Modes, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may adopt the new telecommunications modes, etc., for a smooth development of telecommunications.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he has adopted the new telecommunications modes, etc. under paragraph (1), make a pubic announcement thereof.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 29 (Promotion of Standardization)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may promote the standardization of telecommunications, and recommend it to the telecommunications business operator or the manufacturers of telecommunications equipments, for a sound development of telecommunications and for ensuring the convenience of users: Provided, That in a case of matters for which the Korean Industrial Standards under the Industrial Standardization Act are set, such standards shall govern. <Amended by Act No. 4528, Dec. 8, 1992;

 


 

Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he has adopted the telecommunications standards, make a public announcement thereof. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) Matters necessary for the promotion of standardization of telecommunications under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
Article 30 (Telecommunications Technology Association)
(1) The Telecommunications Technology Association (hereinafter referred to as the “Association”) may be established for efficient promotion of the business concerning telecommunications standardization. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Association shall be established in the form of a juristic person.
(3) The Government may contribute to the Association within the budget limit, when necessary for the establishment and operation of the Association.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may order changes of articles of incorporation, project plans, or reelection of officers, when the operation of the Association is deemed in violation of the Acts and subordinate statutes or articles of incorporation. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(5) Except for those stipulated under this Act, the provisions pertaining to an incorporated foundation in the Civil Act shall apply

 


 

mutatis mutandis to matters on the Association.
SECTION 4 Integrated Operation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, etc.
Article 30-2 (Securing Pipeline Facilities, etc.)
(1) A person who installs or builds up the facilities, etc. falling under any of the following subparagraphs (hereinafter referred to as the “facilities installer”) shall listen to the views of key communications business operators on the installation of joint-use tunnels in which the telecommunications facilities and equipment may be accommodated and the pipelines, etc. as well, and reflect its contents: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case where the reflection of the views of key communications business operators are very difficult: <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002; Act No. 7210, Mar. 22, 2004; Act No. 7810, Dec. 31, 2004>
1. Roads under Article 2 of the Road Act ;
2. Railroads under Article 2 (1) of the Railroad Services Act ;
3. Urban railroads under subparagraph 1 of Article 3 of the Urban Railroad Act;
4. Industrial complex under subparagraph 5 of Article 2 of the Industrial Sites and Development Act ;
5. Free trade zone under subparagraph 1 of Article 2 of the Act on Designation and Operation of Free Trade Zones;

 


 

6. Airport area under subparagraph 7 of Article 2 of the Aviation Act ;
7. Harbor area under subparagraph 4 of Article 2 of the Harbor Act ; and
8. Other facilities or housing sites as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) Any views expressed by the key communications business operators on the installation of joint-use tunnels or pipelines under paragraph (1) shall be in conformity with the standards for the installation of pipelines as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(3) The provisions of Articles 33-5 , 34-6 (excluding paragraph (5) of the same Article) and 35 of the Telecommunications Business Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the offer of joint-use tunnels or pipelines, etc., installed under paragraph (1).
(4) A facilities installer shall, where he is unable to reflect the views of key communications business operators under paragraph (1), notify the relevant key communications business operators of the relevant reasons within 30 days from the date of receiving their views.
(5) Where any facilities installer fails to reflect the views of key communications business operators under paragraph (1), the relevant telecommunications business operator may ask the Minister of Information and Communication for his adjustments.
(6) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he makes such adjustments upon receipt of a request for adjustments under paragraph (5), consult in advance with the heads of the related central administrative agencies.

 


 

(7) Matters necessary for the adjustments under paragraphs (5) and (6) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]
Article 30-3 (Installation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment for Extension)
(1) The structures under subparagraph 2 of Article 2 of the Building Act shall be equipped with the telecommunications line facilities, etc. for extension, and secure a specified area for a connection with the telecommunications line facilities and equipment.
(2) Matters on the scope of structures, the criteria for installation of telecommunications line facilities, etc., and the securing, etc., of an area for a connection with telecommunications line facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 30-4
Deleted. <by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>
Article 31 (Integrated Operation of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where it is necessary for an efficient management and operation of telecommunications facilities and equipment, have a key communications business operator selected according to the standards and procedures as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as the “communications business operator

 


 

under integrated operations”) make an integrated operation of the telecommunications facilities and equipment installed under this Act or other Acts, and the land, buildings and other structures appurtenant thereto (hereinafter referred to as the “telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc.”). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5454, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to put the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. under an integrated operation under paragraph (1), formulate an integrated operation plan for telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. (hereinafter referred to as the “integrated operation plan”), consult with the heads of the related administrative agencies, and obtain an approval of the President by going through a deliberation by the State Council. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The integrated operation plan under paragraph (2) shall contain the matters falling under one of the following subparagraphs:
1. Objects, time, methods and procedures for the integration;
2. Matters concerning an operation of telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. after integration; and
3. Other matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to formulate an integrated operation plan under paragraph (2), consult in advance with the installer of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. to be integrated. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 32 (Purchase of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment, etc.)

 


 

(1) The communications business operator under integrated operations may, when necessary for an integrated operation of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. under Article 31 (1), make a request for purchase of the relevant telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. In this case, the owner of relevant telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. shall not refuse it without any justifiable reasons. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(2) National or public telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. for which the communications business operator under integrated operations has made a request for their purchase under paragraph (1) may be sold to the communications business operator under integrated operations, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 20 of the State Properties Act or Article 82 of the Local Finance Act . In this case, matters necessary for the sale such as the calculation method of sale price, procedures for the sale, and payment methods of sale price, etc., shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(3) The provisions of Articles 67 (1), 70 , 71 , 74 through 77 , and 78 (5) through (7) of the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation Therefor shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the calculation method, criteria, etc. for purchase price of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, etc. other than the national or public ones which are purchased by the communications business operator under integrated operations under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>

 


 

CHAPTER IV MANAGEMENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENTS
Article 33 (Approval for Types)
(1) A person who intends to manufacture, sell or import the telecommunications equipments which are specified by the Minister of Information and Communication after consulting with the heads of the related administrative agencies, shall obtain an approval with respect to such telecommunications equipments from the Minister of Information and Communication: Provided, That this shall not apply to the cases of telecommunications equipments as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, such as the telecommunications equipments for the purpose of test, research or export. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) Objects, methods and procedures, etc. for the approval of types under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall grant a type approval, when the telecommunications equipments conform with technical criteria for telecommunications equipments as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(4) When a person who has obtained a type approval of telecommunications equipments under paragraph (1) intends to sell or display such telecommunications equipments, the sign of type approval shall be marked pursuant to the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5219,

 


 

Dec. 30, 1996>
(5) A person who has obtained the type approval for the telecommunications equipments under paragraph (1) shall, when he intends to modify the matters for which a type approval has been obtained, file a report thereon with the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. In this case, if the matters reported on modification are related to the technical criteria under paragraph (3), the said paragraph shall apply mutatis mutandis. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(6) A person who intends to obtain the type approval under paragraph (1) or a person who files a report on modification under paragraph (5) shall pay the fees as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
Article 33-2 (Designation, etc. of Performance Testing Institution)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in granting the type approval under Article 33 , have a testing institution designated by the said Minister (hereinafter referred to as the “designated testing institution”) conduct the performance test.
(2) A person who is eligible for a designation as a designated testing institution shall be limited to a juristic person.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may inspect any designated testing institution under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when a designated testing institution falls under any of the following

 


 

subparagraphs, cancel the relevant designation or order a suspension of the testing service, in whole or in part, for a fixed period of not more than one year: Provided, That where it falls under subparagraph 1, its designation shall be cancelled:
1. When it has obtained a designation by deceit or other illegal means;
2. When it has failed to conduct the testing service without any justifiable reasons;
3. When it has conducted an inaccurate testing service by deliberation or gross negligence;
4. When it has refused, obstructed or evaded the inspection under paragraph (3) without any justifiable reasons, or flunked the inspection; and
5. When it has violated the Acts and subordinate statutes relating to telecommunications.
(5) Any person who intends to be designated as a testing institution under paragraph (1) and a person who undergoes the inspection under paragraph (3) shall pay fees under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(6) Matters necessary concerning the designation, management, testing standards, and supervision, etc. of any designated testing institution shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]
Article 33-3 (Mutual Recognition of Type Approval between States)

 


 

(1) The Government may conclude an agreement with a foreign government on the mutual recognition of type approval of telecommunications equipment.
(2) Where the Government has concluded an agreement under paragraph (1), it may recognize the telecommunications equipment which have obtained an authentication of a foreign government same as or similar to the type approval under Article 33 as have been granted a type approval under Article 33 , or make the designation of a foreign testing agency as a designated testing institution under Article 33-2 (1) the content of the relevant agreement.
(3) Where an agreement has been concluded with a foreign government on the mutual recognition of type approval of the telecommunications equipment under paragraph (1), the Minister of Information and Communication shall publicly announce its contents.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 34
Deleted. <by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 34-2 (Termination of Type Approval)
(1) When a person who has obtained the type approval of telecommunications equipment under Article 33 (1) intends to discontinue the manufacture, sale or import of the telecommunications equipment, he may make an application to the Minister of Information and Communication for a termination of the relevant type approval.

 


 

(2) Matters necessary for the application for a termination of the type approval under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 35 (Cancellation, etc. of Type Approval)
(1) In case where a person who has obtained a type approval of the telecommunications equipments under Article 33 (1) falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the Minister of Information and Communication may cancel the relevant type approval, or suspend the manufacture of relevant products or take other necessary measures: <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
1. When he has obtained a type approval by deceit and other illegal means;
2. When the telecommunications equipments have come not to conform with the technical criteria under Article 33 (3); and
3. When the sign of type approval under Article 33 (4) is not marked, or a false sign is marked.
(2) Where a person who has obtained a type approval under Article 33 (1) comes to fall under paragraph (1) 1 or 3 and his type approval has thus been cancelled, he shall not file an application for the type approval of telecommunications equipments within the period as fixed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication within the scope of 6 months after from the day when type approval is cancelled. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 36 (Follow-up Management)

 


 

(1) No person shall sell, or display for the purpose of selling, the telecommunications equipments for which a type approval under Article 33 (1) has not been obtained or other telecommunications equipments which are not marked with a sign of the type approval under Article 33 (4): Provided, That the same shall not apply to the telecommunications equipments for tests or research. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in any of the following cases to confirm whether the matters concerning a type approval of the telecommunications equipments are implemented, have the public officials belonging to him investigate or test the telecommunications equipments in the process of production, import or circulation. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 7810. Dec. 30, 2005>
1. In case of danger to telecommunications networks or possibility of danger to telecommunications networks; or
2. In case of violation of relevant laws such as modification or alteration without permission or in case of acknowledgement of manufacture, import or sale of machineries that are not in conformity with the technical standards.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may order a person who has manufactured, imported, sold or displayed with intention of sale the telecommunications equipments which have been sold or displayed with intention of sale in violation of paragraph (1), or the telecommunications equipments which have been found as the inferior goods upon the investigation or tests under paragraph (2), to destroy or recall the relevant telecommunications equipments, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

 


 

(4) The provisions of Article 25 (6) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cases under paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 7810, Dec. 30. 2005>
(5) Matters necessary for the procedures for and methods of the investigation or tests under paragraph (2) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(6) In case the investigation or tests under paragraph (2) are conducted, a person subject to such investigation or tests shall be notified of plans for such investigation or tests including the date and time, reasons for and content of such investigation or tests seven days prior to the actual investigation or test dates. Provided, this shall not apply to an urgent matter or in case where it is deemed that the purposes of such investigation or tests are to be interfered due to destruction of evidence etc, if a prior notice is given. <This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7810, Dec. 30, 2005>
CHAPTER V KOREA COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
Article 37 (Establishment and Composition of Korea Communications Commission)
(1) In order to create an environment of fair competition in the telecommunications business, to deliberate and vote on matters concerning the protection of the rights and interests of the users of telecommunications services, and to rule the disputes among the telecommunications business operators or between the telecommunications business operators and the users, the Korea Communications Commission shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

 


 

<Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) The Korea Communications Commission shall consist of not more than nine members including one chairman, and one member shall be permanent. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The members including the chairman shall be appointed or commissioned by the President, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(4) A secretariat shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Korea Communications Commission in order to manage the affairs of the Korea Communications Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 38 (Qualifications, etc. for Members)
(1) The qualifications for members shall be as follows: <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
1. A person who holds or has held a post of public officials of Grade III or of higher grade;
2. A person who serves or has served as a judge, prosecutor or attorney at law for not less than fifteen years;
3. A person who has majored in law, economics, business administration, electronic engineering, communications engineering, and other courses of study related to telecommunications, and who serves or has served in a position of associate professors or of higher post at a university or college under the Higher Education Act or an approved research institution, or who serves or has served in a

 


 

position equivalent thereto for not less than ten years;
4. A person who has served as the representative of organization or institution, or as an officer of a company related to telecommunications for not less than ten years; and
5. A person who serves or has served in a position related to the protection of users of telecommunications service for not less than fifteen years.
(2) The tenure of office for the members who are not public officials shall be three years, but he may be reappointed.
Article 39 (Guarantee of Status of Members)
The members of the Korea Communications Commission shall not be dismissed or withdrawn from his commissioned post against his own will, except for the following cases:
1. Where he is sentenced to imprisonment without prison labor or heavier punishment; and
2. Where he becomes unable to perform the duties due to the mental and physical weakness for a long period.
Article 40 (Functions of Korea Communications Commission)
The Korea Communications Commission shall deliberate and vote on the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs as prescribed by this Act and other Acts, and make a ruling under Article 40-2 : <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002; Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>

 


 

1. Matters relating to the supply of the telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 33-5 (3) of the Telecommunications Business Act , a joint utilization of the subscriber’s lines under Article 33-6 (2) of the same Act , a joint utilization of the radio communications facilities under Article 33-7 (3) of the same Act , the interconnections of the telecommunications facilities under Article 34 (2) of the same Act , a joint use, etc. of the telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 34-3 (2) of the same Act , or the standards for providing information under Article 34-4 (2) of the same Act ;
2. Matters relating to the approval of criteria under Article 34-4 (4) of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
3. Matters relating to the supply, joint utilization, interconnection or joint use, etc., of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, or the authorization or report of the agreement on supply of information under Article 34-6 of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
4. Matters relating to the formulation and modification of a plan for the administration of telecommunications numbers under Article 36 (1) and (2) of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
5. Deleted; <by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>
6. Matters relating to the measures against prohibited acts under Article 37 (1) of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
6-2. Matters relating to the imposition of penalty charge on any prohibited act under Article 37-2 (1) of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
7. Matters relating to the performance of the prior selection systems of telecommunications business operators under Article 38-3 (4) of the Telecommunications Business Act , and those necessary for the

 


 

designation of the prior selection registration center and the method of its business dispositions, etc.;
8. Matters relating to the plans for mobility of numbers of telecommunications under Article 38-4 (4) of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
9. Matters prescribed by other Acts as the matters to be deliberated by the Korea Communications Commission; and
10. Other matters deemed by the Minister of Information and Communication to be in need of a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission, in order to create an environment of fair competition of the telecommunications business and to protect the interest of the users of the telecommunications service.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 40-2 (Ruling by Korea Communications Commission)
(1) The telecommunications business operators or users may make an application to the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling, in case where an agreement between the parties has not been reached, or they are unable to make an agreement on the matters falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
1. Compensation for damages under Article 33-2 of the Telecommunications Business Act , or compensation for actual expenses under Article 46 ;
2. The supply of telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 33-5 (1) and (2) of the Telecommunications Business Act , the joint utilization of the radio communications facilities under Article 33-7 (1) and (2) of the same Act , the interconnection under

 


 

Article 34 (1), the joint use, etc. under Article 34-3 (1), or the conclusion of an agreement on supply, etc. of information under Article 34-4 (1);
3. The supply of telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 33-5 (1) and (2) of the Telecommunications Business Act , the joint utilization of the radio communications facilities under Article 33-7 (1) and (2) of the same Act , the interconnection under Article 34 (1), the joint use, etc. under Article 34-3 (1), or the implementation of an agreement on supply, etc. of information under Article 34-4 (1) or a compensation for damages; and
4. Other disputes related to the telecommunications business, or other matters prescribed by other Acts as the matters to be ruled by the Korea Communications Commission.
(2) The Korea Communications Commission shall, upon receipt of an application for ruling under paragraph (1), notify the other party of the relevant fact, and provide him with an opportunity to state an opinion with fixing a period: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where the interested parties fail to comply with it without any justifiable reasons.
(3) The Korea Communications Commission shall, in case where it makes a ruling on the application for ruling under paragraph (1), forward the document of such ruling to the parties concerned without delay.
(4) When the Korea Communications Commission makes a ruling, and where a lawsuit has not been initiated or it has been withdrawn concerning the content of the relevant ruling, within sixty days from the date when the authentic copy of the document of ruling is served on the parties concerned, an agreement which is identical with the content of the relevant ruling is deemed to have been reached between the parties concerned.

 


 

(5) A person who is dissatisfied with the amount which shall be paid or received by the parties concerned from among the rulings of the Korea Communications Commission, may request an increase or decrease of the relevant amount by a lawsuit, within sixty days from the date when he has been served with the written ruling.
(6) In the lawsuit under paragraph (5), the other party shall be the defendant.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 40-3 (Good Offices of Disputes)
The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed inadequate to make a ruling or when necessary, upon receipt of an application for ruling under Article 40-2 (1), set up the subcommission by cases of dispute, and have such subcommission offer its good offices thereon.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 41 (Quorum of Voting)
The deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission shall be decided by concurrent vote of a majority of registered members.
Article 42 (Exclusion, Avoidance, Refrainment of Members)
(1) Any member of the Korea Communications Commission shall, where he falls under any of the following subparagraphs, be excluded from the deliberation and resolution of a relevant case:
1. Where he or his spouse or his former spouse is a party to the relevant case, or in a relationship of a co-creditor or a liable person

 


 

with regard to the relevant case;
2. Where he is or has been in a kinship with a party to the relevant case;
3. Where he or a corporation whereto he belongs serves as a consultant or an advisor on the legal and management affairs, etc. of a party concerned;
4. Where he or a corporation whereto he belongs testifies or appraises; and
5. Where he or a corporation whereto he belongs intervenes or has intervened as an agent for a party concerned.
(2) A party concerned may, when the situation exists that makes it difficult to expect a fair deliberation or resolution, file an application for the avoidance. In this case, the Korea Communications Commission shall decide on it by a resolution.
(3) A member falling under the causes of paragraph (1) or (2) may refrain by himself from the deliberation or resolution of a relevant case.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]
Article 43 (Investigation and Listening to Opinions, etc.)
The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed necessary to deal with a case for ruling, carry out the acts falling under any of the following subparagraphs, upon a request from a party concerned or ex officio:
1. A request for the presence of a party concerned or a relevant witness, and listening to his opinions;

 


 

2. A request to an appraiser for an appraisal;
3. A request for the furnishing of any document or articles related to a case of dispute, and the provisional holding of furnished document or articles; and
4. An act of letting public officials belonging to the Korea Communications Commission enter the business place of the party concerned and other places related to the case of dispute to examine and peruse the documents or articles, or copy such documents.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000]
Article 44 (Operation, etc. of Korea Communications Commission)
Matters necessary for the organization, operation, etc. of the Korea Communications Commission other than those stipulated in this Act shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 44-2 (Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council)
(1) In order to deliberate on the major policies related to the information and communications falling under any of the following subparagraphs, the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council shall be established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Information and Communication:
1. Basic plans for telecommunications under Article 5 ;
2. Enforcement plan for technology promotion under Article 8 ;

 


 

3. Permission for the key communications service under Article 5 (1) of the Telecommunications Business Act ;
4. Principal policies related to the information and communications industry; and
5. Other matters recognized by the Minister of Information and Communication to require the deliberation by the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council.
(2) Matters necessary for the composition and operation of the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council under paragraph (1) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
CHAPTER V-2 COMMUNICATIONS DISASTER CONTROL
Article 44-3 (Development of Basic Plan for Control of Communications Disaster)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall draw up a basic plan for the control of communications disaster (hereinafter referred to as the “basic plan”) to prevent the occurrence of any disaster provided for in the Framework Act on the Management of Disasters and Safety , any disaster provided for in the Countermeasures against Natural Disasters Act and any other physical and technical defects, etc. (hereinafter referred to as the “communications disaster”), and to swiftly control and restore the communications disaster with respect to telecommunications services rendered by the key communications business operators prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and

 


 

Communication (hereinafter referred to as the “key communications business operator”). In this case, the basic plan shall be deemed a plan in the field of communications from among the safety management plans provided for in Article 22 of the Framework Act on the Management of Disasters and Safety and the execution plans for the prevention of disasters provided for in Article 16 of the Countermeasures against Natural Disasters Act . <Amended by Act No. 7188, Mar. 11, 2004>
(2) The basic plan shall contain the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. Matters concerning the designation and management of the telecommunications facilities and equipment that has the high risk of incurring any communications disaster or is needed to be continuously managed to prevent the occurrence of any communications disaster, and of the installation area thereof, etc.;
2. Matters concerning the items falling under each of the following items needed to prepare against any communications disaster:
(a) The security of communications bypass path;
(b) The formation of an information system for combined operation of the telecommunications line facilities and equipment; and
(c) The security of the goods for the restoration of damages; and
3. Other matters deemed necessary for the control of any communications disaster.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, when he intends to develop the basic plan referred to in paragraph (1), establish a guideline for developing such basic plan and notify key communications business operators of it.

 


 

(4) The key communications business operators shall each draw up a plan for the control of communications disaster in line with the guideline referred to in paragraph (3) and submit it to the Minister of Information and Communication.
(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall put together the plans for the control of communications disaster submitted by the key communications business operators, develop the basic plan and fix it after going through a deliberation thereon by the Communications Disaster Control Committee formed pursuant to Article 44-5 .
(6) The Minister of Information and Communication shall notify the key communications business operators of the matters that are concerned with them in the basic plan that is finally decided under paragraph (5).
(7) Detailed matters necessary for developing the basic plan shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(8) The provisions of paragraphs (3) through (7) shall apply mutatis mutandis to any alteration of the basic plan.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002]
Article 44-4 (Preparations against Communications Disaster)
(1) In the event that any communications disaster occurs or is obviously expected to occur, the Minister of Information and Communication may have a key communications business operator operate his telecommunications facilities and equipment integrated with the telecommunications facilities and equipment owned by other key telecommunications business operators or owner of private telecommunications facilities and equipment to ensure smooth

 


 

communications and emergency restoration in the relevant area.
(2) The provisions of Article 22 (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a case where the actual expense required for integrated operation of the telecommunications facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) is indemnified.
(3) Necessary matters concerning the integrated operation of the telecommunications facilities and equipment under paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002]
Article 44-5 (Communications Disaster Control Committee)
(1) The Communications Disaster Control Committee shall be established under the Ministry of Information and Communication with the mandate to deliberate on the matters concerning the control of communications disaster.
(2) The Communications Disaster Control Committee shall consist of not more than 15 members, including one chairman.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall be the chairman and the members shall be the vice ministers of the central administrative agencies prescribed by the Presidential Decree and the persons who are commissioned by the chairman from among the persons falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. Representative of the key communications business operators;
2. Head of an organization of the telecommunications business operators; and

 


 

3. Persons of profound learning and experience in the control of communications disaster.
(4) The Communications Disaster Control Committee shall have a working-level committee for its efficient operation.
(5) Necessary matters concerning the composition and operation, etc. of the Communications Disaster Control Committee and the working-level committee shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002]
Article 44-6 (Functions of Communications Disaster Control Committee)
The Communications Disaster Control Committee shall deliberate on the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. The basic direction for the control of communications disaster;
2. The basic plan; and
3. Other major policy matters concerned with communications disaster that are put on the agenda by the chairman.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002]
Article 44-7 (Report on Communications Disaster)
Any key communications business operator shall, when any communications disaster occurs with respect to the telecommunications services rendered by him, report without delay the current situation, cause of such communications disaster, details of emergency measures, countermeasures to restore damage, etc. to the Minister of Information and Communication.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002]
Article 44-8 (Communications Disaster Countermeasures Headquarters)
(1) In the event that the damage caused by any communications disaster is extensive requiring a comprehensive measure at the level of the Government, the Minister of Information and Communication may establish and operate the communications disaster countermeasures headquarters (hereinafter referred to as the “countermeasures headquarters”).
(2) The head of the countermeasures headquarters shall be the Minister of Information and Communication.
(3) Necessary matters concerning the composition, operation, etc. of the countermeasures headquarters shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(4) The key communications business operators shall report the current situation, etc. of the progress in the restoration of damage done by any communications disaster to the countermeasures headquarters under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002]
CHAPTER VI SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
Article 45 (Report, Inspection, etc.)

 


 

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication so determines, have the installer of the telecommunications facilities and equipment report on the relevant facilities, or have the public officials belonging to him enter the relevant office, business office, factory or business place to inspect the status of facilities, account books or documents, etc. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, where there exists a person who has installed the telecommunications facilities and equipment in violation of this Act, order him to remove the relevant facilities and take other necessary measures. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The provisions of Article 25 (7) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cases under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 7810, Dec. 30, 2005>
(4) In case the investigation or tests under paragraph (1) are conducted, the installer of the telecommunications facilities and equipment subject to such investigation or tests shall be notified of plans for such investigation or tests including the date and time, reasons for and content of such investigation or tests seven days prior to the actual date of investigation or tests. Provided, this shall not apply to an urgent matter or in case where it is deemed that the purposes of such investigation or tests are to be interfered due to destruction of evidence etc, if a prior notice is given. <This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7810, Dec. 30, 2005>
Article 45-2 (Hearing)
The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to make a disposition falling under any of the following subparagraphs, hold a hearing: <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28,

 


 

2000>
1. Cancellation of a designation under Article 33-2 (4); and
2. Cancellation of a type approval under Article 35 (1).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5453, Dec. 13, 1997]
Article 46 (Delegation and Entrustment of Authority)
(1) Part of the authority of the Minister of Information and Communication under this Act may be delegated to the head of Communications Office or of the Radio Research Laboratory, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may commission the tasks under Article 29 to the Association, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
CHAPTER VII PENAL PROVISIONS
Article 47 (Penal Provisions)
(1) A person who has publicly made a false communication over the telecommunications facilities and equipment for the purpose of harming the public interest shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

 


 

(2) A person who has publicly made a false communication over the telecommunications facilities and equipment for the purpose of benefiting himself or the third party or inflicting damages on the third party shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or by a fine not exceeding thirty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) In case where the false communication under paragraph (2) is of a telegraphic remittance, it shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(4) When a person engaged in the telecommunications business commits the act under paragraph (1) or (3), he shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than ten years or by a fine not exceeding 100 million won, and in case of committing the act under paragraph (2), he shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding fifty million won. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 48 (Penal Provisions)
A person who has produced, sold, or imported the telecommunications equipment without obtaining type approval, in violation of Article 33 (1), shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or by a fine not exceeding thirty million won.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 48-2
Deleted. <by Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>
Article 49 (Penal Provisions)

 


 

A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than one year or by a fine not exceeding ten million won:
1. A person who has installed or modified the telecommunications facilities and equipment without making a report under the text of Article 17 (1), or who has installed the telecommunications facilities and equipment without obtaining an approval under the proviso of the same Article and same paragraph;
2. A person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment without making a report or modified report under Article 20 (1);
3. A person who has intermediated other person’s communications by utilizing the private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 21 (1), or who has operated them in a manner contrary to the installation purposes;
4. A person who has violated an order to provide telecommunications services or other important communication services, or to interconnect the relevant facilities and equipment with other telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 22 (1);
5. A person who has violated an order to suspend the use under Article 23 (2), or an order to suspend their use, to renovate, or to repair under paragraph (3) of the same Article;
6. A person who has displayed the telecommunications equipment with intention of sale without obtaining type approval under Article 33 (1);
7. A person who has violated an order to suspend production under Article 35 (1);

 


 

8. A person who has violated an order to destroy or recall under Article 36 (3); and
9. A person who has violated an order to remove telecommunications facilities under Article 45 (2).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002]
Article 50
Deleted. <by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 51 (Joint Penal Provisions)
When the representative of a juristic person, or an agent, employee or any other employed of the juristic person or an individual commits violations of Articles 48 , 48-2 and 49 concerning the business of the relevant juristic person or individual, the relevant juristic person or individual shall be punished by a fine as stipulated under the corresponding Articles, in addition to the punishment of the violator. <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 52 (Legal Fiction of Public Officials in Application of Penal Provisions)
Members of the Korea Communications Commission who are not public officials from among the members of the said Committee, a person who carries out a performance test under Article 33-2 (1), and a person who deals with the entrusted business under Articles 46 (2), shall be deemed public officials in the application of Articles 129 through 132 of the Criminal Act . <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 53 (Fine for Negligence)

 


 

(1) A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine for negligence not exceeding ten million won: <Amended by Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002; Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>
1. A person who has used the private telecommunications facilities and equipment without obtaining a confirmation, in contravention of Article 20 (3);
2. A person who has failed to conduct the testing under Article 25 (2) or to record and manage its results;
3. A person who has committed the act of refusing, evading or obstructing the inspection and the testing under Article 25 (5);
4. A person who has managed the telecommunications facilities and equipment without setting forth the management regulations under Article 26 (1);
5. A person who has violated the orders under Article 27 ;
6. A person who has sold the telecommunications equipment, or displayed it with intention of sale, without making any indication of type approval, in violation of Article 33 (4);
7. A person who has produced or imported the telecommunications equipment which was judged as inferior goods by the investigation or test under Article 36 (2), or who has sold or displayed it with intention of sale while being aware that it was judged as inferior goods;
8. A person who has refused, obstructed or evaded the inspection and testing under Article 36 (2);

 


 

9. A person who has failed to submit the plan for the control of communications disaster required by Article 44-3 (4);
10. A person who has failed to report the communications disaster required by Article 44-7 or made a false report;
11. A person who has failed to report the current situation of the progress in the restoration of damage, etc. required by Article 44-8 (4) or made a false report;
12. A person who has failed to file a report under Article 45 (1), or filed a false report; and
13. A person who has refused, obstructed or evaded the inspection under Article 45 (1).
(2) The fine for negligence under paragraph (1) shall be imposed and collected by the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) A person who is dissatisfied with a disposition of fine for negligence under paragraph (2) may raise an objection to the Minister of Information and Communication within 30 days from the date of notification of such disposition. <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
(4) When the person notified of a disposition of fine for negligence under paragraph (2) raises an objection under paragraph (3), the Minister of Information and Communication shall notify without delay the competent court thereof, and the court so notified shall make judgements of a fine for negligence based on the Non-Contentious Case Litigation Procedure Act . <Amended by Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>

 


 

(5) In case where neither an objection to nor the payment of the fine for negligence within the period specified under paragraph (3) is made, it shall be collected pursuant to the example of the disposition on the national taxes in arrears.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 4393, Aug. 10, 1991>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force four months after the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures on Confirmation of Technical Criteria Suitability)
The person who installed the telecommunications line facilities and equipment and ran the public telecommunications business, at the time of implementation of this Act, shall obtain confirmation from the Minister of Information and Communication as stipulated under Article 25 (2), on the telecommunications facilities and equipment already installed within one year from the effective date of this Act.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Management Rules)
The person who installed the telecommunications line facilities and equipment and ran the public telecommunications business, at the time of implementation of this Act, shall make the management rules pursuant to Article 26 and report to the Minister of Information and Communication within one year from the time when this Act enters into force.

 


 

Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Type Approval)
The telecommunications equipment that already obtained the type approval under Article 30 (1), at the time of implementation of this Act, shall be presumed to have obtained the type approval from the Minister of Information and Communication pursuant to Article 33 (1), and the valid period shall be presumed to have been renewed pursuant to Article 34 (1) at the time when this Act enters into force.
Article 5 (Transitional Measures on Association)
(1) The incorporated juristic person, Korea Telecommunications Technology Association established pursuant to Article 32 of the Civil Act (hereinafter referred to as the “juristic person”), at the time when this Act enters into force, may apply for the approval from the Minister of Information and Communication in order that the Association to be established pursuant to Article 30 of this Act may succeed all rights and duties of the foundation, through resolutions of the board of directors thereof.
(2) The juristic person which obtained the approval through application, pursuant to the above paragraph (1), shall be presumed to be dissolved in spite of the provisions concerning dissolution and liquidation of a juristic person in the Civil Act , simultaneously with establishment of the Association under this Act, and the Association to be established pursuant to this Act shall succeed all rights and duties that belonged to the foundation.
Article 6 (Transitional Measures on Approval, etc.)
In case where there exist corresponding provisions in this Act, apart from Articles 2 and 4 of the Addenda , to those approval, license,

 


 

measures, orders, application, etc., pursuant to the former provisions, at the time when this Act enters into force, then these shall be presumed to have been made pursuant to this Act.
Article 7
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 4528, Dec. 8, 1992>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force six moths after the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 11
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 4541, Mar. 6, 1993>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the day of its promulgation. (Proviso Omitted.)
Articles 2 through 5
Omitted.

 


 

           ADDENDA <Act No. 4905, Jan. 5, 1995>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force three moths after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the preparatory works for enforcement of Article 2 (1) of the Addenda may be initiated even before the enforcement date of this Act.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures, etc. on Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute)
(1) When the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute established under an approval of the Minister of Information and Communication pursuant to Article 32 of the Civil Act at the time when this Act entered into force, obtains an approval from the Minister of Information and Communication on a succession of its status via the resolution of the board of directors, it shall be considered as the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute established under the amendment to Article 15-2 (hereinafter referred to as the “Research Institute”).
(2) When the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute obtains an approval under paragraph (1), it shall without delay file a registration of incorporation for the research institute. In this case, the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be considered to have been dissolved.

 


 

(3) In a case of paragraph (1), all properties, rights and duties of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be presumed to belong to the Research Institute, and the title of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute on the register and public books, etc. related to its property, rights and duties shall be considered as that of the Research Institute.
(4) The value of property which is considered as that of the Research Institute under paragraph (3), shall be calculated according to a book value, based on the prior date of the registration of incorporation under paragraph (2).
(5) In a case of paragraph (1), the activities done before the enforcement of this Act by the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be presumed to have been done by the Research Institute under this Act, and the activities done before the enforcement of this Act against the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, shall be presumed to have been done against the Research Institute under this Act.
(6) In a case of paragraph (1), the officers and employees of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be presumed to have been elected or appointed to the positions of the Research Institute. In this case, the tenure of office for officers shall be reckoned from the date elected as an officer of the foundational juristic person, the Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute.
      Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Supply Agreements of Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)
The approval of supply agreements of the telecommunications

 


 

facilities and equipment, obtained pursuant to former Article 18 at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be presumed as the report done pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 18 .
Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Valid Period of Type Approval)
The valid period of the telecommunications facilities and equipment, the type approval of which were obtained pursuant to Article 33 , prior to enforcement of this Act, but the valid period thereof has not been expired, shall be regulated pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 34 , In this case, the valid period shall be reckoned from the type approval date obtained.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 5219, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force one month after the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures on Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, etc.)
(1) The Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute, under the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be deemed the research institute established pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 15-2 .
(2) The Korea Telecommunications Technology Association under the previous provisions at the time when this act enters into force

 


 

shall be deemed the Association established pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 30 .
Article 3 (Transitional Measures on Installation of Private Telecommunications Facilities and Equipment)
The person who has obtained the permission of installation or permission of modified installation of the private telecommunications facilities and equipment, pursuant to the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be deemed to have made a report to the relevant authority pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 20 (1).
Article 4
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.
Articles 2 through 8
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 5386, Aug. 28, 1997>

 


 

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. (Proviso Omitted.)
Articles 2 through 8
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 5453, Dec. 13, 1997>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. (Proviso Omitted.)
Article 2
Omitted.
        ADDENDUM <Act No. 5454, Dec. 13, 1997>
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. (Proviso Omitted.)
           ADDENDA <Act No. 5733, Jan. 29, 1999>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.

 


 

Articles 2 through 11
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 6231, Jan. 28, 2000>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Penal Provisions) In the application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act, the previous provisions shall govern.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2001.
Articles 2 through 6
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2002.

 


 

(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Penal Provisions) In the application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act, the previous provisions shall govern.
(3) Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 2003.
Articles 2 through 12
Omitted.
           ADDENDUM <Act No. 6823, Dec. 26, 2002>
This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 7188, Mar. 11, 2004>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the date as prescribed by the Presidential Decree within the limit not exceeding three months after the date of its promulgation.

 


 

Articles 2 through 11
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 7210, Mar. 22, 2004>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 16
Omitted.
           ADDENDA (The Railroad Services Act) <Act No. 7303, Dec. 31, 2004>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force six months after the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 through 5
Omitted.
Article 6 (Amendment of Other Acts, etc.)
(1) through (7) omitted.
(8) The Railroad Services Act shall be amended, in part, as follows: In Article 30-2 (1) 2, “Article 2 (1) of the Railroad Act” shall be “Article 2 (1) of the Railroad Services Act.”
Article 7

 


 

Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Act No. 7810, Dec.30, 2005>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into three months after the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 ( Transitional Measures)
     The research and development contributions imposed to key communications business operators pursuant to Article 5 and article 10 of the Telecommunications Business Act prior to the enforcement of this Act and the research and development contributions imposed to specific communications business operators pursuant to Article 19 of the Telecommunications Business Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.

 

 

Exhibit 4.2
             
Wholly amended By
    1991·12·31     Presidential Decree No. 13557
Amended By
    1994· 4·30     Presidential Decree No. 14226
Amended By
    1995· 4· 6     Presidential Decree No. 14571
Amended By
    1997· 2·22     Presidential Decree No. 15282
Amended By
    1997·12·31     Presidential Decree No. 15598
Amended By
    1998· 6·24     Presidential Decree No. 15817
Amended By
    1999· 1·29     Presidential Decree No. 16093
Amended By
    2000· 4·29     Presidential Decree No. 16797
Amended By
    2002· 6·29     Presidential Decree No. 17659
Amended By
    2003· 6· 5     Presidential Decree No. 17989
Amended By
    2004· 3·17     Presidential Decree No. 18312
Amended By
    2004· 5·24     Presidential Decree No. 18390
Amended By
    2006· 3·29     Presidential Decree No. 19423
CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1 (Purpose)
The purpose of this Decree is to provide matters delegated under

 


 

the Framework Act on Telecommunications and matters necessary for its enforcement. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>
Article 2 (Definitions)
The definitions of terms used in this Decree shall be in accordance with the Framework Act on Telecommunications (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”). < Amended by Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>
CHAPTER II PROMOTION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY
Article 3
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 4 (Financial Support for Research Institute, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may appropriate into the budget the required funds for the financial support under Article 10 (2) of the Act and for subsidies of research funds under Article 11 (2) of the Act . <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall determine detailed matters necessary for the method and procedure of financial support and performance of research tasks. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

 


 

Article 5 (Research Institute, etc. Subject to Guidance and Fostering and Method of Guidance and Fostering)
(1) The research institutes, etc. which the Minister of Information and Communication guides and fosters under Article 10 (4) of the Act are: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16093, Jan. 29, 1999; Presidential Decree No. 18594, Dec. 3, 2004; Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>
1. The Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute established under Article 8 of the Act on the Establishment, Operation and Fosterage of Government-Invested Research Institutions, etc. in the Field of Science and Technology;
2. Research institutes established for the purpose of conducting researches on telecommunications and designated by the Minister of Information and Communication;
3. An institute or an organization which carries out researches, developments, education, or training in telecommunications; and
4. A corporation or an organization which is engaged in collecting, analyzing, and publicizing information on telecommunications.
(2) Methods of the guidance and fostering concerning research institutes, etc. under paragraph (1) shall be as follows:
1. Financial support for the ground research and performance of special tasks in the field of telecommunications;
2. Support of the education and training in order to foster skilled technicians in the field of telecommunications;

 


 

3. Supply of technological information on telecommunications; and
4. Support for cooperations with other institutes, organizations, or international bodies.
(3) The following funds shall be given to the institutes mentioned in paragraph (1) 1 and 2:
1. Research and development funds for telecommunications technology and policy on telecommunications;
2. Construction expenses for facilities, etc. necessary for research and development; and
3. Expenses for the management of other research institutes.
Article 6 (Selection of Research Tasks)
The Minister of Information and Communication may select, under Article 11 (2) of the Act , the following research tasks: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
1. Matters of the basic research relating to telecommunications;
2. Matters concerning the research and development of a new telecommunications method or of technology;
3. Matters concerning the technical improvement on telecommunications equipment; and
4. Other matters necessary for the security of the core telecommunications technology.

 


 

Article 7 (Designation of Researcher)
The Minister of Information and Communication designates, under Article 11 (2) of the Act , a person who will work on the research task in accordance with the following order: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
1. A proposer of research tasks concerned; and
2. A person who has successfully carried out a research dealing with similar subject matters to the research tasks concerned.
Article 8 (Joint Research, etc.)
The Minister of Information and Communication may allow the designated person under Article 7 to work jointly on the research tasks under Article 6 , if it is deemed specially necessary to do so. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
Article 8-2 (Calculation Standards for Research and Development Contributions)
(1) The turnover to the business set forth in Article 12 (1) of the Act shall be the profits from the business activities less charges for use of other telecommunications business operators’ networks.
(2) The research and development contributions pursuant to Article 12 (1) of the Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Contributions”) shall be 5/1000 of the turnover of the previous year. Provided, the Contributions for key telecommunications business operator set forth in Article 34 (3) 2 of the Telecommunications Business Act shall be 75/10000 of the turnover of the previous year.

 


 

(3) In case of imposition of the Contributions pursuant to Article 12 (1) of the Act, the Minister of Information and Communication shall give a written notice stating the amount of the Contributions calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) and the payment deadline and requiring to pay such Contributions to the account for the management of receipt and disbursement of the Information and Communications Promotion Fund pursuant to Article 33 of the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion opened with the Bank of Korea.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth the details necessary with respect to the calculation and imposition of the Contributions.
[This Article Newly Inserted By Presidential Decree No. 19423, Mar. 29, 2006]
Article 8-3 (Exemption from the Contributions)
The Minister of Information and Communication may, in accordance with Article 12 (2) of the Act, exempt the telecommunications business operator whose turnover of the previous year is less than KRW 30,000,000,000 or who experiences current term net loss, from the Contributions, and the Minister of Information and Communication may reduce the excessive amount from the Contributions for the telecommunications business operators whose calculated Contributions exceeding 70/100 of its current term net income.
[This Article Newly Inserted By Presidential Decree No. 19423, Mar. 29, 2006]
Article 8-4 (Additional Due, etc.)
(1) The additional due pursuant to Article 12 (4) of the Act shall be equivalent to 3/100 of the defaulted Contributions.
(2) If a person liable to pay the defaulted Contributions fails to do so, an amount equivalent to 12/1000 of such defaulted Contributions (hereinafter referred to as “Fines for Default”) shall be

 


 

collected for every month elapsed after the payment deadline in addition to the additional due pursuant to paragraph (1). In this case, the collection period for the Fines for Default in addition to the additional dues shall not exceed sixty months.
[This Article Newly Inserted By Presidential Decree No. 19423, Mar. 29, 2006]
Article 9 (Contents of Technical Guidance, etc.)
(1) The subject matters and contents for technical guidance conducted by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 13 (2) of the Act shall be as follows: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
1. Matters concerning the application of technical standards of telecommunications equipment;
2. Matters concerning the adoption, practical application and development of a new telecommunications method and technology;
3. Matters concerning the improvement of production technology of telecommunications equipment;
4. Matters concerning the improvement of functions and special features of telecommunications equipment; and
5. Matters concerning the standard construction method applied to the installation and maintenance of telecommunications facilities.
(2) Methods of the technical guidance carried by the Minister of Information and Communication for the person subject to the technical guidance shall be as follows: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

 


 

1. Guidance concerning the quality assurance of telecommunications equipment;
2. Supply of technical information;
3. Support for technical training and overseas technical cooperation; and
4. Transfer of technology.
CHAPTER III TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Article 10 (Selection of Specialized Agency for Data Survey)
(1) When the Minister of Information and Communication intends to have a specialized agency in the field of telecommunications conduct data survey necessary for consultation among the key communications business operators regarding joint installation of telecommunications facilities under the provisions of Article 18 (3) of the Act , he shall select an agency recognized as having specialty with regard to the relevant survey and being capable of ensuring impartiality and objectiveness and have such agency conduct it.
(2) When the Minister of Information and Communication selects a specialized agency to conduct data survey as provided for in paragraph (1), he shall inform the key communications business operators concerned thereof.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002]

 


 

Articles 11 through 13
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 14 (Report of Private Telecommunications Facilities)
(1) A person who intends to install private telecommunications facilities under Article 20 of the Act shall submit a report (including a report which is an electronic document) specifying the following contents to the Minister of Information and Communication in accordance with the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication not later than twenty-one days prior to the beginning date of installation work for such facilities: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002; Presidential Decree No. 18312, Mar. 17, 2004>
1. Reporter;
2. Type of business;
3. Purpose of business;
4. Telecommunications method;
5. Installation place of facilities;
6. Outline of the installation; and
7. (Expected) Date of the facilities’use.
(2) “Matters specified by the Presidential Decree” in the latter part of Article 20 (1) of the Act means matters in paragraph (1) 2 through 6

 


 

inclusive.
(3) If a person, who has made a report on installation of private telecommunications facilities, intends to alter the matters stipulated in paragraph (2), he shall file with the Minister of Information and Communication a report (including a report which is an electronic document) on alteration stating the matters he intends to alter not later than twenty-one days (beginning date of the relevant alteration work in case where intending to alter the facilities falling under paragraph (1) 4 through 6) prior to the relevant beginning date of alteration. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002; Presidential Decree No. 18312, Mar. 17, 2004>
(4) Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995]
Article 15 (Confirmation on Construction Work, etc. for Installation)
(1) A person who has made installation or modification report on private telecommunications facilities under Article 20 (3) of the Act shall be confirmed by the Minister of Information and Communication within seven days after the construction work for the installation of facilities and modification is completed. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
(2) A person who intends to be confirmed by the Minister of Information and Communication under paragraph (1) shall confirm whether it has been executed properly meeting the following requirements and shall submit the results (including those which are electronic documents) to the Minister of Information and

 


 

Communication: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 18312, Mar. 17, 2004>
1. Technical criteria referred to in Article 25 (1) of the Act ; and
2. Contents of the design documents referred to in Article 25 (3) of the Act .
Articles 16 and 17
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 18
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
Article 19 (Supply of Private Telecommunications Facilities)
(1) A person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities may supply them for the facilities-based telecommunications service provider where there are the unused telecommunications facilities in excess of the capacity necessary for his employment of telecommunication from among the private telecommunications facilities installed where the facilities-based telecommunications service provider asked to install pursuant to Article 21 (2) of the Act .
(2) The consideration for supply where the private telecommunications facilities are supplied for the facilities-based telecommunications service provider pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be in accordance with the criteria announced publicly by the Minister of Information and Communication within the limit of the amount which adds the amount of investment and repair to the expenses required for the network and operation of the private

 


 

telecommunications facilities concerned.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 19-2
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 19-3 (Facilities Subject to Securing Pipeline)
The term “other facilities or housing sites as determined by the Presidential Decree” in Article 30-2 (1) 8 of the Act means the facilities, etc. of falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15817, Jun. 24, 1998; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002; Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005 >
1. Passenger automobile terminals under the Passenger Transport Service Act ;
2. Freight terminals under the Goods Distribution Promotion Act ;
3. Complexes for the cooperating business of small and medium enterprises created under the Promotion of Small and Medium Enterprises and Encouragement of Purchase of Their Products Act ;
4. Distribution complexes developed under the Promotion of Distribution Complex Development Act ;
5. Tourist resorts or sightseeing complexes created under the Tourism Promotion Act ; and
6. Sewer box culvert under the Sewerage Act .
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb.

 


 

22, 1997]
Article 19-4 (Conciliation on Rights of Way)
(1) Where the Minister of Information and Communication is asked for conciliation referred to in Article 30-2 (5) of the Act and prepares a draft conciliation, he shall be advised by the head of the related administrative agency and the parties.
(2) Where the Minister of Information and Communication prepares a draft conciliation referred to in paragraph (1), he shall notify it to the parties and may recommend an acceptance by specifying a period of not less than 30 days.
(3) Where the draft conciliation referred to in paragraph (2) is accepted by the parties concerned, the Minister of Information and Communication shall prepare a draft conciliation containing matters falling under the following subparagraphs and have the parties concerned sign and seal it:
1. Case number;
2. Names and addresses of parties, appointed parties or agents;
3. Purport of request for conciliation;
4. Conciliation provisions; and
5. Date of preparation.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 997]

 


 

Article 19-5 (Selection of Operators of Integrated Operation Communication Service)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to select operators of key communication business who are able to operate telecommunication facilities and equipment, etc. in an integrated manner under Article 31 (1) of the Act , examine matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs and select such operators from among the operators of key communication business who render the telecommunications service in areas or their adjacent areas where telecommunications facilities and equipment subject to the integrated operation are installed:
1. Manpower and organizations of the operators of key communication business;
2. Facilities and equipment in possession of the operators of key communication business;
3. Technical levels of the operators of key communication business; and
4. Financial structures of the operators of key communication business.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, where he intends to select operators of integrated operation communication business in accordance with Article 31 (1) of the Act , go through in advance deliberation of the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council (hereinafter referred to as the “Council”) pursuant to Article 44-2 (1) of the Act .
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000]

 


 

Article 20 (Matters to be Included in Integrated Operation Plan)
“Other matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree” in Article 31 (3) 3 of the Act means matters falling under the following subparagraphs:
1. Matters concerning charge for integrated telecommunications facilities; and
2. Matters concerning workers who operated integrated telecommunications facilities.
Article 21 (Purchase of Telecommunications Facilities, etc.)
(1) Sale price of telecommunications facilities, etc. under Article 32 (2) of the Act is calculated by an appraisal of certified public appraisers under the Public Notice of Values, Appraisal and Assessment of Real Estate Act : Provided, That if it is difficult for certified public appraisers to appraise the telecommunications facilities, selling price may be calculated through the consultation between parties concerned. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>
(2) Purchase procedure of telecommunications facilities and payment method of sale price under Article 32 (2) of the Act are decided by virtue of the consultation between parties concerned.
CHAPTER IV MANAGEMENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

 


 

Article 22
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 23
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
Article 24
Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 25 (Disposal and Collection of Telecommunications Equipment)
An order of the Minister of Information and Communication for the disposal or collection of telecommunications equipment under Article 36 (3) of the Act shall be made in writing and the reason and period for the disposal or collection shall be specified. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
CHAPTER V KOREA COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
Article 26 (Designation of Officials, etc.)
Officials including the chairman of the Korea Communications Commission under Article 37 (1) of the Act (hereinafter referred to as “Korea Communications Commission”) shall be appointed or commissioned by the President after seconded by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

 


 

      Article 27 (Management, etc. of Meeting)
(1) A chairman of the Korea Communications Commission shall convene a meeting of the Commission and preside over the meeting.
(2) When the chairman of the Korea Communications Commission intends to convene the meeting, he shall fix date, place, and matters to be presented in the meeting and notify thereof in writing to each official by seven days before the fixed date for the meeting: Provided, That this shall not apply to an urgent matter.
(3) The Korea Communications Commission may allow interested parties or witnesses to present the meeting and state their opinions or submit necessary information.
(4) Witnesses presented in the meeting under paragraph (3) may be supplied with traveling expenses within the scope of budget.
Article 28 (Payment of Allowance, etc.)
For officials of the Korea Communications Commission, allowance within the scope of budget may be paid: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where a commissioner, who is a public official, presents himself in the meeting directly in relation to his own tasks.
Article 29 (Detailed Management Provisions)
Necessary matters concerning the management of the Korea Communications Commission other than ones provided in this Decree shall be stipulated by the Korea Communications Commission.

 


 

Article 30 (Period for Ruling)
(1) The Korea Communications Commission shall make a ruling within 60 days after it receives an application for a ruling under Article 40-2 of the Act . <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
(2) If the Korea Communications Commission fails to make a ruling within the fixed period as provided in paragraph (1) due to an unavoidable circumstance, a period for the ruling may be extended, for one occasion only, for not more than 30 days by the resolution of the Korea Communications Commission.
Article 31 (Ruling)
(1) Ruling of the Korea Communications Commission shall be in writing.
(2) A ruling as provided paragraph (1) shall specify an order, the reason of order, and date of decision, and the chairman, and officials presented in the meeting shall sign or seal the ruling and send it to parties concerned.
Article 31-2 (Composition of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council, etc.)
(1) The Council shall be composed of not more than 20 members including one chairman. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>

 


 

(2) The chairman and members of the Council shall be those appointed or commissioned by the Minister of Information and communication from among those falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
1. Public officials of Grade III or higher, or equivalent to Grade III or higher of related administrative agencies;
2. Persons in charge of lecture and research on the information and communications-related fields at universities or research institutes under the Higher Education Act ;
3. Representatives of information and communications-related organizations or agencies, or persons who have been or were in office as executive officers of information and communications-related enterprises not less than 5 years;
4. Persons who have much knowledge and experience in information and communications; and
5. Persons who are recommended by civil groups (referring to nonprofit organizations under Article 2 of the Assistance for Nonprofit Non-Governmental Organizations Act.
(3) The terms of office for members shall be two years, but they may be reelected: Provided, That the term of office for any member who is designated or commissioned after the decision of his office shall be the period for which he holds such office. <Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 31-3 (Functions of Chairman)

 


 

(1) The chairman shall exercise overall control over the affairs and represent the Council.
(2) Where the chairman is unable to discharge his functions due to compelling reasons, a member appointed in advance by the chairman shall act as chairman on his behalf.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 31-4 (Meetings of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council)
(1) The chairman shall convene a meeting of the Council and shall preside over it.
(2) Decisions of a meeting of the Council shall be taken by a majority of all the members attending and by affirmative vote of a majority of members present.
(3) Where deemed necessary, the Council may be advised by the related public officials or related experts.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 31-5 (Secretary of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council)
The Council shall have a secretary to handle the affairs of the Council, and the secretary shall be appointed by the Minister of Information and Communication from among the public officials belonging to the Ministry of Information and Communications.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 31-6 (Subcommissions)
The Council may have subcommissions where the matters which the Minister of Information and Communication submits for deliberation need the technical review.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 31-7 (Allowance)
The members who attend the Council or subcommissions shall be paid allowance within the limits of the budget: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where the members who are public officials attend it in direct connection with their affairs concerned.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]
Article 31-8 (Operational Regulations)
The necessary matters, as except provided in this Decree, about the operation of the Council and the composition and operation etc. of subcommissions shall be determined by the chairman through a resolution of the Council.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997]

 


 

CHAPTER V-2 CONTROL OF COMMUNICATIONS DISASTER
Article 31-9 (Formulation Procedures for Basic Plan for Communications Disaster Control)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall prepare a guide for a formulation of basic plans for communications disaster control for the next fiscal year not later than the end of April each year under Article 44-3 (3) of the Act , and notify it to the major key communications business operator under Article 44-3 (1) of the Act (hereinafter referred to the “major key communications business operator”).
(2) The major key communications business operator shall formulate a plan for communications disaster control for the next fiscal year pursuant to a guide for formulation under paragraph (1), and submit it to the Minister of Information and Communication not later than the end of May each year.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall fix the basic plans for communications disaster control for the next fiscal year not later than the end of July each year, under Article 44-3 (5) of the Act .
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003]
Article 31-10 (Organization and Operation of Communications Disaster Control Committee)

 


 

(1) Vice Ministers of related central administrative agencies who are to become the members of the Communications Disaster Control Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) under Article 44-5 (3) of the Act , shall be the Administrator of the National Emergency Management Agency, Vice Minister of National Defense, Deputy Director of the National Intelligence Service, and Vice Ministers of related administrative agencies which are deemed necessary by the Chairman. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 18390, May 24, 2004>
(2) The Chairman shall convene a meeting of the Committee and preside over it.
(3) If the Chairman is unable to perform his duties due to any inevitable reasons, a member shall act on behalf of the Chairman in the order of members nominated by the Chairman.
(4) Where the Chairman intends to convene a meeting of the Committee, he shall notify each member, in writing or by an electronic document, of the date and time, venue and agenda of the meeting not later than 7 days before an opening of the meeting: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case where it is a matter of urgency or there exist inevitable causes.
(5) The Committee shall resolve by the attendance of a majority of all incumbent members, and by the consent of a majority of those present.
(6) The Committee may hear the opinions of the related public officials or the related specialists in case where it is deemed necessary.
(7) The Committee shall have an executive secretary to deal with its affairs, and he shall be nominated by the Chairman from among the public officials belonging to the Ministry of Information and Communication.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003]
Article 31-11 (Organization and Operation of Working Committees)
(1) Working committees established in the Committee under Article 44-5 (4) shall consist of less than 15 working members including one chairman of working committee.
(2) The chairman of working committee shall be the Chief of Telecommunication Business Promotion Bureau of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and the working members shall be the persons falling under the following subparagraphs:
1. Each one of persons designated by the head of relevant institution, from among the public officials of Grade IV or those corresponding thereto, who belong to the central administrative agencies whereto the members under Article 31-10 (1) are attached, and to the related administrative agencies deemed necessary by the chairman of working committee; and
2. Person who is commissioned by the chairman of working committee from among the persons falling under any of the following items:
(a) Person in charge of the duties concerning communications disaster, from among the employees of a major key communications business operator and of the electric communications business operators’ organization; and
(b) Person who has much knowledge of, and experiences in, the communications disaster control.

 


 

(3) The chairman of working committee shall convene a meeting of the said committee, and preside over it.
(4) The working committee shall have an executive secretary to deal with its affairs, and he shall be nominated by the chairman of working committee, from among the public officials belonging to the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(5) The working committee shall examine and deliberate on the cases referred to the Committee, and on the items delegated by the Committee or directed by the Chairman of the Committee.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003]
Article 31-12 (Allowances)
Allowances may be paid within the limit of budgets to the members or the working members who have attended a meeting of the Committee or the working committees: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case where the members or the working members who are the public officials attend in direct relations with their competent duties.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003]
Article 31-13 (Operational Rules)
Except as prescribed in this Decree, matters necessary for an organization and operation, etc. of the Committee shall be determined by the Chairman after going through a resolution by the Committee, and matters necessary for an organization and operation, etc. of the working committee shall be determined by the chairman of working committee after going through a resolution by the working committee, respectively.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003]
Article 31-14 (Organization and Operation of Countermeasure Headquarters)
(1) The communications disaster countermeasure headquarters under Article 44-8 of the Act (hereinafter referred to as the “countermeasure headquarters”) shall consist of the public officials belonging to the central administrative agency and the employees belonging to the major key communications business operator, who are directly related with a restoration of communications disaster.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall determine in advance an organizing method of the countermeasure headquarters, so as to enable to swiftly cope with the communications disaster, and to notify it to the head of central administrative agency and the major key communications business operator whereto belong the constituent members of the countermeasure headquarters under paragraph (1).
(3) The head of countermeasure headquarters shall represent the said headquarters and exercise overall control of the affairs falling under any of the following subparagraphs:
1. Direction and control of the mobilization of materials for an urgent restoration and the restoration activities by the major key communications business operator;
2. Establishment of the countermeasures for efficient urgent restoration activities, such as a setting-up of the urgent restoration systems and a sharing of roles between the major key communications business operators, etc.;

 


 

3. Support to the communications in the communication disaster areas; and
4. Other matters deemed necessary by the head of countermeasure headquarters.
(4) The head of countermeasure headquarters may request the major key communications business operators to dispatch their employees, in order to efficiently operate the countermeasure headquarters. In this case, any major key communications business operator in receipt of a request for dispatching his employees shall comply with it unless there exist any special grounds.
(5) Except as otherwise prescribed in this Decree, the matters necessary for organization and operation of the countermeasure headquarters shall be determined by the head of countermeasure headquarters.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003]
CHAPTER VI SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
Article 32 (Opinion Statement Procedure)
(1) If the Korea Communications Commission intends to give an opportunity to state an opinion under Article 40-2 (2) of the Act , it shall notify a person concerned or his representative not later than ten days before the fixed date for stating opinion. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>

 


 

(2) The person or his representative notified under paragraph (1) may present himself in the fixed date and state his opinion or submit his opinion in writing.
(3) When the person concerned or his representative present himself and state his opinion as provided in paragraph (2), public officials concerned shall write out the abstract thereof, have the present person confirm it and affix sign and seal thereto.
(4) Notification under paragraph (1) shall specify that the person concerned be deemed to have no opinion in the absence of any oral or written statement of opinion without due reason.
(5) Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15598, Dec. 31, 1997>
Article 33 (Delegation and Commission of Powers)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall delegate following powers to the chief of the competent communications office under Article 46 (1) of the Act : <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>
1. Acceptance of report on the installation of private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 20 (1) of the Act , and an acceptance of modification report on the installation of the facilities;
1-2. Confirmation under Article 20 (3) of the Act ;
2. Order for handling telecommunications business affairs concerning the person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 22 (1) of the Act , or an order

 


 

for connection between a private telecommunications facility concerned and the other telecommunications facility;
3. Order given to a person who has installed the private telecommunications facilities and equipment under Article 23 (1) of the Act to make corrections;
4. Order given to suspend the use of private telecommunications facilities, and an order for the reorganization and repair of the facilities, etc. under Article 23 (2) and (3) of the Act ;
5. Imposition and collection of penalty surcharges under Article 24 of the Act ;
6. Investigation or tests to verify whether the telecommunications facilities and equipment are installed and operated in conformity with the technical standards under Article 25 (5) of the Act;
7. Correction with respect to the person who installs the telecommunications facilities under Article 27 of the Act and other necessary measures;
8. Investigation of telecommunications equipment (limited to the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has not been granted in contravention of the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act ) under Article 36 (2) of the Act ;
9. Order for destruction or taking away of telecommunications equipment as referred to in Article 36 (3) of the Act (limited to the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has not been granted in contravention of the provisions of the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act );
10. Acceptance of report with respect to a person who installs telecommunications facilities and inspection under Article 45 (1) of

 


 

the Act ;
11. Order for the elimination of illegal telecommunication facilities under Article 45 (2) of the Act , and other necessary measures; and
12. Imposition of a fine for negligence on any person who falls under Article 53 (1) 1 through 5, 8 (limited to any person who has rejected, hindered and dodged investigation for the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has not been granted in contravention of the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act ), 9 or 10 of the Act in accordance with Article 53 (2) of the Act .
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall delegate the following authorities to the head of Radio Waves Institute under Article 46 (1) of the Act : <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000; Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002; Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>
1. Deleted <by Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>;
2. Type approval of telecommunications equipment under Article 33 (1) of the Act ;
3. Designation, inspection, cancellation, suspension of business and supervision of designated testing institutions referred to in Article 33-2 of the Act ;
4. Deleted; <by Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
5. Termination of the type approval under Article 34-2 of the Act ;
6. Cancellation of the type approval and suspension of manufacturing product under Article 35 (1) of the Act , and other necessary measures;

 


 

7. Affairs concerning investigation and test of telecommunications equipment (limited to the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has been granted under the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act ) under Article 36 (2) of the Act ;
8. Order for destruction or tacking away of telecommunications equipment referred to in Article 36 (3) of the Act (limited to the telecommunications equipment for which sign of type approval has not been marked in contravention of the provisions of Article 33 (4) of the Act , or which has been judged inferior in quality after investigation and test as referred to in Article 36 (2) of the Act );
9. Hearing under Article 45-2 of the Act ; and
10. Imposition of a fine for negligence on any person who falls under Article 53 (1) 6, 7 or 8 (limited to any person who has rejected, hindered or dodged investigation and test for the telecommunications equipment to which type approval has been granted under the main sentence of Article 33 (1) of the Act ) of the Act in accordance with Article 53 (2) of the Act .
(3) Deleted. <by Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 34 (Fine for Negligence)
(1) When the Minister of Information and Communication intends to impose a fine for negligence under Article 53 (2) of the Act , he shall, after investigating and confirming the offense in question, specify in writing what has been violated, the method of objection, period for the submission of objection, and notify the person subject to the disposition of the fine for negligence to pay the fine. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>

 


 

(2) When the Minister of Information and Communication intends to impose the fine pursuant to paragraph (1), he shall specify the period not less than 10 days and give the person subject to the disposition of an opportunity to state his opinion. In this case, it is deemed that there is no opinion in the absence of any oral or written statement of opinion within that period. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995; Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
(3) In determining the amount of the fine, the Minister of Information and Communication shall take into account the motive and consequence of such an offense. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
(4) Procedure for the collection of the fine shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
ADDENDA
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures on Disposition, etc.)
At the time when this Decree enters into force, any disposition, procedure, and other conducts carried by the previous provisions shall be deemed to be performed by this Decree if there is a provision applicable to the disposition, procedure, and other conducts in this Decree.

 


 

Article 3
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 14226, Apr. 30, 1994>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Transitional Measures on Installation of Private Telecommunications Facilities) A person obtaining a permission on the installation of private telecommunications facilities under the previous provisions who is falling under the amended provisions of Article 12 (2) 7 shall be regarded to make a report under the same provisions.
           ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 14571, Apr. 6, 1995>
This Decree shall enter into force on April 6, 1995.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 15282, Feb. 22, 1997>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Article 2

 


 

Omitted.
           ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 15598, Dec. 31, 1997>
This Decree shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 15817, Jun. 24, 1998>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 6
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 16093, Jan. 29, 1999>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 4
Omitted.

 


 

           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 16797, Apr. 29, 2000>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Decree shall enter into on April 29, 2000.
(2) (Application Example for Terms of Office of Members of Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council) The amended provisions of Article 31-2 (3) of the Act shall apply starting with members of the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council who are commissioned first after the enforcement of this Decree.
           ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 17659, Jun. 29, 2002>
This Decree shall enter into force on July 1, 2002.
           ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 17989, Jun. 5, 2003>
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
           ADDENDUM <Presidential Decree No. 18312, Mar. 17, 2004>
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 18390, May 24, 2004>

 


 

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Decree shall enter into force on June 1, 2004.
Articles 2 and 3
Omitted.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 18594, Dec. 3, 2004>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 and 3
Omitted.
      Article 4 (Amendment of Other Acts, etc)
(1) through <28> omitted.
<29> The Enforcement Decree of Framework Act on Telecommunications shall be amended, in part, as follows:
In Article 5 (1) 1, “the Act on the Establishment, Operation and Fosterage of Government-Invested Research Institutions, etc.” shall be “the Act on the Establishment, Operation and Fosterage of Government-Invested Research Institutions, etc. in the Field of Science and Technology”.
<30) through <42> omitted.
Article 5
Omitted.

 


 

           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 18743, Mar. 18, 2005>
This Decree shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
           ADDENDA <Presidential Decree No. 19423, Mar. 29, 2006>
This Decree shall enter into force on March 31, 2006.

 

 

Exhibit 4.3
         
Wholly amended By
  1991 · 8 ·10   Act No. 4394
Amended By        
  1991 ·12 ·14   Act No. 4439
Amended By        
  1991 ·12 ·14   Act No. 4441
Amended By        
  1995 · 1 · 5   Act No. 4861
Amended By        
  1995 · 1 · 5   Act No. 4903
Amended By        
  1996 ·12 ·30   Act No. 5220
Amended By        
  1997 · 8 ·28   Act No. 5385
Amended By        
  1998 · 9 ·17   Act No. 5564
Amended By        
  1999 · 2 · 8   Act No. 5835
Amended By        
  1999 · 5 ·24   Act No. 5986
Amended By        
  2000 · 1 ·28   Act No. 6230
Amended By        
  2001 · 1 · 8   Act No. 6346
Amended By        
  2001 · 1 ·16   Act No. 6360
Amended By        
  2002 · 1 ·14   Act No. 6602
Amended By        
  2002 · 2 · 4   Act No. 6656
Amended By        
  2002 ·12 ·26   Act No. 6822

 


 

         
Amended By        
  2004 · 2 · 9   Act No. 7165
Amended By        
  2005. 3. 31.   Act No. 7428
Amended By        
  2005. 3. 31.   Act No. 7445
Amended By        
  2005. 12. 29.   Act No. 7796
Amended By        
  2006 · 3 · 24   Act No. 7916
CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1 (Purpose)
The purpose of this Act is to contribute to the promotion of public welfare by encouraging sound development of telecommunications business and ensuring convenience to the users of telecommunications service through proper management of such business.
Article 2 (Definitions)
(1) For the purpose of this Act, <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
1. the term “telecommunications business operator” means a person who provides telecommunications service with holding a license or making a registration or report under this Act;
2. the term “user” means a person who has made a contract for the use of any telecommunications service with the telecommunications

 


 

business operator in order to receive a provision of telecommunications service; and
3. the term “universal service” means the basic telecommunications service which any user may receive at reasonable fees anytime and anywhere.
(2) The terms used in this Act shall be the same as defined in the Framework Act on Telecommunications , except for those defined in paragraph (1) above.
Article 3 (Duty of Providing Services, etc.)
(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not refuse to provide any telecommunications service, without justifiable reasons.
(2) A telecommunications business operator shall guarantee the fairness, speediness and accuracy in performing his business.
(3) A fee for telecommunications service shall be reasonably fixed so as to ensure a smooth development of telecommunications business and to provide the users with convenient and diverse telecommunications services in the fair and inexpensive manner.
Article 3-2 (Universal Service)
(1) All telecommunications business operators shall have the obligation to provide universal service or to replenish the losses incurred by such provisions. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>

 


 

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), exempt the telecommunications business operator determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication as a telecommunications business operator for whom an imposition of obligation under paragraph (1) is deemed inadequate in view of the peculiarity of telecommunications service, or the telecommunications business operator whose turnover of telecommunications service is less than the amount as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication within the limit of 1/100 of total turnover of the telecommunications services, from the relevant obligations. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(3) The details of universal service shall be determined in consideration of the following matters:
1. Level of the development of information and communications technology;
2. Level of the dissemination of telecommunications service;
3. Public interest and safety;
4. Promotion of social welfare; and
5. Acceleration of informatization.
(4) Matters necessary for the details of universal service, designation of a business operator providing universal service, and compensation for losses incurred in the course of providing universal service and creation of relevant financial resources shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]

 


 

CHAPTER II TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS
SECTION 1 General Provisions
Article 4 (Classification, etc. of Telecommunications Business)
(1) The telecommunications businesses shall be classified into a key communications business, a specific communications business and a value-added communications business. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
(2) The key communications business shall be the business to install telecommunications line facilities, and thereby provide telecommunications services such as telegraph and telephone service (hereinafter referred to as the “key telecommunications services”), whose types and contents are determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, in consideration of impacts on the public interest and national industries and the necessity for stable provision of services. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The specific communications business shall correspond to one of the following subparagraphs: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
1. Business which provides a key telecommunications service by making use of telecommunications line facilities, etc. of a person who has obtained a license for key communications business under Article 5 (hereinafter referred to as a “key communications business

 


 

operator”); and
2. Business which installs the telecommunications facilities in the premises as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and provides a telecommunications service therein by making use of the said facilities.
(4) The value-added communications business shall be the business which leases telecommunications line facilities from a key communications business operator, and provides a telecommunications business service other than the key telecommunications services under paragraph (2) (hereinafter referred to as the “value-added communications service”). <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]
SECTION 2 Key Communications Business
Article 5 (License etc. of Key Communications Business Operator)
(1) A person who intends to run a key communications business shall obtain a license from the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to grant a license under paragraph (1), go through a deliberation by the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council under Article 44-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications : Provided, That this shall not apply to the licence of minor business as prescribed by the Ordinance of the

 


 

Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in granting a license under paragraph (1), comprehensively examine the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
1. Propriety of the plans for providing the key telecommunications services;
2. Appropriateness of the size of telecommunications facilities;
3. Financial and technical capability;
4. Actual results of technical developments related to key telecommunications services to be provided;
5. Technical development plans related to key telecommunications services;
6. Support plans for technical developments for promoting telecommunications; and
7. Other necessary matters for the performance of business.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth the detailed examination criteria by examining item under paragraph (3), period for license and outline of application for license, and make a public announcement thereof. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(5) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where he grants a license for key communications business under paragraph (1), attach the conditions necessary for provision of services, or research and development, etc. for promotion of

 


 

telecommunications industry. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(6) A person subject to a license under paragraph (1) shall be limited to a juristic person.
(7) Procedures for a license under paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]
Article 5-2 (Reasons for Disqualification for License)
Persons falling under each of the following subparagraphs shall not be entitled to obtain the license for a key communications business as referred to in Article 5 :
1. The State or local governments;
2. Foreign governments or foreign corporations; and
3. Corporations whose stocks are owned by foreign governments or foreigners in excess of the restrictions on stock possessions as referred to in Article 6 (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 6 (Restrictions on Stock Possessions of Foreign Governments or Foreigners)
(1) The stocks of a key communications business operator (limited to the voting stocks, and including the stock equivalents with voting rights, such as stock depositary receipts, etc. and investment

 


 

equities; hereinafter the same shall apply) shall not be owned in excess of 49/100 of the gross number of issued stocks, when adding up all of those owned by the foreign governments or foreigners.
(2) A corporation whose largest stockholder is a foreign government or a foreigner (including a specially-related person as referred to in subparagraph 3 of Article 36 of the Securities and Exchange Act ; hereinafter the same shall apply), and when not less than 15/100 of the gross number of its issued stocks are owned by the said foreign government or foreigner (hereinafter referred to as the “fictitious corporation of foreigners”), it shall be regarded as a foreigner.
(3) A corporation that owns less than 1/100 of the gross number of stocks issued by a key communications business operator shall not be regarded as a foreigner, even if it is equipped with the requirements as referred to in paragraph (2).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 6-2 (Grounds for Disqualifying Officers)
(1) Any person falling under each of the following subparagraphs shall be disqualified to serve as an officer of any key communications business operator: <Amended by No. 7428, Mar. 31, 2005>
1. A minor, an incompetent or a quasi-incompetent;
2. A person who has yet to be reinstated after having been declared bankrupt;
3. A person who has been sentenced to imprisonment without prison labor or a heavier punishment on charges of violating this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act or the

 


 

Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. and for whom three years have yet to pass from the date on which the execution of the sentence is terminated (including a case where the execution of the sentence is deemed to be terminated) or the execution of the sentence is exempted;
4. A person who is in a stay period after having been sentenced to a stay of the execution of the imprisonment without prison labor or a heavier punishment on charges of violating this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act or the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc.;
5. A person who has been sentenced to a fine on charges of violating this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act or the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. and for whom three years have yet to pass from the date of such sentence; and
6. A person who has been subject to a disposition taken to revoke his permission in accordance with Article 15 (1), a disposition taken to revoke his registration in accordance with Article 28 (1) or an order given in accordance with paragraph (2) of the same Article to discontinue his business and for whom three years have yet to pass from the date of such disposition or order. In the case of a corporation, the person refers to the person who commits the act of causing the disposition to revoke permission, the disposition to revoke registration or the order to discontinue business, and its representative.
(2) In the event that any officer is found to fall under each subparagraph of paragraph (1) or is found to fall under each subparagraph of paragraph (1) at the time that he is selected and

 


 

appointed as an officer, he shall rightly resign from the office.
(3) Any act in which any officer has been involved prior to his resignation under paragraph (2) shall not lose its legal efficacy.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002]
Article 6-3 (Examination of Public Interest Nature of Stock Acquisition, etc. by Key Communciations Business Operator)
(1) The Public Interest Nature Examination Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) shall be established in the Ministry of Information and Communication in order to make an examination regarding whether or not what falls under each of the following subparagraphs impedes the public interests as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as the “examination of public interest nature”), such as the national safety guarantee and maintenance of public peace and order, etc.:
1. Where the principal comes to own not less than 15/100 of the gross number of stocks issued by a key communications business operator, when adding up those owned by the specially-related person as referred to in subparagraph 3 of Article 36 of the Securities and Exchange Act (hereinafter referred to as the “specially-related person”);
2. Where the largest stockholder of a key communications business operator is altered;
3. Where a key communications business operator or any stockholder of a key communications business operator concludes a contract for important management matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, such as the appointment and dismissal of executives and the transfer or takeover, etc. of business of the relevant key communications business operator, with a foreign government or a

 


 

foreigner; and
4. Other cases as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, where there exists a change in the stockholders who have de facto management rights of a key communications business operator.
(2) Where a key communications business operator or any stockholder of a key communications business operator comes to fall under each of subparagraphs of paragraph (1), he shall file a report thereon with the Minister of Information and Communication within seven days from the time when such a fact took place.
(3) Where a key communications business operator or any stockholder of a key communications business operator is to come to fall under each of subparagraphs of paragraph (1), he may, prior to the said situation, request the Minister of Information and Communication to make an examination as referred to in paragraph (1).
(4) Where the Minister of Information and Communication has received a report as referred to in paragraph (2) or a request for examination as referred to in paragraph (3), he shall refer it to the Committee.
(5) Where the Minister of Information and Communication judges that there exists a danger of impeding the public interests by the cases falling under each of subparagraphs of paragraph (1) in view of the result of examination as referred to in paragraph (1), he may order the alteration of contract detail and suspension of its implementation, the suspension of exercise of voting rights, or the sale of relevant stocks.
(6) The report as referred to in paragraph (2) or (3), or the scope of key communications business operators to be examined, the procedures for reports and examinations and other necessary matters shall be stipulated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 6-4 (Composition and Operation, etc. of Public Interest Nature Examination Committee)
(1) The Committee shall consist of not less than five but not more than ten members including one Chairman.
(2) The Chairman shall be the Vice Minister of Information and Communication, and the members shall be the persons commissioned by the Chairman from among the public officials ranking Grade III of related central administrative agencies or the public officials in general service who belong to the Senior Executive Service as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and those falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by No. 7428, Dec. 29, 2005>
1. Persons having profound knowledge and experiences in the information and communications;
2. Persons recommended by the Government-contributed research institutes relating to the national safety guarantee and maintenance of public peace and order;
3. Persons recommended by the nonprofit non-governmental organizations as referred to in Article 2 of the Assistance for Nonprofit Non-Governmental Organizations Act; and
4. Other persons deemed necessary by the Chairman.
(3) The Committee may conduct necessary investigations for the examination of public interest nature, or request the interested parties or the reference witnesses to provide the data. In such case,

 


 

the relevant interested parties or the reference witnesses shall comply with it unless they have any justifiable reasons.
(4) Where the Committee deems it necessary, it may have the interested parties or the reference witnesses attend the Committee, and hear their opinions.
(5) Matters necessary for the organization or operation, etc. of the Committee shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 7 (Restrictions, etc. on Stockholders of Excessive Possession)
(1) Where a foreign government or a foreigner has acquired the stocks in contravention of the provisions of Article 6 (1), no voting rights shall be exercised for the stocks under the said excessive possession.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the stockholder who has acquired stocks in contravention of the provisions of Article 6 (1), a key communications business operator wherein exists the said stockholder, or the stock-holder of the fictitious corporation of foreigners, to make corrections in the relevant matters, with specifying the period within the limit of six months.
(3) Persons subjected to the order for corrections as referred to in paragraph (2) shall make corrections in the relevant matters within the specified period.
(4) With regard to the stockholder in contravention of the provisions of Article 6 (1), a key communications business operator may refuse any renewals for the excessive portion in the register of stockholders or of members.

 


 

[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 7-2 (Charge for Compelling Execution)
(1) Against the persons who were subjected to the orders as referred to in Articles 6-3 (5) or 7 (2) (hereinafter referred to as the “corrective orders”) and has failed to comply with them within the specified period, the Minister of Information and Communication may levy the charge for compelling the execution. In such case, the charge for compelling the execution leviable per day shall be not more than 3/1,000 of purchase prices of relevant possessed stocks, but in the case not related with the stock possession, it shall be the amount not exceeding 100 million won.
(2) The period subject to a levy of the charge for compelling the execution as referred to in paragraph (1) shall be from the day next to the date of expiration of the period set in the corrective orders to the date of implementing the corrective orders. In such case, a levy of the charge for compelling the execution shall be made within 30 days from the day next to the expiration date of the period set in the corrective orders, except for the case where there exists a special reason.
(3) Provisions of Article 37-2 (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the collection of the charge for compelling the execution.
(4) Matters necessary for the levy, payment, refund, etc. of the charge for compelling the execution shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 8 (Issuance of Stocks)

 


 

A key communications business operator shall, in a case of an issuance of stocks, issue the registered ones. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>
Article 9 (Obligation of Commencing Business)
(1) A key communications business operator shall install telecommunications facilities and commence business within the period as fixed by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where the said business operator is unable to commence business within the period under paragraph (1) due to force majeure and other unavoidable reasons, extend the relevant period only once, upon an application of the key communications business operator. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
Article 10 (Addition of Service and Modification of License)
(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to additionally provide a key communications service other than that already licensed under Article 5 , obtain a modified license for such change from the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: Provided, That where a key communications business operator who

 


 

provides a telephone service intends to additionally provide a key communications service prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication within the limit of not hampering a key communications service which is provided by making use of existing facilities, he shall make a report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication.
(2) Where a key communications business operator intends to modify the important matters prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the matters licensed under Article 5 , he shall obtain a modified license from the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(3) The provisions of Articles 5 (5) and Article 9 shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to a modified license for change under paragraph (1).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]
Article 11 (Concurrent Operation of Business)
(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to run a business other than the telecommunications, obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication: Provided, That this shall not apply to the business as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall grant approval under paragraph (1), in case where deemed that a key communications business operator is not likely to cause any impediments to the operation of telecommunications service by running a business under paragraph (1), and that it is required for

 


 

the development of telecommunications. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 12
Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 13 (Takeover of Business and Merger of Juristic Persons etc.)
(1) A person who intends to take over the whole or part of a business of a key communications business operator or to merge with a juristic person which is a key communications business operator, or a key communications business operator intending to sell the telecommunications circuit installations necessary for providing a key communications service, shall obtain an authorization from the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>
(2) Where a key communications business operator intends to establish a juristic person in order to provide a part of key communications services from among the plural key communications services licensed, he shall obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to grant authorization or approval under paragraph (1) or (2), comprehensively examine the matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

 


 

1. Appropriateness of financial and technical capability and business operational capability;
2. Appropriateness of management of resources for information and communications, such as frequencies and telecommunications numbers, etc.;
3. Impact on the competition of key communications business; and
4. Impact on the protection of users and the public interests.
(4) Matters necessary for the detailed examination standards by examination items and the examination procedures, etc. under paragraph (3) shall be fixed and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(5) A person who has taken over the business of a key communications business operator by obtaining an authorization under paragraph (1), or a juristic person surviving a merger or that established by a merger, or that established by obtaining an authorization under paragraph (2), shall succeed to the status which is related to a license of the relevant key communications business.
(6) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where he grants authorization or approval under paragraph (1) or (2), attach conditions required for fair competition and protection of users, etc. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(7) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to grant an authorization under paragraph (1), go through a deliberation by the Information and Communications Policy Deliberation Council under Article 44-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications , and consultation with the Fair Trade Commission. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

 


 

(8) The provisions of Article 5-2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to an authorization under paragraph (1) and approval under paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]
Article 14 (Suspension, Closedown of Business or Dissolution of Juristic Persons, etc.)
(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to suspend or discontinue the whole or part of a key communications business run by him, obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The resolution for a dissolution of a juristic person which is a key communications business operator or all employees’ consent to such dissolution shall be subject to authorization from the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where an application for approval or authorization under paragraph (1) or (2) is made, and where deemed that suspension, discontinuance of relevant business or a dissolution of a juristic person is likely to hamper the public interests, not grant the relevant approval or authorization. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]
Article 15 (Cancellation of License, etc.)

 


 

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in case where a key communications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs, cancel the relevant license or give an order to suspend the whole or part of business with fixing a period of no more than one year: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. Where he has obtained a license by deceit and other illegal means;
2. Where he has failed to implement the conditions under Articles 5 (5) and 13 (6);
3. Where he has failed to observe the orders under Article 7 (2);
4. Where he has failed to commence business within the period under Article 9 (1) (in case of obtaining an extention of the period under Article 9 (2), the extended period);
5. Where he has failed to comply with the standardized use contract, that is authorized or reported under Article 29 (1); and
6. Where he has violated this Act (excluding the provisions of Articles 36-3 through 36- 5), the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act , the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. , the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion or the orders under these Acts.
(2) Criteria and procedures for the dispositions under paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>

 


 

Article 16
Deleted. <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
SECTION 3 Deleted.
Articles 17 and 18
Deleted. <by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>
SECTION 4 Specific Communications Business and Value-Added Communications Business
Article 19 (Registration of Specific Communications Business Operator)
(1) A person who intends to operate a specific communications service shall register the following matters with the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication:
1. Financial and technical capability;
2. Plans for a user protection; and
3. Business plans, etc, and other matters as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, upon receipt of the registration of a specific communications business

 


 

under paragraph (1), attach the conditions necessary for a provision of services or research and development for the promotion of telecommunications industry.
(3) A person subject to the registration of specific communications business under paragraph (1) shall be limited to a juristic person.
(4) Procedures and requirements for the registration under paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]
Article 20
Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 21 (Report, etc. of Value-Added Communications Business Operator)
A person who intends to run a value-added communications business shall report to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree: Provided, That this shall not apply to a case where a key communications business operator intends to run a value-added communications business. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 7428, Mar. 31, 2005>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]
Article 22 (Modification of Registered or Reported Matters)
A person who has registered as a specific communications business operator under Article 19 (hereinafter referred to as a “specific communications business operator”) or who has made a report of a value-added communications business operator under Article 21

 


 

(hereinafter referred to as a “value-added communications business operator”) shall, when he intends to modify the matters as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the relevant registered or reported matters, make in advance a modified registration or modified report to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the said Ordinance.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]
Article 23
Deleted. <by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>
Articles 24 and 24-2
Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 25 (Transfer or Takeover, etc. of Business)
In case where there exists a transfer or takeover of the whole or part of a specific communications business or a value-added communications business, or a merger or succession of a juristic person which is a specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator, a person who has taken over the relevant business, the juristic person surviving the merger, the juristic person founded by the merger, or the successor shall make the report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
Article 26 (Succession of Business)

 


 

In case where there have existed a transfer or takeover of a specific communications business or a value-added communications business, a merger of a juristic person which is a value-added communications business operator, or a succession of a value-added communications business, under Article 25 , a person who has taken over the business, a juristic person surviving a merger, a juristic person founded by a merger or a successor shall succeed to the status of a former specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
Article 27 (Suspension or Closedown, etc. of Business)
(1) A specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator shall, in case where he intends to suspend or close down the whole or part of his business, notify the relevant contents to the users of relevant services, and report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication not later than thirty days prior to the slated date of the relevant suspension or closedown. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
(2) Where a juristic person which is a specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator is dissolved for reasons other than a merger, a relevant liquidator (referred to a trustee in a bankruptcy, when it is dissolved by bankruptcy) shall report thereon without delay to the Minister of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
Article 28 (Cancellation of Registration and Order for Closedown of Business)

 


 

(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when a specific communications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs, cancel his registration, or suspend his business by specifying the period of not more than one year: Provided, That when he falls under subparagraph 1, the Minister of Information and Communication shall cancel his registration: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. Where he makes a registration by deceit and other illegal means;
2. Where he fails to commence business within one year from the date on which a registration was made under Article 19 (1), or continually suspends business operation for not less than one year;
3. Where he fails to implement the conditions under Article 19 (2);
4. Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
5. Where he fails to comply with an order for correction under Article 65 (1) without any justifiable reasons;
6. Where he fails to comply with an order under Article 7 (2) which applies mutatis mutandis under Article 6 (2) of the Addenda ; and
7. Where he violates this Act (excluding the provisions of Articles 36-3 through 36- 5), the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act , the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. , or the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion , or any order issued under such Acts.

 


 

(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when a value-added communications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs, issue an order to him for a closedown of business or for a suspension of business by specifying a period of not more than one year: Provided, That where he falls under subparagraph 1, the said Minister shall issue an order to him for a closedown of business: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. Where he makes a report by deceit and other illegal means;
2. Where he fails to commence the business within one year from the reporting date under Article 21 , or suspend the business operation for not less than one year;
3. Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
4. Where he fails to comply with a correction order under Article 65 (1) without any justifiable reasons; and
5. Where he violates this Act (excluding the provisions of Articles 36-3 through 36- 5), the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act , the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. , the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion or any order issued under such Acts.
(3) Criteria and procedures for dispositions taken under paragraph (1) or (2) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>

 


 

CHAPTER III TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE
Article 29 (Report, etc. of Standardized Use Contract)
(1) A key communications business operator shall set forth the fees and other terms for use by service with respect to the telecommunications service which he intends to provide (hereinafter referred to as the “standardized use contract”), and report thereon (including a modified report) to the Minister of Information and Communication: Provided, That in a case of a key communications service whose size of business and market share correspond to the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, it shall obtain an authorization of the Minister of Information and Communication (including a modified authorization). <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall authorize the standardized use contract under the proviso of paragraph (1), if it falls under the criteria of any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
1. Fees for telecommunications service shall be proper, fair and reasonable;
2. Computing methods of telecommunications service fees shall be proper and definite;

 


 

3. Matters concerning the responsibility of key communications business operators and relevant users, cost-sharing methods concerning the installation work of telecommunications facilities and other works shall be proper and definite;
4. Forms of use of telecommunications line facilities by other telecommunications business operators or users shall not be unduly restricted;
5. Undue discriminatory treatments shall not be made to specific persons; and
6. Matters on securing the important communications under Article 55 shall be adequately considered.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication may, when there exists any need for a key communications business operator to provide telecommunications service on a trial basis, grant a temporary authorization for a standardized use contract, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(5) The standardized use contract under paragraph (1) shall be applicable with respect to use of telecommunications line facilities, in case where a specific communications business operator or a value-added communications business operator makes use of telecommunications line facilities of a key communications business operator. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
Article 30 (Alteration, etc. of Standardized Use Contract)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, after going through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission established in accordance with Article 37 of the Framework Act on

 


 

Telecommunications (hereinafter referred to as the “Korea Communications Commission”), order the telecommunications business operator to make alterations in the standardized use contract, with fixing a considerable period, in case where deemed that there exist obstructions to the advancement of the public interests as the standardized use contract by the telecommunications business operator becomes significantly unreasonable due to the fluctuations in the social or economic status. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) A telecommunications business operator shall, in case where there exists an order for alterations under paragraph (1), make alterations in the relevant standardized use contract within the specified period.
Article 31
Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 32 (Reduction or Exemption of Fees)
A key communications business operator may reduce or exempt the fees for telecommunications service, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 32-2 (Restriction on Use by Others)
No person shall intermediate other’s communications or provide for other’s communications by making use of telecommunications services provided by a telecommunications business operator: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case falling under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec.

 


 

26, 2002>
1. Where it is needed to ensure the prevention and rescue from disaster, traffic and communication, and the supply of electricity, and to maintain order in a national emergency situation;
2. Where telecommunications services are incidentally rendered to clients while running a business other than the telecommunications business;
3. Where it is allowed to use on a trial basis for the purpose of developing and marketing telecommunications facilities, such as terminal devices, etc. which enable to use the telecommunications services;
4. Where any user permits any third party to use to the extent that the latter does not use repeatedly; and
5. Where it is necessary for the public interests or where the business run by any telecommunications business operator is not impeded, which is prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
<This Article was amended by Act No. 6822 on December 26, 2002 following the decision of unconstitutionality by the Constitutional Court which had been made on May 30, 2002>
Article 32-3
Deleted. <by Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
Article 32-4 (Use of Transmission or Line Equipment, etc.)

 


 

(1) The composite cable TV business operator, transmission network business operator, or relay cable broadcasting business operator under the Broadcasting Act may provide the transmission or line equipment or the cable broadcasting equipment possessed under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree to the key communications business operators. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(2) The composite cable TV business operator, transmission network business operator, or relay cable broadcasting business operator under the Broadcasting Act shall, when he intends to provide value-added communications services by making use of the transmission or line equipments or cable broadcasting equipments, make a report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication pursuant to Article 21 . <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(3) The provisions of Articles 33-5 through 37 and 38 shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to the transmission or line equipment or cable broadcasting facilities under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(4) The provisions of Article 25 (2) through (6) of the Framework Act on Telecommunications shall be applicable mutatis mutandis to the offer of services under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 33 (Protection of Users)
(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
(2) A telecommunications business operator shall take a prompt measure on the reasonable opinions or dissatisfactions raised by the

 


 

users with respect to the telecommunications service. In this case, if it is difficult to take a prompt measure, he shall notify the users of the reasons thereof and the schedule for measures.
(3) Compensations for the damages incurred by the occurrence of reasons causing the opinions or dissatisfactions under paragraph (2) and by the delay of relevant measures shall be made pursuant to Article 33-2 . <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 33-2 (Compensation for Damages)
A telecommunications business operator shall make compensations when he inflicts any damages on the users in the course of providing telecommunications services: Provided, That if such damages are the results of force majeure, or of intent or negligence of the users, the relevant liability for compensations shall be reduced or exempted.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 33-3 (Procedure for Compensating Damages and Filing Application for Ruling)
(1) In compensating any damage under Article 33-2 , consultations shall be made with the recipient of the compensation for such damage. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) If the consultations on the compensation for damages under paragraph (1) have not been made or are unable to be made, the parties concerned may file an application with the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling thereon. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]

 


 

CHAPTER IV PROMOTION OF COMPETITION AMONG THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS BUSINESS
Article 33-4 (Promotion of Competition)
The Minister of Information and Communication shall exert efforts to construct an efficient competition system and to promote fair competitive environments, in the telecommunications services.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 33-5 (Provision of Telecommunications Facilities)
(1) A key communications business operator may, upon receipt of a request for the provision of telecommunications facilities from other key communications business operator, provide the telecommunications facilities by concluding an agreement with him.
(2) A key communications business operator falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall, upon receipt of a request under paragraph (1), provide the telecommunications facilities by concluding an agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1): <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
1. A key communications business operator who possesses the equipments which are indispensable for other telecommunications business operators in providing the telecommunications services; and

 


 

2. A key communications business operator whose business scale and market shares, etc. of key telecommunications services are equivalent to the criteria as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the scope of telecommunications facilities, the conditions, procedures and methods for the provision of facilities, and the standards for calculation of prices under paragraphs (1) and (2). In this case, the scope of telecommunications facilities to be provided under paragraph (2) shall be determined in view of the demand for telecommunications facilities by the key communications business operators falling under each subparagraph of the same paragraph. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(4) A key communications business operator in receipt of provisions of the telecommunications facilities may install the apparatus enhancing the efficiency of the relevant facilities, within the limit necessary for the provision of the licensed telecommunications services.
(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, in case where he intends to set forth the standards under paragraph (3). <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 33-6 (Joint Utilization of Subscriber’s Lines)
(1) A key communications business operator shall, in case where other telecommunications business operators as determined and publicly noticed by the Minister of Information and Communication have made a request for a joint utilization with respect to the lines installed in the section from the exchange facilities directly

 


 

connected with the users to the users (hereafter in this Article, referred to as the “subscriber’s lines”), allow it.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the scope of joint utilization of the subscriber’s lines under paragraph (1), its conditions, procedures and methods, and the standards for calculation of prices.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to set forth the criteria under paragraph (2), go through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]
Article 33-7 (Joint Utilization of Radio Communications Facilities)
(1) A key communications business operator may, upon receipt of a request for the joint utilization of radio communications facilities (hereinafter referred to as the “joint utilization”) from other key communications business operators, allow it by concluding an agreement. In this case, the prices for the joint utilization among the key communications business operators as set forth and publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication shall be computed and settled accounts by a fair and reasonable means.
(2) The key communications business operators as determined and publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication shall, upon receipt of a request for the joint utilization from other key communications business operators as determined and publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication, allow it by concluding an agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), in order to enhance the efficiency of the telecommunications business and to protect the users.

 


 

(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the standard for computing the prices for joint utilization under the latter part of paragraph (1) and its procedures and payment methods, etc., and the scope of joint utilization under paragraph (2), its conditions, procedures and methods, and the computation of prices, etc.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to set forth the criteria under paragraph (3), go through in advance the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]
Article 34 (Interconnection)
(1) A telecommunications business operator may allow the interconnection by concluding an agreement, upon a request from other telecommunications business operators for an interconnection of telecommunications facilities.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and publicly notify the scope of interconnections of telecommunications facilities, the conditions, procedures and methods, and the standards for calculation of prices under paragraph (1).
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2), the key communication business operators falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall allow the interconnection by concluding an agreement, upon receipt of a request under paragraph (1):
1. A key communications business operator who possesses such facilities as are indispensable for a provision of telecommunications

 


 

services by other telecommunications business operators; and
2. A key telecommunications business operator whose business size of key communications services and the ratio of market shares are compatible with the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, in case where he intends to set forth the standards under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 34-2 (Prices of Interconnection)
(1) Prices for using the interconnection shall be calculated by a fair and proper means and deducted from each other’s accounts. The detailed standards for such calculation, their procedures and methods shall be governed by the standards of Article 34 (2).
(2) A key communications business operator may deduct the prices for interconnection from each other’s accounts under the conditions as prescribed by the standards under Article 34 (2), if he suffers any disadvantages due to the causes of no liability on his part, in the method of interconnection, the quality of connected conversations, or the provision of information required for interconnection, etc.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 34-3 (Joint Use, etc. of Telecommunications Facilities)
(1) A key communications business operator may allow an access to or a joint use of the telecommunications equipment or facilities by concluding an agreement, upon receipt of a request from other

 


 

telecommunications business operators for an access to or a joint use of the telecommunications equipment or facilities such as pipes, cables, poles, or stations of the relevant key communications business operator, for the establishment or operation of facilities required for interconnection of telecommunications facilities.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth, and make a public notice of, the scope, conditions, procedures and methods for an access to or a joint use of telecommunications equipment or facilities, and the standards for computation of prices under paragraph (1).
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), a key communications business operator falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall allow an access to or a joint use of the telecommunications equipment or facilities under paragraph (1) by concluding an agreement, upon a receipt of request under paragraph (1):
1. A key communications business operator who possesses such facilities as are indispensable for a provision of telecommunications services by other telecommunications business operators; and
2. A key telecommunications business operator whose business size of key telecommunications services and the ratio of market shares are compatible with the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, in case where he intends to set forth the standards under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 34-4 (Provision of Information)

 


 

(1) A key communications business operator may provide requested information by concluding an agreement, upon a receipt of request from other telecommunications business operators for a provision of information related to technological information or the user’s personal matters which are required for a provision of telecommunications facilities, interconnection, or joint use, etc. and imposition and collection of fees and a guide to the telecommunications number. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth, and make a public notice of, the scope, conditions, procedures and methods for a provision of information, and the standards for computation of prices under paragraph (1).
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), a key communications business operator falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall provide the requested information by concluding an agreement, upon a receipt of request under paragraph (1):
1. A key communications business operator who possesses such facilities as are indispensable for a provision of telecommunications services by other telecommunications business operators; and
2. A key communications business operator whose business size of key telecommunications services and the ratio of market shares are compatible with the standards as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
(4) A key communications business operator under paragraph (3) shall set forth the technical standards required for a use by other telecommunications business operators or users by means of a connection of a monitor and other telecommunications equipment

 


 

on the relevant telecommunications facilities, the standards for use and provision, and other standards required for a creation of fair competitive environments, and make a public notice thereof by obtaining approval from the Minister of Information and Communication.
(5) The Minister of Information and Communication shall go through a deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission, when determining the standards under paragraph (2), or granting approval under paragraph (4).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 34-5 (Prohibition of Information Diversion)
(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not divulge any information concerning an individual user which has been obtained due to a provision of his own service, a provision of telecommunications facilities, or an interconnection: Provided, That the same shall not apply, when there exists the consent of the principal or the case under a lawful procedure pursuant to the provisions of the Acts.
(2) A telecommunications business operator shall use the information obtained under Article 34-4 within the context of purposes thereof, and may not use it unjustly, or provide it to the third parties.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 34-6 (Report, etc. of Agreement on Interconnection, etc.)
(1) A key communications business operator shall conclude an agreement under Article 33-5 (1) and (2), the former part of 33-7

 


 

(1), 34 (1), 34-3 (1) or 34-4 (1) and report it to the Korea Communications Commission within ninety days unless there exist any special reasons, upon receipt of a request from other telecommunications business operators for a provision, a joint utilization, an interconnection or a joint use, etc. of telecommunications facilities, or a provision of information. The same applies in the case of a change or abolition of the agreement. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) Notwithstanding the provision of paragraph (1), in case of an agreement in which a key communications business operator under the latter part of Article 33-7 (1), Articles 33-7 (2), 34 (3), 34-3 (3) and 34-4 (3) is a party concerned, an authorization of the Korea Communications Commission shall be obtained. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(3) The agreement under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall meet the standards which are publicly notified by the Minister of Information and Communication under Articles 33-5 (3), 33-7 (3), 34 (2), 34-3 (2), or 34-4 (2). <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(4) The Korea Communications Commission may, if any application for authorization referred to in paragraph (2) needs supplemented, order such application for authorization supplemented for a fixed period. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(5) The agreement under Articles 34-3 (1) and 34-4 (1) may be concluded by an inclusion in the agreement under Article 34 (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 35 (Application for Ruling, etc.)

 


 

(1) A telecommunications business operator may make an application to the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling under Article 40-2 of the Framework Act on Telecommunications , when the agreement between the telecommunications business operators on a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, or a joint use, etc. or a furnishing of information is not concluded within the period specified by Article 34-6 (1) or is unable to be concluded. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(2) A telecommunications business operator may make an application to the Korea Communications Commission for a ruling with the contents of an implementation of the agreement or a compensation for damages, when the damages occur due to the non-performance of the agreement concerning a provision and joint utilization of telecommunications facilities, an interconnection, a joint use, etc. or a furnishing of information, on the part of other telecommunications business operators. <Amended by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(3) through (5) Deleted. <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 36 (Telecommunications Number, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall formulate and enforce the management plan for telecommunications number, in order to make an efficient provision of telecommunications service, and the promotion of user’s convenience and of the environments of fair competition among telecommunications business operators.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, when he has formulated the plans under paragraph (1), make a public notice

 


 

thereof. This shall also apply to any alterations in the established plan.
(3) A telecommunications business operator shall observe the matters publicly noticed under paragraph (2).
(4) Where the Minister of Information and Communication intends to formulate or change the management plan for the telecommunications number under paragraph (1), he shall go in advance through a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 36-2 (Accounting Adjustment)
(1) A key communications business operator shall adjust the accounting, prepare a business report for the preceding year by the end of March every year, and submit it to the Korea Communications Commission, under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and keep the related books and authoritative documents. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, when he intends to determine the matters of accounting adjustments under paragraph (1), go in advance through a deliberation by the Korea Communications Commission and a consultation with the Minister of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
(3) The Korea Communications Commission may verify contents of any business report submitted by any key communications business operator in accordance with paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

 


 

(4) The Korea Communications Commission may, if it is necessary to conduct the verification referred to in paragraph (3), order the relevant key communications business operator to submit related material or launch inspection necessary to ascertain the facts. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(5) The Korea Communications Commission shall, when it verifies contents of any business report in accordance with paragraph (3), notify the Minister of Information and Communication of the results of such verification. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 36-3 (Prohibited Act)
(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not commit any of the following act (hereinafter referred to as “prohibited act”) which undermines or is feared to undermine fair competition or users’ interests, or have other telecommunications business operators or the third parties commit such act: <Amended by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. Act of unfair discriminations in a provision, a joint utilization, a joint using, an interconnection or a joint use, etc. of telecommunications facilities, or a provision of information, etc. or act of unfairly refusing a conclusion of agreement, or act of non-performance of the concluded agreement without any justifiable reasons;
2. Act of unfairly diverting the information of other telecommunications business operators to his own business activities, which have been known to him in the course of a provision, a joint utilization, a joint using, an interconnection or a

 


 

joint use, etc. of telecommunications facilities, or a provision of information, etc.;
3. Act of computing the fees, etc. for a use of telecommunications services, or the prices for a provision, a joint utilization, a joint using, an interconnection or a joint use, etc. of telecommunications facilities, or a provision of information, by unfairly itemizing the expenses or revenues;
4. Act of rendering the telecommunications services in a manner different from the standardized use contract, or act of rendering the telecommunications services in a manner which significantly undermines the profits of users; and
5. Deleted. <by Act No. 7916, May 24, 2006>.
(2) When any person acting on behalf of any telecommunications business operator in accordance with a contract that is concluded with the latter in entering into contracts between the latter and the users commits the act falling under paragraph (1) 4 or Article 36-4 (1) through (6), his act shall be deemed the act committed by such telecommunications business operator and only the provisions of Articles 37 and 37-2 shall apply to such act: Provided, That the same shall not apply to a case where the relevant telecommunications business operator has paid reasonable attention to the prevention of such act. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7916, May 24, 2006>
(3) Necessary matters concerning categories of and standards for the prohibited act referred to in paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 36-4 (Prohibition, etc. of Support for the Cost of Purchasing Communications Terminal Devices)

 


 

(1) A telecommunications business operator shall not financially support the cost of purchasing communications terminal devices necessary for any user to take the services provided by such telecommunications business operator (including selling communications terminal devices at a lower price than purchasing prices or cash payment, subsidizing of admission fees or provision of other economic benefits, hereinafter referred to as the “support” in this Article) when such telecommunications business operator renders the key communications services after getting his frequencies allotted under Article 11 or 12 of the Radio Waves Act : Provided, that the same shall not apply to any of the following cases:
1. where the telecommunications business operator gives support to a user whose term of the key communications services provided by such telecommunications business operator is at least 18 consecutive months as of the support date: Provided, that it shall be limited to once in two years reckoning from the support date; or
2. where the telecommunications business operator gives support to a user of its key communications services when the commencement date of provision of such key communication services by such telecommunications business operator does not exceed six years.
(2) Any telecommunications business operator who intends to support the cost of purchasing communications terminal devices in accordance with the proviso clause of paragraph 1 shall set forth standards for and restrictions on, etc. such support (hereinafter referred to as the “supporting standards”), report thereon to the Minister of Information and Communication at least thirty days prior to the enforcement date thereof, and state such supporting standards in the standardized use contract, and shall not perform the support in a different way than as reported or within thirty days from the date of report.
(3) A telecommunications business operator shall post up the supporting standards at the business places of itself and any person acting on behalf of any telecommunications business operator in accordance with a contract that is concluded with the latter in

 


 

entering into contracts between the latter and the users, and in the event of changing such supporting standards unfavorable to users, it shall notify the users of such changes at least thirty days prior to the enforcement date thereof. Upon the request of the users, the telecommunications business operator shall inform such users of their term of services, the fee history and the actual amount available for the support under the changed supporting standards.
(4) A telecommunications business operator shall not treat users who already entered into a subscription agreement and users who intend to newly enter into a subscription agreement with discrimination in supporting the cost of purchasing communications terminal devices without any justifiable reasons.
(5) A specific communications business operator who provides the key communications services by using the telecommunications line facilities of a telecommunications business operator shall comply with the supporting standards of such telecommunications business operator, and shall not apply any other standards which are more favorable than the supporting standards of such telecommunications business to users subject to such supporting standards.
(6) A telecommunications business operator shall manage all information regarding time of admission, support for the cost of purchasing communications terminal devices, etc. for a certain period and, upon the request for confirmation of the Korea Communications Commission or other telecommunications business operator with the consent of users whether such users who have been supported or intend to be supported for the cost of purchasing communications terminal devices fall under any subparagraphs of paragraph (1), provide any information necessary for such confirmation, and shall not refuse to provide or delay providing such information or provide false information without any justifiable reasons.
(7) The Minister of Information and Communication shall set forth and notify of the calculation method of the term of services under subparagraph 1 of paragraph 1, the posting of the supporting standards and matters concerning notification of the unfavorably changed supporting standards and the terms of services under

 


 

paragraph 3, and the specific range of the information to be managed and the managing term and the provision method of the information under paragraph 6, etc.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006]
Article 36-5 (Investigation, etc. of Facts)
(1) The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where deemed by a report or acknowledgement that there has been an act under Article 36-3 or an act which violates the provisions of Article 36-4 (1) through (6), have public officials belonging to the Korea Communications Commission conduct an investigation required for verifying it. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
(2) The Korea Communications Commission may, where required for the investigation under paragraph (1), order a telecommunications business operator to submit the necessary data or articles, and have the public official belonging to the Korea Communications Commission visit the office and business place of the telecommunications business operator or a business place of a person who is entrusted with the affairs of a telecommunications business operator, and investigate the books, documents, other data or articles, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(3) A person who investigates by visiting the offices or workplaces of the telecommunications business operators, or the workplaces of the persons handling, under an entrustment, the business of telecommunications business operators, under paragraph (2) shall carry a certificate indicating the authority, and present it to the persons concerned. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 37 (Measures on Prohibited Acts)
(1) The Korea Communications Commission may order any telecommunication business operator to take the measures falling under any of the following subparagraphs when it is recognized that the act under Article 36-3 (1) or an act which violates the provisions of Article 36-4 (1) through (6) has been committed: <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7428, Mar. 31, 2005; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. Separation of the supply system of telecommunications service;
2. Change of internal accounting regulations, etc. concerning telecommunications service;
3. Disclosure of information concerning telecommunications service;
4. Conclusion, performance or change of contents of the agreement between the telecommunications business operators;
5. Change of the standardized use contract and the articles of incorporation of the telecommunications business operators;
6. Suspension of prohibited acts;
7. Public announcement of a fact of receiving a correction order due to committing the prohibited acts;
8. Measures necessary for restoring the violated matters due to the prohibited acts to their original status, such as the removal of

 


 

telecommunications facilities which have caused the prohibited acts;
9. Improvement of dealing procedures of affairs concerning telecommunications services; and
10. Other matters necessary for any act under subparagraphs 1 through 9 as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) The telecommunications business operators shall execute any order issued by the Korea Communications Commission under paragraph (1) within the period specified by the Presidential Decree: Provided, That the Korea Communications Commission may extend the relevant period only once, if it is deemed that the telecommunications business operators are unable to carry out the order within the specified period due to natural disasters and other unavoidable causes. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(3) The Korea Communications Commission shall, before ordering the measures under paragraph (1), notify the parties concerned of the content of relevant measures, and provide them with an opportunity to make a statement within a specified period, and may hear, where deemed necessary, the opinions of the interested parties: Provided, That this shall not apply when the parties concerned fail to respond without any justifiable reasons. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 37-2 (Imposition, etc. of Penalty Surcharge on Prohibited Acts)
(1) The Korea Communications Commission may, in case where there exists an act under Article 36-3 (1) or an act which violates the provisions of Article 36-4 (1) through (6), impose a penalty surcharge not exceeding 3/100 of the turnover as prescribed by the Presidential Decree on the relevant telecommunications business

 


 

operator: Provided, That where there is no turnover or it is difficult to calculate the turnover as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, it may impose the penalty surcharge not exceeding one billion won. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
(2) The classifications of offenses subject to the imposition of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the upper limit of the penalty surcharge on such offenses, and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(3) The Korea Communications Commission shall, where a person liable to pay a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) fails to do so within the payment deadline, collect an additional due equivalent to 6/100 per year, with respect to the penalty surcharge in arrears, from the day following the expiry of such payment deadline. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(4) The Korea Communications Commission shall, where a person liable to pay a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1) fails to do so by the payment deadline, demand him to pay it with fixing a period, and if he fails to pay the penalty surcharge and an additional due under paragraph (3) within the fixed period, collect them according to the example of a disposition taken to collect the national taxes in arrears. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]
Article 37-3 (Relations with Other Acts)
In case where a measure is taken under Article 37 or a penalty surcharge is imposed under Article 37-2 against the acts of a telecommunications business operator under any subparagraph of Article 36-3 (1) or any acts which violate the provisions of Article

 


 

36-4 (1) through (6), a corrective measure or an imposition of penalty surcharge under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act shall not be made under the same grounds against the same acts of the relevant business operator. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006]
Article 38 (Compensation for Damages)
In case where a correction measure has been taken under Article 37 (1), a person who is damaged by the prohibited act may claim for compensation against the telecommunications business operator who conducted the prohibited act, and the relevant telecommunications business operator may not shirk liability unless he can prove that there was no malicious intention or negligence.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 38-2 (Quality Improvement of Telecommunications Services)
(1) A telecommunications business operator shall endeavor to make a quality improvement of the telecommunications services he provides.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication shall devise the required policy measures, such as an evaluation of quality of the telecommunications services, in order to improve a quality of telecommunications services and to enhance the conveniences of users.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the telecommunications business operator to furnish data necessary for an evaluation of quality of the telecommunications services, etc.

 


 

under paragraph (2).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000]
Article 38-3 (Prior Selection Systems)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall perform the systems in which the users may select in advance the telecommunications business operator from whom they desire to receive the telecommunications service (hereinafter referred to as the “prior selection systems”). In this case, the telecommunications service shall refer to the telecommunications service as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the same telecommunications service provided by the plural number of telecommunications business operators.
(2) The telecommunications business operator shall not force the users to select in advance a specified telecommunications business operator, or commit the acts to recommend or induce by unlawful means.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, for the purpose of performing the prior selection systems efficiently and neutrally, designate the specialized institutes performing the registration or alteration affairs of the prior selection (hereinafter referred to as the “prior selection registration center”).
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall determine and publicly notify the matters necessary for performing the prior selection systems and for the designation of the prior selection registration center and the method of dealing with its affairs, etc., by going through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]

 


 

Article 38-4 (Mobility of Numbers)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order that the users are able to maintain their previous telecommunications numbers despite of the changes of the telecommunications business operators, etc., devise and perform the plans for mobility of telecommunications numbers (hereafter in this Article, referred to as the “plans for mobility of numbers”).
(2) The plans for mobility of numbers shall contain the contents falling under any of the following subparagraphs:
1. Kinds of services subject to the mobility of telecommunications numbers;
2. Time for introduction by service subject to the mobility of telecommunications numbers; and
3. Matters on sharing the expenses required for the performance of mobility of telecommunications numbers by telecommunications business operator.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to perform the plans for mobility of numbers, order the relevant telecommunications business operators to take the necessary measures.
(4) The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he devises or alters the plans for mobility of numbers, go in advance through the deliberation of the Korea Communications Commission.
(5) The Minister of Information and Communication may designate an institution specializing in the work of registration and alteration of

 


 

the mobility of numbers (hereinafter referred to as the “mobility of numbers management institution”) to efficiently and neutrally implement the mobility of numbers of the telecommunications. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(6) The Minister of Information and Communication shall prescribe and publish necessary matters concerning the implementation of the mobility of numbers of the telecommunications, the designation of any mobility of numbers management institution and its work, etc. after going through deliberation thereon of the Korea Communications Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]
Article 38-5 (Restrictions, etc. on Mutual Possession of Stocks)
(1) Where a key communications business operator falling under Article 34 (3) 1 or 2 (including the specially-related persons) possesses in excess of 5/100 of the gross number of voting stocks issued by the mutually different key communications business operators, shall not be allowed to exercise any voting rights with regard to the stocks in excess of the relevant ceiling.
(2) Provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply to the relation of possessions between a key communications business operator falling under Article 34 (3) 1 or 2 and the key communications business operator established by the said key communications business operator by becoming the largest stockholder.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
Article 38-6 (Provision of Number Guidance Service)

 


 

(1) The telecommunications business operator shall provide an information service of guiding the general public to the telecommunications numbers of the users by means of voice, booklets or Internet, etc. (hereinafter referred to as the “number guidance service”) by obtaining a consent of the users: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the minor business determined and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication by taking account of the numbers of the users and the turnovers, etc.
(2) Matters necessary for a provision of the number guidance service as referred to in paragraph (1) may be stipulated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004]
CHAPTER V INSTALLATION AND PRESERVATION OF TELECOMUNICATIONS FACILITIES
Article 39 (Use of Land, etc.)
(1) A key communications business operator may, when necessary for the installation of line tracks, aerial lines and the appurtenant facilities to be available for telecommunications service (hereinafter referred to as the “line tracks, etc.”), make use of others’ land, or buildings and structures appurtenant thereto, and surface and bottom of the water (hereinafter referred to as the “land, etc.”). In this case, a key communications business operator shall make a consultation with owners or possessors of the relevant land, etc. in advance.

 


 

(2) Where a consultation under paragraph (1) is not or may not be made, a key communications business operator may use the land, etc. owned by others, pursuant to the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation therefor . <Amended by Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>
(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 40 (Temporary Use of Land, etc.)
(1) A key communications business operator may, when necessary for the measurement of line tracks, etc. and the installation or preservation works of the telecommunications facilities, temporarily use the private, national or public telecommunications facilities, and the land, etc., within the limit of not substantially impeding a current use.
(2) A key communications business operator shall, when intending to temporarily use the private, national or public property under paragraph (1), notify the possessors, in advance, of the purposes and period of such use: Provided, That in case where it is difficult to make a prior notification, a prompt notification shall be made during or after its use, and in case where such notification may not be made due to an obscurity of address and whereabout of possessors, a public notice thereof shall be made.
(3) The temporary period of use of the land, etc. under paragraph (1) shall not exceed six months.
(4) A person who temporarily uses the private, national or public telecommuication facilities or the land, etc. under paragraph (1) shall carry the certificate indicating the authority, and present it to the persons related.

 


 

Article 41 (Entry to Land, etc.)
(1) A key communications business operator may enter others’ land, etc., when necessary for a measurement, examination, etc., for the installation and preservation of his telecommunications facilities: Provided, That in case where the place intended for such entry is a residential building, a consent from residents shall be obtained.
(2) The provisions of Article 40 (2) and (4) shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the entry into the private, national or public land, etc., by those engaged in a measurement or examination, etc. under paragraph (1).
Article 42 (Request for Elimination of Obstacles, etc.)
(1) A key communications business operator may request the owners or possessors of gas pipes, water pipes, drain pipes, electric lamp lines, electricity lines or private telecommunications facilities, which impede or are likely to impede the installation of line tracks, etc. or telecommunications facilities themselves (hereinafter referred to as the “obstacles, etc.”), for the removal, remodeling, repair and other measures with respect to the relevant obstacles, etc.
(2) A key communications business operator may request the owners or possessors to remove the plants, when they may impede or are likely to impede the installation or maintenance of line tracks, etc. or telecommunications themselves.
(3) A key communications business operator may, when the owners or possessors of the plants do not comply with the request under paragraph (2) or there exist any other unavoidable reasons, fell or transplant the relevant plants by obtaining permission from the

 


 

Minister of Information and Communication. In this case, a prompt notification shall be made to the owners or possessors of the relevant plants. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(4) The owners or possessors of the obstacles, etc., which impede or are likely to impede the telecommunications facilities of a key communications business operator, shall make a consultation in advance with the key communications business operator, when they are in need of a new construction, enlargement, improvement, removal or alteration of the relevant obstacles, etc.
Article 43 (Utilization of Transportation Facilities)
(1) A key communications business operator may, when necessary for establishing a radio-wave station to be provided for the telecommunications service, utilize the private, national or public vessels, airplanes and other transportation facilities, or may make in advance a consultation with the owners or possessors on a special supply or a provision of facilities needed for such establishment, and make use of them.
(2) The provisions of Articles 40 (2) and 44 shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the case of paragraph (1).
Article 44 (Obligation for Restoration to Original State)
A key communications business operator shall restore the relevant land, etc. to its original state, when a use of the land, etc. under Articles 39 and 40 is finished or a need of providing the land, etc. for telecommunications service is gone, and in case where a restoration to the original state becomes impossible, make a proper compensation for damages suffered by the owners or possessors.

 


 

Article 45 (Compensation for Damages)
A key communications business operator shall, in case of incurring damages on others in case of Article 40 (1), 41 (1) or 42 , make a proper compensation to the suffered person.
Article 46 (Compensation for Actual Expenses)
(1) A key telecommunications business operator shall, in case where a special supply or a provision of facilities necessary for establishing a radio-wave station to be provided for telecommunications service has been provided by the owners or possessors of the vessels, airplanes and other transportation facilities under Article 43 (1), make a compensation for the actual expenses thereof.
(2) The procedures for compensation for damages and any application for a ruling provided for in Article 33-3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the compensation for actual expenses referred to in paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
Article 47 (Procedures for Compensation for Damages on Land, etc.)
(1) A consultation with the suffered party shall be made, in case where a compensation under Article 44 or 45 is made due to a use of or an entry into the land, etc., a removal of the obstacles, etc., or an impossibility of restoration to the original state under Article 40 (1), 41 (1), 42 or 44 .
(2) When a consultation under paragraph (1) is not or unable to be made, an application for adjudications shall be filed with the

 


 

competent Land Expropriation Commission under the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation therefor . <Amended by Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>
(3) Except for those as otherwise prescribed by this Act, the provisions of the Act on the Acquisition of Land, etc. for Public Works and the Compensation therefor shall be applied mutatis mutandis to the criteria, methods and procedures regarding a compensation for damages, etc. to the land, etc. under paragraph (1), and an application for adjudications under paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>
Articles 48 and 49
Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 50 (Protection of Telecommunications Facilities)
(1) No person shall destruct the telecommunications facilities, and obstruct the flow of telecommunications by impeding the function of telecommunications facilities by means of having other objects contact them or by any other devices.
(2) No person shall stain the telecommunications facilities or damage the measurement marks of the telecommunications facilities by means of throwing objects to the telecommunications facilities or fastening an animal, vessel or a log raft thereto.
Article 51 (Moving of Facilities, etc.)
(1) The owners or possessors of the land, etc. may, in case where the telecommunications facilities of a key communications business

 


 

operator have become an obstacle to a use of the land, etc. due to changes in the purpose of use or in the methods of using the land, etc. where such facilities are located, or the land adjacent to it, request a key communications business operator to move the telecommunications facilities, and take other measures necessary for removing the obstacles.
(2) A key communications business operator shall, upon receipt of a request under paragraph (1), take necessary measures, except for the cases where such measures are difficult to be taken for a business performance or technologies.
(3) Expenses necessary for the measures under paragraph (2) shall be borne by the requester: Provided, That they may be reduced or exempted under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 52 (Cooperation of Other Organizations, etc.)
A key communications business operator may ask the related public agencies for a cooperation, in case where the operation of vehicles, vessels, airplanes and other carriers for the installation and preservation of his telecommunications facilities is necessary. In this case, the public agency in receipt of a request for cooperation shall comply with it, unless there exist any justifiable reasons.
CHAPTER VI SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
Article 53 (Prohibition, etc. on Illegal Communications)

 


 

(1) Any person who uses the telecommunications shall be prohibited from performing an act falling under each of the following subparagraph:
1. The act of distributing, selling, renting or publically exhibiting the telecommunications whose contents carry obscene codes, letters and languages, sounds, images or films;
2. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents defame other person’s honor by publically revealing actual facts or false facts about him for the purpose of slandering him;
3. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents carry codes, letters and languages, sounds, images or films that incur fears and uneasiness, and are repeatedly sent to the other party;
4. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents damage and destruct or forge information and communications system, data or programs and obstruct their operation without any justifiable grounds;
5. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents carry the media information prescribed as harmful to juveniles by the Juvenile Protection Act and are offered for the purpose of profit without fulfilling the obligations provided for in the Acts and subordinate statutes, including the obligation of confirming the age of the other party and the obligation of indications, etc.;
6. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents fall under the speculative act that is banned under the Acts and subordinate statutes;
7. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents leak the State’s secrets, including other secrets classified under the Acts and subordinate statutes;

 


 

8. The act of using the telecommunications whose contents perform the act that is banned under the National Security Act ; and
9. The act of using the telecommunications who contents are aimed at instigating or abetting crimes.
(2) With respect to the telecommunications referred to in paragraph (1), the Minister of Information and Communication may order the relevant telecommunications business operator to reject, discontinue or limit the use of such telecommunications after going through deliberation thereon of the Information Communication Ethics Committee that is formed in accordance with Article 53-2 : Provided, That in the case of the telecommunications referred to in paragraph (1) 2 and 3, he may not order against the explicit will of any person who suffers damage incurred by such telecommunications and in the case of the telecommunications referred to in paragraph (1) 7 through 9, he may order only at the request of the heads of central administrative agencies concerned.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication shall provide the telecommunications business operator to be subject to the order referred to in paragraph (2) and the relevant users with opportunities to present their opinions in advance: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. Where it is needed to take an emergency disposition for public safety or welfare;
2. Where it is obviously difficult to or unequivocally unnecessary to hear their opinions; and
3. Where they clearly express their intentions to renounce their opportunities to present their opinions.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002]
<This Article is amended following the decision of unconstitutionality

 


 

by the Constitutional Court on June 27, 2002 under the Act No. 6822 dated December 26, 2002>
Article 53-2 (Information Communication Ethics Committee)
(1) The Information Communication Ethics Committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) shall be established to foster a sound information culture and to create an environment in which the telecommunications are rightly utilized. <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) The Committee shall be composed of the members of no less than eleven, but no more than fifteen, including one chairman.
(3) The members shall be commissioned by the Minister of Information and Communication from among those engaged in the academic circle, legal circle, users’ organization and business circles related to the information communication. In this case, the Minister of Information and Communication shall commission not less than 1/5 of the total number of the members from those engaged in the users’ organization and those engaged in the legal circle, respectively. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(4) The Committee shall perform the work falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
1. Presentation of fundamental principles on information communication ethics;

 


 

2. Deliberation of information that is prescribed by this Act and the Presidential Decree from among the information that is published and distributed to the public through telecommunications line, and a request for correction thereof;
3. Recommendation to devise a countermeasure for making the information sound, which is circulated through telecommunications line;
4. Operation of a center for reporting on the illegal information harmful to juveniles;
5. Activities necessary for a promotion of healthy information culture; and
6. Other matters entrusted by the Minister of Information and Communication in connection with vitalizing the distribution of healthy information.
(5) Matters necessary for organization and operation of the Committtee shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
(6) The State may grant a subsidy for the expenses required for a operation of the Committee within the limit of its budget.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995]
Article 54 (Protection of Communication Secrecy)
(1) No person shall infringe on or divulge the secrecy of communication dealt with by telecommunications business operator.
(2) A person who is or has been engaged in the telecommunications service shall not divulge others’ secrecy obtained with respect to

 


 

communication while in office.
(3) A telecommunications business operator may comply with a request for the perusal or the provision of the data falling under each of the following subparagraphs (hereinafter referred to as the “supply of communication data”) from a court, a prosecutor, the head of an investigation agency (including the head of any military investigation agency; hereinafter the same shall apply) and the head of an intelligence and investigation agency, who intends to collect information or intelligence for the purpose of the prevention of any threat to a trial, an investigation, the execution of a sentence or the guarantee of the national security: <Amended by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
1. Names of users;
2. Resident registration numbers of users;
3. Addresses of users;
4. Phone numbers of users;
5. IDs (referring to the identification codes of users that are used to identify the rightful users of computer systems or communications networks); and
6. Dates on which users subscribe or terminate their subscriptions.
(4) The request for supply of communication data under paragraph (3) shall be made in writing (hereinafter referred to as a “written request for data supply”), which states a reason for such request, relation with the relevant user and the scope of necessary data: Provided, That where an urgent reason exists that makes a request in writing impossible, such request may be made without resorting to writing, and when such reason disappears, a written request for data supply shall be promptly filed with the telecommunications business

 


 

operator. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(5) A telecommunications business operator shall, where he has supplied the communication data pursuant to the procedures of paragraphs (3) and (4), keep the ledgers as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, which contain necessary matters such as the facts of supplies of communication data, and the related data such as the written requests for data supply, etc. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(6) A telecommunications business operator shall report, to the Minister of Information and Communication, twice a year the current status, etc. of supplying the communication data, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and the Minister of Information and Communication may check whether the content of a report made by a telecommunications business operator is authentic and the management status of related data under paragraph (5). <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(7) A telecommunications business operator shall, under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, notify the contents entered in the ledgers under paragraph (5) to the head of a central administrative agency whereto a person requesting supply of communications data under paragraph (3) belongs: Provided, That in the event that a person who asks for providing the communications data is a court, the relevant telecommunications business operator shall notify the Minister of the Court Administration thereof. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(8) A telecommunications business operator shall establish and operate a setup in full charge of the affairs related to the users’ communication secrets; and the matters concerning the function and composition, etc. of the relevant setup shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.

 


 

<Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(9) Matters necessary for the scope of persons holding the decisive power on the written requests filed with the telecommunications business operators under paragraph (4) shall be prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 54-2 (Notice of Transmitter’s Telephone Number)
(1) The telecommunications business operator may, upon request from the recipient, notify him of the transmitter’s telephone number, etc. under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication: Provided, That this shall not apply to the case where the transmitter expresses his content to refuse the transmission of his telephone number, etc.
(2) The telecommunications business operator may, in case where the recipient requests and where determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication from among the telephone services with the special numbers, notify the recipient of the transmitter’s telephone number, etc. under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication in order to protect the recipients from the violent languages, intimidations, jestings, etc., notwithstanding the proviso of paragraph (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001]
Article 55 (Restriction and Suspension of Business)
The Minister of Information and Communication may order the telecommunications business operators to restrict or suspend the whole or part of telecommunications service under the conditions as

 


 

prescribed by the Presidential Decree, when there occurs or is likely to occur a national emergency of war, incident, natural calamity, or that corresponding to them, or when other unavoidable causes exist, and when necessary for securing important communications. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 56
Deleted. <by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Articles 57 and 58
Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 59 (Approval for International Telecommunications Services)
(1) When there exist special provisions in the treaties or agreements on international telecommunications business joined by the Government, those provisions shall govern.
(2) A telecommunications business operator shall, where he intends to conclude an agreement or a contract with a foreign government or a foreigner with respect to the adjustments of fees following the handling of international telecommunications services (excluding the case of a value-added communications business operator) and other international telecommunications business as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, obtain approval from the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. The same shall apply to the case where he intends to alter or abolish such agreement or contract. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>

 


 

(3) Standards for approving an agreement or a contract with respect to fees on the handling of international telecommunications services shall be determined and publicly announced by the Minister of Information and Communication. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 59-2 (Transboundary Provision of Key Telecommunications Services)
(1) A person, who intends to provide key telecommunications service from abroad into the homeland without establishing a domestic business place (hereinafter referred to as the “transboundary provision of key telecommunications services”), shall conclude a contract on transboundary provision of key telecommunications services with a domestic key communications business operator or a specific communications business operator who provides the same key telecommunications service.
(2) The provisions of Articles 29 , 30 , 33 through 33-3 , 36-3 through 37 , 38 , 53 through 55 , 62 and 65 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the provision of services as determined in a contract by a key communications business operator or a specific communications business operator who has concluded the contract under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
(3) Where a person, who intends to provide a transboundary key telecommunications service under paragraph (1), or a key communications business operator or a specific communications business operator, who has concluded a contract with him, violates the relevant provisions which applies mutatis mutandis under paragraph (2), the Minister of Information and Communication may cancel approval under Article 59 (2), or issue an order to suspend a transboundary provision of the whole or part of key

 


 

telecommunications services as determined in the relevant contract, with fixing a period of not more than one year.
(4) Criteria and procedures for dispositions under paragraph (3) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]
Article 60
Deleted. <by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 61
Deleted. <by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
Article 62 (Report, etc. on Statistics)
(1) A telecommunications business operator shall report the statistics on a provision of telecommunications service as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, such as a current status of facilities by telecommunications service, subscription record, current status of users, and the data related to telephone traffic required for the imposition and collection of fees, to the Minister of Information and Communication under the conditions as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, and keep the related data available. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) A key communications business operator and stockholders thereof, or the specific communications business operator and stockholders thereof shall submit the related data necessary for a verification of the facts of Article 6 , pursuant to the provisions of the

 


 

Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may, in order to verify the facts under paragraph (2), or to examine the genuineness of the data submitted, request the administrative agencies and other related agencies to examine the data submitted or to submit the related data. In this case, the agencies in receipt of such request shall accede thereto unless there exist any justifiable reasons. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 63 (Hearing)
The Minister of Information and Communication shall, in case where he intends to make a disposition falling under any of the following subparagraphs, hold a hearing:
1. Cancellation of license for a key communications business operator under Article 15 (1);
2. Cancellation of registration of a specific communications business or closedown of a value-added communications business under Article 28 (1) and (2); and
3. Cancellation of approval under Article 59-2 (3).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997]
Article 64 (Imposition, etc. of Penalty Surcharge)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication may impose a penalty surcharge equivalent to the amount of not more than 3/100

 


 

of the sales amount that is calculated under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree in lieu of the relevant business suspension, in case where he has to order a business suspension to a telecommunications business operator who falls under subparagraphs of Article 15 (1) or subparagraphs of Article 28 (1) and (2), or a suspension of relevant business is likely to cause substantial inconveniences to the users, etc. of relevant business or to harm other public interests: Provided, That in the event that the sales amount is nonexistent or difficult to calculate the sales amount, as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, the Minister of Information and Communication may impose a penalty surcharge not exceeding 1 billion won. <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(2) Classifications of offenses subject to an imposition of penalty surcharge under paragraph (1), the amount of penalty surcharge according to a level of offenses, and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
(3) The provisions of Article 37-2 (3) and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the collection of a penalty surcharge under paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(4) Deleted. <by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
Article 64-2 (Extension of Time Limit of Payment of Penalty Surcharge and Payment in Installments)
(1) Where a penalty surcharge to be paid by a telecommunications business operator under Articles 37-2 and 64 exceeds the amount as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and where deemed that a person liable for a payment of penalty surcharge finds it difficult to

 


 

pay it in a lump sum due to the reasons falling under any of the following subparagraphs, the Minister of Information and Communication may either extend the time limit of payment, or have him pay it in installments. In this case, the Minister may, if deemed necessary, have him put up a security therefor:
1. Where he suffers a severe loss of property due to natural disasters or fire;
2. Where his business faces a serious crisis due to an aggravation of his business environments; and
3. Where it is expected that he will be in great financial difficulty if he pays the penalty surcharge in a lump sum.
(2) Matters necessary for an extension of the deadline for payment of a penalty surcharge, the payment in installments and the laying of a security shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998]
Article 65 (Correction Orders, etc.)
(1) The Minister of Information and Communication shall issue correction orders in case where a telecommunications business operator falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 4441, Dec. 14, 1991; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>
1.Where he violates this Act, the Framework Act on Telecommunications , the Radio Waves Act , the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. , the Framework Act on Informatization Promotion , or the orders issued under these Acts;

 


 

2. Where the procedures for business performances of telecommunications business operator are deemed to inflict significant harms on the users’ interests; and
3. Where he fails to take swift measures necessary for removing obstructions such as repairs, etc. when impediments have occurred to the supply of telecommunications services.
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may order a telecommunications business operator to conduct the matters of the following subparagraphs, when necessary for development of telecommunications: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
1. Integrated operation and management of telecommunications facilities, etc.;
2. Expansion of communications facilities for the enhancement of social welfare;
3. Construction and management of communications networks for important communications to achieve efficient performance of State’s functions; and
4. Other matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(3) The Minister of Information and Communication may order the persons falling under any of the following subparagraphs to take measures, such as the suspension of acts to provide telecommunications service or the removal of telecommunications facilities, etc.: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
1. Persons who operate a key communications business without obtaining a permit under Article 5 (1);

 


 

2. Persons who operate a specific communications business without making a registration under Article 19 (1); and
3. Persons who operate a value-added communications business without making a report under Article 21 (1).
Articles 66 and 67
Deleted. <by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
Article 68 (Delegation and Entrustment of Authority)
(1) The authority of the Minister of Information and Communication under this Act may be delegated in part to the Commissioner of Communications Office, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(2) The Minister of Information and Communication may entrust a part of affairs related to reports under Article 21 (1) to a telecommunications business operator or to the Korea Information Communication Promotion Association under the Act on Promotion of Information and Communications Network Utilization and Information Protection, etc. , under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4439, Dec. 14, 1991; Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999; Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>
CHAPTER VII PENAL PROVISIONS
Article 69 (Penal Provisions)
A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be

 


 

punished by imprisonment for not more than five years or by a fine not exceeding 200 million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
1. A person who runs a key communications business without obtaining a license under Article 5 (1);
2. A person who obstructs the flow of telecommunications by impeding a function of telecommunications facilities by means of damaging telecommunications facilities, or having the objects contacted thereon and other methods, in violation of Article 50 (1);
3. A person who divulges other’s secrets with respect to communications which have been known to him while in office, in violation of Article 54 (2); and
4. A person who supplies communication data, and person who receives such supply, in violation of Article 54 (3).
Article 70 (Penal Provisions)
A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or by a fine not exceeding 150 million won: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
1. A person who refuses a provision of telecommunications service without any justifiable reasons, in violation of Article 3 (1);
2. A person who violates a disposition taken to suspend his business under Article 15 (1);

 


 

3. A person who operates a specific communications business without making a registration under Article 19 (1);
4. A person who commits the prohibited acts falling under any of Article 36-3 (1) 1 through 4;
5. A person who fails to implement an order under Article 37 (2);
6. A person who obstructs the measurement of line tracks, etc. and the installation and preservation activities of telecommunications facilities under Article 40 (1); and
7. A person who encroaches upon or divulges a secret of communications handled by telecommunications business operator, in violation of Article 54 (1).
Article 71 (Penal Provisions)
A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than two years or by a fine not exceeding 100 million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
1. A person who fails to obtain a modified license or to make a report thereon under Article 10 ;
2. A person who fails to obtain approval under Articles 11 (1) and 34-4 (4);
3. A person who fails to obtain an authorization under Article 13 (1) or approval under Article 13 (2) or 14 (1);

 


 

4. A person who runs the value-added communications business without making a report under Article 21 ;
5. A person who violates a disposition taken to suspend his business under Article 28 (1);
6. A person who fails to execute the order given to discontinue his business under Article 28 (2);
7. A person who discloses, uses or provides the information, in violation of the text of Article 34-5 (1) or paragraph (2) of the same Article;
8. A person who fails to implement orders under Article 53 (2) or 55 ; and
9. A person who fails to obtain approval, approval for alteration, or approval for abolition, under Article 59 (2).
Article 72 (Penal Provisions)
A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than one year or by a fine not exceeding 50 million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>
1. A person who fails to execute the order given under Articles 6-3 (5) or 7 (2) (including a case where the provisions are applied mutatis muandis under Article 4 (4) of the Addenda of the Telecommunications Business Act amended by Act No. 5385);
2. Deleted; <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>

 


 

3. A person who fails to make a modified registration or a modified report under Article 22 ;
4. A person who fails to make a report under Article 25 ;
5. A person who violates a disposition taken to suspend his business under Article 28 (2);
6. A person who provides telecommunications service without making a report or receiving an authorization under Article 29 (1); and
7. A person who intermediates other person’s communication or furnishes for use by other person, by making use of telecommunications services rendered by the telecommunications business operator, in contravention of the provisions of the text of Article 32-2 . <The provisions of this subparagraph declared unconstitutional by the Constitutional Court on September 19, 2002 were amended in accordance with the amendment of Article 32-2 made by Act No. 6822 on December 26, 2002>
Article 73 (Penal Provisions)
A person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine not exceeding 50 million won: <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. A person who violates the provisions of Article 36- 4 (1), (2) or (4) through (6);

 


 

2. A person who refuses or impedes a temporary use of private telecommunications facilities or lands under Article 40 (1), without justifiable reasons;
3. A person who refuses or impedes an entry to the land, etc. under Article 41 (1), without justifiable reasons;
4. A person who refuses the moving, alteration, repair and other measures on the obstacles, etc. under Article 42 (1), or the request for removal of the plants under Article 42 (2), without justifiable reasons;
5. A person who refuses a use of transport devices or a request for provision of facilities, etc. under Article 43 (1), without justifiable reasons;
6. Deleted; and <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
7. Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 74
Deleted. <by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 75 (Penal Provisions)
A person who stains the telecommunications facilities or damages the measurement marks of the telecommunications facilities, in violation of Article 50 (2) shall be punished by a fine not exceeding one million won.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996]
Article 76 (Attempted Criminal)

 


 

An attempted criminal under subparagraphs 2 and 3 of Article 69 and subparagraph 7 of Article 70 shall be punished. <Amended by Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
Article 77 (Joint Penal Provisions)
When a representative of a juristic person or an agent, an employee or any other employed person of the juristic person or individual commits violation under Articles 69 through 73 in connection with the business of such juristic person or individual, then a fine under the related Article shall be imposed on the juristic person or individual, in addition to the punishment of the violator. <Amended by Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
Article 78 (Fine for Negligence)
(1) A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine for negligence not exceeding ten million won: <Amended by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995; Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996; Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997; Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004; Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
1. A person who fails to make a report as referred to in Article 6-3 (2) or to comply with a request for providing the data or an order to attend as referred to in Article 6-4 (3) or (4);
2. A person who fails to make a report under Article 27 ;

 


 

3. A person who fails to implement an order for modification in the standardized use contract under Article 30 ;
4. A person who violates the obligation concerning the protection of users under Article 33 (2);
5. A person who fails to make a public announcement of the technical standards, and the standards for use and provision, or the standards for a creation of fair competitive environments, in violation of Article 34-4 (4);
6. A person who fails to observe the publicly announced matters, in violation of Article 36 (3);
7. A person who fails to adjust the accounting, to submit a business report, or to keep the books or evidential data, in violation of Article 36-2 (1);
8. A person who fails to implement an order for the submission of related data under Article 36-2 (4);
9. A person who refuses, avoids or hampers an order for submission, or an investigation, of the data or articles under Article 36-5 (2);
10. A person who fails to execute orders given to furnish related data under the provisions of Article 38-2 (3);
11. A person who fails to keep related data or makes false entries in such data, in contravention of the provisions of Article 54 (5);
12. A person who fails to notify the head of central administrative agency, in contravention of the provisions of Article 54 (7);
13 .Deleted; <by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>

 


 

14. A person who fails to make reports or submit the data under Article 62 , or falsely do such acts; and
15. A person who fails to follow correction orders, etc., under Article 65 .
(2) The fine for negligence under paragraph (1) shall be imposed and collected by the Minister of Information and Communication, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(3) A person who is dissatisfied with the imposition of the fine for negligence under paragraph (2) may make an objection to the Minister of Information and Communication within thirty days from the notification date of such imposition. <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(4) When a person subjected to the imposition of the fine for negligence under paragraph (2) makes an objection under paragraph (3), the Minister of Information and Communication shall notify a competent court of the fact without delay, and the court so notified shall bring the case of fine for negligence to trial under the Non-Contentious Case Litigation Procedure Act . <Amended by Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(5) When neither the objection against nor the payment of the fine for negligence is made within the specified period under paragraph (3), it shall be collected in accordance with examples of disposition for the national taxes in arrears.
ADDENDA
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

 


 

This Act shall enter into force four months after the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning Public Communications Business Operator, etc.)
(1) At the time when this Act enters into force, the Korea Telecommunications Corporation under the Korea Telecommunication Corporation Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) shall be deemed to have been designated as the one capable of running a general communications business under Article 5 (1).
(2) Among the persons designated to be able to run public telecommunications business by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 7 (2) of the former Framework Act on Telecommunications , at the time when this Act enters into force, the one running a general communications business under Article 4 (3) 1 shall be deemed to have been designated as a general communications business operator under Article 5 , and the one running specific communications business under Article 4 (3) 2 shall be deemed to have the license of specific communications business operator under Article 16 (1).
(3) At the time when this Act enters into force, the person providing the information communications services on travel information with the leased telecommunications line facilities from among the persons designated to be able to run public telecommunications business by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 7 (2) of the former Framework Act on Telecommunications , and the person who has made a registration of a business providing the information communications service to the Minister of Information and Communication under the provisions of former

 


 

Article 73-2 (1), shall be deemed to have registered the value-added communications business under Article 21 (1).
(4) The person falling under paragraphs (1) through (3) shall report the matters as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Information and Communication, such as classifications, contents etc., of telecommunications service provided by him, to the Minister of Information and Communication within one month after enforcement of this Act.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures concerning Entrusted Business)
At the time when this Act enters into force, the business entrusted to others under former Article 5 by a public telecommunications business operator with approval from the Minister of Information and Communication shall be deemed to be entrusted by a general communications business operator or a specific communications business operator with approval from the Minister of Information and Communication, under Article 12 (including the case applied mutatis mutandis under Article 20 ).
Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Authorization of Standard Form of Contract for Users, etc.)
At the time when this Act enters into force, the standard form of contract for users authorized under the former Article 9 (2), shall be considered as the standard form of contract for users authorized by the Minister of Information and Communication under Article 29 (1) until three months after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 5 (Transitional Measures concerning Disposition, etc.)
Where the approval, license, disposition, orders and applications,

 


 

etc. have been executed under the former provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, except for the cases under Articles 2 and 3 of Addenda, and where there exist the provisons which correspond thereto in this Act, such shall be deemed to have been executed under this Act.
Article 6 (Special Case on Ownership Limitation of Stocks, etc.)
(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6 (1) 4, the Corporation may, within the limit of par value of stocks issued by other general communications business operator which have been owned by the Corporation at the time when this Act enters into force, possess the relevant stocks up to two years after the enforcement of this Act. In this case, the Corporation shall submit the plans for disposal of the relevant stocks such as a donation to the State, to the Minister of Information and Communication within six months after enforcement of this Act, and take measures so as to have them in conformity with Article 6 (1) 4 according to the said plans.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 6 (1) 6, the facilities manufacturer may possess the stocks issued by other general communications business operator within the limit of par value of stocks which have been owned by him at the time when this Act enters into force: Provided, That additional investments shall not be made until the ownership ratio of stocks with voting rights comes to fall short of the ownership limitation ratio under Article 6 (1) 6.
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 18 (1) 5, the Corporation may, up to two years after enforcement of this Act, possess in excess of 10/100 of the stocks with voting rights, issued by a specific communications business operator who mainly provides telecommunications service based upon a wireless mode with technical limits: Provided, That when two years have passed after an enforcement of this Act, it shall not possess them in excess

 


 

of 1/3.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 18 (1) 5, the Corporation may possess in excess of 10/100 of the stocks with voting rights issued by a specific communications business operator whose main business areas are harbor districts.
Article 7
Deleted. <by Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>
Article 8 (Amendment of Other Acts, etc.)
(1) through (8) Omitted.
(9) At the time when this Act enters into force, where other Acts cite former provisions of the Public Telecommunication Service Act, and where there exist provisions corresponding thereto in this Act, it shall be considered to have cited the corresponding provisions in this Act in lieu of the former provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 4439, Dec. 14, 1991>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 4
Omitted.

 


 

ADDENDA <Act No. 4441, Dec. 14, 1991>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 1992. (Proviso Omitted.)
Articles 2 and 3
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 4861, Jan. 5, 1995>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 5
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 4903, Jan. 5, 1995>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its

 


 

promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning License for Key Communications Business Operator, etc.)
(1) At the time when this Act enters into force, a general communications business operator and a specific communications business operator under the former provisions shall be deemed to have been licensed for a key communications business operator under the amended provisions of Article 5 .
(2) At the time when this Act enters into force, the value-added communications business operator under the former provisions shall be deemed to have made the report of a value-added communications business operator under the amended provisions of Article 21 .
Article 3 (Special Case on Ownership Limitation of Stocks, etc.)
(1) At the time when this Act enters into force, the stocks issued by other key communications business operator which have been possessed by the Corporation under the Korea Telecommunication Corporation Act, shall be deemed to have been approved under the amended provision of proviso of subparagraph 4 of Article 6 .
(2) The amended provisions of subparagraph 5 of Article 6 shall not be applied mutatis mutandis to the case where the Corporation possesses the stocks of Korea Port Telephone Company.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Application of Penal Provisions)

 


 

In the application of penal provisions to the activities prior to the enforcement of this Act, the former provisions shall govern.
Article 5 (Relations with Other Acts and Subordinate Statutes)
At the time when this Act enters into force, where a general communications business operator or a specific communications business operator is cited by other Acts and subordinate statutes, it shall be deemed to have cited a key communication business operator.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5220, Dec. 30, 1996>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force one month after the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Standard Form of Contract for Users) The standard form of contract for users which has been authorized or reported under the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, shall be deemed to have been authorized or reported under the amended provisions of Article 29 .
ADDENDA <Act No. 5385, Aug. 28, 1997>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1998.

 


 

Article 2 (Valid Term)
The amended provisions of subparagraph 6 (c) and (d) of Article 6 shall continue to be valid until December 31, 1998.
Article 3 (Special Cases concerning Application of Disqualifications for License of Key Communications Business)
(1) Notwithstanding the amended provisions of subparagraph 3 of Article 6 , a juristic person in which those who fall under subparagraphs 3 (a) through (c) of Article 6 (hereinafter referred to as the “foreigners, etc.”) are major stockholders, shall not obtain a license for a key communications business until December 31, 1998.
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
Article 4 (Special Cases concerning Acquisition of Stocks)
(1) The foreign government or foreigners (where two or more foreign governments or foreigners have agreed to exercise voting rights jointly, including the foreign governments or foreigners who have made such an agreement) may not become the major stockholders of the corporation which has succeeded by a universe title the property and the rights and obligations of the Korea Telecommunications Corporation under Article 3 (1) of the Addenda of the Act No. 5387: the abrogated Act of the Korea Telecommunications Corporation Act: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case where the stocks falling short of 5/100 are possessed. <Amended by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998; Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001; Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002; Act No. 7165, Feb.

 


 

9, 2004>
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(4) The provisions of Articles 7 and 7-2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a violation of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>
Article 5 (Transitional Measures on Appointment of Part-time Directors)
A nationwide telephone service provider shall appoint a majority of directors as part-time members at a general meeting of stockholders convened for the first time after the entry into force of this Act.
Article 6 (Special Cases on Application of Disqualifications for Specific Communications Business Operators)
(1) No juristic person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 24 , become a specific communications business operator who provides a telephone service by connecting to telecommunications networks:
1. Deleted; and <by Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
2. Juristic person in which the stocks owned by the foreigners, etc. exceed 49/100 of the total issued stocks until December 31, 2000.

 


 

(2) The provisions of Article 7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a violation of paragraph (1).
Article 7 (Special Cases on Transboundary Provision of Key Telecommunications Services)
A person who intends to provide a telephone service which connects to the telecommunications networks, from among the business falling under Article 4 (3) 1 by a transboundary provision of key telecommunications services, shall establish within the country a juristic person which operates a specific communications business not later than December 31, 2000, and provide the relevant services through the said juristic person.
Article 8
Omitted.
ADDENDUM <Act No. 5564, Sep. 17, 1998>
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1999: Provided, That the amended provisions of Article 5-2 , subparagraphs 4 and 5 of Article 6 , Articles 9 (3), 12 , and 16 , and the amended provisions of Articles 4 (1) and 6 (1) 1 of the Addenda of the amendments of the Act No. 5385, Telecommunications Business Act , shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5835, Feb. 8, 1999>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

 


 

This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 1999. (Proviso Omitted.)
Articles 2 through 4
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5986, May 24, 1999>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 1999.
(2) Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6230, Jan. 28, 2000>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 2000.
(2) (Application Example of Application Exclusion of Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act ) The amended provisions of Article 37-3 shall apply starting with any act first performed by the telecommunications business operator in accordance with each subparagraph of Article 36-3 (1) after the enforcement of this Act.
(3) (Transitional Measures concerning Penal Provisions) The application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.

 


 

ADDENDA <Act No. 6346, Jan. 8, 2001>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the amendments to Article 38-4 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation, and the amendments to Article 54-2 two months after the date of its promulgation.
(2) Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6360, Jan. 16, 2001>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2001.
Articles 2 through 6
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6602, Jan. 14, 2002>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2002.
(2) and (3) Omitted.

 


 

ADDENDA <Act No. 6656, Feb. 4, 2002>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 2003.
Articles 2 through 12
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6822, Dec. 26, 2002>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the amended provisions of Article 53 , Article 53-2 (1), the latter part of (3), (4), Article 54 (3), the proviso of (7) and subparagraph 8 of Article 71 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation, and the amended provisions of Article 36-3 (3) shall enter into force six months after the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Valid Term) The amended provisions of Article 36-3 (1) 5 shall have its validity for three years from the date of the enforcement of this Act.
(3) (Transitional Measure concerning Disposition, etc.) Any authorization granted, report received, order given to correct a prohibited act and any surcharge imposed by the Minister of Information and Communication under the previous provisions of Articles 34-6 , 37 and 37-2 at the time of enforcement of this Act shall be deemed to be each done by the Korea Communications

 


 

Commission under the relevant provisions.
(4) (Transitional Measure concerning Penalty Surcharge) Any penalty surcharge imposed against any act performed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 64 (1).
ADDENDA <Act No. 7165, Feb. 9, 2004>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the amended provisions of Article 38-6 shall enter into force two years after the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Examination of Public Interest Nature) The amended provisions of Article 6-3 shall not apply to what has been achived prior to an enforcement of this Act.
(3) (Transitional Measures concerning Acquisition of Stocks by Joint-Stock Company) The amended provisions of Article 4 (1) of the Addenda of the amendments of the Act No. 5385, Telecommunications Business Act shall not apply to the largest stockholder who is a foreign government or a foreigner at the time of enforcement of this Act: Provided, That in case where a foreign government or a foreigner at the time of enforcement of this Act falls under the largest stockholder as referred to in Article 4 (1) of the Addenda of the amendments of the Act No. 5385, Telecommunications Business Act , the said foreign government or foreigner shall not be allowed to additionally acquire any stocks of the joint-stock company.

 


 

ADDENDA <Act No. 7428, Mar. 31, 2005>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force one year after the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 through 4
Omitted.
Article 5 (Amendment of Other Acts, etc.)
(1) through <96> omitted.

<97> The Telecommunications Business Act shall be amended, in part, as follows:
The term “having been bankrupt” referred to in Article 6-2 (1) 2 shall be “having been declared bankrupt.”

<98> through <145> omitted.
Article 6
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7445, Mar. 31, 2005>
This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7796, Dec. 29, 2005>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on July 1, 2006.

 


 

Article 2 through 5
Omitted.
Article 6 (Amendment of Other Acts, etc.)
(1) through <50> omitted.
<51> The Telecommunications Business Act shall be amended, in part, as follows: The term “the public officials ranking Grade III or higher grade” shall be “the public officials ranking Grade III of related central administrative agencies or the public officials in general service who belong to the Senior Executive Service.”
<52> through <68> omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7916, Mar. 24, 2006>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on March 27, 2006.
Article 2 (Valid Term)
The amended provision of Article 36-4 shall continue to be valid for two years from the enforcement date hereof.
Article 3 (Special Case on Report of Supporting Standards)
Notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 36-4 (2), the supporting standards reported within thirty days of the enforcement date shall be enforceable as of the date of report.

 

 

Exhibit 4.7
Securities and Exchange Act
         
Wholly amended By
  1976 12 22   Act No. 2920
Amended By
  1982 3 29   Act No. 3541
Amended By
  1987 11 28   Act No. 3945
Amended By
  1991 12 31   Act No. 4469
Amended By
  1994 1 5   Act No. 4701
Amended By
  1995 12 29   Act No. 5041
Amended By
  1997 1 13   Act No. 5254
Amended By
  1997 12 13   Act No. 5423
Amended By
  1998 1 8   Act No. 5498
Amended By
  1998 2 24   Act No. 5521
Amended By
  1998 5 25   Act No. 5539
Amended By
  1998 9 16   Act No. 5559
Amended By
  1998 12 28   Act No. 5591
Amended By
  1999 2 1   Act No. 5736
Amended By
  1999 5 24   Act No. 5982
Amended By
  2000 1 21   Act No. 6176
Amended By
  2001 3 28   Act No. 6423
Amended By
  2002 1 26   Act No. 6623
Amended By
  2002 4 27   Act No. 6695
Amended By
  2003 10 4   Act No. 6987
Amended By
  2003 12 31   Act No. 7025
Amended By
  2005 12 29   Act No. 7762
CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS
Article 1 (Purpose)
The purpose of this Act is to contribute to the development of national economy by attaining wide and orderly circulation of securities, and by protecting investors through fair issuance, purchase, sale or other transactions of securities.
Article 2 (Definitions)

 


 

(1) The term “securities” in this Act shall mean any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
1. Government bonds;
2. Municipal bonds;
3. Bonds issued by a corporation which is established under a special Act;
4. Corporate bonds;
5. Certificates of contribution issued by a corporation which is established under a special Act;
6. Stock certificates, or instruments which represent preemptive right;
7. Certificates or instruments issued by a foreign corporation, etc., which have the same nature as those referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 6 of this paragraph;
8. Securities depository receipts which a person designated by the Presidential Decree issues based on underlying certificates or instruments issued by a foreign corporation, etc.; and
9. Other certificates or instruments designated by the Presidential Decree, which are similar or related to those referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 8 of this paragraph.
(2) Such right as shall be represented by the securities referred to in each subparagraph of paragraph (1) shall be regarded as such securities, even before certificates of such securities have been issued with respect to such rights.
(3) The term “public offering of new securities” in this Act shall mean a solicitation of an offer to acquire securities which are issued newly under the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(4) The term “public offering of outstanding securities” in this Act shall mean an offer to sell outstanding securities or a solicitation of an offer to buy those under the Presidential Decree.

 


 

<Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(5) The term “issuer” in this Act shall mean a person who has issued or intends to issue any securities: Provided, That in issuing securities prescribed in paragraph (1) 8, the term “issuer” shall mean a person who has issued or intends to issue certificates or instruments which are the basis of such issuance. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(6) The term “underwriting” in this Act shall mean an act which falls under any of the following subparagraphs:
1. To acquire from an issuer all or a part of securities with a view to distributing, in connection with issuance of the securities;
2. To make a contract to acquire the unsold portion of securities with an issuer in connection with issuance of the securities, in a case where there is no one else to acquire it; and
3. To make arrangements on behalf of an issuer for a public offering of new or outstanding securities, or to participate directly or indirectly in a public offering of new or outstanding securities in part, for the purpose of a commission or reward.
(7) The term “underwriter” in this Act shall mean any person who conducts one of the activities referred to in subparagraphs of paragraph (6). <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
(8) The term “securities business” in this Act shall mean any business which falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; January 29, 2004>
1. To buy and sell securities;
2. To buy and sell securities on consignment;
3. To act as an intermediary or an agent with respect to purchase and sale of securities (excluding what falls under subparagraph 8);
4. To act as an intermediary or agent with respect to an entrustment of sale and purchase transactions to be executed on a securities market, KOSDAQ, or market in foreign country

 


 

similar to those;
5. To underwrite securities;
6. To make a public offering of outstanding securities;
7. To arrange for a public offering of new or outstanding securities; and
8. To act as an intermediary or an agent with respect to the sale and purchase of securities and make other sale and purchase of securities necessary for the relevant intermediary business according to quotations falling under each of the following items for listed stocks or KOSDAQ registered stocks, making use of information communications networks and electronic data-processing equipment, on behalf of many persons at the same time:
(a) Final quotations of the relevant stocks published by the securities market or KOSDAQ; and
(b) The single price determined in such manner as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy.
(9) The term “securities company” in this Act means a company which conducts securities business in accordance with this Act.
(10) and (11) Deleted. <by Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
(12) The term “securities market” in this Act shall mean a market which is established by the Korea Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the “Korea Exchange”) organized under the Korea Exchange Act that falls under a securities market within the meaning of Article 2(1) of the same Act. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(13) The terms “listed corporation”, “unlisted corporation”, “stock-listed corporation” and “stock-unlisted corporation” in this Act shall mean: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
1. Listed corporation: issuer of securities listed on the securities market;
2. Unlisted corporation: issuer of securities not listed on the securities market;

 


 

3. Stock-listed corporation: corporation which has issued stocks listed on the securities market; and
4. Stock-unlisted corporation: corporation which has issued stocks not listed on the securities market.
(14) The term “KOSDAQ” in this Act shall mea KOSDAQ within the meaning of Article 2(2) of the Korea Exchange Act. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(15) The term “KOSDAQ-registered corporation” in this Act shall mean a corporation which issued securities listed on KOSDAQ d <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(16) The term “foreign corporation” in this Act shall mean a foreign government, foreign local government, foreign public institution, foreign enterprise established under foreign Acts and subordinate statutes, international finance organization established under a treaty, or person who is designated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(17) The term “securities-related institution” in this Act shall mean: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
1. An institution which has been established, licensed to do operations or business, or registered under this Act;
2. An asset operation company, trustee company or asset deposit company under the Act on Business of Operating Indirect Investment and Assets; and
3. Deleted. <by Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
(18) The term “employee stock ownership association” in this Act shall mean an organization created after satisfying requirements prescribed by the Presidential Decree for the purpose of promoting the welfare of employees and enhancing their economic status through the management of stocks acquired by such employees of any stock-listed corporation, any KOSDAQ registered corporation, or any corporation, registered under Article 3, which intends to list newly its stock certificates. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

(19) The term “outside director” in this Act shall mean a director who does not engage in the regular business of the relevant company and is selected and appointed under Article 54-5 or 191-16. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
Article 2-2 [Deleted Dec. 29, 1995]
CHAPTER II REGISTRATION OF ISSUER OF SECURITIES
Article 3 (Registration of Issuer of Securities)
Any issuer who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission so as to provide for a fair issuance of securities and public disclosure of information as to a business corporation: Provided, That the same shall not apply to issuers of securities as prescribed in Article 2 (1) 1 through 3, 4 (limited to corporate bonds as prescribed by the Presidential Decree), and 5, and of such other securities as determined by the Presidential Decree: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Deleted; <by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
2. A corporation that is neither KOSDAQ registered corporation nor listed corporation, which intends to make a public offering of new or outstanding securities;
3. A corporation that is neither KOSDAQ registered corporation nor listed corporation, which intends to merge with a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation;
4. Deleted; <by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
5. A corporation under incorporation which intends to make a public offering of new securities; and

 


 

6. A corporation which intends to grant the stock option pursuant to Article 189-4.
Article 4 (Documents for Registration)
An issuer of securities who applies for the registration pursuant to the provisions of Article 3 shall file documents as determined by the Financial Supervisory Commission such as general situations and property conditions of the company, with the Financial Supervisory Commission. In case where any significant matters stated in the filed documents are modified, such information shall also be filed with the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 5 (Disclosure of Documents Filed for Registration)
The Financial Supervisory Commission may offer the documents filed pursuant to Article 4 for public inspection. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 6 (Administration of Registered Corporation)
With respect to a corporation which has been registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to the provisions of Article 3 (hereinafter referred to as a “registered corporation”), the Financial Supervisory Commission may prescribe the criteria for sound management of the registered corporation such as financing the corporate and improving financial structure, and make necessary recommendations. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]
CHAPTER III REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Article 7 (Scope of Application)
No provisions of this Chapter shall apply to the securities referred to in Article 2 (1) 1 through 3 (including bonds that are deemed bonds of subparagraph 3 in other Acts and subordinate

 


 

statutes, but excluding bonds prescribed by the Presidential Decree) and 5 and to such other securities as determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
Article 8 (Registration of Public Offering)
(1) Where the total value of a public offering of new or outstanding securities, which is calculated as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy, is not less than the amount prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy, the public offering of such securities may not be made unless the issuer files a registration statement on such securities with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the registration statement is accepted by the Financial Supervisory Commission: Provided, That if the issuer determines a period in which he is to issue securities pursuant to the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy, and files en bloc a registration statement of securities to be offered publicly during the period (hereinafter referred to as “shelf registration statement”) with the Financial Supervisory Commission, and the shelf registration statement is accepted by the Financial Supervisory Commission, he shall not be required to file separately the registration statement on securities to be offered publicly in such period. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(2) Matters on the predictions or prospects for the issuer’s future financial status or results of operation which fall under any of the following subparagraphs (hereinafter referred to as “predicted information”) may be entered or indicated in a registration statement under paragraph (1). In this case, the entry or indication of predicted information shall be made through the methods as prescribed in Article 14 (2) 1, 2 and 4: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
1. Matters on the issuer’s results of operation such as size in sales and revenues, or other predictions or prospects for results of operation;
2. Matters on the predictions or prospects for the issuer’s financial status such as the size in capital stock and funds flows;

 


 

3. Matters on the issuer’s results of operation or changes in financial status, and targeted levels at a certain point due to the occurrence of a particular event or the establishment of a particular plan; and
4. Other matters on the predictions or prospects for the issuer’s future as determined by the Presidential Decree.
(3) In filing a registration under paragraph (1), where the matters to be entered in such registration or accompanying documents are the same as those which have already been filed, the Commission may allow the issuer to substitute the documents referring to the same information which has already been filed for the above documents. <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(4) In filing a registration under paragraph (1), the representative director of the relevant issuer and any director in charge of filing the registration (in the case of the absence of the director in charge of filing the registration, referring to any person who executes the duties of the relevant director; hereafter the same in this Article shall apply) shall put each signature to the registration statement after confirming and examining matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree, including the fact that the entries of matters that may affect investment judgment or the value of securities and the entries of other important matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree and indications in the registration statement are not omitted or falsified from among the entries of the relevant registration statement. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(5) Matters necessary for the matters to be entered in the registration statement or accompanying documents referred to in paragraphs (1) through (3) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 9 (Effective Date of Registration Statement, etc.)
(1) A statement pursuant to the provisions of Article 8 (1) (hereinafter referred to as a “registration statement”) shall come into force on such date as the time period prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy elapses after the receipt thereof by the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498,

 


 

Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(2) The effect taken pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall not be construed as assuring that the truth or the accuracy of such matters stated in the registration statement has been recognized on its face value or that the Government has guaranteed or approved the value of the securities specified in the registration statement. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(3) In case where an issuer of securities intends to withdraw a registration statement of securities, he shall file a registration statement on withdrawal with the Financial Supervisory Commission before such registration statement takes effect. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]
Article 10 (Restrictions on Transactions)
(1) In case where there is an offer to acquire or purchase securities, unless a registration statement has taken effect pursuant to the provisions of Article 9, no issuer or seller of securities specified therein nor his agent shall accept such offer. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
(2) No issuer who filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to the proviso of Article 8 (1), shall accept any offer for acquisition or purchase of securities, unless he files additional documents of shelf registration statement determined by the Presidential Decree at each time he makes a public offering of new or outstanding securities. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 11 (Amendment Statement)
(1) If it appears to the Financial Supervisory Commission that a registration statement is

 


 

incomplete in its form or inadequate in any material information required to be stated therein, the Financial Supervisory Commission may, with presenting the reasons thereof, issue an order to file an amendment statement. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(2) In case where an order is issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1), the registration statement concerned shall be construed not to be received by the Commission after the date on which the order is issued.
(3) A person who has filed a registration statement may file an amendment statement, if there occurs any modification in matters entered in the registration statement before the day of subscription as determined by the statement commences. In this case, if important matters as determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy are modified, the amendment statement thereof shall be filed without fail. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(4) A person who filed a shelf registration statement as prescribed in the proviso of Article 8 (1), notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (3), may file an amendment statement before the predetermined issue period is terminated. In this case, the predetermined issue amount and period may not be revised. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
(5) If an amendment statement is filed pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1), (3) or (4), a registration statement on securities shall be regarded as filed and received on the day of receipt of the amendment statement. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
Article 12 (Preparation and Disclosure of Prospectus)
(1) When an issuer of securities makes a public offering of new or outstanding securities pursuant to Article 8, such issuer shall prepare a prospectus under the conditions as determined by the Presidential Decree, and make it available for public inspection at a place determined by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(2) In the prospectus as prescribed in paragraph (1), particulars different from the contents

 


 

mentioned in the registration statement (including additional documents of shelf registration statement as prescribed in Article 10 (2); hereafter the same shall apply in this Chapter) shall not be mentioned, or matters to be entered in the registration statement shall not be omitted: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among matters which are not appropriate for being offered for public inspection, considering balance between interests of keeping secret in management of business and protection of investors. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 13 (Justifiable Use of Prospectus)
(1) No one shall be permitted to allow any other person to acquire securities the registration of which has taken effect or shall sell such securities to such other person before a prospectus prepared in accordance with the provisions of Article 12 is, upon a request by the other person, given to him. In this case, when the prospectus is given in the form of digitally recorded document in accordance with the provisions of Article 194-2, such prospectus shall be deemed to be given when requirements falling under each of the following subparagraphs are satisfied:
1. It is required that a person to receive or be transmitted with a digitally recorded document (hereinafter referred to as the “recipient of digitally recorded document”) agree to the receipt or the transmission of a prospectus in the form of the digitally recorded document;
2. It is required that the recipient of digitally recorded document designate the kind of an electronically transferable media through and a place at which he receives or is transmitted with the digitally recorded document;
3. It is required to confirm that the recipient of digitally recorded document has received or has been transmitted with a digitally recorded document; and
4. The digitally recorded document is required to be identical in content with the prospectus paper.
(2) Where any person intends to induce subscriptions for new or outstanding securities subject to the registration under the provisions of Article 8 for the purpose of executing a public offering

 


 

or other transactions thereof, he shall induce such subscriptions in a manner falling under any of the following subparagraphs:
1. A manner in which the prospectus under the provisions of Article 12 is used after the registration of securities comes into force under the provisions of Article 9 (1);
2. A manner in which an issuer uses a preliminary prospectus (referring to the prospectus additionally indicating the fact that the registration has yet to come into force) prepared on the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree before the registration of securities comes into force after such registration has been accepted under the provisions of Article 9 (1); and
3. A manner in which an issuer uses a simple prospectus (referring to a document, a digitally recorded document and other devices or indications similar to them that omit part of matters or include extracted matters from among the matters to be entered in the prospectus statement) prepared on the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree through ads. making use of newspapers, broadcasts and magazines, etc., handbooks, publicity leaflets, or electronically transferable media after his registration of securities is accepted under the provisions of Article 9 (1).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 14 (Liabilities for Compensation Due to False Statements)
(1) If a purchaser of securities sustains damage because a registration statement or a prospectus (including a preliminary prospectus and a simple prospectus; hereafter in this Article the same shall apply) of securities as prescribed in Article 12 includes false statements or indications or fails to state or indicate important matters, the following persons shall be liable to compensate for the damage: Provided, That the same shall not apply where a person who may be liable for compensation proves that he could not know such false facts or omissions of that prospectus in spite of his exercise of due diligence, or where the purchaser of such securities has known the fact at the time of his offering to acquire them: <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
1. A registrant under the registration statement concerned and directors of the corporation concerned at the time of registration (if the registration statement is filed before the corporation

 


 

is incorporated, its promoter);
1-2. A person who falls under each subparagraph of Article 401-2 (1) of the Commercial Act and is in charge of instructing the preparation of the registration statement on the securities or filing such registration;
2. A certified public accountant, an appraiser and a credit-rating specialist, etc. who are each prescribed by the Presidential Decree (including any organization to which each of them belongs) and authenticate and sign the truth and correctness of the entries or accompanied documents of the relevant registration statement on securities;
2-2. A person who agrees to enter his opinion on the assessment, analysis and confirmation of the entries of the registration statement on securities or the accompanied documents in the relevant registration statement and confirms details of the entries;
3. A person who has made a contract to underwrite the securities with the issuer;
4. A person who has prepared or delivered the prospectus; and
5. A holder of outstanding securities offered for sale at the time of registration for public offering of outstanding securities.
(2) Where predicted information is entered or indicated through the following methods, any person falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (1), notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), shall not be liable to compensate for the damage concerned: Provided, That this shall not apply where the purchaser of securities does not know the fact that there are false entries or indications in predicted information or that material matters are not entered or indicated at the time of his offering to acquire them, and where he proves that any person falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (1) was by intention or by gross negligence responsible for the entry or indication:
1. The entry or indication concerned shall specify that it is predicted information;
2. The basis for the assumption or judgement for predictions or prospects shall be specified;
3. The entry or indication concerned shall be faithfully made on the basis of rational foundations

 


 

or assumptions; and
4. A warning phrase that predicted values may differ from actual results shall be specified in the entry or indication concerned.
(3) The provisions of paragraph (2) shall not apply where a corporation other than stock-listed corporations and KOSDAQ registered corporations submits a registration statement of securities for the first time for the public offering of new or outstanding securities. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 15 (Amount of Liability to be Compensated)
(1) The amount to be compensated for damage pursuant to the provisions of Article 14 shall be the difference between the amount actually paid by the claimant for the acquisition of securities and the amount which falls under any of the following subparagraphs:
1. The market price of securities at the time of the closing of oral proceedings, if a lawsuit is entered against the securities concerned (in case where no market price is available, an estimated price at which the securities would be disposed of); and
2. The price at which the securities were disposed of, in case where such disposition of securities has been made prior to the time of the closing of oral proceedings referred to in subparagraph 1 of this paragraph.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), where a person liable for compensation for damage pursuant to the provisions of Article 14 proves that a claimant has sustained all or part of the damage without regard to any false statement or indication or any omission of the entry or indication of material matters, he is not bound to compensate for damage of such part. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 16 (Extinction of Claims)

 


 

The compensation liabilities for damage pursuant to the provisions of Article 14 shall be extinguished, unless the claimant exercises such right within one year from the date on which he discovers the fact or within three years from the time when a registration statement has taken effect.
Article 17 (After-Report)
An issuer of securities specified in a registration statement then in effect shall file with the Financial Supervisory Commission a report on results of public offering of new or outstanding securities under the conditions as determined by the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 18 (Disclosure of Registration Statement and After-Report)
A registration statement of securities and an after-report pursuant to Article 17 (hereinafter referred to as an “after-report”) shall be kept in the Financial Supervisory Commission and made available for public inspection under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among matters which are not appropriate for being offered for public inspection, considering balance between interests of keeping secret in management of business and protection of investors. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 18-2 (Public Offering without Filing Registration Statement)
Any issuer who makes a public offering of new or outstanding securities without filing a registration statement in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 (1) shall disclose matters concerning his financial standing and take measures prescribed by the Presidential Decree to protect investors.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 19 (Report and Investigation)

 


 

(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission, if necessary in the public interest or for protection of investors, may order a registrant under the registration statement, an issuer of securities, an underwriter thereof, and any other related persons to file a report or materials for reference, or may have the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service established under the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations (hereinafter referred to as the “Financial Supervisory Service”) investigate account books, documents and any other related materials of such registrant, issuer, underwriter and other related persons. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(2) A person who investigates pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall carry along a certificate which proves his authority to investigate and shall present such certificate to persons concerned. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 20 (Disposition Right of Financial Supervisory Commission)
In the case falling under any of the following subparagraphs, the Financial Supervisory Commission, after showing reason therefor and making a public notice of such fact, order the issuer of securities concerned to make an amendment, and if necessary, the Financial Supervisory Commission may suspend or prohibit the issuance of such securities, public offering of new or outstanding securities or other transactions with respect thereto or may take measures as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. In this case, the Financial Supervisory Commission may determine procedures and criteria necessary for taking measures against the issuer of securities: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
1. In case that a registration statement or an after-report is not submitted or such statement or such report contains false statements or omits important matters;
2. In case that a prospectus does not comply with the provisions of Article 12 or 13;
3. In case that a violation of the provisions of Article 13 (2) is committed with respect to the public offering of new or outstanding securities and other transactions of securities through a preliminary prospectus or a simple prospectus; and

 


 

4. In case that a violation of the provisions of Article 18-2 is committed.
CHAPTER IV TENDER OFFER FOR SECURITIES
Article 21 (Applicable Object of Tender Offer)
(1) A person who intends to acquire voting stocks or any other securities as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as “stocks, etc.”) through purchase, exchange, bid or any other acquisition by transfer (hereafter referred to as “purchase, etc.” in this Chapter) from persons of not less than the number as prescribed by the Presidential Decree outside the securities market or KOSDAQ during the period as prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall acquire the stocks, etc. through tender offer, in case where the total number of the stocks, etc. held (including the cases prescribed by the Presidential Decree as owning or its equivalent; hereafter the same shall apply in this Chapter and Article 200-2) by the person himself and specially related persons (this means the specially related person as prescribed by the Presidential Decree; hereinafter the same shall apply) after the purchase, etc. is 5/100 or more of the total number of the stocks, etc. (including the case where the person himself and specially related persons who have acquired 5/100 or more of the total number of the stocks, etc. make purchase, etc. of the stocks, etc.): Provided, That the same shall not apply with respect to purchase, etc. as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, considering the type thereof and ther circumstances. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998>
(3) In this Chapter, the term “tender offer” means making an offer to buy stocks, etc. (including exchange with other securities; hereafter the same shall apply in this Chapter) or a solicitation of an offer to sell stocks, etc. (including exchange with other securities; hereafter the same shall apply in this Chapter) against many and unspecified persons, and buying them outside the securities market and KOSDAQ. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) Number of stocks, etc. and total number of stocks, etc. pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be the number calculated by the method as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5539,

 


 

May 25, 1998>
(5) The term “person handling tender offer affairs” means a person in charge of keeping in custody stocks, etc. to be purchased, paying funds necessary for making tender offer or offering securities subject to a swap and handling administrative affairs related to tender offer on behalf of any person who intends to make tender offer. In this case, any person qualified to act as such agent shall be limited to a securities company. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 21-2 (Publication of Tender Offer and Submission of Tender Offer Statement)
(1) Any person who intends to make tender offer shall publish matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs (hereinafter referred to as “publication of tender offer”) under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree:
1. A person who intends to make tender offer;
2. A person who issues stocks, etc. subject to tender offer;
3. The objective of tender offer;
4. Kinds and numbers of stocks, etc. subject to tender offer;
5. The period of tender offer and tender offer conditions such as prices, settlement date, etc.; and
6. Details of purchase funds and other matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) Any person who has published his tender offer (hereinafter referred to as “tender offerer” shall file a statement containing matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs with the Financial Supervisory Commission (hereinafter referred to as a “tender offer statement”) on the date on which his tender offer is published (hereinafter referred to as the “publication date of tender offer”) under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree: Provided, That in the event that the publication date of tender offer falls under any holiday or any other day

 


 

prescribed by the Financial Supervisory Commission, the tender offer statement may be submitted on the day next thereto:
1. Matters concerning tender offerer and specially related persons;
2. Issuers of stocks, etc. subject to tender offer;
3. Objective of tender offer;
4. Kinds and numbers of stocks, etc. subject to tender offer;
5. Period of tender offer and tender offer conditions such as prices and settlement date, etc.;
6. In the event a contract exists that aims for the purchase of stocks, etc. without depending on tender offer after the publication date of tender offer, details of such contract; and
7. Details of purchase funds and other matters prescribed by the Presidential decree.
(3) The period of tender offer referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be set within the scope of the period prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(4) The provisions of Article 8 (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the tender offer statement.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]
Article 21-3 (Restrictions on Voting Rights, etc.)
In case where a person has made purchase, etc. of stocks, etc. in violation of the provisions of Article 21 (1) or 21-2 (1) and (2), he may not exercise the voting rights on the stocks concerned (including stocks which are acquired through exercise of rights related to the stocks, etc. concerned) during the period as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and the Financial Supervisory Commission may order to dispose of the stocks, etc. concerned (including stocks which are acquired through exercise of rights related to the stocks, etc. concerned). <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1988; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Article 22 (Submission of Copy of Tender Offer Statement)
Any tender offerer shall, when he files a tender offer statement, promptly send a copy thereof to each of issuers of stocks, etc. subject to his tender offer (referring to persons prescribed by the Presidential Decree in case of stocks, etc. prescribed by the Presidential Decree; hereafter in this Chapter the same shall apply) and also submit such copy to the Korea Exchange. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]
Article 23 (Restrictions on Purchases by Tender Offerer)
(1) [Deleted] <Jan. 17, 2005>
(2) Except for the case as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, no tender offerer (including a specially related person and any person handling tender offer affairs) shall, during the period from the date on which tender offer is submitted to the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to Article 21-2(2) to the date on which period of tender offer expires, make any purchase of securities by other means than a tender offer. <Amended Jan. 17, 2005>
(3) [Deleted] <Jan. 17, 2005
(4) [Deleted] <Jan. 17, 2005.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 23-2 (Amendment Statement and Publication, etc.)
(1) Any tender offerer, in case where he intends to modify the terms for purchase, shall file an amendment statement by the date on which period of tender offer expires: Provided, That reduction of purchase price, decrease of number of stocks, etc. which are intended to be purchased, extension of payment period of purchase amount and other purchase conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall not be modified. <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec.

 


 

13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(2) Any tender offerer shall, when he files an amendment statement under paragraph (1), promptly publish the fact and details of what is amended (limited to matters contained in the publication of tender offer). In this case, the method of making such publication shall be governed by the provisions of Article 21-2 (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(3) If an amendment statement is filed by a tender offerer in accordance with Article 23(1) or if a an amendment statement is filed as ordered by the Financial Supervisory Commission, the period of tender offer shall expire:
1. If the date on which the amendment statement is filed falls within 10 days prior to the end of the period of tender offer reported in accordance with Article 21-2(1)-5, on the 10 th day following the filing of the amendment statement; or
2. If the date on which the amendment statement is filed does not fall within 10 days prior to the end of the period of tender offer reported in accordance with Article 21-2(1)-5, on the day when the period of tender offer ends.
(4) The provisions of Articles 11 (1) and (2) and 22 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any tender offer statement and any amendment statement. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 17, 2005>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 24 (Preparation and Use of Prospectus for Tender Offer)
(1) A tender offerer (including any person handling tender offer affairs), when he intends to purchase securities through tender offer, shall prepare a prospectus for such tender offer (hereinafter referred to as “prospectus for tender offer”) under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy, and shall keep it at the place as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy in order to make it available for public inspection. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Jan. 17, 2005>
(2) The provisions of Article 13 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the use of a prospectus for

 


 

tender offer.
Article 24-2 (Withdrawal of Tender Offer)
(1) A tender offerer may not withdraw a tender offer after it filed a tender offer pursuant to Article 21-2(2): Provided, That in such case as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, he may withdraw a tender offer by the last day of the tender offer period. <Amended Jan. 17, 2005>
(2) In case where a tender offerer intends to withdraw a tender offer pursuant to paragraph (1), a withdrawal statement shall be filed with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange, and the contents thereof shall be announced publicly. <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) A person who accepts an offer to buy stocks, etc. subject to tender offer or gives his offer (hereinafter referred to as “tender”) to sell them (hereinafter referred to as a “tendering stockholder”), may cancel such tender at any time during tender offer period. In this case, a tender offerer may claim damages or penalty due to cancellation of tender by a tendering stockholder.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 25 (Presentation of Opinion on Tender Offer)
An issuer of stocks, etc. for which a tender offer statement has been filed, may present his opinion on the tender offer concerned under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. In this case, the issuer shall file a written statement describing the contents of such opinion without delay with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 25-2 (Conditions and Manners of Tender Offer)

 


 

(1) A tender offerer shall purchase without delay all the stocks, etc. tendered according to the purchase conditions and manners stated in the tender offer statement on and after the day following the expiration date of tender offer period: Provided, That in case where the Presidential Decree prescribes, the same shall not apply.
(2) Price of tender offer shall be uniform. <Amended by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 25-3 (Liability for Damages of Tender Offerer)
(1) The provisions of Article 14 (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis to damages which a person falling under any of the following subparagraphs causes to tendering stockholder in connection with a tender offer statement and public notice thereof, an amendment statement and public notice thereof pursuant to Article 23-2, and a prospectus for tender offer: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
1. A registrant stated in a tender offer statement and an amendment statement thereof (including specially related persons of the registrant, and in case where the registrant is a juristic person, including directors of the juristic person) and his agent; and
2. A person who prepares a prospectus for tender offer and his agent.
(2) The provisions of Article 16 shall apply mutatis mutandis to liability for damages pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 26 (Public Notice of Statements, etc.)
The Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange shall keep the tender offer statement, amendment statement pursuant to Article 23-2, withdrawal statement pursuant to Article 24-2 (2), and written statement pursuant to Article 25 for 3 years from the date on which such statements have been received and shall make them available for public inspection. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29. 2004>

 


 

[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 27 (Request for Materials to Tender Offerer)
The Financial Supervisory Commission, if necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors, may order any tender offerer, any person related to the tender offerer, and any issuer of the securities concerned to file a report or material for reference. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 27-2 (Provisions to be Applied Mutatis Mutandis)
The provisions of Articles 17, 19 and 20 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the tender offer. In this case, the “Financial Supervisory Commission” as referred to in Article 17 shall be deemed to be the “Financial Supervisory Commission and Korea Exchange.” <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
CHAPTER V SECURITIES BUSINESS
          SECTION 1 License
Article 28 (License)
(1) A person who may be engaged in the securities business shall be a stock company which has obtained a license from the Financial Supervisory Commission by the type of business. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(2) The type of business referred to in paragraph (1) shall be as follows: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
1. The business referred to in Article 2 (8) 1;

 


 

2. The business referred to in Article 2 (8) 2 through 4;
3. The business referred to in Article 2 (8) 5 through 7; and
4. The business referred to in Article 2 (8) 8.
(3) The capital of a securities company shall not be less than one billion won and an amount prescribed by the Presidential Decree according to the scope of its business. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(4) Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(5) The Financial Supervisory Commission may set conditions to a license referred to in paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(6) Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(7) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 28-2 (Securities Business by Foreign Securities Company)
(1) If a foreign securities company (this refers to a person engaged in securities business in a foreign country pursuant to the relevant Acts and subordinate statutes of such country; hereinafter the same shall apply) intends to establish a branch office or any other business office in order to operate the securities business in the Republic of Korea, it shall obtain a license from the Financial Supervisory Commission by the type of business in accordance with the provisions of each subparagraph of Article 28 (2). <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(2) The business fund for any branch office or any other business office under the provisions of paragraph (1) shall not be less than one billion won and an amount prescribed by the Presidential Decree according to the scope of its business. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>

 


 

(3) A foreign securities company which has not obtained the license for establishment of branch office, etc. pursuant to paragraph (1) shall not conduct the securities business with domestic residents. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(4) The branch office or any other business office licensed pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be regarded as a securities company organized under this Act, except for the provisions of Article 28 (3). <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(5) If a domestic branch office or other business office of a foreign securities company goes into liquidation or becomes bankrupt, its domestic holding assets shall be appropriated preferentially for a performance of obligation to a person who is the other party of securities transaction and has a domicile or residence in Korea at the time of the transaction. In this case, the scope of its domestic holding assets shall be determined by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(6) If it is deemed difficult to conduct the securities business because a domestic branch office or other business office of a foreign securities company has violated this Act, an order or disposition made under this Act, or foreign Acts and subordinate statutes, the Financial Supervisory Commission may revoke the business license, suspend business, or take other necessary measures for the purpose of protecting the public interest or investors. The same shall apply in case where it is deemed difficult to conduct securities business of a domestic branch office or other business office of the foreign securities company by reason that the foreign securities company has violated foreign Acts and subordinate statutes, etc. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(7) The Financial Supervisory Commission may set conditions to the license referred to in paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(8) Necessary matters relating to the operation of the securities company by a foreign securities company shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]
Article 29 (Provisions Applicable to Persons Who Operate Securities Business as Side

 


 

Business)
(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) This Chapter shall apply within the scope of licensed business to a person who, upon license of securities business pursuant to this Chapter, operates securities business as a side business: Provided, That the provisions of Articles 28 (3), 33, 47, and 62 shall not apply. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 30 (Application for License)
(1) Any person who intends to obtain a license pursuant to the provisions of Articles 28 (1) and 28-2 (1) shall file an application with the Financial Supervisory Commission under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission may, where such application it receives under the provisions of paragraph (1) is found to be insufficient, ask the applicant to supplement such application. In this case, the period required to supplement such application shall not be added to the period under the provisions of Article 31 (1).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 31 (Procedure of License)
(1) When the Financial Supervisory Commission has received the written application pursuant to the provisions of Article 30, it shall make a decision either granting or denying a license and shall notify the applicant of the decision in writing without delay. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>

 


 

Article 32 (Requirements for License)
(1) Any person who intends to obtain a license for his securities business in accordance with the provisions of Article 28 (1) shall satisfy requirements falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. He is required to satisfy requirements under the provisions of Article 28 (3);
2. He is required to be able to protect investors and have manpower, computer installations and other physical facilities enough to carry out securities business he intends to run;
3. He is required to have a proper and sound business plan; and
4. Any such major investor as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (in case that an investor is a corporation, this includes any person who virtually exercises his influence over important matters concerning the management of such corporation and is prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall be included) is required to have a sufficient investment capability, a sound financial standing and social credit.
(2) Any foreign stockbroker who intends to obtain a license for the establishment of his branch office or other business office pursuant to the provisions of Article 28-2 (1) shall meet requirements falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. He has to satisfy requirements under the provisions of Article 28-2 (2);
2. He has to have property, financial standing, and business capability enough to carry out securities business in the country and has to have a full and high international credit rating; and
3. He has to meet requirements under paragraph (1) 2 and 3.
(3) Necessary matters concerning detailed requirements for a license under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]

 


 

Article 32-2 (Public Notice of License)
The Financial Supervisory Commission shall, when it grants a license in accordance with the provisions of Articles 28 (1) and 28-2 (1), promptly publish the grant of such license in the Official Gazette and make the grant of such license known to the public through computer communications, etc.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 32-3 (Approval of Change of Controlling Shareholder, etc.)
(1) Any person desiring to be a controlling shareholder within the meaning of the Presidential Decree by way of purchasing shares in a securities company shall meet the requirements by the Presidential Decree to promote sound management, among the requirements for a major investor under Article 32(1)4 and 32(3), and obtain a prior approval from the Financial Supervisory Commission.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission may order that any shares purchased without the approval in Article 32-3(1) be disposed within such a period of time not exceeding 6 months as set by the Financial Supervisory Commission.
(3) Any person purchasing shares without the approval in Article 32-3(1) may not exercise its voting right in respect of such shares purchased without the approval.
(4) Detail requirements for the approval and order in Article 32-3(1) and 32-3(2) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree
[Newly inserted July 29, 2005]
          SECTION 2 Maintenance of Sound Business Order
Article 33 (Eligibility of Officers)
(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) Any person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall not be an officer of a securities company, and any officer of a securities company who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall lose his office: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423,

 


 

Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Mar. 31, 2005; Dec. 29, 2005>
1. A minor, an incompetent, or a quasi-incompetent;
2. A person who is declared bankrupt who has not been reinstated yet;
3. A person who has been sentenced to imprisonment without prison labor or a heavier punishment or to a fine or a heavier punishment under this Act, foreign Acts and subordinate statutes corresponding to this Act (hereinafter referred to as “foreign securities Acts and subordinate statutes”) and other Acts and subordinate statutes which are related to finance (“finance related Acts and subordinate statutes”) as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and for whom 5 years have not elapsed since the execution of such punishment was terminated (including the cases where the execution is deemed to have been terminated) or exempted;
3-2. A person who has been sentenced to the suspension of execution of imprisonment without prison labor or a heavier punishment and is still in the suspended period of execution;
4. Any person who was an officer or an employee of a corporation or a company whose business license or authorization, etc. was cancelled pursuant to this Act, foreign securities Acts and subordinate statutes, or finance-related Acts and subordinate statutes (limited to any person who is directly or correspondingly responsible for the occurrence of the cause of cancellation and prescribed by the Presidential Decree), and for whom 5 years have yet to elapse from the date on which such license or authorization was canceled against the corporation or the company; and
5. A person who was discharged or dismissed from a securities company under this Act, foreign securities Acts and subordinate statutes, or finance-related Acts and subordinate statutes and for whom 5 years have not elapsed since the date of such discharge or dismissal.
6. A retired officer or employee who is notified that he or she would have been demanded to be discharged or dismissed from a securities company under this Act or finance-related Acts and subordinate statutes if he or she had been in office and for whom 5 years have yet to elapse from the date of such notification (or, if the fifth anniversary of the date of notification is later than the seventh anniversary of the date of retirement or resignation, 7 years from the date of retirement or resignation)

 


 

[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]
Articles 33-2 and 34
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 35 (Matters to be Authorized)
(1) When a securities company intends to merge with another company, transfer its whole business, or take over the whole business of another company (including equivalent cases), such securities company shall obtain authorization from the Financial Supervisory Commission with respect thereto. In this case, the provisions of Article 32 shall apply mutatis mutandis. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission shall, in determining whether to grant such authorization under the provisions of paragraph (1), take into account matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 36 (Matters to be Reported)
In case where a securities company falls under any of the following subparagraphs, it shall promptly report the fact to the Financial Supervisory Commission: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
1. When a securities company appoints or discharges its officer;
2. When a securities company establishes newly a branch office or other business office, or when it changes the location of its principal office, branch office or other business office, or when it suspends, resumes or discontinues the business of its principal office, branch office or other business office;

 


 

3. When a person and such relatives of him and other specially related persons of him as designated by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as the “specially related persons”), who possess the largest number of stocks of a securities company, are changed;
4. When a trade name of a securities company is changed;
4-2. When a cause to dissolve a securities company occurs; and
5. Cases as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, other than those under subparagraphs 1 through 4-2.
Article 37 (Public Notice of Discontinuance of Securities Business)
When a securities company intends to discontinue its securities business or the business of its branch office or any other business office, the securities company shall print a public notice to that effect in 2 or more daily newspapers 3 or more times not later than 30 days before the date of discontinuance, and shall notify directly the creditors who are known to the securities company at the same time. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
Article 38
Deleted. <by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
Article 39
Deleted. <by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
Article 40
Deleted. <by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
Article 41 (Liabilities for Branch Office or Other Business Office)
If a branch office or other business office of any securities company causes any damage to

 


 

other persons in connection with the purchase and sale of securities or other securities transaction, such securities company shall be liable to compensate the damage to the person who suffers the damage.
Article 42 (Restrictions on Officers’ Securities Transaction)
No officer or employee of any securities company shall make or entrust sale and purchase transactions of securities for his own account in whatsoever name except for securities savings through payroll deduction plans and for other cases as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 43 (Manifestation of Type of Transaction)
When any securities company receives an order from any customer for a securities transaction, such securities company shall make clear in advance to such customer as to whether it will act as the other party, or as an intermediary, an agent, or a factor in effectuating such transaction.
Article 44 (Prohibition of Representation of Other Party)
No securities company may act as a principal and concurrently as a factor, an intermediary or an agent for other party with respect to the same securities transaction.
Article 44-2
Deleted. <by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
Article 44-3 (Separate Deposit of Customer Deposit Money)
(1) Any securities company shall deposit (including trust; hereinafter the same shall apply) any money deposited by customers (referring to the money deposited by customers in connection with sale and purchase and any other transactions of securities; hereinafter the same shall apply) separately from his property at a securities finance company (hereinafter referred to as a

 


 

“depository institution”) under Article 145. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(2) Where a securities company deposits customer deposit money in a depository institution pursuant to paragraph (1), it shall specify that the money is the customers’ property.
(3) A securities company which has received customer deposit money (hereinafter referred to as a “depositing securities company”) pursuant to paragraph (1) shall not transfer or offer as security customer deposit money deposited in a depository institution except as otherwise determined by the Presidential Decree, and no person shall set off or seize it (including provisional seizure).
(4) A depositing securities company shall, where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs, withdraw customer deposit money deposited in a depository institution and preferentially pay it to customers. In this case, the securities company concerned shall publicly announce payment time and place of customer deposit money and other matters relating to the payment of customer deposit money in two daily newspapers or more within the period as determined by the Presidential Decree:
1. Where it resolves to discontinue its business;
2. Where it receives an order for suspension of business;
3. Where it has its license revoked;
4. Where it resolves to dissolve itself;
5. Where it has been declared bankrupt; and
6. Where any cause equivalent to those listed in subparagraphs 1 through 5 occurs.
(5) A depository institution, where it falls under any subparagraph of paragraph (4), shall preferentially pay customer deposit money deposited to the depositing securities company.
(6) A depository institution shall manage customer deposit money by the following methods:

 


 

1. Purchase of Government bonds and municipal bonds;
2. Purchase of bonds whose payment is guaranteed by the Government, local governments or financial institutions; and
3. Other methods recognized as being capable of safely managing customer deposit money, as determined by the Presidential Decree.
(7) The scope of customer deposit money to be deposited by a securities company in a depository institution pursuant to paragraph (1), the ratio to be deposited, matters relating to withdrawal of customer deposit money, matters on the management of customer deposit money by a depository institution or other matters necessary for the depositing of customer deposit money shall be determined by the Presidential decree. In this case, the ratio to be deposited may be otherwise determined by securities company taking into account the securities company’s financial status, etc.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 44-4 (Depositing of Securities, etc. Deposited by Customers)
(1) A securities company shall promptly deposit securities which come to be held by customers due to buying and selling consignment or other transactions and bonds or deeds as determined by the Presidential Decree in the Korea Securities Depository established under Article 173 (hereafter in this Article, referred to as the “Korea Securities Depository”). <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) A securities company shall promptly deposit securities, bonds, and deeds to be held by managing assets on hand as determined by the Presidential Decree in the Korea Securities Depository. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 45
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>

 


 

Article 46 (Notification of Sale and Purchase Transactions, etc.)
A securities company shall notify the customer concerned of the purchase and sale by a customer’s order and other contents of transactions, etc. under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 46-2 (Exceptional Acquisition of Treasury Stocks)
A securities company may, in case where the securities company has been entrusted by a customer, acquire treasury stocks less than the minimum trading unit of the securities market or KOSDAQ outside those markets. In this case, the acquired treasury stocks shall be disposed of within the period as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 47 (Business Report)
(1) Any securities company shall compile each business report stating its business achievements, financial standing, and other matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree for 3 months, 6 months, 9 months and 12 months, respectively, from the date of the commencement of every business year and file such business report with the Financial Supervisory Commission within forty-five days from the date of the elapse of such months. <Amended by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(2) Any securities company shall keep the business report referred to in paragraph (1) or its computerized materials at its head office, branch office, or other business office and make them accessible to the public for one year from the date on which the business report is filed with the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(3) Detailed matters concerning the compilation of the business report under the provisions of paragraph (1) and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Financial Supervisory Commission.

 


 

[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 48 (Officers’ Engaging in Other Business)
Where the Presidential Decree determines that the interests of a fulltime officer of a securities company are in conflict with those of customers or threaten to impair the sound management of the securities company, the officer shall not be engaged in the regular business of another corporation or in other businesses. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 49 (Credit Extension)
(1) Any securities company may extend credit in connection with securities as lending money or securities to a customer.
(2) The method and contents of the credit extension referred to in paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(3) The Financial Supervisory Commission shall provide for regulations on the maximum amount of credit, the ratio of security and method of receiving security, etc. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(4) In case where a securities company sells such securities as underwritten thereby, the securities company shall not lend funds or extend any other credit with respect to the purchase of such securities, until 3 months have elapsed from the date of underwriting such securities.
Article 50 (Business of Securities Savings)
(1) A securities company may be engaged in the business of securities savings according to the

 


 

regulations as prescribed by the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(2) The method and the contents of the securities savings business referred to in paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 51 (Restrictions on Engaging Concurrently in Other Business)
(1) Any securities company shall be prohibited from engaging in any other business than the securities business falling under each of the following subparagraphs:
1. The financial business (referring to the business prescribed by this Act or finance-related Acts and subordinate statutes; hereafter the same in this Article shall apply) that is prescribed by relevant Acts and subordinate statutes as the business for securities companies to run;
2. The financial business prescribed by the Presidential Decree, which is authorized by the Financial Supervisory Commission as the business for securities company to run; and
3. The business falling under any of the following items, which is prescribed by the Presidential Decree as a collateral business:
(a) The business related to the securities business;
(b) The business of utilizing manpower, assets, or facilities and equipment, etc. owned by a securities company; and
(c) The business that does not require any license, authorization, approval or registration, etc. under other Acts and subordinate statutes.
(2) Any financial business under the provisions of paragraph (1) 2 for which a securities company has obtained a license or authorization from the Financial Supervisory Commission or filed a registration with the Financial Supervisory Commission in accordance with this Act or other Acts and subordinate statutes shall be deemed to have been granted authorization by the

 


 

Financial Supervisory Commission in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1) 2.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 52 (Prohibition of Unfair Solicitation, etc.)
A securities company, or officers and employees thereof shall not commit such acts as described in the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
1. To solicit sale and purchase transaction of securities by promising a customer to assume all or a part of the loss incurred as a result of the transaction concerned;
2. To provide, directly or indirectly, any benefit which has a property value with a customer in relation to the underwriting business of securities for the purpose of excluding competitors and inducing the customers, or to restrict business activities of customers by making improper use of its superior position in transactions; and
3. To do such acts relating to issuance, purchase and sale or other transaction of securities other than those referred to in subparagraphs 1 and 2 as prescribed by the Presidential Decree as those detrimental to the protection of investors or the fair transactions, or undermining the credibility of the securities industry.
Article 52-2 (Business Method of Securities Company Making Use of Electronic Data-Processing Equipment, etc., and Restrictions Thereon)
(1) Any securities company that runs the securities business prescribed in Article 2 (8) 8 shall make business matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs conform to the standards prescribed by the Presidential Decree:
1. Matters concerning securities subject to the brokering of sale and purchase transactions;
2. Matters concerning the suspension of sale and purchase of securities subject to the brokering

 


 

of sale and purchase transactions and the removal of such suspension;
3. Matters concerning the conclusion of a sale and purchase transaction contract and other matters concerning settlement method and settlement responsibility, etc.;
4. Matters concerning sale and purchase transactions of securities on consignment, including the consignment guarantee money, etc. of a securities company participating in such transactions;
5. Matters concerning the publication of issuers of securities subject to the brokering of sale and purchase transactions;
6. Matters concerning the publication and report of the results of sale and purchase transactions;
7. Matters concerning the opening, closing, suspension, or interruption of the brokering of sale and purchase transactions; and
8. Other necessary matters in connection with the brokering of sale and purchase transactions.
(2) Any securities company that only runs the securities business as prescribed n Article 2 (8) 8 shall be prohibited from running the business prescribed in Articles 49 and 50 and any subparagraph of 51 (1).
(3) Any securities company that runs the securities business as prescribed in Article 2 (8) 8 shall, if such securities subject to the brokering of sale and purchase transactions are listed stocks or stocks listed on KOSDAQ, be a member of either the Korea Exchange. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) The provisions of Article 117 shall apply mutatis mutandis to any securities company that runs the securities business as prescribed in Article 2 (8) 8.
(5) The provisions of Articles 43, 44, and 46 shall not apply to a case where any securities company runs the securities business as prescribed in Article 2 (8) 8. <Amended by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]

 


 

Article 52-3 (Prohibition of Arbitrary Purchase and Sale)
Officers and employees of a securities company shall not, unless they have received entrustment with respect to purchase and sale transactions of securities from a customer or his agent, make purchase and sale transactions of securities with property deposited by customers.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 52-4 (Prohibition of Unfair Demand to Securities Company, etc.)
No person shall unfairly receive money, service and other financial interests from a securities company or officers and employees thereof in return for the payment of a commission relating to the business which a securities company operates, or may request a securities company or officers and employees thereof to furnish the person himself or third party with money, service and other financial interests.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 53 (Inspection)
(1) A securities company shall be subject to inspection by the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service (hereinafter referred to as the “FSS Governor”) with respect to its business condition and property. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(2) The FSS Governor may, if necessary for the inspection, request any securities company to report on its business conditions or property, to file data, to make witness available, or to present any evidence or opinion thereon. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(3) Any person who conducts inspection pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall show the persons concerned a certificate which represents his authority to inspect.
(4) The FSS Governor shall, after the inspection referred to in paragraph (1), file a report on the results of the inspection with the Financial Supervisory Commission. In this case, if the FSS Governor finds that any securities company has violated the provisions of this Act, other Acts

 


 

and subordinate statutes relating to securities, any disposition taken under this Act, or the regulations of the Financial Supervisory Commission, the Securities Futures Commission under the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations (hereinafter referred to as the “Securities Futures Commission”), and the Korea Exchange, the FSS Governor shall add the written opinion as to how to take actions against such violations. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 19, 2004>
(5) The Financial Supervisory Commission shall, reviewing the reports and the written opinion referred to in paragraph (4), take such measures as prescribed in the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Dec. 29, 2005>
1. Where any securities company falls under any subparagraph of Article 55 (1), the cancellation of the securities business license of the securities company concerned; and
2. Where any securities company has, in the course of its business, committed unlawful or unfair acts other than those referred to in subparagraph 1, the order to suspend the business in whole or in part, request for the discharge of officers concerned or dismissal of employees concerned, or other measures as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(6) The FSS Governor may, if necessary, entrust part of the inspection authority as referred to in paragraph (1) to the Korea Securities Dealers Association (hereinafter referred to as the “Association”) established under Article 162 under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004>
(7) The Financial Supervisory Commission may determine the method and procedure of inspection, the criteria for measures against results of inspection, and other necessary matters relating to inspection. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 54 (Authority of Financial Supervisory Commission to Issue Order)
The Financial Supervisory Commission may issue such orders related to any of the following, as necessary for preventing excessively speculative securities transactions or for the protection of

 


 

public interest or investors to a securities company. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
     1. Operation of assets by the securities company;
     2. Custody and administration of customer deposit money and securities deposited by customers;
     3. Improvements in management and activities of the securities company;
     4. Publication by the securities company;
     5. Maintenance of order in business within the meaning of Article 28(2)-3;
     6. Method of business within the meaning of Article 28(2)-4; or
     7. Reports, filings or other matters determined by the Presidential Decree as required the supervision in the conduct of securities business.
[Wholly amended Dec. 29, 2005]
Article 54-2 (Maintenance of Equity Capital Regulation Rate)
(1) Any securities company shall maintain the rate (hereinafter referred to as the “equity capital regulation rate”) higher than the rate prescribed by the Presidential Decree, which derives from the division of the amount calculated by deducting the amount of the following subparagraph 3 from the added amount of the following subparagraphs 1 and 2 by total risk amount (referring to the amount added up with the risks calculated in terms of money, which is involved in the business or is immanent in assets and debts of such securities company):
1. The amount obtained by deducting total amount of debts from total value of assets;
2. The allowance account for bad debts established in the floating asset, the posterity borrowings, and the amount prescribed by the Presidential Decree; and
3. The appraised value of fixed assets, the amount of prepayment, and the amount prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) Any securities company shall calculate its equity capital regulation rate as of the last day of every quarter (hereafter in this Article referred to as the “base day”) and file a report thereof with the Financial Supervisory Commission within forty-five days from the base day and keep such report or its computerized materials at its head office, branch office and other business office to make it accessible to the public for three months from the date forty-five days have passed

 


 

since the base day. <Amended by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(3) Specific standards for calculating the equity capital regulation rate shall be determined by the Financial Supervisory Commission.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 54-3 (Soundness of Asset Operation)
(1) Any securities company shall be prohibited from performing the act falling under each of the following subparagraphs except as otherwise provided for by the Presidential Decree: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
1. The act of owning securities issued by the biggest stockholder (referring to the biggest stockholder under the provisions of Article 54-5 (4) 2; hereafter in this paragraph the same shall apply) or the major stockholder (referring to the major stockholder under the provisions of Article 188 (1); hereafter in this paragraph the same shall apply) of a relevant securities company;
2. The act of loaning money or extending credit to the person falling under each of the following items:
(a) The biggest stockholder of the relevant company (including persons prescribed by the Presidential Decree from persons specially related to him; hereafter in this paragraph the same shall apply);
(b) The major stockholder of the relevant company; and
(c) The officers of the relevant company and specially related persons who are prescribed by the Presidential Decree;
3. The act of directly or indirectly guaranteeing the repayment of debts for other persons;
4. The act of owning stocks, bonds or commercial papers (referring to bills issued by the business for the purpose of raising funds) issued by the largest shareholder or the major shareholder of a relevant securities company; and

 


 

5. Any act that may harm the sound management of assets of a securities company as prescribed by the Presidential Decree other than acts in subparagraphs 1 through 4.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission may set detailed standards necessary to execute the matters under paragraph (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 54-4 (Internal Control Standards)
(1) Any securities company shall make basic procedures and standards (hereafter in this Article referred to as the “internal control standards”) to be followed by its officers and employees when they perform their duties in order to observe Acts and subordinate statutes, operate its assets in a sound manner and protect customers.
(2) Any securities company shall have not less than one person assigned to check whether the internal control standards are observed and to inspect any violation of the internal control standards and report the results to the auditor or the inspection committee (hereinafter referred to as the “compliance officer”).
(3) Any securities company shall, if it intends to appoint or dismiss a compliance officer, go through a resolution thereon of the board of directors: Provided, That the same shall not apply to any branch office of a foreign securities business operator. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(4) Any compliance officer shall satisfy requirements falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
1. He is required to be the person with the experience falling under any of the following items:
(a) A person who has served not less than 10 years in the Bank of Korea or an institution subject to inspection (including any foreign financial institution corresponding thereto) under Article 38 of the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations;

 


 

(b) A person with a master’s degree or higher in the finance-related area who has served not less than 5 years in a university as a full-time lecturer or higher or in a research institute as a researcher or higher;
(c) A person with the qualification of an attorney-at-law or a certified public accountant who has served not less than 5 years in the service area related to such qualification; and
(d) A person who has served not less than 5 years in the Ministry of Finance and Economy, the Financial Supervisory Commission, the Securities Futures Commission, or the Financial Supervisory Service and for whom 5 years have yet to elapse from the date on which he resigned or retired from each of such institutions;
2. He is required not to fall under each subparagraph of Article 33 (2); and
3. He is required not to have been subject to measures such as demand for caution or warning, etc. for violating finance-related Acts and subordinate statutes from the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Governor of the Financial Supervisory Service in the past 5 years.
(5) Necessary matters concerning the internal control standards and compliance officers shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 54-5 (Appointments of Outside Directors)
(1) Any securities company (limited to any securities company prescribed by the Presidential Decree in the light of the size of its asset, etc.) shall have the board of directors in which the number of outside directors is not less than half of total number of directors of the company. In this case, not less than three outside directors shall be seated in the board of directors.
(2) Any securities company under the provisions of paragraph (1) shall establish a committee in accordance with the provisions of Article 393-2 of the Commercial Act to recommend candidates for outside directors (hereafter in this Article referred to as the “outside director candidate recommendation committee”). In this case, outside directors shall make up not less than half of the total members of the outside director candidate recommendation committee.

 


 

(3) In case of the securities company under the provisions of paragraph (1), a general meeting of stockholders of the securities company, when it intends to appoint its outside directors, shall appoint them from among candidates recommended by the outside director candidate recommendation committee. In this case, when the outside director candidate recommendation committee of a securities company, which is a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation, recommends candidates for outside directors, it shall include therein candidates for outside directors recommended by the stockholders who satisfy the requirements for exercising rights under Article 191-14. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) Any person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be prohibited from becoming an outside director of a securities company under the provisions of paragraph (1) and shall be dismissed from the office of an outside director when he is found to fall under any of the following subparagraphs after appointed as the outside director:
1. A person who falls under Article 191-12 (3) 1 through 4;
2. In case that a person who is a stockholder of a relevant securities company and another person in a special relationship with him hold the largest number of stocks on the basis of total number of issued voting stocks of the company, the former (hereinafter referred to as the “biggest stockholder”);
3. A person in a special relationship with the biggest stockholder;
4. The major stockholder of a relevant securities company (referring to the major stockholder under the provisions of Article 188 (1)) and his spouse and lineal ascendants and descendants;
5. A person who is an officer or employee (referring to a person who is engaged in a regular business; hereafter the same in this paragraph shall apply) of a relevant securities company or its affiliate (referring to the affiliate under the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act) or worked as an officer or employee for such relevant securities company or its affiliate within the preceding two years;
6. The spouse or lineal ascendants or descendants of an officer of a relevant securities company;

 


 

7. The officer or employee of a corporation that is in an important business relationship prescribed by the Presidential Decree with a relevant securities company, a competitive relationship or a cooperative relationship with such securities company or the person who worked as the officer or employee for such corporation within the preceding two years;
8. The officer or employee of a company in which the officer or employee of a relevant securities company works as a non-standing director; and
9. A person who has difficulty in faithfully performing his duties as an outside director or may affect adversely the management of his company and is prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(5) The securities company under the provisions of paragraph (1), when the number of its outside directors does not meet the requirements for the composition of the board of directors under paragraph (1) owing to any resignation or death, etc. of the outside directors, shall make sure that it satisfies the requirements of paragraph (1) at a general meeting of stockholder called for the first time after the occurrence of such cause.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 54-6 (Inspection Committee)
(1) Any securities company (limited to the securities company prescribed by the Presidential Decree taking into account the size of its asset, etc.) shall establish an inspection committee (hereinafter referred to the “inspection committee”) pursuant to the provisions of Article 415-2 of the Commercial Act.
(2) The inspection committee shall meet the requirements falling under each of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Not less than 2/3 of the total members are required to be outside directors;
2. Not less than one member from among the members are required to be accounting or financial specialists prescribed by the Presidential Decree; or
3. The representative of the inspection committee of any securities company that is either a

 


 

stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation is required to be an outside director.
(3) Any members of the inspection committee who are not outside directors shall not fall under any subparagraph of Article 191-12 (3): Provided, That any person who holds office not as a full-time auditor or an outside director of the inspection committee under the provisions of Article 191-12 (3) but as a member of the inspection committee may become a non-outside-director member of the inspection committee notwithstanding the provisions of Article 191-12 (3) 6.
(4) Where the securities company referred to in paragraph (1) is unable to fill the fixed number of outside directors of the inspection committee under paragraph (2) due to such causes as the resignation and death, etc. of outside directors, a general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the occurrence of such causes shall have the requirement of paragraph (2) satisfied.
(5) The proviso of Article 415-2 (2) of the Commercial Act shall not apply to the composition of the inspection committee under the provisions of paragraph (1).
(6) The provisions of Article 409 (2) and (3) of the Commercial Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the selection and appointment of any outside director who becomes a member of the inspection committee. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 55 (Cancellation of License)
(1) In case that any securities company falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the Financial Supervisory Commission may show reason therefor and cancel the license of such securities company: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Where a securities company obtains the license of securities business by fraud or unfair means;

 


 

2. Where a securities company commits a violation of licensed contents or licensed terms or fails to commence the business within 6 months from the date on which a license was granted;
3. Where a securities company has received money or securities from other person in connection with its business by unfair means, or when it has acquired money or securities which shall be delivered to other persons;
4. Where a securities company having received the order to suspend its business pursuant to the provisions of Article 57 has not corrected the reason therefor within 1 month (where a period to correct exceeding one month is determined in ordering to suspend its business, within the period) from the date on which such securities company has received such order;
5. Where a securities company violates any contract in connection with purchase and sale or other transactions effected on the securities market or KOSDAQ, or when it does not conduct delivery with respect to such purchase and sale or other transactions;
6. Where a securities company commits a violation of the provisions of Articles 35 (1), 54-2 (1), 54-3, 54-5, 54-6 or 63;
7. Where a securities company violates the order issued pursuant to the provisions of Article 54; and
8. Where a securities company violates this Act, order or disposition given under this Act other than subparagraphs 1 through 7, and therefore it is deemed difficult for it to do business as a securities company.
(2) Any securities company shall, when its securities business license is canceled, dissolve itself. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(3) The provisions of Article 32-2 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cancellation of license under the provisions of paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 56 (Consummation of Unsettled Business)
When a securities company is cancelled its license (including the cancellation of a license under

 


 

Article 14 of the Act on the Structural Improvement of the Financial Industry) pursuant to Article 55 or closes its business by itself, it shall consummate the purchase and sale of securities and other transactions which it has left unsettled. In this case, the securities company or the successor of such securities company shall be regarded as a securities company to the extent consistent with the purpose of consummating such unsettled purchase and sale of securities or other transactions. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 57 (Suspension of Business)
(1) In case where any securities company falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the Financial Supervisory Commission may order the suspension of the whole or part of the business: <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
1. Where it violates the provisions of Article 42, 44, 44-3, 44-4, 47, 49 through 52, 52-2, or 54-4;
2. Where it violates an order under Article 54;
3. Where it is involved in the act of unfair trade in violation of the provisions of Article 188 (1), 188-2 (1) or 188-4;
4. Where it fails to comply with a request to discharge an officer referred to in paragraph (3) or Article 53 (5) 2 without any justifiable cause; and
5. Where it resolves to discontinue its business or dissolve itself in order to protect public interests and investors.
(2) The provisions of Article 56 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the suspension of business referred to in paragraph (1).
(3) In case where any securities company violates the provisions of Article 36, 43, 44, 46 or 48, or any of officers violates the provisions of Article 52, the Financial Supervisory Commission may request such securities company to discharge the officer concerned after showing the

 


 

reason therefor to such officer. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 57-2 (Notice of Measures against Retired Officers, etc.)
(1) If a retired officer or employee would have been subject to certain measure falling under Article 53(5)-2 if he or she had been in office, the Financial Supervisory Commission may cause the FSS Governor to give notice of such measure to the head of the securities company.
(2) The head of securities company who received the notice in Article 57-2(1) shall relayed the notice to the relevant officer or employee and keep the record of the notice.
[Newly inserted Dec. 29, 2005]
Article 58 (Liabilities of Officers)
(1) In case where any director or auditor (referring to the members of the inspection committee if such committee is established; hereafter the same in this Article shall apply) of a securities company neglects to perform his duties on purpose or by negligence, or causes any damage to third person in the course of performing his duties for such securities company, such director or auditor and the biggest stockholder shall be jointly and severally made liable to compensate for the damage: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the biggest stockholder who proves that the act causing such damage to third person is not committed upon his request or with his consent. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) shall not affect the liabilities of the securities company concerned.
(3) In case of paragraph (1), the provisions of Articles 399 (2) and (3) and 414 (3) of the Commercial Act shall apply mutatis mutandis.
Article 59 (Prohibition of Offer or Divulgence of Information)

 


 

(1) Unless any officer or employee of a securities company receives a written request or a written consent from the customer who makes or intends to make purchase and sale of securities through the securities company (including any person who participates in the securities savings referred to in Article 50; hereinafter the same shall apply), the officer or the employee of such securities company shall not offer or divulge the information with respect to the customer, such as purchase and sale of securities and other securities transaction, and the money or securities deposited by such customer, to another person: Provided, That the same shall not apply to case where the securities company is inspected by a supervisory institution with respect to its duties or where it is requested pursuant to the provisions of Article 60.
(2) Any person who acquires the information in the ordinary course of inspection by a supervisory institution shall not offer or divulge such information to any other person, or make use of the information for any other purpose other than that of the inspection.
Article 60 (Prohibition of Request for Information)
(1) No person shall request any officer or employee of a securities company to offer the information referred to in Article 59 (1), except when a court issues an order to submit such information or a judge of a court issues a warrant therefor, or other cases as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) Even when the offer of such information is requested pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1), the inquiry or investigation shall be limited within the necessary scope of the purpose.
Article 61 (Refusal of Illegal Investigation)
Any officer or employee of a securities company shall, by and after showing the reason therefor, refuse the request, inquiry or investigation which is in contravention of the provisions of Article 60.
Article 62 (Trade Name)

 


 

(1) Any securities company shall use the letters of securities, securities brokerage, or bonds brokerage in its trade name under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(2) No person who is not a securities company shall include any word which represents a securities business in its trade name.
Article 63 (Prohibition of Lending Trade Name)
No securities company shall allow other persons to operate the securities business by lending its trade name.
Article 64 (Exercise of Minority Stockholder’s Right, etc. of Securities Company)
(1) The provisions of Article 191-13 (1) through (6) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the requirements, etc. for the exercise of the minority stockholder’s right of a securities company (limited to any securities company prescribed by the Presidential Decree taking into account the size, etc. of its asset; hereafter the same in this Article shall apply). In this case, “1/10,000 or more” in Article 191-13 (1) shall be deemed “5/100,000 or more”; “50/100,000 or more (25/100,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)” in paragraph (2) of the same Article, “250/100,000 or more (125/1,000,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)”; “10/10,000 or more (5/10,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)” in paragraph (3) of the same Article, “50/100,000 or more (25/100,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)”; “50/10,000 or more (25/10,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)” in paragraph (4) of the same Article, “250/100,000 or more (125/100,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)”; and “30/1,000 or more (15/1,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)” in paragraph (5) of the same Article, “150/10,000 or more (75/10,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)”, respectively. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>

 


 

(2) The provisions of Article 191-14 (1) and (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the requirement, etc. for the exercise of the right by stockholders of a securities company to make proposals. In this case, “10/1,000 or more (5/1,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)” in Article 191-14 (1) shall be deemed “50/10,000 or more (25/10,000 or more in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree)”.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Articles 65 through 69
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
          SECTION 3 Deleted.
Articles 69-2 through 70
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
CHAPTER V-2 Deleted.
Articles 70-2 through 70-11
Deleted. <by Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
CHAPTER VI KOREA EXCHANGE <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
          SECTION 1 [Articles 71 through 183-2 deleted Jan. 29, 2004]
Article 71
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 72
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>

 


 

Article 73

Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 73-2
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 74
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 75
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 76
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 76-2
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 76-3
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 76-4
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 76-5
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

Article 77
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 78
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 79
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 80
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 81
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 82
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 83
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 83-2
Deleted <Jan. 29, 2004>
SECTION 2 Sale and Purchase Transactions on Securities Market and KOSDAQ
<Amended Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

Article 84
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 85 (Restrictions on Traders on Securities Markets)
(1) No person other than members of the Korea Exchange shall perform sale and purchase transactions on the securities market (for the purpose of this Section, including KOSDAQ): Provided, That where the membership regulations under Article 16 of the Korea Exchange Act determine that such person may sell and buy specific securities, he may do so.
(2) A person who has been able to perform sale and purchase transactions on the securities market under the proviso of paragraph (1) shall be deemed a member of the Korea Exchange in applying the provisions of Articles 87, 94(2)-5, 95 through 97, 99, 100, and 206-3(6) hereof and Article 6, Subparagraph 6, and Articles 16 and 19.
[This Article Wholly Amended Jan. 29, 2004]
Article 86
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 87 (Completion of Transactions)
(1) When a member is suspended from transactions or loses his qualification, the Korea Exchange shall have the member or any other member complete the sale and purchase transactions which have been initiated on the securities market by the member. In this case, the member who loses his qualification shall be regarded as having the qualification of a member within the objective of completion of those transactions. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In case where the Korea Exchange has any other member complete the sale and purchase transactions pursuant to paragraph (1), it shall be regarded that a trust contract is in existence

 


 

between the member concerned and such other member. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 88 (Listing Regulations)
(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(2) The Korea Exchange shall adopt the Securities Listing Regulations (hereinafter referred to as the “Listing Regulations”) in order to examine securities which are to be listed on the securities market or administer the securities which have been listed on the securities market (hereinafter referred to as “listed securities”). In such case, there shall be separate Listing Regulations applicable to KOSDAQ. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) The Listing Regulations referred to in paragraph (2) shall provide for the following matters: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
1. Matters relating to the listing standards for, listing examination of and delisting of securities;
2. Matters relating to suspension from and release of suspension from the sale and purchase transactions of securities; and
3. Matters necessary for the administration of listed securities other than those prescribed in subparagraphs 1 and 2 of this paragraph.
Article 89 (Disclosure Regulations)
(1) The Korea Exchange shall adopt the Listed Corporation Disclosure Regulations (hereinafter referred to as the “Disclosure Regulations”) in order to disclose the financial standing and business activity of stock-listed corporations and KOSDAQ registered corporations and conduct the supervision of stock-listed corporations and KOSDAQ registered corporations. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

(2) The Disclosure Regulations under paragraph (1) shall include the following matters. In this case, the matters provided in subparagraphs 1 and 2 shall meet the provisions of Article 186 <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>:
1. Matters relating to the information on which a stock-listed corporation (for the purpose of this Article, including KOSDAQ registered corporations) is to make a report or a disclosure;
2. Matters relating to the methods and procedures which a stock-listed corporation is to follow in making a report or disclosure;
3. Matters relating to the standards for deciding upon whether or not a stock-listed corporation follows the provisions of subparagraphs 1 and 2 and to the measures for a securities company against such provisions;
4. Matters relating to the supervision of stock-listed corporations, such as the suspension of their sale and purchase transactions; and
5. Other necessary matters relating to a report or disclosure which stock-listed corporations are to make.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002]
Articles 90 through 93
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 94 (Operating Rules)
(1) Matters relating to the sale and purchase transactions of securities on the securities market shall be determined by the operating rules of the Korea Exchange. In this case, matters relating to KOSDAQ may be determined by separate operating rules <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>.
(2) The operating rules as referred to in paragraph (1) shall provide for the following matters: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

1. Types of sale and purchase transactions and matters on consignment;
2. Matters relating to the opening, closing, suspending, or temporary closing of the securities market;
3. Methods of the conclusion of sale and purchase transaction contract and the settlement;
4. Matters relating to the regulation of sale and purchase transactions, such as payment of deposit money;
5. Deleted Jan. 29, 2004;
5-2. Deleted Jan. 29, 2004;
6. Deleted; and <by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
7. Matters necessary for the sale and purchase transactions in addition to those as referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 4.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 95 (Joint Compensation Fund for Damage Incurred from Contravention of Contracts)
(1) Members shall set aside a joint compensation fund for damage incurred from contraventions of contracts (hereinafter referred to as the “compensation fund”) in the Korea Exchange in order to compensate for the damage incurred from any contravention of trading contracts on the securities market: Provided, That the same shall not apply to any member, etc. prescribed by the Korea Exchange, who does not bear the responsibility for executing the settlement of sale and purchase transactions. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Any member (excluding the member referred to in the proviso of paragraph (1)) shall, within the extent of the compensation fund referred to in paragraph (1), be liable jointly and severally for the damage incurred from any contravention of trading contract on the securities market.

 


 

<Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(3) The rate and limit of reserve, use, management, repayment of the compensation fund referred to in paragraph (1), and other necessary matters relating to the operation of the compensation fund shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 96 (Appropriation of Member’s Deposit and Guarantee Fund for Obligation)
If a member has not fulfilled his obligation based on sale and purchase transactions on the securities market for the Korea Exchange or other members, the Korea Exchange may appropriate the member’s deposit and guarantee fund for the payment of that obligation. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 97 (Compensation Liabilities of Korea Exchange) <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(1) The Korea Exchange shall be liable to compensate for the damage incurred from contravention of trading contract by any member. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In case where the Korea Exchange compensates for the damage under paragraph (1), the compensation fund set aside under the provisions of Article 95 shall be appropriated in preference. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) In case where the Korea Exchange compensates for the damage under paragraphs (1) and (2), the Korea Exchange shall be entitled to the right to indemnification for the compensated amount and all expenses required to do so against the member who contravened the trading contract. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) The amount of money collected in accordance with paragraph (3) shall be, in preference, appropriated for such amount as the Korea Exchange has compensated with its own money and all expenses required to do so, and the remainder shall be reserved in the compensation fund. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

(5) Matters with respect to the exercise of the right to indemnification referred to in paragraph (3) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 98
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 99 (Preferential Right of Korea Exchange over Other Creditor) <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(1) The Korea Exchange shall have a right to be paid in preference to any other creditors with respect to the deposit, member’s guarantee fund and money or securities paid for the delivery and settlement. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) When a member, in case where the Korea Exchange delivers securities to the member prior to the settlement, causes any damage to the Korea Exchange due to the unfulfillment of delivery or settlement by such member, the Korea Exchange shall have a right to be paid in preference to any other creditors with respect to property of such member: Provided, That the right shall not be in preference to obligations hypothecated by chonsegwon (right of registered lease on deposit basis), pledges or mortgage created prior to the arrival of settlement date. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 100 (Preferential Right of Entruster Due to Contravention of Contract by Entrustee and Right of Korea Exchange in Preference to Entruster) <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(1) Any person who entrusts the sale and purchase transactions on the securities market to a member shall, in case where the member entrusted with the transactions contravenes the entrustment contract, have a right to satisfy the claim based upon such contravention in preference to any other creditors with respect to the deposit and member’s guarantee fund. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
(2) The preferential right referred to in Article 99 shall be in preference to such preferential right

 


 

as prescribed by the provisions of paragraph (1).
Article 101 (Prohibition of Sale and Purchase in Contravention of Contract)
Any securities company which has been entrusted with the sale and purchase transactions on the securities market, shall have such transactions made only through the securities market without fail. In this case, the provisions of Article 44 shall not apply. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
Article 102
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 103 (Publication of Quotations)
The Korea Exchange shall, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, make public the quotations showing the daily trading volume, daily settled price, and the highest, lowest and closing prices of the securities on the securities market. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982;Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 104
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Articles 105 and 106
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 107 (Restrictions on Discretionary Sale and Purchase Transactions)
(1) If a securities company is entrusted by a customer to make a sale and purchase transaction of securities, the securities company may carry out such transaction under a discretionary

 


 

decision only on the quantity, price and time of the transaction. In this case, the types and items of securities, the categories and methods of the transaction shall be determined only according to a decision of the customer. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
(2) The securities company, entrusted by the customer to make such sale and purchase transaction of securities in accordance with Article 107(1) (“Discretionary Sale and Purchase”), shall fulfill its duty of care as good manager and shall not <newly inserted Jan. 29, 2004>:
     1. Solicit for or be entrusted to do a Discretionary Sale and Purchase contrary to the principle of investment based on customer’s own judgment and liability;
     2. Effect too frequent Discretionary Sale and Purchases comparatively with the purpose of entrustment and the volume of monies or securities entrusted; or
     3. Use a Discretionary Sale and Purchase in the interest of itself or a third party.
(3) If a securities company carries out a sale and purchase transaction of securities pursuant to paragraph (1), it shall observe the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 108
Deleted. <by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
     SECTION 3 Entrustment with Sale and Purchase Transactions on Securities Market
Article 109 (Restrictions on Places of Entrustment)
(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) A securities company may be entrusted with the sale and purchase transactions of securities by means of electronic communication and other manners as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Articles 110 and 111
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
     SECTION 4 Accounting and Supervision
Article 112 (Report and Inspection)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission may, if deemed necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors, order the Korea Exchange to file reports or materials for reference with respect to its business and property, and have the FSS Governor inspect its business, status of property, accounting books, records, and other related materials. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The provisions of Article 53 (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the inspection referred to in paragraph (1).
(3) In case where the FSS Governor inspects according to the provisions of paragraph (1), the FSS Governor shall report the result of the inspection to the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 113
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 114
Deleted. <by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 115 (Approval of Regulations)

 


 

(1) Where the Korea Exchange intends to adopt the Business Regulations, Listing Regulations, Disclosure Regulations and other regulations (including rules; hereinafter the same shall apply) relating to business which are necessary for the administration of the securities market, the Korea Exchange shall obtain the approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission. The same shall also apply in case of the amendment or repeal thereof. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Where the Financial Supervisory Commission intends to grant approval referred to in paragraph (1), it shall consult in advance with the Minister of Finance and Economy. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
Article 116
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 117 (Disposition in Emergency)
(1) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) When the Minister of Finance and Economy deems that the sale and purchase transactions of securities cannot be normally made because of natural disaster, warfare, disturbance, sudden and significant change in economic conditions or other incidents similar thereto, he may order the temporary closing of the securities market or take other necessary measures. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
     CHAPTER VII Deleted.
Articles 118 through 144
Deleted. <by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>

 


 

     CHAPTER VIII ORGANIZATIONS CONCERNED WITH SECURITIES
     SECTION 1 Securities Finance Company
Article 145 (Establishment)
(1) Any person who is engaged in the business referred to in Article 147 (hereinafter referred to as a “securities finance company”) shall be a licensed stock company by the Minister of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(2) Any person who intends to obtain a license referred to in paragraph (1) shall file a written application including such information as designated in the following subparagraphs with the Minister of Finance and Economy: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
1. Name;
2. Location of business office; and
3. Matters relating to stated capital and assets.
(3) A written application referred to in paragraph (2) shall be accompanied by such documents as designated in the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
1. Articles of association and the regulations relating to business;
2. Curricula vitae and certificates of identity of promoters;
3. Project planning statement and the estimated income and expenditure statement for a period of two years after its establishment; and
4. Documents prescribed by the Minister of Finance and Economy other than those referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 3.

 


 

Article 146 (Amount of Stated Capital)
Amount of stated capital of a securities finance company shall be two billion won or more.
Article 147 (Business)
(1) A securities finance company may manage any business referred to in the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. To loan money for securities market making and money for underwriting to underwriters;
2. To loan through the clearing organ of the Korea Exchange such money or securities as may be necessary in the settlement of sale and purchase transactions on the securities market or the KOSDAQ;
3. To lend money by collateralizing securities or lend securities;
4. To lend money to public investors through underwriters for purchasing stocks through public offering;
5. To effect sale and purchase transactions of bonds within such extent as may be prescribed by the Presidential Decree;
6. To undertake safekeeping in connection with securities;
7. To trust money under the Trust Business Act;
8. To perform the affairs of a trustee company under the Act on Business of Operating Indirect Investment and Assets;
9. To perform the affairs of an asset deposit company under the Act on Business of Operating Indirect Investment and Assets; and

 


 

10. To be approved by the Minister of Finance and Economy other than those referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 9.
(2) Where a securities finance company carries on the trust business under paragraph (1) 7, it shall be deemed a financial institution engaging concurrently in the trust business under the Trust Business Act, which is not subject to the provisions of Articles 7 (1), 8-2, 15, 15-2, 16, and 24-3 of the Trust Business Act. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
Article 148
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 149 (Restrictions on Officers)
(1) Any officer who is engaged in the regular business of a securities finance company (including a person who practically performs the function of officer; hereinafter the same shall apply) shall be a person other than officers and employees of a securities company. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
(2) The provisions of Article 33 (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to any officer of a securities finance company. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 150
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 151 (Report on Articles of Association and Regulations)
(1) Any securities finance company shall, when it changes its articles of association, file a report thereof with the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>

 


 

(2) When a securities finance company has adopted, amended or repealed the regulations relating to its business, it shall report such fact to the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 152
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 153 (Request to Discharge Officers)
When any officer of a securities finance company is elected by the illegal means, or violates this Act, the orders pursuant to this Act or the articles of association of the securities finance company, the Financial Supervisory Commission may request it to discharge such officer. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 154 (Liabilities of Officers)
The provisions of Article 58 hereof and Article 11 of the Korea Exchange Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to a securities finance company: Provided, That the provisions of Article 11(3) of the same Act shall not apply mutatis mutandis to officers who are not engaged in full time. <Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 155 (Dispositions against Violations of Acts and Subordinate Statutes)
(1) The provisions of Article 55 (excluding paragraph (1) 5 through 7 of the same Article) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cancellation of a securities financial business license for a securities finance company. In this case, the “Financial Supervisory Commission” shall be deemed the “Minister of Finance and Economy”. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(2) Where any securities finance company falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the

 


 

Financial Supervisory Commission may order the suspension of its business in whole or in part for a specified period not exceeding six months: <Amended by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
1. Where it does business without obtaining approval under Article 147 (1) 10;
2. Where it fails to comply with a request to discharge its officer under Article 153 without any justifiable cause; and
3. Where it violates the provisions of Article 154.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]
Article 156
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 157 (Inspection)
The provisions of Article 53 shall apply mutatis mutandis to a securities finance company. In this case, the “cancellation of a securities business license” referred to in Article 53 (5) 1 shall be deemed a “request for the cancellation of license to the Minister of Finance and Economy”. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 158 (Discontinuance of Business and Dissolution)
The resolution of a securities finance company for the discontinuance of its business and for the dissolution shall be subject to the authorization of the Minister of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
Article 159
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 160 (Issuance of Corporate Bonds)

 


 

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 470 of the Commercial Act, any securities finance company may issue the corporate bonds up to 20 times the aggregate amount of its stated capital and reserve. <Amended by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(2) The corporate bonds issued by a securities finance company pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be considered to be the bonds pursuant to the provisions of Article 2 (1) 3.
(3) Any securities finance company may temporarily issue corporate bonds in excess of the limit to redeem corporate bonds issued in accordance with paragraph (1). In this case, it shall be subject to the redemption of corporate bonds already issued within one month after they are issued. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(4) Matters necessary for the issuance of corporate bonds by a securities finance company pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1), shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 161 (Deposit of Money)
(1) Any securities finance company may receive a deposit of money from the Korea Exchange, securities companies, other securities-related institutions, and such persons as designated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Any securities finance company may, if necessary for the performance of deposit pursuant to paragraph (1), issue debt instruments in accordance with the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(3) In case of paragraphs (1) and (2), the Bank of Korea Act and the Banking Act shall not apply.
     SECTION 2 Korea Securities Dealers Association

 


 

     Sub-Section 1 Establishment and Supervision
Article 162 (Establishment)
(1) A Korea Securities Dealers Association shall be established for the purpose of maintaining business orders between securities companies, assuring fair trading of securities, and protecting investors.
(2) The Association shall be a juristic person as the organ consisting of members.
(3) The Association shall place its principal office in the Seoul Special Metropolitan City, and may establish its branch offices in necessary places.
(4) The Association shall come into existence by the registration of incorporation at the location of the principal office under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 162-2 (Business)
The Association shall do such business as described in the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Business relating to the maintenance of sound business orders between members and for the protection of investors;
2. Business relating to self-regulatory mediation of disputes in connection with the operation of members;
2-2. Business relating to over-the-counter transaction of stocks not listed on the securities market or KOSDAQ
3. Operation and management of fund managers in order to maintain sound order in business

 


 

under Article 28 (2) 2;
4. Examination and research of the system relating to securities;
5. Business relating to the study and training with respect to securities;
6. Business incidental to those as referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 5; and
7. Business as determined by the Presidential Decree other than those as referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 6.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 162-3
Deleted Jan. 29, 2004
Article 163 (Matters to be Provided for in Articles of Association)
Matters to be provided for in the articles of association of the Association shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 164 (Report on Regulations, etc.)
(1) Where the Association has adopted, amended or repealed regulations relating to its business, it shall report such fact to the Financial Supervisory Commission within ten days. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) The Association shall, where it intends to change matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree in the articles of association, obtain approval from the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>

 


 

Article 165 (Membership Dues)
The Association may collect membership dues from members under the conditions as prescribed by the articles of association.
Article 166
Deleted. <by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
Article 167
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 168 (Order of Suspension of Business, etc.)
In case where any event described in the following subparagraphs occurs, the Financial Supervisory Commission may order the Association to suspend its business or may request it to discharge the officer concerned in the public interest and for the protection of investors: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
1. When the Association has violated Acts and subordinate statutes or disposition taken by administrative authorities pursuant to Acts and subordinate statutes; and
2. When any officer of the Association has violated the articles of association of the Association or regulations relating to the business of the Association or has abused his authorities.
Article 169 (Officers and Supervision, etc.)
The provisions of Articles 33, 42, 53 and 117 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Association. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]

 


 

Article 170 (Provisions of Civil Act Applied Mutatis Mutandis)
The provisions of the Civil Act relating to an incorporated association shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Association except otherwise provided for in this Act or the orders pursuant to this Act.
Article 171 (Prohibition of Use of Similar Name)
Any person other than the Korea Securities Dealers Association shall not use the name “Securities Dealers Association” or any other name similar thereto. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 172 (Securities Training Institute)
The Association may establish a Securities Training Institute in order to improve qualifications of persons who engage in securities business and to diffuse professional knowledge about securities.
     Sub-Section 2 Articles 172-2 through 172-4 Deleted Jan. 29, 2004
Article 172-2
Deleted Jan. 29, 2004
Article 172-3
Deleted Jan. 29, 2004
Article 172-4
Deleted Jan. 29, 2004
     SECTION 3 Securities Depository

 


 

Article 173 (Establishment)
(1) A Securities Depository (hereinafter referred to as the “Depository”) shall be established in order to promote a concentrated deposition of securities, transfer of securities between their accounts, and harmonious trading of securities. <Amended 29, 2004>
(2) The Depository shall be a juristic person.
(3) The Depository shall come into existence by the registration of incorporation at the location of the principal office under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 173-2 (Business)
(1) The Depository shall carry on the business as prescribed in the following subparagraphs in order to attain its objects: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
1. Business concentrating the deposition of securities;
2. Business transferring securities between accounts;
3. Business depositing securities and transferring between accounts through opening of a mutual account with a foreign juristic person (hereinafter referred to as a “foreign deposition institution”) which carries on the business similar to the Depository;
4. Securities transfer agency business (including the agency business for payment of dividend, interest, and redemption of securities and the agency business for issuing securities);
5. Undertaking safekeeping of securities;
6. Business other than those as referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 5, which is authorized

 


 

under this Act and other Acts;
7. Business incidental to those as referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 6; and
8. Businesses as determined by the articles of association other than those as referred to in subparagraphs 1 through 7.
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 173-3 (Prohibition of Carrying on Depositing Business)
No person other than the Depository may carry on any business receiving securities, and settling accounts by means of a transfer between accounts in lieu of giving and receiving such securities.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 173-4 (Matters to be Provided for in Articles of Association)
The articles of association of the Depository shall include the following matters <Amended 29, 2004>:
1. Objectives;
2. Name;
3. Location of a principal office;
4. Matters relating to stocks and stated capital;
4-2. Matters relating to the qualification for acquisition and ceiling of holding of stocks
5. Matters relating to the general meeting of stockholders and the board of directors;

 


 

6. Matters relating to officers;
7. Matters relating to the accounting; and
8. Method of the public notice.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 173-5 (Provisions of Commercial Act Applied Mutatis Mutandis)
The provisions of the Commercial Act concerning the stock company shall apply mutatis mutandis to the depositor, unless otherwise prescribed by this Act or any order issued pursuant to this Act.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 173-6 (Officers)
(1) The officers of the Depository shall be the president, managing director, director and auditor.
(2) The president shall be appointed by the general meeting of stockholders, but he shall be subject to approval of the Minister of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(3) The standing auditor shall be appointed by the general meeting of stockholders. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 173-7 (Designation of Securities to be Deposited)
(1) The securities which may be deposited at the Depository (hereinafter referred to as “securities to be deposited”), shall be designated by the Depository.

 


 

(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 173-8 (Notification of Details of Issuance and Details of Securities Stolen, Lost or Destroyed)
(1) In case where an issuer of securities to be deposited issues newly securities, the issuer shall notify the type of such securities and other matters as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy to the Depository without delay. <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(2) In case where an issuer of securities to be deposited is notified of orders with respect to the seizure, provisional seizure or provisional disposition of securities or receives a report that the securities are stolen, lost or destroyed (including public summons and nullification judgment pursuant to the Civil Procedure Act), such issuer shall notify the type of such securities and other matters as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy to the Depository without delay. <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(3) The Depository which has received the notifications pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) shall make public the details of such reports.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 174 (Deposition in Depository, etc.)
(1) Any person who intends to deposit securities in the Depository, shall open an account in the Depository. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
(2) Any person who has opened an account pursuant to paragraph (1) (hereinafter referred to as a “depositor”), may deposit securities which he holds and has been deposited by his customers in the Depository with the consent of customers. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>

 


 

(3) The Depository shall prepare and keep the depositors account book in which the following matters are stated, but shall establish therein a distinction between the portion owned by depositors and the portion deposited by customers: <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
1. Name and address of a depositor;
2. Type and number of securities which are deposited (hereinafter referred to as “deposited securities”) and the name of an issuer; and
3. Other matters as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy.
(4) The Depository may keep deposited securities in a state mixed by type and item. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
(5) In case where a depositor or his customer accepts or subscribes for securities or requests issuance of securities based on other grounds, an issuer of securities may, upon a request of the depositor or his customer, issue or register (this refers to a registration pursuant to the State Bond Act or the Registration of Bonds and Debentures Act; hereinafter the same shall apply) securities by the name of the Depository in lieu of the depositor or his customer. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-2 (Deposition, etc. to Depositor by Customers)
(1) Any depositor who redeposits securities deposited by customers in the Depository, shall prepare and keep the customers account book in which the following matters are stated: <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
1. Names and addresses of customers;
2. Types and number of deposited securities, and names of issuers; and

 


 

3. Other matters as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy.
(2) When a depositor has stated matters referred to in paragraph (1), he shall deposit without delay securities in the Depository specifying that such securities are deposited by customers. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(3) When a depositor has stated matters referred to in paragraph (1), he shall keep the securities separately from his own until he deposits them in the Depository pursuant to paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(4) The securities stated in the customers account book pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be considered deposited in the Depository at the time of statement. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-3 (Effect of Statement in Account Book)
(1) Persons who are stated in the customers account book and the depositors account book shall be considered to hold the respective securities.
(2) If a transfer between accounts is stated in the customers account book and the depositors account book, the purpose of which is a transfer of or creation of pledge on securities, the statement of such transfer or creation shall have the same effect as if the securities had been delivered.
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 3 (2) of the Trust Act, a trust of deposited securities may oppose against the third person, by stating that they are the trust properties in the customers account book or the depositors account book.
(4) In case where a sale and purchase transaction of stocks on the securities market or KOSDAQ is settled by means of a transfer between accounts in the customers account book or the depositors account book before the stock certificates thereof are issued, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 335 (3) of the Commercial Act, it shall be effective against an issuing

 


 

company. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-4 (Presumption of Right, etc.)
(1) Customers of a depositor and the depositor shall be presumed to have co-ownership share on the deposited securities according to the types, items and quantity of securities stated respectively in the customers account book and the depositors account book.
(2) Any customer of a depositor or his pledgee may request at any time the depositor to return the deposited securities corresponding to a co-ownership share of the customer, and the depositor may request the Depository to return the deposited securities corresponding to his co-ownership share. In this case, a consent of the pledgee shall be required with respect to the deposited securities which are the object of the right of pledge. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
(3) The Depository may, in case where such causes as prescribed by the Presidential Decree occur, limit the return or inter-account transfer of the portion deposited by customers among deposited securities under the conditions as designated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-5 (Liability for Coverage)
(1) In case where the deposited securities becomes insufficient, the Depository and the depositor as prescribed in Article 174-2 (1) shall make up such insufficient portion according to the methods and procedure as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. In this case, the Depository and the depositor may exercise a right to indemnification to a person who is liable for such insufficiency. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(2) The depositor as referred to in paragraph (1) shall bear a liability for coverage pursuant to

 


 

paragraph (1), even after closing the account as prescribed in Article 174 (1): Provided, That in case where five years has elapsed from the time at which the account is closed, he shall be exempted from the liability.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-6 (Exercise of Right to Deposited Securities)
(1) The Depository may exercise the right to the deposited securities according to a request of a depositor or customer. In this case, a request of a customer shall be made through the depositor. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
(2) The Depository may request a change of entry in the register or a registration in its own name with respect to the deposited securities. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(3) With respect to stocks with regard to which the entry in the register is changed in the name of the Depository pursuant to paragraph (2), it may exercise the right as a stockholder as to matters as prescribed in Article 358-2 of the Commercial Act, as to statement in the register of stockholders and as to stock certificates, even though there is no request by the depositor. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
(4) In case where a company issuing stock certificates makes a notification or public notice on a convocation of the general meeting of stockholders, with respect to stockholders holding stock certificates with regard to which the entry in the register is changed in the name of the Depository, the company shall notify personally or publicly the particulars concerning the exercise of voting rights held by the Depository as referred to in paragraph (5). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(5) If a stockholder holding stock certificates with regard to which the entry in the register is changed in the name of the Depository fails to express his intention to exercise directly or by proxy or not to exercise his voting right to the Depository not later than five days before the date of the general meeting of stockholders, the Depository may exercise such voting right: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the following cases: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>

 


 

1. Where a company issuing the stock certificates fails to make a notification or public notice on the exercise of voting right by the Depository pursuant to paragraph (4);
2. Where a company issuing the stock certificates requests the Financial Supervisory Commission to prevent the Depository from exercising its voting right;
3. Where subject matters of the general meeting of stockholders fall under any of matters as prescribed in Articles 360-3, 360-16, 374, 438, 518, 519, 522, 530-3 and 604 of the Commercial Act; and
4. Where a stockholder concerned exercises directly or by proxy his voting right at the general meeting of stockholders.
(6) Matters with respect to which any company issuing stock certificates is required to notify the Depository in order for the Depository to exercise its rights under paragraph (1) and other matters necessary for the Depository to exercise its voting right under paragraph (5) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
(7) The provisions of paragraph (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to registered securities among the deposited securities. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-7 (Exercise of Right by Beneficial Owner)
(1) Co-owners of stock certificates of deposited securities (hereinafter referred to as “beneficial owners”) shall be considered to hold stocks equivalent to the co-ownership shares as prescribed in Article 174-4 (1) in exercising the rights as stockholders.
(2) A beneficial owner may not exercise the right as prescribed in Article 174-6 (3): Provided, That the same shall not apply with respect to a notification to stockholders by a company, and an inspection or transcription of the register of stockholders as prescribed in Article 396 (2) of the Commercial Act.

 


 

(3) When a company issuing stock certificates of deposited securities has fixed a certain period or date pursuant to Article 354 of the Commercial Act, the company shall notify the Depository of such fact without delay; and the Depository shall notify a company issuing stock certificates concerned or a company which conducts change of entry in a register as an agent of the matters referred to in the following subparagraphs with respect to beneficial owners on the first day of the period or on the date (hereafter in this Article referred to as “fixed date for the closing of register of stockholders”) without delay: <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
1. Name and address; and
2. Types and number of stocks as prescribed in paragraph (1).
(4) The Depository may request a depositor as prescribed in Article 174-2 (1) to notify matters as referred to in subparagraphs of paragraph (3) with respect to beneficial owners on the fixed date for the closing of register of stockholders. In this case, the depositor, upon receiving the request, shall notify it without delay. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
(5) The provisions of paragraphs (3) and (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis where the issuer of stocks, etc. whose tender offer statement was submitted requests the Depository to communicate matters on beneficial owners in order to know the stockholding status by setting a specified date. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-8 (Preparation of Register of Beneficial Owners, etc.)
(1) Any issuing company or company which conducts change of entry in a register as an agent shall, upon receiving a notification pursuant to Article 174-7 (3), prepare and keep a register of beneficial owners, stating therein the notified matters and the date of notification.
(2) Any statement in a register of beneficial owners relating to stocks the certificates of which are deposited in the Depository, shall have the same effect as the statement in a register of stockholders. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>

 


 

(3) When an issuing company or a company which conducts change of entry in a register as an agent pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) deems that a person stated in a register of stockholders as a stockholder is the same as a person stated in a register of beneficial owners as a beneficial owner, the issuing company or the company which conducts change of entry in a register as an agent shall sum up the number of stocks on the register of stockholders and those on the register of beneficial owners for the exercise of rights as a stockholder.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-9 (Civil Execution)
Matters necessary for the compulsory execution, execution of provisional seizure and provisional disposition, or auction with respect to the deposited securities, shall be determined by the Supreme Court Regulations.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987]
Article 174-10 (Certificate of Beneficial Ownership)
(1) In case where a depositor or a customer of depositor requests the Depository to issue a document certifying the deposition of securities (hereinafter referred to as a “certificate of beneficial ownership”) in order to exercise the right as a stockholder, the Depository may issue the certificate of beneficial ownership under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. In this case, a request of the customer shall be made through the depositor. <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(2) The Depository shall, in case of issuing the certificate of beneficial ownership pursuant to paragraph (1), notify the issuing company concerned of such fact without delay.
(3) In case where a depositor or a customer of depositor has filed the certificate of beneficial ownership which is issued pursuant to paragraph (1) with the issuing company, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 337 (1) of the Commercial Act, the depositor or the customer of depositor may set up against the issuing company.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Article 174-11 (Special Case for Deposition in Foreign Depositing Institutions and Foreign Corporations, etc.)
(1) The provisions of Articles 174-2, 174-5, 174-6 (4) through (6), 174-7 and 174-8 (3) shall not apply to foreign depositing institutions: Provided, That this shall not apply where any foreign depositing institution makes a request for its application. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) In the event that an issuer of deposited securities is a foreign corporation, etc., the provisions of Articles 174 (5), 174-6 (4) through (6), 174-7, 174-8 and 174-10 shall not apply: Provided, That the same shall not apply to a case where the relevant foreign corporation, etc. requests the application thereof. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 174-12 (Report and Confirmation, etc.)
The Depository may request a depositor to file the report or data concerning the depositing business, inspect the relating account books, or confirm the status of custody, etc. of securities kept under the depositor’s own custody.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 175 (Report on Regulations)
Where the Depository makes, changes, or repeals the regulations relating to deposition and other business, it shall file a report thereof with the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 176
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>

 


 

Article 176-2 (Control of Securities)
(1) A listed corporation, KOSDAQ registered corporation and company which conducts change of entry in a register as an agent (referring to a person who obtains a license pursuant to Article 180 (1); hereinafter the same shall apply) shall be subject to the Securities Handling Regulations as determined by the Depository with respect to printed form, issuance, retirement, issuance for replacement, effacement, and other matters regarding control of securities. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The Depository may control the printed forms of securities which any listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation keeps as spares for issuance of securities (hereinafter referred to as “spare certificates”). <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) The Depository may, if it deems necessary, ask any listed corporation, KOSDAQ registered corporation and any company which conducts change of entry in a register as an agent to submit data regarding the procedure of handling securities and the control of spare certificates pursuant to paragraph (1) and may direct it’s staff personnels to confirm the data. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) When an unlisted corporation intends to use printed forms pursuant to the Securities Handling Regulations of the Depository with respect to securities of the corporation concerned, it shall obtain the approval of the Depository. In this case, the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis.
(5) If any listed corporation becomes an unlisted corporation, the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to such corporation until all of printed forms pursuant to the Securities Handling Regulations of the Depository and the securities issued by using the printed forms is entirely effaced.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 177
Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>

 


 

Article 178 (Officers, Supervision, etc.)
The provisions of Articles 59 through 61, 117 and 157 hereof and Articles 5(2), and Articles 10 through 12 of the Korea Exchange Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Depository.
[This Article Wholly Amended Jan. 29, 2004]
     SECTION 4 Order Matching Company and Transfer Agent
Article 179 (Order Matching Company)
(1) Any person who may conduct the business of matching orders of sale and purchase transactions on the securities market shall be a stock company which obtains the license of the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
(2) Any person who obtained the license pursuant to paragraph (1) (hereinafter referred to as an “order matching company”) may conduct the business of purchase and sale of securities which is necessary in performing the function of order matching on the securities market.
(3) Any order matching company shall be subject to inspection by the Korea Exchange with respect to its business and properties. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) The provisions of Articles 53, 149, 151 (1), 153, 154, 155 and 158 shall apply mutatis mutandis to an order matching company. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 180 (Transfer Agent)
(1) A company which may conduct the business of changing entry in a register as an agent (hereinafter referred to as a “transfer agent”) shall be a stock company registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>

 


 

(2) A transfer agent may conduct business of paying dividends, interests and redemption in connection with securities and issuing securities as an agent. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(3) The provisions of Articles 53, 149, 151 (1), 153, 154, 155 (2) and 158 of this Act and the provisions of Article 152 of the Act on Business of Operating Indirect Investment and Assets shall apply mutatis mutandis to a transfer agent. <Amended by Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
Article 181 (License and Supervision of Other Organizations relating to Securities)
(1) Any person who intends to establish an organization which is composed of investors in securities, stock-listed corporations, or other persons prescribed by the Presidential Decree for the purpose of assuring public interest, protecting investors or maintaining orderly securities market, shall obtain the license of the Minister of Finance and Economy under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(2) The provisions of Articles 53, 151 (1) and 168 shall apply mutatis mutandis to organizations relating to securities which are established with the license pursuant to paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
     CHAPTER IX CONTROL OF LISTED CORPORATIONS, ETC.
     SECTION 1 Disclosure by Listed Corporations, etc.
Article 182
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Articles 183 through 185
Deleted. <by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>

 


 

Article 186 (Duty of Report and Disclosure of Listed Corporation, etc.)
(1) Where a listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation falls under any of the following subparagraphs, such corporation shall report to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange such fact or the contents of a resolution adopted at the meeting of the board of directors under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree without delay: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Where any issued bill or check is dishonored, or when transaction with banks is suspended or prohibited;
2. Where the business is suspended in part or in whole;
3. Where a petition for the reorganization procedure of the corporation is filed or the reorganization thereof is virtually commenced pursuant to the provisions of relevant Act;
4. Where there is a resolution of the board of directors with respect to changing the objective of business;
5. Where it suffers enormous damages caused by a disaster;
6. Where a lawsuit which may have great influence upon the listed securities or the securities listed on KOSDAQ is filed against it;
7. Where any of the events referred to in Articles 374, 522, 527-2, 527-3 and 530-2 of the Commercial Act occurs;
8. Where causes for dissolution pursuant to the provisions of relevant Act take place;
9. Where there is a resolution of the board of directors with respect to increase or decrease of capital or the retirement of stocks;

 


 

10. Where the operation is suspended or is unable to be continued due to special causes;
11. Where a correspondent bank commences a control of the corporation concerned;
12. Where there is a resolution of the board of directors, or a decision of the representative director or other person who is prescribed by the Presidential Decree with respect to the acquisition and disposal of the treasury stocks; and
13. Where the fact, which is prescribed by the Presidential Decree as the matters having serious effects on the management and properties, etc. of corporation other than subparagraphs 1 through 12, occurs.
(2) The Korea Exchange may, if it is necessary for the fair transaction of securities and the protection of investors, request a listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation to confirm as to whether a rumor and news concerning such listed corporation or such KOSDAQ registered corporation is true or not; and the Korea Exchange may, if the price or the trading volume of securities issued by the listed corporation or the KOSDAQ registered corporation is changed remarkably, request such corporation to disclose as to whether there is important information as prescribed in Article 188-2. In this case, the corresponding corporation shall comply with it without delay, except in case where it is difficult to make such disclosure due to other Acts and subordinate statutes, natural disaster and/or other reasons similar thereto. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) If a listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation fails to discharge faithfully the duty of report pursuant to paragraph (1) or to comply with a request for confirmation or disclosure pursuant to paragraph (2), the Korea Exchange or the Association shall notify it to the Financial Supervisory Commission so as to take a measure as prescribed in the provisions of Article 193. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) The provisions of Articles 8 (2) and 14 through 16 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the case of the report pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(5) Where the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Korea Exchange deems it necessary to promptly inform an investor of the contents of the matters listed in paragraph (1) 1, 3, 6, 8 and

 


 

11 and matters requested to be confirmed or disclosed under paragraph (2) as they threaten to have important effect on the investors’ judgement to invest, it may request any administrative agency or other related agencies to provide or exchange necessary information pursuant to the Presidential Decree. In this case, the agency which has received such request shall cooperate with it unless there exists any special cause. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 186-2 (Submission of Annual Business Report, etc.)
(1) A stock-listed corporation, KOSDAQ registered corporation and such corporations as prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall submit an annual business report to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange within 90 days after the lapse of each business year: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case as determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Any business report under paragraph (1) shall include the objectives, firm name, details of the business, the remunerations of officers (including stock options granted in accordance with Article 189-4 and such stock options shall be limited to those prescribed by the Presidential Decree), financial matters and other matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(3) Where a corporation is subject to submission of a business report under paragraph (1) for the first time, it shall promptly (by the time limit for submission, where a corporation is subject to submission of an annual business report during the period to submit the business report referred to in paragraph (1)) submit the annual business report of the immediately preceding business year to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange: Provided, That this shall not apply where the corporation has already disclosed the matters equivalent to the annual business report of the immediately preceding business year through a registration statement of securities, etc. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) The annual business report pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be prepared in accordance with such method and form determined by the Financial Supervisory Commission by type and line of business. <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>

 


 

(5) Where a corporation which has to submit an annual business report pursuant to paragraph (1) is a company affiliated with a conglomerate which has to prepare conglomerate combined financial statements pursuant to Article 1-3 of the Act on External Audit of Stock Companies, it shall submit conglomerate combined financial statements as prescribed by subparagraph 3 of Article 1-2 of the same Act to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange within six months from the end of a business year. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 186-3 (Submission of Semiannual Report, etc.)
A corporation which is under obligation to submit an annual report pursuant to the provisions of Article 186-2 (1), shall submit a business report for 6 months from the beginning of a business year (hereinafter referred to as a “semiannual report”) and business reports for 3 months and 9 months from the beginning of a business year (hereinafter referred to as “quarterly reports”), respectively, to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange within 45 days after the lapse of the period. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 186-4 (Special Treatment concerning Foreign Corporation, etc.)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 186-2 and 186-3, different regulations, such as providing for different period of submission, etc., may apply with respect to a foreign corporation, etc. under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 186-5 (Provisions Applied Mutatis Mutandis)
The provisions of Articles 8 (2) and (4), 11 (1) through (3), 14 through 16, 18, 19, and 20 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the annual business report, semiannual business report, and quarterly business report. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21,

 


 

2000; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 187
Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
SECTION 2 Prohibition of Unfair Trade, etc.
Article 188 (Disgorgement of Short-Term Sales Margin of Insider, etc.)
(1) Officers, employees or major stockholders (referring to those who hold stocks or contribution certificates of 10/100 or more of the total number of voting stocks issued or of the total amount of contributions for their own account regardless of the title thereof, and those who are prescribed by the Presidential Decree; hereinafter the same shall apply) of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation shall not sell certificates of stocks (including contribution certificates), convertible bonds, bonds with warrants, warrants and securities as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy (hereinafter referred to as “stock certificates, etc.”) of the corporation listed on the Korea Exchange or KOSDAQ, unless they own the stock certificates, etc. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Where officers, employees or major stockholders of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation gain any profit by selling stock certificates, etc. of the corporation concerned within six months after purchasing them, or by purchasing such stock certificates within six months after selling them, the corporation concerned may request such officers, employees or major stockholders to give such profit to the corporation. In this case, necessary matters relating to standards for calculation of such profit and procedures for return, etc. shall be determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) Stockholders of the corporation concerned or the Securities Futures Commission may demand that such corporation make the request pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (2),

 


 

and such stockholders or the Securities Futures Commission may, unless the corporation concerned makes such request within two months after the date on which such stockholders or the Securities Futures Commission have demanded such request, make such request by subrogating the corporation concerned. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(4) When stockholders or the Securities Futures Commission instituting a lawsuit according to the provisions of paragraph (3) wins the lawsuit, the Securities Futures Commission or such stockholders may claim the legal cost and other actual expenses actually incurred in the lawsuit against the corporation concerned. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(5) The right referred to in paragraphs (2) and (3) shall lapse, unless the right is exercised within two years after the date on which such profit is gained.
(6) Any officer or major stockholder of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation shall report the situation of such stocks of the corporation concerned, held by him for his own account regardless of the title thereof to the Securities Futures Commission, and the Korea Exchange or the Association under the conditions as designated by the Presidential Decree within ten days after he becomes an officer or major stockholder; and if the number of stocks held by him is changed, he shall report such fact to the Securities Futures Commission and the Korea Exchange under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree within the 10th day of the month following the month in which the date on which such change occurs is included. <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(7) The Securities Futures Commission and the Korea Exchange shall keep the report pursuant to paragraph (6), and shall make it available for public inspection. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(8) The provisions of paragraph (2) shall not apply in such case as prescribed by the Presidential Decree taking into consideration of the nature of selling or purchasing which was carried out in the capacity of an officer, employee or major stockholder, and in such case where a major stockholder does not hold such capacity at a time when he sells or purchases stocks.

 


 

<Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
(9) The provisions of paragraphs (2) and (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to a securities company which makes arrangements for a public offering of new or outstanding securities or underwrites stocks issued by a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation during the period as determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 188-2 (Prohibition of Using Undisclosed Information)
(1) Any person who is informed of material information which is undisclosed to the public in relation with affairs, etc. of a listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation (including corporations listed within six months) in the course of performing his duties, from among those who fall under any of the following subparagraphs (including those for whom one year has not passed after they become not to fall under any of subparagraphs 1 through 5 of this paragraph), and those who are informed of such information from him, shall not use or have another person use the information in connection with sale and purchase or any other transaction of securities issued by the corporation concerned: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. The corporation concerned and its officers, employees and agents;
2. Major stockholders of the corporation concerned;
3. A person who has the authority pursuant to Acts and subordinate statutes of license, authorization, direction, supervision or other authorities with respect to the corporation concerned;
4. A person who entered into a contract with the corporation concerned; and
5. An agent, employee, and other staff personnel of a person who falls under any of subparagraphs 2 through 4 (in case where a person who falls under any of subparagraphs 2 through 4 is a corporation, the officers, employees and agents of such corporation).

 


 

(2) The term “material information which is undisclosed to the public” in paragraph (1) means information which may have important effect on investors’ judgment on investment and is undisclosed yet to the public by the corporation concerned under the conditions as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy from among any information on fact, etc. falling under any subparagraph of Article 186 (1). <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(3) The provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the case of performing tender offer pursuant to Article 21. In this case, the term “the corporation concerned” in the main sentence of paragraph (1) shall be considered as the term “issuer of securities which are subject to tender offer”; the term “material information”, as the term “information on carrying out or stopping tender offer”; and the term “the corporation concerned” in each subparagraph of paragraph (1), as the term “tender offerer”. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991]
Article 188-3 (Liability for Damages against Using Undisclosed Information)
(1) Any person who violates the provisions of Article 188-2, shall be liable for damages which a person who has made a purchase or sale of securities or other transaction suffers from that transaction.
(2) The claim for damages pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be extinguished by prescription, unless a claimant exercises such claim for damages for one year after the claimant is informed of the fact that an act in violation of the provisions of Article 188-2 is committed or for three years after the offense takes place. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991]
Article 188-4 (Prohibition of Unfair Transaction such as Market Manipulation)
(1) No person shall do any acts which fall under any of the following subparagraphs for the

 


 

purpose of creating a misleading appearance of active trading or causing any person to make a false judgment with respect to the sale and purchase transaction of securities listed on the securities market or registered on the KOSDAQ <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>:
1. Selling securities after a person has conspired in advance with other person that other person purchases securities at the same time when the person sells securities and at the same price;
2. Purchasing securities after a person has conspired in advance with other person that other person sells securities at the same time when the person purchases securities and at the same price;
3. Making fictitious sale and purchase transaction which does not accompany the transfer of ownership in the securities transaction; and
4. Entrusting or being entrusted with action as prescribed in subparagraphs 1 through 3 of this paragraph.
(2) No person shall do any acts which fall under any of the following subparagraphs for the purpose of inducing the sale and purchase transaction of securities on the securities market or KOSDAQ <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>:
1. To effect, to entrust or to be entrusted with, alone or in conspiracy with other persons, sale and purchase transactions in the securities, creating a false or misleading appearance of active trading or making the price of such securities fluctuate;
2. Disseminating the rumor that the price of concerned securities fluctuates by his or other person’s manipulation; and
3. Making willfully the representation which is false or misleading with respect to important matters in selling or purchasing the concerned securities.
(3) No person shall effect, entrust or to be entrusted with, independently or jointly, the sale and purchase transaction of securities on the securities market or KOSDAQ, for the purpose of pegging or stabilizing price of securities except as <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>:
1. A securities company (that for the purpose of this Article refers to a securities company that

 


 

enters into an underwriting agreement with the issuer or holder of the securities to be offered for sale or sold, as prescribed by the Presidential Decree) effects sale and purchase transactions in accordance with the Presidential Decree to facilitate the offer for sale or sale of securities by stabilizing the price of securities during the period from such a date as prescribed by the Presidential Decree within 30 days prior to the end of the period of offering to the end of the period of offering (“Stabilization”);
2. A securities company effects sale and purchase transactions to make supplies and demands of securities offered for sale or sold in accordance with the Presidential Decree during such a period not exceeding 6 months from the listing as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (“Market Making”);
3. An officer or employee of the issuer of the securities to be offered for sale or sold or any other person prescribed by the Presidential Decree entrust Stabilization to the securities company;
4. The securities company is entrusted with Stabilization in accordance with Subparagraph 3 above;
5. An underwriter of the securities offered for sale or to be sold entrusts the securities company with Market Making; or
6. The securities company is entrusted with Market Making in accordance with Subparagraph 5 above.
(4) With respect to purchase and sale or other transaction of securities, no person shall commit an act which falls under any of the following subparagraphs:
1. Disseminating intentionally the false quotations or untrue facts or other rumors or using a deceptive scheme for the purpose of gaining unjust benefits; and
2. Intending to gain money or other benefits which has property value by inducing misunderstanding of other persons, through false representation of any material fact or making use of document in which any fact required is omitted.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Article 188-5 (Liability for Damages against Market Manipulation)
(1) A person who violates the provisions of Article 188-4 shall be liable for damages which a person who has effected a sale and purchase transaction of securities or has entrusted such securities transaction at the price formed due to such violative act on the securities market or KOSDAQ suffers from such transaction or entrustment. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The claim for damages pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be extinguished by prescription, unless a claimant exercises such claim for damages for one year after the claimant is informed of the fact that an act in violation of the provisions of Article 188-4 is committed or for three years after the offense has taken place. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 188-6 (Report on Act of Unfair Trade, etc.)
(1) In the event that any person who has known the act of violating this Act, including the act of unfair trade, etc. provided for in this Section, or has been coerced or solicited to commit the act of violating this Act, including the act of unfair trade, reports or tips his knowledge or such cohesion and solicitation to the Securities Futures Commission under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, the receiver of such report and tip shall keep the identity, etc. of such reporter or such tipper in secret (hereafter in this Article referred to as the “reporter, etc.”).
(2) Any agency to which the reporters, etc. belong and any company to which the reporters, etc. belong shall not disadvantageously treat them in a direct and indirect manner in connection with such reports or tips.
(3) The Securities Futures Commission may pay bounties to the reporters, etc. under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003]
SECTION 3 Special Treatment for Listed Corporation, etc.

 


 

Article 189 (Retirement of Stocks)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation may, if the articles of incorporation of such corporation provide that such corporation may retire its stocks based on a resolution of the board of directors under Article 434 of the Commercial Act as dividends for its stockholders, retire its stocks based on a resolution of the boards of directors except as otherwise provided for in the provisions of other Acts. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In the event that it is intended to retire stocks under paragraph (1), the board of directors shall vote on matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs. In this case, the stocks to be retired shall be limited to stocks acquired after a resolution of the board of directors:
1. Kinds and numbers of stocks to be retired;
2. Total value of stocks to be acquired for retirement; and
3. Period for which it is intended to acquire stocks. In this case, such period shall expire prior to a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the resolution of the board of directors.
(3) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall, if it acquires its stocks for the purpose of retiring such stocks under paragraph (1), acquire such stocks according to the standards falling under each of the following subparagraphs <Amended Jan. 29, 2004; Dec. 29, 2005>:
1. The stocks shall be acquired according to the method of Article 189-2 (1)-1 or 2. In this case, where the stocks are acquired according to the method of subparagraph 1 of the same paragraph, the acquisition period therefor and method thereof shall be made to conform to the standards prescribed by the Presidential Decree; and
2. The amount to be acquired for retiring stocks shall not exceed the amount prescribed by the Presidential Decree within limits of dividends available for stockholders at the end of the relevant business year under Article 462 (1) of the Commercial Act.

 


 

(4) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall, if it retires its stocks under paragraph (1), report the matters of each subparagraph of paragraph (2) and the fact of retiring such stocks to a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after a resolution of the board of directors with respect to the retirement of such stocks. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(5) In the event that any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation acquires stocks and retires them in violation of the limits as prescribed in paragraph (3) 2, directors who vote for retiring such stocks at a meeting of the board of directors shall be jointly and severally liable for compensating for the value accruing from the acquisition of the stocks in excess of the limits: Provided, That the same shall not apply to a case where such directors prove that the stocks are acquired and retired in excess of the limits despite their reasonable care. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]
Article 189-2 (Acquisition of Treasury Stocks)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall acquire treasury stocks (excluding the acquisition under the provisions of Article 341 of the Commercial Act) in a manner falling under any of the following subparagraphs under its name and for its own account. In this case, the acquisition amount shall be within the limit of allowing any dividend in accordance with the provisions of Article 462 (1) of the Commercial Act: <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004; Dec. 29, 2005>
1. A manner in which the acquisition is made on the securities market or KOSDAQ;
2. A manner in which the open purchase is made in accordance with the provisions of Chapter IV; or
3. A manner in which the stocks are returned from a trustee that has acquired the stocks under a trust agreement in accordance with Article 189-2(2) upon termination or expiration of the trust agreement; provided that the trustee shall have acquired the stocks in accordance with Subparagraph 1 or 2 above.

 


 

(2) Where a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation acquires treasury securities through money trust contract as determined by the Presidential Decree, an amount calculated according to what is prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall be deemed the acquisition amount as described in the provisions of the later part of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) Where a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation acquires the treasury stocks (including the conclusion of a trust contract, etc.; hereafter the same in this Article shall apply) pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) or intends to dispose of the treasury stocks acquired pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) (including the cancellation of a trust contract, etc.; hereafter the same in this Article shall apply), it shall report the matters relating to the acquisition or disposal of treasury stocks to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange according to the criteria as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, such as necessary conditions and procedure, etc. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) Where a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation acquires the treasury stocks in excess of the limit as referred to in paragraph (1) due to a reduction of the limit to distribute the dividend, the stock-listed corporation shall dispose of the excessive portion within such period as determined by the Presidential Decree from that day. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(5) The provisions of Articles 14 (1), 15, 16, 19 and 20 shall apply mutatis mutandis in the case of acquiring or disposing of the treasury stocks. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(6) The provisions of Article 341-2 (1) of the Commercial Act shall not apply to the case in which a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation acquires treasury securities pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 189-3 (Capital Increase by Public Offering)

 


 

(1) A stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation may issue new stocks by public offering as prescribed in the Presidential Decree by a resolution of the board of directors in accordance with the articles of association of the corporation. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In case where new stocks are issued by public offering pursuant to paragraph (1), the price of the new stocks shall not be less than the price calculated by the methods as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 189-4 (Stock Options)
(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 340-2 through 340-5 of the Commercial Act, any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall offer newly issued stocks at the pre-set price to officers and employees of such corporation or its affiliated company as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (for the purpose of this Article, excluding any officer or employee prescribed by the Presidential Decree) who have contributed or are able to contribute to the establishment, management, overseas business, technological renovations, etc. of such corporation in compliance with a resolution (hereafter in this Article referred to as the “special resolution”) adopted as prescribed by the articles of association in accordance with the provisions of Article 434 of the Commercial Act and grant such officers and employees the right to purchase its stocks (hereinafter referred to as the “stock option”) in accordance with the provisions of this Article under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004; Dec. 29, 2005>
(2) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “stock option granting corporation”) that intends to grant the stock option shall enter matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs in its articles of association: <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. The fact that the corporation may grant the stock option in certain cases;

 


 

2. The types and total number of stocks to be issued through the exercise of the stock option;
3. The qualifications of a person who is to be granted the stock option; and
4. The fact that a corporation may cancel the stock option in certain cases.
(3) Any stock option granting corporation may, if there is a special resolution containing matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs, grant to officers and employees of such corporation or its affiliated company as provided in Article 189-4(1) (for the purpose of this Article, excluding any officer or employee prescribed by the Presidential Decree) stock option up to the limits prescribed by the Presidential Decree within the scope of 20/100 of the total number of stocks issued: Provided, That notwithstanding paragraph (1) and the main sentence of this paragraph, such corporation may offer such stock option up to the limits prescribed by the Presidential Decree within the scope of 10/100 of the total number of stocks issued according to a resolution that contains matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs and is adopted by the board of directors as prescribed by the articles of association: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Dec. 29, 2005>
1. The names of persons who are to be granted the stock option;
2. The method of granting the stock option;
3. The matters concerning option prices of the stock option and adjustment thereof;
4. The period for which the stock option is exercised; and
5. The kinds and numbers of stocks to be offered by the exercise of the stock option to each of persons who are granted such stock option.
(4) Grant of stock options in accordance with the proviso of Article 189-4(3) shall require an approval of the first general shareholders’ meeting to be held following the date of such grant. <Newly inserted Dec. 29, 2005>
(5) The stock option shall have the effect on a company that grants such stock option for a period ranging from the date of a resolution under paragraph (1) or the proviso of paragraph (3)

 


 

to the date on which the exercise of the stock option prescribed by the relevant corporation in the articles of association expires. In this case, any person who is granted the stock option shall be allowed to exercise such stock option only after holding office or serving for not less than two years from the date of a resolution under paragraph (1) or the proviso of paragraph (3) save the case prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Dec. 29, 2005>
(6) The stock option shall not be transferred to other persons: Provided, That when a person who has been granted the stock option dies, a successor of the person shall be deemed to be granted such option. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Dec. 29, 2005>
(7) The provisions of Articles 340-3 (3) and 350 (2), the latter part of Article 350 (3), Articles 351 and 516-8 (1), (3), and (4), and the former part of Article 516-9 of the Commercial Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cas in which new stocks are issued as a result of the exercise of the stock option. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Dec. 29, 2005>
(8) The Financial Supervisory Commission may give necessary recommendations to a stock option granting corporation under the conditions as determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Dec. 29, 2005>
(8) A stock option granting corporation shall, when making a resolution pursuant to paragraph (1) or the proviso of paragraph (3) of this Article, report such fact to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange shall keep the content of such resolution to make it available for public inspection during the period from the date of report to the end of duration of stock option. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004; Dec. 29, 2005>
(9) Matters necessary for stock option other than those provided in paragraphs (1) through (9) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Dec. 29, 2005>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 190 (Merger with Stock-Listed Corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation) <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

In the event that any corporation that is neither a stock-listed corporation nor a KOSDAQ registered corporation intends to merge with a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation, any approval therefor of a general meeting of stockholders under Article 522 of the Commercial Act shall not take effect unless it is made after two months from the date on which the relevant corporation has registered under Article 3. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 190-2 (Merger, etc.)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall, where it intends to merge with other corporations, report to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange. In this case, the stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation shall report the matters relating to the merger according to standards for merger conditions such as the requirements and procedures as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In the event that any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation falls under any case of the following subparagraphs, the provisions of paragraph (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis thereto: <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Where it intends to acquire by transfer or transfer any important business or assets prescribed by the Presidential Decree;
2. Where it intends to execute a comprehensive swap or a comprehensive transfer of shares; and
3. Where it intends to split itself or merge with other corporation after splitting itself.
(3) The provisions of Articles 8 (2), 14 through 16, 19 and 20 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the case of report under paragraphs (1) and (2). <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Article 191 (Appraisal Rights of Stockholders)
(1) A stockholder (including stockholders who have non-voting rights pursuant to Article 370 (1) of the Commercial Act; hereafter the same shall apply in this Article) who opposes a resolution made at the meeting of the board of directors of a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation with regard to the matters under Articles 360-3, 360-9, 360-16, 374, 522, 527-2 and 530-3 of the Commercial Act (limited to a merger by split-off referred to in Article 530-2 of the said Act) may demand of the corporation concerned the purchase of the stocks that he owns within twenty days after the date on which such resolution is made at the general meeting of stockholders (after the date on which two weeks have passed since the public notice or notification referred to in Articles 360-9 (2) and 527-2 (2) of the Commercial Act for stockholders of a company to become a complete subsidiary under Article 360-9 of the said Act and stockholders of a company to be extinguished under Article 527-2 of the said Act) by a written request in which class and number of stocks are stated, only in case where he has made written notification that he opposes the resolution of the corporation concerned prior to the general meeting of stockholders (within two weeks from the date on which a public notice or notification is made under Articles 360-9 (2) and 527-2 (2) of the Commercial Act for stockholders of a company to become a complete subsidiary under Article 360-9 of the same Act and stockholders of a company to be extinguished under Article 527-2 of the same Act). <Amended by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) A stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation which has received a demand pursuant to paragraph (1) shall purchase the stocks concerned within one month after the expiration of the period for demand for purchase. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(3) The purchase price under paragraph (2) shall be determined by consultation between the stockholder concerned and the corporation concerned: Provided, That the purchase price shall, where a purchase agreement has not been reached among them, be an amount calculated through the methods as determined by the Presidential Decree based on transaction price of the stocks concerned traded on the securities market or KOSDAQ prior to the date on which a resolution by the board of directors is made, and where the corporation concerned or the

 


 

stockholders holding 30/100 or more of total number of stocks subject to such purchase object to this purchase price, the Financial Supervisory Commission may adjust it. In this case, an application for adjusting purchase price shall be made not later than ten days prior to the date on which such a purchase is to be finalized pursuant to paragraph (2). <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall, where it purchases stocks pursuant to paragraph (1), dispose of them within a period as prescribed by the Presidential Decree: Provided, That in the event that it is intended to retire stocks with dividends to be offered to stockholders, such stocks shall be retired in accordance with Article 189 (excluding the latter part other than each subparagraph of paragraph (2) of the same Article and paragraph (3) 1 of the same Article). In this case, in the application of paragraph (2) 2 of the same Article, “the total value of stocks to be acquired for retirement” shall be read “the total value of stocks to be retired,” in the application of paragraph (2) 3 of the same Article, “the period for which it is intended to acquire stocks. In this case, the period” shall be read “the date on which it is intended to retire stocks. In this case, the date”, and in the application of paragraph (3) 2 of the same Article, “the amount to be acquired for retirement” shall be read “the total value of stocks to be retired,” respectively. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(5) Where any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation makes notification or public notice for the convocation of a general meeting of stockholders in order to resolve the matters prescribed in Articles 360-3, 360-16, 374, 522 and 530-3 of the Commercial Act (limited to merger by split-off referred to in Article 530-2 of the said Act) or makes notification or public notice pursuant to Articles 360-9 (2) and 527-2 (2) of the same Act, under the conditions as prescribed by Article 363 of the same Act, it shall specify the contents and exercising methods of appraisal rights of stockholders pursuant to paragraph (1). In this case, the stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation shall notify stockholders having no voting rights pursuant to Article 370 (1) of the same Act or give a public notice thereof to them. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]
Article 191-2 (Special Cases for Nonvoting Stocks)

 


 

(1) In applying the limit on the number of nonvoting stocks pursuant to Article 370 (2) of the Commercial Act, where a stock-listed corporation (including a corporation which makes a public offering of new or outstanding stocks for the purpose of listing them initially) or a KOSDAQ registered corporation (including a corporation which makes an initial public offering of stocks) falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the nonvoting stocks issued by such corporation shall not be counted in the calculation of the limit: <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. In case where such corporation issues stocks in a foreign country as prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy or issues stocks as a result of the excercise of the rights upon convertible bonds, bonds with warrants or any other certificates or instruments related to stocks issued in a foreign country; and
2. In case where a corporation which is deemed necessary to issue nonvoting stocks in the public interest by the Financial Supervisory Commission and satisfies the criteria as prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among corporations carrying on an industry important for the national economy, such as the national key industry, issues stocks.
(2) The aggregate number of nonvoting stocks falling under any subparagraph of paragraph (1) and those pursuant to Article 370 (2) of the Commercial Act shall not exceed 1/2 of the total number of issued and outstanding stocks.
(3) A corporation of which the total number of nonvoting stocks exceeds 1/4 of the total number of issued and outstanding stocks may issue nonvoting stocks within the ratio, by means of exercising preemptive right, capitalization of reserve or stock dividend, etc., as determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-3 (Special Treatment of Stock Dividend)

 


 

(1) Notwithstanding the proviso of Article 462-2 (1) of the Commercial Act, a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation may make a dividend by newly issued stocks up to the limit of the total amount of dividend: Provided, That in case where the current price of concerned stock is less than par value thereof, the same shall not apply. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The method calculating the price of stock pursuant to the proviso of paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-4 (Issuance of New Type Corporate Bonds)
(1) A stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation may issue new type of bonds which are different from those under Articles 513 (1) and 516-2 (1) of the Commercial Act, such as bonds entitled to participate in dividend, bonds with rights to demand an exchange with stocks or other securities, or other bonds as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Necessary matters such as contents and issuance method of bonds issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-5 (Special Treatment of Issuance of Bonds)
The amount corresponding to the portion with respect to which the conversion to stocks or the exercise of preemptive right is possible, of convertible bonds or bonds with warrants which are issued by a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation, shall not be subject to the limits of the issuance of bonds pursuant to the provisions of Article 470 of the Commercial Act. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-6 (Special Treatment of Dividend by Public Corporation)

 


 

(1) In paying dividend of profits or interests, a public corporation (this refers to a public corporation pursuant to the provisions of Article 199 (2)) may, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 464 of the Commercial Act, pay all or part of dividend to which the Government is entitled to persons who fall under any of the following subparagraphs from among stockholders of the concerned corporation under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree:
1. Employees who are members of an employee stock ownership association of the corporation which issued the stocks concerned; and
2. Any person as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, taking into consideration a level of yearly income and amount of property owned.
(2) In capitalizing all or a part of reserve, a public corporation may, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 461 (2) of the Commercial Act, issue stocks to which the Government is entitled in whole or in part, to stockholders who hold stocks issued by the public corporation for a period as prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-7 (Preferential Allocation to Member of Employee Stock Ownership Association)
(1) In case where a stock-listed corporation or a corporation which intends to list stocks publicly offers or sells its stocks, member of employee stock ownership association of such corporation shall have the right to be allocated preferentially with stocks within the limit of 20/100 of the total number of stocks to be offered or sold: Provided, That in case where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs, this shall not apply: <Amended by Act No. 5559, Sep. 16, 1998>
1. A case where a corporation as prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among foreign-invested enterprises pursuant to the Foreign Investment Promotion Act issues stocks; and
2. Other case prescribed by the Presidential Decree as the case where preferential allocation to member of employee stock ownership association is difficult.

 


 

(2) In case where the number of stocks owned by members of employee stock ownership association is more than 20/100 of the total number of stocks issued newly and stocks to have been issued already, paragraph (1) shall not apply.
(3) The Minister of Finance and Economy may determine the criteria necessary for the stock dividend for member of employee stock ownership association pursuant to paragraph (1) and for the disposal of such stocks. <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-8 (Payment of Deposit with Listed Securities, etc.)
(1) Deposit or deposit money as prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among those which are to be paid to the State, a local government or a government-invested institution pursuant to the Framework Act on the Management of Government-Invested Institutions (hereinafter referred to as a “government-invested institution”) may be paid with listed securities (including securities registered with KOSDAQ; hereafter the same shall apply in this Article). <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The State, a local government or a government-invested institution may not refuse the payment with listed securities pursuant to paragraph (1).
(3) The listed securities which are eligible for a payment to the State, local government or government-invested institution pursuant to paragraph (1) and the valuation standard of such securities, shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-9
Deleted. <by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 191-10 (Public Notice on Convocation of General Meeting)

 


 

(1) In case where a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation convenes a general meeting of stockholders, with respect to stockholders who hold stocks not more than the number as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, the notice of convocation pursuant to Article 363 (1) of the Commercial Act may be substituted by determining the date of a general meeting of stockholders under the conditions as prescribed by the articles of association of the corporation and giving twice or more public notices to the effect that the such corporation convenes the general meeting of stockholders and the subject matters of that meeting on two or more daily newspapers not later than two weeks before the date of the general meeting of stockholders. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In the event that any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation serves a convocation notice to each of the stockholders under Article 363 (1) of the Commercial Act or makes the public notice thereof under paragraph (1) for the purpose of holding a general meeting of stockholders to select and appoint directors, such stock-listed corporation or such KOSDAQ registered corporation shall notify each of the stockholders of names and brief personal records of candidates for such directors, persons who recommend such candidates and other matters concerning such candidates prescribed by the Presidential Decree or publish them. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) In the event that any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation serves the convocation notice of a general meeting of stockholders on each of the stockholders or makes a public notice thereof, such stock-listed corporation or such KOSDAQ registered corporation shall notify each of the stockholders of matters falling under each of the following subparagraphs or publish such matters: Provided, That the stock-listed corporation or the KOSDAQ registered corporation may run such matters on the information communications network and offer such matters for public perusal in places prescribed by the Ordinance of the Ministry of Finance and Economy in lieu of the notice and publication: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Matters concerning the attendance rates of outside directors and other non-standing directors at meetings of board of directors, details of their activities such as pros and cons over the agendas of meetings of the board of directors and their remunerations;
2. Matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among details of transactions with the biggest stockholder, etc. under Article 191-19; and

 


 

3. Management reference matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree such as the outline of the business, current operations.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-11 (Appointment and Dismissal of Auditor)
(1) In case where the total number of voting stocks of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation owned by the biggest stockholder and his specially related persons and/or other persons as prescribed by the Presidential Decree exceeds 3/100 of the total number of issued voting stocks of such corporation (in case where the articles of association of the corporation designates a ratio lower than 3/100, such ratio shall apply), such stockholders shall not exercise the voting rights of stocks exceeding the ratio in case of the appointment or dismissal of an auditor or a member of the inspection committee (limited to any member who is not an outside director). <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) A stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation shall, in case where it proposes the appointment of an auditor or the determination of remuneration for auditor as the subject matter of the general meeting of stockholders, propose and resolve that subject matter separately from the appointment of director or for the determination of remuneration for director. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) The auditor or inspection committee of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation may, notwithstanding Article 447-4 (1) of the Commercial Act, submit an auditing report to directors not later than one week before the date of the general meeting of stockholders. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-12 (Qualifications for Auditor)
(1) A stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation as prescribed by the

 


 

Presidential Decree, shall appoint one or more standing auditors: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case in which the inspection committee is established in accordance with this Act or other Acts. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
(3) A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall not be a standing auditor of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation, and any auditor of a stock-listed corporation who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall lose his office: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004; Mar. 31, 2005>
1. A minor, an incompetent, or a quasi-incompetent;
2. A person who is declared bankrupt has not been reinstated yet;
3. A person who has been sentenced to imprisonment without prison labor or a heavier punishment and for whom two years has not elapsed since the execution of such punishment was terminated or since the final judgment was rendered that the punishment on him would not be executed;
4. A person who was discharged or dismissed from a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation under this Act and for whom two years has not elapsed since the date of such discharge or dismissal;
5. A major stockholder of the corporation concerned;
6. A full-time officer or employee of the corporation concerned or a person who has been a full-time officer or employee thereof in the last two years; and
7. A person who is capable of having influence on the management of the corporation concerned other than those under subparagraphs 5 and 6 and who is prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Article 191-13 (Exercise of Minority Stockholders’ Rights)
(1) Any person who has been holding 1/10,000 or more of the total number of outstanding stocks issued by a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation for six months under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree may exercise his right as a stockholder prescribed in Article 403 of the Commercial Act (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Articles 324, 415, 424-2, 467-2, and 542 of the Commercial Act). <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Any person who has been holding 50/100,000 or more (in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree, 25/100,000 or more) of the total number of outstanding stocks issued by a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation for 6 months under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree may exercise his right as a stockholder prescribed in Article 402 of the Commercial Act. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) Any person who has been holding 10/10,000 or more (in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree, 5/10,000 or more) of the total number of outstanding stocks issued by a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation for 6 months under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree may exercise his right as a stockholder under Article 466 of the Commercial Act. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) Any person who has been holding stocks 50/10,000 or more (in case of a corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree, 25/10,000 or more) of the total number of outstanding stocks issued by a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation for 6 months under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree may exercise his right as a stockholder under Articles 385 (including a case where it is applicable mutatis mutandis in Article 415 of the Commercial Act) and 539 of the Commercial Act. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(5) Any person who has been holding 30/1000 or more (in case of a corporation as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, 15/1000 or more) of the total number of outstanding stocks issued by a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation for six months under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree may exercise his right as a stockholder

 


 

prescribed in Articles 366 and 467 of the Commercial Act. In this case, when a person exercises his right as a stockholder prescribed in Article 366 of the Commercial Act, the number of stocks shall be calculated based on voting stocks. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(6) When a stockholder pursuant to paragraph (1) of this Article institutes a lawsuit as prescribed in Article 403 of the Commercial Act (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Articles 324, 415, 424-2, 467-2 and 542 of the Commercial Act) and wins such lawsuit, the stockholder may request the company concerned to pay the cost of the lawsuit and other costs resulting from such lawsuit.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998]
Article 191-14 (Stockholder’s Proposal)
(1) A person who has been holding 10/1000 or more (in case of a corporation as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, 5/1000 or more) of the total number of issued and outstanding stocks of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation for six months under the Presidential Decree, may propose to the directors that such directors make certain matters as the subject matters of the general meeting of stockholders under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as a “stockholder’s proposal”). <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) Any person who makes a stockholder’s proposal pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) may ask directors to enter the summary of his proposal in a publication and a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of Article 363 of the Commercial Act in addition to matters to be put on the agenda of a general meeting of stockholders on the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
(3) The board of directors shall submit stockholder’s proposal before the general meeting of stockholders as the subject matters thereof, except in the case where the contents of the stockholder’s proposal violate Acts and subordinate statutes or the articles of association or in the case as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and in case where there is a demand of a person who makes stockholder’s proposal, the board of directors shall give him an opportunity to explain the concerned proposal in the general meeting of stockholders.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 191-15 (Special Cases for Issuance below Par Value)
(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 417 of the Commercial Act, any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation may issue stocks below par value subject to a resolution of the general meeting of stockholders under Article 434 of the Commercial Act without authorization of a court: Provided, That this shall not apply where the corporation concerned fails to complete a redemption under Article 455 (2) of the Commercial Act. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The minimum issue value for stocks shall be determined by a resolution of the general meeting of stockholders under paragraph (1). In this case, the minimum issue value shall not be lower than price calculated according to the methods as determined by the Presidential Decree.
(3) Except as otherwise determined by the general meeting of stockholders, stocks under paragraph (1) shall be issued within one month from the date on which a resolution of the general meeting of stockholders is made.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 191-16 (Appointments of Outside Directors)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall make the number of outside directors not less than one fourth of total number of its directors: Provided, That any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall have not less than three outside directors, but make the number of such outside directors not less than a majority of the total number of its directors. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) shall not apply to any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation that is a mutual fund incorporated pursuant to the Mutual Fund

 


 

Act and any other stock-listed corporation or any other KOSDAQ registered corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) The provisions of Article 54-5 (4) and (5) shall apply mutatis mutandis to any outside director of a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation referred to in paragraph (1) and the provisions of Article 54-5 (2) and (3) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the stock-listed corporation or the KOSDAQ registered corporation referred to in the proviso of paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(4) Any non-standing or outside director appointed under the Act on the Improvement of Managerial Structure and Privatization of Public Enterprises, the Banking Act and other Acts shall be deemed an outside director appointed under this Act.
(5) Any director of a stock-listed corporation or a KOSDAQ registered corporation may seek assistance from experts at the expense of his company according to a resolution of the board of directors. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(6) Where any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation appoints any outside director or dismisses him or any outside director resigns prior to the expiration of his term of office, such stock-listed corporation or such KOSDAQ registered corporation shall file a report thereof with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange by the day following the day on which such appointment, dismissal or resignation occurs. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 191-17 (Inspection Committee)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall establish an inspection committee. <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The provisions of Article 54-6 (2) through (6) shall apply mutatis mutandis to the composition of the inspection committee referred to in paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28,

 


 

2001>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000]
Article 191-18 (Special Cases for Cumulative Vote)
(1) In the event that a general meeting of stockholders is called for the purpose of selecting and appointing not less than two directors, notwithstanding Article 382-2 (1) of the Commercial Act, any stockholder holding stocks equivalent to not less than 1/100 of the total number of stocks issued, with the exception of non-voting stocks of any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation under the proviso of Article 191-16 (1), may apply to the relevant corporation for selecting and appointing such directors in a cumulative vote manner, except as otherwise provided for in the articles of association. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In the event that any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation referred to in paragraph (1) intends to preclude the cumulative vote in the articles of association or to change the articles of association for such preclusion, any stockholder holding stocks in excess of 3/100 (if the percentage is set lower than it by the articles of association, such percentage shall be applied) of the total number of stocks issued, with the exception of non-voting stocks, shall be prohibited from exercising his voting right on the stocks held in excess. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) In the event that any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation referred to in paragraph (1) intends to put on the agenda of a general meeting of stockholders the question of whether to change the articles of association for precluding the cumulative vote referred to in paragraph (2), such stock-listed corporation or such KOSDAQ registered corporation shall put such question on the agenda separately from other agenda relating to a change in the articles of association for other matters and resolve on changing the articles of association. <Amended Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]
Article 191-19 (Transactions with Major Stockholders, etc. and Interested Persons of Stock-Listed Corporation and KOSDAQ registered corporation)

 


 

(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall be prohibited from performing the act falling under any of the following subparagraphs for its major stockholders (including specially-related persons), directors (including any person falling under each subparagraph of Article 401-2 (1) of the Commercial Act; hereafter the same in this paragraph shall apply) or auditors (including members of the inspection committee; hereafter the same in this paragraph shall apply) or such stockholders, directors or auditors shall not act as the other parties of such corporation: Provided, That the same shall not apply to the case of each item of subparagraph 2: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Prohibited act:
(a) The act of renting any property that carries the economic value such as money, securities, actual asset and incorporeal asset right;
(b) The act of offering immovable property, movable property, securities and other property in security; or
(c) The act of guaranteeing the fulfillment of obligation; and
2. Exception of prohibited act:
(a) The act of lending money, etc. to directors and auditors for their welfare, which is prescribed by the Presidential Decree;
(b) The act of giving credits, which is permitted in other finance-related Acts and subordinate statutes; or
(c) The act of loaning money, etc., which is prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) In the event that any corporation prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among stock-listed corporations and KOSDAQ registered corporations intends to execute transactions (excluding the transactions prohibited in paragraph (1)) falling under any of the following subparagraphs with the biggest stockholder (including any person specially related to him) of such corporation and any specially related person, such corporation shall obtain approval therefor from the board of directors and report matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree in

 


 

connection with such transactions to a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the board of directors resolves on such approval: <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
1. The scale of the single transaction runs in excess of the scale prescribed by the Presidential Decree in terms of the total amount of assets or the total amount of sales; and
2.The total amount of the transactions executed with a specified person during the current business year runs in excess of the scale prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2), any transactions falling under any of the following subparagraphs, including the normal transactions executed according to the business line of the relevant corporation, may be carried out without obtaining approval therefor from the board of directors and details of the transaction falling under subparagraph 2 shall not be required to be reported to a general meeting of stockholders: <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
1. In the event that the relevant corporation is a financial institution, the transaction that is ordinarily executed according to the contractual terms and conditions under Article 11-2 (4) of the Monopoly Regulation and Fair Trade Act and in conformity with the standards prescribed by the Presidential Decree; and
2. The transaction that is executed within the total amount approved by the board of directors.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]
Article 192 (Standards for Financial Management of Stock-Listed Corporation, etc.)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission may, for the protection of investors and the establishment of a fair transaction order, prescribe the standards for financial management of any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation and may give necessary recommendation, with respect to the matters falling under any of the following subparagraphs on the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

1. Matters relating to requirements for paid-in capital increase;
2. Matters relating to reserves for improvement of financial structure;
3. Matters relating to dividend;
4. Matters relating to the issue of oversea securities prescribed by the Presidential Decree; and
5. Other matters that are corresponding to subparagraphs 1 through 4 and prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
(2) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation shall act in accordance with the standards for financial management referred to in paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 192-2
Deleted. <by Act No. 5591, Dec. 28, 1998>
Article 192-3 (Special Cases on Dividends)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation which sets the term for the settlement of accounts as once per year may pay profit dividends in money (hereinafter referred to as “quarterly dividends”) through a resolution of the board of directors to the stockholders on the last day of March, June and September from the date on which the business year commences under the conditions as determined by the articles of incorporation. <Amended by Act No. 5591, Dec. 28, 1998; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) A resolution of the board of directors described in paragraph (1) shall be made not later than 45 days after the last day referred to in paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(3) The quarterly dividends referred to in paragraph (1) shall be paid not later than 20 days after the date on which a resolution of the board of directors has been made: Provided, That this shall

 


 

not apply in case where the articles of association otherwise provide the time of paying the quarterly dividends. <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(4) The quarterly dividends shall be within the limit of the amount obtained by deducting the following from the amount of net property in a balance sheet in the immediately preceding term for the settlement of accounts: <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
1. The amount of capital in the immediately preceding term for the settlement of accounts;
2. The total amount of capital surplus reserve and the total amount of earned surplus reserve accumulated until the immediately preceding term for the settlement of accounts;
3. The amount determined to pay profits at a regular general meeting of stockholders in the immediately preceding term for the settlement of accounts; and
4. The earned surplus reserve to be accumulated in the term for the settlement of accounts pursuant to quarterly dividends.
(5) Where the amount of net property in a balance sheet in the term for the settlement of accounts is likely to fall short of the total amount listed in subparagraphs of Article 462 (1) of the Commercial Act, no quarterly dividends shall be paid. <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(6) Where the amount of net property in a balance sheet in the term for settlement of accounts falls short of the total amount listed in subparagraphs of Article 462 (1) of the Commercial Act, any directors who voted for a resolution of quarterly dividends made by the board of directors shall be liable to compensate for the difference (where the total amount of the quarterly dividends is smaller than the difference, the total amount of the quarterly dividends) jointly and severally against the corporation: Provided, That this shall not apply in case where the director concerned has proved that he could not know that there was a concern listed in paragraph (5) even though he had paid considerable attention to it. <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(7) In applying the provisions of Articles 340 (1), 344 (1), 350 (3) (including where the provisions of Article 350 (3) are applicable mutatis mutandis under Articles 423 (1), 516 (2) and 516- of the Commercial Act; hereafter in this paragraph the same shall apply), 354 (1), 370 (1), 457 (2), 458,

 


 

and 464 and subparagraph 3 of Article 625 of the Commercial Act, the quarterly dividends shall be deemed profit dividends referred to in Article 462 (1) of the Commercial Act, in applying the provisions of Article 350 (3) of the Commercial Act, a given date listed in paragraph (1) shall be deemed the last day of a business year, and in applying the provisions of Article 635 (1) 22-2 of the Commercial Act, the period listed in paragraph (3) shall be the period listed in Article 464-2 (1) of the Commercial Act. <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
(8) The provisions of Articles 399 (3) and 400 of the Commercial Act shall apply mutatis mutandis where directors bear joint and several liability pursuant to paragraph (6) and the provisions of Article 462 (2) and (3) of the Commercial Act shall apply mutatis mutandis where quarterly dividends are paid in violation of paragraph (4). <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997]
Article 193 (Measures against Listed Corporation, etc.)
If any listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation violates this Act, orders and regulations pursuant to this Act or orders of the Financial Supervisory Commission, the Financial Supervisory Commission may recommend the general meeting of stockholders of such corporation to discharge officers concerned, or may set restrictions on issuance of securities for a fixed period of time or take such measures as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982]
CHAPTER X SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
Article 194 (Over-the-Counter Transactions)
(1) Sale and purchase transactions of securities outside the securities market and KOSDAQ, method of their settlement and other necessary matters shall be determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

(2) Deleted. <by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 194-2 (Report, etc. by Digitally Recorded Document)
In case where a registration statement, a report, or other documents or data, etc. are to be filed with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Securities Futures Commission, or the Korea Exchange pursuant to this Act, such submission may be executed by digitally recorded document under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 194-3 (Audit Certification by External Auditor)
(1) A person as prescribed by the Presidential Decree from among persons who files documents concerning finance with the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange pursuant to this Act, shall be audited with regard to financial accounting in accordance with the Act on External Audit of Stock Companies: Provided, That in case where the Presidential Decree prescribes, the same shall not apply. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission may, if deemed necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors, request an external auditor pursuant to the Act on External Audit of Stock Companies who audited with regard to financial accounting pursuant to paragraph (1) (hereinafter referred to as an “external auditor”) or a corporation which is audited, to submit data and to report, and may take other necessary measures to such external auditor and corporation. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(3) In case where a foreign corporation, etc. has been audited with respect to financial accounting to the foreign securities Acts and subordinate statutes, and when the audit meets the standards as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, it shall be considered that the foreign corporation, etc. has been audited pursuant to paragraph (1).
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]

 


 

Articles 195 and 196
Deleted. <by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
Article 197 (Compensation Liabilities of Auditors)
(1) The provisions of Article 17 (2) through (7) of the Act on External Audit of Stock Companies shall apply mutatis mutandis to the compensation liabilities of auditors to bona fide investors. <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
(2) The provisions of Article 15 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the calculation of the amount compensated pursuant to paragraph (1). <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
(3) Deleted. <by Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
Article 198
Deleted. <by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
Article 199 (Restriction on Solicitation for Exercise of Voting Rights as Proxy)
(1) No one shall make solicitation for exercise of voting rights either by himself or by other persons as proxy with respect to listed stocks or stocks registered with KOSDAQ, in violation of the provisions of the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Jan. 29, 2004>
(2) In case of a listed corporation, KOSDAQ registered corporation, or registered corporation which is prescribed by the Presidential Decree as corporations carrying on an industry important for the national economy, such as the national key industry, etc. (hereinafter referred to as a “public corporation”), only such public corporation may solicit for exercise of voting rights of its stocks as proxy under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

Article 200 (Restriction, etc. on Ownership of Stocks Issued by Public Corporation)
(1) No one shall own, for his own account regardless of the title thereof, stocks issued by a public corporation in excess of the criteria prescribed in the following subparagraphs. In this case, nonvoting stocks shall not be counted in the total number of issued and outstanding stocks, and stocks owned in the names of specially related persons shall be regarded as those owned for his account: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
1. The rate of ownership at the time of registration of securities concerned with the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to Article 3, in case of stockholders who owned 10/100 or more of the total number of issued and outstanding stocks at such time; and
2. The rate as determined by the articles of association within the limit of 3/100 of the total number of issued and outstanding stocks, in case of persons other than stockholders pursuant to subparagraph 1.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), if any person obtains the approval by the Financial Supervisory Commission on the rate limit of ownership, he may own the stocks issued by a public corporation up to such limit. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(3) Any person whose beneficial ownership is in excess of the criteria referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not exercise voting rights on the stocks in excess, and the Financial Supervisory Commission may order such person to rectify his stock holding position so as to comply with the criteria concerned. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 200-2 (Report on Mass Holding, etc. of Stocks)

 


 

(1) Any person (excluding those who are prescribed by the Presidential Decree) who holds stocks, etc. of a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation in large quantities (this refers to such case where the number of the stocks, etc. owned by the person himself and specially related person is 5/100 or more of the total number of such stocks, etc.), shall report the situation of his holdings and the purpose thereof (whether the holding purports to affect the management of the issuer) to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange, within five days (the day as prescribed by the Presidential Decree shall not be counted therein; hereafter the same shall apply in this Paragraph, Article 200-2(4) and 200-3(2)) from the day on which he comes to hold such stocks, etc., under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and if the rate of his holding is changed in excess of 1/100 of the total number of the stocks, etc. of such corporation (excluding such cases as prescribed by the Presidential Decree), he shall report the contents of such change to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange, within five days after such change occurs, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. In such case, unless the holding purports to affect the management of the issuer, including appointment, dismissal or suspension of officers, amendments to the articles of incorporation related to the board of directors and other corporate units and others prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and with respect to the institutional investors, etc. as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, the time, contents, etc. of such report may be determined separately by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004; Jan. 17, 2005>
(2) The provisions of Article 21 (4) shall apply mutatis mutandis with respect to the method of calculating the number and total number of stocks, etc. as prescribed in paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(3) In case where a report on the holding of stocks, etc. in large quantities and the purpose of such holding or on a change therein is to be filed pursuant to paragraph (1), and another cause for a report occurs by the day immediately preceding the day on which the original report should be filed, such new change shall be reported together with the original cause to be reported. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Jan. 17, 2005>
(4) The person filing the report in accordance with Article 200-2(1) shall file a report of any change in the purpose of holding within 5 days to the Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange. <Newly inserted Jan. 17, 2005>

 


 

(5) The Financial Supervisory Commission and the Korea Exchange shall keep the reports as referred to in paragraphs (1) and (4) above and make them available for public inspection. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 29, 2004; Jan. 17, 2005>
(6) If it is deemed necessary for protecting the public interest or investors, the Financial Supervisory Commission may order the reporter as referred to in paragraph (1), the company which has issued the stocks, etc. and other interested persons to file any report or materials for reference, or have the FSS Governor investigate any accounting books, documents and other things. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(7) Any person who conducts the investigation as referred to in paragraph (5), shall carry with himself any certificate indicating his competence, and show it to any interested person. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991]
Article 200-3 (Restriction on Exercise of Voting Rights of Stocks, etc.) <Amended Jan. 17, 2005>
(1) Any person who fails to report or make a material false entry or omissions in the report on the holdings of stocks, etc. in large quantities and the purpose thereof or on a change therein (including the report on modification thereof) in violation of the provisions of Article 200-2 (1) and (3), may not exercise the voting rights with respect to stocks held in violation of the provisions concerning report from among stocks held in excess of 5/100 of the total number of issued and outstanding voting stocks during the period as prescribed by the Presidential Decree, and the Financial Supervisory Commission may order him to dispose of the violating portion concerned. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Jan. 17, 2005>
(2) Any person who has filed a report to the effect that the holding purports to affect the management of the issuer in accordance with Article 200-2(1), (3) and (4) shall not acquire additional stocks of that issuer or exercise its voting rights in respect of the stocks held within 5 days of the date of reporting <Newly inserted Jan. 17, 2005>
[Newly inserted Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 200-4 (Provisions to Apply Mutatis Mutandis)

 


 

The provisions of Articles 11 (1) and (2) and 20 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the cases of the report on the situation of mass holdings and the report on the change of the situation of mass holdings. <Amended Jan. 17, 2005>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 201
Deleted. <by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
Articles 202 and 202-2
Deleted. <by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 203 (Restrictions on Acquisition of Securities by Foreigners)
(1) Acquisition of securities by a foreigner or foreign corporation, etc. may be restricted by the provisions of the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(2) With respect to an acquisition of stocks of a public corporation by a foreigner or foreign corporation, etc., it may be restricted separately under the conditions as prescribed by the articles of association of the public corporation in addition to a restriction pursuant to paragraph (1). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(3) Any person who has acquired stocks in contravention of the provisions of paragraph (1) or (2), may not exercise his voting rights to the stocks, and the Financial Supervisory Commission may order a correction to the person who acquired stocks in contravention of the provisions of paragraph (1) or (2). <Newly Inserted by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(4) Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>

 


 

Articles 204 through 206
Deleted. <by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 206-2 (Delegation of Authority)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission may delegate part of its authority under this Act to the Securities Futures Commission under the conditions determined by the Presidential Decree.
(2) Where the Securities Futures Commission decides on the matters delegated pursuant to paragraph (1), it shall make a report thereon without delay to the Financial Supervisory Commission.
(3) Where it is deemed that a decision by the Securities Futures Commission referred to in paragraph (2) is illegal or extremely unjust in the light of the protection of the public interest or investors, the Financial Supervisory Commission may cancel whole or part of the decision or suspend its execution.
(4) Matters under the authority of the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Securities Futures Commission under this Act which require urgent disposition may be delegated to the Chairman of the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Chairman of the Securities Futures Commission, respectively, and minor matters may be entrusted to the FSS Governor.
(5) The scope of urgent matters and minor matters listed in paragraph (4) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]
Article 206-3 (Investigation, Seizure, and Search by Financial Supervisory Commission and Securities Futures Commission)
(1) Where there is a violation of this Act or an order under this Act or, a violation of the regulations of or an order under the Financial supervisory Commission, or where it is deemed necessary to protect public interest or investors, the Financial Supervisory Commission

 


 

(referring to the Securities Futures Commission in case of the matters in violation of Articles 188, 188-2 and 188-4; hereafter in this Article the same shall apply) may order the person concerned to submit a report or materials for reference or have the FSS Governor investigate books, documents or other things.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission may demand the following matters from the persons concerned in order to make an investigation referred to in paragraph (1):
1. Submission of a statement on the facts and situation with regard to matters to be invested;
2. Appearance for testimony pertaining to the matters to be invested; and
3. Submission of books, documents, or other things necessary for an investigation.
(3) In making investigation under paragraph (1), the Financial Supervisory Commission may take the following measures if it is necessary to find out any violation of Articles 188, 188-2, and 188-4: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
1. Provisional holding of books, documents, or other things submitted under paragraph (2) 3; and
2. Investigation into the business, books, documents, or other things through the entry into an office or workplace of the person concerned.
(4) Where it is deemed necessary to make an investigation referred to in paragraph (1), the Financial Supervisory Commission may request a securities-related institution to submit documents necessary for the investigation under the conditions as determined by the Presidential Decree.
(5) Where a violation of this Act or an order under this Act, or a violation of the regulations of or an order under the Financial Supervisory Commission has been proved as a result of an investigation referred to in paragraph (1), the Financial Supervisory Commission may make an order for correction or take other measures as determined by the Presidential Decree, and may determine the procedures necessary for the investigation and taking measures, standards for measures and other necessary matters.
(6) Where the Korea Exchange has a suspicion that there is a violation of this Act or an order

 


 

under this Act or a violation of the regulations of or an order under the Financial Supervisory Commission as a result of examination of an abnormal trade or supervision of its members, it shall notify the Financial Supervisory Commission. <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(7) Where it is deemed necessary to investigate any violation of Articles 188, 188-2, and 188-4 (hereafter in this Article, referred to as the “violation”), the Securities Futures Commission may order a public official of the Financial Supervisory Commission as determined by the Presidential Decree (hereinafter referred to as the “investigating officer”), to interrogate a person suspected of the violation, seize things, or search a workplace. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(8) Where an investigating officer conducts a search or seizure to investigate any violation, he shall carry a warrant for search or seizure issued by a judge upon a request of a public prosecutor. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(9) Where an investigating officer conducts an investigation, interrogation, search, or seizure under paragraph (3) 2 or (7), he shall carry a certificate indicating his authority and present it to the person concerned. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(10) The provisions of the Criminal Procedure Act concerning search and seizure, execution of a warrant for search or seizure, return of seized articles, etc. shall apply mutatis mutandis to the search and seizure and the warrant for search or seizure as provided in this Act. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(11) Where an investigating officer has conducted a provisional holding, interrogation, search, or seizure, he shall prepare a report thereon and add his signature and seal to it with an official watchman or interrogated person after confirmation of the report by such person. If such an official watchman or interrogated person fails or is unable to give any signature and seal, the reasons therefor shall be added. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(12) Where an investigating officer has completed the investigation into a violation, he shall report the results thereof to the Securities Futures Commission. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]

 


 

Article 206-4 (Exchange of Information with Foreign Securities Supervisory Agencies, etc.)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission may exchange information with foreign securities supervisory agencies.
(2) Where the Financial Supervisory Commission intends to exchange information under paragraph (1), it shall consult in advance with the Minister of Finance and Economy: Provided, That this shall not apply to cases as determined by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
(3) The Financial Supervisory Commission (referring to the Securities Futures Commission in case of matters relating to a violation of the provisions of Articles 188, 188-2, and 188-4) may, where any foreign securities supervisory agency asks for its cooperation in conducting an investigation or inspection under this Act, giving expressly the objective and scope, etc. of such investigation or inspection, cooperate with such foreign securities supervisory agency. In this case, the Financial Supervisory Commission may furnish the data on such investigation or inspection to such foreign securities supervisory agency or be furnished with such data from such foreign securities supervisory agency, according to the principle of reciprocity. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(4) The Financial Supervisory Commission may furnish the data on an investigation or inspection to a foreign securities supervisory agency under the latter part of paragraph (3), only in case where it meets the following requirements: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
1. The data on an investigation or inspection furnished to a foreign securities supervisory agency shall not be used for other than the purpose of furnishing;
2. Confidentiality shall be kept on the data on an investigation or inspection and the fact of furnishing such data; and
3. The data on an investigation or inspection furnished to a foreign securities supervisory agency shall not be used for the investigation into or trial of a criminal case in a foreign country without any prior consent from the Financial Supervisory Commission.

 


 

[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]
Article 206-5 (Deliberation by Securities Futures Commission)
Where there exists a case falling under any of the following subparagraphs, the Financial Supervisory Commission shall go through prior deliberation by the Securities Futures Commission: <Amended by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Where it provides for matters falling under any of the following:
(a) Documents for registration referred to in Article 4;
(b) Criteria for administration of registered corporations referred to in Article 6;
(c) Procedures and criteria for taking measures referred to in Article 20 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Articles 27-2, 186-5, 189-2 (5), 190-2 (3) and 200-4);
(d) Standards for financial management of stock-listed corporations or KOSDAQ registered corporations referred to in Article 192 (1); and
(e) Procedures and standards for investigation and measures taken by the Financial Supervisory Commission referred to in Article 206-3 (5);
2. Where it takes measures or issue orders falling under any of the following:
(a) Measures referred to in Article 20 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Articles 27-2, 186-5, 189-2 (5), 190-2 (3) and 200-4);
(b) Orders referred to in Article 54;
(c) Adjustment of purchase price of stocks referred to in Article 191 (3);
(d) Deeming it necessary to issue non-voting stocks referred to in Article 191-2 (1) 2;

 


 

(e) Measures referred to in Article 193;
(f) Approval of stockholding rate limit referred to in Article 200 (2);
(g) Measures pursuant to the results of investigation referred to in Article 206-3 (5);
(h) Disposition to impose penalties referred to in Article 206-11; and
(i) Disposition to impose a fine for negligence referred to in Article 213 (3); and
3. Matters other than those listed in subparagraphs 1 and 2 for which the Financial Supervisory Commission deems deliberation by the Securities Futures Commission to be necessary.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]
Article 206-6 (Direction and Supervision, etc. over FSS Governor)
Where the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Securities Futures Commission deems it necessary in order to exercise its powers under this Act, it may direct and supervise the FSS Governor and have him change his method of executing his duties or give other supervisory orders.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]
Article 206-7 (Duties of Financial Supervisory Service)
The Financial Supervisory Service shall carry out the following duties under the direction and supervision of the Financial Supervisory Commission or the Securities Futures Commission: <Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
1. Matters on the registration of issuers of securities;
2. Matters on the registration statement of securities;
3. Matters on the tender offer of securities;

 


 

4. Matters on inspections of institutions which are subject to inspection by the FSS Governor under this Act;
5. Matters on the administration of listed corporations or KOSDAQ registered corporations;
6. Matters on the public notification of the analysis and substance of business of registered corporations and listed corporations or KOSDAQ registered corporations;
7. Matters on the supervision over sale and purchase transactions of securities outside the securities market and KOSDAQ;
8. Business entrusted by the Government;
9. Business assigned under this Act other than those listed in subparagraphs 1 through 8; and
10. Business incidental to those listed in subparagraphs 1 through 9.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]
Article 206-8 (Contributions)
(1) Any person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall bear part of the working expenses of the Financial Supervisory Service:
1. Securities companies which take commission from customers;
2. Issuers who submit a report to the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to Article 8;
3. Institutions which are subject to inspection by the FSS Governor under this Act; and
4. Registered corporations.
(2) The amount and limit of the contribution referred to in paragraph (1) and other matters necessary for the payment of contributions shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998]

 


 

Article 206-9
Deleted Jan. 29, 2004
Article 206-10 (Hearing)
Where the Minister of Finance and Economy or the Financial Supervisory Commission intends to take a disposition falling under any of the following subparagraphs, it shall hold a hearing: <Amended by Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
1. Cancellation of license or registration of securities companies or transfer agents under the provisions of Article 55 of this Act or the provisions of Article 152 of the Act on Business of Operating Indirect Investment and Assets which are applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 180 (3); and
2. Cancellation of license of securities financial companies and brokerage companies referred to in Article 155 (1) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 179 (4)).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
CHAPTER X-2 IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF PENALTIES
Article 206-11 (Penalties)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission may impose penalties of up to 3/100 of the subscription or sales value on a statement of securities (up to two billion won where the price exceeds two billion won) on a person falling under any subparagraph of Article 14 (1) where he falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
1. Where he makes a false entry or indication or fails to enter or indicate important matters in any registration statement, prospectus, or other documents to be submitted under Article 8, 11 or 12; and

 


 

2. Where he fails to submit a registration statement, prospectus, or other documents to be submitted under Article 8, 11 or 12.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission may impose penalties of up to 3/100 of the total estimated amount for tender offer stated in a tender offer statement (up to two billion won where the price exceeds two billion won) on a person falling under any subparagraph of Article 25-3 (1) where he falls under any of the following subparagraphs. In this case, a total estimated amount for tender offer shall be an amount calculated by multiplying the tender offer price per stock by the number of stocks: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
1. Where he makes a false entry or indication or fails to enter or indicate important matters in any registration statement, prospectus, or other documents to be submitted or in the public notice to be made under Article 21-2, 22, 23-2 or 24; and
2. Where he fails to submit any registration statement, prospectus, or other documents to be submitted or fails to make public notice of matters to be publicly notified under Article 21-2, 22, 23-2 or 24.
(3) The Financial Supervisory Commission may impose penalties within the limit of not exceeding two billion won on any listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Where it makes a false statement or indication in matters to be reported or disclosed under Article 186 (1) or (2) or fails to enter or indicate important matters therein; and
2. Where it fails to report or disclose matters to be reported or disclosed under Article 186 (1) or (2).
(4) The Financial Supervisory Commission may impose penalties of up to 10/100 of an average daily transaction volume (up to two billion won where an amount exceeds two billion won or stocks issued by a corporation are not traded on the securities market or KOSDAQ) of stocks issued by a corporation quoted in the securities market or KOSDAQ in the immediately preceding year on the corporation which has to submit an annual business report, a semiannual business report or a quarterly report pursuant to Article 186-2 (1) or 186-3 where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>

 


 

1. Where it makes a false entry or indication or fails to enter or indicate important matters in a report under Article 186-2 (1) or 186-3; and
2. Where it fails to submit a report under Article 186-2 (1) or 186-3.
(5) The Financial Supervisory Commission may impose penalties of up to 2/100 (1/100 for a consolidation and two billion won where the amount exceeds two billion won) of the total amount (based on the amount entered in reported documents submitted under Article 190-2) of the book value (for a transfer or takeover of business, the amount acquired or paid in compensation for the transfer or takeover) of stocks granted in compensation for a merger (including a merger by split-off) or split-off and the amount of debts taken over on a stock-listed corporation or KOSDAQ registered corporation where it falls under any of the following subparagraphs: <Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. Where it makes a false entry or indication or fails to enter or indicate important matters in making a report under Article 190-2; and
2. Where it fails to make a report under Article 190-2.
(6) Where a securities company violates the provisions of Article 54-3 (1) 1, 2, or 4, the Financial Supervisory Commission may impose penalties of up to 10/100 (up to one billion won where the amount exceeds one billion won) of the violated amount of money (in case of Article 54-3 (1) 1, the amount acquired; in case of Article 54-3 (1) 2, the amount loaned or the amount given on credit; in case of Article 54-3 (1) 4, the amount acquired in excess of the ratio), on the securities company. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(7) Penalties prescribed in paragraphs (1) through (6) shall be imposed on a person subject to the imposition of such penalties who violates the respective corresponding provisions by intention or by gross negligence. <Amended by Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 206-12 (Imposition of Penalties)

 


 

(1) In imposing penalties pursuant to Article 206-11, the Financial Supervisory Commission shall take account of the following matters according to the standards as determined by the Presidential Decree:
1. Contents and severity of the offense;
2. Duration and frequency of the offense; and
3. Scale of benefits acquired by the offense.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission shall seek opinions from the Korea Exchange in advance where it imposes penalties pursuant to Article 206-11 (3). <Amended by Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Jan. 29, 2004>
(3) Where a corporation which has violated the provisions of this Act merges, the Financial Supervisory Commission may impose and collect penalties on and from the corporation which continues to exist or is newly established after the merger, deeming the offense committed by the previous corporation to be an offense committed by the existing or newly established corporation.
(4) Matters necessary for the imposition of penalties shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 206-13 (Presentation of Opinions)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission shall, in advance, give a concerned party or interested person an opportunity to present his opinions prior to the imposition of penalties.
(2) A concerned party or interested person described in paragraph (1) may attend a meeting of the Financial Supervisory Commission and state his opinions or present necessary materials.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]

 


 

Article 206-14 (Formal Objection)
(1) A person who is dissatisfied with a disposition of imposition of penalties under Article 206-11 may raise an objection to the Financial Supervisory Commission within thirty days from the date of receipt of notice of the said disposition by giving the reasons.
(2) The Financial Supervisory Commission shall make a decision on the objection under paragraph (1) within thirty days: Provided, That where it cannot make a decision within such period for any compelling cause, it may extend the period up to thirty days.
(3) A person who is dissatisfied with a decision under paragraph (2) may apply for administrative appeal.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 206-15 (Extension of Time Limit for Payment for and Installment Payment of Penalties)
(1) Where the Financial Supervisory Commission deems that a person who has been subject to penalties (hereinafter referred to as a “person liable for the payment of penalties”) has difficulty in paying penalties in full in a lump sum for a cause falling under any of the following subparagraphs, it may extend the time limit for payment or enable him to pay them in installments. In this case, it may, if deemed necessary, have him offer a security:
1. Where he suffers a serious loss of property due to disaster or theft, etc.;
2. Where his business is in a crisis due to worsening business conditions;
3. Where he is expected to face serious financial difficulties due to payment of penalties in a lump sum; and
4. Where there exist any other causes equivalent to those listed in subparagraphs 1 through 3.
(2) Where a person liable for the payment of penalties intends to have the time limit for payment extended or pay them in installments, he shall apply for such extension or installments to the

 


 

Financial Supervisory Commission not later than ten days prior to the expiration of the time limit for payment.
(3) Where a person liable for the payment of penalties for whom the time limit for payment thereof is extended or payment thereof in installments is allowed pursuant to paragraph (1) falls under any of the following subparagraphs, the Financial Supervisory Commission may cancel the extension of the time limit for payment or decision on payment in installments and collect penalties in a lump sum:
1. Where he fails to pay penalties in installments within the time limit for payment;
2. Where he fails to fulfill an order by the Financial Supervisory Commission which is necessary to change securities or otherwise supplement security;
3. Where it deems that it cannot collect all or the residual of penalties due to compulsory execution, opening of auction, declaration of bankruptcy, dissolution of the corporation, disposition on default of national or local taxes; and
4. Where there exist any other causes equivalent to those listed in subparagraphs 1 through 3.
(4) Matters necessary for the extension of the time limit for payment of penalties, payment in installments, or security under paragraphs (1) through (3) shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 206-16 (Collection of Penalties and Disposition on Default)
(1) The Financial Supervisory Commission may collect additional dues as determined by the Presidential Decree for the period from the date following the expiration date of the time limit for payment to the date preceding the date of payment where a person liable for the payment of penalties fails to pay penalties within the time limit for payment.
(2) Where a person liable for the payment of penalties fails to pay penalties within the time limit, the Financial Supervisory Commission may urge him to pay the penalties, by specifying a period,

 


 

and where he fails to pay penalties and additional dues under paragraph (1) within the specified period, the Financial Supervisory Commission may collect them pursuant to the example of the disposition of national taxes in arrears.
(3) The Financial Supervisory Commission may entrust its duties of the collection or disposition on default of penalties and additional dues under paragraphs (1) and (2) to the Commissioner of the National Tax Administration.
(4) Matters necessary for the collection of penalties shall be determined by the Presidential Decree.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999]
Article 207
Deleted. <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
CHAPTER XI PENAL PROVISIONS
Article 207-2 (Penal Provisions)
(1) A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than ten years or by a fine not exceeding twenty million won: Provided, That if the amount equivalent to three times of the profit gained or loss evaded by the offense exceeds twenty million won, he shall be punished by a fine of the amount equivalent to or less than three times of such profit or loss amount evaded:
1. A person who violates the provisions of Article 188-2 (1) or (3); and
2. A person who violates the provisions of Article 188-4.
(2) Where the amount of the profit gained or loss evaded by any such offense as provided in any subparagraph of paragraph (1) is not less than five hundred million won, aggravated punishment shall be imposed according to the following subparagraphs: <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6695, Apr. 27, 2002>

 


 

1. Where the amount of the profit gained or loss evaded is not less than five billion won, the punishment of imprisonment for life or for not less than five years shall be imposed; and
2. Where the amount of the profit gained or loss evaded is not less than five hundred million won but less than five billion won, the punishment of imprisonment for a limited term of not less than three years shall be imposed.
(3) Where the punishment of imprisonment is imposed under paragraphs (1) and (2), the suspension of qualifications for not more than ten years may be imposed concurrently. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6695, Apr. 27, 2002>
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997]
Article 207-3 (Penal Provisions)
Any person falling under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than 5 years or by a fine not exceeding thirty million won: <Amended by Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 17, 2005>
1. A person who makes a public offering of new or outstanding securities or issued new stocks in violation of Article 8 (excluding paragraph (4) of the same Article) or who violates Article 21-2 (1) and (2);
2. A person who intentionally omits or falsely enters or indicates such important matters as prescribed by the Presidential Decree in the registration statement under Article 8, the additional documents of shelf registration statement under Article 10 (2), the amendment statement under Article 11 (including a case where the provisions are applied mutatis mutandis in Article 186-5 or 200-4), the tender offer statement under Article 21-2 (2), the amendment statement under Article 23-2 (1), the report documents under Article 186 (1), the business report under Article 186-2, the semiannual report and the quarterly report under Article 186-3, or the report documents under Article 190-2 (1) and (2) and a certified public accountant, an appraiser or a credit-rating specialist who authenticates them, claiming their correctness with his knowledge of the omission and false entries andindications;
2-2. A person who affixes his signature provided for in Article 8 (4) (including a case where the

 


 

provisions are applied mutatis mutandis under Article 186-5) with his knowledge of the omission and false entries of the important matters prescribed by the Presidential Decree in the registration statement provided for in Article 8, the business report provided for in Article 186-2 and the semiannual report and the quarterly report provided for in Article 186-3;
3. A person who fails to submit the amendment statement in violation of the latter part of Article 11 (3) (including a case where the provisions are applied mutatis mutandis in Article 186-5) or to make an amendment publication in violation of Article 23-2 (2);
4. A person who falsely makes a tender offer publication required under Article 21-2 (1), an amendment publication required under Article 23-2 (2), or disclosure required under Article 186 (2) with respect to important matters;
5. A person who violates Article 52-3;
6. A person who leaks secrets, including the identity, etc. of the reporter, etc. in violation of Article 188-6 (1); and
7. A person who violates Article 191-19 (1).
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001]
Article 208 (Penal Provisions)
A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than three years or a fine not exceeding twenty million won: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. A person who conducts the business concerned without a license therefor in accordance with the provisions of Article 28 (1), 28-2 (1), 145 (1) or 179 (1), or who conducts the business concerned after cancellation of a license therefor in accordance with the provisions of Article 55 or 155 (including where the provisions of Article 155 are applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 179);

 


 

2. A person who violates the provisions of Articles 28-2 (3) and 35 (1);
3. A person who violates the provisions of Articles 63, 95 (1), 107 (1) or 173-3;
4. A person who violates the provisions of Article 59 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 178), Article 60 (1) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 178), or Article 61 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 178), or who refuses any investigation conducted by the Financial Supervisory Commission referred to in Article 206-3 (2) (meaning the Securities Futures Commission in case of violation of Articles 188, 188-2 and 188-4);
5. Deleted. <Jan. 29, 2004>
6. Deleted. <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 209 (Penal Provisions)
A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than two years or by a fine not exceeding ten million won: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Jan. 17, 2005; July 29, 2005; Dec. 29, 2005>
1. Deleted; <by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
2. A person who makes arrangements for a public offering of new or outstanding securities in violation of the provisions of Article 8;
3. A person who violates the provisions of Article 10;
4. A person who violates the provisions of Article 21(1) or Article 23;
4-2. A person who has acquired stocks without approval in violation of Article 32-3(1) hereof;

 


 

4-3. A person who has failed to dispose such stocks in violation of an order in accordance with Article 32-3(2) hereof
5. A person who carries out the business concerned after being suspended from such business in accordance with the provisions of Article 57 or 155 (2) (including where the provisions of Article 155 (2) are applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 179 (4));
6. A person who violates the provisions of Article 62;
7. A person who violates any order issued upon the basis of the provisions of Article 168;
8. A person who establishes an organization concerned with securities without a license in accordance with the provisions of Article 181 (1); and
9. A person who violates the provisions of Article 188 (1), 189-2 (3), 190-2 (1) and (2), or 199 or orders issued pursuant to Article 21-3, 200 (3), 200-3, or 203 (3).
Article 210 (Penal Provisions)
A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by imprisonment for not more than one year or by a fine not exceeding five million won: <Amended by Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982; Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Jan. 17, 2005>
1. A person who violates any disposition of the Financial Supervisory Commission taken upon the basis of Article 20 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 27-2, 186-5, 189-2 (5), 190-2 (3) or 200-4);
2. A person who violates Articles 13 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 24), 42 (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 154, 169, 178, 179 or 180) through 44;
3. Deleted; <by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>

 


 

4. Deleted; <by Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
4-2. A person who conducts the business concerned without registration as prescribed in Article 180 (1), or who conducts the business concerned after registration is cancelled under the provisions of Article 152 of the Act on Business of Operating Indirect Investment and Assets which are applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 180 (3);
5. A person who violates Article 101, 188 (6), or 194-3;
5-2. A person who fails to make a report or makes a material false report or omission in violation of Article 200-2(1) or (4);
6. Deleted; and <by Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
7. A person who fails to prepare and keep a depositors account book as prescribed in Article 174 (3) or a customers account book as prescribed in Article 174-2 (1), or who has made a false statement therein.
Article 211 (Penal Provisions)
Any person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine not exceeding five million won: <Amended by Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987; Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Dec. 29, 2005>
1. A person who conducts the business concerned after it is suspended under Article 155 (2) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 180 (3));
2. A person who violates Article 186 (1) and (2), 186-2 or 186-3;
3. A person who fails to report pursuant to the provisions of Article 189-4 (9); and
4. A person who violates the provisions of Article 200 (1).
Article 212 (Penal Provisions)

 


 

A person who violates the provisions of Article 171 shall be punished by a fine not exceeding two million won. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 213 (Fine for Negligence)
(1) A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine for negligence of not more than ten million won: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 17, 2005>
1. A person who fails to file a registration in contravention of the provisions of Article 3;
2. A person who violates Article 18-2;
3. A person who refuses, interferes with, or evades the inspection, investigation or confirmation under Article 19 (1) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 27-2, 186-5, 189-2 (5) or 190-2 (3)), 53 (1) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Articles 70-7, 157, 169 or 178 through 181), 174-12 or 200-2 (6);
4. A person who commits a violation of the provisions of Article 37 (including where the provisions are applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 70-7) or 70-8 (1);
5. A person who disadvantageously treats the reporter, etc. in violation of Article 188-6 (2);
6. A person who neglects the disposal of stocks in contravention of the provisions of Article 189-2 (4) or 191 (4); and
7. A person who violates Article 191-19 (2).
(2) A person who falls under any of the following subparagraphs shall be punished by a fine for

 


 

negligence not exceeding five million won: <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997; Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998; Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998; Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999; Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002; Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003; Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003; Jan. 29, 2004>
1. A person who violates the provisions of Article 17 (including where they are applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 27-2), 36, 46 or 107 (2) or (3);
2. A person who fails to comply with a demand for the report, etc. or violates the order pursuant to Article 19 (1) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 27-2, 186-5, 189-2 (5) or 190-2 (3)) or 53 (2) (including where it is applicable mutatis mutandis under Article 157, 169 or 178 through 181);
3. A person who violates the provisions of Article 47;
4. A person who violates the provisions of Article 54-5 (1) through (3) or 191-16 (1) and (3);
5. A person who violates the provisions of Article 54-6 (1) and (2) or 191-17;
6. A person who violates the provisions of Article 174-2 (2) or who fails to make a notification, or makes a false notification, to the beneficial owners in violation of the provisions of Article 174-7 (3) through (5);
7. A person who violates the provisions of Article 174-6 (4) or 174-8 (1); and
8. A person who violates the provisions of Article 191 (5), 191-10 (2) and (3), or 191-11 (2).
(3) The fine for negligence as referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be imposed and collected by the Financial Supervisory Commission, under the conditions as prescribed by the Presidential Decree. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(4) A person who is dissatisfied with the disposition of the fine for negligence as referred to in paragraph (3), may raise an objection to the person who is authorized to take the disposition, within thirty days after he is informed of such disposition.
(5) If the person, who is subject to a disposition of fine for negligence pursuant to paragraph (3),

 


 

has raised an objection pursuant to paragraph (4) of this Article, the person who is authorized to take the disposition shall without delay notify the competent court, which shall, upon receiving the notification, bring the case of fine for negligence to a trial under the Non-Contentious Case Litigation Procedure Act.
(6) If neither objection is raised, nor fine for negligence is paid, in the period as referred to in paragraph (4) of this Article, it shall be collected according to the examples of the disposition of national taxes in arrears.
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
Article 214 (Concurrent Punishment)
(1) A person who commits a crime as referred to in Articles 207-2 through 210 may be confined to imprisonment and fined concurrently. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
(2) Where a violator of Article 207-2 (2) is subject to a fine in addition to the punishment of imprisonment in accordance with paragraph (1), he shall be punished by the fine of the amount equivalent to or less than three times of the profit gained or loss evaded in consequence of such violation. <Newly Inserted by Act No. 6695, Apr. 27, 2002>
Article 215 (Joint Penal Provisions)
If a representative of a juristic person, or an agent, employee or other employed person of the juristic person or an individual commits any offense as prescribed in Articles 207-2 through 212 in connection with the affairs of the juristic person or individual, the fine as prescribed in the respective Articles shall be imposed on such juristic person or individual, in addition to the punishment of the offender. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
[This Article Wholly Amended by Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994]
ADDENDA

 


 

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on February 1, 1977: Provided, That the provisions of Article 12 of the Addenda shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures as to Filing of Registration Statement)
(1) Any registration statement (including amendment statement) and notification which the Minister of Finance received prior to the effective date of this Act shall be regarded to have been received by the Commission, and any designation of effective date thereof shall be regarded as designated by the Commission.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 9 (3) 1, the Commission may, by December 31, 1977, designate an effective date of such registration statement filed by any corporation registered with the Commission.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures as to Securities Companies)
A securities company, as of the enforcement date of this Act, shall be regarded as a securities company under this Act: Provided, That unless a securities company obtains license by meeting the requirements referred to in Article 28 (3) within three years from the effective date of this Act, the license of such company shall be cancelled.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures as to Accounting)
Accounting of a securities company shall be in accordance with the previous provisions until the Commission adopts the Regulations relating to the Accounting Standards of Securities Companies pursuant to the provision of Article 47.
Article 5 (Transitional Measures as to Order by Minister of Finance)

 


 

Orders issued to a securities company by the Minister of Finance prior to the enforcement date of this Act with respect to extension of credit or other matters shall be regarded as orders by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of Articles 49 and 54.
Article 6 (Transitional Measures as to Registered Salesman)
A registered salesman who entered a registration with the Ministry of Finance as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded to have been registered with the Commission under this Act: Provided, That when the qualification requirements are determined pursuant to the provisions of Article 65 (3), the Commission shall examine every registered salesman and have such one register again pursuant to the provisions thereof.
Article 7 (Transitional Measures as to Auditor of Korea Exchange)
An auditor of the Korea Exchange, as of the enforcement date of this Act, shall be regarded as a standing auditor of the Korea Exchange under this Act.
Article 8 (Transitional Measures as to Exchange Members)
Any exchange member who was registered with the Korea Exchange, as of the enforcement date of this Act, shall be regarded as registered under this Act.
Article 9 (Transitional Measures as to Listed Securities)
(1) Any security which was listed on the Korea Exchange as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded as a security listed under this Act.
(2) Previous provisions shall apply to the listing of securities referred to in Article 88 (1), until the provisions of the Presidential Decree pursuant to the proviso of Article 88 (1) become effective.

 


 

Article 10 (Transitional Measures as to Semiannual Reports)
Any listed corporation as of the enforcement date of this Act, for which a period of six months has elapsed since its accounting period commenced, shall file a semiannual report referred to in Article 92 within forty-five days from the enforcement date of this Act.
Article 11 (Transitional Measures as to Certificates of Contribution of Korea Exchange)
Any certificate of contribution of the Korea Exchange which was owned as of the enforcement date of this Act by any person other than the Government or securities companies, may be cancelled through purchases by the Korea Exchange from the enforcement date of this Act. In such a case, the method of purchase, period, purchase price and other necessary matters shall be prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 12 (Establishment of Supervisory Board)
(1) The Minister of Finance shall organize an establishment commission composed of seven or less members appointed by the Minister, and have it handle affairs concerned with the establishment of the Supervisory Board.
(2) The establishment commission shall prepare the articles of association of the Supervisory Board and obtain the authorization of the Minister of Finance with respect thereto.
(3) The establishment commission shall make the registration referred to in Article 130, after obtaining the authorization pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (2).
(4) When the establishment commission has completed the registration referred to in paragraph (3), it shall turn over its business and property to the director of the Supervisory Board.
(5) When the commission members were appointed pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1), the Government may deliver a contribution referred to in Article 204 to the establishment Commission.

 


 

Article 13 (Transitional Measures as to Authority of Commission)
Authority of the Commission and the Supervisory Board pursuant to this Act shall be exercised by the Minister of Finance until the Commission is organized and the Supervisory Board is established.
Article 14 (Terms of Office of Commissioners First Taking Office)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 123, the terms of office of the Commissioners first taking office after the effective date of this Act shall be one year for one, two years for one and three years for one.
Article 15 (Transitional Measures as to Restrictions on Ownership of Stocks)
The time of original listing referred to in Article 200 (1) as to a listed corporation as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded as the record date for closing of a register of stockholders first taken after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 16 (Transitional Measures as to Officers of Securities Finance Company)
Terms of office of directors and auditors of a securities finance company as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be in accordance with the previous provisions.
Article 17 (Transitional Measures as to Securities Dealers Association)
Any direction which was issued to the Securities Dealers Association by the Minister of Finance prior to the effective date of this Act shall be regarded as measures taken by the Commission under this Act.
Article 18 (Transitional Measures as to Mutual Ownership of Stocks)

 


 

Any stock which a listed corporation owns in violation of the provisions of Article 189 as of the effective date of this Act shall be transferred within one year from the effective date of this Act.
Article 19 (Transitional Measures as to Mergers of Unlisted Corporations)
The provisions of Article 190 shall not apply until December 31, 1977, to the case where any listed corporation merges any registered corporation.
Article 20 (Transitional Measures as to Act or Subordinate Statute which Cites Provisions of Previous Act)
In case any other Act or subordinate statute cites the provisions of the previous Securities and Exchange Act, the provisions which fall within the purview thereof in this Act shall, if any, be regarded to be cited for replacement of the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 3541, Mar. 29, 1982>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1982.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures as to Filing of Registration Statement)
(1) Registration statements received in accordance with the previous provisions of Article 8 as of the enforcement date of this Act shall take effect in accordance with the previous provisions.
(2) Previous provisions shall apply, even after the enforcement of this Act, to the registration statement and documents accompanied thereby referred to in Article 8 (2), prospectus referred to in Article 12 and after-report referred to in Article 17 as far as the forms thereof are concerned,

 


 

until the Commission fixes such forms in accordance with this Act.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures as to Eligibility of Officers)
(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 33 (1) and (2) 5 (including the case where it shall apply mutatis mutandis under Article 149, 169 or 178), officers of a securities company, securities finance company, Securities Dealers Association and securities depository corporation as of the enforcement date of this Act, may hold office for a period of their existing terms respectively.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 33-2 (including the case where it shall apply mutatis mutandis under Article 150 or 178), officers of a securities company, securities finance company and securities depository corporation as of the enforcement date of this Act, may hold office for the period of their existing terms.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures as to Securities Savings Business)
Previous provisions shall apply to a securities savings business of a securities company, until the Commission adopts the Securities Savings Business Regulations in accordance with the provisions of Article 50 (1).
Article 5 (Transitional Measures as to Investment Counsellors)
(1) A registered salesman registered with the Commission as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded an investment counsellor registered with the Supervisory Board in accordance with this Act.
(2) A securities company may, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 65 (2), have its officer or employee perform duties of an investment counsellor in the business office thereof until two years have elapsed since the enforcement date of this Act.

 


 

(3) Matters reported to the Commission in accordance with the previous provisions of Article 68 as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded as reported to the Supervisory Board in accordance with this Act.
(4) Dispositions taken by the Commission in accordance with the previous provisions of Article 69 as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded taken by the Supervisory Board in accordance with this Act.
Article 6 (Transitional Measures as to Accounting Audit)
Previous provisions shall apply to an audit on such corporation which has entered into an audit contract with certified public accountants as of the enforcement date of this Act.
Article 7 (Transitional Measures as to Ownership of Block Stocks)
(1) A stockholder, as of the enforcement date of this Act, who comes to exceed the maximum limit referred to in the latter part of Article 200 (1) as a result of application of the provisions of the former part of paragraph (1) of the said Article shall report the contents thereof to the Commission within thirty days from the enforcement date of this Act and the person who reported this shall be regarded as the owner as of the time of original listing.
(2) A person who reported the ownership of block stocks to the Commission in accordance with the previous provisions of Article 201 as of the enforcement date of this Act shall be regarded as reported as major stockholder to the Commission in accordance with the provisions of Article 188 (6).
ADDENDA <Act No. 3945, Nov. 28, 1987>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

 


 

(1) This Act shall enter into force on January 1, 1988, but the revised provisions of Articles 74 and 82 shall enter into force on the day on which the Government sells all of its contribution certificates of the Korea Exchange.
(2) If the Government does not sell all of its contribution certificates of the Korea Exchange until January 1, 1988, the revised provisions of those included in Chapter VI of this Act (excluding the revised provisions of Articles 89, 92, 105 and 107; hereinafter the same shall apply) shall enter into force on the date of its selling.
Article 2 (Application Example concerning Registration Statement)
The revised provisions of Article 8 (1) shall be applicable even in case where a registration statement is filed pursuant to the previous provisions at the time this Act enters into force.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures concerning Investment Advisory Business)
Any person who operates an investment advisory business at the time this Act enters into force, shall register the investment advisory business with the Ministry of Finance pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 70-2 (1) within three months after this Act enters into force.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Korea Exchange)
(1) The Korea Exchange shall satisfy requirements pursuant to this Act within three months after the enforcement of this Act (this refers to the enforcement of the revised provisions of those included in Chapter VI; hereafter the same shall apply in this Article).
(2) Any exchange member registered with the Korea Exchange pursuant to the previous provisions at the time this Act enters into force shall be considered as a member under this Act.
(3) The capital of the Korea Exchange under the previous provisions at the time this Act enters into force shall be considered as the contribution of a member under this Act.

 


 

(4) The president, executive officers and auditors of the Korea Exchange at the time this Act enters into force shall perform their duties according to the previous provisions until the chief director, managing director, standing directors and auditors are appointed under this Act.
(5) If the president, standing officers and auditors existing at the time this Act enters into force are reappointed to the chief director, managing director, standing directors and auditors, respectively, their terms of office shall include the period of service pursuant to the previous provisions.
Article 5 (Transitional Measure concerning Assistant Governor of Supervisory Board)
The Assistant Governor as prescribed by the articles of association of the Supervisory Board at the time this Act enters into force shall be considered as the Assistant Governor as prescribed by this Act, and his term of office shall run on the date he is appointed pursuant to the articles of association of the Supervisory Board.
ADDENDA <Act No. 4469, Dec. 31, 1991>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation: Provided, That the revised provisions of Article 200 (1) shall enter into force at the expiration of six months from the enforcement date of this Act, and the revised provisions of Articles 187 and 200-2, at the expiration of three months from the enforcement date of this Act, respectively.
(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Capital of Securities Company) Notwithstanding the revised provisions of Article 28 (3), securities companies existing at the time this Act enters into force shall be considered to satisfy the requirements as prescribed by this Act.
(3) (Transitional Measures concerning Restriction, etc. of Mass Holding of Stocks) Any person who falls under the revised provisions of Article 200 (1) 1 of this Act at the time this Act enters into force, shall report the situation of his ownership to the Commission within one month after this Act enters into force.
(4) (Transitional Measures concerning Report on Mass Holding of Stocks) Any person who is liable to make a report pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 200-2 (1) at the time this Act

 


 

enters into force, shall report the situation of his ownership to the Commission and the Korea Exchange within one month from the enforcement date of this Act.
ADDENDA <Act No. 4701, Jan. 5, 1994>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1994: Provided, That the revised provisions of Article 200 shall enter into force on April 1, 1997; and those of Section 3 of Chapter VIII (Articles 173, 173-2 through 173-6, 174, 174-2, 174-4 through 174-8, 175, 176 and 178) and of Article 187, on the date at which the Securities Depository comes into existence. <Amended by Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 2 (Examples of Application to Appraisal Rights of Stockholders)
The revised provisions of Article 191 shall be applicable to the portion for which a notification or public notice on a convocation of the general meeting of stockholders is made on or after the date this Act enters into force.
Article 3
Deleted. <by Act No. 4701, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Registration, etc. of Investment Counsellor)
(1) Any investment counsellor who has registered with the Securities Supervisory Board at the time this Act enters into force, shall be considered to have been registered as investment counsellor with the Securities Dealers Association under this Act.
(2) Matters reported to the Securities Supervisory Board under the previous Article 68 at the time this Act enters into force, shall be considered to have been reported to the Securities

 


 

Dealers Association under this Act.
Article 5 (Conversion of Securities Depository Corporation into Securities Depository)
(1) When the securities depository corporation as prescribed in the previous Article 173 (hereinafter referred to as the “securities depository corporation”) at the time this Act enters into force, has obtained the approval of the Minister of Finance on the conversion to the Securities Depository through a resolution of the general meeting of stockholders, it shall be considered as the Securities Depository established under the revised provisions of Article 173.
(2) In the case as referred to in paragraph (1), the representative director of the securities depository corporation shall prepare the articles of association of the Securities Depository within three months after this Act enters into force, obtain the authorization of the Minister of Finance, and take charge of the affairs concerning the registration of incorporation, etc. of the Securities Depository.
(3) The securities depository corporation shall carry on the affairs pursuant to the previous provisions until the Securities Depository comes into existence.
(4) When the Securities Depository comes into existence, the stockholders of the securities depository corporation existing at that time shall be those of the Securities Depository, and all rights and duties of the securities depository corporation shall be succeeded en bloc to the Securities Depository. In this case, the securities depository corporation shall be extinguished on the day of such succession without going through the procedure of dissolution and liquidation under the Commercial Act.
(5) The officers of the securities depository corporation existing at the time the Securities Depository comes into existence, shall be considered as those of the Securities Depository as prescribed by this Act, and their terms of office shall count from the day on which they have been appointed as officers of the securities depository corporation.
Article 6 (Transitional Measures concerning Approval on Use of Printed Forms of Securities)

 


 

Approval on the use of the printed forms of securities made by the Securities Supervisory Board for a non-listed corporation before the revised provisions of Article 187 enter into force, shall be considered as approval made by the Securities Depository.
Article 7 (Transitional Measures concerning Report on Mass Holding of Stocks)
Any person who is to make a report pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 200-2 (1) at the time this Act enters into force, shall make a report on the situation of his holdings to the Commission and the Korea Exchange within one month after this Act enters into force.
Article 8 (Transitional Measures concerning Conciliation Commission)
(1) The dispute conciliation institution established by the previous provisions at the time this Act enters into force, shall be considered as the securities dispute conciliation commission under this Act.
(2) Any request for a conciliation of dispute made pursuant to the previous provisions before this Act enters into force, shall be considered as a request for dispute conciliation under this Act.
Article 9 (Relation with Other Acts and Subordinate Statutes)
Any citation of the securities depository corporation in other Acts and subordinate statutes at the time the Securities Depository comes into existence, shall be considered as a citation of the Securities Depositor.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5254, Jan. 13, 1997>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)

 


 

This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1997: Provided, That the revised provisions of subparagraph 6 of Article 3 and Article 189-4 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation; and the revised provisions of Section 2 of Chapter VIII (excluding the provisions of Article 167), on the date on which the Korea Dealers Association comes into existence, respectively. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 2 (Applicable Cases concerning Liability for Damages due to False Statements)
The revised provisions of subparagraph 5 of Article 14 and Article 15 (2) shall apply to a registration statement and a prospectus which are filed on or after the date this Act enters into force.
Article 3 (Applicable Cases concerning Tender Offer of Securities)
The revised provisions of Chapter VI (Articles 21 through 27-2) shall not apply in case where a tender offer statement is filed according to the previous provisions before this Act comes into force.
Article 4 (Applicable Cases concerning Qualification of Officers of Securities Company)
The revised provisions of Article 33 (2) 3 and 5 (including the case where it shall apply mutatis mutandis under Articles 70-7, 149 (2), 169, 178, 179 (4) and 180 (3)), subparagraphs 4 and 5 of Article 80, subparagraphs 4 and 5 of Article 121 and Article 133 (8) shall not apply with respect to an officer who is in office at the time of enforcement of this Act.
Article 5 (Applicable Cases concerning Term of Office of Auditor of Korea Exchange)
The revised provisions of Article 78 (7) shall apply to an auditor who is assigned on or after the date this Act comes into force.
Article 6 (Applicable Cases concerning Annual Report and Semiannual Report)

 


 

The revised provisions of Articles 186-2 and 186-3 shall apply from the business year commencing newly after this Act comes into force: Provided, That in the case of a corporation of which the last day of business year falls under the period between December and February, they shall apply from the business year to which the date of enforcement of this Act belongs.
Article 7 (Applicable Cases concerning Return of Short-Term Sales Margin of Insider)
The revised provisions of Article 188 (2) through (4) shall not apply, in case where six months has not elapsed since securities, etc. are bought or sold before this Act comes into force.
Article 8 (Applicable Cases concerning Notification and Public Notice on Convocation of General Meeting)
The revised provisions of Article 191-10 (2) shall apply from the notification or public notice on the convocation of the general meeting effected for the first time after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 9 (Applicable Cases concerning Appointment and Dismissal, etc. of Auditor)
The revised provisions of Article 191-11 (1) and (2) shall apply from the general meeting of stockholders which is convened for the first time after this Act comes into force; and the revised provisions of paragraph (3) of the said Article, from an auditing report which an auditor submits to directors for the first time after this Act comes into force.
Article 10 (Applicable Cases concerning Qualifications of Standing Auditor)
The revised provisions of Article 191-12 (2) and (3) shall apply from an auditor who is appointed in the general meeting of stockholders convened for the first time after this Act comes into force.
Article 11 (Transitional Measures concerning Employee Stock Ownership Association)

 


 

An employee stock ownership association pursuant to subparagraph 5 of Article 2 of the Capital Market Promotion Act (Act No. 4679) at the time of enforcement of this Act, shall be considered as an employee stock ownership association pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 2 (18) of this Act.
Article 12 (Transitional Measures concerning License for Securities Business)
In case where the license for securities business referred to in the previous provisions of Article 2 (8) 4 is obtained pursuant to the provisions of Article 28 (2) 2 at the time of enforcement of this Act, it shall be considered as a license for securities business pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 2 (8) 4.
Article 13 (Transitional Measures concerning Protection Fund)
Securities company bound to set aside protection fund pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 69-2 (3), shall set aside the protection fund pursuant to the revised provisions of paragraph (2) of the said Article within one month after this Act comes into force.
Article 14 (Transitional Measures concerning Report on Business Similar to Investment Advisory Business)
A person who conducts a business similar to investment advisory business pursuant to Article 70-8 at the time of enforcement of this Act, shall report pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 70-8 within one month after the enforcement date of this Act.
Article 15 (Transitional Measures concerning Fees)
Fees which has been collected by the Supervisory Board during the period from January 1, 1997 to the last day before the enforcement date of this Act according to the previous provisions of Article 143, shall be considered as the fees pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 143.

 


 

Article 16 (Transitional Measures concerning Korea Securities Dealers Association)
(1) The Korea Securities Dealers Association, the incorporated association, which was established pursuant to the previous provisions of Article 162 and is existing at the time of enforcement of this Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Association”), shall be considered as the Korea Securities Dealers Association which is established pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 162.
(2) In case of paragraph (1) of this Article, the president of the Association shall prepare the articles of association of the Korea Securities Dealers Association within three months from the enforcement date of this Act and shall obtain the authorization of the Minister of Finance and Economy; and he shall manage the affairs relating to the registration of incorporation of the Korea Securities Dealers Association.
(3) The Association shall conduct the business pursuant to the previous provisions until the Korea Securities Dealers Association comes into existence.
(4) When the Korea Securities Dealers Association comes into existence, the members of the Association at the time when it comes into existence shall become the members of the Korea Securities Dealer Association, and the Korea Securities Dealers Association shall succeed to the rights and obligations of the Association by a universal title. In this case, the Association shall cease to exist at the date of succession by a universal title without being subject to the procedure of dissolution and liquidation pursuant to the provisions of the Civil Act.
(5) Officers of the Association at the time when it comes into existence shall be considered as officers of the Korea Securities Dealers Association pursuant to this Act, and the terms of office of such officers shall begin on the date on which officers of the Association has been appointed.
Article 17 (Transitional Measures concerning Corporation Registered with Association)
A corporation listed on KOSDAQ pursuant to the previous provisions of Article 194 at the time this Act enters into force shall be regarded as a corporation registered with the Korea Securities Dealers Association pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 172-2.

 


 

Article 18 (Transitional Measures concerning Designation of Securities which are Object of Depositing)
The securities which the Securities Depository has designated at the time this Act enters into force shall be regarded that they have been designated pursuant to the revised provision of Article 173-7.
Article 19 (Transitional Measures concerning Korea Listed Companies Association)
The Korea Listed Companies Association, the incorporated association, which is established pursuant to the Civil Act at the time this Act enters into force, shall be deemed to be established with the license by the Minister of Finance and Economy under the revised provisions of Article 181 (1).
Article 20 (Transitional Measures concerning Nonvoting Stocks)
In case where the number of nonvoting stocks issued pursuant to Article 7 of the previous Capital Market Promotion Act (Act No. 3946) (including the number of nonvoting stocks issued after the enforcement of the Capital Market Promotion Act (Act No. 4679) due to the exercise of the rights of convertible bonds or bonds with warrants which have been issued before the enforcement of the Capital Market Promotion Act (Act No. 4679)), exceeds 1/4 of the total number of the issued stocks, the portion exceeding such ratio shall be considered that it is issued under the revised provisions of each subparagraph of Article 191-2 (1).
Article 21 (Transitional Measures concerning Issuance of New Type of Bonds)
New type bonds issued pursuant to Article 9 of the Capital Market Promotion Act at the time this Act enters into force, shall be considered that they are issued pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 191-4.

 


 

Article 22 (Transitional Measures concerning Public Notice on Convocation of General Meeting)
The public notice on the convocation of the general meeting of stockholders effected pursuant to Article 23 of the Capital Market Promotion Act at the time this Act enters into force, shall be considered that it is effected pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 191-10 (1).
Article 23 (Transitional Measures concerning Standing Auditor)
A stock listed corporation which shall appoint a standing auditor pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 191-12 (1), shall appoint a standing auditor by the time of the regular general meeting of stockholders convened for the first time after this Act enters into force.
Article 24 (Transitional Measures concerning Report on Mass Holding, etc. of Stocks)
A person who shall make the report pursuant to the revised provisions of Article 200-2 (1) at the time this Act enters into force, shall report the situation of holdings to the Commission and the Korea Exchange within two months from the enforcement date of this Act.
Article 25 (Repeal of Other Act, etc.)
(1) The Capital Market Promotion Act shall be repealed.
(2) In case where the provisions of the previous Capital Market Promotion Act was quoted in other Acts and subordinate statutes at the time this Act enters into force, this Act and the provisions in this Act corresponding to the provisions of the previous Capital Market Promotion Act shall be considered to have been quoted in place of the provisions of the previous Capital Market Promotion Act.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5423, Dec. 13, 1997>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1998: Provided, That the

 


 

amended provisions of Articles 69-5 and 192-2 shall enter into force on January 1, 1998. <Amended by Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
(2) (Applicable Cases concerning Interim Dividends) The amended provisions of Article 192-3 shall apply from the business year commencing for the first time after January 1, 1998.
(3) (Transitional Measures on Penal Provisions) The application of penal provisions to acts committed prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5498, Jan. 8, 1998>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1998: Provided, That the provisions among the amended provisions of Articles 69-6 and 200-2 which pertain to KOSDAQ registered corporations, the amended provisions of Article 1 of the Addenda of Act No. 5254, and the amended provisions of paragraph (1) of the Addenda of Act No. 5423 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation, the amended provisions of Article 206-10 shall enter into force on January 1, 1998, and the amended provisions of Article 69-6 shall remain in force until March 31, 1998.
Article 2 (General Transitional Measures pursuant to Repeal of Securities and Exchange Commission and Securities Supervisory Board)
(1) Any approval, authorization, order, disposition, measures, consent, proposition, recommendation, direction, request, adjustment, etc. and inspection or investigation conducted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Securities Supervisory Board pursuant to the previous provisions prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be deemed to have been conducted by the Financial Supervisory Commission, the Securities Futures Commission or the FSB Director under this Act.
(2) Any declaration and report, etc. received or accepted by the Securities and Exchange

 


 

Commission or the Financial Supervisory Board prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be deemed to have been received or accepted by the Financial Supervisory Commission, the Securities Futures Commission or the FSB Director under this Act.
(3) Any corporation registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to have been registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission under this Act.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures on License for Securities Business in Foreign Countries)
Any securities company which has obtained a license on operating a securities business in a foreign country from the Minister of Finance and Economy at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to have made a report to the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 28 (7).
Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Protection Fund)
The fund management company referred to in the previous provisions of Article 69-2 (1) shall return the reserve accumulated by a securities company bound to set aside the fund referred to in paragraph (3) of the same Article (including the right of indemnification referred to in Article 69-3 (4) where the real balance of the protection fund falls short of the reserve due to the payment, etc. referred to in Article 69-3 (1)) to the securities company bound to set aside the fund not later than one month from the date of entry into force of this Act.
Article 5 (Transitional Measures on License for Investment Advisory Business and Discretionary Investment Business in Foreign Countries)
Any investment advisory company which has obtained a license on operating investment advisory business or discretionary investment business in a foreign country from the Minister of Finance and Economy at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to have made a report to the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 70-2 (3).

 


 

Article 6 (Transitional Measures on Authorization, etc. of Business of Korea Exchange, etc.)
Any business which has obtained authorization or approval from the Minister of Finance and Economy pursuant to the previous provisions of Article 73 (1) 8, subparagraph 7 of Article 162-2 and Article 173-2 (2) at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to be a business authorized or approved by the Financial Supervisory Commission under this Act.
Article 7 (Transitional Measures on Approval of Change of Articles of Association of Securities Finance Company, etc.)
Any securities finance company, the Korea Securities Dealers Association, any order matching company, any transfer agency and other organizations relating to securities which have obtained approval from the Minister of Finance and Economy on the change of articles of association at the time this Act enters into force shall be deemed to have obtained approval from the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 151 (1) (including cases applied mutatis mutandis under Articles 169, 179, 180 and 181).
Article 8 (Transitional Measures on Exchange of Information with Foreign Securities Supervisory Agencies)
Any exchange of information with a foreign securities supervisory agency by the Stock and Exchange Commission under the previous provisions of Article 129-2 shall be deemed to have been effected by the Financial Supervisory Commission under this Act.
Article 9 (Transitional Measures on Report of Mass Holding of Stocks of Corporations Registered with Association)
Any person who has to make a report referred to in the amended provisions of Article 200-2 at the time when this Act enters into force shall make a report to the Stock and Exchange Commission and the Korea Securities Dealers Association not later than one month from the date of entry into force of this Act.

 


 

Article 10 (Transitional Measures on Contributions)
Contribution paid to the Securities Supervisory Board at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to be contributions paid to the Financial Supervisory Board pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 206-8.
Article 11 (Continuance in Existence of Securities Supervisory Board and Succession to Its Property, Rights and Duties)
(1) Notwithstanding the amended provisions of this Act, the Securities Supervisory Board shall continue in existence until the date on which the Financial Supervisory Board is established pursuant to the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations.
(2) All the rights and duties which belong to the Securities Supervisory Board shall be succeeded to by universal title by the Financial Supervisory Board on the date on which the Financial Supervisory Board is established, and the titles of the Securities Supervisory Board indicated in its register or other public books on property and rights and duties shall be deemed to be the titles of the Financial Supervisory Board.
(3) The value of property to which the Financial Supervisory Board succeeds pursuant to paragraph (2) shall be the book value at the time of its succession.
Article 11-2 (Transitional Measures pursuant to Abolition of Stock and Exchange Commission)
(1) The Securities Supervisory Board shall be deemed the Financial Supervisory Board in the application of the provisions of Articles 18, 23, 39 and Chapters IV and V of the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations until the date on which the Financial Supervisory Board is established.
(2) The Director of the Securities Supervisory Board shall be appointed by the President on the recommendation of the Financial Supervisory Commission until the Financial Supervisory Board

 


 

is established, and the person who has been appointed as Chairman of the Stock and Exchange Commission prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be deemed to have been appointed as the Director of the Securities Supervisory Board.
(3) The provisions of Article 29 (3) of the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations shall apply mutatis mutandis to the appointment of the Vice-Director and assistant vice-director of the Securities Supervisory Board until the date on which the Financial Supervisory Board is established: Provided, That any person who has been appointed under the previous Act at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to have been appointed under the Act on the Establishment, etc. of Financial Supervisory Organizations until the date on which the Financial Supervisory Board is established.
(4) Where the Director of the Securities Supervisory Board is unable to perform his duties due to an accident from the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission is abolished to the date on which the Financial Supervisory Board is established, the Vice-Director shall act as chairman on his behalf.
[This Article Newly Inserted by Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998]
Article 12 (Transitional Measures on Penal Provisions)
The application of penal provisions to acts committed prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
Article 13 (Transitional Measures on Fine for Negligence)
(1) The application of the provisions of a fine for negligence to acts committed prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
(2) A fine for negligence imposed by the Minister of Finance and Economy at the time when this Act enters into force shall be deemed to have been imposed by the Financial Supervisory Commission pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 213 (3).

 


 

Article 14
Omitted.
Article 15 (Relation to Other Acts and Subordinate Statutes)
Where other Acts and subordinate statutes cite the previous provisions at the time when this Act enters into force, if this Act includes the provisions corresponding to them, the provisions corresponding to this Act shall be deemed to have been cited in lieu of the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5521, Feb. 24, 1998>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1998: Provided, That the amended provisions of Articles 21, 21-3, 25-2 (2), 188-2 (1), and 189-2 (1) and subparagraph 4 of Article 209 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Applicable Cases concerning Tender Offer of Securities) The amended provisions of Articles 21 (2), 21-3, and 25-2 (2) and subparagraph 4 of Article 209 shall not apply to cases where tender offer statements have been submitted pursuant to the previous provisions prior to the entry into force of this Act.
ADDENDUM <Act No. 5539, May 25, 1998>
This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5559, Sep. 16, 1998>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force two months after the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 9

 


 

Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5591, Dec. 28, 1998>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation. (Proviso Omitted.)
Articles 2 through 5
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5736, Feb. 1, 1999>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 1999: Provided, That the amended provisions of Articles 186-3, 186-5 (limited to where Article 186-5 is applicable quarterly business reports), 191-12 (1) and (3) (limited to where Article 191-12 (1) and (3) is applicable to KOSDAQ registered corporations), and 191-13 shall enter into force on January 1, 2000, and the amended provisions of Articles 3, 23, 29, 30, 33 (1), 35, 45, 48, and 65 through 69, Section 3 (Article 69-6), Articles 70-2 (3) and (4), 73, 78, 81, 85, 86, 94, 104, 109 through 111, 115, 117, 159, 162-2, 164, 173-2, 173-6, 173-7, 175, 176, 178, 179, 181, 186 (1), 189, 190, 191 (1) and (5), and 191-12 (2) shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Applicable Cases concerning Immunity from Compensation Liability Due to False Entry, etc.)
The amended provisions of Article 14 shall apply to a registration statement of securities or a prospectus (including a preliminary prospectus) submitted after this Act enters into force.

 


 

Article 3 (Applicable Cases concerning Disgorgement of Short-Term Sales Margin of Insiders)
With respect to officers, employees or major stockholders of a KOSDAQ registered corporation at the time when this Act enters into force, the amended provisions of Article 188 (1) and (2) shall apply to the portion of purchase or sale effected on or after the date this Act enters into force. In this case, in applying the amended provisions of Article 188 (2), the calculation of a six-month period shall be reckoned from the point of purchase or sale effected initially after this Act enters into force.
Article 4 (Applicable Cases concerning Appointment and Dismissal of Auditors of KOSDAQ registered corporation)
The amended provisions of Article 191-11 (1) and (2) shall apply starting from a general meeting of stockholders to which a bill for appointing, dismissing or determining remuneration for an auditor is first proposed after this Act enters into force, and the amended provision of paragraph (3) of the said Article shall apply starting from the audit report first submitted by the auditor to directors after the entry into force of this Act.
Article 5 (Applicable Cases concerning Penalties)
The amended provisions of Article 206-11 shall apply starting from the portion submitted, stated, announced, disclosed or reported after the entry into force of this Act.
Article 6 (Transitional Measures on Qualifications as Officers of Securities Companies)
Where an officer of a securities company who has been in office at the time when this Act enters into force falls under the amended provisions of Article 33 (2) 4 due to a cause which occurred before this Act enters into force, he shall, notwithstanding the said amended provisions, be governed by the previous provisions until his term of office expires.
Article 7 (Transitional Measures on Custody and Management of Customer Deposit Money by

 


 

Securities Companies)
A securities company (including foreign securities company’s domestic branches) engaged only in business listed in Article 28 (2) 2 at the time of the entry into force of this Act which has received, had custody of, and managed customer deposit money, shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 44-2, be governed by the amended provisions of Article 44-3 for two years from the date of the entry into force of this Act.
Article 8 (Transitional Measures on Securities Companies’ Trade Names)
A trade name of a securities company engaged only in business listed in Article 28 (2) 2 at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of the latter part of Article 62 (1), be governed by the previous provisions.
Article 9 (Transitional Measures on Registration or Report of Investment Advisory Business, etc.)
A person who has registered investment advisory business with, obtained a license for discretionary investment business from, and reported any similar investment advisory business to the Minister of Finance and Economy pursuant to the previous provisions at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall be deemed to have registered with, or reported to the Financial Supervisory Commission under the amended provisions of Articles 70-2, 70-8 and 70-9.
Article 10 (Transitional Measures on Registration of Transfer Agents)
A transfer agent who has obtained a license from the Minister of Finance and Economy pursuant to the previous provisions at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall be deemed to have registered with the Minister of Finance and Economy under the amended provisions of Article 180 (1).
Article 11 (Transitional Measures on Submission of Conglomerate Combined Financial Statements)

 


 

In applying the amended provisions of Article 186-2 (5), conglomerate combined financial statements of a business year commencing after January 1, 1999 shall be submitted within seven months after the end of the business year.
Article 12 (Transitional Measures on Report of Status of Stockholdings)
The officers or major stockholders of a KOSDAQ registered corporation which has to report the status of stockholdings pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 188 (6) at the time when this Act enters into force shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of the said Article and paragraph, report the status of stockholdings to the Securities Futures Commission and the Association within one month from the date when this Act enters into force.
Article 13 (Transitional Measures on Limit Excess of Acquisition of Treasury Stocks by KOSDAQ registered corporations)
A KOSDAQ registered corporation which holds treasury stocks in excess of the acquisition limit under the latter part of Article 189-2 (1) at the time when this Act enters into force shall dispose of the excess by the time the money trust contract under paragraph (2) of the same Article terminates.
Article 14 (Transitional Measures on Appointments of Standing Auditors of KOSDAQ registered corporations)
A KOSDAQ registered corporation which has to appoint full-time auditors pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 191-12 (1) shall appoint them by the first stockholders meeting after this Act enters into force.
Article 15 (Transitional Measures on Qualifications for Standing Auditors)
Qualifications for full-time auditors who are in office at the time when this Act enters into force shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 191-12 (3), be governed by the

 


 

previous provisions until their terms of office expire.
Article 16 (Transitional Measures on Penal Provisions)
The application of penal provisions to any act committed before this Act enters into force shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 5982, May 24, 1999>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation. (Proviso Omitted.)
Articles 2 through 6
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6176, Jan. 21, 2000>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 2000: Provided, That the amended provisions of Articles 2, 3, 54-5, 54-6, 58, 64, 160, 174-6 (5), 189-2, 189-4, 191-9, 191-11, 191-12, 191-14, 191-16 and 191-17 shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning Disqualifications)
Where any officer of a securities company, an investment advisory company, a securities finance company or the Association falls under the disqualification due to the cause under the amended provisions of Article 33 (2) (including the case in which the provisions apply mutatis

 


 

mutandis under the provisions of Articles 70-7, 149 (2) and 169) that has occurred prior to the enforcement of this Act at the time of the entry into force of this Act, his case shall be dealt with according to the previous provisions notwithstanding the amended provisions.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures concerning Equity Capital Regulation Rate)
The amended provisions of Article 54-2 shall not apply to any securities company falling under any of the following subparagraphs until the day prescribed by the Presidential Decree:
1. A securities company that has been incorporated as a result of the conversion of a financial institution or a securities company that has merged with a financial institution in accordance with the Act on the Structural Improvement of the Financial Industry; and
2. A securities company that, after having been ordered to take timely and corrective measures under the Act on the Structural Improvement of the Financial Industry, is presently implementing a plan for such measures.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Internal Control Standards of Securities Company)
Any securities company shall set its internal control standards in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 54-4 within six months after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 5 (Transitional Measures concerning Appointments of Outside Directors of Securities Company)
Any securities company that has to appoint outside directors in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 54-5 shall appoint such outside directors in accordance with such amended provisions at a regular general meeting of stockholders that is called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act. In this case, any outside director appointed at the regular general meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to be recommended by the outside director candidate recommendation committee in accordance with the provisions of Article 54-5 (2) and (3).

 


 

Article 6 (Transitional Measures concerning Establishment of Inspection Committee of Securities Company)
Any securities company that has to establish an inspection committee in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 54-6 shall establish such inspection committee at a regular general meeting of stockholders that is called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 7 (Transitional Measures concerning Stock Option Granting Corporation)
Any corporation that grants its officers and employees the stock option under the previous provisions at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall be deemed to grant them such stock option in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 189-4.
Article 8 (Transitional Measures concerning Appointments of Outside Directors of Stock-Listed Corporation)
(1) Any stock-listed corporation that has to appoint outside directors in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 191-16 shall appoint such outside directors in accordance with such amended provisions at a regular general meeting of stockholders that is called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act. In this case, any person appointed as an outside director at the regular general meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to be recommended by the outside director candidate recommendation committee in accordance with the provisions of Article 54-5 (2) and (3) that are applied mutatis mutandis by the amended provisions of Article 191-16 (3).
(2) Any stock-listed corporation under the provisions of the proviso of Article 191-16 (1) shall, notwithstanding the amended provisions of the same Article, increase the number of outside directors to 3 or more prior to a regular general meeting of stockholders that is called for the first time after the end of the 2000 business year, but may make the number of outside directors less than half of the total number of directors on the board of directors.
(3) Any outside director who holds office at a stock-listed corporation at the time that this Act is enforced shall be deemed to be an outside director appointed under this Act until his term of

 


 

office expires.
Article 9 (Transitional Measures concerning Establishment of Inspection Committee of Stock-Listed Corporation)
Any stock-listed corporation that has to establish an inspection committee in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 191-17 shall establish such inspection committee in accordance with the amended provisions at a regular general meeting of stockholders that is called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 10 (Transitional Measures concerning Standing Auditor following Establishment of Inspection Committee of Stock-Listed Corporation)
With respect to any standing auditor (in case that there are not less than two standing auditors, one standing auditor designated by the board of directors of a stock-listed corporation out of such not less than two standing auditors) who holds office at a stock-listed corporation that has to establish an inspection committee in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 191-17 at the time of the entry into force of this Act, where his term of office does not expire by the date on which a regular general meeting of stockholders is called to establish an inspection committee in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of the Addenda and he is not dismissed at such regular general meeting of stockholders, he shall be deemed not an outside director but a member of the inspection committee until his term of office expires. In this case, such standing auditor shall be deemed a director appointed at a general meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Article 382 (1) of the Commercial Act until his term of office expires.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6423, Mar. 28, 2001>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 2001: Provided, That the amended provisions of Articles 2 (19), 54-5 (3), 54-6 (2) and (6), 64, 172-4, 186 (1), 189-4, 191-13, 191-17 (2), 191-18,

 


 

and 192 (2) shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation and the amended provisions of Article 2 (18) shall enter into force on the date prescribed by the Presidential Decree.
Article 2 (Applicable Cases for Disposition Right of Financial Supervisory Commission)
The amended provisions of subparagraph 1 of Article 20 shall apply starting with the portion of any registration statement or any after-report submitted first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 3 (Applicable Cases for Qualifications for Compliance Officer of Securities Company)
The amended provisions of Article 54-4 (4) shall apply starting with the portion of the compliance officer selected and appointed first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 4 (Applicable Cases for Selection of Chairman of Inspection Committee of Major Stock-Listed Corporation)
In the event that the chairman of the inspection committee of any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation that is required to set up an inspection committee at the time that this Act enters into force is not an outside director, such stock-listed corporation or such KOSDAQ registered corporation shall select and appoint a chairman who is an outside director in compliance with the amended provisions of Article 54-6 (2) (including a case where the provisions are applied mutatis mutandis in Article 191-17 (2)) not later than three months after this Act takes effect.
Article 5 (Applicable Cases for Recommendation of Candidates for Public Interest Director of Korea Exchange)
The amended provisions of Article 78 (4) shall apply starting with the portion of a director representing the public interest selected and appointed first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 6 (Applicable Cases for Granting of Stock Option)

 


 

The amended provisions of Article 189-4 (3) and (4) shall apply starting with the portion of the stock option granted first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 7 (Applicable Cases for Appraisal Rights of Stockholders of KOSDAQ registered corporation)
The amended provisions of Article 191 shall apply starting with the portion of a resolution adopted first by the board of directors after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 8 (Applicable Cases for Imposition of Penalties)
The amended provisions of Article 206-11 shall apply starting with the portion of the submission, statement, public notice, disclosure, or report made first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 9 (Transitional Measure concerning License of Securities Business)
Any person who is licensed with his securities business under the previous provisions of Article 2 (8) 3 at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed licensed with his securities business under the amended provisions of Article 2 (8) 3.
Article 10 (Transitional Measure concerning Tender Offer of Securities)
(1) In the event that a tender offer statement is filed under the previous provisions of Article 21-2 prior to the enforcement of this Act, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Articles 21, 21-2, 21-3, 22, 23 and 23-2, such tender offer statement shall be governed by the previous provisions.
(2) With respect to a registration statement, etc. filed with the Financial Supervisory Commission, etc. under the previous provisions of Article 26 prior to the enforcement of this Act, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 26, such registration statement, etc. shall be governed by the previous provisions.

 


 

Article 11 (Transitional Measure concerning Restrictions on Directors Holding Concurrent Offices)
With respect to prohibiting any standing officer of a securities company, who is engaged in the regular business of a corporation that is not a company from holding any concurrent office under the previous provisions at the time that this Act enters into force, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 48, he shall be governed by the previous provisions until his term of office expires.
Article 12 (Transitional Measure concerning Trade Name of Securities Company)
With respect to any securities company that uses a trade name under the previous provisions at the time that this Act enters into force, notwithstanding the amended provisions of Article 62 (1), the use of such trade name by such securities company shall be governed by the previous provisions.
Article 13 (Transitional Measure concerning Managing Director and Standing Director of Korea Exchange)
(1) Any person who works for the Korea Exchange as a managing director at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed appointed as vice chief director of the Korea Exchange under the amended provisions of Article 78 (1) 2 and (3) until his term of office expires.
(2) Any person who works for the Korea Exchange as a standing director at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed an executive officer under the amended provisions of Article 74 (1) 5 until his term of office expires.
Article 14 (Transitional Measure concerning KOSDAQ Operation Committee and Its Members)

 


 

(1) The Committee on the Operation of KOSDAQ, which is established in accordance with the regulations on the operation of the previous KOSDAQ at the time that this Act enters into force, shall be deemed the KOSDAQ Operation Committee established pursuant to the amended provisions of Article 172-2 (2).
(2) Members of the committee that is deemed the KOSDAQ Operation Committee under paragraph (1) shall be deemed members of the KOSDAQ Operation Committee established under the amended provisions of Article 172-2 (2) until their terms of office expire.
Article 15 (Transitional Measure concerning Regulations on Operation of KOSDAQ)
The regulations made on the operation of KOSDAQ at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed to be in conformity with the amended provisions of Article 172-3 within the limit of 6 months from the date on which this Act enters into force, until new regulations are made under the amended provisions of Article 172-3.
Article 16 (Transitional Measures concerning Retirement of Stocks)
Any treasury stocks held by any stock-listed corporation or any KOSDAQ registered corporation after having acquired them under Article 189-2 at the time that this Act enters into force may be retired under the amended provisions of Article 189 (1). In this case, the requirements falling under each of the following subparagraphs shall be satisfied and Article 189 (4) and (5) shall be applied thereto:
1. It is required to file a report thereon with the Financial Supervisory Commission, the Korea Exchange or the Association under Article 189-2 (3). In this case, in the application of the same paragraph of the same Article, the Financial Supervisory Commission may set separate standards;
2. It is required to go through a resolution of the board of directors with respect to kinds and total numbers of stocks to be retired, the total value of stocks to be retired and the date on which it is intended to retire such stocks;
3. The total value of the stocks to be retired is required to be within the limit provided for in Article

 


 

189 (3) 2; and
4. The stocks to be retired are required to be in the lapse of 6 months from the date on which they are acquired.
Article 17 (Transitional Measures concerning Selection and Appointment of Outside Directors of KOSDAQ registered corporation)
(1) Any KOSDAQ registered corporation that is required to select and appoint outside directors under the amended provisions of the main sentence of Article 191-16 (1) shall select and appoint such outside directors under the amended provisions at a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act. In this case, notwithstanding the amended provisions of the main sentence of the same paragraph of the same Article, the relevant KOSDAQ registered corporation shall increase the number of outside directors to not less than one prior to a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the end of the 2001 business year, but the number of the outside directors may be less than a quarter of the total number of directors on the board of directors.
(2) Any KOSDAQ registered corporation that is required to select and appoint outside directors under the amended provisions of the proviso of Article 191-16 (1) shall select and appoint such outside directors under the same amended provisions at a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act. In this case, notwithstanding the amended provisions, the relevant KOSDAQ registered corporation shall make the number of outside directors not less than three prior to a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the end of the 2001 business year, but may make the number of the outside directors less than a half of the total number of directors on the board of directors. Any person who is selected and appointed as an outside director at a regular general meeting of stockholders called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act shall be deemed recommended by the outside director candidate recommendation committee.
Article 18 (Transitional Measure concerning Establishment of Inspection Committee of Association-Registration Corporation)

 


 

Any KOSDAQ registered corporation that is required to set up an inspection committee under the amended provisions of Article 191-17 shall establish such inspection committee under the same amended provisions by the date on which a regular general meeting of stockholders is called for the first time after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 19 (Transitional Measure concerning Standing Auditor Following Establishment of Inspection Committee of KOSDAQ registered corporation)
In the event the term of office of any standing auditor (referring to a standing auditor designated by the board of directors of the relevant company in the event of not less than two standing auditors) who serves in a KOSDAQ registered corporation that is required to set up an inspection committee under the amended provisions of Article 191-17 at the time of entry into force of this Act does not expire by the date on which a regular general meeting of stockholders is called to discuss the question of establishing an inspection committee under the provisions of Article 16 of the Addenda and he is not dismissed at such regular general meeting of stockholders, such standing auditor shall be deemed a member, who is not an outside director, of the inspection committee of the relevant corporation until his term of office expires. In this case, the standing auditor shall be deemed a director selected and appointed at a general meeting of stockholders under Article 382 (1) of the Commercial Act until the time that his term of office expires.
Article 20 (Transitional Measure concerning Penal Provisions)
The application of the penal provisions to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6623, Jan. 26, 2002>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on February 1, 2002.
(2) (Applicable Cases concerning Appraisal Rights of Stockholders) The amended provisions of Article 191 shall apply with respect to the public notice or notification which is made for the convocation of the general meeting of stockholders or which is made under Article 360-9 (2) or

 


 

527-2 (2) of the Commercial Act on or after the date this Act takes effect.
(3) (Transitional Measures concerning Reserve for Securities Transaction) The reserve for securities transaction set aside by a securities company in accordance with the previous provisions of Article 40 at the time of the entry into force of this Act shall be distributed proportionally over a fixed period as set and publicly announced by the Financial Supervisory Commission.
(4) (Transitional Measures concerning Fine for Negligence) The application of a fine for negligence to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6695, Apr. 27, 2002>
(1) (Enforcement Date) This Act shall enter into force on the date of its promulgation.
(2) (Transitional Measures concerning Application of Penal Provisions) The imposition of a penalty on any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 6987, Oct. 4, 2003>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force three months after the date of its promulgation.
Articles 2 through 20
Omitted.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7025, Dec. 31, 2003>

 


 

Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on April 1, 2004: Provided, That the amended provisions of Article 191-16 (1) shall enter into force on July 1, 2004.
Article 2 (Application Example concerning Confirmation of Registration Statement, etc.)
The amended provisions of Article 8 (4) (including a case where the amended provisions are applied mutatis mutandis under Article 186-5) and Article 14 (1) (including a case where the amended provisions are applied mutatis mutandis under Articles 25-3 (1), 186 (4), 186-5, 189-2 (5) and 190-2 (3)) shall apply, starting with any report on securities, any prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus and any simplified prospectus), any business report, any semiannual report and any quarterly report, etc, that are submitted first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 3 (Application Example concerning Financial Specialists, etc. in Inspection Committee)
The amended provisions of Article 54-6 (2) 2 (including a case where the amended provisions are applied mutatis mutandis under Article 191-17 (2)) shall apply, starting with a case where any new member of the inspection committee is newly elected and appointed on the grounds that any member faces the expiration of his term of office, resigns or is dismissed.
Article 4 (Application Example concerning Matters to be Entered in Business Report and Quarterly Dividends)
The amended provisions of Articles 186-2 (2) and 192-3 shall apply, starting with the business year that commences first after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 5 (Transitional Measure concerning Selections and Appointments of Outside Directors of Stock-Listed Corporation and KOSDAQ registered corporation)

 


 

Any stock-listed corporation and any KOSDAQ registered corporation that are required to select and appoint outside directors in accordance with the amended provisions of Article 191-16 (1) shall select and appoint such outside directors in conformity with the amended provisions by the date on which the regular general meeting of stockholders is convened first after July 1, 2004.
Article 6 (Transitional Measure concerning Prohibition on Lending of Money, etc. to Interested Persons)
The amended provisions of Article 191-19 (1) shall not apply to the portion of transactions executed prior to the enforcement of this Act: Provided, That the same shall not apply to a case where the deadline of such transactions is extended or the terms of such transactions are changed after the enforcement of this Act.
Article 7 (Transitional Measure concerning Penal Provisions and Fine for Negligence)
The application of the penal provisions and the fine for negligence to any act committed prior to the enforcement of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7114, Jan. 29, 2004>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the date on which the Korea Exchange is incorporated in accordance with the Korea Exchange Act.
Article 2 (Transitional Measures concerning Settlement Safety Fund, etc.)
(1) The settlement safety fund accumulated or other funds or deposits accumulated for the similar purposes in accordance with the existing operating rules of the Association brokerage market at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed as having been accumulated in accordance with Article 95 hereof.

 


 

(2) The Korea Exchange may return to the existing members of the Korea Stock Exchange or the Association part of the compensation fund and any funds in Article 2(1) above in light of the amount of their respective contributions.
Article 3 (Transitional Measures concerning Title of Association Brokerage Market, etc.
(1) Notwithstanding the existing provisions, any reference to the Korea Stock Exchange, the Association brokerage market, the Association registered corporation, or the Association registered securities in other acts or statutes at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed as reference to the Korea Exchange, KOSDAQ, KOSDAQ registered corporation or KOSDAQ registered securities, respectively.
(2) Any reference in other Acts or statutes to the Association in connection with the Association brokerage market or Association registered corporation at the time that this Act enters into force shall be deemed as reference to the Korea Exchange.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures on Penal Provisions)
The application of penal provisions to acts committed prior to the entry into force of this Act shall be governed by the previous provisions.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7339, Jan. 17, 2005>
Article 1 (Enforcement Date)
This Act shall enter into force on the 70 th day of the promulgation thereof.
Article 2 (Applicable Cases concerning Tender Offer of Securities)
The revised provisions of Articles 21(2), 23-2(3) and 24-2(1) shall begin to apply from the first report of tender offer after this Act enters into force.

 


 

Article 3 (Applicable Cases concerning Report on Mass Holding, etc. of Stocks)
The revised provisions of Articles 200-2(1), (4) and (5) and 200-3(2) shall begin to apply from the first report of mass holding after this Act enters into force.
Article 4 (Transitional Measures concerning Report on Mass Holding, etc. of Stocks)
(1) A person who has made a report pursuant to the existing provisions of Article 200-2(1) at the time this Act enters into force, shall report a 1/100 or greater change, if any, in the total number of stocks, etc. of the corporation in accordance with the revised provisions of Article 200-2(1).
(2) A person who has made a report pursuant to the existing provisions of Article 200-2(1), shall be subject to the revised provisions of Article 200-2(1) if the holding purports to affect the management of the issuer, provided that the base date for the calculation of the reporting period shall be the date of enforcement of this Act or the person came to have such purpose.
ADDENDA (Act on Rehabilitation and Bankruptcy of Obligor) <Act No. 7428, March 31, 2005>
Article 1 (Date of Enforcement)
This Act shall enter into force on the first anniversary of the promulgation.
Articles 2 through 4
Omitted
Article 5 (Amendments to other Acts)
(1) through (109) omitted
(110) The relevant part of the Securities and Exchange Act shall be amended as follows:
The term “bankrupt” in Articles 33(2)-2 and 191-12(3)-2 shall be a “person declared bankrupt.”
(111) through (145) omitted

 


 

Article 6 omitted
ADDENDA <Act No. 7616, Jan. 29, 2005>
This Act shall enter into force 6 months after the promulgation.
ADDENDA <Act No. 7762, Dec. 29, 2005>
(1) (Date of Enforcement)
This Act shall enter into force 3 months after the promulgation
(2) (Applicable Cases concerning Acquisition of Treasury Stocks upon Termination or Expiration of Trust Agreement)
The revised provisions of Article 189-2(1)-3 shall begin to apply from the first trust agreement to be executed after this Act enters into force.
(3) (Applicable Cases concerning Shareholders’ After-The-Fact Approval of Stock Options Granted with Board of Directors’ Resolution)
The revised provisions of Article 189-4(4) shall begin to apply from the first stock option to be granted after this Act enters into force.
(4) (Transitional Measures concerning Changes in Qualifications for Officers)
Any officer who is an officer of a securities company at the time that this Act enters into force and falls under the revised provisions of Article 33(2)-6 due to a cause occurring before this Act enters into force, shall be subject to the existing provisions.

 

 

Exhibit 8.1
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation
SK Teletech Co., Ltd.
  Korea
SK Capital Co., Ltd.
  Korea
SK Telink Co., Ltd.
  Korea
SK Communications Co., Ltd.
  Korea
SK Wyverns Baseball Club Co., Ltd.
  Korea
Centurion IT Investment Association
  Korea
Global Credit & Information Corp.
  Korea
PAXNet Co., Ltd.
  Korea
Seoul Records, Inc.
  Korea
SK Telecom International Inc.
  Korea
SLD Telecom PTE Ltd.
  Singapore
SK Telecom China Co., Ltd.
  China
TU Media Corp.
  Korea
U-Land Company Limited
  China (Hong Kong)
SK Telecom USA Holdings, Inc.
  U.S.A.
The First Music Investment Fund of SK-PVC
  Korea
The Second Music Investment Fund of SK-PVC
  Korea
SK-KTB Music Investment Fund
  Korea
IMM Cinema Fund
  Korea

 

Exhibit 12.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Shin Bae Kim, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of SK Telecom Co., Ltd.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the company and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (c)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: June 30, 2006
         
 
  /s/ Shin Bae Kim    
 
       
     
 
  Shin Bae Kim    
 
  Chief Executive Officer    

E-1

 

Exhibit 12.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Sung Min Ha, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of SK Telecom Co., Ltd.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the company and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (c)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: June 30, 2006
         
 
  /s/ Sung Min Ha    
 
       
     
 
  Sung Min Ha    
 
  Chief Financial Officer    

E-2

 

Exhibit 13.1
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsection (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)
     Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsection (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of SK Telecom Co., Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
     The annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Form 20-F”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.
         
Dated: June 30, 2006
  /s/ Shin Bae Kim    
 
       
     
 
  Shin Bae Kim    
 
  Chief Executive Officer    
     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to SK Telecom Co., Ltd. and will be retained by SK Telecom Co., Ltd. and furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

E-3

 

Exhibit 13.2
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsection (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)
     Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsection (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of SK Telecom Co., Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
     The annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Form 20-F”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.
         
Dated: June 30, 2006
  /s/ Sung Min Ha    
 
       
     
 
  Sung Min Ha    
 
  Chief Financial Officer    
     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to SK Telecom Co., Ltd. and will be retained by SK Telecom Co., Ltd. and furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

E-4

 

Exhibit 99.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-14102, 333-91034, 333-99073 and 333-126120) of SK Telecom Co., Ltd. of our report dated May 19, 2006, which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to a change in accounting principle for income taxes to conform to Statement of Korean Accounting Standards No. 16, relating to the consolidated financial statements appearing in the annual report on Form 20-F of SK Telecom Co., Ltd. for the year ended December 31, 2005 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of these Registration Statements.
/s/ Deloitte Anjin LLC
Seoul, Republic of Korea
June 30, 2006